PRODUCT CATALOGUEmarine products                          Marine Chemicals                          safety                          maritime logistics Optimising performance   ships agency WSS PRODUCT CATALOGUE - TABLE OF CONTENTS General information                                                   20 Pumps                                                                 30           Barrel Pumps                                                32                     Chemical pump lever type                          32                     1:1 Oil pump with spout                           33                     2:1 Chemical pump SST316                          34           Chemical Applicators                                        35                     10:1 Hydra Clean Chemical Applicator              35                     2:1 Chemical applicator                           36           Double Diaphragm Pumps                                      37                     Double diaphragm pump 307 polypropylene           37                     Double diaphragm pump 515 polypropylene           38                     Double diaphragm pump 716 Stainless Steel         39                     Double diaphragm pump 1050 polyproplylene         40                     Double diaphragm pump 1050 aluminium              41                     Double diaphragm pump 1050 Stainless Steel        42                     Double diaphragm pump 1590 polypropylene          43                     Double diaphragm pump 1590 aluminium              44                     Double diaphragm pump 2150 aluminium              45                     Double diaphragm pump 2150 Stainless Steel        46                     Double diaphragm pump 3275 aluminium              47                     Double diaphragm pump accessories                 48           Grease Pumps                                                49                     Grease pump 50:1, for 50 kg drums                 49           Chemical Applicators Accessories & Spares                   50                     HP Extendable Lance 5.5 m                         50           Double Diaphragm Accessories & Spares                       51                     Drum suct. kit for 515/716                        51                     Service kit for 515/716                           51 Paint Spraying                                                        52           Airless Paint Spraying Equipment                            54                     Unitor Hurricane 25D                              54                     Unitor Hurricane 32                               55                     Unitor Hurricane 45                               56                     Unitor Hurricane 73                               57           Accessories for Airless Paint Spraying Equipment            58                     Polegun for paint spraying                        58                     Airless Paint Spraying Equipment Acc.             58                     Agitator Gallon pail                              59                     Airless paint spraying gun                        59           Consumables for Airless Paint Spraying Unit                 60                     HD rac tip                                        60                     Throat seal liquid 1 L                            60           Rep Kits and Spare Parts for Airless Paint Spraying Equip   61                     Rep kit Hurricane                                 61 Air Tools                                                             62           Air Line Equipment                                          64                     Air hose, PVC                                     64                     Air hose, rubber                                  64                     Air line unit fil/reg/lub                          65                     Flexible hose 30cm 3/8"                           66                     Hose clamp for 3/8" hose                          66           Air Gun                                                     67                     Air gun AG-PRO                                    67           Deck Scalers                                                68                     Deck planner DP-PRO 200                           68  1 Deck scaler DSH-PRO 11                        69              Drills                                                   70                         Drill reversible AD-PRO 1800                  70              Grinders                                                 71                       Angle grinder AG-PRO 4 B version                71                       Angle grinder                                   72                       Die grinder DG-PRO                              73            Impact Wrenches                                            74                       Impact wrench                                   74            Needle Scalers & Chipping Hammers                          75                       Needle scaler JEX-2800 low vibration            75                       Needle scaler NS-PRO 19                         76                       Needle scaler NS-PRO 19 - straight              77                       Needle scaler NS-PRO                            78                       Chisel scaler CS-PRO                            79                       Chisel hammer CH-PRO                            80            Quick Couplers                                             81                       USH socket                                      81                       USM socket                                      82                       USF socket                                      83                       UPH plug                                        84                       UPM plug                                        85                       UPF plug                                        86                       Unitor drain valve                              86                       Unitor quickview pressure gauge                 87                       Unitor Medusa air distributor                   87            Drills - Accessories, consumables & spares                 88                       Drill bit set metric - high speed steel         88            Deck Scalers - Accessories, consumables & spares           89                       Hammer replacement kit DSH-PRO 11               89                       Cutting wheel replacement kit for DP-PRO 200    89            Ear Clamps & Hose Clamps                                   90                       Hose clamp                                      90                       Clamp 1 ear                                     91            Grinders - Accessories, consumables & spares               92                       Plastic pads for AG-PRO                         92                       Grinding stones set 10 pcs                      92                       Cutting discs                                   93                       Cutting discs inox                              93                       Grinding discs                                  94                       Sanding disc                                    95                       Mop discs                                       96            Impact Wrenches - Accessories, consumables & spares        97                       Impact socket set                               97            Scalers & Chipping - Accessories, consumables & spares     98                       Piston replacement kit                          98                       Needles for NS-PRO series                       98                       Scraper for CS-PRO 62 & 120                     99                       Chisel set for CH-PRO                           99            Quick Couplers - Spares                                   100                       Rubber packing for 20-30-40                    100                       Rubber packing for 400-600                     100     Workshop Equipment                                               102            Wire Lubricator                                           104                       Unitor wire rope lubricator UWL77              104                       Unitor wire rope lubricator UWL35              105            Wire Lubricators Accessories                              106                       Lubricator chamber for UWL35                   106                       Lubricator chamber for UWL77                   106  2 Seal kits for UWL35                                                  106                  Seal kits for UWL 77                                                 107         Working Lamps                                                                 108                  Lamp cordless F/7.2-12 V batteries                                   108         Saws & Cutters                                                                109                  Circular saw, 160 mm                                                 109                  Jig saw                                                              110                  Bench cutter                                                         111         Drills                                                                        112                  Battery drill 12 V                                                   112                  Drill, chuck size 1-10 mm                                            113                  Drill, chuck size 3-16 mm                                            114                  Percussion drill PD2E 22 R                                           115         Grinders                                                                      116                  Angle grinder 5", 10000 rpm                                          116                  Angle grinder 7", 8500 rpm                                           117                  Angle grinder 9", 6600 rpm                                           118         Drills                                                                        119                  Drill bit set imperial - high speed steel                            119                  Battery nicd 18 V/2.0A                                               119                  Battery charger 7.2-24 V/50-60HZ                                     119         Cutter                                                                        120                  Hydraulic nut splitter                                               120         Flange Spreader                                                               121                  Hydraulic flange spreader                                             121         Pump & Cylinders                                                              122                  Hydraulic pump cylinder set                                          122                  Hydraulic pump low cyl. set                                          123                  Hydraulic cylinder                                                   124                  Hydraulic cylinders                                                  125                  Hydraulic pump electric 230VAC                                       125                  Hydraulic pump, air roper, max 700bar                                126                  Hydraulic cylinder, 50T                                              127                  Hydraulic hand pump, max 700 bar                                     128         Accessories for Hydraulic Equipment                                           129                  Gauge, hydraulic                                                     129                  Regulator-filter-lube                                                 129                  Tension meter, cap. 4.5 T                                            130                  Hydraulic cutter head, cap. 20 T                                     130                  Replacement blade                                                    131                  Hydraulic hose for high pressure                                     131                  Hydraulic coupler                                                    131                  Fittings - Adaptor, Hexagon nipple, Coupling, Cross, Tee & Reducer   132                  Gauge, hydraulic pressure                                            133                  Valve, flow control                                                   133 Cleaning Equipment                                                                    134         HP Cleaners 150 - 220 bar                                                     136                  High pressure cleaning                                               136                  HP Cleaner HPC 30, 1x220 V/60 Hz                                     138                  HP Cleaner HPC54 200 bar, 3x220-380 V/50 HZ                          140                  HP Cleaner HPC54 200 bar, 3x220-440 V/ 60 HZ                         142                  HP Cleaner HPC62 220 bar, 220-440 V/60 HZ                            144                  HP Cleaner HPC66 190 bar, 3x220-440 V/60 Hz                          146                  HP Cleaner HPC66 190 bar, 3x220-380 V/50 HZ                          148         Spares/Accessories - Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 - 220                         149                  Deck hose low friction 25 m                                          149                  Heavy duty hose 10 m                                                 150                  Heavy duty hose 15 m                                                 151                  Heavy Duty Hose 25 m                                                 152   3 Non blackening hose 10 m                                153               Non blackening hose 25 m                                154               Chemical Injector                                       155               Double lance 200 cm                                     155               Drain cleaner complete kit with 20 m hose               156               Foam Injector                                           156               Foam Lance                                              157               Hose quick coupling set                                 157               HP Extendable Lance 5.5 m                               158               Nozzle 06/25 for Extendable Lance                       158               Stainless Steel Cleaning Trolley                        159               Rotary Brush 80 cm                                      159               Rotary Brush 170 cm                                     160               Spray handle 3000                                       160               Tornado Short Lance 10 cm                               161               Tornado Normal Lance 92 cm                              161               Powerspeed Lance                                        162               Tornado normal lance 104 cm                             162               Nozzle 05/25 degree for Extendable Lance                163               Nozzle 06/0 degree for Extandable Lance                 163               Nozzle 05/0 degree for Extendable Lance                 163               Universal 3000 Lance                                    164               Washing Brush 235 cm                                    164     Hot Water HP Cleaners                                             165               HP Cleaner HPCH53 HW, 200 bar 60 HZ                     165     Spares & Accessories for Hot HP Cleaners                          167               Rotary Brush 80 cm                                      167               Repair kit safety valve HPCH53&Solar                    167               Repair kit bypass valve for HPCH53                      167     HP Cleaners 300 - 500 bar                                         168               HP Cleaner HPCE330 310 bar, 3x440/60 Hz                 168               HP Cleaner HPCE405 385 bar, 3x440 V/60 Hz               169               HP Cleaner HPCE520 500 bar, 3x440 V/60 Hz               170               HP Cleaner HPCE520 high flow 500 bar, 3x440V/60 Hz       171     Air Driven HP Cleaners                                            172               HPC Airclean 25                                         172               HPC Airclean 32                                         173               HPC Airclean 48                                         174     Spares & Accessories for HP Cleaners 300 - 500 bar                175               Powerspeed Attachment, HPCE330                          175               Sandblasting Pack, HPCE330 and 405                      175               Powerspeed Attachment, HPCE520                          176               Sandblasting Pack, HPCE520                              176               Water filter insert extreme                              177               Extreme High Pressure hose - 10 m                       177               Extreme High Pressure hose - 25 m                       178     Spares & Accessories for Air Driven HP Cleaners                   179               Single Lance HPC Airclean                               179               High Pressure hose, HPC Airclean                        179     Stationary Cold Water Cleaners                                    180               Duo booster 3X440 V 60 HZ 160 BAR                       180               Delta booster-3 3X440/60                                182               Delta booster-4 3X440/60                                184               Delta booster-5 3X440/60                                186               Delta booster-6 3X440/60                                188               Uno booster 3X440 V 60 HZ 160 BAR                       190     Spares & Accessories Cold Water Stationary Systems                191               Take off valve A for sationary acid proof 316           191               Take off valve A for stationary Chromium plated brass   191  4 Stationary Hot Water Cleaners                                     192                    Solar booster with 18 KW heater, 3x440 V/60 Hz          192                    Solar booster with 18 KW heater, 3x400 V/50 Hz          194          Wet & Dry Cleaning Units                                          195                    VCWD20 wet and dry vacuum cleaner                       195                    VCWD70 wet and dry vacuum cleaner                       196                    VCWD27 wet and dry vacuum cleaner                       198                    VCAD200 wet and dry vacuum cleaner                      199          Accessories & Spares Vacuum Cleaners                              200                    Suction hose 1.8 M for VCWD18                           200                    Straight tube VCD15 & 27                                200                    Water hose & suction hose fro VCCW24                    200                    Carpet nozzle for VCCW24                                200                    Deck scrubbing adapter for VCCW24                       200                    Suction hose 4m for VCWD 70                             201                    Large deck cleaning kit for VCWD 70                     201                    Liquid removal kit for VCWD 70                          201                    Curved tube 100 cm for VCWD 70                          201          Mucking Pumps                                                     202                    Mucking Pump - Marine GM2                               202          Mucking Pump - Accessories, consumables & spares                  203                    Vacuum kit for mucking pump                             203                    Camloc connector 102 mm table D fleng for mucking pump   203                    TPI connectors for mucking pump                         203                    Butterworth connectors for mucking pump                 203          Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit                                           204                    Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit - Handymax                      204                    Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit - Panamax Light                 205                    Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit - Panamax                       206          Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit - Accessories, consumables & spares       207                    Extension for chemical applicator lance                 207          Cleaning Jets                                                     208                    Tornado 2 Cargo Hold Cleaning Jet                       208                    Tornado 3 Cargo Hold Cleaning Jet                       209                    Tornado 4 Cargo Hold Cleaning Jet                       210          Ultrasonic                                                        211                    Unitor Ultrasonic Cleaner S-700/HM, 110 V               211                    Unitor Ultrasonic Cleaner S-700/HM, 230 V               212                    Unitor Ultrasonic Cleaner S-1600/HM, 230 V              214                    Unitor Ultrasonic Cleaner S-2000/HM, 230 V              215                    Unitor Ultrasonic Cleaner S-3300/HM, 440 V              216                    Multi-Frequency Generator, MF 2000                      217                    Multi-Frequency Generator, MF 3000                      218                    Multi-Frequency Generator, MF 4000                      219                    Immersible Ultrasonic Transducer, MF-TS 600             220                    Immersible Ultrasonic Transducer, MF-TS 1000            221                    Immersible Ultrasonic Transducer, MF-TS 1500            222                    Immersible Ultrasonic Transducer, MF-TS 2000            223 Gases, refrigerants and cylinders                                          224          Acetylene                                                         226                    Acetylene A-40 filling                                   226                    Acetylene A-5 filling                                    227          Oxygen                                                            228                    Oxygen O-40 filling                                      228                    Oxygen O-5 filling                                       229          Nitrogen                                                          230                    Nitrogen N-5050 filling                                  230                    Nitrogen N-5030 filling                                  231                    Nitrogen N-1050 filling                                  232   5 Nitrogen N-1030 filling                                      233     Cruise gas                                                            234               Propane P-5 filling                                          234               Helium H-40 filling                                          235               Carbon dioxide filling                                       236               Nitrogen food Grade N-10FG filling                           237     Breathing oxygen                                                      238               Breathing oxygen MOX-2 filling                               238               Breathing oxygen MOX-5 filling                               239               Breathing oxygen MOX-40 filling                              240     Argon                                                                 241               Argon E-50 filling                                           241               Argon E-10 filling                                           242               Unimix 20 M-10 filling                                       243               Unimix 20 M-50 filling                                       244     Nitrogen mixtures                                                     245               Ammonia                                                     245               O2 in Nitrogen in SG10 cylinder                             246               CO2 in Nitrogen/air in SG10 cylinder                        247               Ethanol                                                     248     Disposables                                                           249               MInimix Disposable Cylinders                                249     LEL mixtures                                                          250               LEL mixtures                                                250               Pentane 49% LEL in air C5H12 (0.68% vol) in SG50 cylinder   252     Regulators                                                            253               Regulator R-510 for Spangas SG10 cylinders                  253               Regulator for Scotty 58/VI disp. cylinder                   253               Regulator for Minimix disposable cylinder                   253               Bracket for SG10 cylinder                                   253     Hycool marine                                                         254               Hycool marine 45                                            254               Hycool blue additive 25 L can                               254     R-134a                                                                255               Unicool R-134a 57 kg refrigerant                            255               Unicool R-134a 12.5 kg refrigerant                          256     R-22                                                                  257               Unicool R-22 57 kg refrigerant                              257               Unicool R-22 12.5 kg refrigerant                            258     R-404A                                                                259               Unicool R-404A 45 kg refrigerant                            259               Unicool R-404A 9.5 kg refrigerant                           260     R-407C                                                                261               Unicool R-407C 52 kg refrigerant                            261               Unicool R-407C 11 kg refrigerant                            262     R-410A                                                                263               R-410a 45 kg refrigerant                                    263               R-410A 9.5 kg refrigerant                                   264     R-417A                                                                265               Unicool R-417A 51 kg refrigerant                            265               Unicool R-417A 11 kg refrigerant                            266     R-422D                                                                267               Unicool R-422D 52 kg refrigerant                            267     R-427A                                                                268               Unicool R-427A 53 kg refrigerant                            268     R-507                                                                 269               Unicool R-507 45 kg refrigerant                             269               Unicool R-507 9.5 kg refrigerant                            270     Refrigerant recovery cylinders                                        271  6 Recovery cylinder 21,6 l + documents                                         271                    Recovery cylinder 56 l + documents                                           272          Complete installations for Ox/Ac                                                       273                    Central installation for Acetylene + Oxygen                                  273          Cylinder racks                                                                         274                    Rack for cylinders                                                           274          Gas cylinder cabinets                                                                  275                    Gas Cylinder cabinet                                                         275          High pressure components                                                               276                    High pressure components                                                     276          Low pressure components                                                                277                    Low pressure components spare parts                                          277                    Leak detection spray 300 ml                                                  278          Outlet station                                                                         279                    Outlet station 700 complete with S55 flashback regulators and steel cabinet   279                    Outlet station 700 with steel cabinet but without flashback arrestors         279                    Steel cabinet for outlet station 700                                         280                    Fibre glass cabinet for outlet station 700                                   280                    Adaptor set for outlet station 700                                           281                    Twin valve unit for outlet station 700                                       281                    Regulator R-530 for Acetylene                                                282                    Regulator R-530 for Oxygen                                                   282                    Stretch relief bracket for twinhose                                          283          Shielding gas installations                                                            284                    Shielding gas installation for cylinders                                     284 Refrigeration equipment                                                                         286          Lubricants                                                                             288                    Refrigerant oil, POE, low temperature                                        288                    Refrigerant oil. Poe, high temp                                              289                    Refrigerant oil, mineral, high temp                                          290          Package Equipment                                                                      291                    Unitor drinking water cooler, 230 V                                          291                    Unitor drinking water cooler, 115 V                                          292          System Equipment and Accessories                                                       293                    Refrigerant charging station UCS-200                                         293                    Liquid line drier core 48 DN                                                 294                    Charging hose HP 1350 mm                                                     294                    Cylinder stand                                                               295                    Top valve adaptor set for Unicool refrigerant cylinders UVA-001              295                    Collection of fittings, 1/4 - 3/8"                                            296                    Collection of fittings, 3/8 - 5/8"                                            297                    Fixed leak detector kit, 4 channel, MRD4S-2L                                 298                    Fixed leak detector kit, 6 channel, MRD6S-2L                                 300                    Fixed Leak detector Kit 4 Chanels IP66                                       302                    Fixed leak detector, MSPH sensor                                             303                    Fixed leak detector, IP66 sensor                                             304                    Fixed leak detector, safety V/V vent pipe sensor                             305                    Fixed leak detector, AHU/DUCT sensor                                         306                    Fixed leak detector, 4 core cable                                            306          Tools                                                                                  307                    Digital dual thermometer                                                     307                    Marine thermometer kit UTK-100                                               308                    Surface probe thermometer                                                    310                    Air probe thermometer                                                        310                    Needle probe thermometer                                                     311                    Wire thermocouple probe                                                      311                    Inrafred thermometer                                                         312                    Vacuum pump, standard, 115/230 V                                             313                    Vacuum pump, Heavy duty, 115/230 V                                           314   7 Vacuum pump oil 0.95 l                                                    315                        Vacuum gauge 0-1000 MBAR                                                  315                        Digital vacuum gauge UVG-64                                               316                        Electronic vacuum gauge UVG-150                                           317                        Charging/Vacuum Hose UCH-72Y                                              318                        Vacuum valve assembly                                                     319                        Hand oil pump 5 L & 25 L drums                                            320                        Acid test kit mineral + AB oils                                           320                        Acid test kit poe oils                                                    320                        Refrigerant leak detection kit, UV tracer kit 220/240 V                   321                        Refrigerant leak detection kit, UV tracer kit 12 V                        322                        Refrigerant leak detection, UV, tracer fluid for mineral oil               323                        Refrigerant leak detection, UV, Universal tracer fluid for all oil types   324                        Refrigerant leak detection, UV, glo-klenz cleaner                         324                        Spare bulb 110/220 V 100 W                                                325                        Spare bulb 12V 100W                                                       325                        Hand held refrigerant leak detector UNIRX-1A                              326                        Maintenance kit leak detector-XP2                                         327                        Refrigeration handy tools case                                            328                        Tube cutter UPT-274-FC                                                    329                        Tube bender, triple head                                                  329                        Flare tool                                                                330                        Flaring set                                                               330                        Flare/Swage set 3/16" - 3/4"                                              331                        Inner-outer reamer                                                        331                        Ratchet Wrench Small 1/4" - 3/8" - 3 & 5/16"                              332                        Ratchet Wrench Big 1/2" - 1/4" - 5 & 9/16"                                332                        Magnet & Volt Sticks Pack                                                 333                        Charging hose set UCH-72 3 x 1.8 m                                        333                        Deluxe service manifold set 2-WAY, R-410A                                 334                        Deluxe service manifold set 4-WAY, various refrigerants                   335                        Refrigerant recovery package, 115 V                                       336                        Refrigerant recovery package, 230 V                                       338                        Refrigerant recovery unit, URU-5000B, 115 V, 50/60 HZ                     340                        Refrigerant recovery unit, URU-5000A, 230 V, 50/60 Hz                     342                        Recovery unit URU-5000A/B, compressor repair kit                          344                        Recovery unit URU-5000A/B, piston seal repair kit                         344                        Recovery unit URU-5000A/B, valve repair kit                               344                        Recovery unit URU-5000A/B, shaft seal repair kit                          344                        Recovery unit URU-5000A/B, connection kit                                 345                        Recovery unit URU-5000A/B, inlet filter drier 3PCS, 1/4" Flare             345                        Digital weighing platform ADS-100                                         346                        Onboard storage box for refrigerant recovery package                      347                        Charging Hose - 1.8 m, 1/4" Flare 9881268 Cl-72-Y Yellow                  347                        Filter driers UFD 2 PCS                                                   348                        Activated alumina beads                                                   349                        Silica gel desiccant                                                      349     Welding                                                                                      350               Gas Cylinder Regulators and Flashback Arrestors                                    352                        Regulators 510                                                            352                        Flashback arrestor W-66S                                                  353                        Flashback arrestor S55                                                    354               Gas Hoses and Couplings                                                            355                        Gas hoses                                                                 355                        Reel, self retracting with 20m 6.3 mm twin hose Ac/Ox                     356                        Reel with crank for welding cable and gas hoses                           356                        Hose joint for gas hoses                                                  357                        hose clamp                                                                357                        Pincher tool for hose ear clamps                                          357  8 Quick couplings                                                          358 Gas Welders Accessories                                                            359           Safety welding goggles, lift front for gas welding                       359           Glasses for gas welding goggles                                          359           Safety spectacles clear for eye protection                               360           Safety spectacles shade 4 for brazing and gas welding                    360           Safety grinding goggles with anti mist acetate lens                      361           Heat resistant mitten for gas cylinders                                  362           Gas/TIG softskin welding gloves, 6 pairs                                 362           Gas ignitor triplex 2 pcs for gas welding                                363           Gas ignitor triplex spare flint set. 10 pcs                               363           Welders chalk, flat 5x13x127. 144 pcs/pack                                364           Temperature indicator kit                                                364           Galvanizing spray. 6 pcs                                                 364 Welding, Brazing & Cutting Torch                                                   365           UCT-500 Combination torch master kit for gas welding/cutting             365           UCT-500 combination torch compact kit for gas welding/cutting            366           Shank with non-return valves for Ac/Ox combination torch                 367           Nonreturn valve                                                          367           Welding attachments                                                      368           Multiflame heating attachment                                             368           Cutting attachment with head angle for UCT-500                           369           Cutting nozzle                                                           370           Gouging nozzle                                                           370           Guide standard                                                           371           Spare part kit complete                                                  371           Spanner for torch                                                        372           Cleaning needles set for torch                                           372 Transportable Gas Welding Equipment                                                373           Trolley A40/O40 gas weld.                                                373           Trolley 1 SU-10                                                          374           Trolley A-5/O-5 gasweld for portable equipment                           375           Back portable rack f/A5- +05-cyl.                                        376           Portable rack for A5+05 cylinder                                         377           Standard gas accessories for mobile equipment                            378           Portable welding table                                                   379 Gas Welding Cabinet                                                                380           Gaswelding cabinet empty                                                 380           Gaswelding cabinet complete with torch, rods & fluxes                     381 Gas Welding and Brazing Consumables                                                382           Gas welding and brazing consumables                                      382 Arc welding/cutting machines                                                       384           UWI-150 Autoline Welding Inverter                                        384           UWW-161 MP Multi Process Welding Inverter                                386           UWI-203 Stick / TIG                                                      388           UWR-303 welding rectifier                                                 390           Accessories for UWR-303                                                  392           UWI-400 welding inverter                                                 393           Accessories for UWI-400                                                  395           UWF-SC 12 RC wire feeder                                                 396           UWR-852 Welding rectifier                                                 398           UPC-1041 Plasma Cutter                                                   400 Cables and Connectors                                                              402           Welding cable                                                            402           Cable connector                                                          403           Cable shoe                                                               403           Adapter Plug Dix Female 70 and Male 25; 2 pcs per pack                   404           Parallel connecting three way connector DIX70 male-female-female 2 pcs   404           Conversion assem. 2 pcs                                                  404  9 Remote control for UWR-303 with belt clip                                  405                Remote control cable 10m for UWR-303                                       405                Extension cable 25m 4 PIN for UWR-303 remote controls                      406                Remote control for UWI-400 for el holder/tig torch                         406                Extension cable a 25 m for UWI-400 remote controls                         407                Parallel connection cable for UWI-400 remote controls                      407      Stick electrode arc accessories                                                      408                Electrode holder assembly                                                  408                Electrode holders                                                          408                Air carbon arc torch 600A with safety and air connection                   409                Air carbon arc torch heavyduty 1600A                                       409                Return clamp assembly                                                      410                Return clamps                                                              410      TIG Welding Accessories                                                              411                TIG welding accessories                                                    411                TIG torch-T-150 w dix 25 connector                                         412                Remote control for UWI-150 autoline                                        413                TIG Torch T-161 with 4 m cable, euro connector and torch mounted trigger   414                TIG torch T-200 w dix 70 connector                                         415                Accessories kit TIG torch                                                  417                Tungsten electrode 1.6mm alloyed for DC TIG welding                        418                Tungsten electrode 2.4mm alloyed for DC TIG welding                        418      Wire Welding Accessories                                                             419                Wire torch T-400 with 3m cable for S-12RC/S-22 P12/UWF-MP                  419                Driveroll and wire guide kits for wire feeder sc 12 rc                     420                Spool compression spring                                                   421                Spool adapter                                                              421                Wire torch M-161 with 3m cable and euroconnector for UWW-161 MP            422                Drive roll                                                                 422      Shielding gas accessories                                                            423                Argon regulator                                                            423                CO2 regulator                                                              424                Flowcontrol needle valve for gas flow adjustment                            425                Flowcontrol meter, argon for use at torch nozzle                           425      Plasma cutting accessories                                                           426                Consumables kit complete for UPC-1040                                      426                Accessories for UPC-1040/1041                                              426      Current distribution system                                                          427                Current distribution system                                                427                Inlet station welding current 400A                                         428                Outlet station welding current 400A                                        429                Inlet station welding current 800A                                         430                Outlet station welding current 800A                                        430                Remote connection cable for UWI-400 6m, 14 pin female/10 pin male          431                Remote connection cable for UWR-303 6m, 4 pin male/10 pin male             431                Remote control adapter for UWI-400 14 pin female/10 pin male               432                Remote control adapter for UWR-303 4 pin female/10 pin male                432      Welder's Protection                                                                  433                Autovision Plus Fresh Air Weldshield with respiratory unit                 433                Autovision plus welding shield                                             434                Flipvision welding face shield with headband and shade 11 glass            435                Safety helmet with face shield and shade 11 glass                          436                Face shield with handle and filter shade 11 glass                           437                Arc welding glasses                                                        438                Autovision outside cover lens 10pcs                                        438                Autovision inside cover lens 10pcs                                         438                Protective clothing                                                        439                Welding curtain with hooks                                                 440                Welding spatter blanket 1 x 10mm on roll                                   440  10 Fume Clean 230 complete                                       441 Welder's Tools                                                          442           Wire Brush                                                    442           Chipping hammer                                               442           Welding gauge type J for throat thickness and reinforcement   443           Multi purpose plier for wire torch                            443           Welders chalk, flat 5x13x127. 144 pcs/pack                     444           Temperature indicator kit                                     444           Galvanizing spray. 6 pcs                                      444           Anti spatter spray, 400 ml in a box, 6 pcs                    445           Magnaflux crack detection kit                                  446           Cleaner SKC-S. 10 pcs                                         447           Penetrant SKL-SP1. 10 pcs                                     447           Developer SKD-S2. 10 pcs                                      447 Information about coated stick electrodes                               448           Information about coated stick electrodes                     448 Coated Stick Electrodes                                                 450           Unitor range of maintenance electrodes                        450           GPO-302N                                                      453           GPR-300H                                                      454           Special-303N                                                  455           LH-314N                                                       456           LHH-314H                                                      457           LHV-316N                                                      458           LHT-318N                                                      459           LHL-319N                                                      460           LHR-320N                                                      461           18/8-321N                                                     462           23/14-322N                                                    463           Duplex-325N                                                   464           Pickling gel 2 litre for stainless steel                      465           Tensile-328N                                                  466           Impact-329S                                                   467           Wearmax-327                                                   468           Abratech-330                                                  469           Nickel-333N                                                   470           NiFe-334N                                                     471           Tinbro-341 3.2x350mm 42 electrodes 1.4kg                      472           Albronze-344 3.2x350mm 46 electrodes 1.3kg                    472           Alumin-351N 3.2x350mm 82 electrodes 1.1kg                     473           CH2-382 3.2x350mm 36 electrodes 1.4kg                         474           ACA-384                                                       475 Electrode Storing Cabinets                                              476           Minidryer- 350 capacity 8kg electrodes                        476           Heating cabinet - 85 capacity 350kg electrodes                477           Electrode cabinet empty for 27 pcs electrode packages         478           Electrode cabinet complete with 27 pcks of electrodes         479 Arc Welding Wires                                                       481           Wire for wire welding                                         481 TIG Welding Rods and Fluxes                                             482           Rods and fluxes for TIG Welding                                482 Cold Repair Polymer Compounds                                           483           Cold repair polymer compounds                                 483           Polymer kit                                                   484           Leak stop pipe repair tape                                    485           Metalgrade ready stick 3 pairs of sticks 0.72kg               486           Metalgrade express base and activator 0.25L                   486           Metal grade rebuild base and activator 0.5L                   487           Metal grade hi - temp heat resistant compound                 488  11 Aquagrade rebuild base and activator 0.5L                  489                        Ceramigrade rebuild base and activator 0.5L                490                        Ceramigrade liner base and activator 0.5L                  490                        Ceramigrade abrashield 5.4kg engineering repair compound   491                        Rubbergrade 6 rebuild 3 x 0.143L base/activator            492                        Rubbergrade 6 remould 3 x 0.143L base/activator            493      Marine Chemicals                                                             494         Cleaning Chemicals                                                        494              Cargo Hold Cleaning                                                  496                       Aquatuff High Foam                                          496                       Metal Brite HD                                              497                       Slip-Coat                                                   498                       Slip-Coat WR                                                499              Cleaning and Maintenance                                             500                       Enviroclean                                                 500                       Coldwash HD                                                 501                       Cleanbreak                                                  502                       Seaclean                                                    503                       Seacare O.S.D                                               504                       Seacare Ecosperse 52                                        505                       ACC Plus                                                    506                       Air Cooler Cleaner                                          507                       Carbonclean LT                                              508                       Carbon Remover                                              508                       Descalex                                                    509                       Descaling Liquid                                            510                       Metal Brite                                                 511                       Disclean                                                    511                       Deck Clean NP                                               512                       Teak Renewer                                                512                       Aquatuff                                                    513                       Aquabreak PX                                                514                       Foam-Agent                                                  515                       Multi clean                                                 515                       Reefer Cleaner                                              516                       Fore & Aft                                                  517                       H.P. Wash                                                   518                       Uni-Wash                                                    519                       Ultra Sonic Cleaner USC                                     520                       Natural Hand Cleaner                                        521                       Carpet Cleaner                                              522                       UltraCIP                                                    523                       Commissioning Cleaner                                       524                       Bilge Water Flocculant                                      525                       Defoamer Concentrate                                        526                       Penetron Plus                                               527                       Electrosolv-E                                               528                       Mud & Silt Remover                                          528              Tank Cleaning                                                        529                       Seaclean plus                                               529                       Alkleen Liquid                                              530                       Alkleen Safety Liquid                                       531                       Tankleen Advance                                            532                       Tankleen Bright                                             532                       Unipol                                                      533                       Zinc Coat Conditioner                                       534              Gamazyme Cleaners                                                    535                       Gamazyme 700FN                                              535                       Gamazyme MSC                                                536  12 Gamazyme BTC                      537                  Gamazyme TDS                      538                  Gamazyme Digestor                 539                  Gamazyme DPC                      540                  Gamazyme BOE                      541                  Gamazyme FC                       542                  Gamazyme BUB                      543 Water Treatment                                    544      Boiler Water Treatment                        546                  Oxygen Scavenger Plus             546                  Oxygen Control                    547                  Oxygen scavenger 9-035            548                  Oxygen scavenger 9-002            548                  Oxytreat                          549                  Cat Sulphite L (CSL)              550                  Condensate Control                551                  Condensate treatment 9-150        552                  Hardness treatment 7208           552                  Hardness Control                  553                  Alkalinity Control                554                  BWT liquid plus                   555                  Boiler Coagulant                  556                  Autotreat 25                      557                  Multiplus                         558                  Liquitreat                        559                  Combitreat                        560      Cooling Water Treatment                       561                  Antifoulant 9-321                 561                  Rocor NB Liquid                   562                  Engine water treatment 9-108      563                  Nalfleet 2000                      564                  Dieselguard NB                    565                  Engine Water Treatment 9-111AL    566                  Cooltreat AL                      567                  Mar-71                            568                  Bioguard                          569      Water Production Treatment                    570                  Vaptreat 25 L                     570                  Maxi-vap plus                     570                  Multivap                          571                  Evaporator defoamer               572                  Potable water stabiliser liquid   573                  Potable Water Stabiliser          574                  RO Scale control                  575                  RO Bisulphite                     575                  RO Alkaline cleaner               576                  RO Mild acid cleaner              577                  RO Surfactant cleaner             577                  Ballast tank inhibitor 9-933      578                  Aquabrome tablets                 578                  Pool Clarifier                     579                  Pool Surface Cleaner              580                  Pool and Spa Hardness             581                  Spa Defoamer                      582                  pH Increaser                      583 Fuel Oil Treatment                                 584      Distillate Fuel Treatment                     586                  Biocontrol MAR 71                 586                  Diesel fuel lubricity improver    587  13 Diesel fuel stabiliser                       588           Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment                               589                     Fuelcare                                     589                     Gamabreak                                    590                     Dual Purpose Plus                            591                     Burnaid                                      592                     Dieselite                                    593                     Valvecare                                    594                     Soot Remover                                 595                     Soot Remover Liquid                          596      Test Kits & Equipment                                       597           Nalfleet Water Dosing Equipment                         600                     Naltrak 1000 CWT dosing system               600                     Naltrak 1750 BWT dosing system               601                     Naltrak 2000 BWT dosing system               602                     Dosing unit for Evaporator Treatment         603                     Dosing unit for BWT                          604                     Sea Water Dosing Unit                        605           Nalfleet Water Test KIts                                606                     Spectrapak 309                               606                     Spectrapak 310                               607                     Spectrapak 311                               608                     Spectrapak 312                               609                     Spectrapak 313                               610                     Spectrapak 315                               611                     Motor ship test kit                          612                     Boiler plus test kit MO380                   613                     Sulphite drop test                           614                     Nitrite full kit MO248A                      615                     pH test strips 2 pack MO319                  616                     Total hardness titration pack M204           616                     Alkalinity titration pack M250               617                     Chloride titration pack M251                 617                     Titration apparatus pack no 1 MO217          618                     Titration apparatus pack no 2 MO218          618                     Filter pack, 1 cardboard box MO213           619                     Ecoscan pH6 meter & electrode MO348          619                     Ecoscan conductivity meter MO347             620                     Maxidirect photometer                        621                     Chlorine checkit block 0.2-8 ppm             622                     Oxygen full kit 0-40 ppm O2 M341             622                     Legionella test kit                          623                     Potable Water Test Kit                       624                     Lovibond 2000 comparator                     625                     Test kit cooltreat AL with CL test           626           Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment                   627                     Fuel Oil Treatment Dosing Unit               627                     Automatic Dosing for Soot Remover Liquid     628                     Manual Dosing Unit for Soot Remover Liquid   629                     Portable Soot Remover Injector               630                     Fixed Soot Remover Injector                  631                     Chemical Cleaning Unit                       632                     Jet spray unit 10 l ste                      633                     Jet spray unit 10 l stainless steel          633                     Rechargeable sprayer                         634                     Spray gun 1 l                                635                     Syphon squeezer                              635           Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits                              636                     Easy Ship Combined Oil Test Kit              636  14 Easy Ship Water in Oil Test Kit                                         637                    TBN Test Kit                                                            638                    Compatibility Test Kit                                                  639                    Heated Viscosity Meter                                                  640                    Density Meter                                                           641                    Fuel Oil Test Cabinet                                                   642                    Insolubles Test                                                         643                    Salt Water Determination Test                                           643                    Bunker Sampler                                                          644                    Plastic Storage Cabinet                                                 645 Fire Protection                                                                            646          Cabinets for Extinguishers and Fire Blankets                                      652                    Cabinet for fire extinguisher 6 to 9 kg                                  652                    Cabinet for Fire Extinguisher 5 to 9 kg                                 653                    Fire Blanket 120 X 180 cm wall-mounted                                  654          Portable Extinguishers Cartridge Operated                                         655                    Powder Extinguisher 12 kg Abc without Bracket - P12p M18                655                    Powder Extinguisher 9 kg Abc without Bracket - P9p M18                  656                    Powder Ext. 6 kg Abc W/O Brkt - P6p M18                                 657                    Water Extinguisher 9 L without Bracket E9 Model E9                      658                    Foam Extinguisher 9 l without Bracket                                   659                    Metal Fire Extinguisher 9 kg without Bracket - P9fm.M M18               660                    Foam Extinguisher 9 l without Bracket Ev Low Tmp.Hi Type E9a1ev Lt Hp   662                    Fat Fire Extinguisher 6 L without Bracket Model E6a15 Evf               663          Stored Pressure Extinguishers                                                     664                    Powder Extinguisher 2 kg Abc W/Spc with Bracket Model Pp2p              664                    Dp Extinguisher 3 kg Abc Pp3p Sp without Bracket                        665                    Co2 Extinguisher 5 kg without Bracket Model U5c                         666                    Dp Extinguisher 6 kg Abc Pp6p Sp without Bracket                        667                    Dp Extinguisher 9 kg Abc Pp9p Sp without Bracket                        668                    Dp Extinguisher 12 kg Abc Pp12p Sp without Bracket                      669          Wheeled Extinguishers                                                             670                    Powder Extinguisher 50 kg Abc P50p Wheeled                              670                    Extinguisher Co2 20 kg Wheeled                                          671                    Foam Extinguisher 45 l Wheeled Model E45a2                              672                    Foam Extinguisher 135 l Wheeled Model E135a2                            673                    CO2 Extinguisher 45 kg Wheeled                                          674                    Powder Extinguisher 25 kg Abc Wheeled P25p Me                           675                    Co2 Extinguisher 9 kg Wheeled                                           676                    Extinguisher Powder 25 kg Wheeled                                       677          Spare parts for fire extinguishers                                                 678                    CO2 Cartridge 60 g for 9 L Water/ Foam E9/E9A1/E9A1EV extinguisher      678                    Co2 Cartridge 450 g for foam 45 L Extinguisher                          679                    CO2 Cartridge 2 kg for 135 l foam Extinguisher                          680                    CO2 Cartridge 120 g for 6 kg Powder Extinguisher                        681                    Spare Cartridge 160 g for 6 kg Powder (BC rated) Extinguisher           682                    CO2 Cartridge 180 g for 12 kg Powder Extinguisher                       683                    CO2 cartridge 450 g for 25 kg Powder (ABC or BC rated) Extinguisher     684                    CO2 Cartridge 900 g for 50 kg Powder (ABC or BC rated) Extinguisher     685                    AFFF Foam Charge 90 ml for 9 L Foam Extinguisher                        686                    AFFF Foam Charge F/E45a2 2300011-0.9 l                                  687                    AFFF Foam Charge 3 x 0.9 L for 135 L Foam Extinguisher                  688                    Powder Refill for 6 kg ABC Extinguisher                                  689                    Powder Refill for 9 kg ABC Extinguisher                                  690                    Powder refill for 12 kg ABC Extinguisher                                 691                    Powder Refill for 25 kg ABC Extinguisher                                 692                    Marine bracket with strap for 5 kg CO2 Extinguisher                     693                    Universal Bracket For P6/P6p/P9p/ P12/P12p/E9/E9a1                      693                    Marine Bracket With Strap For Pp6p                                      694   15 Marine Bracket With Strap For PP9P                                                 694                         Extinguisher Bracket with Strap for 12 kg Stored pressure                          695               Fire Couplings                                                                               696                         Norwegian coupling                                                                 696                         Storz Coupling                                                                     697                         Instantaneous coupling                                                             698               Fire Hoses                                                                                   699                         Martex Fire hose                                                                   699                         Guardman fire hose                                                                  700                         Mertex fire hose                                                                    701                         Clamping device for binding machine                                                702                         Binding Machine Portable                                                           702               Fire Hydrants                                                                                703                         Hydrant Valve                                                                      703                         International Ship to Shore connection                                             704               Fire Nozzles                                                                                 705                         Fire nozzles                                                                       705               Foam Concentrates                                                                            706                         Foam concentrates                                                                  706               Smoke and Heat Detector Test Equipment                                                       708                         Smoke and Heat Detector testing                                                    708      Personal Safety                                                                                       710               Breathing Air Compressors                                                                    712                         Breathing Air Compressors                                                          712                         Junior II-E Air Compressor                                                         713                         Oceanus E Air Compressor                                                           714                         Breathing Air Compressors B Timer                                                  715                         Compressor Filter charge for Junior/Oceanus TRIPLEX filter                          716                         Bauer Compressor Filling Hose 50 m Dn6, Pn450                                      717                         Compressor 300-200 bar change over device                                          718                         Change over Device from 200-300 bar Compl For Bauer Compressor                     718                         Compressor Breathing Air Quality Test Kit                                          719               Filter Masks / Breathing Filters                                                             720                         Breathing Filter Masks                                                             720                         ADVANTAGE 3121 Single Filter Threaded Med.                                         721                         Breathing Masks Filter Range                                                       722               Compressed Air Breathing Apparatus                                                           723                         Self Contained Breathing Apparatus                                                 723               Emergency Escape Breathing Device                                                            724                         Uniscape EEBD                                                                      724               Chemical Protection                                                                          726                         Chemical Suits                                                                     726                         Chemical Resistant Personal Protection Kit                                         727                         Trellchem Super T-ET                                                               728                         Trellchem Light T                                                                  729                         Trellchem VPS T-ET                                                                 730                         Trellchem Splash 600 suit without boots                                            731                         Unipack hose for Chemical suits Super/VPS/Light suit only connection               732                         Unipack hose for Chemical suits Super/VPS/Light suit and rescue mask connections   732                         Chemical Suit Safety Boots                                                         733                         Trellchem Chemical suit Hood for Facemask & BA set                                 734                         Trellchem Chemical suit mini hood                                                  734                         Gloves, viton/butyl for Trellchem VPS & Super                                      735                         Gloves PVC for Trellchem light and splash                                          736                         Chemical Suit Repair kits                                                          737                         Molykote grease f/O-ring bayonet system                                            738               Head Protection                                                                              739                         Head Protection                                                                    739                         Head Protection Accessories                                                        740  16  lines and light                                              778                    Lifebuoys and Ancillaries                                              778                    Lifebuoy Lights                                                        779          Lifeboat Air Cylinders                                                           781                    Lifeboat cylinders                                                     781          Liferafts                                                                        782                    Liferaft Rental                                                        782                    Throwoverboard Liferafts                                               784                                                                                                   17 . Toxi & Gas-mate                                                   754                    Combi-Mate                                                             755                    Combi-Mate 3                                                           757                    Tank-Mate                                                              758                    Aspirator hose 10 m for use with Unitor Gas detectors                  759                    Aspirator hose 20 m for use with Unitor Gas detectors                  759                    Aspirator probe 1 m fixed for gas detection                             760                    Aspirator Probe. bracket. Toxi & Gas-mate Single Gas portable gas detector   764                    Carry Case for Unitor Combi-Mate portable gas detector                 764                    Chest harness kit for Unitor Combi-Mate gas detector                   765                    Carry Case for Unitor Combi-mate 3 portable gas detector               765                    Carry case and belt for Unitor Tank-mate gas detector                  766          Harness Belt and Fall Arrestor                                                   767                    Fall Arrest devices                                                    767 Life Saving                                                                               768          Cabinets                                                                         770                    Cabinets                                                               770          Hydrostatic Release Units                                                        771                    Hydrostatic Release Unit Hammar H20 for liferafts 2 year               771                    Hydrostatic Release Unit DK2004 for liferafts 4 Year                   772          Immersion Suits                                                                  773                    Immersion Suits                                                        773                    Rescue suit                                                            774          Life Jackets and Lights                                                          775                    Lifejacket Ancillaries                                                 775                    Inflatable Lifejackets                                                  776                    Unitor Seaguard Lifejackets                                            777          Lifebuoys. for Unitor Combi-Mate pumped unit without gas cylinder   763                    Gas test kit for Combi-mate 3                                          763                    Carry Case for Oxy.1 m                                      760                    Aspirator assembly Single Gas Monitor                                  761                    Aspirator assembly non-pumped Unitor Combi-Mate gas detector           761                    Aspirator Assembly for Unitor Combi-mate 3 gas detector                762                    Watertrap for use with gas detection aspirator tube                    762                    Gas-Test Kit.         Hearing Protection                                                               741                    Hearing Protection                                                     741          Personal Fire Protection                                                         742                    Unitor Flameguard Plus firefighter suit kit                              742                    Unitor Flameguard Solas firefighter suit                                 743                    Unitor Firebuddy plus firefighter suit kit                               744                    Firemans Helmet . Telescopic .PAB HT04                                             745                    Led lamp for fireman helmet PAB                                         746                    Cabinet for Fire fighters outfit                                         747                    Fire axe with insulated handle 2 kV                                    748                    Cover for Fire Axe                                                     748                    Gloves for Firebuddy Plus Firefighter suit                              749                    Firefighters suit insulated gloves                                      750                    Solas Firefighter Boots                                                 751                    Firefighter Boots .MED Approved                                        752                    Firefighter Lifeline                                                    753          Portable Gas Detection                                                           754                    Oxy.  IMO Bedside Excl mox-40 cylinder            810                          Med Ox System IMO. Norwegian type Excl mox-40 cylinder     811              Medical Oxygen Resuscitators                                           812                          Oxygen resuscitator without cylinder                       812                          Medical Suction Unit                                       813      Environmental                                                                  814              Oil spill products                                                     816                          Oil spill Kits                                             816                          Oil spill care and maintenance tools                       817                          Oil spill kit spare storage box                            818                          Oil spill kit spare 1000 l waste bag                       818              Sorbents & Booms                                                       819                          Spill Kit Sorbent Pads                                     819                          Sorbent Rolls                                              820                          Sorbent particulate U94                                    821                          Sorbent sweep U941800                                      822                          Sorbent Pillows                                            823                          Sorbent Booms                                              824      WTS Safety Systems                                                            826      Maritime Logistics                                                            852      Ships Agency                                                                  854      Terms and conditions                                                          858     18 .                         Davit Launch Liferafts                                     786                Pyrotechnics                                                         788                          Pyrotechnics                                               788                Rescue Equipment                                                     789                          Rescue Equipment                                           789                Stretchers                                                           790                          Neil Robertson Stretcher                                   790                          Paramedic Stretcher and Rescue Unit                        791                IMO Embarkation station/Lifeboat signs                               792                          IMO Lifeboat Signs                                         792                IMO Escape Way guidance signs                                        793                          Escape way and guidance signs                              793                IMO Fire fighting Equipment & System signs                            794                          Fire Equipment signs                                       794                IMO First Aid & Safety Equipment signs                               795                          First Aid and Medical Equipment signs                      795                IMO Hazard signs                                                     796                          IMO Hazard Signs                                           796                IMO LSA Signs                                                        798                          IMO Lifesaving Appliance Signs                             798                IMO Muster/Assembly station signs                                    800                          Muster and Assembly station signs                          800                IMO Personal Protective Equipment signs                              802                          Personal protective equipment Signs                        802                IMO Prohibition signs                                                803                          IMO Prohibition Signs                                      803                IMO Security Instruction signs                                       804                          IMO Security instruction Signs                             804                IMO SOLAS tape                                                       805                          Retroreflective tape                                        805      Medical                                                                       806              Defibrillators                                                          808                          Defibrillator Heartstart Frx including Pads And Softcase    808              Medical Oxygen Systems                                                 809                          Med Ox system IMO. Outside Excl mox-40 cylinder            809                          Med Ox system. . 20 .  which includes some of the industry’s most trusted and respected brands – Unitor. approvals. Please be assured. Our extensive product portfolio. user instructions and further technical details. Here you will find the most up-to-date information. or wssproducts. Nalfleet and Unicool – is aligned to meet all your needs and with global standardisation.wilhelmsen. everywhere. The full product range will always be available through our online product catalogue at wilhelmsen.com. we will always do our utmost to meet your request and take pride in fulfilling your ship’s order requirements.                                                 21 . every time. You can rely on the same quality.WILHELMSEN SHIPS SERVICE PRODUCT CATALOGUE  All products listed in this product catalogue form our standard product offer.com/shipsservice.  servicing 2.                      Our customer services provide peace                      of mind through 24/7 accessibility.     22 . specialising in Safety                      products. Wilhelmsen group company.400 ports                      in 125 countries.                      a Wilh.                       Our company’s focus is to ensure that                      vessels operate smoothly at sea and                      reduce turnaround time in port. Marine                      chemicals. Maritime logistics and                      Ships Agency services.                      personal service and local knowledge. Marine products.                          OUR GLOBAL NETWORK                       Wilhelmsen Ships Service is part                      of Wilhelmsen Maritime Services.                       WSS supplies maritime products and                      services.                      We have the world’s largest maritime                      services network.                     Our maritime                      solutions keep  WILHELMSEN  SHIPS SERVICE  PRODUCT CATALOGUE                      your vessels                      working safely                      and effectively. .  spares and           an extensive chemical portfolio including                      gases lies more than 100 years of marine     Unitor cleaning and maintenance                      history and expertise. Unitor products offer more         solutions for your chemical needs. we      All products are tested for reliability in the                      are also a leading industry supplier of      tough marine environment.       constant focus on health. Behind our extensive       9001 and 14001 standards with a                      portfolio of Unitor welding equipment. safety and                      Unitor fire. With more than        chemicals.                     Expertise and                      know-how to  WILHELMSEN  SHIPS SERVICE  PRODUCT CATALOGUE                      keep your fleet                      at maximum                      efficiency. consumables. we deliver tailored                      the move.     24 .                          OUR OFFER                       MARINE PRODUCTS                              MARINE CHEMICALS                      We know that maintenance and repairs         By combining an extensive portfolio of                      are vital for optimising the performance     Nalfleet and Unitor chemicals with                      of your vessel and keeping your fleet on     enhanced service. rescue and safety (FRS)         environmental considerations. We offer                      equipment.                      constantly in circulation worldwide.                      off in the long run. fuel oil treatment and Nalfleet                      120. The Unitor portfolio   experienced chemical teams we offer                      provides constant care for your vessel       specialised services and solutions for                      – because protecting your assets pays        better chemical management on board.000 refillable refrigerant cylinders     water treatment chemicals and test kits. The                      than standardised quality delivered with     chemical products are all made to ISO                      reliable service. With our                      Unicool refrigerants.  Therefore. With       customized end-to-end solutions              and communication flow making your us as your compliance partner. whatever your business.                                                                                                                                          25 . including a broad          calls. we have the    reach with local experts on duty in 80       streamlined operations.   comprehensive logistics support              operate. We know that safety        with our freight forwarding and project      extension of your team we are a matters and that is why we’ve built a       based logistics for complex and heavy        connecting force in simplifying your port worldwide network of regulatory know.400 ports where we protection. Together we provide               management.            better serve your global business. enhanced documentation vessels with maximum efficiency. So. we offer you global        believe total port call solutions give are. As a trusted constant change. We provide commercial and             operations. Capitalising on our international   offer you better global coordination to addition we offer safety inspection         maritime network across the Wilh. we’re a connection force     We offer husbandry. we have re- how designed to keep your fleet             operational services in local markets        defined the way ships agents handle port compliant and on the move. rescue and safety services with our   range of capabilities extending beyond       ensure that you receive consistent high quality Unitor products for fire       traditional ship agency and a                service in all 2. HUB The only rule in maritime regulations is    in keeping your business on the move         and protective agency. by standardising procedures to fire.                                 cargo from A to B. sea and land transport         operations more efficient.      cargo. full agency. you can      based on air. improved cash safety solutions you need to run your       countries. In     package. We are constantly working to medical and environmental solutions. wherever you        Wilhelmsen Group. We services worldwide. personal safety.SAFETY PRODUCTS                             MARITIME LOGISTICS                           SHIPS AGENCY AND SERVICES                                Every day 24/7. We deliver       around the world. life saving. keep your fleet moving without              – a complete connection taking your compromise.      26 .                     Health.                      safety and  WILHELMSEN  SHIPS SERVICE  PRODUCT CATALOGUE   environment.  All chemicals and gases can be dangerous to both people and the environment if used incorrectly. it is vital for ships staff        who handle and use chemical related        products to understand the hazardous        properties of the product they are using. Danish. Chinese (simplified and traditional). Greek. Dutch. Portuguese.                                                          27 . Italian.       PRODUCT LABELS AND SDS        Wilhelmsen Ships Service has a full        range of effective and sustainable        chemicals for use on board ships. Norwegian. German. Lithuanian. which protective        measures are appropriate and what to        do in case of an accident. Latvian. Romanian. Polish.com/shipsservice     SDS LANGUAGES SDS’s are available in 23 different languages: Bulgarian. Estonian.           directions for use and dose rates        t Colour coded borders for easy           identification        t Complete Safety Data Sheets (SDS)        Safety Data Sheets for all Unitor        and Nalfleet chemical products are        downloadable in PDF format from        Wilhelmsen Ships Service’s web site:        wilhelmsen.        To avoid injury. Korean. Spanish. our marine chemicals        include a unique product labelling        system on every pail or drum of        product delivered. Swedish and Turkish.        how it should be used. Russian. To assist the        users on board. Finnish. It is strongly recommended to follow all safety and handling instructions for all chemical products. French. English.        Each label includes:        t Multi-lingual risk and safety phrases           with pictograms indicating hazardous           properties        t Specific information on transportation           classification        t Emergency telephone numbers           (manned 24 hours a day)        t Addresses of Wilhelmsen Ships           Service’s major chemical offices        t Complete product description. 
[email protected]@wilhelmsen.greece.com                       EGYPT                      Telephone Daytime       (+20) 3 485 6094      LATVIA                      Telephone After hours (+20) 123 129 993       Telephone Daytime        (+371) 67321115                      Fax                     (+20) 3 485 6094      Telephone After hours (+371) 29108244                      Email: 
[email protected]@
[email protected]@
[email protected]                       CHINA                      Telephone daytime      (+86) 21 6086 3800     ITALY                      Telephone after hours (+86) 138 188 7605      Telephone Daytime         (+39) 010 6142101                      Fax                    (+86) 21 6086 3811     Telephone After hours (+39) 335 7539245                      Email: 
[email protected]          Fax                     (+82) 51 728 3918                                                                    Email: wss.com          Officephone:             (+1) 281 291 0333                                                                    Telephone After hours (+1) 281 685 5022                                                                    Tollfreefax:            (+)1 866 266 9372                      GREECE                                        Localfax:               (+1) 281 291 0888                      Telephone Daytime       (+30) 210 4239100     Email: wss.southamerica.egypt.com    Fax                     (+852) 2856 1559                                                                    Email: wss. WILHELMSEN  SHIPS SERVICE  PRODUCT CATALOGUE                          OUR CUSTOMER SERVICES                       BRAZIL                                        HONG KONG                      Telephone daytime:     (+55) 21 25828000      Telephone Daytime       (+852) 2880 1688                      Telephone after hours: (+55) 21 81622731/32   Telephone After hours                      Fax:                   (+55) 21 25828001      (+852) 6395 7488 / 6392 7748 / 9331 1764                      E-mail: wss.denmark.germany.com                       GERMANY                      Telephone Daytime     (+49) 42 8293130        NORTH AMERICA                      Telephone After hours (+49) 42 8293130        Telephone Daytime                      Fax                   (+49) 42 82593153       Toll-free:              (+1) 866 266 9371                      Email: 
[email protected]@wilhelmsen.korea.com                       CYPRUS                      Telephone Daytime       (+357) 25 344696      JAPAN                      Telephone After hours (+357) 99 533558        Telephone Daytime       (+81) 45 775 0011                      Fax                     (+357) 25 356478      Telephone After hours (+81) 45 775 0012                      Email: 
[email protected]@
[email protected]@wilhelmsen.com         Fax                       (+39) 010 6142196                                                                    Email: wss.latvia.com            Fax                      (+371) 67321125                                                                    Email: wss.northamerica.finland.com                       DENMARK                      Telephone Daytime     (+45) 36 77 36 13       KOREA                      Telephone After hours (+45) 36 77 36 13       Telephone Daytime       (+82) 51 728 4900                      Fax                   (+45) 36 49 35 62       Telephone After hours (+82) 10 2568 0089                      Email: wss.italy.com           Fax                     (+31) 10 4949 303                                                                    Email: 
[email protected]@wilhelmsen.india.hongkong.com                       CHILE                      Telephone daytime:     (+55) 21 25828000      INDIA                      Telephone after hours: (+55) 21 81622731/32   Telephone Daytime        (+91) 22 663 75 500                      Fax:                   (+55) 21 25828001      Telephone After hours (+91) 99 872 62 461                      E-mail: wss.com     28 .com    Fax                      (+91) 22 434 15 580/581                                                                    Email: 
[email protected]                      Telephone After hours (+30) 6946 063860                      Fax                     (+30) 210 4212480                      Email: wss.com           Fax                     (+81) 45 775 0070                                                                    Email: wss.shanghai.com                       FINLAND                      Telephone Daytime       (+358) 96 80 36 40    NETHERLANDS                      Telephone After hours (+358) 50 59 31 114     Telephone Daytime       (+31) 10 4877 920                      Fax                     (+358) 96 82 08 60    Telephone After hours (+31) 62 0420 248                      Email: wss. 
[email protected]@
[email protected]@wilhelmsen.poland.cs@wilhelmsen.                                                                                                             29 . port and service offer: wilhelmsen.stpetersburg.com                   Fax                      (+886) 2 2509 5733                                                       Email: wss.com                                         (+380) 503 909 095                                                       Fax                     (+380) 482 366 609                                                       Email: wss. some products may not be immediately available at every service location.murmansk.com              Telephone After hours (+44) 7710 919 601                                                       Fax                     (+44) 1322 620 660                                                       Email: wss.com RUSSIA (VLADIVOSTOK) Telephone Daytime        (+7) 4232 300659 Telephone After hours +7 914 707 15 44                UNITED KINGDOM Fax                      (+7) 4233 402255             Telephone Daytime       (+44) 1322 282 400 Email: wss.com RUSSIA (
[email protected]  POLAND Telephone Daytime      (+48) 91 8813 211              TURKEY Telephone After hours (+48) 728993992                 Telephone Daytime        (+90) 216 681 3333 Fax                     (+48) 91 8813 201             Telephone After hours (+90) 530 413 7180 Email: 
[email protected]             Telephone After hours (+971) 50 552 3604                                                       Fax                     (+971) 4 395 1155                                                       Email: wss.NORWAY                                                TAIWAN Telephone Daytime      (+47) 22 13 14 15              Telephone Daytime        (+886) 2 2502 5222 Telephone After hours (+47) 91 37 43 02                                        Ext 334 Fax                    (+47) 22 13 45 05              Telephone After hours (+886) 9 3215 6847 Email: wss.com     Please visit the Network Directory on our website for a complete list of contact details per 
[email protected] SINGAPORE Telephone Daytime       (+65) 6395 4907 Telephone After hours (+65) 9669 7017 Fax                     (+65) 6872 6319 Email: wss.uae. Our Customer Services will be able to answer any questions regarding availability or lead time for our product range.com   SOUTH AFRICA (DURBAN) Telephone daytime:       (+27) 31 274 3200 Telephone after hours: (+27) 76 759 4970 Local Fax:               (+27) 31 205 8041 E-mail: wss.taipei.vladivostok. PETERSBURG) Telephone Daytime        (+7) 8127 030273 Telephone After hours (+7) 8129 348803                UNITED ARAB EMIRATES Fax                      (+7) 8127 030274             Telephone Daytime       (+971) 4 382 3900 Email: 
[email protected]                   Fax                      (+90) 216 425 5463                                                       Email: wss.400 ports of various size and trade pattern.com  RUSSIA (MURMANSK) Telephone Daytime     (+7) 8152 458496                UKRAINE Telephone After hours (+7) 921 171 9448               Telephone Daytime       (+380) 482 366 608/9 Fax                   (+7) 8152 452314                Telephone After hours   (+380) 675 198 681 Email: 
[email protected]@
[email protected]/shipsservice  Given our global network serving 2. +  !5-0360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(& .-7&#/.)4407*.4&.%-&%*"#"..&4733'2/.)&.  heating.                                                                                                                WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT                                                                                                                            CLEANING EQUIPMENT WSS offers a complete range of pumps.4&. REFRIGERANTS AND CYLINDERS levers and applicators.                                                                       GASES.&4733'2/. As standard.%-&%*"#". these products are available with all relevant accessories and spares and backed up by WSS’s global network of service technicians.                                                                       REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT chemical applicators and grease pumps                                                                                                 WELDING .+  !5-0360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     MARINE PRODUCTS  PUMPS  In order for a vessel to keep moving..)&. including barrel pumps.-7&#/. lubrication                                                                                         AIR TOOLS and fuel.)4407*.all designed to be fully compatible with onboard pumping systems and effectively and environmentally efficiently. . it needs to have several types of fluid in operation across a range of machinery and systems for                                                                                              PUMPS                                                                                                                                 PAINT SPRAYING the purpose of cooling.  The pumps moves 0.33 litre      per stroke.       Features       • Fast and simple liquid transfer       • Flexible       Benefits       • Cost effective       • Ideal for smaller quantities of liquid       • No electrical parts       Accessories      Product number                        Product name      655514                                CONNECTION FOR HAND PUMP F/25L PAIL     32 .     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                               Pumps                                                                      Barrel Pumps          CHE       HEMIC          MICA             AL P                PUUMP L                      LEEVER T                             TYYPE      422 637447       The hand pump is a simple and cost effective      method of moving small and medium quantities      of liquid from a 200 litre barrel. The pump is      easy to mount and use and capable of pumping      solvents and chemicals compatible with Viton      and PTFE seals.      Chemical pump lever type (set of 2 pumps). 60 litre drum or a      25 litre pail (requires an adaptor).  low pressure  Benefits  • Handles most light to medium viscosity fluids    Technical data  Flow capacity/min (20 °C water.7 m3/min Min air pressure                           3 bar                                                                            33 . Needle valve for regulating pump speed is included.  Features  • High flow. 10 bar)    40 L Air consumption                            0. Designed for quiet and reliable operation for 200 litre drums. and nonaggressive fluids for short distances without reels. zink and aluminium. Wetted materials: steel. spout and needle valve for flow control supplied. diesel.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                       Pumps                                                         Barrel Pumps     1: 1:11 O      OIL        IL P           PUUMP W                 WIT                   ITH                     HSSP                        POUT 422 711291  Suitable for transfer applications of low viscosity fluids.      34 . or other explosive liquids. It may NOT be used for other      Flow capacity.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                             Pumps                                                    Barrel Pumps          2:      2:11 C           CHE             HEMIC               MICAAL P                      PUUMP S                            SSST316      422 718890       2:1 chemical pump in 316 stainless steel is      made up of two main parts: a compressed air      operated two-way piston air pump and a      double-acting liquid pump.       Features       • Efficient fluid transfer       Benefits       • Reliable air-operated unit          Technical data                                The Unitor 2:1 pump in 316 stainless steel is designed to                                                    move a broad spectrum of fluids compatible with AISI 316. a spout and needle                                                    for flow control are supplied. Maximum permitted air                                                    pressure is 10 bar and this limit should NOT be exceeded.      Max operating pressure          10 bar        Viton and PFTE seals.      Air consumption                 0. max              30 L/min      purposes or for pumping gasoline.9 m3/min    The unit is designed for 200 litre drums.  washing down. LOWER PUMP 588434                                REPAIR KIT FOR AIR MOTOR  Supplied with: Air lubricator.                                                                                                                                   35 . hoses. hose. spray gun and nozzle. fluid accumulator and pump mounting bracket.g                                                                  tank cleaning systems.    spray gun and nozzle  • Stainless steel construction (AISI 304) with chemical    resistant packings  • Can be used with cold or hot water up to 95 °C  Benefits  • Fits all open head universal drums  • Air driven motors enable use in explosion classified areas    Technical data                                                   fluids and chemical injection into pressurised systems. normal                         11.5M W/OUT NOZZLE Spare parts available for purchase: 625343                                REPAIR KIT. Max working pressure                     75 bar                                                                  Application areas Flowrate. e. spray gun. hoses. detergents onto surface.g.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Pumps                                                                  Chemical Applicators     10: 10:11 HY       HYDDRA C              CLLEAN C                     CHE                       HEMIC                         MICAAL A                                APPPLIC                                     ICAATOR 421 625293  The Unitor 10:1 Hydra-Clean chemical pump is ideal for a majority of fluid handling tasks on board.4 m3/min               •   Applying chemicals and detergent onto surface                                                                   •   Washing down With correct accessories this unit can apply chemicals            •   General transfer of fluids vertically up to 12 m.4 l/h Air consumption                          1. nozzle. general transfer of            tank cleaning systems     Accessories Product number                        Product name 659151                                EXTENDABLE LANCE 5. flexible suction hose. Ideal for applying chemicals and           •   Injection of chemicals into pressurised system.  Features  • Supplied ready for use including lubricator. Pumps are designed to be mounted on an open 200 litre/55 gallon drum by use of a mounting bracket and flexible suction hose also allows for other installations. fluid intake filter. Delivered ready to use and includes strainer. e.       Flowrate.9 m3/min         Accessories      Product number                      Product name      659151                              EXTENDABLE LANCE 5.      Pressure                              20 bar                 The unit is designed to be mounted in a 200 litre/55 gallon      Connection size/type                  1/4''                  drum. gun and drum fittings. normal                      600 l/h      Air consumption                       0. With the correct accessories this unit can apply                                                                   chemicals vertically up to 10 m.8 kg                supplied ready to use with a hose.5M W/OUT NOZZLE     36 .     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                            Pumps                                                                   Chemical Applicators          2:      2:11 C           CHE             HEMIC               MICAAL A                      APPPLIC                           ICAATOR      422 718700       The Unitor 2:1 chemical pump is ideal for use      when applying cleaning chemicals before      washing with high pressure or the Unitor      cleaning jet.       Features       • Fits in any standard 200 litre drum       • Supplied ready for use       • Pre-lubricated air motor. has no need for an air         lubricator       Benefits       • Very low noise emission enables use onboard cruise         or passenger vessels         Technical data                                               This unit has been developed as an easy to use and                                                                   economical alternative to the 10:1 Hydra Clean and is      Weight                                15.  potassium hydroxide     Accessories Product number                           Product name 607830                                   STAINLESS NIPPLE F/307 607832                                   FLUID SECTION REPAIR KIT F/MOD.1 m (dry) 3. ammonia.  Features  •   Easy maintenance  •   Fluid compatibility  •   Unique.09 in (2. reliable flow. low-to-medium viscosity fluids and shear sensitive materials    Technical data                                                     Typical applications  Flow capacity max               24. 307 607833                                   AIR VALVE KIT                                                                                                                               37 . reliable flow.7 m (wet)             • Drum transfer for fluids up to 1000 centipoise Material                        Polypropylene                       • Circulation of low viscosity inks.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                  Pumps                                                                    Double Diaphragm Pumps     DOUBLE D        DIA          IAP            PHR              HRA                AGM P                    PUUMP 30                          307                            7PPO                               OLYPROPYLENE 422 604918  Designed to operate at low air pressure while delivering a smooth.29 mm)  • Excellent for abrasive. Model 307 pumps are              • Consistent low pressure process fluid supply ideal for transferring a wide variety of fluids. phosphoric construction model is with Teflon diaphragms and ball                • Bleach: sodium hypochlorite (<12%) checks. sulphuric. patented air valves  •   Precision-fitted parts  Benefits  • Quick priming and immediate flow of product  • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids up to 0. Model 307 pumps are ideal for transferring a wide variety of fluids.6 l/min                          • Sampling and testing Suction height                  2. This polypropylene wetted                • Acids: hydrochloric.2 kg                              • Waste fluid removal                                                                     • On-demand batch chemical metering This pump is designed to operate at low air pressure while          • Low viscosity adhesive supply delivering a smooth.                                                        peroxide. The air motor                                                                    Typical fluids handled by this pump: body is contructed of polypropylene and stainless steel to resist external corrosion. suitable for most chemicals including acids and             • Base: sodium hydroxide. detergents and                                                                       chemicals Fluid inlet and outlet size     3/8"                                • Fluid circulation and evacuation Weight                          2. hydrogen caustic fluids.  hydrogen      and for water treatment applications. 515/716      634811                                           AIR VALVE REP KIT      634819                                           DRUM SUCT.09" (2.           peroxide.      both 515/716 models) they are ideal to mount on top of a 60            dichlorobenzene. and together with the drum suction kit (fits          • Thinners: alcohol. including acids and                                                                           caustics. tri. patented air valves       •   Precision-fitted parts       Benefits       • Quick priming and immediate flow of product       • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids         up to 0.      Flow capacity. The 515 has 1/2” suction and      discharge ports where the 716 has 3/4” suction and                 Typical fluids handled by this pump:      discharge ports. sulphuric. max                    57 l/min                                                                           Typical applications      Suction height                        7.     DOUBLE D             DIA               IAP                 PHR                   HRA                     AGM P                         PUUMP 515 P                                   POOLYPROPYLENE      422 634787        Features       •   Easy maintenance       •   Fluid compatibility       •   Unique. potassium hydroxide      easy to carry. toluene      (16 gal) or 200 l (55 gal) pail. ammonia. Both models are fitted with      Teflon and stainless steel diaphragms/balls/seats for         Accessories      Spare parts available for purchase:        Product number                                   Product name      634795                                           SERVICE KIT F. KIT F. The pumps are well suited for a variety of      utility duties requiring up to 60 L/min (15 gal/min) with light to  • Acids: hydrochloric. The polypropylene or stainless steel           Bleach: sodium hypochlorite (<12%)      body make them ideal for handling chemicals. the only difference being the inlet           •   Fluid circulation and evacuation      and outlet connections. acetone.29 mm)       • Excellent for abrasive.6 m      Material                              Polypropylene                   •   Sampling and testing      Connection size/type                  1/2"                            •   General purpose                                                                            •   Handles acids and caustics      Weight                                2.9 kg                                                                            •   Medium abrasion resistance                                                                            •   Not recommended for strong thinners      Both models Husky 515 and 716 are based on the same air               •   Drum transfer of low to medium viscosity fluids      motor and fluid section.515/716      729459                                           HOSE NIPPLES FOR 515 PUMP     38 . ketones. low-to-medium viscosity fluids         and shear sensitive materials          Technical data                                                       maximum chemical compatibility. phosphoric      medium viscosity fluids. cleaning fluids            Base: sodium hydroxide. The 515/716 are small.                   ammonia (except ammonium). patented air valves  •   Precision-fitted parts  Benefits  • Quick priming and immediate flow of product  • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids    up to 0. 515/716 634811                                                  AIR VALVE REP KIT                                                                                                                                      39 . max                    61 l/min                                                                        Typical applications Suction height                        7. Flow capacity. the only difference being the inlet                 •   Fluid circulation and evacuation and outlet connections.09" (2. The 515 has 1/2”suction and discharge ports where the 716 has 3/4” suction and                     Typical fluids handled by this pump: discharge ports. including acids and                                                                        caustics. The 515/716 are small.2 kg                                                                             •   Handles acids and caustics                                                                             •   Good with thinners Both models Husky 515 and 716 are based on the same air                     •   Drum transfer of low to medium viscosity fluids motor and fluid section. toluene L (16 gal) or 200 L (55 gal) pail. and together with the drum suction kit (fits                  • Thinners: alcohol. acetone. cleaning fluids                 • Base: caustic soda. tri. cresyllic medium viscosity fluids. and for water treatment applications. Both models are fitted with Teflon and stainless steel diaphragms/balls/seats for    Accessories Product number                                          Product name 634819                                                  DRUM SUCT. sodium hydroxide (<12%). The pumps are well suited for a variety of utility duties requiring up to 60 L/min (15 gal/min) with light to          • Acids: nitric.29 mm)  • Excellent for abrasive. KIT F. ketones. potassium hydroxide easy to carry. low to medium viscosity fluids    and shear sensitive materials     Technical data                                                         maximum chemical compatibility.515/716 Spare parts available for purchase: 634795                                                  SERVICE KIT F. both 515/716 models) they are ideal to mount on top of a 60                   dichlorobenzene.DOUBLE D        DIA          IAP            PHR              HRA                AGM P                    PUUMP 7                          716                            16 S                               STTAINL                                   INLEESS S                                           STTEEL 422 634803   Features  •   Easy maintenance  •   Fluid compatibility  •   Unique.6 m Material                              Stainless steel                       •   Sampling and testing Connection size/type                  3/4"                                  •   General purpose                                                                             •   Excellent abrasion resistance Weight                                8. The polypropylene or stainless steel                • Bleach: perchloroethylene body make them ideal for handling chemicals.        Features       •   Easy maintenance       •   Fluid compatibility       •   Unique.2 kg     40 .     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                             Pumps                                                                    Double Diaphragm Pumps          DOUBLE D             DIA               IAP                 PHR                   HRA                     AGM P                         PUUMP 1050      POLYPROPLYLENE      422 777992       The polypropylene diaphragm pump is built with the highest quality precision parts.29 mm)       • Excellent for abrasive. patented air valves       •   Precision-fitted parts       Benefits       • Quick priming and immediate flow of product       • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids up to 0.      Weight                             8. Professionals turn to this pump      because it offers an easy.      Suction height                     8. low pulsation air valve which provides a      Flow capacity. max                 189 l/min                  smooth and rapid changeover. Long-lasting even      when used with abrasive fluids. Available in aluminum. hands-off solution to your fluid handling needs. low-to-medium viscosity fluids and shear sensitive materials         Technical data                                                The 1" (25. conductive polypropylene.      Connection size/type               1"                         20% increase in fluid flow compared to the Husky 1040. PVDF.4 mm) Husky 1050 double diaphragm pump                                                                    features a stall-free. making this product very cost effective.09" (2.8 m                      polypropylene. stainless      Material                           Polypropylene              steel and hastelloy fluid sections.  PVDF.                                                                                                                                     41 . Available in aluminum. low pulsation air valve which provides a Flow Capacity. Long-lasting even when used with abrasive fluids making this pump very cost effective. Professionals turn to this pump because it offers an easy. hands-off solution to your fluid handling needs. stainless Weight                                  10.09" (2. low to medium viscosity fluids and shear sensitive materials    Technical data                                                The 1" (25.  Features  •   Easy maintenance  •   Fluid compatibility  •   Unique. max                      189 l/min             smooth and rapid changeover.8 m                 polypropylene.4 mm) Husky 1050 double diaphragm pump                                                               features a stall-free. patented air valves  •   Precision-fitted parts  Benefits  • Quick priming and immediate flow of product  • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids up to 0. Connection size/type                    1"                    20% increase in fluid flow compared to the Husky 1040.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Pumps                                                               Double Diaphragm Pumps     DOUBLE D        DIA          IAP            PHR              HRA                AGM P                    PUUMP 1050 A                               ALLUMINIU                                   MINIUMM 422 777990  The diaphragm pump is built with the highest quality precision parts. Suction height                          8. conductive polypropylene.5 kg               steel and hastelloy fluid sections.29 mm)  • Excellent for abrasive.  Professionals turn to      this pump because it offers an easy.09" (2. stainless      Connection size/type                    1"                    steel and hastelloy fluid sections.      Suction Height                          8.29 mm)       • Excellent for abrasive.      Weight                                  16. hands-off      solution to your fluid handling needs.8 m                 polypropylene. PVDF. low-to-medium viscosity fluids and shear sensitive materials         Technical data                                                The 1" (25. max                      189 l/min             smooth and rapid changeover. Available in aluminum. conductive polypropylene. patented air valves       •   Precision-fitted parts       Benefits       • Quick priming and immediate flow of product       • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids up to 0.9 kg               20% increase in fluid flow compared to the Husky 1040.     42 .     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                             Pumps                                                                    Double Diaphragm Pumps          DOUBLE D             DIA               IAP                 PHR                   HRA                     AGM P                         PUUMP 1050 S                                    STTAINL                                        INLEESS S                                                STTEEL      422 777991       The stainless steel diaphragm pump is built with      the highest quality precision parts.       Features       •   Easy maintenance       •   Fluid compatibility       •   Unique. Long-lasting      even when used with abrasive fluids making this      product very cost effective.4 mm) Husky 1050 double diaphragm pump                                                                    features a stall-free. low pulsation air valve which provides a      Flow Capacity. 09" (2.29 mm)  • Excellent for abrasive. more viscous materials and pump them faster with        Typical fluids handled by this pump: greater tolerance for suspended solids.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Pumps                                                                  Double Diaphragm Pumps     DOUBLE D        DIA          IAP            PHR              HRA                AGM P                    PUUMP 15                          1590                             90 P                                POOLYPROPYLENE 422 718643   Features  •   Easy maintenance  •   Fluid compatibility  •   Unique. With all the same durable features of the smaller      applications model.48 m                        • Highest reliability air valves for stall-free operation Material                            Polypropylene                 • No-lube air valves reduce routine maintenance                                                                   • High flow design with complete range of diaphragm Connection size/type                1 1/2"                          options Weight                              16 kg                         • Rugged construction for long. ammonia. Model 1590 has an         • Acids: hydrochloric sulphuric. patented air valves  •   Precision-fitted parts  Benefits  • Quick priming and immediate flow of product  • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids    up to 0.  Flow capacity. potassium hydroxide     Accessories Product number                       Product name 718650                               HOSE FLANGE FOR 1590 POLYPROPYLENE 742916                               SUCTION HOSE FOR 1590 729462                               HOSE NIPPLES FOR 1590 PUMP                                                                                                                                   43 . hydrogen pump requires no air line lubrication. max                  378 l/min Suction height                      5. phosphoric air valve system that is 100% servicable without disassembly                                                                   • Bleach: sodium hypochlorite (<12%) of the wetted parts. saving valuable maintenance time. the 1590 has 1. low-to-medium viscosity fluids    and shear sensitive materials     Technical data                                                   money. which also saves             peroxide. trouble-free                                                                     perfomance This is the highest capacity double diaphragm pump in its         • Ideal for spill response and all types of transfer price class. This                                                                   • Base: sodium hydroxide.5" npt ports that can take on the heavier. 09" (2.         Accessories      Product number                                 Product name      742916                                         SUCTION HOSE FOR 1590      729462                                         HOSE NIPPLES FOR 1590 PUMP     44 .48 m                         options      Material                             Aluminium                    • Rugged construction for long. which also saves      money. general waste water. patented air valves       •     Precision-fitted parts       Benefits       • Quick priming and immediate flow of product       • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids         up to 0. the 1590 has 1. This      pump requires no air line lubrication. alcohol      air valve system that is 100% servicable without disassembly      of the wetted parts. max                   378. more viscous materials and pump them faster with         • Fuel: diesel. gear oil. trouble-free                                                                          perfomance      Size                                 1 1/2"                                                                        • Ideal for spill response and all types of transfer      Weight                               15.5" npt ports that can take on the      heavier. leaded petrol/gasoline. white                                                                          spirit.5 l/min                  • High flow design with complete range of diaphragm      Suction height                       5. Model 1590 has an         • Other: seawater/brine. saving valuable maintenance time.2 kg                        applications       This is the highest capacity double diaphragm pump in its        Typical fluids handled by this pump:      price class.29 mm)       • Excellent for abrasive. fuel oil      greater tolerance for suspended solids.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                                Pumps                                                                       Double Diaphragm Pumps          DOUBLE D             DIA               IAP                 PHR                   HRA                     AGM P                         PUUMP 15                               1590                                  90 A                                     ALLUMINIU                                         MINIUMM      422 718635        Features       •     Easy maintenance       •     Fluid compatibility       •     Unique. With all the same durable features of the smaller                                                                        • Oil: light oil. mineral oil      model. low to medium viscosity fluids         and shear sensitive materials          Technical data                                                    • Highest reliability air valves for stall-free operation                                                                        • No-lube air valves reduce routine maintenance      Flow capacity.  max                        568 l/min                  options Connection size/type                      2"                       • Rugged construction for long. mineral oil servicable without disassembly of the wetted parts. 1590 and 2150 has an air valve system that is 100%           • Oil: light oil. saving         • Fuel: diesel.29 mm)  • Excellent for abrasive. which also saves money.                                 spirit. 1590 is 1.3 kg                                                                      applications  This is the highest capacity 1" and 2" double diaphragm           Model 1050 is a 1". fuel oil valuable maintenance time. This pump requires no air line          • Other: seawater/brine. Model 1050. gear oil. low-to-medium viscosity fluids    and shear sensitive materials     Technical data                                                     • No-lube air valves reduce routine maintenance                                                                    • High flow design with complete range of diaphragm Flow capacity. general waste water.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                 Pumps                                                                   Double Diaphragm Pumps     DOUBLE D        DIA          IAP            PHR              HRA                AGM P                    PUUMP 2150 A                               ALLUMINIU                                   MINIUMM 422 604926   Features  •   Easy maintenance  •   Fluid compatiability  •   Unique.5" double diaphragm pump pump in its price class. alcohol  • Highest reliability air valves for stall-free operation     Accessories Product number                                 Product name 729463                                         HOSE NIPPLES FOR 2150 PUMP 607817                                         SUCTION HOSE 2 IN 5 MTR Spare parts available for purchase: 607835                                         FLUID KIT F/MOD 2150 ALUM                                                                                                                                 45 . white lubrication. With all the same durable features of    for similar applications. patented air valves  •   Precision-fitted parts  Benefits  • Quick priming and immediate flow of product  • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids    up to 0. trouble-free Material                                  Aluminium                  perfomance                                                                    • Ideal for spill response and all types of transfer Weight                                    26. on the heavier. leaded petrol/gasoline. See 'Technical data' for more the smaller model.09" (2. the 2150 has 2" npt ports that can take        information. more viscous materials and pump them                                                                   Typical fluids handled by this pump: faster with greater tolerance for suspended solids.  saving         Accessories      Product number                                    Product name      607817                                            SUCTION HOSE 2 IN 5 MTR      Spare parts available for purchase:      618884                                            FLUID KIT FOR SST 2150      607834                                            AIR VALVE SEAL KIT      729463                                            HOSE NIPPLES FOR 2150 PUMP     46 .48 m                            • Highest reliability air valves for stall-free operation      Material                              Stainless steel                   • No-lube air valves reduce routine maintenance                                                                              • High flow design with complete range of diaphragm      Connection size/type                  2"                                  options      Weight                                50 kg                             • Rugged construction for long. 1590 and 2150 has an air valve system that is 100%      servicable without disassembly of the wetted parts.29 mm)       • Excellent for abrasive. This pump requires no air line                                                                             lubrication.09" (2. 1590 is 1. more viscous materials and pump them                   Model 1050 is a 1". See 'Technical data' for more                                                                             information. which also saves money. patented air valves       •   Precision-fitted parts       Benefits       • Quick priming and immediate flow of product       • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids         up to 0. With all the same durable features of            applications      the smaller model.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                                      Pumps                                                                             Double Diaphragm Pumps          DOUBLE D             DIA               IAP                 PHR                   HRA                     AGM P                         PUUMP 2150 S                                    STTAINL                                        INLEESS S                                                STTEEL      422 607747        Features       •   Easy maintenance       •   Fluid compatiability       •   Unique. max                    568 l/min      Suction height                        5.      Flow capacity.      1050. the 2150 has 2" npt ports that can take      on the heavier. Model              for similar applications.5" double diaphragm pump      faster with greater tolerance for suspended solids. trouble-free                                                                                perfomance      This is the highest capacity 1" and 2" double diaphragm                 • Ideal for spill response and all types of transfer      pump in its price class. low to medium viscosity fluids         and shear sensitive materials          Technical data                                                         valuable maintenance time. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                  Pumps                                                                    Double Diaphragm Pumps     DOUBLE D        DIA          IAP            PHR              HRA                AGM P                    PUUMP 32                          32775 A                                ALLUMINIU                                    MINIUMM 422 634851   Features  •     Easy maintenance  •     Fluid compatiability  •     Unique, patented air valves  •     Precision-fitted Parts  Benefits  • Quick priming and immediate flow of product  • Handles fluid viscosities up to 5000 cps and solids up to 0.09" (2.29 mm)  • Excellent for abrasive, low to medium viscosity fluids and shear sensitive materials    Technical data                                                     Typical applications  Flow capacity, max                    1041 l/min                       • Sampling and testing Suction height                        7.6 m                            • Applications requiring up to 1041 L/min (275 gal/min) Material                              Aluminium                          fluid flow                                                                        • Transfer of sea water/brine Size                                  3"                               • Transfer of sewage, waste water and slurry Weight                                68 kg                            • Emptying of large tanks  Typical fluids handled by this pump: This is the biggest double diaphragm pump in the Unitor line-up. The 3” ports deliver up to 1041 L/min (275 gal/min)                                                                        • Oil: light oil, gear oil, mineral oil and the pump can be operated on air pressures from 1.4 to                                                                        • Fuel: diesel, leaded petrol/gasoline, fuel oil 8.4 bar. The heavy duty aluminium construction handles                 • Other: seawater/brine, general waste water, white viscosities up to 25,000 centipoise and tolerates particle               spirit, alcohol sizes up to 10 mm. It has the same trouble free air valve design that has made the 1040 and 2150 models so popular and is the best guarantee for unwanted hang-ups.    Accessories Product number                                     Product name 634907                                             HOSE FLANGE F/3275, CST Spare parts available for purchase: 634859                                             SERVICE KIT F/ALUM. 3275 634867                                             AIR VALVE REP KIT     47 MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                                      Pumps                                                                             Double Diaphragm Pumps     DOUBLE D             DIA               IAP                 PHR                   HRA                     AGM P                         PUUMP A                               AC                                CCESSORIE                                       IESS   Accessories      Product number                             Product name      607832                                     FLUID SECTION REPAIR KIT F/MOD. 307      634795                                     SERVICE KIT F. 515/716      617738                                     FLUID KIT F/1040 SST + POLY      617712                                     FLUID KIT F/MOD 1040 ALIUM      607835                                     FLUID KIT F/MOD 2150 ALUM      618884                                     FLUID KIT FOR SST 2150      634859                                     SERVICE KIT F/ALUM. 3275      Air valve seal kits for diaphragm pumps:      607833                                     AIR VALVE KIT      634811                                     AIR VALVE REP KIT      607834                                     AIR VALVE SEAL KIT      634867                                     AIR VALVE REP KIT     48 MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Pumps                                                                 Grease Pumps     GREASE P        PUUMP 50:              50:1,                  1, F                     FOOR 50 K                             KG                              GDDR                                 RUMS 422 711309  The 50:1 grease pump is recommended in mobile pump equipment and small systems with 1-2 outlets.  Features  • For greases with viscosity up to NLGI 3  Benefits  • Fast grease transfer, saving time  • Fits several sized drums    Technical data                                                  The pump package includes a 2" bunge adapter for                                                                 mounting the pump on top of the drum cover as well as a Hose length                                      6m             hose and applicator gun. The 50 kg unit is, in addition, Connection size/type                             1/4''          supplied with a trolley for easy transport of the heavy grease Ratio                                            50:1           drums.                                                                 The units are based on the same parts and all parts except The Unitor 50:1 grease pump series features a unique air        one are interchangeable. This enables a reduction in spare motor that enables quiet and reliable operations as well as     part stocks and makes it easier to have two sizes of pumps quick serviceability.                                           on board. The pumps are recommended for mobile units and piped installations of moderate length, and are designed to dispense greases with a viscosity up to NLGI 3.    Accessories Product number                         Product name 635267                                 5 GAL. ADAPTOR F. CART 635259                                 CART F/GREASE PUMP 655605                                 GREASE HOSE 1/4", 6M 655639                                 HOSE FLEXIBLE FOR GREASEGUN 45CM 655621                                 UNION 1/4" MALE X 1/4" MALE     49 MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                                Accessories & Spares                                                                       Chemical Applicators Accessories & Spares     HP E         EXXTEND              NDA                ABLE L                     LAANC                        NCEE 5.                             5.55M      436 659151   Features       • 3 telescopic tubes reach up to 5.5 m     The Unitor 5.5 m lance has been developed in order to            high volume or 0 for spot cleaning. The lance can be used      enable chemical application above the normal reach of any        with both the 10:1 and the smaller 2:1 chemical pumps as      standard pump. The lance has 3 telescopic tubes which,           well as the high pressure cleaners.      when extended, slide out to a full length of 5.5 m. Inside the   Typical set up      sliding tubes the fluid is transported using a 3/8" hose which      starts at the trigger and exits at the end of the lance in a     Pump > Hose quick connector M & F > Heavy duty hose >      quick connector. The quick connector enables rapid               Hose quick connector F & M > 5.5 m lance > 25 nozzle      changing of the nozzle according to the task at hand- 25 for    Accessories      Product number                       Product name      Nozzles:      718627                               NOZZLE 03/25DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE      718619                               NOZZLE 03/0DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE      Hoses:      586776                               HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR      586792                               HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR      586784                               HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR      546036                               COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000     50 MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                   Accessories & Spares                                                     Double Diaphragm Accessories & Spares     DRUM S      SUUCT. K             KIT               IT F                  FOOR 515                       515/7                           /716                             16 423 634819  The drum suction kit fits direct onto the centre suction port on the Husky 515 and 716 pump. It is made of stainless steel for maximum corrosion resistance and is delivered with a 2" bung hole adapter for tight connection to the drum.     SERVIC     ICEEK         KIT           IT F              FOOR 515                   515/7                       /716                         16 423 634795  Fluid section repair kit (diahragms/balls/seats) for model 515 polypropylene , 716 stainless steel     51 )4407*,)&,-7&#/..&4733'2/.4&.%-&%*"#".+  	!"*.402"8*.(60%'9*%  	93/52$&0"(& )4407*,)&,-7&#/..&4733'2/.4&.%-&%*"#".+  	!"*.402"8*.(60%'9*%  	93/52$&0"(&     MARINE PRODUCTS  PAINT SPRAYING  Our range of paint spraying equipment, spares and accessories allow efficient completion of onboard painting tasks,                                                                                                             PUMPS                                                                                                                                          PAINT SPRAYING no matter how big or small the job.                                                                                                           AIR TOOLS All products are available across WSS’s                                                                                           WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT extensive global network and come                                                                                                   CLEANING EQUIPMENT complete with our 24/7 service guarantee.                                                                            GASES, REFRIGERANTS AND CYLINDERS                                                                                                                                REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT                                                                                                                                                WELDING MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                                Paint Spraying Equipment                                                                       Airless Paint Spraying Equipment     UNIT       NITO          OR HU             HURRRIC                  ICAANE 25D      420 732313  The Hurricane 25D airless spray unit is a handy      machine that gets to the "hard to reach" places.      Its light weight and portability reduces the      length of hose required. Mounted on a drum.  Features       • High power to weight ratio       • High durability and quality       • Mobile     Technical data                                                   Benefits  Flow capacity max                           2 l/min                 •   Easy to move around the vessel      Max working pressure                        171 bar                 •   Reaches even "hard to get to" areas      Ratio                                       25:1                    •   Long lifespan and less downtime                                                                          •   Supplied ready to use - "plug and play"      Weight                                      25 kg    Accessories      Product number                        Product name      718908                                HOSE 1/4" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      588467                                FLEX WHIP HOSE 1/4IN 1 MTR      718882                                HOSE 3/8" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      718916                                SWIVEL NIPPLE 3/8"M X 3/8"F      718924                                SWIVEL NIPPLE 1/4"M X 1/4"F      734756                                AIRLESS PAINT SPRAYING GUN 32      729290                                FLUID FILTER FOR HURRICANE 32 & 25D      728964                                POLEGUN 1.3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      728956                                POLEGUN 1.8M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      728949                                POLEGUN 3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      614511                                HOSE ADAPTOR 1/4"M 3/8"M      606469                                HOSE ADAPTOR      Spare parts available for purchase:      729152                                REP KIT AIR MOTOR HURRICANE 25D      729153                                REP KIT LOWER PUMP HURRICANE 25D  Supplied with: Drum (with wheels), air regulator, paint filter,      suction hose, 30 m high pressure hose, airless gun, HD RAC      tip assembly, 1 tip.     54 UNIT  NITO     OR HU        HURRRIC             ICAANE 32 420 732305  The Hurricane 32 airless spray units handle the majority of painting jobs in your daily work on board, and sprays materials from stains to high builds in the light to medium-heavy viscosity range. The low operating speed reduces wear and increases the working life. The well- balanced cart allows easy movement on site and simple access for maintenance.  Features  •      High power to weight ratio  •      Light-weight  •      High durability and quality  •      Mobile    Technical data                                                      Benefits  Flow capacity max.                            4 l/min                •   Easy to move around the vessel Max. working pressure                         224                    •   Reaches even "hard to get to" areas Ratio                                         32:1                   •   Long lifespan and less downtime                                                                      •   Supplied ready to use - "plug and play" Weight                                        32 kg    Accessories Product number                        Product name 718882                                HOSE 3/8" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 718908                                HOSE 1/4" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 718916                                SWIVEL NIPPLE 3/8"M X 3/8"F 614511                                HOSE ADAPTOR 1/4"M 3/8"M 718924                                SWIVEL NIPPLE 1/4"M X 1/4"F 729289                                FILTER SUPPORT F/HURRICANE 32 & 25D 729290                                FLUID FILTER FOR HURRICANE 32 & 25D 734756                                AIRLESS PAINT SPRAYING GUN 32 728964                                POLEGUN 1.3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 728956                                POLEGUN 1.8M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 728949                                POLEGUN 3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 606469                                HOSE ADAPTOR 588467                                FLEX WHIP HOSE 1/4IN 1 MTR Spare parts available for purchase: 729155                                REP KIT LOWER PUMP HURRICANE 32 729154                                REP KIT AIR MOTOR HURRICANE 32  Supplied with: Cart, air regulator, paint filter, suction hose, 30 m high pressure hose, airless gun, HD RAC tip assembly, 1 tip.     55 UNIT       NITO          OR HU             HURRRIC                  ICAANE 45      420 732297  The Hurricane 45 airless spray units handle the      majority of painting jobs in your daily work on      board. The low operating speed reduces wear      and increases the working life. The well-      balanced cart allows easy movement on site      and simple access for maintenance.  Features       •      High power to weight ratio       •      Light-weight       •      High durability and quality       •      Mobile - balanced cart     Technical data                                                   Benefits  Flow capacity, max                        12.7 l/min                 •   Easy to move around the vessel      Max operating pressure                    270 bar                    •   Reaches even "hard to get to" areas      Ratio                                     45:1                       •   Long lifespan and less downtime                                                                           •   Supplied ready to use - "plug and play"      Weight                                    89 kg    Accessories      Product number                         Product name      718882                                 HOSE 3/8" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      718908                                 HOSE 1/4" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      588467                                 FLEX WHIP HOSE 1/4IN 1 MTR      718916                                 SWIVEL NIPPLE 3/8"M X 3/8"F      718924                                 SWIVEL NIPPLE 1/4"M X 1/4"F      729288                                 FILTER SUPPORT F/HURRICANE 45 & 73      729285                                 O-RING F/HURRICANE 45 & 73      734764                                 AIRLESS PAINT SPRAYING GUN 73      728949                                 POLEGUN 3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      728956                                 POLEGUN 1.8M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      728964                                 POLEGUN 1.3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      606469                                 HOSE ADAPTOR      614511                                 HOSE ADAPTOR 1/4"M 3/8"M      729286                                 FLUID FILTER F/HURRICANE 45 & 73      Spare parts available for purchase:      729156                                 REP KIT AIR MOTOR HURRICANE 45      729157                                 REP KIT LOWER PUMP HURRICANE 45  Supplied with: Cart, air regulator, paint filter, suction hose,      30 m high pressure hose, airless gun, HD RAC tip assembly,      1 tip.     56 UNIT  NITO     OR HU        HURRRIC             ICAANE 7                    73                     3 420 732289  The Unitor Hurricane 73 airless spray unit is at the high end of the Unitor range and has proven its reliability even with the most viscous or abrasive materials and under the most difficult conditions. The slow piston movement on the pumps means longer life, even with abrasive materials.  Features  •      High power to weight ratio  •      Light-weight  •      High durability and quality  •      Mobile     Technical data                                                      Benefits  Flow capacity, max                          18 l/min                  •   Easy to move around the vessel Pressure                                    510 bar                   •   Reaches even "hard to get to" areas Ratio                                       73:1                      •   Long lifespan and less downtime                                                                       •   Supplied ready to use - "plug and play" Weight                                      95 kg    Accessories Product number                          Product name 718882                                  HOSE 3/8" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 718908                                  HOSE 1/4" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 588467                                  FLEX WHIP HOSE 1/4IN 1 MTR 718916                                  SWIVEL NIPPLE 3/8"M X 3/8"F 718924                                  SWIVEL NIPPLE 1/4"M X 1/4"F 729288                                  FILTER SUPPORT F/HURRICANE 45 & 73 729285                                  O-RING F/HURRICANE 45 & 73 734764                                  AIRLESS PAINT SPRAYING GUN 73 728964                                  POLEGUN 1.3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 728956                                  POLEGUN 1.8M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 728949                                  POLEGUN 3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING 606469                                  HOSE ADAPTOR 614511                                  HOSE ADAPTOR 1/4"M 3/8"M 729286                                  FLUID FILTER F/HURRICANE 45 & 73 Spare parts available for purchase: 729158                                  REP KIT AIR MOTOR HURRICANE 73 729159                                  REP KIT LOWER PUMP HURRICANE 73  Supplied with: Cart, air filter/regulator/lubricator, paint filter, suction hose, 30 m high pressure hose, airless gun, HD RAC tip assembly, 1 tip, grounding cable.     57 MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                            Accessories, Consumables & Spares                                                                   Accessories for Airless Paint Spraying Equipment     POLEGUN F              FOOR P                   PA                    AINT S                         SPPRAYING  The Polegun allows users to increase reach and      efficiency. All models are equipped with a trigger      guard and a 180 degree swivel at the nozzle.      The pole gun is supplied with a tip guard  Features       • Flexible  Benefits       • Reach high areas  Ordering information      Product number                    Product name      728964                            POLEGUN 1.3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      728956                            POLEGUN 1.8M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      728949                            POLEGUN 3M FOR PAINT SPRAYING    AIR       IRLLESS P               PA                AINT S                     SPPRAYING E                               EQQUIP                                   IPME                                      MENT                                        NT A                                           AC                                            CC.  The following list of accessories are for the Unitor Hurricane airless paint spraying equipment range.  Ordering information      Product number                 Product name      718882                         HOSE 3/8" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      718908                         HOSE 1/4" 15M FOR PAINT SPRAYING      588467                         FLEX WHIP HOSE 1/4IN 1 MTR      588525                         FLUID FILTER 60 MESH 2PCS      606469                         HOSE ADAPTOR      606472                         FILTER SCREEN SUPPORT      614511                         HOSE ADAPTOR 1/4"M 3/8"M      718916                         SWIVEL NIPPLE 3/8"M X 3/8"F      718924                         SWIVEL NIPPLE 1/4"M X 1/4"F      729285                         O-RING F/HURRICANE 45 & 73      729288                         FILTER SUPPORT F/HURRICANE 45 & 73      729289                         FILTER SUPPORT F/HURRICANE 32 & 25D      729290                         FLUID FILTER FOR HURRICANE 32 & 25D      729286                         FLUID FILTER F/HURRICANE 45 & 73      625319                         AGITATOR F. 10 GAL PAIL      625327                         AGITATOR F. 5 GAL PAIL     58 MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                            Accessories, Consumables & Spares                                              Accessories for Airless Paint Spraying Equipment     AGIT   ITA     ATOR G          GAALLON P                  PA                   AIL   Ordering information Product number                  Product name 625319                          AGITATOR F. 10 GAL PAIL 625327                          AGITATOR F. 5 GAL PAIL     AIR  IRLLESS P          PA           AINT S                SPPRAYING G                          GUUN     Ordering information Product name                                                    Product number AIRLESS PAINT SPRAYING GUN 32                                   734756 AIRLESS PAINT SPRAYING GUN 73                                   734764     59 MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                         Accessories, Consumables & Spares                                                                Consumables for Airless Paint Spraying Unit     HD R         RAAC T              TIP                IP      426 634971  Standard for all Unitor paint spraying units. Enables use of GHD spray tips. Select spray tips separately      from GHD table.  Ordering information      Product number                                Product name      634971                                        HD RAC TIP NO GHD 615      588566                                        HD RAC TIP SIZE 617      588558                                        HD RAC TIP SIZE 619      588541                                        HD RAC TIP SIZE 621      588590                                        HD RAC TIP SIZE 623      634979                                        HD RAC TIP NO GHD 625      588582                                        HD RAC TIP SIZE 627      634987                                        HD RAC TIP NO GHD 629      634995                                        HD RAC TIP NO GHD 631     THR       HROOAT S              SEEAL L                    LIQ                      IQU                        UID 1 L      427 588517  Throat seal liquid is applied on all paint spray units in the throat oil cup to prevent paint from sticking to      the piston rod. Prolongs lifetime of the pump seals by 5 to 10 times when used regularly.     60 MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                        Accessories, Consumables & Spares                                                          Rep Kits and Spare Parts for Airless Paint Spraying Equip     REP K     KIT       IT HU          HURRRIC               ICAANE  Repair kit for Hurricane unit.  Ordering information Product number                   Product name 729152                           REP KIT AIR MOTOR HURRICANE 25D 729153                           REP KIT LOWER PUMP HURRICANE 25D 729154                           REP KIT AIR MOTOR HURRICANE 32 729155                           REP KIT LOWER PUMP HURRICANE 32 729156                           REP KIT AIR MOTOR HURRICANE 45 729157                           REP KIT LOWER PUMP HURRICANE 45 729158                           REP KIT AIR MOTOR HURRICANE 73 729159                           REP KIT LOWER PUMP HURRICANE 73     61 )4407*,)&,-7&#/..&4733'2/.4&.%-&%*"#".+  !*2//,360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(& . .-7&#/.4&.)&.%-&%*"#".)4407*.&4733'2/.+  . 360%'9*%  .!*2//.  grinders and wrenches. drills. REFRIGERANTS AND CYLINDERS                                                                                                                           REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT                                                                                                                                           WELDING .                                                                                 WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT                                                                                                                                CLEANING EQUIPMENT                                                                                                                 GASES. The entire product range is backed up by our                                                                                                     PUMPS                                                                                                                                     PAINT SPRAYING global network. 24/7 service support and                                                                                                 AIR TOOLS experienced technicians and product experts.93/52$&0"(&     MARINE PRODUCTS  AIR TOOLS  WSS’s range of pneumatic air tools includes air guns.  RUBBER      671776                          AIR HOSE 3/4". PVC      671719                                             AIR HOSE 1/2". R                 RUUBBER       Rubber reinforced hose.          Ordering information      Product number                  Product name      671743                          AIR HOSE 1/4". RUBBER      671750                          AIR HOSE 3/8". More flexible than PVC. P                 PVVC       PVC reinforced hose. RUBBER LTH=50MTR      671786                          AIR HOSE 1". PVC          AIR HO          HOSSE. PVC      671735                                             AIR HOSE 1".     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                       Air Tool Equipment                                                              Air Line Equipment          AIR HO          HOSSE. PVC      671727                                             AIR HOSE 3/4". Working      pressure 10-20 bar (depending on size)          Ordering information      Product number                                     Product name      671693                                             AIR HOSE 1/4". RUBBER      671768                          AIR HOSE 1/2".      Excellent mechanical wear characteristics. coil of 50 m. coil of 50 m. Working      pressure 10 bar. PVC      671701                                             AIR HOSE 3/8". RUBBER     64 . MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Air Tool Equipment                                                                 Air Line Equipment     AIR L     LINE       INE U           UNIT             NIT F                 FIL                   IL/R                     /REEG/L                          /LU                            UB 401 624585  Air line unit filter/reg/lub  Features  • The unit is compact and the stainless steel frame    (316 SST) gives exceptionally good protection of the    fragile parts in case of tip-over  • The low centre of gravity of the unit increases stability    and the Unitor series 400 stainless quick couplings    at both inlet and outlet simplifies operation  • The FRL unit also features outlets by-passing the    lubricator for oil free air  Benefits  • Unitor airline unit lowers the maintenance costs and    adds years of trouble free operation to every air    operated tool  Ordering information Product number                                  Product name 191858                                          400 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE 191700                                          400 USH SOCKET 1/2'' HOSE                                                                                          65 .  High felxibilty and reduces vibration wear      on the operator.       Features       •   3/8" X2B       •   3/8" male in one end       •   Plug fits 20. 30 and 40 series Unitor quick coupling       •   Working pressure max 300 PSI / max 20 bar          Technical data       Length                     300 mm          HO      HOSSE C            CLLAMP F                   FOOR 3                        3//8" HO                              HOSSE      401 729443       Hose clamp 3/8" 10 pcs     66 .     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                          Air Tool Equipment                                                                 Air Line Equipment          FLEXIB          IBLLE HO                HOSSE 30C                      30CMM3                           3//8"      401 183418       Air hose for use between tool and air supply      hose.  Longer lance on the AG-PRO 30 allows projection of airflow directly to required areas. swarf or dust in the workshop.T                                                                                    67 . dust and particulate from any surface.  Ordering information Product number                                       Product name 718940                                               AIR GUN AG-PRO 10 718957                                               AIR GUN AG-PRO 30    Accessories Product number                        Product name 191874                                20 UPM PLUG 1/4'' MALE BSP. while the shorter AG- PRO 10 is ideal for cleaning liquid.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                         Air Tool Equipment                                                           Air Gun     AIR G     GUUN A          AG           G-P             -PR               RO  The Unitor air gun AG-PRO 10 and AG-PRO 30 are ideal for quick removal of chips.  At 45 kg it is light enough to easily manoeuvre      Connection size/type                     3/4''                       between levels and the accurate depth control and variety of      Air consumption                          4.T     68 . DP-PRO 200      Accessories:      191965                                   600 UPF PLUG 3/4'' FEMALE BSP.6 m3/min                  accessories enables material from light rust to heavy scale or      Rotation speed                           1600 RPM                    paint to be removed at a rapid rate.       The DP Pro 200 is a tough deck planer machine built to      tackle the most demanding applications of surface         Accessories      Product number                           Product name      Consumables:      734053                                   CUTTING WHEEL REPL.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                                    Air Tool Equipment                                                                           Deck Scalers          DECK P           PLLANNE               NNERRD                    DPP-P                       -PRRO 200      400 734046       The DP-PRO 200 presents a combination of      innovative technology with performance. rust. the DP                                                                           Pro 200 will take minimal operator training & requires little      Cutting width                            195 mm                                                                           after sales management. tested      features and benefits in a rugged rotary planer      unit. KIT. The modern integral design of the machine      provides an easier to maneuver unit. paint      and other deposits from steel surfaces in      preparation for re-coating.       Features       •   Fully adjustable operating height       •   Vacuum port as standard       •   Accurate depth control       •   Variety of accessories       Benefits       •   Operator comfort       •   Enable dust control if used with an industrial dust collector       •   To regulate material removal to desired effect       •   Offers the correct tool for every application         Technical data                                                       preparation and material removal from large area steel deck                                                                           surfaces.      Suitable for rapidly removing scale. Simple to use. end      ensures even profiling and a higher work rate. T                                                                                                                                  69 .  Features  •   Vibration damped  •   Low profile body height  •   Optional vacuum shroud available  •   11 x 3000 blows per minute  Benefits  • Increases operator comfort & safety  • For cleaning under steps & pipes  • To reduce hazardous & nuisance dust when used    with an industrial dust collector  • Highly productive & effective means of coatings/    corrosion removal     Technical data                                                  The Unitor DSH-PRO 11 is ideally suited for thick coating                                                                 removal and surface preparation on large areas of deck and Connection size/type        3/4''                               tank floor cleaning. Cutting width               252 mm    Accessories Product number                      Product name Consumables: 734079                              HAMMER REPLACEMENT KIT. corrosion & thick coatings in minutes. complimenting the Unitor hand held Air consumption             1. Eleven heads impacting at 3000 Hamer frequency             11 x 3000 blows/min                 strokes per minute break down the hardest of coatings.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Air Tool Equipment                                                                 Deck Scalers     DECK S      SCCALER D              DSSH-P                 H-PRRO 11 400 734061  For use on large area decks & tank bottoms the DSH PRO 11 will fracture & reduce scale.9 m3/min                          scaling hammer range. DSH-PRO 11 Accessories: 191965                              600 UPF PLUG 3/4'' FEMALE BSP. Eleven heads operating at 3000 blows per minute will rapidly break down the most stubborn surface contaminants. 1-13      614005                                DRILL SET.T      736587                                EAR MUFF HEADBAND VERSION TYPE EXC      632943                                SAFETY SPECTACLES CLEAR      Consumables:      614002                                DRILL SET.       Features       • Lighter than any electrical drill in its class       • Ideal for light to medium drilling operations       Benefits       • Lightweight       • Easy to operate       • Exhaust position does not stand in the way of efficiency         Technical data       Rotation speed                       1800      Air consumption                      0.2 bar         Ordering information      Supplied with: Hose nipple NPT (1 pc)         Accessories      Product number                        Product name      Accessories:      191874                                20 UPM PLUG 1/4'' MALE BSP.yet with a      minimum amount of air consumed.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                                Air Tool Equipment                                                                       Drills          DRIL        ILLLR            REEVERSIB                   IBLLE A                         ADD-P                            -PRRO 1800      404 722207       The AD-PRO 1800 is the perfect tool for light      and medium duty drilling operations.KZ 29     70 .HSS.31      Drill diameter max                   10 mm      Connection size/type                 1/4'' (PT) NPT      Max air pressure                     6. Despite its      light weight the AD-PRO 1800 is extremely      durable and also highly efficient .KM 21.HSS.  Each unit is fully tested for reliability and endurance during onboard maintenance operations.5" W 3/8"X24 UNF                                                                                                                             71 .     Please note that you must only use Unitor original           inherent danger of injury to the operator when using low consumables due to the high speeds of the units and the      quality consumables. cutting and sanding.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Air Tool Equipment                                                              Grinders     ANG  NGLLE G        GRRIND           INDEER A                  AG                   G-P                     -PR                       RO 4 B V                              VEERSIO                                   IONN 402 756901  The Unitor series of angle grinders is designed to cope with the daily tasks within the tough marine environment. The Unitor angle grinders are designed for fast and efficient grinding.    Accessories Product number                       Product name Consumables: 777697                               CUP WIRE BRUSH 2.          Ordering information      Product number                                 Product name      721985                                         ANGLE GRINDER AG-PRO 5      721977                                         ANGLE GRINDER AG-PRO 7     72 .     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                             Air Tool Equipment                                                                    Grinders          ANG       NGLLE G             GRRIND                INDEER       The Unitor series of angle grinders is designed      to cope with the daily tasks within the tough      marine environment. cutting and sanding.          Please note that you must only use Unitor original            inherent danger of injury to the operator when using low      consumables due to the high speeds of the units and the       quality consumables. Each unit is fully tested for      reliability and endurance during onboard      maintenance operations. The unitor angle      grinders are designed for fast and efficient      grinding.  enabling easier operation in confined spaces. Unitor DG-PRO units can be used for a wide range of tasks such as precision grinding.  Ordering information Product number                                  Product name 722009                                          DIE GRINDER DG-PRO 18 722017                                          DIE GRINDER DG-PRO 22  Supplied with: Single ended spanner and hose nipple.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Air Tool Equipment                                                             Grinders     DIE G     GRRIND        INDEER D               DGG-P                  -PRRO  Compact and easy to handle tools with extremely high operating speeds. deburring of machined parts. The units are compact.    Accessories Product number                           Product name Consumables: 536797                                   GRINDING STONES SET 10PCS Accessories: 191874                                   20 UPM PLUG 1/4'' MALE BSP. removing welding slag and shaping of metals.T                                                                                                           73 .      MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                     Air Tool Equipment                                                            Impact Wrenches          IMP      IMPA         ACT W             WRRENC                 NCHH       Unitor's impact tool offer consists of a well      proven range of wrenches capable of tackling all      your daily needs on board. These tools should      be choosen when quality. ergonomy and      resistance to wear are of vital importance.          Ordering information      Product number                       Product name      722173                               IMPACT WRENCH IW-PRO 1/2"      722181                               IMPACT WRENCH IW-PRO 3/4"      722199                               IMPACT WRENCH IW-PRO 1"     74 .  Vibration is lowered to reduce the user fatigue and increase efficiency.1 kg Connection size/type           3/8" Air consumption                0.     Technical data  Length                         335 mm Weight                         3. The new unit features an improved design with improved ergonomics. The unit also features a quick needle-change system that requires no tools.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                        Air Tool Equipment                                                          Needle Scalers & Chipping Hammers     NE NEEEDLE S         SCCALER J                 JEEX-2800 L                           LO                            OW V                               VIB                                 IBR                                   RATIO                                      IONN 400 682062  The Unitor Jex-2800 represents a new generation of pneumatic scalers developed to suit the demand for a more user-friendly scaler.43 m3/min Needle size                    3&4 mm    Ordering information Supplied with:                                                • Needle supporter 4 mm 1 pc                                                               • Bushing 1 pc  • Needle 3 x 180 mm 28 pcs                                   • Hose nipple 1 pc  • Mounted needle 4 x 180 mm 14 pcs    Accessories Product number                     Product name Consumables: 728766                             NEEDLES 3MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES 728774                             NEEDLES 4MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES Accessories: 183418                             FLEXIBLE HOSE 30CM 3/8IN                                                                                                  75 .      MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                           Air Tool Equipment                                                                  Needle Scalers & Chipping Hammers          NE      NEEEDLE S              SCCALER NS                      NS-P                         -PR                           RO 19      400 722033       The Unitor NS-PRO chisel range helps you do      the job right the first time. on board. NS-PRO chisels      tackle each job effectively and effortlessly.         Ordering information      Supplied with: Needle 3 x 180 mm mounted and hose      nipple. and the advantage of      Connection size/type               1/4"                     low air consumption. This means no                                                                  springs to break. The needles adjust automatically to      Air consumption                    0.         Accessories      Product number                         Product name      Consumables:      728758                                 NEEDLES 2MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES      728766                                 NEEDLES 3MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES     76 . regardless of how big      the task is.10 m3/min              operate efficiently on your workpiece irrespective of the      Needle size                        2&3 mm                   contours. where you do not need         the biggest units       • These units can be used with 2 mm or 3 mm         needles depending on application         Technical data                                              The NS-PRO chisels operate without springs. Each unit has the performance      features to give you "a dozen tools in one" easy-      to-use.       Features       • Heavy duty and highly efficient smaller needle scaler         for applications. no irregular power. pneumatic instrument. with a      minimum of operator effort needed. S                              STTRAIG                                   IGHT                                      HT 400 722041  The Unitor NS-PRO chisel range helps you do the job right the first time.  Features  • Heavy duty and highly efficient smaller needle scaler    for applications.14 m3/min              operate efficiently on your workpiece irrespective of the Needle size                        2&3 mm                   contours.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Air Tool Equipment                                                             Needle Scalers & Chipping Hammers     NE NEEEDLE S         SCCALER NS                 NS-P                    -PR                      RO 19 . The needles adjust automatically to Air consumption                    0.    Accessories Product number                         Product name Consumables: 728758                                 NEEDLES 2MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES 728766                                 NEEDLES 3MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES                                                                                                                              77 .    Ordering information Supplied with: Needle 3 x 180 mm mounted on NS-PRO 19 and hose nipple. pneumatic instrument. no irregular power. with a minimum of operator effort needed. where you do not need    the biggest units  • These units can be used with 2 mm or 3 mm    needles depending on application    Technical data                                              The NS-PRO chisels operate without springs. and the advantage of Connection size/type               1/4"                     low air consumption. This means no                                                             springs to break. Each unit has the performance features to give you "a dozen tools in one" easy- to-use. regardless of how big the task is. on boaard. NS-PRO chisels tackle each job effectively and effortlessly.          Accessories      Product number                        Product name      Consumables:      728758                                NEEDLES 2MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES      728766                                NEEDLES 3MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES      728774                                NEEDLES 4MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES      Accessories:      183418                                FLEXIBLE HOSE 30CM 3/8IN     78 . NS-PRO chisels      tackle each job effectively and effortlessly. no irregular power. and the advantage of   contours. This means no    operate efficiently on your workpiece irrespective of the      springs to break.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                            Air Tool Equipment                                                                   Needle Scalers & Chipping Hammers          NE      NEEEDLE S              SCCALER NS                      NS-P                         -PR                           RO       The Unitor NS-PRO chisel range helps you do      the job right the first time. pneumatic instrument.          The NS-PRO chisels operate without springs. with a      minimum of operator effort needed. regardless of how big      the task is.      low air consumption. Each unit has the performance      features to give you "a dozen tools in one" easy-      to-use. The needles adjust automatically to         Ordering information      Product number                               Product name      722025                                       NEEDLE SCALER NS-PRO 28      722108                                       NEEDLE SCALER NS-PRO 66       Supplied with: Needle 3 x 180 mm mounted and hose      nipple. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Air Tool Equipment                                                               Needle Scalers & Chipping Hammers     CHIS  HISEEL S         SCCALER C                 CSS-P                    -PRRO  Power and performance to enable you to do scores of shipboard descaling and cleaning jobs quickly. efficiently and economically.     Application areas                                              • Cleaning steel tanks                                                                • Dislodging scale from boilers plus scores of other  • Removing old paint and rust from ship decks                   applications  • Dislodging solid matter from outer ship plates  • Removing concrete adhered to panels     Ordering information Product number                                Product name 722116                                        CHISEL SCALER CS-PRO 62 722124                                        CHISEL SCALER CS-PRO 120    Accessories Product number                      Product name Consumables: 728832                              SCRAPER 100MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120 728808                              SCRAPER 40MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120 728816                              SCRAPER 50MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120 728824                              SCRAPER 70MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120                                                                                                                           79 .  economical units designed for all         kinds of chipping work       • A ball lock system allows the chisel to be changed         quickly and easily       • Locking or releasing the chisel requires only a slight         turn of the stop ring       • The rugged construction assures long-lasting         dependability and makes it well suited for use on         board for jobs such as de-slagging and de-spattering         of welds. cleaning metal surfaces of rust and scale.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                              Air Tool Equipment                                                                     Needle Scalers & Chipping Hammers          CHIS       HISEEL HA              HAMME                 MMER                    RCCH-P                       H-PRRO       Chipping hammer CH-PRO 25 and CH-PRO 33      Straight makes chipping after welding easy.      High power and high performance saves time      and improves productivity.     80 . stripping paint. etc       Ordering information      Product number                                 Product name      722132                                         CHISEL HAMMER CH-PRO 25      722140                                         CHISEL HAMMER CH-PRO 33       Supplied with: Curved flat chisel and hose nipple.       Features       • Both are compact. 30 and     connected to a 30 or 40. as are those of the 400.  Features  • Time tested and proven over 30 years to be    precision perfect and leakage free  • Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on    board  Benefits  • Uncompromising standard of quality and flow performance in each and every application    The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20. 800 couplings. the only difference being the flow 40 are interchangeable. 600 and      capacity of the couplings.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Air Tool Equipment                                                               Quick Couplers     USH S     SOOCKET  The Unitor couplers are time tested and proven to out-perform in all applications and to be totally leakage free. They are the result of many years of development aimed in one direction: an uncompromising standard of quality and flow performance in each and every application. This means that a coupling 20 may be    Ordering information Product number                                Product name 191676                                        20 USH SOCKET 1/4'' HOSE 191684                                        30 USH SOCKET 3/8'' HOSE 191692                                        40 USH SOCKET 1/2'' HOSE 191700                                        400 USH SOCKET 1/2'' HOSE 191718                                        600 USH SOCKET 3/4'' HOSE 633459                                        800 USH SOCKET 1" HOSE                                                                                                                                81 . T      191742                                  40 USM SOCKET 1/2'' MALE BSP. This means that a coupling 20 may be         Ordering information      Product number                          Product name      191726                                  20 USM SOCKET 1/4'' MALE BSP.       Features       • Time tested and proven for over 30 years to be         precision perfect and leakage free       • Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on         board       Benefits       • Uncompromising standard of quality and flow         performance in each and every application         The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20.T      191734                                  30 USM SOCKET 3/8'' MALE BSP. the only difference being the flow      40 are interchangeable.T     82 . as are those of the 400.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                             Air Tool Equipment                                                                    Quick Couplers          USM S          SOOCKET      405 191726       The Unitor couplers are time tested and proven      to out-perform in all applications and to be      totally leakage free.T      191759                                  400 USM SOCKET 1/2'' MALE BSP.T      633467                                  800 USM SOCKET 1" MALE BSP.T      191767                                  600 USM SOCKET 3/4" MALE BSP.      800 couplings. 600 and      capacity of the couplings.30 and     connected to a 30 or 40. T 191783                                 30 USF SOCKET 3/8'' FEMALE BSP. the only difference being the flow 40 are interchangeable. This means that a coupling 20 may be    Ordering information Product number                         Product name 191775                                 20 USF SOCKET 1/4'' FEMALE BSP.T 191791                                 40 USF SOCKET 1/2'' FEMALE BSP.T 633475                                 800 USF SOCKET 1" FEMALE BSP. as are those of the 400.T                                                                                                                                 83 .  Features  • Time tested and proven for over 30 years to be    precision perfect and leakage free  • Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on    board  Benefits  • Uncompromising standard of quality and flow    performance in each and every application    The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20. 30 and     connected to a 30 or 40. 800 couplings.T 191809                                 400 USF SOCKET 1/2'' FEMALE BSP. 600 and       capacity of the couplings.T 191817                                 600 USF SOCKET 3/4'' FEMALE BSP. The Unitor couplers are time tested and proven to out-perform in all applications and to be totally leakage free.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Air Tool Equipment                                                                Quick Couplers     USF S     SOOCKET  Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on board.  30 and      connected to a 30 or 40. the only difference being the flow      40 are interchangeable.      800 couplings.       Features       • Time tested and proven for over 30 years to be         precision perfect and leakage free       • Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on         board       Benefits       • Uncompromising standard of quality and flow         performance in each and every application         The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20. as are those of the 400.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                               Air Tool Equipment                                                                      Quick Couplers          UPH P          PLLUG       Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on      board. 600 and        capacity of the couplings. The Unitor couplers are time tested and      proven to out-perform in all applications and to      be totally leakage free. This means that a coupling 20 may be         Ordering information      Product number                                   Product name      191825                                           20 UPH PLUG 1/4'' HOSE      191833                                           30 UPH PLUG 3/8'' HOSE      191841                                           40 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE      191858                                           400 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE      191866                                           600 UPH PLUG 3/4'' HOSE      633483                                           800 UPH PLUG 1" HOSE     84 .  600 and    Ordering information Product number                            Product name 191874                                    20 UPM PLUG 1/4'' MALE BSP. 30 and 40 are interchangeable.T 191882                                    30 UPM PLUG 3/8'' MALE BSP.T 191916                                    600 UPM PLUG 3/4'' MALE BSP.T 191908                                    400 UPM PLUG 1/2'' MALE BSP. The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20.  Features  • Time tested and proven for over 30 years to be    precision perfect and leakage free  • Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on    board  Benefits  • Uncompromising standard of quality and flow    performance in each and every application    20 UPM socket with 1/4” male thread. for air connection       800 couplings. This means that a coupling 20 may be system                                                        connected to a 30 or 40. The Unitor couplers are time tested and proven to out-perform in all applications and to be totally leakage free. the only difference being the flow                                                               capacity of the couplings.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Air Tool Equipment                                                               Quick Couplers     UPM P     PLLUG  Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on board.T 633491                                    800 UPM PLUG 1" MALE BSP.T 191890                                    40 UPM PLUG 1/2'' MALE BSP. as are those of the 400.T                                                                                                                                85 . T      633499                                   800 UPF PLUG 1" FEMALE BSP.T      191932                                   30 UPF PLUG 3/8'' FEMALE BSP.T      191957                                   400 UPF PLUG 1/2'' FEMALE BSP. This means that a coupling 20 may be                                                                     connected to a 30 or 40. the only difference being the flow      The plug and socket fitting portion of couplings 20.       Features       • Time tested and proven for over 30 years to be precision perfect and leakage free       • Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on board       Benefits       • Uncompromising standard of quality and flow performance in each and every application         316 Stainless steel                                            800 couplings.      40 are interchangeable.T      191965                                   600 UPF PLUG 3/4'' FEMALE BSP.     86 .T          UNIT       NITO          OR D             DRRAIN V                    VA                     ALVE      405 193474       Drain cock M-20. as are those of the 400.T      191940                                   40 UPF PLUG 1/2'' FEMALE BSP. For use in connection with air      distributor medusa. The Unitor couplers are time tested and proven      to out-perform in all applications and to be totally leakage free. 30 and                                                                     capacity of the couplings.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                              Air Tool Equipment                                                                     Quick Couplers          UPF P          PLLUG       Helps you build efficient air lines everywhere on board. 600 and         Ordering information      Product number                           Product name      191924                                   20 UPF PLUG 1/4'' FEMALE BSP.  30 or 40 series plug.                                                                                                                               87 . 30 or 40. plus on air distributor S-30.     UNIT  NITO     OR ME        MEDDUSA A                AIR                  IR D                     DIS                       IST                         TRIB                           IBUUTOR 405 193490  The Medusa is an ideal product for distributing air to several tools or other sources needing air     The inlet is from a 1/2" or a 3/4" hose with a 400.                                            respective 20. Will fit on any socket of type 20.                                                               The pressure gauge and drain cock fit the outlets.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Air Tool Equipment                                                               Quick Couplers     UNIT  NITO     OR Q        QUUIC           ICKKVIE                IEWWP                    PRRESSURE G                              GAAUGE 405 193482  Pressure gauge quickview has a scale of 0-15 bar. 3/8" or 1/2" hoses with the 800 series socket. 600 and   The five outlets are for 1/4". HIG                                HIGHHS                                     SPPEED S                                            STTEEL      440 614002       Drill bit set containing 21 pcs.5 / 3 / 3.          Quantity                   21 .13 mm                           Contents mm 1 / 1. DIN 338 RN      rollforged.5 / 7 / 7.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                              Air Tools accessories.Accessories.5 / 6 /                                                                     6. metric.     88 .5 / 4 / 4.5 / 9 / 10 / 11 / 12 / 13      Rollforged twist drill with best toughness combined with      good cutting efficiency for drilling alloyed carbon and plain      steel. consumables & spares                                                                     Drills . consumables & spares          DRIL        ILLLB            BIT              IT S                 SEET ME                      METTRIC .5 / 2 / 2.5 / 5 / 5.5 / 8 / 8.                               Point angle 118      Size                       1 .  consumables & spares     HA HAMME    MMER       RRRE          EPLACEME                MENT                   NT K                      KIT                        IT D                           DSSH-P                              H-PRRO 11 401 734079  Hammer replacement kit DSH-PRO 11     CUTTING W         WHE           HEE             EL R                REEPLACEME                        MENT                           NT K                              KIT                                IT F                                   FOOR D                                        DPP-P                                           -PRRO 200 401 734053  Complete kit with 200 cutting wheels                                                                                               89 .Accessories.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                      Air Tools accessories. consumables & spares                                        Deck Scalers .  consumables & spares                                                           Ear Clamps & Hose Clamps          HO      HOSSE C            CLLAMP       Worm drive hose clamps are used where there      is a need for rapid mounting/dismantling of      hoses          Ordering information      Product number               Product name      729442                       HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS      729444                       HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/2" HOSE (10 PCS)      729445                       HOSE CLAMP FOR 3/4" HOSE (10 PCS)      729446                       HOSE.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                    Air Tools accessories.CLAMP FOR 1" HOSE (10 PCS)     90 . 6-17. simple and safe installation  • Tampering is visible  • Long lasting connection    Ear clamps are commonly used where a minimal protrusion           used for welding gas hoses.34 MM 1" HOSE                                                                                                                                91 .1 EAR 12.5-30. plastic tubing and electrical cables.    Ordering information Product number                          Product name 768416                                  CLAMP.1-20.8MM 3/8"""" HOS 768457                                  CLAMP 1 EAR 22-24.3 .3MM 1/4"""" HOS 768440                                  CLAMP 1 EAR 17. They are commonly        rubber hoses.8 MM 1/2 " HOSE 768481                                  CLAMP 1 EAR 26.0MM 3/4" HOSE 777971                                  CLAMP 1 EAR 29. Also suitable for use with and a small clamping range is essential.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                 Air Tools accessories.0MM OD HOSE 768432                                  CLAMP. consumables & spares                                                                   Ear Clamps & Hose Clamps     CLAMP 1 E         EAAR   Features  • Unique clamp design  • Specially deburred edges reduce the risk of damage    to the part being clamped  • Material stainless steel  Benefits  • Fast.3-14.1 EAR 15.  consumables & spares                                                               Grinders .     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                        Air Tools accessories. consumables & spares          PLASTIC P              PA               ADS F                   FOOR A                        AG                         G-P                           -PR                             RO        Ordering information      Product number                      Product name      755900                              PLASTIC PAD 4"" FOR AG-PRO 4B      755918                              PLASTIC PAD 5"" FOR AG-PRO 5      755926                              PLASTIC PAD 7"" FOR AG-PRO 7          GRIND        INDING            ING S                STTONE                    NESSS                        SEET 10 P                                PCCS      401 536797       Grinding stones set 10 pcs         Quantity                     10 -      Size                         6 mm     92 .Accessories.  consumables & spares                                                                Grinders .Accessories.    Ordering information Product number                                 Product name 633515                                         CUTTING DISCS 100X2.5X16 633531                                         CUTTING DISCS 115X2. consumables & spares     CUTTING D         DIS           ISC             CS  Cutting and grinding consumables: Unitor high quality cutting and grinding wheels ensure the highest possible degree of efficiency without compromising on operator safety.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Air Tools accessories.  Features  • Inox depressed wheels with soft bonding for use on stainless steel and high alloy stainless steel  • The soft bonding also enables the Inox wheels to be used on aluminium  • Iron free  Ordering information Product number                                 Product name 633595                                         CUTTING DISCS 125X2. 25 in package.     Standard depressed wheels with medium bonding for general use on a variety of metals.5X22 633547                                         CUTTING DISCS 125X3X22 633563                                         CUTTING DISCS 180X3X22 633579                                         CUTTING DISCS 230X3X22     CUTTING D         DIS           ISC             CS INO                INOX                   X  Unitor high quality cutting and grinding wheels ensure a highest possible degree of efficiency without compromising on operator safety.5X22 633611                                         CUTTING DISCS 180X3X22 633627                                         CUTTING DISCS 230X3X22  Supplied with: Pack of 25 pcs                                                                                                                   93 .  10PCS      633587                                GRINDING DISCS 230X6X22     94 . 4INCH. consumables & spares          GRIND        INDING            ING D                DIS                  ISC                    CS       The Unitor high quality cutting and grinding wheels ensure the highest possible degree of efficiency      without compromising on operator safety. 10PCS      633571                                GRINDING WHEELS. 10PCS      633539                                GRINDING DISCS 115X6X22      633555                                GRINDING WHEELS. consumables & spares                                                                 Grinders .        Standard depressed wheels with medium bonding for      general use on a variety of metals. 5INCH.Accessories.         Ordering information      Product number                        Product name      633523                                GRINDING WHEELS.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                          Air Tools accessories. 7INCH.  #36 692590                                          SANDING DISC 100MM.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Air Tools accessories. consumables & spares                                                                Grinders . #50                                                                                                                   95 .Accessories. #50 633667                                          SANDING DISC 180MM. #36 633683                                          SANDING DISC 180MM. #24 633651                                          SANDING DISC 125MM.    Ordering information Product number                                  Product name 692574                                          SANDING DISC 100MM. #36 633659                                          SANDING DISC 125MM. Unitor fibre discs are made of aluminium oxide grain with resin bonding for multi purpose application on a wide range of metals.  Features  • Recognised by a low clogging rate  • Even grinding finish  • Ideal for applications requiring cool grinding     Fibre discs to be used with backing pads. #50 633643                                          SANDING DISC 125MM. #24 692582                                          SANDING DISC 100MM. #24 633675                                          SANDING DISC 180MM. consumables & spares     SAND   NDING      ING D          DIS            ISC              C  The Unitor high quality abrasive fibre discs and abrasive mop discs ensure the highest possible degree of efficiency with a long service life.  Unitor mop         Ordering information      Product number                                 Product name      633691                                         MOP DISCS 100X16MM. The even arrangement of the        This combination is equally suitable for application on steels. plastic.      glass fabric backing plate. #60      633731                                         MOP DISCS 125X22MM.      performance over the tools complete service life. etc. consumables & spares          MO      MOPPD          DIS            ISC              CS       The Unitor high quality abrasive fibre discs and      abrasive mop discs ensure the highest possible      degree of efficiency with a long service life. #60      633707                                         MOP DISCS 100X16MM. #80      633715                                         MOP DISCS 125X22MM.     MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                              Air Tools accessories. #36      633723                                         MOP DISCS 125X22MM. consumables & spares                                                                     Grinders .      flaps guarantees high flexibility and constant high grinding     stainless steel. #36      633747                                         MOP DISCS 180X22MM. aluminium. #80       Supplied with: Pack of 10 discs     96 .       Features       • Recognised by a low clogging rate       • Even grinding finish       • Ideal for applications requiring cool grinding          Mop discs are made of abrasive coated flaps fastened to a       discs are made of alumina zirconia grain with resin bonding.Accessories. #36      633699                                         MOP DISCS 100X16MM. #60      633755                                         MOP DISCS 180X22MM. wood. #80      633739                                         MOP DISCS 180X22MM. Accessories.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                              Air Tools accessories. consumables & spares     IMP IMPA    ACT S        SOOCKET S                SEET   Ordering information Product number         Product name 728833                 IMPACT SOCKET SET FOR IW-PRO 1/2" 728725                 IMPACT SOCKET SET FOR IW-PRO 3/4" 728741                 IMPACT SOCKET SET FOR IW-PRO 1"                                                                                                          97 . consumables & spares                                                Impact Wrenches .      MA      MARRINE P              PRRODUCTS                                     Air Tools accessories. consumables & spares                                                            Scalers & Chipping .Accessories. consumables & spares          PIS       ISTTON R              REEPLACEME                      MENT                         NT K                            KIT                              IT       Piston replacement kit for SH-PRO 3 and 1          Ordering information      Product number              Product name      722462                      PISTON REPLACEMENT KIT FOR SH-PRO 3      722769                      PISTON REPLACEMENT KIT FOR SH-PRO 1          NE      NEEEDLES F               FOOR NS                    NS-P                       -PR                         RO S                            SEERIE                                IESS       Needles for NS-PRO series          Ordering information      Product number                  Product name      728758                          NEEDLES 2MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES      728766                          NEEDLES 3MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES      728774                          NEEDLES 4MM FOR NS-PRO SERIES     98 . MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                              Air Tools accessories. consumables & spares                                                Scalers & Chipping .Accessories. consumables & spares     SCRAPER F         FOOR C              CSS-P                 -PRRO 62 & 120     Ordering information Product number         Product name 728808                 SCRAPER 40MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120 728816                 SCRAPER 50MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120 728824                 SCRAPER 70MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120 728832                 SCRAPER 100MM FOR CS-PRO 62 & 120     CHIS  HISEEL S         SEET F              FOOR C                   CH-P                     H-PR                        RO   Ordering information Product number                  Product name 728782                          CHISEL SET FOR CH-PRO 25 728790                          CHISEL SET FOR CH-PRO 33                                                                                                             99 .  USM. USF. UPH.Spares           RUBBER P              PA               ACKING F                      FOOR 20-                           20-30-                               30-40                                  40       405 323121        Spare packing for all USH. UPH.     100 . UPM and UPF 20. 30 and 40 series. USF. UPM and UPF 400 and 600 series. USM.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                               Air Tools accessories. consumables & spares                                                       Quick Couplers .           RUBBER P              PA               ACKING F                      FOOR 400-                           400-600                                600       405 323139        Spare packing for all USH. . .%-&%*"#".4&.&4733'2/.)&.-7&#/.+  !!/2+3)/015*0-&.460%'9*%  93/52$&0"(& .)4407*.  while our hydraulic equipment                                                                                         REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT ranges from drills.)&. REFRIGERANTS AND CYLINDERS accessories.. as well as accessories and spares. .                                                                                                              PUMPS                                                                                                                                              PAINT SPRAYING easily transportable and simple to store.&4733'2/. difficult to reach spaces and require tools that are light. to                                                                                                          WELDING pumps and cylinders.                                                                                                         AIR TOOLS                                                                                                                                       WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT Our range of workshop equipment includes                                                                                                CLEANING EQUIPMENT wire lubricators.-7&#/.+  !!/2+3)/015*0-&. electric and battery tools and                                                                         GASES.%-&%*"#".4&. grinders and saws.)4407*.460%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     MARINE PRODUCTS  WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT  Onboard maintenance and repair tasks are often carried out in small. KIT FOR UWL77 .71MM       729100                                   SEAL .        Features        • Easy to use – saves time and man-hours        • Supplied with pump and hoses        Benefits        • Prolongs the life of a wire rope by up to 100%        • Increases safety during wire lifetime          Technical data                                                  High pressure pump with flow control valve.KIT FOR UWL77 .50MM       729093                                   SEAL . saving time and extending rope       lifetime.68MM       729099                                   SEAL . drum cover.62MM       729097                                   SEAL .       Air consumption                        0.KIT FOR UWL77 .KIT FOR UWL77 .53MM       729094                                   SEAL .       Inlet air pressure                     7 .34MM.41MM       729090                                   SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 .KIT FOR UWL77 .8 bar                Seals must be ordered separately.38 m3/min              Model UWL 77 .44MM       729091                                   SEAL .seals set for this model come in 15       Ratio                                  5:1                      diameters at 3 mm intervals.          Accessories       Product number                           Product name       729086                                   SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 . 2 lengths of anchor chain.74MM       Spares parts available for purchase:       728931                                   LUBRICATOR.CHAMBER FOR UMWL77     104 .       729087                                   SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 .38MM       729089                                   SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 .KIT FOR UWL77 .KIT FOR UWL77 .KIT FOR UWL77 .KIT FOR UWL77 .                                                                       flow control value.65MM       729098                                   SEAL .56MM       729095                                   SEAL .KIT FOR UWL77 .35MM       729088                                   SEAL.       Connection size/type                   1/4''                    Unitor Lubricating chamber.47MM       729092                                   SEAL .59MM       729096                                   SEAL .KIT FOR UWL77 . follower plate.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Wire Lubricator                                                                       Wire Lubricator           UNIT        NITO           OR W              WIR                IRE                  ERRO                     OPE L                         LU                          UBRIC                             ICAATOR U                                     UWWL77       482 728840        Unitor wire rope lubricator solves the lubrication       problem. 3 m of flexible grease hose. CHAMBER FOR UMWL35                                                                                                                                      105 .KIT FOR UWL35 .KIT FOR UWL35 .24MM 729081                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 . 729079                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .UNIT  NITO     OR W        WIR          IRE            ERRO               OPE L                   LU                    UBRIC                       ICAATOR U                               UWWL35 482 728980  Unitor wire rope lubricator solves the lubrication problem.12MM 729038                                  SEAL. 729083                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 . saving time and extending rope lifetime.32MM Spare parts available for purchase: 728881                                  LUBRICATOR.28MM.10MM.6MM 729004                                  .26MM 729082                                  SEAL .4MM 728998                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 . Ratio                                 5:1                       Seals must be ordered separately.  Features  • Easy to use – saves time and man-hours  • Supplied with pump and hoses  Benefits  • Prolongs the life of a wire rope by up to 100%  • Increases safety during wire lifetime    Technical data                                                  High pressure pump with flow control valve.8MM 729012                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .20MM.18MM 729061                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 . Hose length                           3m                        Unitor Lubricating chamber. 729020                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 . 729053                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .30MM 729084                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .38 m3/min               diameters at 2 mm intervals.8 bar    Accessories Product number                          Product name 722587                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 . 3 m of flexible grease hose.                                                                 flow control value.KIT FOR UWL35 . drum cover. 2 lengths of anchor chain.14MM 729046                                  SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .seals set for this model come in 17 Air consumption                       0.16MM.22MM 729080                                  SEAL . Connection size/type                  1/4''                     Model UWL 35 . Inlet air pressure                    7 . follower plate. KIT FOR UWL35 .8MM       729012                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .12MM       729038                               SEAL.4MM       728998                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .KIT FOR UWL35 .6MM       729004                               .KIT FOR UWL35 .26MM       729082                               SEAL .SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .       729020                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .28MM.24MM       729081                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .           LUBRIC           ICAATOR C                   CHA                     HAMB                       MBEER F                             FOOR U                                  UWWL77       482 728931        Spare part / replacement chamber for UWL77.       729079                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .30MM       729084                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 . Only use original UWL pump with chamber.14MM       729046                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .18MM       729061                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .           SEAL K            KIT              ITS                SFFO                   OR U                      UWWL35        A set of seals can lubricate approximately 9000 .       729083                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .32MM     106 .10MM.22MM       729080                               SEAL .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                      Wire Lubricator                                                              Wire Lubricators Accessories           LUBRIC           ICAATOR C                   CHA                     HAMB                       MBEER F                             FOOR U                                  UWWL35       482 728881        Spare part / replacement chamber for UWL 35.4000 m) of wire rope.        Ordering information       Product number                       Product name       722587                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .       729053                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL35 .12000 ft (3000 . Only use original UWL pump with chamber.16MM.20MM. KIT FOR UWL77 .62MM 729097                               SEAL .KIT FOR UWL77 .KIT FOR UWL77 .59MM 729096                               SEAL .74MM                                                                                                107 .12000 ft (3000 . 729087                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 .35MM 729088                               SEAL.50MM 729093                               SEAL .     Ordering information Product number                       Product name 729086                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 .68MM 729099                               SEAL .KIT FOR UWL77 .KIT FOR UWL77 .41MM 729090                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 .34MM.KIT FOR UWL77 .4000 m) of wire rope.KIT FOR UWL77 .71MM 729100                               SEAL .53MM 729094                               SEAL .KIT FOR UWL77 .47MM 729092                               SEAL .38MM 729089                               SEAL KIT FOR UWL77 .KIT FOR UWL77 .65MM 729098                               SEAL .KIT FOR UWL77 .44MM 729091                               SEAL .56MM 729095                               SEAL .KIT FOR UWL77 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                      Wire Lubricator                                                        Wire Lubricators Accessories     SEAL K      KIT        ITS          SFFO             OR U                UWWL 77  Seal for UWL77 A set of seals can lubricate approximately 9000 .  Can be used with 7.2-9.9. Practical folding design and battery not       included.6-12 V battery packs. lamp stands on battery pack.2.6 .2 .12       Power rating                     60 W       Light output (lm)                400       Light duration (1 hrs charge)    2 .        Benefits        • Handy and cordless        • Lamps stand on battery pack        • Can be folded           Technical data        Voltage                          7.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                  Electric & battery Tools                                                          Working Lamps           LAMP C            CO             ORDLESS F                     F//7.5 . high performance cordless professional lamp.2-                          2-12                            12 V B                                 BAATTERIE                                        IESS       440 721795        Handy.3     108 .       Solid design for use in MVI. 35 kW                 Optimum balance for safe. Power. Saw blade can be sawdust extraction up to 90%. Suitable for left-handed                                                             use. Safety switch with switch lock prevents unintentional 50/60 Hz. fatigue-free operation.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Electric & battery Tools                                                             Saws & Cutters     CIR  IRCCULAR S           SAAW. 160 MM 440 721860     Technical data                                              depth settings to 55 mm at 90°.    Ordering information Supplied with: Carbide-tipped 24 tooth saw blade Parallel guide Spanner Chip director                                                                                                                                  109 . Scale for precise cutting     adjusted to be at right angles and parallel to the base plate. rated                        1. Protection hood for optimum   vibration running and long service life. Spindle lock for fast blade changing. Variable adjustment of the                                                             mitre angle to 45°. Additional Voltage                             230 V                   handle for safe two-handed work. Stable block construction for low- reserves for optimum results. Robust 1350 watt motor with large power           starting of the machine.  Longitudal displacement of the base plate for       reserves. Also suitable       Voltage                                230 V                    for left-handed use.6 kW                   life. ideal for any       application. Four-stage adjustment of the pendulum action for                                                                       increased cutting performance and longer saw blade service       Power. Exact saw blade guidance with       splintering device.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Electric & battery Tools                                                                       Saws & Cutters           JIG S           SAAW       440 721878        A compact jig saw with ergonomic handle       design. Full-wave electronics with variable preselection of   cutting area. Powerful 600 watt motor with large power              30° and 45°.           Technical data                                                  materials. Clean cutting edge with anti-       changing without any tools. handy ergonomic design. can be locked in positions 0°. Very comfortable. 15°.       50/60 Hz.       stroke rate from 450 to 3000 RPM for work suited to          Ordering information       Supplied with:       Combined parallel guide       Circular guide       Saw blade       Plastic guide shoe       Anti-splintering device       Spanner     110 . Patented FIXTEC system for fast saw blade             sawing close to the edge. Light and handy. rated                           0. Sawdust blower and integrated dust       blade support roller on needle bearings fitted in a very low     extraction adaptor for clean work and clear view of the       position. Base plate variable on both sides for                                                                       precise mitre cuts to 45°. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                   Electric & battery Tools                                                     Saws & Cutters     BENC   NCHHC       CUUTTER 440 615218  Suitable for all angle grinders with M 14 spindle thread and disc. Robust die-cut clamping device                                                     (with hard rubber) for angle grinders.     Technical data                                      Diameters of at least 150 mm. Automatic swing back Spindle size                   M 14                 cutting disc hood and spark protection. without conversion. Mitre cuts possible Vice span                      120 mm               to 45°. Solid                                                     smooth surfaced die-cast base. Maximum disc use through favourable swivel point Base plate                     325 x 290 mm         and fully adjustable vice. Suitable for all two-hand angle grinders.    Ordering information Supplied with: Clamping device supplied as standard vice handle 2 clamping screws M 14 transport safety device Spanner SW17/21                                                                                                                       111 . Stable die-cast                                                     aluminium casing. 0 Ah battery. Includes 2       Keyless chuck POWER PLUS high-torque motor: 30% more       batteries.6 kg              weight and improved visibility. 20% more efficiency variable speed trigger switch       and softstart reversible action. 19-stage torque adjustment:       Voltage                                12 V                uniform results and optimised precision when screwdriving in       Chuck size                             1.       torque. 2way-flex battery pack insertion: improved balance                                                                  and flexibility High capacity 12 V / 2. Ergonomic       Drill diameter max                     13 mm                                                                  softgrip handle design for more comfortable use. QUICKSTOP motorbrake:          Ordering information       Supplied with:       13 mm keyless chuck       12 V / 2.5-13              series.0 Ah battery pack       RC charger (1 hour)       Carrying case     112 . Less       Weight                                 1. Pistol                                                                  design for extra comfort in drilling applications.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                          Electric & battery Tools                                                                  Drills           BATTERY D               DRRIL                  ILLL 12 V       440 721803           Technical data                                             spindle comes to an instant standstill two-speed                                                                  synchromesh gears direct bit reception in drill spindle.  C         CHU           HUC             CK S                SIZ                  IZE                    E 1-                      1-10                        10 MM 440 721894   Features  •   Heavy duty  •   50/60 Hz  •   Keyless chuck  •   Electronic: variable preselection of speed via switch  Benefits  • Excellent handling from a compact ergonomic design    with user comfort from soft-grip and broad switch  • QUIK-LOK system provides a fast cable change for    replacement or extensions  • Optimal speed range for up to 10 mm drilling    diameters in metal    Technical data  Power. 4.6 kW Voltage                                     230 V Chuck size                                  1-10 Drill diameter max                          10 mm    Ordering information Supplied with: Keyless chuck with retaining screw QUIK-LOK cable. rated                                0.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Electric & battery Tools                                                              Drills     DRIL   ILLL.1 m                                                                                             113 .       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Electric & battery Tools                                                                    Drills           DRIL         ILLL. ceramics or metal providing wider range of use          Technical data        Power.5 thread        • Three-jaw chuck 3-16 mm        Benefits        • Metal gearbox provides long service life        • Hammer action can be switched off for drilling in wood. C               CHU                 HUC                   CK S                      SIZ                        IZE                          E 3-                            3-16                              16 MM       440 721902         Features        • Heavy duty with spade handle        • 230 V 50/60 Hz        • Power and torque for hole diameter up to 50 mm in          steel/wood        • Two-speed synchromesh gears can be shifted when          stationary and at no load speed        • Spade handle for reliable control        • Spindle with M18 x 2. rated                           1.01 kW       Voltage                                230 V       Chuck size                             3-16       Drill diameter max                     16 mm          Ordering information       Supplied with:       Three-jaw chuck       Additional handle       Depth gauge     114 .  and makes for more comfortable operation  • Softgrip on rear handle for more comfortable operation  • Safety clutch protects both the operator and the machine if the tool should block    Technical data  Power. Rated                           850 W Weight                                 2. ergonomic front handle is fully    adjustable and can be securely fixed in the best    position to suit the required drilling angle  • High-quality keyless chuck  • Two-speed synchromesh gears  • Reversible action  Benefits  • AVS .Anti-Vibration System dramatically lowers the    level of vibration feedback to the user.8 kg                                                                                             115 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Electric & battery Tools                                                              Drills     PERCUSSIO        IONND            DRRIL               ILLLP                   PDD2E 22 R 440 778001   Features  • Fully insulated metal gearbox for long service life and    protection from electric shock  • Hammer action stop for drilling in wood and metal  • Lightweight. 4 mm       Disc size                              125 mm          Ordering information       Supplied with:       Grinding disc       Safety guard       Additional handle       Flange       FIXTEC flange nut     116 . 710 W. rated                           0. 10000 R                                  RPPM       440 721928         Features        • 230 V 50/60 Hz.71 kW       Voltage                                230 V       Spindle size                           M 14       Max cutting depth                      33.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Electric & battery Tools                                                                    Grinders           ANG        NGLLE G              GRRIND                 INDEER 5". slim and          compact        • Flat compact gearhead design allows for optimised          cutting depth and longer grinding disk life        • New patented ERGO-switch allows for instinctive          user control        • Quick release safety guard        • Motor casing with 90° adjustment for four switch          positions        • Ideal for left hand use        • Dust protection through labyrinth airflow        • Automatic cut-out carbon brushes        Benefits        •   Ideal for working in awkward. lightweight. difficult-to-reach places        •   Die-cast magnesium alloy gear casing provides lower vibration operation and long service life        •   Dust protected bearings and switch operated cooling fan keeps the motor cool even under heavy duty conditions        •   Safety spindle lock and patented FIXTEC flange nut with safety clutch saves valuable time when changing grinding            discs with no tools required          Technical data        Power. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Electric & battery Tools                                                                Grinders     ANG  NGLLE G        GRRIND           INDEER 7".9 kW Voltage                                  230 V Spindle size                             M 14 Max cutting depth                        43 mm Disc size                                180 mm    Ordering information Supplied with: Safety guard Additional handle Flange Flange nut Spanner                                                                                                          117 . with only one key  •   Effective cooling fan keeps the motor cool even under heavy duty operation    Technical data  Power.4 kg  • Grinding disc diameter 180 mm with powerful 1900    watt motor  • Quick release clamp on safety guard with no tools    required  • Large-surface safety switch with lock function    prevents the machine from being started    unintentionally  • Motor casing with 90° adjustment for four switch    positions. rated                             1. 8500 R                           RPPM 440 721852   Features  • High-performance angle grinder  • Very favourable performance/weight ratio 1900 watt/    4. difficult-to-reach places  •   Die-cast magnesium alloy gear casing provides lower vibration operation and long service life  •   Patented spindle safety lock saves valuable time when changing discs.Ideal for left hand use  • Additional handle can be fixed in 3 different positions  • Automatic cut-out carbon brushes  Benefits  •   Extremely flat metal gearhead for working in awkward.  6600 R                                 RPPM       440 721886         Features        • 230 V 50/60 Hz        • The power pack with the largest cutting depth for          particularly difficult cutting work grinding disc        • Patented spindle lock saves valuable time when          changing discs.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Electric & battery Tools                                                                   Grinders           ANG        NGLLE G              GRRIND                 INDEER 9".3 kW       Voltage                                 230 V       Spindle size                            M 14       Max cutting depth                       68 mm       Disc size                               230 mm          Ordering information       Supplied with:       Safety guard       Additional handle       Flange       Flange nut       Spanner     118 . rated                            2. difficult-to-reach places          Technical data        Power. with only one key        • Quick release clamp on safety with no tools required        • Large-surface safety switch with lock function          prevents the machine from being started          unintentionally        • Additional handle can be fixed in 3 different positions        Benefits        • Die-cast magnesium alloy gear casing for low-vibration operation and long service life        • Effective cooling fan keeps the motor cool even under heavy duty conditions Automatic cut-out carbon brushes        • Extremely flat metal gearhead ideal for working in awkward. HIG                              HIGHHS                                   SPPEED S                                          STTEEL 440 614005  Rollforged twist drill with best toughness combined with good cutting efficiency for drilling alloyed carbon and plain steel. consumables & Spares for Electric Tools                                                     Drills     DRIL   ILLLB       BIT         IT S            SEET IMP                 IMPEERIA                       IALL .0A                       0A 440 721829     BATTERY C         CHA           HAR             RGER 7                  7.1/16" to 1/2"  • DIN 338 RN rollforged  • Point angle 118     Technical data                                      Sizes: 1/16 5/64 3/32 7/64 1/8 9/64 5/32 11/64 3/16 13/64                                                     7/32 15/64 1/4 17/64 9/32 19/64 5/16 21/64 11/32 23/64 Quantity                       29 ..  Features  • 29 pieces .2-                     2-224 V                           V//50-                              50-60HZ                                  60HZ 440 721845                                                                                                                     119 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                   Accessories.                     2.                3/8 25/64 13/32 27/64 7/16 29/65 15/32 31/64 and 1/2 Size                           Inches     BATTERY NIC         NICDD 18 V                  V//2. NUT SPLITTER.NUT SPLITTER.M6-M12       615050                                         HYD.M12-M16       615051                                         HYD. spring return cylinder        •   Heavy duty chisels can be reground        •   Nut splitters include a spare chisel.M16-M22       615052                                         HYD. a spare set screw and the wrench used to secure the chisel        Benefits        • Easily removes rusty nuts        • Compact and ergonomic design making it easy to use        Ordering information       Product number                                 Product name       615049                                         HYD.M22-M27     120 .NUT SPLITTER.NUT SPLITTER.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Hydraulic Equipment                                                                       Cutter           HY       HYDDRAULIC NU                  NUTTS                      SPPLIT                          ITTTER         Features        •   Single acting        •   Unique angled head design        •   Single-acting.  ergonomic design for ease of use    Technical data  Maximum flange thickness                  2x57 mm Stud size                                19-28 mm Oil capacity                             5 ton Oil capacity                             24. spring return cylinders for fast trouble-free operation  •   Standard wedge 3-28 mm stroke 38 mm  •   Maximum operating pressure 700 bar  Benefits  • Light-weight.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Hydraulic Equipment                                                              Flange Spreader     HY HYDDRAULIC F            FLLANG                NGEES                    SPPREADER 441 615053   Features  •   Single acting  •   Adjustable jaw widths from 59 mm to 163 mm for a wide range of applications  •   Single-acting.3 kg                                                                                        121 .6 cm3 Weight                                   2.           Ordering information       Product number                                               Product name       615001                                                       HYD. general purpose cylinders and hand pumps.15T       615003                                                       HYD.        Features        •   Maximum versatility        •   The quickest and easiest way to start working right away        •   Optimum match of individual components        •   All sets are ready-for-use        •   All hand pumps are two-speed          Base plates for 615001 and 615003 are available for       purchase separately.PMP CYL.25T       Supplied with:       1.PMP CYL.SET.8 m safety hose       Calibrated gauge with gauge adaptor plus cylinder and pump     122 .PMP CYL.10T       615002                                                       HYD.SET.SET.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                    Hydraulic Equipment                                                                            Pump & Cylinders           HY       HYDDRAULIC P                  PUUMP C                        CYYLIND                            INDEER S                                   SEET        Single acting.  low height cylinders and hand pumps.PMP LOW CYL. S                            SEET  Single acting.8 m safety hose Calibrated gauge with gauge adaptor plus cylinder pump                                                                                                   123 .PMP LOW CYL.30T Supplied with: 1.  Features  •   Ideal where space is restricted  •   The quickest and easiest way to start working right away  •   Optimum match of individual components  •   All sets are ready-for-use  •   All hand pumps are two-speed  Ordering information Product number                                           Product name 615004                                                   HYD.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                       Hydraulic Equipment                                                                         Pump & Cylinders     HY HYDDRAULIC P            PUUMP L                  LO                   OW C                      CYYL.SET.20T 615005                                                   HYD.SET.      124 .271MM       615015                                  HYD.15T.CYL.121MM       615010                                  HYD.171MM       615012                                  HYD.CYL.CYL.149MM       615013                                  HYD.10T.CYL.15T.15T.25T.CYL. general purpose cylinders.165MM       615009                                  HYD.10T.CYL.        Features        •   The industry standard general purpose cylinder        •   Collar threads.CYL.5T.5T.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Hydraulic Equipment                                                                     Pump & Cylinders           HY       HYDDRAULIC C                  CYYLIND                      INDEER        Single acting.CYL.215MM       696131                                  HYD.200MM       615014                                  HYD.CYL.CYL.50T SINGLE-ACT STD.110MM       615007                                  HYD.25T.CYL. plunger threads and base mounting holes enable easy fixturing (on most models)        •   Designed for use in all positions        •   High strength alloy steel for durability        •   Heavy duty return springs        •   Baked enamel finish for increased corrosion resistance        Ordering information       Product number                          Product name       615006                                  HYD.165MM       615016                                  HYD.  flat-jac cylinders.51MM 615020                                           HYD.  Features  •   Compact. 45T     HY HYDDRAULIC P            PUUMP E                  ELLECTRIC 230V                            230VA                                AC 441 615035  Single acting. 3 m length for operator safety  •   Starts under full load    Technical data  Weight                           10 kg                                                                                           125 .CYL.30T.CYL.CYL. economy pump.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Hydraulic Equipment                                                                 Pump & Cylinders     HY HYDDRAULIC C            CYYLIND                INDEERS  Single acting.10T.42MM 615019                                           HYD.32MM 615018                                           HYD.CYL.5T. flat design for use where most other cylinders will not fit  •   Mounting holes enable easy fixturing  •   Baked enamel finish for increased corrosion resistance  •   Coupler and dust cap included on all models  •   Hard chrome plated high quality steel plungers  •   Grooved plunger ends require no saddle  Ordering information Product number                                   Product name 615017                                           HYD.  Features  •   Light-weight and compact design  •   Large easy-carry handle for maximum portability  •   Two-speed operation reduces cycle times for improved productivity  •   230 VAC 50/60-cycle universal motor will operate on voltages as low as 115 V  •   24 VDC remote motor control.20T.58MM 696147                                           HYDRAULIC CYLINDER. MAX700BAR     126 .3 bar       Air consumption                     340 L/min       Air inlet size                      1/4" female       Hydraulic outlet size               3/8" female          Accessories       Product number                                Product name       615038                                        HYD.7-10.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Hydraulic Equipment                                                                      Pump & Cylinders           HY       HYDDRAULIC P                  PUUMP                     MP. MA                                       MAXX7                                           700B                                             00BA                                                AR       441 615038        Hydraulic pump. developing 700 bar hydraulic pressure with only 5..PMP. corrosion resistance and durability        • Internal pressure relief valve for overload protection          Technical data        Usable oil capacity                 2081 cm3       Pressure Rating                     700 bar       Weight                              6.5 bar air          pressure        • Patented “air saver” feature for lower air consumption and lower operating costs        • Air exhaust muffler for quieter operation and reduce operator fatigue          return-to-tank port for use in remote valve applications        • Air and oil inlet filters for reduced risk of damage from contamination        • Extensive use of engineered plastics for light weight. A                          AIR                            IR R                               ROOPER.        Features        • Single acting        • Easily operated by hand or foot        • Turbo feature utilizes exhaust air to help power the pump. air roper.4 kg       Air pressure range                  2.AIROPER. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Hydraulic Equipment                                                                Pump & Cylinders     HY HYDDRAULIC C            CYYLIND                INDEER. flat-jac cylinders. 50T 441 696139  Single acting.3 kg    Ordering information Supplied with: Female quick coupling (socket)                                                                                          127 .  Features  •   Compact flat design for use where most other cylinders will not fit  •   Mounting holes enable easy fixturing  •   Baked enamel finish for increased corrosion resistance  •   Coupler and dust cap included on all models  •   Hard chrome plated high quality steel plungers  •   Grooved plunger ends require no saddle    Technical data  Cylinder capacity ton (kN)                  50 (498) Collapsed height                            278 mm Stroke                                      153 mm Weight                                      14. 2 kg       Weight                                4. MA                                MAXX7                                    700                                     00 B                                        BAAR       441 615027         Features        •   Light-weight        •   Two-speed operation reduces handle strokes by as much as 78% over single speed pumps        •   Handle lock and light weight construction for easy carrying        •   Non-conductive fiberglass handle for operator safety        •   Lower handle effort to minimize operator fatigue        •   Durable glass-filled nylon reservoir and nylon encapsulated aluminium pump base for maximum corrosion resistance          Technical data        Usable oil capacity                   901 cm3       Pressure rating                       700 bar       Maximum handle effort                 42..1 kg       Outlet port size                      3/8" female     128 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Hydraulic Equipment                                                                    Pump & Cylinders           HY       HYDDRAULIC HA                  HAND                     ND P                        PUUMP                           MP.  Minimize the risk of overloading and ensure long.   Technical data  Range                                   0-700 bar Size                                    63 mm Thread lower mount                      1/4 NPFT     REGULATOR-F          -FIL             ILT               TER-L                  -LUUBE 441 615039  For turbo air hydraulic pump.  Features  • Provides clean. HY        HYDDRAULIC 441 615037  For use with electric pump. lubricated air  • Allows for air pressure adjustment  • Steel bowl guards are standard  Ordering information Product number                              Product name 615038                                      HYD.AIROPER. Recommended for use with air pump.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Accessories & Spares Hydraulic Equipment                                                              Accessories for Hydraulic Equipment     GAUGE. dependable service from your equipment.MAX700BAR                                                                                                             129 .PMP.                               4.3 kg     130 . 20 T       441 615045         Features        •   Single-acting spring return        •   Guillotine action for easy operation        •   Lifting handle on large model for easy transport        •   Carrying bag included for easy carrying and tool protection          Technical data        CapacityTon                            20       Length                                 279 mm       Oil capacity                           134.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Accessories & Spares Hydraulic Equipment                                                                      Accessories for Hydraulic Equipment           TENS         NSIO            ION              N ME                METTER.4 cm3       Max cutting capacity                   31 mm       Weight                                 11. C                                 CAAP.55T       441 615040         Features        •   Direct mounted        •   Accuracy ±2% of full scale        •   Zinc and bronze plated to resist corrosion        •   Dual-range readout in kilograms and pounds        •   Cushioned metal case provides safe storage and transport          Technical data        Gauge capacity                           4500 kg       Minimum reading                          500 kg       Gauge increments                         100 kg           HY       HYDDRAULIC C                  CUUTTER HE                          HEAAD. 4. C                        CAAP.  3. Recommended for use on all Unitor pumps and cylinders where space and porting permits.20T     HY HYDDRAULIC HO            HOSSE F                  FOOR HIG                       HIGHHP                            PRRESSURE  Hydraulic hose for high pressure. including two high strength steel wire braids  •   Outside jacket is polyurethane. COUPLER MALE HALF                                                                                                             131 .3/8 high flow couplers C-604 Unitor standard equipment on most cylinders. HOSE/HIGH PRES.CAP. COUPLER COMPLETE SET 615061                                      HYD.  Features  •   4:1 design factor  •   Maximum working pressure of 700 bar  •   Four layer design.  Ordering information Product number                                 Product name 615045                                         HYD.REPLACEME        MENT           NT B              BLLADE 441 615047  Replacement blade for cutter heads.8M 615058                                        HYD. Includes "2-in-1" dust cap for use on male and female coupler halves.0M     HY HYDDRAULIC C            COOUPLER  Type 1 .  Ordering information Product number                              Product name 615060                                      HYD. COUPLER FEMALE HALF 615062                                      HYD. For cylinders used for demanding applications. 1.  •   Hose oil capacity  Ordering information Product number                                Product name 615057                                        HYD.CUTTER HEAD. HOSE/HIGH PRES. to provide maximum abrasion resistance  •   Exhibits low volumetric expansion under pressure to enhance overall system efficiency  •   Crimped-on rubber strain relief for improved life and durability. 25’’ pipe.D x 4 mm wall       recommends the use of cold drawn steel tubing instead of       regular pipe in the following dimensions:                     This tubing can be threaded with standard pipe threading                                                                     dies..D x 11 ga.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Accessories & Spares Hydraulic Equipment                                                                     Accessories for Hydraulic Equipment           FIT        ITTTING            INGSS-AADDAPTOR.38MM       615075                                       FITTING. (3          mm) wall           Ordering information       Product number                               Product name       615087                                       FITTING.ADAPT. use 9 mm schedule 80                                                                            seamless pipe       Unitor does not supply high-pressure pipe or tubing.TEE.ADAPT.G1/4-1/4       615088                                       FITTING.3/8-3/8       615080                                       FITTING.G3/8-1/4       615090                                       FITTING. T                            TEEE & R                                   REEDUCER          Recommended tubing                                                 • In place of .ADAPT. use 21 mm O.1/4-1/2       615086                                       FITTING.G1/4-1/8       615089                                       FITTING.REDUCER.3/8-3/8       615085                                       FITTING.ADAPT.51MM       615077                                       FITTING.       COUPLING              ING.ADAPT. HEHEXXAGON NIP                                         NIPP                                            PLE.5-3/8       615092                                       FITTING.3/8-3/8       615079                                       FITTING.NIPPLE.1/2-3/8       615074                                       FITTING.HEX.        • In place of . use 13 mm O.ADAPT.M14X1.REDUCER. but                                                                          • In place of .ADAPT. C                    CRROSS.NIPPLE.3/8-G3/8     132 .COUPLING.G3/8-3/8       615091                                       FITTING.HEX.38’’ pipe.3/8-3/8       615093                                       FITTING.50’’ pipe.1/4-1/8       615094                                       FITTING.ADAPT.CROSS. HYD.PRES.0-700BAR 615102                                  GAUGE.HYD.0-400BAR     VALVE.PRES. To control cylinder speed.PRES.PRES.0-40BAR 615107                                  GAUGE.PRES.HYD.PRES.0-70BAR 615108                                  GAUGE.FLOW CONTR.0-20BAR 615106                                  GAUGE.PRES. HY        HYDDRAULIC P                   PRRESSURE   Ordering information Product number                          Product name 615095                                  GAUGE. All valves feature NPTF porting to insure against leakage at rated pressure.HYD.PRES.0-13BAR 615105                                  GAUGE.HYD. F        FLLOW C              CO               ONT                 NTR                   ROL  All valves are rated for 700 bar operating pressure.1/4NPTF                                                                                                                 133 .HYD.0-200BAR 615110                                  GAUGE. or plated for corrosion resistance. Can also be used as shut-off valve for temporary load holding.0-11BAR 615104                                  GAUGE.HYD.HYD. coated.PRES.  Ordering information Product number                          Product name 615128                                  VALVE.3/8NPTF 615129                                  VALVE.0-140BAR 615109                                  GAUGE. All valves are painted.0-7BAR 615103                                  GAUGE.FLOW CONTR.HYD.PRES.HYD.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                       Accessories & Spares Hydraulic Equipment                                                         Accessories for Hydraulic Equipment     GAUGE. 4&.)4407*.)&.&4733'2/.-7&#/.*.460%'9*%  93/52$&0"(& .&".+  !.%-&%*"#".(15*0-&.. 460%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     MARINE PRODUCTS  CLEANING EQUIPMENT  Whatever a vessel’s size.(15*0-&.&4733'2/. be it a small to medium bulk carrier or a Panamax tanker. WSS has a range of mobile high pressure                                                                                                               PUMPS                                                                                                                                              PAINT SPRAYING cleaners to suit every job.*. heavy duty cargo hold                                                                                                WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT cleaning kits. mucking pumps and cleaning                                                                                               CLEANING EQUIPMENT jets are available alongside a wide range of                                                                             GASES. They are supported by our global network and 24/7 service technicians..)&. REFRIGERANTS AND CYLINDERS                                                                                                                                    REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT spare parts and accessories. parts and accessories are compliant with local regulations and meet international standards.4&. Our professional                                                                                                      AIR TOOLS vacuum cleaners.)4407*.+  !.                                                                                                                       WELDING All WSS cleaning equipment.&".-7&#/. .%-&%*"#".         Cleaning impact                                                   Increased maintenance efficiency       Cleaning impact reflects the cleaning efficiency of the unit. and more pleasant to work on       is.                                                            enough to flush out dirt from corners and from behind pipes. Modern high pressure cleaning       describe the combination of waterflow and pressure and             equipment solves these problems: cleaning with a water jet       their combined effect on the surface.    damage or injury. animals or electrical installations.     136 . if the    places.       Why unitor cleaners?       WSS offers a wide range of high pressure cleaners that meet       Engine room cleaning       most requirements and the large range of accessories and          Using pre-heated water (up to 85°) or adding solvents and       detergents available makes them easy to use. hot water cleaners.    contain moisture which create rust attacks on the metal                                                                         underneath the thickest paint.                    before using the machine for the first time. users can choose between            the gun handle when leaving the cleaner.        Choosing the right high pressure cleaner                          Safety notes       A high pressure cleaner should be selected on the basis of        Careless use of a high pressure cleaner may result in serious       the jobs it needs to carry out.       Why clean on board? Because a clean ship is a safer ship. Users should turn the machine off and lock       surface. and ultimately.220 bar           HIG       HIGHHP            PRRESSURE C                      CLLEANING          What is high pressure cleaning?                                   WSS global network service back up       High pressure cleaning is an effective and economical             In most cases.                                        maritime cleaning operations. onboard       Intensity of use                                                                         efficiency. it is possible to clean in inaccessible        includes service and repair and supply of spare parts and       places where cleaning would otherwise be impossible or            accessories. Keeping a ship clean by conventional methods       order to simplify selection of the correct unit. A   General cleaning       choice has to be made based on the intended use on board. Never direct the jet       cold water cleaners. working method etc.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                         HP Cleaners 150 . as well as professional advice on various       costly and time consuming. removing dirt and contaminants that could       need for a unit that is designed to run for 8 hours every day. Read       detergents and accessories. WSS’s global network offers a complete       method of removing dirt and contaminants.                             of up to 300 bar pressure is fast. this       does not mean that some of our units are inferior products. the more time efficient the unit      ship which is more efficient. there is no      be ignored. and gets into hidden corners which might normally       machine is to be used for spot cleaning on deck. Depending on the type of dirt. which is why it is       impact calculation is a formula developed by the industry to      often given low priority.                                                                         Reducing time spent on individual cleaning jobs by 70 –                                                                         80% means increased cleaning economy. efficient and thorough. Using high              after-sales service package on high pressure cleaners. However. This method eases cleaning of hard to reach       or tanks.at pressures high       tasks. The cleaners         other chemicals will result in cleaning power that cuts       are designed to satisfy user demands and to suit various          through oil and grease in engine rooms . a       The higher the number given. The cleaning     can be time consuming and inefficient. The two main factors are              and follow the directions in the instruction manual carefully       required cleaning impact and intensity of use. money saved. This       pressure cleaning.         All-purpose cleaning is done with a jet spray with up to 200       If the unit will be used for heavy duty cleaning of cargo holds   bar pressure.                                                                         Clean machinery is easier to operate and easier to service.       but that they are simply designed for different applications.       Intensity of use is related to the durability of the unit.. stationary units and     straight at people. high intensity units should be used. Unitor products are named using this number system in         and to live in.  will not              The rinsing water can draw soap from the surface if achieve optimal cleaning results. the cleaning                                                             detergent may produce ‘channels’ down the surface. there is no other method more          more effective. By The importance of detergents in high pressure                        beginning from the top and going downwards. Detergent is mixed into                                                                      the water at a pre-set dosage through the cleaner's Step 2: Wash down the area using a high pressure water jet           chemical injector (built in or detachable). Using a high              rinsing water does not run over uncleaned surfaces. There are several Unitor cleaning is done according to the two-step method:                   chemicals which are suitable for use together with Step 1: Spray the detergent over the area to be cleaned              Unitor high pressure cleaners. the detergent penetrates and                                                                                                                                          137 . In addition to being On flat or curved surfaces. engine-rooms etc.Efficient paint removal                                            thoroughly moistens dirt and other grime. High-pressure cleaning             running over non-cleaned surfaces. such as decks. in the water spray and instrument for removing rust or paint . and in the majority of cases.                                                                      and run off it too quickly. without any detergent. High pressure cleaning efficiency can be improved by using          • During high pressure cleaning. leaving food storage rooms               surface. A to them for up to 30 minutes.     thus achieves optimal cleaning results. it is important that the the correct detergents in correct dosages. pressure cleaner alone. as well                                                                   as preventing dirt from reforming on the surface. the use of proper detergents substantially efficient. spotless.                                                          • When applying detergent on vertical surfaces: start                                                                      application from the bottom and work upwards. It´s guaranteed to get into            dry surface will absorb detergent far better than a wet corners and behind shelves. After the detergent has been sprayed on the surface and before the wash down begins.                                                         reduces the time required for the cleaning operation.               give the best effect. including oil and fat.a water sand blaster.  Thorough disinfection                                                                   3 Pieces of good advice Another efficient use for the Unitor cleaner is to incorporate a disinfecting foam which is sprayed onto surfaces and sticks        • Apply detergent on dry surfaces where possible. During wash Add a sand lance and a sand injector to a standard Unitor         down.        together with optimum concentration of detergent will tanks. High pressure primarily refers to cleaning of hard surfaces. the proper detergent thoroughly dissolves the cleaner and you have converted it to the most superior            particles of dirt.         Features        • Axial pump        • Stainless steel pistons        • Chemical dosing        Benefits        •   Light and compact .       HP Cleaner HPC 30 is compact and has a light weight           The handle features storage for cable and hose enhances       design that facilitates storage and transport. has good stability and   protects lance from damage. Has an adjustable transport handle                                                                     where the handle can be adjusted to ease storage and       Pressure                               150 bar                transport of the machine. is rubber coated.220 bar           HP C          CLLEANE               NERR HP                    HPCC 30                         30. Also comes     mobility. 1X                              1X220                                 220 V                                     V//60 HZ       430 729327        Compact and light high pressure cleaner for       marine use. long life pump for light everyday applications. simplifying the cleaning process. The built in lance holder provides ideal storage and       with large wheels.. The use of       Voltage                                220 V                                                                     detergents is determined directly from the lance.improves work capabilitites           Technical data                                                transport possibilities.easy to transport        •   Fast to connect .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                     HP Cleaners 150 . Ideal for use as an extra       machine or in areas where space is limited and       larger machines are not appropriate.saves time        •   Ideal for areas with limited space        •   Ergonomic design . simplifying       Electric cycles                        60 Hz                  the operation. rated                           3.5                    Has an internal chemical injector. Ideal for small and random spot       cleaning on board.          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                 • Quick couplings                                                                      • 10 m HP hose        • Tornado lance        • Spray handle 3000     138 . Comes with 3 stainless steel       Water flow                              660 l/h                piston pump. no need for external                                                                     injector. Holder for detergent container that holds 5 L                                                                     containers makes it easy to move the unit during operations.       Power. Can be used where electrical       power is limited.  CLEAN. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718585           NOZZLE 05/25DGR. BLUE 10M 671818           HEAVY DUTY HOSE.ST. BLUE 25M 718601           NOZZLE 05/0DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128           POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 662213           ROTARY BRUSH 170CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 662205           ROTARY BRUSH 80CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 665158           ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379           STAINL. MOBILE 659151           EXTENDABLE LANCE 5. COMPLETE 545335           FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343           FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036           COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896           HOSE CART. TROLLEY 659110           TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 06 NOZZLE 662155           TORNADO LANCE 10CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 662189           UNIVERSAL 3000 LANCE 05 NOZZLE 565861           RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300    Approvals CE                                                            139 .5M W/OUT NOZZLE 621938           LONG REACH LANCE 671800           HEAVY DUTY HOSE.Accessories Product number   Product name 662197           DOUBLE LANCE 200CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 621813           DRAIN CLEANER.        carry.                                                                          Ceramic pistons . resistant to             lubricant and contamination free operation.                                                                          Fully enclosed oil system – ensures stable quality of the       Chassis and frame in steel – robust unit.220 bar           HP C          CLLEANE               NERR HP                    HPCC54 200 B                               BAAR.changeable by switch        •   3 ceramic piston pump ensures smooth and            problem-free use        Benefits        •   Economic. This gives the unit a longer       Voltage                                   400 V                    life span and reduces the noise. this makes the unit easier to lift and   Brass pump – brass pump housing ensures longer lifetime.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                  Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                          HP Cleaners 150 . low noise       levels and easy servicing make this a unique       pressure washer.ensure smooth and problem free use       Inlet temperature                         60º C                                                                          and prolong the lifetime of the unit.                                                             Built in chemical injector – simplifies cleaning operations                                                                          and increases the units cleaning efficiency. unbeatable ergonomics.        Features        •   Robust unit        •   Low RPM for reduced noise and longer life span        •   Dual voltage .       shock and vibration.                                            all applications according to the task and material being       Steel lifting grips – some strategic parts of the frame are        cleaned. all purpose high pressure cleaner        •   Effectively removes dirt        •   Compact and easy to store        •   Solves smaller cleaning jobs with ease           Technical data                                                     2 sturdy wheels – the unit is stable and easy to move due                                                                          to its size of wheels.     140 .       not covered by the shell. High       performance. Induction motor ensures       Water flow                                 1030 l/h                 longer lifespan.       Electric cycles                           60 Hz                    New plunger pump – the unit is based on a new type       Pressure                                  200 bar                  pump operating at 1450 RPM. the frame protects the motor pump             Patented flow regulation – the unit can be adjusted to suit       from accidental damage. 3X                                     3X220-                                        220-380                                            380 V                                                V//50 HZ       430 662247        HPC54 high pressure cleaner is your ideal       partner for cold water cleaning on board.  F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 662213                    ROTARY BRUSH 170CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 662205                    ROTARY BRUSH 80CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 665158                    ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379                    STAINL. BLUE 10M 671818                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE. MOBILE 659151                    EXTENDABLE LANCE 5. COMPLETE 545335                    FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343                    FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036                    COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896                    HOSE CART. CLEAN. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718585                    NOZZLE 05/25DGR. TROLLEY 659110                    TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 06 NOZZLE 662155                    TORNADO LANCE 10CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 662189                    UNIVERSAL 3000 LANCE 05 NOZZLE 565861                    RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300 545640                    SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300 546044                    WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG    Approvals CE                                                                               141 . BLUE 25M 718601                    NOZZLE 05/0DGR.ST. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 662197                    DOUBLE LANCE 200CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 621813                    DRAIN CLEANER.5M W/OUT NOZZLE 621938                    LONG REACH LANCE 671800                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE.Ordering information Supplied with:                                        • Quick couplings                                                       • 10 m HP hose  • Universal 3000 lance  • Spray handle 3000    Accessories Product number            Product name 545319                    CHEM. 220 bar           HP C          CLLEANE               NERR HP                    HPCC54 200 B                               BAAR.                                                                          Ceramic pistons. Induction motor ensure       Electric cycles                       60 Hz                        longer lifespan.       carry. This gives the unit a longer       Inlet temperature                     60 ºC                        life span and reduces the noise. High       performance. the frame protects the motor pump             Patented flow regulation – the unit can be adjusted to suit       from accidental damage.changeable by switch        •   3 ceramic piston pump to ensure smooth and            problem-free use        Benefits        •   Economic all purpose high pressure cleaner        •   Effectively removes dirt        •   Compact and easy to store        •   Solves smaller cleaning jobs with ease           Technical data                                                     2 sturdy wheels – the unit is stable and easy to move due                                                                          to its size of wheels.                                                             Built in chemical injector – simplifies cleaning operations                                                                          and increases the units cleaning efficiency.                                            all applications according to the task and material being       Steel lifting grips – some strategic parts of the frame are        cleaned.     142 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                  Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                          HP Cleaners 150 . unbeatable ergonomics. 3X                                     3X220-                                        220-440                                            440 V                                                V// 60 HZ       430 662239        The HPC54 high pressure cleaner is specifically       suited to cold water cleaning on board.       not covered by the shell.       Pressure                              200 bar                      New plunger pump – the unit is based on a new type       Water flow                             1030 l/h                     pump operating at 1450 RPM. low noise       levels and easy servicing.ensure smooth and problem free use       Voltage                               440-220 V                                                                          and prolong the lifetime of the unit. this makes the unit easier to lift and   Brass pump – brass pump housing ensures longer lifetime.        Features        •   Robust unit        •   Low RPM for reduced noise and longer life span        •   Dual voltage . resistant to             lubricant and contamination free operation.       shock and vibration.                                                                          Fully enclosed oil system – ensures stable quality of the       Chassis and frame in steel – robust unit.  COMPLETE 545335                    FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343                    FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036                    COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896                    HOSE CART.Ordering information Supplied with:                                        • Quick couplings                                                       • 10 m HP hose  • Universal 3000 lance  • Spray handle 3000    Accessories Product number            Product name 545319                    CHEM. MOBILE 659151                    EXTENDABLE LANCE 5. BLUE 25M 718601                    NOZZLE 05/0DGR. BLUE 10M 671818                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128                    POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 662213                    ROTARY BRUSH 170CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 662205                    ROTARY BRUSH 80CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 665158                    ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379                    STAINL.5M W/OUT NOZZLE 621938                    LONG REACH LANCE 671800                    HEAVY DUTY HOSE.ST. TROLLEY 659110                    TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 06 NOZZLE 662155                    TORNADO LANCE 10CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 662189                    UNIVERSAL 3000 LANCE 05 NOZZLE 565861                    RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300    Approvals CE                                                                               143 . F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718585                    NOZZLE 05/25DGR. CLEAN. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 662197                    DOUBLE LANCE 200CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 621813                    DRAIN CLEANER. changeable by switch        •   3 ceramic piston pump ensures smooth and problem free use         Benefits        •   Economic all purpose high pressure cleaner        •   Effectively removes dirt        •   Compact and easy to store        •   Ideally suited to small cleaning tasks           Technical data                                                  Ceramic pistons .       Water flow                            1130 l/h                   Fully enclosed oil system – ensures contamination-free       Inlet temperature                    60 ºC                      operation and stable quality of the lubricant. unbeatable ergonomics.ensure smooth and problem free use                                                                       and prolong the lifetime of the unit. High       performance.                                                                       Brass pump & brass pump housing – ensure longer       Chassis and frame of steel – robust unit. 220-                                     220-440                                          440 V                                              V//60 HZ       430 659136        The HP62 high pressure cleaner is specifically suited to cold water cleaning on board. the frame protects the motor pump          Built in chemical injector – simplifies cleaning operations       from accidental damage.220 bar           HP C          CLLEANE               NERR HP                    HPCC62 220 B                               BAAR.       Pressure                             220 bar                    Induction motor ensures longer lifespan.       2 sturdy wheels – the unit is stable and easy to move due       to its size of wheels.       Steel lifting grips . resistant to          lifetime       shock and vibration.          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                   • Quick couplings                                                                        • 10 m HP hose        • Tornado lance        • Spray handle 3000     144 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                       HP Cleaners 150 .                                         and increases the units cleaning efficiency.make the unit easier to lift and carry.                                                                       Patented flow regulation – the unit can be adjusted to suit       Voltage                              440-220 V                                                                       all applications according to the task and material being       Electric cycles                      60 Hz                      cleaned. low noise levels and easy servicing.        Features        •   Robust unit        •   Low RPM for reduced noise and longer lifespan        •   Dual voltage . Accessories Product number   Product name 545327           CHEM. TROLLEY 545640           SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300 662163           TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 545434           DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG 682070           UNIVERSAL. BLUE 10M 671818           HEAVY DUTY HOSE.ST. COMPLETE 545335           FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343           FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036           COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896           HOSE CART. BLUE 25M 718593           NOZZLE 06/0DGR. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 546150           DOUBLE LANCE 2OOCM LONG 621821           DRAIN CLEANER. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128           POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 545277           ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG 545251           ROTARY BRUSH 80CM LONG 565853           LANCE F/VSB 300 03K 665158           ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379           STAINL. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718577           NOZZLE 06/25DGR. CLEAN.5M W/OUT NOZZLE 621938           LONG REACH LANCE 671800           HEAVY DUTY HOSE. MOBILE 659151           EXTENDABLE LANCE 5.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE 565861           RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300 546044           WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG    Approvals CE                                                            145 . 220 bar           HP C          CLLEANE               NERR HP                    HPCC66 190 B                               BAAR.         when using a suction hose from a tank.       Water flow                           1280 l/h                     Up to 85 ºC inlet water – makes it possible to handle the       Inlet temperature                   85 ºC                        most demanding cleaning tasks. The automatic stop       Induction motor ensure longer lifespan. It is highly recommended for long term       reliable use. the frame protects the motor pump           easy.                                                                        It is fitted with a brake on the front wheel.     146 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                        HP Cleaners 150 . makes lance changes       shock and vibration.changeable by switch        • High mobility and ergonomic design        • 4 ceramic piston pump – ensures longer life of the          unit        • Up to 85 ºC inlet water        Benefits        •   Effectively removes intense dirt        •   Reduces cleaning time        •   Reduces water consumption        •   Designed for intense applications over 8 hours.       Voltage                             440-220 V                                                                        Hose hook on the handle – enhanced mobility with easy       Electric cycles                     60 Hz                        storage of hose and power supply cable.        Features        • Dual voltage . every day           Technical data                                                   High pressure and high water volume – efficient and                                                                        quick cleaning.       from accidental damage. ideal for cleaning grease                                                                        and oil residue.         automatic or a manual start stop. The machine is designed for       continuous use and running comfortably due to       its 4 ceramic piston pump and pump at 1750       RPM.                                                                        Lance holder – two built in holders protect the lances from       Chassis and frame in steel – robust unit. the manual option is ideal       designed for intense applications over 8 hour every day.                          setting will turn the pump off after 20 seconds of inactivity. resistant to           damage when in transport or storage. optimal solution for incrusted dirt and scale       Pressure                            190                          combined with high flushing effect for loose water.                                          3 step start/stop – possibility of using the unit with an       4 ceramic piston pump – ensures longer life of the unit. 3X                                     3X220-                                        220-440                                            440 V                                                V//60 HZ       430 652586        The Unitor HPC66 is a heavy duty high pressure       cleaner designed for martime use and is ideally       suited to the toughest general cleaning tasks       onboard.  CLEAN. TROLLEY 545640                   SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300 662163                   TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 545434                   DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG 682070                   UNIVERSAL. BLUE 25M 718593                   NOZZLE 06/0DGR.Ordering information Supplied with:                                        • 8 m electric cable (without socket).ST.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE 565861                   RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300 546044                   WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG    Approvals CE                                                                                                                       147 . BLUE 10M 671818                   HEAVY DUTY HOSE.  •   10 m HP hose    Accessories Product number           Product name 545327                   CHEM.   •   Tornado lance                                   The water inlet quick coupling with a 3/4" hose socket is  •   Spray handle 3000                               supplied. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 671792                   HEAVY DUTY DECK HOSE 25M 546150                   DOUBLE LANCE 2OOCM LONG 621821                   DRAIN CLEANER. MOBILE 659151                   EXTENDABLE LANCE 5. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128                   POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 545277                   ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG 545251                   ROTARY BRUSH 80CM LONG 658237                   SAND FILTER COMPLETE FOR HPC66 565853                   LANCE F/VSB 300 03K 665158                   ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379                   STAINL. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718577                   NOZZLE 06/25DGR.5M W/OUT NOZZLE 621938                   LONG REACH LANCE 671800                   HEAVY DUTY HOSE. COMPLETE 545335                   FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343                   FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776                   HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792                   HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784                   HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036                   COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896                   HOSE CART. hence the only thing not included to operate the  •   Quick coupling                                  machine is the 3/4" inlet hose.         •   10 m HP hose          Approvals       CE     148 .        Features        • Low RPM        • High mobility and ergonomic design        • 4 ceramic piston pump – ensures longer life of the          unit        • Up to 85 ºC inlet water          Technical data                                          Benefits        Pressure                           190 bar               •   Effectively removes intense dirt       Inlet temperature                  85 ºC                 •   Reduces cleaning time       Water flow                          1280 l/h              •   Reduces water consumption                                                                •   Designed for intense applications over 8 hours. hence the only thing not included to operate the        •   Quick coupling                                     machine is the 3/4" inlet hose. every       Voltage                            400-220 V                 day       Electric cycles                    50 Hz          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                           • 8 m electric cable (without socket)         •   Tornado lance                                      The water inlet quick coupling with a 3/4" hose socket is        •   Spray handle 3000                                  supplied. The machine is designed for       continuous use and runs comfortably due to its       4 ceramic piston pump and pump at 1450       RPM.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                       Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                               HP Cleaners 150 .220 bar           HP C          CLLEANE               NERR HP                    HPCC66 190 B                               BAAR. Highly recommended for long time       reliable use. 3X                                     3X220-                                        220-380                                            380 V                                                V//50 HZ       430 652594        The Unitor HPC66 is a heavy duty high pressure       cleaner designed for martime use and is ideally       suited to the toughest general cleaning tasks       onboard. 220     DECK HO      HOSSE L            LO             OW F                FRRIC                   ICTTIO                       IONN 25 M 436 671792   Features  • The hose is tailor-made to reduce friction on the    hose by drag and wear  Benefits  • With the low friction hose your hoses will last longer    due to less drag and wear     Fits all models from HPC 30 until HPC 66 (not air driven).MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                              Spares/Accessories .Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .                                                                                                                          149 . 256 kg/m                intermittently          Approvals       Exceeds EN 857 1SC . Not                                                                  suitable for Airdriven or HPC Extreme.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                          Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                  Spares/Accessories . resistant to       Min BP                           625 bar                                                                  oils.220           HE       HEAAVY D              DUUTY HO                    HOSSE 10 M       436 586776         Benefits        • The hose is flexible and therefore easy for you to use          when cleaning           Technical data                                             Fits all high pressure cleaners from HPC 30 to HPC 66.5                                                                  uniform thickness       OD mm                            15.       ID in                            3/8                                                                  Internal hose: Synthetic rubber. of       ID mm                            9. extruded whole joints. fuels and atmospheric condtions       Min BR                           90 mm                                                                  Operating temperature range: from +5°C to 135°C / 155°       Weight (approx)                  0.ISO 7751     150 .6                                                                  Reinforcement: 1 high tensile steel wire braids       Max WP                           250 bar                                                                  External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .  Not                                                        suitable for Airdriven or HPC Extreme.6                                                        Reinforcement: 1 high tensile steel wire braids Max WP                          250 bar                                                        External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber.ISO 7751                                                                                                                              151 . resistant to Min BP                          625 bar                                                        oils.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                      Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                        Spares/Accessories . ID in                           3/8                                                        Internal hose: Synthetic rubber.220     HE HEAAVY D        DUUTY HO              HOSSE 15 M 436 586792   Benefits  • The hose is flexible and easy to use when cleaning     Technical data                                         Fits all high pressure cleaners from HPC 30 to HPC 66. of ID mm                           9. fuels and atmospheric condtions Min BR                          90 mm                                                        Operating temperature range: from +5 °C to 135 °C / 155° Weight (approx)                 0.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 . extruded whole joints.256 kg/m             intermittently    Approvals Exceeds EN 857 1SC .5                                                        uniform thickness OD mm                           15. ISO 7751     152 .5                                                              uniform thickness       OD mm                           15. resistant to       Min BP                          625 bar                                                              oils. of       ID mm                           9.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                      Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                              Spares/Accessories . fuels and atmospheric condtions       Min BR                          90 mm                                                              Operating temperature range: from +5°C to 135°C / 155°       Weight (approx)                 0.256 kg/m             intermittently          Approvals       Exceed EN 857 1SC . extruded whole joints.220           HE       HEAAVY D              DUUTY HO                    HOSSE 25 M       436 586784        The 25 m heavy duty hose is a high pressure       hose suitable for all Unitor high pressure       cleaners between 150 and 220 bar.       ID in                           3/8                                                              Internal hose: Synthetic rubber. Not                                                              suitable for Airdriven or HPC Extreme.        Benefits        • The hose is flexible and easy to use when cleaning           Technical data                                         Fits all high pressure cleaners from HPC 30 to HPC 66.6                                                              Reinforcement: 1 high tensile steel wire braids       Max WP                          250 bar                                                              External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .  resistant to Max WP                             250 bar                                                      oils. of ID in                              3/8               uniform thickness ID mm                              9. The hose does not leave any blackening on deck. pool areas or galleys where a spotless surface is essential.6                                                      External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber.256 kg/m    Approvals Exceeds EN 857 1SC .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                    Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                      Spares/Accessories .5                                                      Reinforcement: 1 high tensile steel wire braids OD mm                              15.ISO 7751                                                                                                                            153 .220     NO NONNB     BLLACKENING HO                 HOSSE 10 M 436 671800  The non-blackening hose is suitable for working pressure up to 250 bar. ferries. DN 10.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .                                                      Internal hose: Synthetic rubber. Not Technical data                                       suitable for Airdriven or HPC Extreme. extruded whole joints. fuels and atmospheric condtions Min BP                             625 bar                                                      Operating temperature range: from +5 °C to 135 °C / 155° Min BR                             90 mm             intermittently Weight (approx)                    0. Ideal for cruise ships. 3/8".  Features  •      Max 155 °C  •      Max working pressure 250 bar  •      Burst pressure 650 bar  •      Non-blackening  Benefits  • Ideal for hot (up to 155 °C) and cold water  • Ideal for working pressure up to 250 bar  • No blackening of surfaces from hose                                                         Fits all high pressure cleaners from HPC 30 to HPC 66.  extruded whole joints.                                                                    Fits all high pressure cleaners from HPC 30 to HPC 66.ISO 7751     154 . pool areas or galleys where       a spotless surface is essential. resistant to       Min BR                             90 mm                     oils.      NO       NONNB           BLLACKENING HO                       HOSSE 25 M       436 671818        The non-blackening hose is suitable for working       pressure up to 250 bar.256 kg/m                                                                    Operating temperature range: from +5 °C to 135 °C / 155°                                                                    intermittently          Approvals       Exceed EN 857 1SC . of       OD mm                              15. Not       ID in                              3/8                       suitable for Airdriven or HPC Extreme.6                      uniform thickness       Max WP                             250 bar                                                                    Reinforcement: 1 high tensile steel wire braids       Min BP                             625 bar                                                                    External covering: Anti-abrasive synthetic rubber. 3/8". The hose       does not leave any blackening on deck.        Features        •      Max 155 °C        •      Max working pressure 250 bar        •      Burst pressure 650 bar        •      Non-blackening        Benefits        • No blackening of your surfaces from the hose        • Ideal for hot (up to 155 °C) and cold water        • The hose is flexible and therefore easy for you to use when cleaning                                                                       Fits all high pressure cleaners from HPC 30 to HPC 66.5                                                                    Internal hose: Synthetic rubber. fuels and atmospheric condtions       Weight (approx)                    0. DN 10. Not       Technical data                                               suitable for Airdriven or HPC Extreme. Ideal for       cruise ships.       ID mm                              9. ferries.  Can be connected to HPC 66. HPC 62. Chemical injector is connected to the pressure side of the machine. Uno and Duo Booster and Solar Booster.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 . Equiped with knob to regulate dosing.200 cm     Technical data                                              The accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.     DOUBLE L        LAANC           NCEE 200 C                    CMM 436 546150  Double lance . Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.220     CHE  HEMIC     MICA        AL INJ           INJEECTOR 436 545319  The chemical injector is ideal for applying and dosing cleaning chemicals. Length:                  2000 mm Width:                   100 mm Height:                  100 mm Weight:                  5 kg                                                                                                                                 155 .     Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                             Spares/Accessories .                                                             Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.        Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .           FOAM INJ            INJEECTOR       436 545335        Foam injector in galvanized steel. Use the model number to       identify the correct accessories. 30 cm       extension hose with ergo coupling. The foam       injector is connected to the pressure side of the       machine.     156 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                       Spares/Accessories .220           DRAIN C             CLLEANE                  NERRC                      COOMP                         MPLLETE K                                 KIT                                   IT W                                      WIT                                        ITH                                          H 20 M HO                                                 HOSSE       436 621813        For internal cleaning of blocked pipes.        Features        • Creates rich foam        • Regulator for chemical dosing        Benefits        • Allows foam to stick to vertical surfaces more easily        • Allows the operator to idenitfy areas where chemicals have been applied          The accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.       The accessories are tailor-made to suit the       individual pumps.       Connects directly to spray handle by quick       coupling (included).  Equipped with handle for improved ergonomic use.                                                             Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                             Spares/Accessories . Length:                            50 mm Diameter:                          50 mm                                                                                                                                 157 .  Features  • Ergonomic  • Creates rich foam  Benefits  • Enables foam to stick easily to vertical surfaces  • Allows the operator to easily identify where chemicals    have been applied    Technical data                                              These accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual                                                             pumps. Use the model number to identify the correct Length:                  1200 mm                            accessories. Width:                   200 mm Height:                  70 mm Weight:                  3 kg     HO HOSSE Q       QUUIC          ICKKC              COOUPLING S                        SEET 436 546036     Technical data                                              The accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.220     FOAM L      LAANC         NCEE 436 545343  The foam lance creates rich foam.                               5.55M       436 659151        The Unitor 5.5 m lance has been developed in       order to enable chemical application above the       normal reach of any standard pump.           The lance has 3 telescopic tubes which.     158 .       Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.              and the smallest 2:1 chemical pumps as well as the high       slide out to a full length of 5.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                   Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                           Spares/Accessories .Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 . HPC 62. Nozze for use with Unitor HPC 66. HPCH 53 and       stationary systems.5 m. Inside the sliding tubes the   pressure cleaners.220           HP E          EXXTEND               NDA                 ABLE L                      LAANC                         NCEE 5. 25 for high volume or 0 for          Pump > Hose quick connector M & F > Heavy duty hose >       spot cleaning.     Typical set up       The quick connector enables rapid changing of the nozzle       according to the task at hand.         The accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps. when extended.       fluid is transported using a 3/8" hose which starts at the       trigger and exits at the end of the lance in a quick connector. The lance can be used with both the 10:1             Hose quick connector F & M > 5.5 m lance > 25 nozzle           NO       NOZ         ZZLE 06              06/25                 /25 F                     FOOR E                          EXXTEND                               NDA                                 ABLE L                                      LAANC                                         NCEE       436 718577        Nozzle 06/25 for extendable lance.      ROTARY B        BRRUSH 80 C                  CMM 436 545251     Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.220     STAINL    INLEESS S            STTEEL C                   CLLEANING T                             TRROLLEY 436 577379     The unit is supplied with injectorand hose reel (no hose.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                             Spares/Accessories .Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 . Use the model number to identify the correct accessories. lance or 25 L containers).                                                                                                                         159 .      160 .220           ROTARY B              BRRUSH 17                     170                       0CCM                          M       436 545277           Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.       Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.           SPRAY HA             HAND                NDL                  LE 3000       436 665158           Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.       Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                   Spares/Accessories . MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                Spares/Accessories . Height:                     100 mm                                                                Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.220     TORNA    NADDO S          SHO            HOR              RT L                 LAANC                    NCEE 10 C                            CMM 436 545434  The tornado short lance is speciifcally suited to cleaning in areas where space is limited.   Accessories are tailor-made tosuit the individual pumps. Weight:                     1 kg     TORNA    NADDO NO          NORRMA              MALLL                  LAANC                     NCEE9                         922C                            CMM 436 636159  For use with Unitor HPC 30.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .     Technical data                                                 Benefits  Length:                     100 mm                              • Enables cleaning in narrow areas with limited space Width:                      100 mm                                                                Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.                                                                                                                                161 . Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.          Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.     162 .Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .                                                                   Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.       Length:                  1000 mm       Width:                   100 mm       Height:                  100 mm       Weight:                  4 kg           TORNA          NADDO NO                NORRMA                    MALLL                        LAANC                           NCEE 104 C                                    CMM       436 662163        For use with Unitor HPC 54.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                   Spares/Accessories .       Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.220           POWERSPEED L                  LAANC                     NCEE       436 659128           Technical data                                              Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.  HPC 62.   Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.     NO NOZ   ZZLE 05        05//0 D              DEEGREE F                      FOOR E                           EXXTEND                                NDA                                  ABLE L                                       LAANC                                          NCEE 436 718601  For use with HPC 54.   Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps. Use the model number to identify the correct accessories. Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.   Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.                                                                                                                         163 . Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.     NO NOZ   ZZLE 06        06//0 D              DEEGREE F                      FOOR E                           EXXTAND                                NDA                                  ABLE L                                       LAANC                                          NCEE 436 718593  For use with Unitor HPC 66.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .220     NO NOZ   ZZLE 05        05/25           /25 D               DEEGREE F                       FOOR E                            EXXTEND                                 NDA                                   ABLE L                                        LAANC                                           NCEE 436 718585  Nozzle for use with Unitor HPC 54.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                             Spares/Accessories . HPCH 53 and stationary systems.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                   Spares/Accessories .       Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.       Length:                  2350 mm       Width:                   500 mm       Height:                  200 mm       Weight:                  6 kg     164 .           WASHING B               BRRUSH 23                      2355C                          CMM       436 546044           Technical data                                              Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.                                                                   Use the model number to identify the correct accessories.220           UNIV        NIVEERSAL 3000 L                       LAANC                          NCEE       436 662189        For use with Unitor HPC 54           Accessories are tailor-made to suit the individual pumps.Cold Water HP Cleaners 150 .   Features  •   Chassis and frame in steel  •   Broad large rubber wheels and brakes on rear wheel  •   4 ceramic piston pump unit runs on 1450 RPM  •   Eco power – boiler system designed to be clean and fuel efficient -compliant with EN303-2 directive  •   Built-in detergent tank and an internal injector  •   Information and control panel – all functions and service information displayed  Benefits  •   Mobile and robust unit. 200 B                                BAAR 60 HZ 430 665174  The Unitor HPCH53 is a high-pressure cleaner with electric motor and diesel burner to deliver constant hot water. resistant to shock and vibration  •   Easy and quick to service  •   Longer lifespan and lower noise emission  •   Reduction in cleaning time and use of chemicals  •   Reduced emissions  •   Easy to transport and operate     Technical data  Pressure                             200 bar Water flow                            1080 l/h Inlet temperature                    40 ºC Voltage                              440-220 V Electric cycles                      60 Hz    Ordering information Supplied with:                                                   • Quick couplings                                                                  • 10 m H..P. Cleaning with hot water can reduce both chemical consumption and cleaning time significantly.hose  • Tornado lance  • Spray handle 3000                                                                                                               165 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                 Hot Water HP Cleaners     HP C    CLLEANE         NERR HP              HPCCH5                  H533 HW                       HW.  BLUE 25M       718593           NOZZLE 06/0DGR.5M W/OUT NOZZLE       621938           LONG REACH LANCE       671800           HEAVY DUTY HOSE.      Accessories       Product number   Product name       545327           CHEM. CLEAN. BLUE 10M       671818           HEAVY DUTY HOSE.ST. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE       718577           NOZZLE 06/25DGR. INJECTOR DETACHABLE       546150           DOUBLE LANCE 2OOCM LONG       621821           DRAIN CLEANER. MOBILE       659151           EXTENDABLE LANCE 5.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE       565861           RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300       546044           WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG     166 . TROLLEY       545640           SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300       662163           TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE       545434           DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG       682070           UNIVERSAL. COMPLETE       545335           FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE       545343           FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG       586776           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR       586792           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR       586784           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR       621896           HOSE CART. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE       659128           POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE       545277           ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG       545251           ROTARY BRUSH 80CM LONG       565853           LANCE F/VSB 300 03K       665158           ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN       577379           STAINL. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS       Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                         Spares & Accessories for Hot HP Cleaners     ROTARY B        BRRUSH 80 C                  CMM 436 545251     REPAIR K        KIT          IT S             SAAFETY V                     VA                      ALVE HP                           HPCCH5                               H53&                                  3&S                                    SOLAR 436 709931     REPAIR K        KIT          IT B             BY              YPASS V                    VA                     ALVE F                          FOOR HP                               HPCCH5                                   H533 436 709949                                                                        167 .  Heavy duty steel frame       protects the unit and enables lifting with a       crane.          Accessories       Product number                   Product name       721365                           EXTREME HIGH PRESSURE HOSE 10M       721381                           EXTREME HIGH PRESSURE HOSE 25M       721183                           POWERSPEED ROTARY NZZL EXTREME 330       721167                           SANDBLASTING EXTREME PACK 330 .500 bar           HP C          CLLEANE               NERR HP                    HPCCE330 310 B                                 BAAR.KIT SEALS FOR HPC EXTREME 330       729228                           REP. Low RPM motor and heavy duty unit       constructed for the toughest cleaning and       surface application.KIT VALVES FOR HPC EXTREME 330          Approvals       CE     168 . spray handle       and lance.5           Ordering information       Supplied with: Sand filter. 1O meter HP hose. Ideal for the toughest jobs       on board. 3X                                       3X440                                          440/60                                             /60 HZ       437 720987        Extreme high pressure – removes dirt and rust       quickly and efficiently.405       729229                           REP.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                   HP Cleaners 300 .        Features        • Four wheels with break – the units can be moved          with ease and can be stored safely        • Built-in inlet filter – protects the pump from damage        • Well proven pump – the pump design is based on years of experience and development          Technical data                                              Benefits        Pressure                             310 bar                  • Long lifetime and reliable operation       Water flow                            1320 l/h                 • Versatile – the units can be used for paint and scale       Inlet temperature                    60 ºC                      removal as well as day to day cleaning task                                                                     • Efficient – with the sandblasting nozzle the unit can       Voltage                              440 V                                                                       prepare up to 10 m2/h of surface for painting Surface       Electric cycles                      60 Hz                      quality of SA 2. KIT FOR POWERSPEED FOR HPCE 405    Approvals CE                                                                                                                             169 . Heavy duty steel frame protects the unit and enables lifting with cranes. Low RPM motor and heavy duty unit constructed for the toughest cleaning and surface application.405 729233                            REP KIT VALVES FOR HPC EXTREME 405 728923                            REP. 3X                                 3X440                                    440 V                                        V//60 HZ 437 721001  Extreme high pressure – removes dirt and rust fast and efficiently. 10 meter HP hose. Ideal for toughest jobs on board.HP C    CLLEANE         NERR HP              HPCCE405 385 B                           BAAR.    Accessories Product number                    Product name 721365                            EXTREME HIGH PRESSURE HOSE 10M 721381                            EXTREME HIGH PRESSURE HOSE 25M 721191                            POWERSPEED ROTARY NZZL EXTREME 405 721167                            SANDBLASTING EXTREME PACK 330 .5     Ordering information Supplied with: Sand filter. spray handle and lance.  Features  • Four wheels with brake– the units can be moved with    ease and can be stored safely  • Built-in inlet filter – protects the pump from damage  • Well proven pump – the pump design is based on    years of experience and development    Technical data                                               Benefits  Working pressure                      405 bar                 • Long lifetime and reliable operation Water flow                             1320 l/h                • Versatile – the units can be used for paint and scale Inlet temperature                     60 ºC                     removal as well as day to day cleaning task                                                               • Efficient – with the sandblasting nozzle the unit can Voltage                               440 V                                                                 prepare up to 10 m2/h of surface for painting Surface Electric cycles                       60 Hz                     quality of SA 2. KIT FOR POWERSPEED FOR HPCE 520          Approvals       CE     170 .        Features        • Four wheels with brake – the units can be moved          with ease and can be stored safely        • Built-in inlet filter – protects the pump from damage        • Well proven pump – the pump design is based on years of experience and development          Technical data                                               Benefits        Working pressure                      500 bar                 • Long lifetime and reliable operation       Water flow                             1020 l/h                • Versatile – the units can be used for paint and scale       Inlet temperature                     60 ºC                     removal as well as day to day cleaning task                                                                     • Efficient – with the sandblasting nozzle the unit can       Voltage                               440 V                                                                       prepare up to 10 m2/h of surface for painting Surface       Electric Cycles                       60 Hz                     quality of SA 2. spray handle       and lance. Heavy duty steel frame       protects the unit and enables lifting with a       crane.5           Ordering information       Supplied with: Sand filter. Low RPM motor and heavy duty unit       constructed for the thougest cleaning and       surface application. 10 meter HP hose.      HP C          CLLEANE               NERR HP                    HPCCE520 500 B                                 BAAR.          Accessories       Product number                    Product name       721365                            EXTREME HIGH PRESSURE HOSE 10M       721381                            EXTREME HIGH PRESSURE HOSE 25M       721209                            POWERSPEED ROTARY NZZL EXTREME 520       721175                            SANDBLASTING EXTREME PACK 520       729239                            REP.KIT SEALS FOR HPC EXTREME 520       728915                            REP. Ideal for thougest jobs on       board. 3X                                       3X440                                          440 V                                              V//60 HZ       437 721035        Extreme high pressure – removes dirt and rust       quickly and efficiently.  3X 3X440V    440V/60        /60 HZ 437 721068  The HPCE 520 High Flow is a power back and a heavy duty high pressure cleaner.    Accessories Product number                       Product name 721365                               EXTREME HIGH PRESSURE HOSE 10M 721381                               EXTREME HIGH PRESSURE HOSE 25M    Approvals CE                                                                                                                            171 . Heavy duty steel frame protects the unit and enables lifting with a crane.  Features  • Four wheels with brake – the units can be moved with ease and can be stored safely  • Built-in inlet filter – protects the pump from damage  • Well proven pump – the pump design is based on years of experience and development    Technical data                                              Benefits  Pressure                              500 bar                • Long lifetime and reliable operation Water flow                             1620 l/h               • Versatile – the units can be used for paint and scale Inlet temperature                     50 ºC                    removal as well as day to day cleaning task                                                              • Efficient – with the sandblasting nozzle the unit can Voltage                               440 V                                                                prepare up to 10 m2/h of surface for painting Surface Electric cycles                       60 Hz                    quality of SA 2. Ideal for thougest jobs on board.5     Ordering information Supplied with: Sand filter. It removes dirt and rust quickly and efficiently. 10 meter HP hose. spray handle and lance.HP CCL      LEANE         NERR HP              HPCCE520 HIG                       HIGHHF                            FLLOW 500 B                                      BAAR. Low RPM motor and heavy duty unit constructed for the thougest cleaning and surface application. 5 m3/min                      some of the most advanced air-driven units on the market. speeding up the          cleaning process        • Simple and robust air motor for easy maintenance          and long operating lifeboosters           Technical data                                                    Benefits        Pressure                    220 bar                                 • Durable and long lasting       Water flow                   1140 l/h                                • Can be used in explosive area       Ratio                       25:1                                                                         Unitor's series of air-driven high-pressure cleaners includes       Air Consumption             2.3 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                         Air Driven HP Cleaners           HP       HPCCA           AIR             IRC               CLEAN 25       434 734087         Features        • Supplied ready for use including lubricator. spray handle.5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32       722223                                 LANCE 2. air lubricator and exhaust air muffler.5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32          Approvals       CE.T       729178                                 HOSE 15M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32       729194                                 HOSE 25M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32       721945                                 LANCE 1.          Accessories       Product number                         Product name       191965                                 600 UPF PLUG 3/4'' FEMALE BSP. EX GD     172 .          Ordering information       Supplied with: 10 meter hose. single lance       including nozzle.       Hose length                 10 m                                  The machines are developed in cooperation with shipping                                                                         and offshore customers. They are reliable and can withstand                                                                         the rigorous demands of the marine environment.          handle and lance        • Light-weight and easy to set up – can be moved with          ease        • Can be used with hot water.4. hose.  speeding up the    cleaning process  • Simple and robust air motor for easy maintenance    and long operating lifeboosters     Technical data                                                      Benefits  Water pressure (at 8 bar air pressure)       256 bar                  • Durable and long lasting Water flow                                    1440 l/h                 • Can be used in explosive areas Air consumption                              3.    handle and lance  • Light-weight and easy to set up – can be moved with    ease  • Can be used with hot water. single lance including nozzle.5 m3/min                                                                     Unitor's series of air-driven high-pressure cleaners include Ratio                                        32:1                   some of the most advanced air-driven units on the market.5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32 722223                                   LANCE 2.    Accessories Product number                           Product name 191965                                   600 UPF PLUG 3/4'' FEMALE BSP. hose.    Ordering information Supplied with: 10 meter hose. Hose length                                  10 m                   The machines are developed in cooperation with shipping                                                                     and offshore customers.7. air lubricator and exhaust air muffler.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                   Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                     Air Driven HP Cleaners     HP HPCCA     AIR       IRC         CLEAN 32 434 734095   Features  • Supplied ready for use including lubricator. They are reliable and can withstand                                                                     the rigorous demands of the marine environment.1 .5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32    Approvals CE. EX GD                                                                                                                                        173 .T 729178                                   HOSE 15M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32 729194                                   HOSE 25M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32 721945                                   LANCE 1. spray handle.           handle and lance        • Light-weight and easy to set up and move        • Can be used with hot water. single lance       including nozzle. speeding up the          cleaning process        • Simple and robust air motor for easy maintenance          and long operating lifeboosters           Technical data                                                  Benefits        Water pressure                384 bar                             • Durable and long lasting       Air flow                       540 m3/h                            • Can be used in explosive area       Water flow                     1140 l/h                                                                       Unitor's series of air-driven high-pressure cleaners includes       Air consumption               3.5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48          Approvals       CE.5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48       722215                                   LANCE 2.          Accessories       Product number                           Product name       191965                                   600 UPF PLUG 3/4'' FEMALE BSP. spray handle.       Ratio                         48:1                              The machines are developed in cooperation with shipping                                                                       and offshore customers.T       729186                                   HOSE 15M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48       729202                                   HOSE 25M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48       722231                                   LANCE 1.8 .          Ordering information       Supplied with: 10 meter hose. hose. They are reliable and can withstand                                                                       the rigorous demands on the marine environment.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                                       Air Driven HP Cleaners           HP       HPCCA           AIR             IRC               CLEAN 48       434 734103         Features        • Supplied ready for use including lubricator. air lubricator and exhaust air muffler. EX GD     174 .9 m3/min                    some of the most advanced air-driven units on the market. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS      Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                        Spares & Accessories for HP Cleaners 300 . HP                          HPCCE330 436 721183     SAND   NDBBLASTING P               PA                ACK..500 bar     POWERSPEED A            AT             TTACHME                 HMENT                     NT. HP                     HPCCE330 A                              AND                                ND 405 436 721167                                                                                 175 .  HP                           HPCCE520       436 721175     176 .500 bar           POWERSPEED A                  AT                   TTACHME                       HMENT                           NT. HP                                HPCCE520       436 721209           SAND         NDBBLASTING P                     PA                      ACK.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS     Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                             Spares & Accessories for HP Cleaners 300 .. 418 kg/m    Approvals Exceeds EN 857 1SC . fuels and atmospheric conditions Max WP                           500 bar                                                     Can be used with HPCE 330. resistant to                                                     oils.5 OD mm                            17. fabricated in polypropylene.ISO 7751                                                                                                                           177 . 405 and 520. Min BP                           1250 bar Min BR                           90 mm Weight (approx)                  0. these reliably protect the high pressure unit against penetration of polluted water. Bag contains 10 filters.4               External covering: anti-abrasive synthetic rubber. of uniform thickness ID in                            3/8                                                     Reinforcement: 2 high tensile steel wire braids ID mm                            9.500 bar     WATER F       FIL         ILT           TER INS               INSEERT E                       EXXTREME 436 721142  Water filter replacement for models HPCE 330. 405. With micro filter cartridges 50 μ. Filter should always be used when operating the machine.  Features  • From + 5° to + 135° / 155 °C intermittently  • Maximum working pressure 500 bar     Technical data                                      Internal hose: synthetic rubber. extruded whole without                                                     joints.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                   Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                     Spares & Accessories for HP Cleaners 300 .10 M 436 721365  The extreme hose is suitable for the extreme high pressure range.     EXTREME HIG         HIGHHP              PRRESSURE HO                        HOSSE .  extruded whole without                                                        joints. resistant to                                                        oils.ISO 7751     178 .25 M       436 721381        The extreme hose is suitable for the extreme       high pressure range.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                        Spares & Accessories for HP Cleaners 300 .418 kg/m          Approvals       Exceeds EN 857 1SC .4       Max WP                           500 bar         External covering: anti-abrasive synthetic rubber. Suitable for working       pressure up to 500 bar. of uniform thickness       ID mm                            9.5                                                        Reinforcement: 2 high tensile steel wire braids       OD mm                            17.        Features        • From + 5° to + 135° / 155 °C intermittently        • Maximum working pressure 500 bar           Technical data        ID in                            3/8             Internal hose: synthetic rubber. fuels and atmospheric conditions       Min BP                           1250 bar                                                        Can be used with HPCE 330.500 bar           EXTREME HIG               HIGHHP                    PRRESSURE HO                              HOSSE . 405 and 520.       Min BR                           90 mm       Weight (approx)                  0. 5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32 722215                 LANCE 2. HP                       HPCCA                           AIR                             IRC                               CLEAN     Ordering information Product number          Product name 729178                  HOSE 15M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32 729186                  HOSE 15M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48 729194                  HOSE 25M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32 729202                  HOSE 25M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48                                                                                                        179 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                Mobile High Pressure Cleaners                                                  Spares & Accessories for Air Driven HP Cleaners     SING  INGLLE L         LAANC            NCEE HP                 HPCCA                     AIR                       IRC                         CLEAN     Ordering information Product number         Product name 721945                 LANCE 1.5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 25 & 32 722231                 LANCE 1.5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48 722223                 LANCE 2.5M FOR HPC AIRCLEAN 48     HIG HIGHHP      PRRESSURE HO                HOSSE.  frost protection.     180 .extended                                                                     electronics allowing the use of factory mounted options such       Voltage                         440 V                                                                     as remote control. with       Water flow                       1200-2400 l/h                 reduced risk of corrosion. one single user can obtain the output of both pumps for heavy flushing and rinsing          applications           Benefits        •   2 pump system (Duo Booster) with electronic control – enables selection of one or two users simultaneously        •   Stainless steel design for added hygiene and protection against corrosion        •   High level of serviceability        •   Built-in water tank – ensures trouble-free water supply           Technical data                                                The Unitor Duo Booster is a 2-pump model for heavy                                                                     cleaning applications with 1 or 2 users at same time. coin boxes.       Twin pump stationary cold water unit for medium and heavy       cleaning applications in maritime use.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Stationary High Pressure Systems                                                                     Stationary Cold Water Cleaners           DUO B           BOOOSTER 3X                    3X440                       440 V 60 HZ 160 B                                       BAAR       435 597146        Twin pump stationary cold water pressure washers for use by up to two users simultaneously.           Features        • Small and compact – easily to fix to the bulkhead or deck        • Inlet water temp 70 °C – ideal for use with pre-heated water in order to obtain an increased cleaning effect        • 4 ceramic piston pump – long life pumps for intense applications over 8 hours per day        • Lowered pressure output – the pump pressure has been reduced to 160 bar in order to lower the service          requirements and wear and tear        • With the right equipment. The Unitor Duo Booster can on       Inlet temperature               70 ºC                         special request be equipped with a PCB . The       Pressure                        160 bar                       stainless steel design ensures that hygiene is optimal. The Unitor       Electric cycles                 60 Hz                         Duo Booster can thus be adapted to most customer specific                                                                     requirements.  W/INJECTOR 662163           TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 545434           DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG 682070           UNIVERSAL.ST. BLUE 10M 671818           HEAVY DUTY HOSE. BLUE 25M 718593           NOZZLE 06/0DGR. CLEAN. MOBILE 659151           EXTENDABLE LANCE 5. TROLLEY 545640           SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300 623595           TAKE OFF VALVE 623603           TAKE OFF VALVE 556696           TAKE OFF VALVE B CMPL. COMPLETE 545335           FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343           FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036           COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896           HOSE CART.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE 565861           RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300 546044           WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG                                                            181 .Accessories Product number   Product name 545327           CHEM. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718577           NOZZLE 06/25DGR.. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128           POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 545277           ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG 545251           ROTARY BRUSH 80CM LONG 565853           LANCE F/VSB 300 03K 618355           SIGN OUTLET POINT 665158           ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379           STAINL. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 671792           HEAVY DUTY DECK HOSE 25M 546150           DOUBLE LANCE 2OOCM LONG 621821           DRAIN CLEANER.5M W/OUT NOZZLE 565960           INLET FILTER F/1-3 PUMPS 621938           LONG REACH LANCE 671800           HEAVY DUTY HOSE.  As water                                                                       requirement drops.pump. The control system will maintain the selected            temperature        •   Compact design with door opening both left and right – the Delta Booster is easy to transport.          Features        •   3 pump system. Further pumps may       be added at any time if the cleaning needs increases. The       pumps is done by rotation to avoid excessive wear on any       unit revolves between different pumps. Starting of       Operating pressure 160 bar. Waterflow 1040 . allowing up to three simultaneous uses        •   4 ceramic piston pumps with 1750 RPM motors – long life pumps for intense applications        •   Electronic pump control system – flow control system will detect amount of water required automatically        •   Different line pressures available – the Delta Booster is configured standard to 160 bar. 2 users .       up one pump per user. If service is required.2 pumps     182 . one                                                                       pump can be taken out. leaving 2 pumps operational for       Pressure                         160 bar                        cleaning. pumps will be stopped. install and service        •   High level of serviceability – the pumps and motors are quickly and easily removed and the unit will continue to            function even with one or more pumps removed        •   Oil changes are easy – reduces the down time of the system           Benefits        •   Multiple users . Flow system starts       one pump. Electronic pump control system – control system       Water flow                        1040-3120 l/h                  will detect the amount of water required by the relevant       Voltage                          440 V                          number of uses based upon flow and start the correct                                                                       number of pumps automatically. Flexible system gives possibility of combining       several Delta Boosters – allowing for multiple simultaneous users on a single line. but can be supplied with line            pressure down to 80 bar which gives the vessel a tailor made system that suits the needs on board        •   Inlet water capacity to 80 ºC – the unit is equipped with a hot and a cold water tank and temp control system. Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet ensure       that both pumps and electronics are well protected. The            double tanks allow storage of both cold and pre-heated water.3120 l/h.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Stationary High Pressure Systems                                                                       Stationary Cold Water Cleaners           DELTA B             BOOOSTER-3 3X                        3X440                           440/60                              /60       435 613803        Three pump stationary system allowing up to 3 operators to clean simultaneously. pumps will be stopped. As water requirement       Electric cycles                  60 Hz                                                                       drops. 1 user .only hose must be connected to outlet        •   Low service requirements and low wear and tear           Technical data                                                  and finally 3 pumps for 3 users.can be extended        •   Ergonomic cleaning .reduces cleaning time        •   Flexible system . Starting of pumps is done by       Inlet temperature                85 ºC                          rotation to avoid excessive wear on any one pump.  W/INJECTOR 662163           TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 545434           DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG 682070           UNIVERSAL.. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128           POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 545277           ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG 545251           ROTARY BRUSH 80CM LONG 565853           LANCE F/VSB 300 03K 618355           SIGN OUTLET POINT 665158           ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379           STAINL. TROLLEY 545640           SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300 623595           TAKE OFF VALVE 623603           TAKE OFF VALVE 556696           TAKE OFF VALVE B CMPL. MOBILE 659151           EXTENDABLE LANCE 5. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718577           NOZZLE 06/25DGR.Accessories Product number   Product name 545327           CHEM. COMPLETE 545335           FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343           FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036           COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896           HOSE CART. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 671792           HEAVY DUTY DECK HOSE 25M 546150           DOUBLE LANCE 2OOCM LONG 621821           DRAIN CLEANER. CLEAN.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE 565861           RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300 546044           WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG                                                            183 .5M W/OUT NOZZLE 565960           INLET FILTER F/1-3 PUMPS 621938           LONG REACH LANCE 671800           HEAVY DUTY HOSE.ST. BLUE 10M 671818           HEAVY DUTY HOSE. BLUE 25M 718593           NOZZLE 06/0DGR. piston pump with 1750 RPM motor – long life pump for          intense applications over 8 hours per day        • Electronic pump control system – control system will detect the amount of water required by the relevant number of          uses based upon flow and start the correct number of pumps automatically        • As water requirement drops.1040 l/h       Voltage                      440 V       Electric phase               3       Electric cycles              60 Hz     184 . Pumps started on rotation to avoid excessive wear on any one pump        • Different line pressures available . install and service           Technical data        Pressure                     160 bar       Water flow                    4160 . but can be supplied          with line pressure down to 80 bar        • Inlet water capacity to 80 ºC – the unit is equipped with a hot and a cold water tank and temp control system.the Delta Booster is configured standard to 120 or 160 bar. allowing up to 6 simultaneous uses . The control system will maintain the selected          temperature        • Compact design with door opening both left and right        • High level of serviceability – pumps and motors are quickly and easily removed and the unit will continue to function          even with one or more pumps removed        • Oil changes are easy – reduces the down time of the system           Benefits        •   Efficient operation.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Stationary High Pressure Systems                                                                         Stationary Cold Water Cleaners           DELTA B             BOOOSTER-4 3X                        3X440                           440/60                              /60       435 613804        Delta booster 4 pump high-pressure cleaner           Features        • Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet ensuring that pumps and electronics are well protected        • 2-6 pump system. pumps will stop.reduced time for oil changes        •   Compact and easy to store        •   Ability to combine several delta boosters – allowing for multiple users on single line        •   Low service requirements and low wear and tear        •   Easy to transport. The          double tanks allow storage of both cold and pre-heated water. Accessories Product number   Product name 545327           CHEM.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE 565861           RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300 546044           WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG                                                            185 . BLUE 10M 671818           HEAVY DUTY HOSE.ST. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718577           NOZZLE 06/25DGR. MOBILE 659151           EXTENDABLE LANCE 5. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128           POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 545277           ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG 545251           ROTARY BRUSH 80CM LONG 565853           LANCE F/VSB 300 03K 618355           SIGN OUTLET POINT 665158           ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379           STAINL.. CLEAN. W/INJECTOR 662163           TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 545434           DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG 682070           UNIVERSAL. BLUE 25M 718593           NOZZLE 06/0DGR. TROLLEY 545640           SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300 623595           TAKE OFF VALVE 623603           TAKE OFF VALVE 556696           TAKE OFF VALVE B CMPL.5M W/OUT NOZZLE 565978           INLET FILTER F/4-6 PUMPS 621938           LONG REACH LANCE 671800           HEAVY DUTY HOSE. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 671792           HEAVY DUTY DECK HOSE 25M 546150           DOUBLE LANCE 2OOCM LONG 621821           DRAIN CLEANER. COMPLETE 545335           FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343           FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036           COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896           HOSE CART. MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Stationary High Pressure Systems                                                                         Stationary Cold Water Cleaners     DELTA B             BOOOSTER-5 3X                        3X440                           440/60                              /60       435 613805  A 5 pump stationary system where up to five operators may clean simultaneously. Further pumps may       be added at any time.    Features        • Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet ensuring that pumps and electronics are well protected        • 5 pump system, allowing up to 5 simultaneous uses - piston pump with 1750 RPM motor – long life pump for          intense applications over 8 hours per day        • Electronic pump control system – control system will detect the amount of water required by the relevant number of          uses based upon flow and start the correct number of pumps automatically        • As water requirement drops, pumps will stop. Pumps started on rotation to avoid excessive wear on any one pump        • Different line pressures available - the Delta Booster is configured standard to 120 or 160 bar, but can be supplied          with line pressure down to 80 bar        • Inlet water capacity to 80 ºC – the unit is equipped with a hot and a cold water tank and temp control system. The          double tanks allow storage of both cold and pre-heated water. The control system will maintain the selected          temperature        • Compact design with door opening both left and right        • High level of serviceability – pumps and motors are quickly and easily removed and the unit will continue to function          even with one or more pumps removed        • Oil changes are easy – reduces the down time of the system     Benefits        •   Efficient operation- reduced time for oil changes        •   Compact and easy to store        •   Ability to combine several delta boosters – allowing for multiple users on single line        •   Low service requirements and low wear and tear        •   Easy to transport, install and service     Technical data  Pressure                     160 bar       Water flow                    5200 - 1040 l/h       Voltage                      440 V       Electric phase               3       Electric cycles              60 Hz     186 Accessories Product number   Product name 545327           CHEM. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 671792           HEAVY DUTY DECK HOSE 25M 546150           DOUBLE LANCE 2OOCM LONG 621821           DRAIN CLEANER, COMPLETE 545335           FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343           FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036           COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896           HOSE CART, MOBILE 659151           EXTENDABLE LANCE 5.5M W/OUT NOZZLE 565978           INLET FILTER F/4-6 PUMPS 621938           LONG REACH LANCE 671800           HEAVY DUTY HOSE, BLUE 10M 671818           HEAVY DUTY HOSE, BLUE 25M 718593           NOZZLE 06/0DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718577           NOZZLE 06/25DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128           POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 545277           ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG 545251           ROTARY BRUSH 80CM LONG 565853           LANCE F/VSB 300 03K 618355           SIGN OUTLET POINT 665158           ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379           STAINL.ST. CLEAN. TROLLEY 545640           SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300 623595           TAKE OFF VALVE 623603           TAKE OFF VALVE 556696           TAKE OFF VALVE B CMPL.. W/INJECTOR 662163           TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 545434           DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG 682070           UNIVERSAL.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE 565861           RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300 546044           WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG     187 MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                Stationary High Pressure Systems                                                                        Stationary Cold Water Cleaners     DELTA B             BOOOSTER-6 3X                        3X440                           440/60                              /60       435 613806  A 6 pump stationary system facilitating up to six operators cleaning simultaneously.    Features        • Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet ensuring that pumps and electronics are well protected        • 2-6 pump system, allowing up to 6 simultaneous uses - piston pump with 1750 RPM motor – long life pump for          intense applications over 8 hours per day        • Electronic pump control system – control system will detect the amount of water required by the relevant number of          uses based upon flow and start the correct number of pumps automatically        • As water requirement drops, pumps will stop. Pumps started on rotation to avoid excessive wear on any one pump        • Different line pressures available - the Delta Booster is configured standard to 120 or 160 bar, but can be supplied          with line pressure down to 80 bar        • Inlet water capacity to 80 ºC – the unit is equipped with a hot and a cold water tank and temp control system. The          double tanks allow storage of both cold and pre-heated water. The control system will maintain the selected          temperature        • Compact design with door opening both left and right        • High level of serviceability – pumps and motors are quickly and easily removed and the unit will continue to function          even with one or more pumps removed        • Oil changes are easy – reduces the down time of the system   Benefits        •   Efficient operation: reduced time for oil changes        •   Compact and easy to store        •   Ability to combine several Delta boosters – allowing for multiple users on single line        •   Low service requirements and low wear and tear        •   Easy to transport, install and service     Technical data  Length                          715 mm       Width                           790 mm       Height                          1800 mm       Weight                          450 kg       Power, rated                    40.5 kW       Electric cycles                 60 Hz       Electric phase                  3       Voltage                         440 V       Inlet temperature               80 ºC       Water flow                       6240 - 1040 l/h     188 Accessories Product number   Product name 545327           CHEM. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 671792           HEAVY DUTY DECK HOSE 25M 545335           FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343           FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036           COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896           HOSE CART, MOBILE 659151           EXTENDABLE LANCE 5.5M W/OUT NOZZLE 565978           INLET FILTER F/4-6 PUMPS 621938           LONG REACH LANCE 671800           HEAVY DUTY HOSE, BLUE 10M 671818           HEAVY DUTY HOSE, BLUE 25M 718593           NOZZLE 06/0DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718577           NOZZLE 06/25DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128           POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 545277           ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG 545251           ROTARY BRUSH 80CM LONG 565853           LANCE F/VSB 300 03K 618355           SIGN OUTLET POINT 665158           ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379           STAINL.ST. CLEAN. TROLLEY 545640           SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300 623595           TAKE OFF VALVE 623603           TAKE OFF VALVE 556696           TAKE OFF VALVE B CMPL.. W/INJECTOR 662163           TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 545434           DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG 682070           UNIVERSAL.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE 565861           RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300 565960           INLET FILTER F/1-3 PUMPS 621912           HOSE INLET 1" 621904           HOSE, HP OUTLET 711119           HP.OUTLET HOSE FOR STATIONARY 2M 711127           HP.OUTLET HOSE FOR STATIONARY 1M     189 MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Stationary High Pressure Systems                                                                      Stationary Cold Water Cleaners     UNO B           BOOOSTER 3X                    3X440                       440 V 60 HZ 160 B                                       BAAR       435 548826  One pump stationary cold water high pressure washers for medium to heavy cleaning.  Features        • Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet – ensure long lifespan        • Inlet water temp 70 °C – ideal for use with pre-heated water in order to obtain an increased cleaning effect        • 4 ceramic piston heavy duty pump for long working life        • Lowered pressure output – pump pressure has been reduced to 160 bar in order to lower the service requirements          and wear and tear        • 1450 RPM motor – slow running motor gived longer working life in high intensity uses  Benefits        •   Small and compact – easily fixed to the bulkhead or deck        •   Long life pump for intense applications over 8 hours per day        •   Built-in water tank – ensures trouble-free water supply        •   High level of serviceability    Technical data                                                 The Unitor Uno Booster is a flexible model for heavy cleaning                                                                      applications. The stainless steel design ensure that hygiene       Pressure                                160 bar                is optimal, with reduced risk of corrosion. The product is       Water flow                               1200 l/h               thus suited also for galley cleaning on cruise vessels. The       Inlet temperature                       70 ºC                  Unitor Uno Booster can on special request be equipped with                                                                      a PCB - extended electronics allowing the use of factory       Voltage                                 440 V                                                                      mounted options such as remote control, frost protection.       Electric cycles                         60 Hz                  The Unitor Uno Booster can thus be adapted to most                                                                      customer specific requirements.       Single pump stationary cold water unit for medium and       heavy cleaning applications in marine use.     190 MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                  Stationary High Pressure Systems                                                    Spares & Accessories Cold Water Stationary Systems     TAKE O      OFFF V           VA            ALVE A F                   FOOR S                        SAATIO                            IONA                               NAR                                 RY A                                    AC                                     CID P                                         PRROOF 316 436 623595  Take-off valve A together with the detachable chemical injector facilitates use of chemicals.     TAKE O      OFFF V           VA            ALVE A F                   FOOR S                        STTATIO                             IONA                                NAR                                  RY C                                     CHR                                       HRO                                         OMIU                                           MIUM                                              M PLATED BBR          RASS 436 623603  Take off valve A for stationary chromium plated brass. Take-off valve A together with detachable chemical injector facilitates use of chemicals.     191 MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Stationary High Pressure Systems                                                                     Stationary Hot Water Cleaners     SOLAR BBO               OOSTER W                      WIT                        ITH                          H 18 K                               KW                                W HE                                  HEAATER, 3X                                           3X440                                              440       V/60 HZ       435 665190   Features        • Small and compact – easily fixed to the deck        • Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet – ensures long life span and protects the pump from damage        • Inlet water temp 85 ºC – ideal for use with pre-heated water in order to reduce the power needed to heat the water          to the required temperature        • 4 ceramic piston pump – unit designed using long life pumps for intense applications over 8 hours per day        • Lowered pressure output – units run on 160 bar only, although the pump is capable of delivering 190 bar, in order to          lower the service requirements and wear and tear        • 1400 RPM motor – slow running motor gives longer working life in high intensity uses        • Built-in water tank with heaters – ensures constant and trouble free heating and constant water supply to the pump        • Electric water heating – unit is pollution free and can be set up almost anywhere        • 1x18 kW heating coils in standard model – can be extended up to 54 kW with 3x18 kW if required   Benefits        • Environmentally friendly, pollution-free        • Highly portable unit can be set up almost anywhere        • Long lifespan     Technical data  Length                           690 mm       Width                            860 mm       Height                           950 mm       Weight                           175 kg       Power, rated                     7.7 + 18 kW       Electric cycles                  60 Hz       Electric phase                   3       Pressure                         160 bar       Voltage                          440 V       Heating capacity                 85 ºC       Water flow                        1200 l/h     192 Accessories Product number   Product name 545327           CHEM. INJECTOR DETACHABLE 546150           DOUBLE LANCE 2OOCM LONG 621821           DRAIN CLEANER, COMPLETE 545335           FOAM INJECTOR DETACHABLE 545343           FOAM LANCE 120CM LONG 586776           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 10 MTR 586792           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 15 MTR 586784           HEAVY DUTY HOSE 25 MTR 546036           COUPLING KIT ERGO 3000 621896           HOSE CART, MOBILE 659151           EXTENDABLE LANCE 5.5M W/OUT NOZZLE 565960           INLET FILTER F/1-3 PUMPS 621938           LONG REACH LANCE 671800           HEAVY DUTY HOSE, BLUE 10M 671818           HEAVY DUTY HOSE, BLUE 25M 718593           NOZZLE 06/0DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 718577           NOZZLE 06/25DGR. F/EXTENDABLE LANCE 659128           POWERSPEED LANCE WITH 06 NOZZLE 545277           ROTARY BRUSH 170CM LONG 545251           ROTARY BRUSH 80CM LONG 565853           LANCE F/VSB 300 03K 618355           SIGN OUTLET POINT 665158           ERGO 3000 SPRAY GUN 577379           STAINL.ST. CLEAN. TROLLEY 545640           SUCTION HOSE&ROD F/VSB300 623595           TAKE OFF VALVE 623603           TAKE OFF VALVE 556696           TAKE OFF VALVE B CMPL.. W/INJECTOR 662163           TORNADO LANCE 92CM WITH 05 NOZZLE 545434           DOUBLE LANCE 10CM LONG 682070           UNIVERSAL.3000 LANCE 06 NOZZLE 565861           RUBBER NOZZLE F/VSB 300 546044           WASHING BRUSH 235CM LONG     193 MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Stationary High Pressure Systems                                                                     Stationary Hot Water Cleaners     SOLAR BBO               OOSTER W                      WIT                        ITH                          H 18 K                               KW                                W HE                                  HEAATER, 3X                                           3X400                                              400       V/50 HZ       435 665208   Features        • Small and compact – easily fixed to the deck        • Stainless steel frame and robust cabinet – ensures long life span and protects the pump from damage        • Inlet water temp 85 ºC – ideal for use with pre-heated water in order to reduce the power needed to heat the water          to the required temperature        • 4 ceramic piston pump – unit designed using long life pumps for intense applications over 8 hours per day        • Lowered pressure output – units run on 160 bar only, although the pump is capable of delivering 190 bar, in order to          lower the service requirements and wear and tear        • 1400 RPM motor – slow running motor gives longer working life in high intensity uses        • Built-in water tank with heaters – ensures constant and trouble free heating and constant water supply to the pump        • Electric water heating – unit is pollution free and can be set up almost anywhere        • 1x18 kW heating coils in standard model – can be extended up to 54 kW with 3x18 kW if required  Benefits        • Environmentally friendly, pollution-free        • Highly portable unit can be set up almost anywhere        • Long lifespan    Technical data  Length                           690 mm       Width                            860 mm       Height                           950 mm       Weight                           175 kg       Power, rated                     7.7 + 18 kW       Electric cycles                  50 Hz       Electric phase                   3       Pressure                         160 bar       Voltage                          380 V       Heating capacity                 85 ºC       Water flow                        1200 l/h     194 MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Vacuum Cleaning Equipment                                                                 Wet & Dry Cleaning Units     VCWD20 W        WEET A             AND               ND D                  DRRY V                       VA                        ACUUM C                              CLLEANE                                   NERR 432 756900  VCWD 20 is a semi-professional compact wet and dry vacuum cleaner ideal for small, simple jobs on board. Semi-automatic push and clean system allows the user to clean the filter for optimal suction capacity.  Features  •   Small and compact  •   Washable PET cartridge filter with up to 99.99% filtration  •   Push and clean semi-automatic filter cleaning  •   Ideal for fast, simple jobs  •   Cable hook  Benefits  • Suction of both wet and dry possible  • Economical reusable filter reduces operating costs  • Improved suction due to semi-automatic filter clean    Technical data  Air flow                                3600 l/m Vacuum                                 180 mbar Power rating                           1300 mbar Power supply cycles                    50/60 Hz Power supply phases                    1 Power supply voltage                   230 Tank volume                            20 L    Ordering information Supplied with:                                                   • 1 x wet filter                                                                  • Floor nozzle (300 mm)  • Extension tube, plastic                                       • Crevice tool  • Filter element, PET  • 4 x filter bags     195 MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Vacuum Cleaning Equipment                                                                      Wet & Dry Cleaning Units     VCWD70 W              WEET A                   AND                     ND D                        DRRY V                             VA                              ACUUM C                                    CLLEANE                                         NERR       432 721944  The VCWD70 heavy duty vacuum cleaner is the       most advanced unit in the Unitor vacuum range.       The machine is equipped with a stainless steel       container and a built-in pump for easier liquid       removal from small tanks, double bottoms or       engine rooms. With use of accessories it can       also remove liquid from the deck areas.  Features        • Built-in submerged pump can operate without          removing or lifting the container        • Heavy duty stainless steel container makes the unit          capable of removing a wide range of liquids and solid          particles without damaging the container        • Two large wheels at the rear ensure stability during          transport and storage        • Brakes on the front wheels means the unit remains          stable when in use or in storage        • Heavy-duty steel frame protects the unit from          damage during transport and use        • Power supply socket for connection of electric tools;          when the pump is not in use the socket can be used          to power a power tool        • Dirt basket – when vacuuming dirty liquids the          basket makes sure that the particles stay inside the          unit when the liquid is pumped out  Benefits        • Cable and accessories holder ensures safe transport and storage        • Large area liquid removal capabilities – with the correct accessories the unit can be used to remove liquids from large          areas like decks, pool areas & passenger decks        • Soft start – limits the starting power to reduce the initial power surge on the fuses and reduce wear and tear on the          motor     196 Technical data                                                   and time-saving.                                                                  Operating costs are minimized with the washable PET fleece Power, rated                        1500 + 640 W                 filter elements, and the low working noise level allows work Flowrate, normal                    216000 l/h                   when others are nearby, without disturbing them. Automatic Vacuum                              230 Mbar                     On/Off models are suitable for use with electric hand tools                                                                  as starting or stopping the tool also starts and stops the Container capacity                  64                                                                  vacuum. An accessory airbox is available which performs Voltage                             220 V                        the same function when using pneumatic tools. Power supply cycles                 50/60 Hz                                                                   • XtremeClean fully automatic filter cleaning system (on                                                                     many models) takes care of filter cleaning tasks in just VCWD70 wet and dry vacuum cleaner is perfect for users                                                                     a few seconds who need big capacity and features that focus on efficiency.                                                                   • Washable PET fleece filter for high efficiency and low Our most silent vacuum ever, with superior suction                                                                     maintenance costs performance, stainless steel tilt or lift-out container,                                                                   • SilentPower provides high performance that is seen, automatic filter cleaning, anti-static capability and more.                                                                     but not heard The 70 litre container found on the wet and dry vacuum            • 70 litre stainless steel container and a filter bag for the cleaner allows long periods of use without emptying the             ultimate in effective filtration and working efficiency container, and Tilt or lift-off container system is convenient    Accessories Product number                         Product name 681940                                 LARGE.DECK CLEANING KIT FOR VCWD 70     197 MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Vacuum Cleaning Equipment                                                                      Wet & Dry Cleaning Units     VCWD27 W              WEET A                   AND                     ND D                        DRRY V                             VA                              ACUUM C                                    CLLEANE                                         NERR       432 681924   Features        • Rubber enclosed power cord which stays flexible even in very low temperatures and is resistant to wear and tear        • Large application area as the unit is resistant to most chemicals and oils and can be used for a variety of cleaning          tasks including removal of liquids and solids in the workshop, engine room, deck areas and accommodation areas        • Large on/off switch can be started or stopped without removing gloves        • Large wheels provide stability even on rough surfaces        • Power cord hook ensures the cord stays secured to the unit while in transit or in storage  Benefits        • Low noise level means the unit can be used for longer periods and in environments where noise must be held at a          minimum        • Ergonomic design means the unit can be used for longer periods of time due to lower user fatigue    Technical data  Flowrate l/min                        3700       Vacuum                                230 mbar       Power, rated                          1500 kW       Voltage                               220 V       Container capacity                    27 L     198 MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                    Vacuum Cleaning Equipment                                                                      Wet & Dry Cleaning Units     VCAD200 W         WEET A              AND                ND D                   DRRY V                        VA                         ACUUM C                               CLLEANE                                    NERR 432 682054  VCAD200 air driven vacuum cleaner. Handles particles and liquids that would damage a normal electric vacuum cleaner.  Features  • Attaches on top of any 200 litre drum – no need to    store a big container when not in use  • Air driven  • No moving parts  • Oil resistant – the unit can be used for small oil spills    on board, as an oil transfer pump or to remove    wastewater from tanks or double bottoms   Benefits  •   Universal - the unit will use any obsolete drum  •   No danger of sparks  •   Virtually maintenance-free  •   Versatile – unit can be used as a transfer pump if needed    Technical data                                                       The unit has no moving parts and is designed to be fitted on                                                                      a standard 200 litre drum. The unit can be used for a variety Air consumption                          3600 l/min                  of tasks including removing water and oil spillage, emptying Vacuum                                   390 MBAR                    drums or moving chemicals. Able to handle particles and Connection size/type                     1/4''                       liquids that many electric vacuums would not be able to                                                                      handle.    Ordering information Supplied with:                                                        • Coarse dirt deck nozzle                                                                       • Tubes  • Suction hose  • Crevice nozzle    Accessories Product number                              Product name 191692                                      40 USH SOCKET 1/2'' HOSE 191726                                      20 USM SOCKET 1/4'' MALE BSP.T 191841                                      40 UPH PLUG 1/2'' HOSE 671719                                      AIR HOSE 1/2", PVC     199 MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS        Vacuum Cleaning Equipment                                Accessories & Spares Vacuum Cleaners     SUCTIO           IONN HO                HOSSE 1.                      1.88MF                           FOOR V                                VC                                 CWD18       431 665448     STRAIG           IGHT              HT T                 TUUBE V                       VC                        CD15 & 2                               277       431 665232  Extension tube     WATER HO             HOSSE & S                     SUUCTIO                          IONN HO                               HOSSE F                                     FRRO V                                          VC                                           CCW24       431 682013     CARPET NO              NOZ                ZZLE F                     FOOR V                          VC                           CCW24       431 682021     DECK S            SCCRUBBING A                       ADDAPTER F                                FOOR V                                     VC                                      CCW24       431 682039     200 MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS       Vacuum Cleaning Equipment                         Accessories & Spares Vacuum Cleaners     SUCTIO     IONN HO          HOSSE 4M F                   FOOR V                        VC                         CWD 7                             700 431 681965     LARGE D       DEECK C             CLLEANING K                       KIT                         IT F                            FOOR V                                 VC                                  CWD 7                                      700 431 681940     LIQ  IQUUID R         REEMO            MOV              VAL K                  KIT                    IT F                       FOOR V                            VC                             CWD 7                                 70                                  0 431 681957     CURVED T        TUUBE 100 C                  CMMF                     FOOR V                          VC                           CWD 7                               700 431 681973     201 MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Cargo Hold Cleaning                                                                       Mucking Pumps     MU       MUCCKING P                PUUMP - MA                        MARRINE G                                GM2                                  M2       482 593996  The Unitor Mucking pump is designed to       undertake heavy duty liquid and semi-liquid       removal from tanks, cargo holds, double       bottoms and ballast tanks. Submursed pump       capacity in excess of 40 tons per hour or 4-6       tons per hour when materials are shovelled       directly into the pump.  Features        •   Supply liquid can include most pressurised fluids (water, crude/refined oil, and chemicals        •   Operates on normal pressure of a vessel's fire, tank cleaning or cargo lines, does not require additional equipment        •   Passes through a standard butterworth opening enabling access to all parts of the vessel        •   Built in pressure gauge enables easy ability control and monitor flow  Benefits        •   Versatile pump with unlimited applications        •   Handles solids up to 1” in diameter – great for removing scale and rust from cargo holds        •   Corrosion resistant stainless steel parts are virtually maintenance free        •   Simple to operate with no moving parts and is lightweight        •   Fastest way of removing liquids    Weight                                30 kg                     velocity energy. The material can be shovel fed into the unit if                                                                       it is solidified. The emerging supply fluid is collected in the       Capacity submerged                    40 tons/hour                                                                       mixing chamber, mixed with the surrounding liquid or       Capacity manual load                  6 tons/hour               particles and than ejected as a fully mixed solution through                                                                       the diffuser.       The solution is based on the Venturi principle, the       pressurized supply fluid is converted by the nozzle into    Accessories       Product number                     Product name       708156                             BUTTERWORTH CONNECTORS       708123                             CAMLOC CONNECTOR 102MM TABLE D FLEN       708131                             2 PCS TPI CONNECTOR       708099                             VACUUM KIT       661702                             MUD & SILT REMOVER 210 LTR       635326                             MUD & SILT REMOVER 25 LTR       757777                             HANDYMAX CARGO HOLD CLEANING KIT       749770                             PANAMAX CARGO HOLD CLEANING KIT       749746                             PANAMAX LIGHT HOLD CLEANING KIT     202 Accessories.                                                                                                       203 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                              Cargo Hold Cleaning                                                Mucking Pump . consumables & spares     VACUUM K        KIT          IT F             FOOR MU                  MUCCKING P                           PUUMP 482 708099  Vacuum kit for mucking pump     CAML   MLOOC C         COONNE            NNECCTOR 10                     1022 MM T                             TA                              ABLE D F                                     FLLENG FOR MU     MUCCKING P              PUUMP 482 708123  Camloc connector for mucking pump     TPI C     COONNE        NNECCTORS F                  FOOR MU                       MUCCKING P                                PUUMP 482 708131  TPI connectors for mucking pump     BUTTERWORTH C             COONNE                NNECCTORS F                          FOOR MU                               MUCCKING PUMP 482 708156  Butterworth connector between pump and supply hose.  The kit is supplied ready to use   designed for application of both cleaning chemicals and       in a shock proof plastic container which can be easily          temporary coatings as well as rinsing and wash down.        Features        • Simple to use .FOR CHEM APPLICATOR LANCE     204 .MARINE GM2       682054                             VCAD200 WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER       658229                             TORNADO 3 CARGO HOLD CLEANING JET       740761                             EXTENSION. The equipment has been       complete cleaning operation.4 m with 3 nozzles                       •   550 L plastic container        •   Medusa air distributor        •   5 m.HA                                    HAND                                       NDY                                         YMA                                           MAX                                             X       482 757777        The Unitor Handymax kit has been developed in       order to facilitate cargo changeover on board       small to medium bulk carriers. 1" suction hose          Accessories       Product number                     Product name       575605                             AQUABREAK PX 210 LTR       737007                             AQUATUFF HIGH FOAM 210 LTR       571653                             DESCALING LIQUID 25 LTR       655506                             METAL BRITE HD 210 LTR       737023                             SLIP-COAT 210 LTR       757396                             SLIP-COAT WR (210 LTR)       Related products:       593996                             MUCKING PUMP .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Cargo Hold Cleaning                                                                       Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit           CARGO HO             HOLLD C                   CLLEANING K                             KIT                               IT .          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                   •   40 m.4 m lance applies foaming          chemicals from the tank top        • Supplied with 1.5" double diaphragm pump        • Ready for use . 3/4” chemical hose with quick connectors        •   Long reach lance 2.the 2. 3/8” air hose with quick connectors        •   Double diaphragm pump 1050                                  •   50 m.all hoses and equipment are fitted          with quick connectors and couplings        • Designed for Panamax sized vessels        Benefits        • Fast and efficient cleaning solution reduces turnaround time in port        • Simplicity through simple to assembly and clear instructions        • Safe in use and no need for cranes          The kit consists of all necessary equipment needed for a        transported between vessels. 3/8” air hose with quick connectors                                                                        •   10 m.  the use of cranes or scaffolding even on a Panamax size          This light version is for vessels that have a water jet solution.FOR CHEM APPLICATOR LANCE                                                                                                                                          205 .MARINE GM2 682054                              VCAD200 WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER 740712                              TORNADO 4 CARGO HOLD CLEANING JET 740761                              EXTENSION.                             reducing the storing space.  Features  • Simple to use  • Fast .50 m with Unitor quick  • Long reach lance .covers up to 150 m2/min of bulkheads with    foaming chemicals  • Designed for Panamax sized vessels  Benefits  • Fast and efficient cleaning solution reduces    turnaround time in port  • Simplicity through simple to assembly and clear instructions  • Safe in use and no need for cranes    The equipment has a reach of 25 m using the foam nozzle          The Panamax light kit is equivalent to the Panamax kit which enables the crew to work from the tank top without         excluding the Tornado 3 cleaning jet and water supply hose.50 m with Unitor quick                  • Guide wire kit    couplings                                                      • 550 L plastic container  • 3/4" Air supply hose . be extended to even greater heights.4.    Ordering information  • Chemical applicator 150                                        • 3/4" Chemical hose . vessel. By using the guide wire kit (included) the reach can     The Panamax light is supplied in a single plastic container.P                              PA                               ANA                                 NAMA                                   MAXXL                                       LIG                                         IGHT                                           HT 482 749746  The Panamax kit can be used on board all bulk carriers equipped with a working air compressor able to deliver minimum 2 m3/min.8 m with 3 seperate nozzles                 couplings  • 1/2" air supply hose .CARGO HO       HOLLD C             CLLEANING K                       KIT                         IT .50 m with Unitor quick    couplings    Accessories Product number                      Product name 575605                              AQUABREAK PX 210 LTR 737007                              AQUATUFF HIGH FOAM 210 LTR 571653                              DESCALING LIQUID 25 LTR 655506                              METAL BRITE HD 210 LTR 737023                              SLIP-COAT 210 LTR 757396                              SLIP-COAT WR (210 LTR) Related products: 593996                              MUCKING PUMP . MARINE GM2       682054                            VCAD200 WET AND DRY VACUUM CLEANER       740712                            TORNADO 4 CARGO HOLD CLEANING JET       740761                            EXTENSION.      CARGO HO             HOLLD C                   CLLEANING K                             KIT                               IT .50 m with Unitor quick            couplings          Accessories       Product number                    Product name       575605                            AQUABREAK PX 210 LTR       737007                            AQUATUFF HIGH FOAM 210 LTR       571653                            DESCALING LIQUID 25 LTR       655506                            METAL BRITE HD 210 LTR       737023                            SLIP-COAT 210 LTR       757396                            SLIP-COAT WR (210 LTR)       Related products:       593996                            MUCKING PUMP .FOR CHEM APPLICATOR LANCE     206 .4.45 m with Storz C couplings         • 550 L plastic storage container (2 pieces)        •   1/2" Air supply hose .50 m with Unitor quick        •   Long reach lance .covers up to 150 m2/min of bulkheads with          foaming chemicals        • Designed for Panamax sized vessels        Benefits        • Fast and efficient cleaning solution reduces          turnaround time in port        • Simplicity through simple assembly and clear          instructions        • Safe in use and no need for cranes          The equipment has a reach of 25 m using the foam nozzle        vessel.8 m with 3 nozzles                      couplings        •   Tornado 3 Cleaning Jet                                     • Guide wire kit        •   2" Water supply hose .P                                    PA                                     ANA                                       NAMA                                         MAXX       482 749770        The Panamax kit can be used on board all bulk       carriers equipped with a working air compressor       that delivers minimum 2 m3/min.50 m with Unitor quick                                                                         couplings        •   Chemical applicator 150                                    • 3/4" Chemical hose . By using the guide wire kit (included) this reach may       which enables the crew to work from the tank top without       be further extended for use on board cape size vessels.       the use of cranes or scaffolding even on a Panamax size          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                  • 3/4" Air supply hose .        Features        • Simple to use        • Fast .  consumables & spares     EXTENS     NSIO        ION          NFFO             OR C                CHE                  HEMIC                    MICAAL A                           APPPLIC                                ICAATOR L                                        LAANC                                           NCEE 482 740761                                                                                           207 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS       Cargo Hold Cleaning                         Cargo Hold Cleaning Kit .Accessories.        designed as a small and handy unit for use       onboard small bulk carriers or in confined       spaces on bigger vessels. The Jet features a          applicator as well as its main function of rinsing or washing       replaceable nozzle system that enables the operator to use   down.        Features        • Easy to set up and use        • High quality non-corrosive materials ensure long          operating life with minimum maintenance        • High pressure and high water volume provide          efficient and quick cleaning        • Long reach capability is optimal solution for          encrusted dirt and scale on the bulkheads        Benefits        • No specialist operator training required        • Efficient and fast          The Tornado 2 can be connected to either the fresh water     the jet as a foam applicator or a temporary coating       line or to the suppression pump.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Cargo Hold Cleaning                                                                    Cleaning Jets           TORNA          NADDO 2 C                  CAARGO HO                         HOLLD C                               CLLEANING J                                         JEET       482 740779        The Tornado 2 is the smallest cleaning jet.     208 . T 191866                                 600 UPH PLUG 3/4'' HOSE 191817                                 600 USF SOCKET 3/4'' FEMALE BSP.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Cargo Hold Cleaning                                                                  Cleaning Jets     TORNA    NADDO 3 C            CAARGO HO                   HOLLD C                         CLLEANING J                                   JEET 482 658229  The Tornado 3 has been designed for use on board medium to large bulk carriers.  Features  • Stainless steel design  • Swivel connection between gun and tripod  • Works on normal fire line and working air line on    board  • High water volume  Benefits  •   Long operating life with minimum maintenance  •   Easy to set-up and connect without any additional equipment  •   Enables crew to clean cargo holds quickly  •   Easy to use. It                                                                  uses the suppression pump as a water source. aim and transport and does not require any special training    Technical data                                                   The intended use is cleaning and descaling of cargo holds. Shut off ball valve for both air and water supply is mounted on the Tornado for increased safety and simpler operations. This enables Recommended water pressure                   6 bar               the jet to reach the top of the hold and at the same time Recommended air pressure                     7 bar               giving the capacity needed to remove even the most Air consumption                              2 m3/min            stubborn dirt or scale. RUBBER LTH=50MTR 233833                                 NOR-1 CPL W/2'' HOSE SOCKET 523431                                 STORZ 65 CPL W/2'' HOSE SOCKET                                                                                                                                      209 .    Accessories Product number                         Product name 574947                                 GUARDMAN FIREHOSE 2" PER MTR 191965                                 600 UPF PLUG 3/4'' FEMALE BSP.T 191718                                 600 USH SOCKET 3/4'' HOSE 671776                                 AIR HOSE 3/4".  like the Tornado 3. Increasingly large vessels.70 m                handle up to 120m3/h.120 m3/h                                                                    capable of delivering up to 22m3/h.10 bar               capable of removing any cargo residue or scale at large       Water Connection                    2 1/2" (Stoz C)          distances. require powerful equipment to enable fast and       Required air flow                    5 m3/min                                                                    efficient cleaning. including ChinaMax                                                                    vessels. This huge amount of water is       Recommended water pressure          7 . uses the power                                                                    suppression pump to power it. While the Tornado 3 is       Water Flow                          80 .       This jet have been designed for the most       difficult cleaning challenges        Features        • Easy to set up and use with no specialist operator          skill or training required        • High quality non-corrosive material ensures long          operating life with minimum maintenance        • High pressure and high water volume provides          efficient and quick cleaning        Benefits        • Long reach . the Tornado 4 can       Range                               40 .10 bar       Air Connection                      1" (claw coupling)     210 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Cargo Hold Cleaning                                                                    Cleaning Jets           TORNA          NADDO 4 C                  CAARGO HO                         HOLLD C                               CLLEANING J                                         JEET       482 740712        The Tornado 4 is the largest jet in the range. reducing turnaround time in port.optimal solution for encrusted dirt and scale on the bulkheads        • Can be used onboard ChinaMax vessels          Technical data                                               The Tornado 4.       Recommended air pressure            7 .   •   Logical operation panel                                     Ultrasonic cleans all surfaces which are covered with water. etc. lid.    Ordering information Supplied with: Drain. enabling efficient servicing  • Efficient and fast heating    Technical data                                                   Compared with traditional cleaning methods. fuel and pump parts.                                                                  inlet and exhaust valves.  Features  • Sweep function  • New units have a front mounted panel for electronics. basket and stainless steel frame for secure fastening to the floor. Tank working volume                          55 L                reduced consumption of hazardous chemicals and improved Average overall power                        2750 W              cleaning performance without damaging the items to be Ultrasonic peak perf. use of                                                                  ultrasonic cleaning units results in reduced manual work.  •   Pulse function for increased cleaning power                 As a consequence it cleans in areas where no other cleaning                                                                  technology can reach.                                   /HM. 110 V 664 766899  Unitor Ultrasonic cleaning machines are specially designed for use in the engine room on board to remove even the most stubborn dirt. max                    1000 W              cleaned. The unit is well suited for  •   Reduced chemical consumption                                cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube oil filters which can be  •   Cleans inside filters and fuel nozzles                       cleaned without damaging the fine filter elements.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Ultrasonic .Part and Filter cleaners                                                                  Ultrasonic     UNIT  NITO     OR U        ULLTRASONIC C                    CLLEANE                         NERRS                             S--700                                 00/HM. cleaning inside areas that are out of reach for conventional cleaning methods. Heating                                      2200 W              Use of an Ultrasonic machine combined with suitable                                                                  detergent makes it particularly effective for cleaning complex Benefits                                                          machine parts like injection nozzles.    Accessories Product number                                      Product name 607819                                              UNITOR USC 12 X 1 LTR 575613                                              AQUABREAK PX 25 LTR 575696                                              CARBONCLEAN LT 25 LTR 571430                                              COLDWASH HD 25 LTR 571380                                              ENVIROCLEAN 25 LTR 571661                                              METAL BRITE 25 LTR                                                                                                                                       211 .                                          /HM. The unit is well suited for        •   Reduced chemical consumption                                  cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube oil filters which can be        •   Cleans inside filters and fuel nozzles                         cleaned without damaging the fine filter elements.        Features        • Sweep function        • New units have a front mounted panel for          electronics.       Tank working volume     51 L                                       reduced consumption of hazardous chemicals and improved       Average overall power   2750 W                                     cleaning performance without damaging the items to be       Ultrasonic peak perf Max 2000 W                                    cleaned. 230 V       664 766881        Unitor Ultrasonic cleaning machines are       specially designed for use in the engine room on       board to remove even the most stubborn dirt.       Heating                 2200 W.        •   Logical operation panel                                       Ultrasonic cleans all surfaces which are covered with water. etc.      UNIT        NITO           OR U              ULLTRASONIC C                          CLLEANE                               NERRS                                   S--700                                       00/HM. fuel and pump parts. enabling efficient servicing of electronics          in the machine        • Efficient and fast heating           Technical data                                                     Compared with traditional cleaning methods.           Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                       • Basket                                                                            • Stainless steel frame for secure fastening to the floor        • Bottom drain        • Lid          Accessories       Product number                                        Product name       607819                                                UNITOR USC 12 X 1 LTR     212 . temperature adjustable 30-80º C    Use of an Ultrasonic machine combined with suitable                                                                          detergent makes it particularly effective for cleaning complex       Benefits                                                            machine parts like injection nozzles. use of                                                                          Ultrasonic cleaning units results in reduced manual work.       cleaning inside areas that are out of reach for       conventional cleaning methods.                                                                          inlet and exhaust valves.        •   Pulse function for increased cleaning power during            As a consequence it cleans in areas where no other cleaning            operation                                                     technology can reach. Product number   Product name 575613           AQUABREAK PX 25 LTR 575696           CARBONCLEAN LT 25 LTR 571380           ENVIROCLEAN 25 LTR 571661           METAL BRITE 25 LTR 571430           COLDWASH HD 25 LTR                                              213 .        Heating                 2200 W.        •   Logical operation panel                                       Ultrasonic cleans all surfaces which are covered with water. enabling efficient servicing of electronics          in the machine        • Efficient and fast heating          Technical data                                                     Compared with traditional cleaning methods. use of                                                                          Ultrasonic cleaning units results in reduced manual work.      UNIT        NITO           OR U              ULLTRASONIC C                          CLLEANE                               NERRS                                   S--1600                                      1600/HM.       cleaning inside areas that are out of reach for       conventional cleaning methods. temperature adjustable 30-80 ºC    Use of an Ultrasonic machine combined with suitable                                                                          detergent makes it particularly effective for cleaning complex       Benefits                                                            machine parts like injection nozzles.                                                                          inlet and exhaust valves.                                          /HM. The unit is well suited for        •   Reduced chemical consumption                                  cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube oil filters which can be        •   Cleans inside filters and fuel nozzles                         cleaned without damaging the fine filter elements. 230 V       664 766907        Unitor Ultrasonic cleaning machines are       specially designed for use in the engine room on       board to remove even the most stubborn dirt.        •   Pulse function for increased cleaning power during            As a consequence it cleans in areas where no other cleaning            operation                                                     technology can reach           Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                       • Basket                                                                            • Stainless steel frame for secure fastening to the floor        • Bottom drain        • Lid          Accessories       Product number                                        Product name       607819                                                UNITOR USC 12 X 1 LTR       575613                                                AQUABREAK PX 25 LTR       575696                                                CARBONCLEAN LT 25 LTR       571430                                                COLDWASH HD 25 LTR       571380                                                ENVIROCLEAN 25 LTR       571661                                                METAL BRITE 25 LTR     214 . fuel and pump parts.       Tank working volume     100 L                                      reduced consumption of hazardous chemicals and improved       Average overall power   3050 W                                     cleaning performance without damaging the items to be       Ultrasonic peak perf Max 1600 W                                    cleaned. etc.        Features        • Sweep function        • New units have a front mounted panel for          electronics.   •   Pulse function for increased cleaning power during            As a consequence it cleans in areas where no other cleaning      operation                                                     technology can reach. Heating                 2200 W.                                                                    inlet and exhaust valves. fuel and pump parts. enabling efficient servicing of electronics    in the machine  • Efficient and fast heating    Technical data                                                     Compared with traditional cleaning methods. Tank working volume     126 L                                      reduced consumption of hazardous chemicals and improved Average overall power   3250 W                                     cleaning performance without damaging the items to be Ultrasonic peak perf max 2000 W                                    cleaned.  •   Logical operation panel                                       Ultrasonic cleans all surfaces which are covered with water. cleaning inside areas that are out of reach for conventional cleaning methods.  Features  • Sweep function  • New units have a front mounted panel for    electronics. use of                                                                    Ultrasonic cleaning units results in reduced manual work. etc.                                    /HM. 230 V 664 766923  Unitor Ultrasonic cleaning machines are specially designed for use in the engine room on board to remove even the most stubborn dirt.     Ordering information Supplied with:                                                       • Basket                                                                      • Stainless steel frame for secure fastening to the floor  • Bottom drain  • Lid    Accessories Product number                                        Product name 607819                                                UNITOR USC 12 X 1 LTR 575613                                                AQUABREAK PX 25 LTR 575696                                                CARBONCLEAN LT 25 LTR 571430                                                COLDWASH HD 25 LTR 571380                                                ENVIROCLEAN 25 LTR 571661                                                METAL BRITE 25 LTR                                                                                                                                         215 . temperature adjustable 30-80º C    Use of an Ultrasonic machine combined with suitable                                                                    detergent makes it particularly effective for cleaning complex Benefits                                                            machine parts like injection nozzles.UNIT  NITO     OR U        ULLTRASONIC C                    CLLEANE                         NERRS                             S--2000                                2000/HM. The unit is well suited for  •   Reduced chemical consumption                                  cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube oil filters which can be  •   Cleans inside filters and fuel nozzles                         cleaned without damaging the fine filter elements.                                           /HM.       to be cleaned.          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                       • Basket                                                                            • Stainless steel frame for secure fastening to the floor        • Bottom drain        • Lid          Accessories       Product number                                        Product name       607819                                                UNITOR USC 12 X 1 LTR       575613                                                AQUABREAK PX 25 LTR       575696                                                CARBONCLEAN LT 25 LTR       571430                                                COLDWASH HD 25 LTR       571380                                                ENVIROCLEAN 25 LTR       571661                                                METAL BRITE 25 LTR     216 .        Features        • Sweep function        • New units have a front mounted panel for electronics. use of                 As a consequence it cleans in areas where no other cleaning       Ultrasonic cleaning units is resulting in reduced manual           technology can reach. enabling efficient servicing of electronics in the machine        • Efficient and fast heating        Benefits        •   Reduced chemical consumption        •   Cleans inside filters and fuel nozzles        •   Logical operation panel        •   Pulse function for increased cleaning power during operation          Technical data                                                     Use of an Ultrasonic machine combined with suitable                                                                          detergent makes it particularly effective for cleaning complex       Tank working volume     257 L                                      machine parts like injection nozzles. The unit is well suited for       Ultrasonic peak perf Max 4000 W                                    cleaning of fine mesh fuel and lube oil filters which can be                                                                          cleaned without damaging the fine filter elements.       work. Expect       improved cleaning performance without damaging the items           longer lead times for delivery.      UNIT        NITO           OR U              ULLTRASONIC C                          CLLEANE                               NERRS                                   S--3300                                      3300/HM. 440 V       664 766956        Unitor Ultrasonic cleaning machines are specially designed for use in the engine room on board to       remove even the most stubborn dirt. fuel and pump parts. cleaning inside areas that are out of reach for conventional       cleaning methods.       Compared with traditional cleaning methods. temperature adjustable 30-80º C                                                                          Ultrasonic cleans all surfaces which are covered with water. The S-3300/HM offers cleaning capacity with a length of up to 107 cm. reduced consumption of hazardous chemicals and               This machine is only available on request.       Heating                 6000 W. etc.       Average overall power   8050 W                                     inlet and exhaust valves.  Ultrasonic power:          2000 W Main voltage:              1x230 V/50 or 60 Hz Frequency switching:       25/45 kHz Power consumption:         8.8 A Output power regulation:   10-100% Degassing function:        Yes Max.  Features  • Robust unit . 620 mm(W). MF 2000 664 659748  Ultrasonic generators with multiple frequency technology are specially designed units that convert electrical energy into ultrasonic signals. 230 mm(H)   on the deposits and items to be cleaned. cleaning volume:      200 L                                                                                                                                  217 . ultrasonic signals from the generator will be converted into corresponding mechanical vibrations able to "scrub off" surfaces immersed in liquid.material in contact with cleaning    solution is made of stainless steel  • Thermostatic adjustable heating and timer function  • Designed for use with water-based as well as    solvent-based cleaning chemicals  • Convenient drainage option  • Mounted on stainless steel frame for secure fastening to the deck  • Ideal partner for cleaning fuel and lube oil filters  Benefits  • Allows useage of chemicals with less environmental exposure  • Flexible solution that can be tailor made  • Low audible noise    Technical data                                               Two selectable ultrasonic frequencies enables adjustable                                                              energy to be transferred into the cleaning solution depending External measurement:      530 mm(L).MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Ultrasonic . Connected with immersible transducers.Part and Filter cleaners                                                              Ultrasonic     MU MULLTI-F      I-FRREQUENC               NCYYG                   GEENE                      NERRATOR.  620 mm(W). MF 3000       664 659755        Ultrasonic generators with multiple frequency       technology are specially designed units that       convert electrical energy into ultrasonic signals.0 A       Output power regulation:   10-100%       Degassing function:        Yes       Max.       Connected with immersible transducers.Part and Filter cleaners                                                                    Ultrasonic           MU       MULLTI-F            I-FRREQUENC                     NCYYG                         GEENE                            NERRATOR.       Ultrasonic power:          3000 W       Main voltage:              1x230 V/50 or 60 Hz       Frequency switching:       25/45 kHz       Power consumption:         14.       ultrasonic signals from the generator will be       converted into corresponding mechanical       vibrations able to "scrub off" surfaces immersed       in liquid.        Features        • Robust unit . 230 mm(H)   on the deposits and items to be cleaned.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Ultrasonic .material in contact with cleaning          solution is made of stainless steel        • Thermostatic adjustable heating and timer function        • Designed for use with water-based as well as          solvent-based cleaning chemicals        • Convenient drainage option        • Mounted on stainless steel frame for secure fastening to the deck        • Ideal partner for cleaning fuel and lube oil filters        Benefits        • Allows useage of chemicals with less environmental exposure        • Flexible solution that can be tailor made        • Low audible noise          Technical data                                               Two selectable ultrasonic frequencies enables adjustable                                                                    energy to be transferred into the cleaning solution depending       External measurement:      530 mm(L). cleaning volume:      300 L     218 .  cleaning volume:      400 L                                                                                                                                  219 . ultrasonic signals from the generator will be converted into corresponding mechanical vibrations able to "scrub off" surfaces immersed in liquid. 620 mm(W).1 A Output power regulation:   10-100% Degassing function:        Yes Max. 230 mm(H)   on the deposits and items to be cleaned. Ultrasonic power:          4000 W Main voltage:              1x230 V/50 or 60 Hz Frequency switching:       25/45 kHz Power consumption:         18. MF 4000 664 659763  Ultrasonic generators with multiple frequency technology are specially designed units that convert electrical energy into ultrasonic signals.material in contact with cleaning    solution is made of stainless steel  • Thermostatic adjustable heating and timer function  • Designed for use with water-based as well as    solvent-based cleaning chemicals  • Convenient drainage option  • Mounted on stainless steel frame for secure fastening to the deck  • Ideal partner for cleaning fuel and lube oil filters  Benefits  • Allows useage of chemicals with less environmental exposure  • Flexible solution that can be tailor made  • Low audible noise    Technical data                                               Two selectable ultrasonic frequencies enables adjustable                                                              energy to be transferred into the cleaning solution depending External measurement:      530 mm(L).MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Ultrasonic .Part and Filter cleaners                                                              Ultrasonic     MU MULLTI-F      I-FRREQUENC               NCYYG                   GEENE                      NERRATOR. Connected with immersible transducers.  Features  • Robust unit .  Depending       External measurement:   415 mm(L). soil and fouling completely without additional manual work        • Ideal partner for cleaning fuel oil filters. lower concentration)        • Can be used as single or multiple installation          Technical data                                               The range of immersible ultrasonic transducers are designed                                                                    for installation in new or existing cleaning tanks. When       transducers vibrate. 325 mm(W).      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Ultrasonic . Use of immersible       Main voltage:           1x230 V/50 or 60 Hz                  transducers offers the ability to upgrade or custom fit any                                                                    tank to improve the speed and effectiveness of the washing       Frequency switching:    25/45 kHz                                                                    process. cleaning volume:   60 L     220 .       Max. MF                                              MF-T                                                 -TS                                                   S       600       664 659798        Immersible transducers convert an electrical       ultrasonic signal from the generator into       corresponding mechanical vibrations. and heat exchanger        Benefits        • Environmentally friendly (promotes use of safe chemicals. 100 mm(H)      on size of the tank and the ultrasonic energy level needed. air cooler.       Ultrasonic power:       600 W                                single or multiple units can be used. pressure waves are sent       into the cleaning tank to "scrub off" surfaces       immersed in liquid.Part and Filter cleaners                                                                    Ultrasonic           IMME       IMMERRSIB              IBLLE U                    ULLTRASONIC T                                TRRANS                                    NSDDUCER.        Features        • Robust unit made of stainless steel        • For installation in new or existing tanks        • Compatible with water-based and solvent-based          cleaning chemicals        • Removes deposits.  air cooler. and heat exchanger  Benefits  • Environmentally friendly (promotes use of safe chemicals. pressure waves are sent into the cleaning tank to "scrub off" surfaces immersed in liquid.  Features  • Robust unit made of stainless steel  • For installation in new or existing tanks  • Compatible with water-based and solvent-based    cleaning chemicals  • Removes deposits. cleaning volume:   150 L                                                                                                                                  221 . soil and fouling completely without additional manual work  • Ideal partner for cleaning fuel oil filters.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Ultrasonic . lower concentration)  • Can be used as single or multiple installation    Technical data                                               The range of immersible ultrasonic transducers are designed                                                              for installation in new or existing cleaning tanks. 100 mm(H)      on the size of the tank and the ultrasonic energy level Ultrasonic power:       1000 W                               needed. Depending External measurement:   415 mm(L). Use of Main voltage:           1x230 V/50 or 60 Hz                  immersible transducers offers the ability to upgrade or                                                              custom fit any tank to improve the speed and effectiveness Frequency switching:    25/45 kHz                                                              of the washing process. single or multiple units can be used. When transducers vibrate. 325 mm(W). Max.Part and Filter cleaners                                                              Ultrasonic     IMME IMMERRSIB        IBLLE U              ULLTRASONIC T                          TRRANS                              NSDDUCER. MF                                        MF-T                                           -TS                                             S 1000 664 659797  Immersible transducers convert an electrical ultrasonic signal from the generator into corresponding mechanical vibrations.  Depending       External measurement:   415 mm(L).      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Ultrasonic . pressure waves are sent       into the cleaning tank to "scrub off" surfaces       immersed in liquid. cleaning volume:   150 L     222 . air cooler. soil and fouling completely without additional manual work        • Ideal partner for cleaning fuel oil filters. When       transducers vibrate. 325 mm(W). Use of immersible       Main voltage:           1x230 V/50 or 60 Hz                  transducers offers the ability to upgrade or custom fit any                                                                    tank to improve the speed and effectiveness of the washing       Frequency switching:    25/45 kHz                                                                    process. MF                                              MF-T                                                 -TS                                                   S       1500       664 659805        Immersible transducers convert an electrical       ultrasonic signal from the generator into       corresponding mechanical vibrations. 100 mm(H)      on size of the tank and the ultrasonic energy level needed.       Max.        Features        • Robust unit made of stainless steel        • For installation in new or existing tanks        • Compatible with water-based and solvent-based          cleaning chemicals        • Removes deposits.       Ultrasonic power:       1500 W                               single or multiple units can be used.Part and Filter cleaners                                                                    Ultrasonic           IMME       IMMERRSIB              IBLLE U                    ULLTRASONIC T                                TRRANS                                    NSDDUCER. and heat exchanger        Benefits        • Environmentally friendly (promotes use of safe chemicals. lower concentration)        • Can be used as single or multiple installation          Technical data                                               The range of immersible ultrasonic transducers are designed                                                                    for installation in new or existing cleaning tanks.  Depending External measurement:   415 mm(L).  Features  • Robust unit made of stainless steel  • For installation in new or existing tanks  • Compatible with water-based and solvent-based    cleaning chemicals  • Removes deposits. 100 mm(H)      on size of the tank and the ultrasonic energy level needed. Use of immersible Main voltage:           1x230 V/50 or 60 Hz                  transducers offers the ability to upgrade or custom fit any                                                              tank to improve the speed and effectiveness of the washing Frequency switching:    25/45 kHz                                                              process. Max. cleaning volume:   200 L                                                                                                                                  223 . air cooler. 325 mm(W). When transducers vibrate. lower concentration)  • Can be used as single or multiple installation    Technical data                                               The range of immersible ultrasonic transducers are designed                                                              for installation in new or existing cleaning tanks. MF                                        MF-T                                           -TS                                             S 2000 664 659821  Immersible transducers convert an electrical ultrasonic signal from the generator into corresponding mechanical vibrations. and heat exchanger  Benefits  • Environmentally friendly (promotes use of safe chemicals.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Ultrasonic . pressure waves are sent into the cleaning tank to "scrub off" surfaces immersed in liquid. Ultrasonic power:       2000 W                               single or multiple units can be used.Part and Filter cleaners                                                              Ultrasonic     IMME IMMERRSIB        IBLLE U              ULLTRASONIC T                          TRRANS                              NSDDUCER. soil and fouling completely without additional manual work  • Ideal partner for cleaning fuel oil filters. .  Without this identification the cylinder and its contents must be considered suspect. specially trained technicians and 24/7 service support. All products are supported by WSS’s unrivalled global network. stored and                               AIR TOOLS disposed of safely and in an environmentally                WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT sound manner. refrigerants. All cylinders are BAR-coded. REFRIGERANTS AND CYLINDERS With regulation changing constantly. tracked. . WSS has the world’s largest                     CLEANING EQUIPMENT dedicated network of marine refrigerant. traced and secured through the WSS UniTrak system.MARINE PRODUCTS  GASES. REFRIGERANTS AND CYLINDERS                                                          REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT gases and cylinder technicians. shipowners are faced with an onerous task as they work to ensure that potentially                                     PUMPS                                                                    PAINT SPRAYING dangerous substances are used.       GASES. regulators and gas distribution systems. Every WSS cylinder can be identified by its own unique barcode number. spangases. Our product range includes gases. This ensures compliance with the International Code for the Security of Ships and of Port Facilities (ISPS Code). all of                                   WELDING whom understand regulation and work in partnership with you to recommend the most suitable course of action.         Features        •   Colourless and slightly lighter than air        •   It is non-toxic. Acetylene A-40       filling is used for gas cutting and welding. INTERNAL bar           neckring.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Gases                                                                       Acetylene           ACETYLENE A                 A--40 F                       FIL                         ILL                           LING       710 905026        In combination with oxygen.095 kg       Gas capacity (nm3)           5.       Connection size/type         G 3/4" R. but has an anesthetic effect if inhaled        •   Acetylene is highly flammable        •   When mixed with oxygen for welding. For acetylene       Tare weight                  67 kg                              the following is valid:       Gross weight                 73 kg                                                                        •   1 nm3 = 1.4 kg                             •   1 nm3 = 35. porous mass and acetone.0       Saturation gas               0. valve.        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind           Technical data                                                  Acetylene C2H2        Height                       1360 mm                            Acetylene mixed with air is explosive within 2. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number.2% to 85% by                                                                       volume.2 kg                              •   1 bar = 14. Avoid releasing acetylene into the air and ensure       Weight                       128 kg                                                                       good ventilation where acetylene cylinders are stored or       Colour                       MAROON RED kg                      used.91 nm3       Gas capacity (kg)            6. the flame            temperature will reach 3100º C        Benefits        • For your safety.6 m3                              •   1 kg = 0.H.3 ft3       Volume                       40 l                                •   1 kg = 2.2 lbs       Purity                       5.5 psi       Acetone contents             12.8 kg       Cylinder type                A-40 mm     226 .       Diameter                     230 mm                             Tare "A" weight of acetylene cylinders includes cylinder shell.  For acetylene Tare weight                    14 kg                            the following is valid: Gross weight                   15 kg                             •   1 nm3 = 1.095 kg Gas capacity (nm3)             0. Backpack available.8 kg                            •   1 bar = 14. the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak    system to give you peace of mind    Technical data                                                  Acetylene C2H2  Height                         620 mm                           Acetylene mixed with air is explosive within 2.1 kg Cylinder type                  A-5 Function                       GAS WELDING                                                                                                                                       227 . Connection size/type           G 3/4" R. porous mass and acetone.7 m3                            •   1 kg = 0.3 ft3 Volume                         5l                                •   1 kg = 2. but has an anesthetic effect if inhaled  •   Acetylene is highly flammable  •   When mixed with oxygen for welding. valve.2% to 85% by                                                                 volume.  Features  •   Colourless and slightly lighter than air  •   It is non-toxic. Acetylene A-5 filling is used for gas cutting and welding.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Gases                                                                 Acetylene     ACETYLENE A           A--5 F                FIL                  ILL                    LING 712 905067  In combination with oxygen.6 kg                            •   1 nm3 = 35. INTERNAL             neckring.5 psi Acetone contents               1. Avoid releasing acetylene into the air and ensure Weight                         15 kg                                                                 good ventilation where acetylene cylinders are stored or Colour                         MAROON RED                       used.91 nm3 Gas capacity (kg)              0.H. Small cylinder allows to access difficult accessible spaces.2 lbs Saturation gas                 0. the flame      temperature will reach 3100º C  Benefits  • For your safety. Diameter                       140 mm                           Tare "A" weight of acetylene cylinders includes cylinder shell.  Oxygen O-40       filling is used for gas cutting and welding.4 m3       Gas capacity (kg)                         7.5%       Cylinder type                             O-40     228 .1 times heavier than air        • Oxygen itself is non-flammable. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind           Technical data        Height                                    1360 mm       Weight                                    60 kg       Design Pressure                           150 bar       Colour                                    BLUE       Pressure                                  150 bar       Hydrostatic Test Pressure                 225 bar       Diameter                                  230 mm       Tare weight                               52 kg       Gross weight                              60 kg       Gas capacity (nm3)                        6.        Features        • Colourless. but it supports          combustion        • It can cause fire or explosion in combustible          materials        Benefits        • For your safety.8 kg       Volume                                    40 l       Purity                                    99.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                          Gases                                                                  Oxygen           OXYGEN O              O--40 F                    FIL                      ILL                        LING       711 905034        In combination with Acetylene. odourless and tasteless        • It is approximately 1. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                          Gases                                                            Oxygen     OXYGEN O        O--5 F             FIL               ILL                 LING 713 905075  In combination with Acetylene.3 kg Volume                        5l Cylinder type                 O-5                                                                         229 .  Features  • Colourless.1 times heavier than air  • Oxygen itself is non-flammable.8 MM X 1/14" Gross weight                  13 kg Gas capacity (nm3)            1 m3 Gas capacity (kg)             1. Backpack available. the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak    system to give you peace of mind    Technical data  Height                        620 mm Weight                        12 kg Colour                        BLUE Pressure                      200 bar Diameter                      140 mm Connection size/type          W 21. odourless and tasteless  • It is approximately 1. but it supports    combustion  • It can cause fire or explosion in combustible    materials  Benefits  • For your safety. Oxygen O-5 filling is used for gas cutting and welding. Small cylinder allows to access difficult accessible spaces. 999%       Cylinder type                 N-5050       Function                      INERTING     230 .0 grade is predominantly used for       blanketing purposes.32 MM X 1/14"       Tare weight                   81 kg       Gross weight                  92 kg       Gas capacity (nm3)            10.        Features        • Nitrogen is a colourless.0: >99.2 m3       Gas capacity (kg)             11. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind          Technical data        Length                        1690 mm       Colour                        GREEN/ORANGE       Pressure                      200 bar       Diameter                      230 mm       Connection size/type          W24.999%        • Nitrogen is well suited for purging or flushing cargo          tanks and pipelines of residual gases and vapours          prior to loading cargo        • It is also used as a 'blanket' on top of several types          of cargoes to prevent reactions with oxygen from          atmospheric air        Benefits        • For your safety. odourless and tasteless        • Non-combustible and non-toxic        • Slightly lighter than air and it's an inert gas        • The composition is: Nitrogen 5.5 kg       Volume                        50 l       Purity                        99.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Gases                                                                   Nitrogen           NIT       NITRROGEN N-                 N-5050                    5050 F                         FIL                           ILL                             LING       717 905601        Nitrogen 5. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Gases                                                             Nitrogen     NIT NITRROGEN N-           N-50              5030                30 F                   FIL                     ILL                       LING 714 905208  Nitrogen 3.5 kg Volume                        50 l Purity                        99. the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak    system to give you peace of mind    Technical data  Length                        1690 mm Colour                        GREEN Pressure                      200 bar Diameter                      230 mm Connection size/type          W24. odourless and tasteless  • Non-combustible and non-toxic  • Slightly lighter than air and it's an inert gas  • Nitrogen is well suited for purging or flushing cargo    tanks and pipelines of residual gases and vapours    prior to loading cargo  • It is also used as a 'blanket' on top of several types    of cargoes to prevent reactions with oxygen from    atmospheric air  Benefits  • For your safety.2 m3 Gas capacity (kg)             11.9% Cylinder type                 N-5030 Function                      INERTING                                                                            231 .  Features  • Nitrogen is a colourless.32 MM X 1/14" Tare weight                   81 kg Gross weight                  92 kg Gas capacity (nm3)            10.0 grade is predominantly used for purging.  odourless and tasteless        •   Non-combustible and non-toxic        •   Slightly lighter than air and it's an inert gas        •   The composition is: Nitrogen 5.        Features        •   Nitrogen is colourless.999%       Cylinder type                 N-1050       Function                      ANALYSIS     232 .3 kg       Volume                        10 l       Purity                        99.0: >99. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind           Technical data        Length                        1000 mm       Colour                        GREEN/ORANGE       Pressure                      200 bar       Diameter                      140 mm       Connection size/type          W24.32 MM X 1/14"       Tare weight                   18 kg       Gross weight                  20 kg       Gas capacity (nm3)            2 m3       Gas capacity (kg)             2.999%        Benefits        • For your safety.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                          Gases                                                                  Nitrogen           NIT       NITRROGEN N-                 N-1050                   1050 F                        FIL                          ILL                            LING       717 905602        Nitrogen 5.0 grade is predominantly used for       calibration purposes. 32 MM X 1/14" Tare weight                   18 kg Gross weight                  20 kg Gas capacity (nm3)            2 m3 Gas capacity (kg)             2.9% Cylinder type                 N-1030 Function                      INERTING                                                                            233 . odourless and tasteless  • Non-combustible and non-toxic  • Slightly lighter than air and it's an inert gas  • It's well suited for purging or flushing cargo tanks    and pipelines of residual gases and vapours prior to    loading cargo  • It is also used as a 'blanket' on top of several types    of cargoes to prevent reactions with oxygen from    atmospheric air  Benefits  • For your safety.0 grade is predominantly used for purging.3 kg Volume                        10 l Purity                        99. the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak    system to give you peace of mind    Technical data  Length                        1000 mm Colour                        GREEN Pressure                      200 bar Diameter                      140 mm Connection size/type          W24.  Features  • Nitrogen is colourless.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Gases                                                             Nitrogen     NIT NITRROGEN N-           N-10             1030                30 F                   FIL                     ILL                       LING 714 905232  Nitrogen 3.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                          Gases                                                                  Cruise gas           PROPANE P               P--5 F                    FIL                      ILL                        LING       719 905615        Propane is used on cruise ships as fuel for       barbecues.8 LH is needed        Benefits        • For your safety.        Features        • Propane is a colourless gas found in natural gas and          petroleum        • Highly flammable        • Propane cylinders are fitted with American valves.          625483 enables filling or use when the European          W21.5 kg       Gross weight                          7 kg       Gas capacity (kg)                     2.          adaptors are available.Adaptor with product no. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind           Technical data        Length                                330 mm       Colour                                OFF WHITE       Diameter                              203 mm       Connection size/type                  CGA 510       Tare weight                           4.26 kg       Volume                                6l       Cylinder type                         P-5       Function                              FUEL GAS     234 .   • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak system to give you peace of mind. Also used for blow out preventors in the offshore market.23 kg Volume                       40 l Cylinder type                H-40 Function                     LEISURE GAS                                                                                               235 .  Features  • Colourless. 698    624434) is available  • One cylinder Helium H-40 is filled to 200 bar resulting    in 7.5 m3 Gas capacity (kg)            1. the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number.32 mm X 1/14" Tare weight                  55 kg Gross weight                 57 kg Gas capacity (nm3)           7.5 m3 of gas  • One cylinder Helium H-40 fills on average 375    balloons  Benefits  • For your safety.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Gases                                                              Cruise gas     HE HELLIU     IUMM H-          H-40             40 F                FIL                  ILL                    LING 719 905618  Helium is mainly used as a balloon-inflating gas.    Technical data  Length                       1350 mm Colour                       ORANGE BROWN Pressure                     200 bar Diameter                     230 mm Connection size/type         W24. odorless inert gaseous element occurring    in natural gas  • Helium is used as a component of artificial    atmospheres including lifting gas for balloons  • A special balloon fill regulator (Product no.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Gases                                                                       Cruise gas           CARBON D              DIO                IOX                  XID                    IDE                      EFFIL                         ILLLING        Carbon dioxide is used to carbonate beverages       as well as in potable water plants to control       accidity (pH). 698 510004        Benefits        • For your safety. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind           Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       905619                                        CARBON DIOXIDE C-9 FILLING       905695                                        CARBON DIOXIDE C-27 FILLING     236 .        Features        • Colourless. odorless and an incombustible gas        • CO2 cylinders are fitted with handwheel operated          valves and an American type side connection        • A regulator for this type of cylinder is available under          product no. When welding (MAG) low carbon       steel CO2 is used as shielding gas. 995% (4.    available under product number 510002  Benefits  • For your safety.995% Cylinder type                N-10FG Function                     BEVERAGES                                                                             237 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                          Gases                                                            Cruise gas     NIT NITRROGEN F           FOOOD G                 GRRADE N-                        N-10F                          10FGGF                               FIL                                 ILL                                   LING 719 905679  Nitrogen food grade is mainly used for specific beer types in combination with CO2.3 kg Volume                       10 l Purity                       99.32 mm X 1/14" Tare weight                  18 kg Gross weight                 20 kg Gas capacity (nm3)           2 m3 Gas capacity (kg)            2.5    purity)  • Food grade nitrogen conforms to E961 (food    additive) or similar standard (BS4105)  • Regulator 510 Nitrogen is used for N-10FG cylinder.  Features  • For draught beers which need nitrogen (N2) in    combination with carbon dioxide (CO2)  • Results in a more smooth taste and a finer dispersed    head on top of the beverage  • Food grade nitrogen has a purity of 99. the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak    system to give you peace of mind    Technical data  Length                       1000 mm Colour                       GREEN/BLACK Pressure                     200 bar Diameter                     140 mm Connection size/type         W24. 4 kg       Gas capacity (nm3)          0.        Features        • Breathing Oxygen cylinders are fitted with Yoke-type/          PISS valves.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                          Gases                                                                  Breathing oxygen           BREATHING O                 OX                  XYGEN MO                        MOX                          X-2 F                              FIL                                ILL                                  LING       719 905638        Breathing oxygen is used for medical       emergency situations where a person requires       assistance with breathing.43 m3       Gas capacity (kg)           0. which are familiar to the majority of          users        • The filling pressure is lower than the normal 200 bar          in some locations due to local rules and regulations          that limit filling pressure        Benefits        • For your safety. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind          Technical data        Length                      415 mm       Colour                      GREEN/WHITE       Pressure                    200 bar       Diameter                    102 mm       Connection size/type        CGA870 / PISS ISO407       Tare weight                 2.9 kg       Gross weight                3. Typically used in       portable equipment.52 kg       Volume                      2l       Cylinder type               MOX-2       Function                    MEDICAL     238 . 6 kg Gross weight                7. the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak    system to give you peace of mind     Technical data  Length                      690 mm Colour                      GREEN/WHITE Pressure                    200 bar Diameter                    106 mm Connection size/type        CGA870 / PISS ISO407 Tare weight                 6. which are familiar to the majority of    users  • The filling pressure is lower than the normal 200 bar    in some locations due to local rules and regulations    that limit filling pressure  Benefits  • For your safety.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                          Gases                                                            Breathing oxygen     BREATHING O           OX            XYGEN MO                  MOX                    X-5 F                        FIL                          ILL                            LING 719 905616  Breathing oxygen is used for medical emergency situations where a person requires assistance with breathing  Features  • Breathing Oxygen cylinders are fitted with Yoke-type/    PISS valves.3 kg Volume                      5l Cylinder type               MOX-5 Function                    MEDICAL                                                                                   239 .9 kg Gas capacity (nm3)          1 m3 Gas capacity (kg)           1. 4 kg       Volume                     40 l       Cylinder type              MOX-40       Function                   MEDICAL     240 .6 m3       Gas capacity (kg)          10. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak system to give you peace of mind          Technical data        Length                     1210 mm       Colour                     GREEN/WHITE       Pressure                   200 bar       Diameter                   229 mm       Connection size/type       CGA870 / PISS ISO407       Tare weight                55 kg       Gross weight               66 kg       Gas capacity (nm3)         8.        Features        • Breathing Oxygen cylinders are fitted with Yoke-type/          PISS valves.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Gases                                                                    Breathing oxygen           BREATHING O                 OX                  XYGEN MO                        MOX                          X-40 F                               FIL                                 ILL                                   LING       719 905617        Breathing oxygen is used for medical       emergency situations where a person requires       assistance with breathing. which are familiar to the majority of          users        • The filling pressure is lower than the normal 200 bar          in some locations due to local rules and regulations          that limit filling pressure        • MOX-40 filled cylinder is also used for ships          transporting dangerous goods according to the          IMDG which are required to have this type of oxygen          onboard for emergencies        Benefits        • For your safety.  the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak    system to give you peace of mind     Technical data  Height                         1690 mm Colour                         GREY Pressure                       200 bar Diameter                       230 mm Connection size/type           W24.  Features  •   Argon is a colourless and odourless gas  •   Argon is slightly heavier than air and is an inert gas  •   It's non-toxic and non-combustible  •   It's used as a shielding gas for welding.32 MM X 1/14" Tare weight                    81 kg Gross weight                   99 kg Gas capacity (nm3)             11 m3 Gas capacity (kg)              18 kg Volume                         50 l Cylinder type                  E-50 Function                       WELDING                                                                           241 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Gases                                                               Argon     ARGON E       E--50 F             FIL               ILL                 LING 715 905174  Argon is used as shielding/backing gas for electrical welding. primarily to      protect the molten pool against contaminants in the      atmosphere  Benefits  • For your safety.  the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind           Technical data        Height                         1000 mm       Colour                         GREY       Pressure                       200 bar       Diameter                       140 mm       Connection size/type           W24.0       Cylinder type                  E-10       Function                       WELDING     242 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Gases                                                                     Argon           ARGON E             E--10 F                   FIL                     ILL                       LING       715 905565        Argon is used as shielding/backing gas for       electrical welding.2 m3       Purity                         5. primarily to            protect the molten pool against contaminants in the            atmosphere        Benefits        • For your safety.        Features        •   Argon is a colourless and odourless gas        •   Argon is slightly heavier than air and is an inert gas        •   It's non-toxic and non-combustible        •   It's used as a shielding gas for welding.32 MM X 1/14"       Tare weight                    18 kg       Gross weight                   22 kg       Gas capacity (nm3)             2. 4 kg Volume                        10 l Cylinder type                 M-10 Function                      WELDING                                                                                              243 .2 m3 Gas capacity (kg)             3. the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak system to give you peace of mind    Technical data  Height                        1000 mm Colour                        GREY/YELLOW Pressure                      200 bar Diameter                      140 mm Connection size/type          W24.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Gases                                                              Argon     UNIMIX 20 M-           M-10             10 F                FIL                  ILL                    LING 715 905573  Argon-CO2 mixes are used as shielding gas in MIG / MAG welding processes  Features  • Argon-CO2 mix is a colourless and odourless gas  • Argon-CO2 mix is slightly heavier than air and is an    inert gas  • Argon-CO2 mix is non-combustible  • It's used as a shielding gas for welding. primarily to    protect the molten pool against contaminants in the    atmosphere  • 80% Argon/20% CO2 mix is suitable for welding all    un/low alloyed carbon steels  • Unimix gives a very stable molten pool together with    optimum energy-transmission  Benefits  • For your safety.32 MM X 1/14" Tare weight                   18 kg Gross weight                  21 kg Gas capacity (nm3)            2.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Gases                                                                    Argon           UNIMIX 20 M-                 M-50                    50 F                       FIL                         ILL                           LING       715 905581        Argon-CO2 mixes are used as shielding gas in       MIG / MAG welding processes.        Features        • Argon-CO2 mix is a colourless and odourless gas        • Argon-CO2 mix is slightly heavier than air and is an          inert gas        • Argon-CO2 mix is non-combustible        • It's used as a shielding gas for welding.32 mm X 1/14"       Tare weight                   81 kg       Gross weight                  98 kg       Gas capacity (nm3)            10. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak system to give you peace of mind          Technical data        Height                        1690 mm       Colour                        GREY/YELLOW       Pressure                      200 bar       Diameter                      230 mm       Connection size/type          W24.1 kg       Volume                        50 l       Cylinder type                 M-50       Function                      WELDING     244 . primarily to          protect the molten pool against contaminants in the          atmosphere        • 80% Argon/20% CO2 mix is suitable for welding all          un/low alloyed carbon steels        • Unimix gives a very stable molten pool together with          optimum energy-transmission        Benefits        • For your safety.9 m3       Gas capacity (kg)             17.  the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak    system to give you peace of mind     Ordering information Product number                                   Product name 588954                                           AMMONIA IN N2 35% LEL 588947                                           AMMONIA IN AIR 35% LEL                                                                                         245 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Spangases                                                                 Nitrogen mixtures     AMMO  MMONIA      NIA  Span gases are used for calibration and bump testing of gas detection equipment.  Features  • Refillable SG10 cylinder  Benefits  • For your safety.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Spangases                                                                       Nitrogen mixtures           O2 IN NIT             NITRROGEN IN S                          SGG10 C                                CYYLIND                                    INDEER        Span gases are used for calibration and bump       testing of gas detection equipment. the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind           Ordering information       Product Number                                   Product name       620179                                           O2 0.5% IN NITROGEN       589051                                           O2 1% IN N2 99%       589044                                           O2 2% IN N2 98%       620146                                           5 % OXYGEN IN NITROGEN       589135                                           O2 8% IN N2 92%     246 .        Features        • Refillable SG10 cylinder        Benefits        • For your safety. 7% NITROGEN 905661                                      CO2 1% IN N2 99% 620104                                      CO2 2.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Spangases                                                                Nitrogen mixtures     CO2 IN NIT        NITRROGEN/A                N/AIR                    IR IN S                          SGG10 C                                CYYLIND                                    INDEER  Span gases are used for calibration and bump testing of gas detection equipment. the product is delivered in a Unitor    cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder    serial number  • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak    system to give you peace of mind     Ordering information Product number                              Product name 657973                                      CO2 0.  Features  • Refillable SG10 and SG50 cylinder  Benefits  • For your safety.3% IN 99.5% IN AIR 589127                                      CO2 5% IN N2 95% SG10 592584                                      CO2 5% IN N2 95% SG50                                                                                        247 .  the product is delivered in a Unitor          cylinder complete with barcode and unique cylinder          serial number        • We trace and track all cylinders using the UniTrak          system to give you peace of mind           Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       682369                                        ETHANOL 250 PPM IN N2       782549                                        ETHANOL IN N2 450 PPM SP     248 .        Features        • Refillable SG10 cylinder        Benefits        • For your safety.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Spangases                                                                    Nitrogen mixtures           ETHA         HANO            NOL              L        Span gases are used for calibration and bump       testing of gas detection equipment. 75%PENTANE-AIR 620039                       MINIMIX CARBON MONOXIDE 620189                       MINIMIX CARBON MONOXIDE 635367                       MINIMIX CARBON MONOXIDE 620138                       HYDROGEN SULPHIDE/N2 25 PPM (S 58) 734772                       4-MIX 250 CO 15 H2S 50LEL CH4 18 OX 741306                       4-MIX 50 CO 25 H2S 50LEL CH4 18 OX                                                                             249 .9% IN AIR 619932                       MINIMIX ISOBUTANE 0.6% PROPANE -AIR 739441                       MINIMIX PROPANE 1.9%AIR 620062                       MINIMIX 8% BUTANE 15% CO2 620054                       MINIMIX 0.5% METHANE-AIR 711952                       MINIMIX METHANE 50% VOL.01% IN AIR 619957                       MINIMIX BUTANE 0. IN N2 620021                       MINIMIX 0.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                         Spangases                                                           Disposables     MINIMIX D         DIS           ISP             POSABLE C                     CYYLIND                         INDEERS  Span gases are used for calibration and bump testing of gas detection equipment.     Ordering information Product Number               Product name 782161                       AMMONIA 50 PPM IN AIR (SCOTTY 58) 619973                       MINIMIX PURE NITROGEN 620070                       MINIMIX 2% METHANE IN AIR 625798                       MINIMIX O2 2% IN 98% N2 635375                       MINIMIX O2 5% IN 95% N2 630343                       MINIMIX O2 19% IN N2 619999                       MINIMIX CO2 2% IN NITROGEN 619965                       MINIMIX 2. 6 VOL% IN N2       656389                                 METHANE 30 VOL% IN NITROGEN       673715                                 METHANE IN NITROGEN 50% VOL       682351                                 METHANE 80 VOL% IN N2       682336                                 METHANE 99.995 VOL%       589028                                 ETHYLENE IN N2 35% LEL       589101                                 ETHYLENE IN AIR 35% LEL     250 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                Spangases                                                                        LEL mixtures           LEL MIX           MIXTTURES        Span gases are used for calibration and bump       testing of gas detection equipment.        Features        • Refillable SG10 cylinder        Benefits        • These products are delivered in a Unitor cylinder with          its barcode and unique cylinder serial number        • All cylinders are traced and tracked using the UniTrak          system           Ordering information       Product number                         Product name       718437                                 METHANE 10% LEL IN NITROGEN       656371                                 METHANE 30% LEL IN NITROGEN       620153                                 METHANE 30% LEL IN AIR       619940                                 METHANE 40% LEL IN N2       620005                                 METHANE 40% LEL IN AIR       589085                                 METHANE IN AIR 50% LEL       656363                                 METHANE 60% LEL IN NITROGEN       656330                                 METHANE 60% LEL IN AIR       682344                                 METHANE IN N2 80% LEL       664243                                 METHANE 5 VOL% IN N2       682328                                 METHANE 6. L.E.95% 682377           PENTANE 49% LEL AIR SG10                                                         251 .E.5 % 589077           PROPYLENE IN AIR 35% LEL 589143           BUTANE IN AIR 30% LEL 588962           BUTANE IN AIR 35% LEL 588970           BUTANE IN N2 35% LEL 620161           BUTANE 8%VOL.Product number   Product name 588996           PROPANE IN N2 35% LEL 588988           PROPANE IN AIR 35% LEL 620096           PROPANE 40% L. IN AIR 620047           PROPANE 50% L. IN AIR 682393           PROPANE PURE 99.15%CO2 IN N2 712133           BUTYLENE IN AIR 100PPM 589036           BUTYLENE IN AIR 35% LEL 589119           BUTADINE IN N2 35% LEL 620112           ISOBUTANE IN AIR 50% LEL = 0.L.  mixture        Benefits        • This product is delivered in a Unitor cylinder with its          barcode and unique cylinder serial number        • All cylinders are traced and tracked using the UniTrak          system     252 .E.68% pentane (C5H12).68% V                                                 VO                                                  OL) IN       SG50 C            CYYLIND                INDEER       718 682385        Span gases are used for calibration and bump       testing of gas detection equipment. balance is air.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Spangases                                                                    LEL mixtures           PENT         NTA           ANE 4 49%                  9% L                     LEEL IN A                             AIR                               IR C                                  C5H12                                    5H12 ((0                                           0.        Features        • Refillable SG50 cylinder        • Composition: 0.          Equals 49% L.L.  C                                      CYYLIND                                          INDEER 718 620013   Features  • Fits on disposable Scotty 58 + VI cylinder  • Fixed flow and fixed outlet pressure     REGULATOR F           FOOR MINIMIX D                        DIS                          ISP                            POSABLE C                                    CYYLIND                                        INDEER 718 620088   Features  • Fits on disposable Minimix cylinder  • Fixed flow and fixed outlet pressure     BRACKET F         FOOR S              SGG10 C                    CYYLIND                        INDEER 718 619981  A wall-mountable bracket to secure a spangas 10 litre cylinder (SG10) in a professional and safe way.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                    Spangases                                                      Regulators     REGULATOR R           R--510 F                  FOOR S                       SPPANG                           NGAAS S                                 SGG10 C                                       CYYLIND                                           INDEERS 630 510011  The regulator R-510 is equiped with a flowmeter (0 .3 L per minute     REGULATOR F           FOOR S                SCCOTTY 58/V                        58/VII D                               DIS                                 ISP                                   P.  Features  • Inlet pressure 200 bar  • Fixed outlet pressure  • Adjustable flow 1.1.3 l/min) and fits all SG10 cylinders.                                                                                                             253 .  Type                               CAN     254 .        Features        • Wide application range +50        Benefits        • Ready to use solution does not need to be diluted        • Low energy cost due to low viscosity        • High thermal conductivity gives high volumetric cooling/ heating capacity        Ordering information       Product number                  Product name                                   Volume in litres       708503                          HYCOOL MARINE 45 200L DRUM                     200       708511                          HYCOOL MARINE 45 25L CAN                       25       729871                          HYCOOL MARINE 45 1000L IBC                     1000           HY       HYC         COOL B              BLLUE A                    ADDDIT                        ITIV                           IVE                             E 25 L C                                    CAAN       605 708495        Used for detecting leaks in systems using Hycool marine        Features        • A leak is easily detected through blue coloured stains        Benefits        • Reduces risk of system male functioning due to undetected leaks          Technical data        Volume                                      25 l       Packing.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Refrigerants                                                                     Hycool marine           HY       HYC         COOL MA              MARRINE 45        Thermal transfer fluid used in secondary loop solutions such as air conditioning systems. process cooling and heat recovery systems. low       temperature systems.  engine control room AC and cargo cooling. this gas is used in a variety of maritime refrigeration applications such as air condition systems. reefer box cooling.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Refrigerants                                                               R-134a     UNIC  NICO     OOL R         R--134A 5                 57                  7KKG                     GRRE                        EFRIG                           IGEERANT 592 905557  A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to the ozone layer.  Features  • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling  • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent    environmental damage  • Content is 100% genuine refrigerant from approved    producer  Benefits  • Worldwide compliance  • Assured quality  • Refillable cylinders     Technical data                                                Properties  Contents                             56 L                     ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                               GWP = 1300 (2nd assesment) Weight                               57 kg Colour                               BLUE    Ordering information Product Number                          Product name 905557                                  UNICOOL R-134a 57KG REFRIGERANT                                                                                                255 . 5 KG REFRIGERANT     256 .                       12.55K                            KG                             GRRE                                EFRIG                                   IGEERANT       592 905620        A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to       the ozone layer.5 kg       Colour                           BLUE          Ordering information       Product Number                            Product name       905620                                    UNICOOL R-134a 12.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                  Refrigerants                                                                          R-134a           UNIC        NICO           OOL R               R--134A 12.        Features        • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling        • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent          environmental damage        • Content is 100% genuine refrigerant from approved          producer        Benefits        • Worldwide compliance        • Assured quality        • Refillable cylinders           Technical data                                                     Properties        Contents                         12.3 L                            ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                          GWP = 1300 (2nd assesment)       Weight                           12. engine       control room AC and cargo cooling. this gas is used in a variety of       maritime refrigeration applications such as air       condition systems. reefer box cooling. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Refrigerants                                                              R-22     UNIC  NICO     OOL R         R--22 5               57                7KKG                   GRRE                      EFRIG                         IGEERANT 591 905059  A synthetic HCFC refrigerant with an ozone- depleting potential.049 (2nd assesment)                                                              GWP = 1500 (2nd assesment) Weight                            57 kg Colour                            GREEN                                                                                                257 . this gas is used in a variety of maritime refrigeration applications for low. NOTE: the use of virgin R-22 is banned within the EU.  Features  • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling  • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent    environmental damage  • Content is 100% genuine refrigerant from approved    producer  Benefits  • Worldwide compliance  • Assured quality  • Refillable cylinders    Technical data                                               Properties  Contents                          56 L                       ODP = 0. medium and high temperatures (-40 to +16° C). 55K                          KG                           GRRE                              EFRIG                                 IGEERANT       591 905621        A synthetic HCFC refrigerant that has an ozone       depleting potential.5 kg       Tare weight                           8 kg       Colour                                GREEN     258 .        Features        • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling        • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent          environmental damage        • Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from          approved producer        Benefits        • Worldwide compliance        • Assured quality        • Refillable cylinders           Technical data                                               Properties        Contents                              12. medium and high temperatures (-40 to       +16° C).      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Refrigerants                                                                    R-22           UNIC        NICO           OOL R               R--22 12.3 L                 ODP = 0. this gas is used in a variety       of maritime refrigeration applications such as       low.049 (2nd assesment)                                                                    GWP = 1500 (2nd assesment)       Weight                                12.                     12. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigerants                                                                 R-404A     UNIC  NICO     OOL R         R--404A 45 K                    KG                     GRRE                        EFRIG                           IGEERANT 594 905606  A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to the ozone layer.  Features  • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling  • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent    environmental damage  • Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from    approved producer  • A long term replacement for R-502 and R-22  • Most suitable for new systems  Benefits  • Worldwide compliance  • Assured quality  • Refillable cylinders    Technical data                                                  Properties  Contents                        56 L                            ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                 GWP = 3260 (2nd assesment) Weight                          45 kg Colour                          ORANGE    Ordering information Product number                           Product name 905606                                   UNICOOL R-404A 45 KG REFRIGERANT                                                                                                  259 . this gas is used in a variety of maritime refrigeration applications such as low and medium temperature applications (evaporating temperatures of -45 to +8° C). 3 L                           ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                        GWP = 3260 (2nd assesment)       Weight                          9.5 kg       Colour                          ORANGE          Ordering information       Product number                           Product name       905623                                   UNICOOL R-404A 9.        Features        • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling        • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent          environmental damage        • Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from          approved producer        • A long term replacement for R-502 and R-22        • Most suitable for new systems        Benefits        • Worldwide compliance        • Assured quality        • Refillable cylinders          Technical data                                                   Properties        Contents                        12.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                Refrigerants                                                                        R-404A           UNIC        NICO           OOL R               R--404A 9                       9.5 KG REFRIGERANT     260 ..5 K                            KG                             GRRE                                EFRIG                                   IGEERANT       594 905623        A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to       the ozone layer. this gas is used in a variety of       maritime refrigeration applications such as low       and medium temperature applications       (Evaporating temperatures of -45 to +8° C). MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Refrigerants                                                                R-407C     UNIC  NICO     OOL R         R--40            407C              7C 5                 522K                    KG                     GRRE                        EFRIG                           IGEERANT 594 905607  A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to the ozone layer. this gas is used in a variety of maritime refrigeration applications such as low and medium temperature applications (evaporating temperatures of -45 to +8° C).  Features  • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling  • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent    environmental damage  • Content is 100% genuine refrigerant from approved    producer  • Suitable for new systems and retrofits  Benefits  • Worldwide compliance  • Assured quality  • Refillable cylinders    Technical data                                                 Properties  Contents            56 L                                       ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                GWP = 1530 (2nd assesment) Weight              52 kg Colour              ORANGE-BROWN    Ordering information Product Number                          Product name 905607                                  UNICOOL R-407C 52 KG REFRIGERANT                                                                                                 261 .         Features        • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling        • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent          environmental damage        • Content is 100% genuine refrigerant from approved          producer        • Suitable for new systems and retrofits        Benefits        • Worldwiide compliance        • Assured quality        • Refillable cylinders          Technical data                                                 Properties        Contents            12.3 L                                     ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                      GWP = 1530 (2nd assesment)       Weight              11 kg       Colour              ORANGE-BROWN          Ordering information       Product Number                         Product name       905624                                 UNICOOL R-407-C 11 KG REFRIGERANT     262 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Refrigerants                                                                      R-407C           UNIC        NICO           OOL R               R--40                  407C                    7C 11 K                          KG                           GRRE                              EFRIG                                 IGEERANT       594 905624        A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to       the ozone layer. this gas is used in a variety of       maritime refrigeration applications such as low       and medium temperature applications       (evaporating temperatures of -45 to +8° C).  this gas is used in a variety of maritime refrigeration applications such as low.  Features  • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling  • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent    environmental damage  • Content is 100% genuine refrigerant from approved    producer  • For new systems only  Benefits  • Worldwide compliance  • Assured quality  • Refillable cylinders    Technical data  Contents                      56 LITRE Weight                        45 kg Colour                        ROSE    Ordering information Product Number                           Product name 905608                                   UNICOOL R-410A 45 KG REFRIGERANT                                                                                    263 . medium and high temperature applications (evaporating temperatures of -45 to +8° C).MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigerants                                                                 R-410A     R-410A 45 K           KG            GRRE               EFRIG                  IGEERANT 594 905608  A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to the ozone layer.        medium and high temperature applications       (evaporating temperatures of -45 to +8° C)..5 K                   KG                    GRRE                       EFRIG                          IGEERANT       594 905627        A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to       the ozone layer.5 KG REFRIGERANT     264 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigerants                                                                       R-410A           R-410A 9              9.        Features        • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling        • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent          environmental damage        • Content is 100% genuine refrigerant from approved          producer        • For new systems only        Benefits        • Worldwide compliance        • Assured quality        • Refillable cylinders          Technical data                                                  Properties        Contents                   12.3 LITRE                           ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                       GWP = 1730 (2nd assesment)       Weight                     9. this gas is used in a variety of       maritime refrigeration applications such as low.5 kg       Colour                     ROSE          Ordering information       Product Number                          Product name       905627                                  UNICOOL R-410A 9.  medium and high temperature applications (evaporating temperatures of -35 to +25° C).  Features  • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling  • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent    environmental damage  • Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from    approved producer  • Long term replacement for R-22 and WSS prefered    retrofit solution  Benefits  • Worldwide compliance  • Assured quality  • Refillable cylinders    Technical data                                                   Properties  Contents                          56 L                           ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                  GWP = 1900 (2nd assesment) Weight                            51 kg Colour                            GREEN    Ordering information Product number                            Product name 905637                                    UNICOOL R-417A 51KG REFRIGERANT                                                                                                   265 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Refrigerants                                                                  R-417A     UNIC  NICO     OOL R         R--417A 51 K                    KG                     GRRE                        EFRIG                           IGEERANT 593 905637  Environmentally acceptable HFC solution for replacing ozone depleting refrigerants in existing refrigeration systems as low. This is a WSS prefered retrofit solution.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Refrigerants                                                                         R-417A           UNIC        NICO           OOL R               R--417A 11 K                          KG                           GRRE                              EFRIG                                 IGEERANT       593 905705        Environmentally acceptable HFC solution for       replacing ozone depleting refrigerants in existing       refrigeration systems as low. medium and high       temperature applications (evaporating       temperatures of -35 to +25° C).3 L                         ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                         GWP = 1900 (2nd assesment)       Weight                             11 kg       Colour                             Green          Ordering information       Product number                             Product name       905705                                     UNICOOL R-417A 11KG REFRIGERANT     266 . This is a WSS       prefered retrofit solution.        Features        • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling        • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent          environmental damage        • Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from          approved producer        • Long term replacement for R-22 and WSS prefered          retrofit solution        Benefits        • Worldwide compliance        • Assured quality        • Refillable cylinders          Technical data                                                    Properties        Contents                           12. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigerants                                                                 R-422D     UNIC  NICO     OOL R         R--422D 5                 522K                    KG                     GRRE                        EFRIG                           IGEERANT 593 905710  Environmentally acceptable HFC solution for replacing ozone depleting refrigerants in existing refrigeration systems.  Features  • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling  • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent    environmental damage  • Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from    approved producer  Benefits  • Worldwide compliance  • Assured quality  • Refillable cylinders     Technical data                                                  Properties  Contents                   56 L                                 ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                 GWP = 2230 (2nd assesment) Weight                     52 kg Colour                     Light Green    Ordering information   Ordering information Product Number                           Product name 905710                                   UNICOOL R-422D 52 KG REFRIGERANT                                                                                                  267 .         Features        • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling        • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent          environmental damage        • Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from          approved producer        Benefits        • Worldwide compliance        • Assured quality        • Refillable cylinders           Technical data                                                  Properties        Contents                              56 L                      ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                       GWP = 1830 (2nd assesment)       Weight                                53 kg       Colour                                Green          Ordering information       Product number                           Product name       905708                                   UNICOOL R-427A 53 KG REFRIGERANT     268 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigerants                                                                       R-427A           UNIC        NICO           OOL R               R--42                  427A                     7A 5                        533K                           KG                            GRRE                               EFRIG                                  IGEERANT       593 905708        Environmentally acceptable HFC solution for       replacing ozone depleting refrigerants in existing       refrigeration systems.   Features  • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling  • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent    environmental damage  • Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from    approved producer  Benefits  • Worldwide compliance  • Assured quality  • Refillable cylinders     Technical data                                                   Properties  Contents                              56 L                       ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                  GWP = 3300 (2nd assesment) Weight                                45 kg Colour                                TEAL    Ordering information Product number                            Product name 905610                                    UNICOOL R-507 45 KG REFRIGERANT                                                                                                   269 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Refrigerants                                                                  R-507     UNIC  NICO     OOL R         R--50            507              7 45 K                   KG                    GRRE                       EFRIG                          IGEERANT 594 905610  A synthetic HFC refrigerant which is harmless to the ozone layer. this gas is used in a variety of maritime refrigeration applications such as low and medium temperature applications (evaporating temperatures of -45 to +8° C). 5 KG REFRIGERANT     270 .. this gas is used in a variety of       maritime refrigeration applications such as low       and medium temperature applications       (evaporating temperatures of -45 to +8° C).5 kg       Colour                              TEAL          Ordering information       Product number                             Product name       905628                                     UNICOOL R-507 9.        Features        • All refillable cylinders are inspected prior to refilling        • Residue refrigerant recovered to prevent          environmental damage        • Content is 100% genuine virgin refrigerant from          approved producer        Benefits        • Worldwide compliance        • Assured quality        • Refillable cylinders           Technical data                                                    Properties        Contents                            12.3 L                        ODP = 0 (2nd assesment)                                                                         GWP = 3300 (2nd assesment)       Weight                              9.5 K                           KG                            GRRE                               EFRIG                                  IGEERANT       594 905628        A synthetic HFC refrigerant. harmless to the       ozone layer.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Refrigerants                                                                         R-507           UNIC        NICO           OOL R               R--50                  507                    799. 50 lbs cylinder  • USDOT 4BA400  • Two connection ports to enable charging of liquid    and extraction of vapour simultaneously  • Connection is 1/4" flare SAE  • Cylinder supplied under vacuum  • Cylinder is clearly identified for 'RECOVERY'  • Comes with a complete documentation kit including    transport label  Benefits  • Easy to carry  • Delivered with filling guideline to protect against over    charging  • Includes transport labels specified by USA DOT    (Dept of Transportation)     Technical data  Water capacity        21.                     21.6 l .  Features  • 21.66L+D                            DOOCUME                                 MENT                                    NTS                                      S 599 596544  Small cylinder for recovering refrigerants during servicing or maintenance work onboard.6 L .50lbs Colour                grey with yellow shoulder                                                                                                   271 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Refrigerants                                                              Refrigerant recovery cylinders     RECOVERY C          CYYLIND              INDEER 21. 8 l .123 lbs cylinder        • USDOT 4BW400        • Two connection ports to enable charging of liquid          and extraction of vapour simultaneously        • Connection is CGA 660        • Valve equiped with special diptube to prevent          overfilling        • Cylinder supplied under vacum        • Cylinder is clearly identified for 'RECOVERY'        • Comes with a complete documentation kit including          transport label        Benefits        • Delivered with filling guideline to protect against over          charging        • Includes transport labels specified by the USA DOT          (Dept of Transportation)           Technical data        Water capacity        55.123lbs       Colour                grey with yellow shoulder     272 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Refrigerants                                                                    Refrigerant recovery cylinders           RECOVERY C                CYYLIND                    INDEER 56 L + D                                  DOOCUME                                       MENT                                          NTS                                            S       599 632588        Large cylinder for recovery and storing of       refrigerants during system servicing. Cylinder is       sold to customer and is not part of the cylinder       exchange program.        Features        • 56 L .  183202.  • If the central is to be placed in two separate rooms. 510578                                 GAS DISTR. 4CYL. bushings and outlet stations should be ordered separately in necessary    quantities. including signs. one each of    signs product no. 526566 and 526558 are needed. SYST. 6CYL. 1AC + 2OX. 511170                                 GAS DISTR. SYST. 234849                                 GAS DISTR. 2AC + 4OX. 2CYL. 2AC + 2OX.  Benefits  •   Increases safety  •   Cylinders are less subject to physical damage  •   Location of cylinders is known to everyone onboard  •   Cylinders can easily be removed in case of fire onboard  •   No cylinder transport to the worksite needed   Ordering information Product number                         Product name 233064                                 GAS DISTR. SYST. SYST.                                                                                                                              273 . clamps. and brazed to the evacuation pipes from    the regulator safety valves  • Gas cylinders.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Gas distribution system                                                                Complete installations for Ox/Ac     CENT   NTRRAL INS          INSTTALLATIO                    IONNF                        FOOR A                             AC                              CETYLENE + OXYGEN  Central distribution installation for single acetylene and oxygen cylinders. equipment and brackets to be screwed    or welded to deck and bulkhead  • Included are also pre-welded unions to be welded to the distribution pipes.  Features  • Includes all items necessary for the gas central room. cylinder trolley. 3CYL. racks. one each for Acetylene and Oxygen respectively. 1AC + 1OX.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Gas distribution system                                                                     Cylinder racks           RACK F            FOOR C                 CYYLIND                     INDEERS        Cylinder racks for safe storage of one and two cylinders        Features        • Designed for safe and vibration-free storing of 40 L and 50 L gas cylinders on board        • The racks are galvanized for maximum corrosion protection        • Screw and nut in the clamp assembly are of stainless steel to ensure easy and fast removal of the cylinders in case of          fire           Ordering information       Product name                                                           Product number       RACK FOR 2 CYLINDERS.                                                  176297       RACK FOR 1 CYLINDER.                                                   320358     274 .  with direct access to open deck.  Features  •   The cabinets are available in two sizes: for two or for four cylinders  •   The cabinets can be fitted with gas accessories to form a complete cylinder central as to drawings  •   Cylinder racks are fitted in the cabinets for the maximum number of cylinders as standard  •   3 mm steel plate is used for the construction of the cabinets  •   Lifting lugs and ears for fastening the cabinet to the bulkhead are included  •   The door fastener is prepared for padlocking  •   The cabinets are shot blasted and primed with zinc compound  •   Final painting should be done when mounted. to match the colour of the surrounding bulkheads  Benefits  • Safe storage of cylinders  • Increased storage space  • Fits on every type of ship   Ordering information Product number                                 Product name 576561                                         CABINET FOR 2 CYLINDERS 536763                                         CABINET FOR 2 CYLINDERS.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Gas distribution system                                                               Gas cylinder cabinets     GAS C     CYYLIND         INDEER C                CAABINE                    INETT  Gas cylinders should be stored in a room(s) on or above the uppermost continuous deck. 576579                                         CABINET FOR 4 CYLINDERS 536755                                         CABINET FOR 4 CYLINDERS                                                                                                              275 . WSS offers specially designed Unitor steel cabinets for mounting on deck. As a solution in cases where it is difficult to reserve separate room(s) for the cylinders.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Gas distribution system                                                                         High pressure components           HIG       HIGHHP            PRRESSURE C                      COOMP                         MPOONE                             NENT                                NTS                                  S        Spare parts for high pressure distribution       systems           Ordering information       Product number             Product name       305292                     High pressure hose oxygen       520403                     High pressure hose acetylene       303198                     T-valve for oxygen w bracket and non-return valve       520379                     T-valve for acetylen w bracket and non-return valve       302547                     Blind plug for T-valve       302539                     Connection nut oxygen 1/4"       517078                     Connection nut acetylene 1/4"       302505                     High pressure expansion pipe oxygen       517086                     High pressure expansion pipe acetylene       302992                     Closing valve oxygen with bracket       520395                     Closing valve acetylene with bracket       511089                     Non return valve for oxygen T-valve       520387                     Non return valve for acetylene T-valve     276 .  in line. for acetylene 682427                 Flashback arrestor.5-23 mm pipe                                                                                                   277 . in line. for oxygen 320226                 Pipe clamp for 20 mm pipes 624684                 Bushing for 19.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                   Gas distribution system                                                                     Low pressure components     LOW P     PRRESSURE C               CO                OMP                  MPO                    ONE                      NENT                        NTSSS                            SPPARE P                                   PA                                    ARTS     Low pressure components spare parts for gas distribution systems  Ordering information Product number         Product name 510020                 Regulator R-520 for acetylene 510021                 Regulator R-520 for oxygen 621565                 Low pressure expansion pipe with pre-welded unions for acetylene 621573                 Low pressure expansion pipe with pre-welded union for oxygen 585372                 Flashback arrestor.        Don’t use soapy water or washing up liquid. Our leak detection       spray TL-4 is perfect for industrial systems.           The leak test solution should be applied to ALL joints.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                         Gas distribution system                                                                 Low pressure components           LEAK D            DEETECTIO                   IONNS                       SPPRAY 300 ML       610 576389        It is important that all equipment that is part of a       gas system is checked for leaks after assembly       and corrective action taken before use.       Always use leak detector solutions when       looking for gas leakage.       Ensure the leak detect solution is compatible       with the materials used in the equipment       construction.    • Do not use the equipment until the leak has been                                                                    rectified        • Apply the leak detect solution to joints and any        • Ensure the area is dry by wiping with a clean lint free          potential leakage points. re-purge air from        • You should never apply leak test solution into a          the system prior to use          cylinder valve outlet        • If there is any frothing. such as at the point of         cloth after the check has been completed          connection of the cylinder valve with the regulator     • Once the leak has been rectified. the system should be          immediately depressurised and the leak corrected     278 .  Alternatively it may be fitted with model W-66S flashback arrestors.5 mm steelplate. The standard protective cabinet. A stretch-relief bracket for the welding hoses is included. Dimensions (HxWxD): 500x350x160mm                                                                                   279 . Dimensions (HxWxD): 500x350x160mm     OUTLET SST          TATIO              ION                N7700                   00 W                      WIT                        ITH                          HSST                             TEEL C                                  CAABINE                                      INETTB                                           BUUT WIT  ITHO     HOU       UT F          FLLASHB                HBA                  ACK A                      ARRRESTORS 611 550301  Unitor's outlet station model 700 for bulkhead mounting is designed to obtain the highest degree of safety together with ease of operation. The outlet stations are delivered complete with installation instructions and directions for use and maintenance. the outlet station is fitted with the completely enclosed S55 flashback arrestors. is made of 1. The outlet stations are delivered complete with installation instructions and directions for use and maintenance. which completely encloses the outlet equipment. The standard protective cabinet. A stretch-relief bracket for the welding hoses is included.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                   Gas distribution system                                                     Outlet station     OUTLET S        STTATIO             IONN7                 700                   00 C                      CO                       OMP                         MPL                           LETE W                                WIT                                  ITH                                    HSS55                                       55 FLASHB     HBAACK R            REEGULATORS A AND                           ND S                              STTEEL C                                     CAABINE                                         INETT 611 550277  The outlet station model 700 for bulkhead mounting is designed to obtain the highest degree of safety together with ease of operation. As standard supply. which completely encloses the outlet equipment. is made of 1.5 mm steelplate.        Dimensions (HxWxD): 500x350x160 mm           FIB        IBRRE G              GLLASS C                     CAABINE                         INETTF                              FOOR O                                   OUUTLET S                                           STTATIO                                                IONN7                                                    700                                                      00       611 536805        For open deck mounting.       Dimensions (HxWxD): 500x350x160 mm     280 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                  Gas distribution system                                                          Outlet station           STEEL C             CAABINE                 INETTF                      FOOR O                           OUUTLET S                                   STTATIO                                        IONN7                                            700                                              00       610 550335        The standard protective cabinet. is       made of 1. a fibreglass cabinet is       recommended. which       completely encloses the outlet equipment. with stainless steel hinges and       lock.5 mm steelplate. This strong cabinet is designed       to give a high degree of protection. It is       corrosion-proof.                                                                                     281 .     TWIN V      VA       ALVE U            UNIT              NIT F                  FOOR O                       OUUTLET S                               STTATIO                                    IONN7                                        700                                          00 610 550319  The twin valve unit consist of two ballvalves mounted on a rail.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                    Gas distribution system                                                      Outlet station     ADAPTOR S         SEET F              FOOR O                   OUUTLET S                           STTATIO                                IONN7                                    700                                      00 610 550327  When mounting the current outlet station 700 to an excisting piping set made for the old R-21 regulators. a adaptor set is required to fit beteen the swivel nuts and the ball valves of the outlet station. Position 13 on the attached drawing.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                   Gas distribution system                                                           Outlet station           REGULATOR R                 R--530 F                        FOOR A                             AC                              CETYLENE       611 510030        The secudairy regulator will regulate the       acetylene pressure from the distribution piping       to the twinhose.       Position 14 in the drawing.       Position 14 in the drawing.     282 .           REGULATOR R                 R--530 F                        FOOR O                             OX                              XYGEN       611 510031        The regulator will regulate the pressure from the       distribution piping to the twin hose.                                                                                 283 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                Gas distribution system                                                  Outlet station     STRETCH R         REELIE             IEFFB                 BRRACKET F                          FOOR T                               TWWINHO                                  INHOSSE 611 235010  A stretch relief bracket is mounted under the outlet station to relief any stresses from the hanging rubber twinhose that is applied on the hosejoints. Position 16 in the drawing.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                      Gas distribution system                                                              Shielding gas installations           SHIE        HIELLDING G                  GAAS INS                       INSTTALLATIO                                 IONNF                                     FOOR C                                          CYYLIND                                              INDEERS        The Gas Distribution System for shielding gases is designed to give our customers the highest       efficiency and economy. low pressure expansion pipe and a "Gas under pressure" sign. The       system is designed for a working pressure of 200 bar. SHIELDING. The System is delivered       complete with manifold system with non-return valves. regulator. SHIELDING       593616                                  CENTRAL INST. high pressure flexible hoses. fastening racks for       cylinders.         Ordering information       Product number                          Product name       593608                                  CENTRAL INST. shut off valve. and at the same time increasing the safety on board.     284 . . +  !&'2*(&2"4*/.%-&%*"#".4&..-7&#/.15*0-&.)&.)4407*.&4733'2/.460%'9*%  93/52$&0"(& . &4733'2/.460%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     MARINE PRODUCTS  REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT  The Wilhelmsen Ships Service range of refrigeration equipment.15*0-&..)&. package equipment. refrigerants and cylinders                                                                                                 WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT and have been formulated to meet local                                                                                                       CLEANING EQUIPMENT and international regulation whilst protecting                                                                                GASES. system equipment and tools                                                                                                                      PUMPS                                                                                                                                                   PAINT SPRAYING are designed to work together with our                                                                                                                 AIR TOOLS range of gases.%-&%*"#".)4407*.-7&#/. lubricants.4&. .+  !&'2*(&2"4*/. REFRIGERANTS AND CYLINDERS                                                                                                                                         REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT operational costs and promoting positive                                                                                                                WELDING environmental practises. 92         applications like provision systems. C°                           252          below the minimum likely to be encountered in service.                                                                     load carrying and inhibition against copper plating. L                                 LO                                  OW T                                     TEEMP                                        MPEERATURE       605 587709        The Emkarate series is a range of synthetic refrigeration oils formulated from polyolester base stock.     288 .        • They are wax free and hence have very low pour points.5          The synthetic base stocks used in the Castrol Icematic SW       Viscosity Index                                  110          range are fully miscible with HFCs. This makes       it is recommended that the system oil is changed or tested                                                                     sure that evaporator internals remain clean (consequently       at regular intervals.                                                                     Emkarate RL32 is generally used for low temperature       Relative Density at 20° C                        0. even at temperatures well          below the minimum likely to be encountered in service.       They are specifically designed for use with refrigeration systems using environmentally friendly HFC       refrigerants. P                           POOE. They are       The compressor is the heart of any refrigeration system and                                                                     wax free and hence have very low pour points.                                                                     efficient heat transfer) and avoids pipe blockages.       A range of different types and brand of refrigeration oils is available on request from the WSS Spare       Part Centres. Compatible with all HFC       Viscosity at 40° C                               32           refrigerants.       Viscosity at 45° C                               5.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Refrigeration equipment                                                                     Lubricants           REFRIG           IGEERANT O                    OIL                      IL. even at temperatures well       Closed Flash Point.       Packing Size                  5 L CAN                                                                     A good rule is to renew the oil if a major service or repair has       TEV Manufacturer              EMKARATE RL32                                                                     been carried out on the compressor or the system. load carrying and inhibition against copper plating.       Pour Point.          Technical data                                                This could be on an annual basis or more frequently if the oil                                                                     becomes dark or cloudy. This makes sure that evaporator internals remain clean          (consequently efficient heat transfer) and avoids pipe blockages.        • Emkarate RL32 grades have been formulated using a unique low treatment additive package to enhance hydrolytic          stability. C°                                   -54          Emkarate grades have been formulated using a unique low                                                                     treatment additive package to enhance hydrolytic stability..        Features        • The synthetic base stocks used in the Emkarate RL32 range are fully miscible with HFCs.  This makes sure that evaporator internals remain clean    (consequently efficient heat transfer) and avoids pipe blockages. Pour Point.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Refrigeration equipment                                                              Lubricants     REFRIG     IGEERANT O              OIL                IL. P                     POOE. Viscosity at 40° C                              68           This could be on an annual basis or more frequently if the oil Viscosity 100° C                                8. load carrying and inhibition against copper plating. They are specifically designed for use with refrigeration systems using environmentally friendly HFC refrigerants. HIG                           HIGHHT                                TEEMP 605 587691  The Icematic SW series is a range of synthetic refrigeration oils formulated from polyolester base stock. Packing Size             5L                                                              The compressor is the heart of any refrigeration system and TEV Manufacturer         CASTROL ICEMATICSW68                                                              it is recommended that the system oil is changed or tested                                                              at regular intervals.                                                                                                                                     289 . C°                                  -39          Icematic SW 68 is generally used for high temperature                                                              applications like A/C systems.  Features  • The synthetic base stocks used in the Castrol Icematic SW range are fully miscible with HFCs. Compatible with all HFC                                                              refrigerants.    Technical data                                               A range of different types and brand of refrigeration oils is                                                              available on request from the WSS Spare Part Centres.  • They are wax free and hence have very low pour points. Viscosity Index                                 100          A good rule is to renew the oil if a major service or repair has Closed Flash Point..  • Icematic SW grades have been formulated using a unique low treatment additive package to enhance hydrolytic    stability. even at temperatures    well below the minimum likely to be encountered in service. C°                          260          been carried out on the compressor or the system.7          becomes dark or cloudy.        Packing Size                20 L                                                                     A good rule is to renew the oil if a major service or repair has       TEV Manufacturer            CASTROL ICEMATIC 299                                                                     been carried out on the compressor or the system.       A range of different types and brands of refrigeration oils is available on request from WSS Spare Part       Centres.       it is recommended that the system oil is changed or tested       at regular intervals. particularly R22. this oils have                                                                     virtually superseded the Icematic 99 oils in all marine       Floc Point.                                                                     Castrol Icematic 299 is approved to Carrier Specification       The compressor is the heart of any refrigeration system and                                                                     PP33-2 and PP36-1.92       applications like A/C systems.       Flash Point. Low wax forming tendencies ensure low pour       points.       highly refined to provide chemical and thermal stability. HIG                                     HIGHHT                                          TEEMP       605 664136        The Castrol range of mineral based refrigeration oils is available as two grades of specially selected oils.                                                                     Icematic 299 is generally used for high temperature       Relative Density at 20° C                          0. C°                                     -48        refrigeration systems.     290 . MINE                           MINERRAL..         Technical data                                                This could be on an annual basis or more frequently if the oil                                                                     becomes dark or cloudy.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Refrigeration equipment                                                                     Lubricants           REFRIG           IGEERANT O                    OIL                      IL. Compatible with HCFC       Viscosity at 40° C                                 55.94       R-417A. C°                                    183        Because of its low floc points and good solubility with       Pour Point. C°                                     -36        fluorocarbon refrigerants.5       refrigerants like R-22 and some HFC refrigerants like Unicool       Viscosity at 100° C                                5. 6 A    Approvals CE                                                                                                                                          291 . The unit Height                          1050 mm                          is silent in operation and runs on R-134a refrigerant that                                                                  functions in the medium pressure range. 230 V 50/60 Hz Power Supply Amperage           2.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Refrigeration equipment                                                                  Package Equipment     UNIT  NITO     OR D        DRRINK           INKING               ING W                   WA                    ATER C                         COOOLER. Power supply Voltage            1PH. making it resistant to corrosion and easy to Width                           310 mm                           keep clean. reducing wear and Weight                          22 kg                                                                  tear on the system. It is constructed of Length                          310 mm                           stainless steel. 230 V 607 708552  Marine drinking water cooler for ships crew  Features  •   Designed to operate under demanding climatic conditions  •   Stainless steel construction makes it corrosion resistant  •   Fittings in brass for longer service life  •   Includes instruction and spare part manual  •   CE approved  Benefits  • Silent operation  • Uses environmental acceptable R-134a refrigerant    Technical data                                                   The Unitor Drinking Water Cooler is made to operate in the                                                                  most demanding climatic conditions. Fittings are in brass for long service life. 1 A          Approvals       CE     292 .       Power supply Voltage            1PH. It is constructed of       Length                          310 mm                           stainless steel. reducing wear and       Weight                          22 kg                                                                        tear on the system. Fittings are in brass for long service life. The unit       Height                          1050 mm                          is silent in operation and runs on R-134a refrigerant that                                                                        functions in the medium pressure range. 110 V 50/60 Hz       Power Supply Amperage           5. 115 V       607 711333        Marine drinking water cooler for ships crew        Features        •   Designed to operate under demanding climatic conditions        •   Stainless steel construction makes it corrosion resistant        •   Fittings in brass for longer service life        •   CE approved        •   Includes instruction and spare part manual        Benefits        • Silent operation        • Uses environmental acceptable R-134a refrigerant          Technical data                                                   The Unitor Drinking Water Cooler is made to operate in the                                                                        most demanding climatic conditions. making it resistant to corrosion and easy to       Width                           310 mm                           keep clean.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                Refrigeration equipment                                                                        Package Equipment           UNIT        NITO           OR D              DRRINK                 INKING                     ING W                         WA                          ATER C                               COOOLER.  650993                                      FLARE TO SOLDER CONNECTOR. 650349                                      CHECK VALVE 1/2 INCH. 649726                                      RELIEF VALVE 350PSI.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                  Refrigeration equipment                                                                    System Equipment and Accessories     REFRIG     IGEERANT C              CHA                HAR                  RGING S                        STTATIO                             IONNU                                 UCCS-200 601 625186  The UCS-200 has been designed to minimise refrigerant loss and system contamination during the charging process. 522441                                      REDUCER FEMALE X MALE.  Features  •   Replaceable drier core  •   Connection for vacuum pump and recovery unit  •   Sight glass to monitor flow and refrigerant condition  •   Non-return valve to prevent back flow into cylinder  •   Relief valve to protect against high pressure  •   Steel pipe and rigid construction  •   Complies with environmental regulations  Benefits  • Simple layout  • Easy to operate  • Safe process control  Accessories Product number                              Product name 548255                                      LIQUID LINE DRIER CORE 48 DN. 510933                                      COPPER GASKET. 651077                                      MOISTURE INDICATOR INSERT.                                                                                                           293 . There is also a relief valve for added safety. 650020                                      STOP VALVE (ANGLE). 650055                                      STOP VALVE (ANGLE). 548206                                      FILTER DRIER SHELL-7/8. The system comes with replaceable core drier for moisture and contamination removal. 564591                                      CAP NUT 1/4" FLARE N5-4. a sight glass with moisture indicator to visualise the flow of refrigerant and various isolating valves.            Technical data        Length                             138 mm       Diameter                           95 mm       Inside Diameter                    44 mm       TEV type                           DCR 48DN           CHA        HARRGING HO                 HOSSE HP 13                          1350                             50 MM       601 510826        An high pressure charging hose for charging       refrigeration systems        Features        • Stainless steel braiding for added strength        • 1350 mm length        • Snap on connections           Product code: UCH-135     294 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                    Refrigeration equipment                                                            System Equipment and Accessories           LIQ        IQUUID L               LINE                 INE D                     DRRIE                        IERRC                            COORE 48 D                                     DNN       604 548255        Spare core for filter drier that is part of UCS-200       charging station.   Features  • Cylinders are secured free from the deck by two    clamps Clamps are of quick release type to ensure    timely removal of cylinders in case of emergency  • Hot dip galvanized steel  • Fits all WSS Unicool 56 L refrigerant cylinders     Product code: UCA-001     TOP V     VAALVE A            ADDAPTOR S                     SEET F                          FOOR U                               UNIC                                 NICO                                    OOL REFRIG      IGE        ERANT CCY                YLIND                  INDEERS U                          UVVA-00                               0011 601 544932  Used when connecting a charging hose to the Unicool refrigerant cylinder valve.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                      Refrigeration equipment                                                        System Equipment and Accessories     CYLIND    INDEER S           STTAND 601 513564  A stand for Unicool cylinders to secure the cylinders during voyage against movement.  Features  • Package with 4 adaptors: two 1/4" SAE flare and    two 3/8" SAE flare  • O-ring included    Technical data  Product code                UVA-001 Cylinder connection         CGA 660 Outlet                      Male flare SAE 1/4" Outlet                      Male flare SAE 3/8"                                                                                               295 .       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                          Refrigeration equipment                                                                  System Equipment and Accessories           COLLECTIO              IONNO                  OFFF                     FIT                       ITT                         TING                           INGS                              S. 1 x 1/4" female (1 pc)       Connector U1-4A male. 1/                                 1/4                                   4-3                                     3//8"       601 636431        An assorted collection of the most common       types of brass fittings that are used in various       refrigeration piping and connection applications.5/8". 1/4" female x 1/2" male (1 pc)       Reducing UR3-64. 1/4" fl x 1/4" pipe thread (1 pc)       Connector U3-6B female. 1/4" fl x 1/8" pipe thread (3 pcs)       Connector U1-4B male. 1/2" + 1/2" x 1/4" (1 pc)       Connector U3-4A female. 2 x 1/4" male. 1/4" x 1/4" flare (2 pcs)       Reducing UR3-46. 1/4" flare (5 pcs)       Reducing Union UR2-64. 1/2" x 1/4" flare (2 pcs)       Manifold Union coupling US-4-4.       For 3/8 . 1/4" flare (3 pcs)       Reducing Union TEE TR2-64. 1/4" fl x 1/8" pipe thread (1 pc)       Connector U3-4B female. 1/4" flare (3 pcs)       Union TEE T2-4. please use part number 636449        Features        • Comprehensive selection        Benefits        • Handy for repairs or system maintenance         Ordering information       Supplied with:       Plug P2 4. 3/8" female x 1/4" male (2 pcs)     296 . 3/8" x 1/4" flare (3 pcs)       Reducing Union UR2-84. 3/8" fl x 1/4" pipe thread (2 pc)       TEE T 6-4. 1/4" female x 3/8" male (2 pcs)       Reducing UR3-48. 1/4" fl x 1/4" pipe thread (3 pcs)       Connector U1-6B male.       Items are not sold individually. 3/8" + 3/8" x 1/4" (1 pc)       Reducing Union TEE TR2-84. 3/8" fl x 1/4" pipe thread (3 pcs)       Union U2 -4.  3/8" flare (2 pcs) Union TEE T2-8. please use part number 636431  Features  • Comprehensive selection  Benefits  • Handy for repairs or system maintenance   Ordering information Supplied with: Plug P2-6. 1/2" fl x 3/8" pipe thread(3 pcs) Union U2-6. 3/8" flare (3 pcs) Union U2-8. 5/8" flare (1 pc) Reducing Union UR2-86. 1/2" female x 5/8" male (1 pc)                                                                                                  297 . For 1/4 . 5/8" flare (1 pc) Reducing Union TEE TR2-86. 1/2" flare (1 pc) Union TEE T2-10. Items are not sold individually.5                                  5//8" 601 636449  An assorted collection of the most common types of brass fittings that are used in various refrigeration piping and connection applications. 1/2" Flare (1 pc) Union TEE T2-6.3/8". 1/2" + 1/2" x 3/8" (1 pc) Connector U1-6C male. 1/2" flare (2 pcs) Union U2-10. 3/8" x 3/8" flare (1 pc) Manifold Union coupling US-4-8. 1/2" female x 3/8" male (2 pcs) Reducing UR3-810. 5/8" x 1/2" flare (1 pc) Manifold Union coupling US-4-6. 3                           3//8 . 1/2" x 3/8" flare (1 pc) Reducing Union UR2-108. 3/8" flare (2 pcs) Plug P2-8.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                         Refrigeration equipment                                                           System Equipment and Accessories     COLLECTIO        IONNO            OFFF               FIT                 ITT                   TING                     INGS                        S. 1/2" x 1/2" flare (1 pc) Reducing UR3-68. 3/8" female x 1/2" male (1 pc) Reducing UR3-86. 3/8" fl x 3/8" pipe thread (1 pc) Connector U1-8C male.  HCFC and       HFC's.        • Cost saving: helps reduce costs due to accidental loss of refrigerants from unmonitored leaks          Environmentally sound solution: reduces the risks of global warming and damaging the ozone layer by          instantaneous warning of leaks        • Class Compliant: the leak detection system is compliant with LRS requirements for their EP notation and the DNV          Clean notation          Semi-conductors for halocarbons may be used to detect          This is particularly useful in monitoring a plant room with a       more than one gas or a mixture of gases simultaneously. 12 V siren and keys        • 4 channel monitor for up to 4 sensors        • 2 MSPH sensors (new type)     298 .2 mm                                                                        • Cable glands. requires no special preparations and low maintenance requirements        •   Economical solution        •   Can be connected to existing engine room alarm systems        •   Comes in 220 V with an option for 110 V        •   IP42        Benefits        • Crew safety: safeguards crew members from long-term exposure to high levels of leaked refrigerant gas in          enclosed spaces.        number of different refrigerants. 4 C                                       CHA                                         HANNE                                           NNELL. the leak kit       MRD4S enables you to monitor up to 4       locations for the presence of CFC. MR                                                  MRDD4S                                                      4S--2L       607 708016        To detect leakages of refrigerants onboard your       vessel's refrigeration systems. robust and long-lasting semi-conductor          technology        • Can detect multiple refrigerants simultaneously        • 2 level alarm system:              • Low level alarm resets automatically once the atmosphere is clear as found in intermittent leaks             • High level alarm needs to be manually reset after the leak has been rectified. Use Unitor's electronic hand held               leak detector UNIRX-1A Part No 536946 for identifying leaks         •   Relatively easy to install. The semi conductor sensors are easy to       install and with their chemical stable design give       you an inexpensive solution to comply to LRS/       DNV requirements.        Features        • Inexpensive..      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Refrigeration equipment                                                                      System Equipment and Accessories           FIX        IXEED L              LEEAK D                    DEETECTOR K                              KIT                                IT. 4 core screened cable 7/0.                                                                      **Kit also available with 6 channel monitor (Part No 708018)          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                   • 100 m. Accessories Product number   Product name 708073           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR CABLE 708057           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR AHU OR DUCT 708032           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR IP66 708024           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR 708040           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR VENT PIPE                                                           299 .                                                                       **Kit also available with 4 channel monitor (Part No 708016)          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                   • 100 m. requires no special preparations and low maintenance requirements        •   Economical solution        •   Can be connected to existing engine room alarm systems        •   Comes in 220 V with an option for 110 V        •   IP42        Benefits        • Crew safety: safeguards crew members from long-term exposure to high levels of leaked refrigerant gas in          enclosed spaces          Cost saving: helps reduce costs due to accidental loss of refrigerants from unmonitored leaks          Environmentally sound solution: reduces the risks of global warming and damaging the ozone layer by          instantaneous warning of leaks          Class compliant: the leak detection system is compliant with LRS requirements for their EP notation and the DNV          Clean notation          Semiconductors for halocarbons may be used to detect           This is particularly useful in monitoring a plant room with a       more than one gas or a mixture of gases simultaneously. Use Unitor's electronic hand held               leak detector UNIRX-1A Part No 536946 for identifying leaks         •   Relatively easy to install. 4 core screened cable 7/0.2 mm                                                                        • Cable glands. MR                                                  MRDD6S                                                      6S--2L       607 708018        To detect leakages of refrigerants onboard your vessel's refrigeration systems.. 6 C                                       CHA                                         HANNE                                           NNELL. The       semiconductor sensors are easy to install and with their chemical stable design give you an inexpensive       solution to comply to LRS/DNV requirements.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Refrigeration equipment                                                                      System Equipment and Accessories           FIX        IXEED L              LEEAK D                    DEETECTOR K                              KIT                                IT.        number of different refrigerants. the leak kit MRD4S       enables you to monitor up to 4 locations for the presence of CFC. robust and long-lasting semi-conductor technology        • Can detect multiple refrigerants simultaneously        • 2 level alarm system:              • Low level alarm resets automatically once the atmosphere is clear as found in intermittent leaks             • High level alarm needs to be manually reset after the leak has been rectified. 12 V siren and keys        • 6 channel monitor for up to 4 sensors        • 4 MSPH sensors (new type)     300 . HCFC and HFC's.        Features        • Inexpensive. Accessories Product number   Product name 708073           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR CABLE 708057           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR AHU OR DUCT 708032           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR IP66 708024           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR 708040           REFRIGERANT GAS SENSOR VENT PIPE                                                           301 .  12 V siren and keys        • 4 channel monitor for up to 4 sensors        • 2 MSPH sensors (new type)          Approvals       CE     302 .        number of different refrigerants. The semi       conductor sensors are easy to install and with their chemical stable design give you an inexpensive       solution to comply to LRS/DNV requirements.        • Cost saving: helps reduce costs due to accidental loss of refrigerants from unmonitored leaks        • Environmentally sound solution: reduces the risks of global warming and damaging the ozone layer by          instantaneous warning of leaks        • Class compliant: the leak detection system is compliant with LRS requirements for their EP notation and the DNV          Clean notation          Semi-conductors for halocarbons may be used to detect          This is particularly useful in monitoring a plant room with a       more than one gas or a mixture of gases simultaneously. requires no special preparations and low maintenance requirements        •   Economical solution        •   Can be connected to existing engine room alarm systems        •   Comes in 220 V with an option for 110 V        •   IP66        Benefits        • Crew safety: safeguards crew members from long-term exposure to high levels of leaked refrigerant gas in          enclosed spaces.2 mm                                                                        • Cable glands. the leak kit MRD4S       enables you to monitor up to 4 locations for the presence of CFC. Use Unitor's electronic hand held               leak detector UNIRX-1A Part No 536946 for identifying leaks         •   Relatively easy to install.          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                   • 100 m. HCFC and HFC's.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Refrigeration equipment                                                                      System Equipment and Accessories           FIX        IXEED L              LEEAK D                    DEETECTOR K                              KIT                                IT 4 C                                     CHA                                       HANE                                         NELLS IP                                               IP66                                                  66       607 767079        To detect leakages of refrigerants onboard your vessel's refrigeration systems. 4 core screened cable 7/0. robust and long-lasting semi-conductor technology        • Can detect multiple refrigerants simultaneously        • 2 level alarm system:              • Low level alarm resets automatically once the atmosphere is clear as found in intermittent leaks             • High level alarm needs to be manually reset after the leak has been rectified. IP Class is 66        Features        • Inexpensive.  Can be used for detecting all the CFC. HFC refrigerants and hydrocarbons.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Refrigeration equipment                                                             System Equipment and Accessories     FIX  IXEED L        LEEAK D              DEETECTOR. MS                         MSPPH S                               SEENS                                  NSOOR 607 708024  This is the new and improved refrigerant leak detection sensor for general application. Sensitivity can be set as low    as 100 ppm  • Factory supply setting is 500 ppm for low level and    1.000 ppm for high level  Benefits  • Crew safety: safeguards crew members from long-    term exposure to high levels of leaked refrigerant gas    in enclosed spaces  • Cost saving: helps reduce costs due to accidental    loss of refrigerants from unmonitored leaks  • Environmentally sound solution: reduces the risks    of global warming and damaging the ozone layer by instantaneous warning of leaks  • Class compliant: the leak detection system is compliant with LRS requirements for their EP notation and the DNV    Clean notation                                                                                                                          303 . NB: Special sensors for Ammonia available on request  Features  • Working temperature range -20° C to +50° C (-4° F    to +122° F)  • IP 41 rated  • Improved sensor housing  • Improved sensor with filter to minimise false alarms    from background gases  • Improved sensor PCB design with incorporated test    points  • Simplified annual maintenance / testing procedures  • Field adjustments to the sensor sensitivity can be    carried out very easily. HCFC.  Sensitivity can be set as low as 100 ppm        •   Factory supply setting is 500 ppm for low level and 1. and fast response        •   Improved sensor with filter to minimise false alarms from background gases        •   Improved sensor PCB design with incorporated test points        •   Simplified annual maintenance / testing procedures        •   Field adjustments to the sensor sensitivity can be carried out very easily. IP                               IP66                                  66 S                                     SEENS                                        NSOOR       607 708032        This is the new and improved refrigerant leak detection sensor for use in areas of high humidity or       water ingress such as in cold rooms or in refrigerated cargo hold battery spaces for direct expansion       systems.       Can be used for detecting all the CFC.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigeration equipment                                                                       System Equipment and Accessories           FIX        IXEED L              LEEAK D                    DEETECTOR. HFC refrigerants and hydrocarbons.       NB: Special sensors for Ammonia available on request        Features        •   Working temperature range -40° C to +50° C (-40° F to +122° F)        •   Improved sensor housing IP66 with Delrin head for high humidity. wash down areas. HCFC.000 ppm for high level        Benefits        • Crew safety: safeguards crew members from long-term exposure to high levels of leaked refrigerant gas in          enclosed spaces        • Cost saving: helps reduce costs due to accidental loss of refrigerants from unmonitored leaks        • Environmentally sound solution: reduces the risks of global warming and damaging the ozone layer by          instantaneous warning of leaks        • Class compliant: the leak detection system is compliant with LRS requirements for their EP notation and the DNV          Clean notation     304 .  HCFC. NB: Special sensors for Ammonia available on request  Features  •   Working temperature range -20° C to +50° C (-4° F to +122° F)  •   IP 41 rated  •   Improved sensor with filter to minimise false alarms from background gases  •   Improved sensor PCB design with incorporated test points  •   Simplified annual maintenance / testing procedures  •   Field adjustments to the sensor sensitivity can be carried out very easily. S                         SAAFETY V                                 V//V V                                      VEENT P                                            PIP                                              IPE                                                E SENS    NSOOR 607 708040  This is the new and improved refrigerant leak detection sensor for mounting on the vent pipes of system safety / relief valves to detect either leaking valves or activated ones.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigeration equipment                                                                 System Equipment and Accessories     FIX  IXEED L        LEEAK D              DEETECTOR. Can be used for detecting all the CFC. HFC refrigerants and hydrocarbons.000 ppm for high level  Benefits  • Crew safety: safeguards crew members from long-term exposure to high levels of leaked refrigerant gas in    enclosed spaces  • Cost saving: helps reduce costs due to accidental loss of refrigerants from unmonitored leaks  • Environmentally sound solution: reduces the risks of global warming and damaging the ozone layer by    instantaneous warning of leaks  • Class compliant: the leak detection system is compliant with LRS requirements for their EP notation and the DNV    Clean notation                                                                                                                                 305 . Sensitivity can be set as low as 100 ppm  •   Factory supply setting is 500 ppm for low level and 1.        NB: Special sensors for Ammonia available on request        Features        •   Working temperature range -40° C to +50° C (-40° F to +122° F)        •   IP 56 rated        •   Improved sensor with filter to minimise false alarms from background gases        •   Improved sensor PCB design with incorporated test points        •   Simplified annual maintenance / testing procedures        •   Field adjustments to the sensor sensitivity can be carried out very easily. 4-core screened cable for connecting the sensor heads to each channel on the       monitor.       The cable is classed as halogen free. HFC refrigerants and hydrocarbons.       Can be used for detecting all the CFC.        Features        • 100 m coil        • Screened cable     306 .2 mm. A                               AHU                                 HU/D                                   /DUUCT S                                          SEENS                                             NSOOR       607 708057        This is the new and improved refrigerant leak detection sensor for mounting in the duct pipes of A/C Air       Handling Unit outlets to detect refrigerant leaks from evaporator coils. 4 C                                 COORE C                                       CAABLE       607 708073        This is a 0.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigeration equipment                                                                       System Equipment and Accessories           FIX        IXEED L              LEEAK D                    DEETECTOR. HCFC.000 ppm for high level        Benefits        • Crew safety: safeguards crew members from long-term exposure to high levels of leaked refrigerant gas in          enclosed spaces        • Cost saving: helps reduce costs due to accidental loss of refrigerants from unmonitored leaks        • Environmentally sound solution: reduces the risks of global warming and damaging the ozone layer by          instantaneous warning of leaks        • Class compliant: the leak detection system is compliant with LRS requirements for their EP notation and the DNV          Clean notation           FIX        IXEED L              LEEAK D                    DEETECTOR. Sensitivity can be set as low as 100 ppm        •   Factory supply setting is 500 ppm for low level and 1.  Please specify probe type for suitable temperature  Features  •   Can measure temp difference between two points. and mode and status displayed on the LCD display. Operation of the thermometer is intuitive ./Min. "record Max. NB: Supplied without probes.with explanatory labels on the membrane keys.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                        Refrigeration equipment                                                          Tools     DIG  IGIT     ITA       AL D          DUUAL T                THE                  HER                    RMO                      MOME                        METTER 606 584417  The multifunction thermometer provides functions such as "auto power off". "auto-ranging". during system check  •   Memory-in function up to ten data can be stored  •   Records max and min values during measurement and system adjustments  •   User calibration function by operating the panel keys  •   Power two AA size (LR6) batteries included  •   Lightweight 180 g  •   CE approved in compliance with EMC standards. protection class IP 54  Accessories Product number                           Product name 584433                                   AIR PROBE 584425                                   SURFACE PROBE 589994                                   NEEDLE PROBE 602813                                   WIRE THERMOCOUPLE PROBE 597385                                   MARINE THERMOMETER CASE                                                                                                             307 .". "relative measurement".  All items are       available individually. The multifunction       thermometer provides functions such as "auto       power off".      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Refrigeration equipment                                                                     Tools           MA       MARRINE T               THE                 HER                   RMO                     MOME                       METTER K                              KIT                                IT U                                   UTTK-100       606 597377        The thermometer and probes are conveniently       housed in a sturdy carrying case.with       explanatory labels on the membrane keys. "record Max.9 kg          Ordering information       Product number                                 Product name       597377                                         MARINE THERMOMETER KIT     308 .          protection class IP 54        • Comes with 3 different probes such as air probe. and       mode and status displayed on the LCD display. "relative       measurement".".       Operation of the thermometer is intuitive .        Features        • Can measure temp difference between two points.          surface probe and needle probe        • Additional two unshielded thermocouples        Benefits        • Accurate        • Lightweight          Technical data        Length                    100 mm       Width                     450 mm       Height                    360 mm       Weight                    1. "auto-ranging"./Min.          during system check        • Memory-in Function up to ten data can be stored        • Records max and min values during measurement          and system adjustments        • User calibration function by operating the panel keys        • Power two AA size (LR6) batteries included        • Light weight 180 g        • CE approved in compliance with EMC standards. Accessories Product number   Product name 584417           DIGITAL DUAL THERMOMETER 584433           AIR PROBE 584425           SURFACE PROBE 589994           NEEDLE PROBE 602813           WIRE THERMOCOUPLE PROBE 597385           MARINE THERMOMETER CASE                                                 309 .       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                 Refrigeration equipment                                                         Tools           SURFACE P               PRROBE T                      THE                        HER                          RMO                            MOME                              METTER       606 584425        Surface probe thermometer to be used with digital thermometer 584417        Features        • Standard thermocouple connections        • Temperature range -50 to + 500° C           AIR P           PRROBE T                  THE                    HER                      RMO                        MOME                          METTER       606 584433        Air probe thermometer to be used with digital thermometer 584417        Features        • Standard thermocouple connection        • Temperature range -50 to +500° C     310 . MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                 Refrigeration equipment                                                   Tools     NE NEEEDLE P         PRROBE T                THE                  HER                    RMO                      MOME                        METTER 606 589994  Needle probe thermometer for digital thermometer 584417  Features  • Standard thermocouple connection  • Working range -50 to +600° C     WIR  IREET      THE        HER          RMO            MOC              COUPLE P                     PRROBE 606 602813  Unshielded thermocouple to be used with digital thermometer 584417    Features  • Standard thermocouple connections  • Temperature range -50 to + 400° C                                                                                 311 . 95 fixed     312 . but also       during trouble-shooting.                           10 to 90 % RH non-condensing.       Accuracy            +/.        Features        • Sturdy construction        • Wide temperature range        • Memory function        Benefits        • Hip holster makes it easy to carry around        • Easy to use        • Batteries are included          Technical data        Temperature Range -50 to +400° C (-58° F to +752° F).      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Refrigeration equipment                                                                      Tools           INR       INRAAFRED T                 THE                   HER                     RMO                       MOME                         METTER       606 737668        The infra-red thermometer is a sturdy IR-       thermometer designed for easy temperature       measurement of refrigeration systems or other       engine room equipment and machinery to       quickly obtain surface temperature readings       when assessing system performance. insulation check.2 % of reading       Resolution          0.1° C / °F       Response Time       1 sec       Ambient Operating 0 to 50° C (32 to 122° F)       Temp.       system adjustment and balancing. at < 30° C       Relative Humidity                           (86° F) ambient       Battery life        14 to 18 hours of continuous use       Dimensions          175 x 39 x 72 mm       Weight              179 g including batteries       Emissivity          0.       Frequent use of this thermometer will prove       useful when planning maintenance.  S                STTAND                    NDA                      ARD. alkyl benzeen oil    and PAG oil  • Referred to as “the long term trouble avoider” among refrigeration specialists    Technical data  Product code                    UVP-15401 Displacement                    113 l/min . HCFC and HFC in ombination with mineral oil. 115                           115/230                               /230 V 606 587568  The vacuum pump is used for removing moisture and non-condensable gases from refrigeration systems after maintenance or repair.  Features  • Two stage pump for deep vacuum  • Dual voltage (115/230 V) and frequency model (50/    60 Hz)  • Achievable rating as low as 20 microns  • Displacement 113 l/min  Benefits  • Built in isolating valve isolates the pump from the system with only a 1/4 turn.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigeration equipment                                                                 Tools     VACUUM P        PUUMP           MP. making it simple to measure rate of rise  • Can be used on systems using CFC..4CFM Weight                          12 kg Connections                     1/4" and 1/2" Vacuum oil capacity             445 ml                                                                                                                                    313 . polyester oil.  HE                      HEAAVY D                             DUUTY.. 115                                    115/230                                        /230 V       606 597658        The heavy duty pump is used for removing       moisture and non-condensable gases from       large refrigeration installations.        Features        • Two stage deep vacuum        • Dual voltage (115/230 V) and frequency model (50/          60 Hz)        • Achievable rating as low as 20 microns        • Displacement 280 l/min        Benefits        • Built in isolating valve isolates the pump from the          system with only a 1/4 turn.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Refrigeration equipment                                                                   Tools           VACUUM P              PUUMP                 MP. alkyl benzeen oil          and PAG oil        • Referred to as “the long term trouble avoider” among refrigeration specialists          Technical data        Product code                 UVP-15121A       Displacement                 282 l/min . making it simple to measure rate of rise        • Can be used on systems using CFC. polyester oil. HCFC and HFC in ombination with mineral oil.10CFM       Weight                       18 kg       Connections                  1/4" and 1/2"       Vacuum oil capacity          488 ml     314 . 95 L 606 320424  UVO-1 dual-purpose vacuum pump oil is made from a paraffinic mineral oil base..0 mbar  •   Connection is 1/8" BSP Male.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Refrigeration equipment                                                             Tools     VACUUM P        PUUMP O              OIL                IL 0                   0. to be used in deep vacuum applications. allowing the water to    separate from the oil  • Excellent for old and new vacuum pumps  • For cleaning and lubricating of the pump at the same    time     Product code: UVO-001     VACUUM G        GAAUGE 0-               0-1000                 1000 MB                      MBAAR 606 540104  Standard round vacuum gaume gauge with diameter of 60 mm  Features  •   Wall mountable using screws  •   Glycerine filled  •   Scale from 1000 . down    Product code: UVG-25                                                                                           315 .  Features  • It contains an anti sludge agent that breaks up water.    dirt and oil combinations.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                      Refrigeration equipment                                                              Tools           DIG        IGIT           ITA             AL V                VA                 ACUUM G                       GAAUGE U                              UVVG-64       606 711507        Gauge to determine that the proper system       vacuum has been obtained. Supplied with 9 V       battery.        Features        • User friendly digital LCD display        • Range from atmospheric pressure down to 0          microns        • Resolution at low end of the scale is 1 micron        • Option to show time graph to see change in vacuum          pressure        • Over pressure protection (35 bar)        • Convenient hanger at the back        • Supplied in a soft case including battery           Product code: UVG-65     316 .  Supplied with 9 V battery and calibration tool.  Features  • User friendly "traffic light" LED display  • Range from atmospheric pressure down to 50    microns  • Over pressure protection  • Convenient hanger at the back  • Supplied in a soft case including battery  Benefits  • This electronic vacuum gauge will also “indicate” if    the system is not leak tight  • Instruction on how to differenciate between moisture    in the system and leaks     Technical data  Product code               UVG-150 Connections                1/4" SAE flare Battery                    9V                                                                                         317 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                         Refrigeration equipment                                                           Tools     ELECTRONIC V            VA             ACUUM G                   GAAUGE U                          UVVG-150 606 597666  Gauge to determine that the proper system vacuum has been obtained. 8 m .6 ft       Connection            3/8" SAE flare Female       Colour                Yellow     318 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                       Refrigeration equipment                                                               Tools           CHA        HARRGING             ING/V                 /VA                   ACUUM HO                         HOSSE U                               UCCH-                                  H-7                                    72Y       606 535070        3/8" hose to connect between Unicool       refrigerant cylinder (use adaptor set 544932)       and refrigeration system or used for larger       vacuum jobs        Features        • High quality hose material        • Both ends have 3/8" SAE flare female connection        • Embedded O-ring seals for positive seal        Benefits        • Flexible even in low teperatures without colapsing        • Approved for high pressure blends          Technical data        Product code          UCH-72-Y       Length                1.   Features  •   1/2" SAE flare female connection to fit directly on vacuum pump  •   1/4" SAE flare connection for vacuum gauge connection  •   3/8" SAE flare connection for system connection  •   Large internal port for maximized flow  Benefits  • Easy to use  • Excellent control over process    Technical data  Product code          UVS-13047A Connection 1          1/2" SAE flare female Connection 2          1/4" SAE flare male Connection 3          3/8" SAE flare male                                                                                           319 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Refrigeration equipment                                                             Tools     VACUUM V        VA         ALVE A              ASSSEMB                   MBLLY 606 513382  A brass valve assembly that give maximum control during evacuation and recharging.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigeration equipment                                                                       Tools           HA       HAND          ND O             OIL               IL P                  PUUMP 5 L & 25 L D                                   DRRUMS       606 597534        High pressure hand oil pump designed to allow technicians to pump refrigeration oil into the system or       compressor crankcase while the unit is in operation. suction accumulator or simmilar        • Fits all standard cans (5 and 25 L)           ACID T            TEEST K                  KIT                    IT MINE                       MINERRAL + A                                  ABBO                                     OIL                                       ILS                                         S       606 540088        Test kit for determining acid contamination in mineral or alkylbenzene oils        Features        • Simple sampling and testing        • Quick result           ACID T            TEEST K                  KIT                    IT P                       POOE O                            OIL                              ILS                                S       606 607828        Test kit for determining acid contamination in polyolester oil        Features        • Simple sampling and testing        • Quick result     320 .        Features        • Pump outlet 1/4" SAE flare        • Pump pressure upto 17 bar        • Universal tapered adapter that fits all oil container necks        Benefits        • Delivered with acessory kit for removal of oil from crankcase. no need for system shutdown during oil charge. V.V. U                                       UVVT                                          TRRACER KIT 220     220/2        /240           40 V 606 587170  Effective tool for locating refrigerant leaks in refrigeration systems in inaccsessible areas by circulating the tracer fluid and using UV-light.  Features  • Oil based fluorescent liquid fully miscible with    refrigerant compressor oil  • Circulates in system and leaves fluorescent trace if    leak  Benefits  • Ready to use kit    Product code: UV1160F                                             compressor oil. TRACER FLUID 250ML 587162                                          U. fully miscible and compatible with refrigerants and                                                                   easily identifying the location of the leak.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                 Refrigeration equipment                                                                   Tools     REFRIG      IGEERANT LLE                 EAK D                     DEETECTIO                            IONNK                                KIT                                  IT. When added to the compressor oil sump.V.V. TRACER FLUID 5 LTR 596536                                          SPARE BULB 110/220V 100W 606465                                          GLO-KLENZ CLEANER  Supplied with:                                                      • Protective goggles (1 pc)                                                                     • Instructions (1 set)  • UV Inspection lamp 220/240 V (1 pc)                              • Carrying case (1 pc)  • Spare bulb (1 pc)  • 250 ml tracer fluid (GL 1483A Mineral oil) (4 bottles)                                                                                                                                      321 . This will give a fluorescent glow Glo-Leak tracer fluid is an oil based fluorescent liquid that is                                                                   when the area is scanned with the UV inspection lamp. the tracer fluid circulates around the system with the    Ordering information Product number                                  Product name 587170                                          U. TRACER FLUID 250ML 602334                                          U. Evidence of the tracer fluid will be found at                                                                   the source of each leak. compressor oil. TRACER KIT 220V/240V 606268                                          U..  TRACER KIT 12V       606268                                             U. TRACER FLUID 250ML       602334                                             U.7 Ah     322 . When added to the compressor oil sump. This will give a fluorescent glow                                                                         when the area is scanned with the UV inspection lamp.        Features        •   Oil based fluorescent liquid fully miscible with refrigerant compressor oil        •   Circulates in system and leaves fluorescent trace if leak        •   110 V and 220 V charger included        •   12 V .       Glo-Leak tracer fluid is an oil based fluorescent liquid that is    easily identifying the location of the leak.. TRACER FLUID 5 LTR       596551                                             SPARE BULB 12V 100W       606465                                             GLO-KLENZ CLEANER        Supplied with:                                                     •     Spare bulb (1 pc)                                                                          •     250 ml tracer fluid (GL 1483A Mineral oil) (4 bottles)        •   UV Inspection lamp 12 V (1 pc)                                •     Protective goggles (1 pc)        •   220 V Battery charger                                         •     Instructions (1 set)        •   110 V battery charger                                         •     Carrying case (1 pc)        •   Battery 12 V .V.V. Evidence of the tracer fluid will be found at       Operating Voltage                     12 V                        the source of each leak.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Refrigeration equipment                                                                         Tools           REFRIGIGE               ERANT L                     LEEAK D                           DEETECTIO                                  IONNK                                      KIT                                        IT.       fully miscible and compatible with refrigerants and          Ordering information       Product number                                     Product name       711523                                             U. U                                             UVVT                                                TRRACER       KIT 12 V       606 711523        Effective tool for locating refrigerant leaks in refrigeration systems in inaccsessible areas by circulating       the tracer fluid and using UV-light.7 Ah battery gives a long operating time up to 30 minutes        Benefits        • Ready to use kit          Technical data                                                    compressor oil.V. A rechargeable battery gives complete freedom on where to use the       kit.V.                                                                         the tracer fluid circulates around the system with the       Product code                          UV2100U+                    compressor oil. TRACER FLUID 250ML       587162                                             U. V.V. TRACER FLUID 250ML 602334                                     U. It is used in combination with the UV Fluorescent leak detection system for finding leaks in refrigeration systems.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                         Refrigeration equipment                                                           Tools     REFRIG      IGE        ERANT LLE                EAK DDE                      ETECTIO                           ION. T                                      TRRACER FLUID F       FOOR MINE            MINERRAL O                     OIL                       IL  This tracer fluid for mineral oil comes in both 250 ml and 5 liter containers. TRACER FLUID 5 LTR                                                                                                               323 . Evidence of the tracer fluid will be found at the source of the leak and glow under the light of a UV detection lamp.                              N. U                                 UVV.  Ordering information Product number                             Product name 587162                                     U.  POE.       Evidence of the tracer fluid will be found at the source of the leak and glow under the light of a UV       detection lamp. U                                          UVV. G                                            GLLO-K                                                -KLLENZ       CLEANE           NER R       606 606465        An easy to use cleaning agent to remove tracer fluid from the surface. PAO and mineral oil        Benefits        • One type fits all           REFRIG           IGEERANT L                    LEEAK D                          DEETECTIO                                 ION. It is used in combination with       the UV Fluorescent leak detection system for finding leaks in refrigeration systems.        Features        • Applicable for PAG.        Features        • Removes UV tracer fluid        Benefits        • Easy to use     324 .                                    N. U                                       UVV. U                                               UNIV                                                 NIVE                                                    ERSAL       TRACER FFL                LUID F                     FOOR A                          ALLL O                               OIL                                 IL T                                    TYYPES       606 606268        A universal tracer fluid for all types of oil comes in a 250 ml plastic bottle.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                       Refrigeration equipment                                                               Tools           REFRIG           IGEERANT L                    LEEAK DDEETECTIOION.                                       N.  TRACER KIT 12V 596551                                     SPARE BULB 12V 100W                                                                                     325 .V. TRACER KIT 220V/240V 596536                              SPARE BULB 110/220V 100W     SPARE B       BUULB 12V 100W 606 596551  Bulb 100W for UV tracer kit 12V (711523)   Product code: UV2054    Ordering information Product Number                             Product name 711523                                     U.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                     Refrigeration equipment                                                       Tools     SPARE B       BUULB 110             110/220                /220 V 100 W 606 596536  Spare bulb 100 W for 110/220 V UV tracer kit (587170)   Product code: UV1103    Ordering information Product number                      Product name 587170                              U.V.  One of       the most sensitive refrigerant leak detectors in       the industry        Features        •   Six-segment visual leak size indicator        •   Audible alarm        •   High and Low sensitivity level        •   Cordless        •   5 ppm sensitivity        •   Supplied in carrying case and spare sensing tips        •   Batteries 2 pcs C-cell alkaline        Benefits        • Delivered in sturdy carry case        • Includes batteries and spare sensing tip          Technical data                                                  For optimum performance. name                   UNIRIX-1A                           on regular basis. WSS recommends to replace the                                                                       sensing tip (kit with product number 548700) and batteries       Alt. HCFC and HFC) enabling you       to find leaks in your refrigeration system.14"       Weight                      560 g          Ordering information       Product number                         Product name       716142                                 REFRIGERANT LEAK DETECTOR UNIRX-1A       548700                                 MAINTENANCE KIT LEAK DETECTOR-XP2          Approvals        • UL classified                                                  • CE approved     326 .       respons time                Instantaneous       Reset time                  1 second                             • Sensing tip life is approximately 20 hours                                                                        • Battery life is approximately 30 hours       Probe length                35.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Refrigeration equipment                                                                       Tools           HA       HAND          ND HE              HELLD R                    REEFRIG                         IGEERANT L                                  LEEAK D                                        DEETECTOR       UNIR        NIRXX-1A       606 716142        A hand held detector able to detect all halogen       refrigerants (CFC.5 cm .      Ordering information Product number                Product name 548700                        MAINTENANCE KIT LEAK DETECTOR-XP2 716142                        REFRIGERANT LEAK DETECTOR UNIRX-1A                                                                                      327 . 716142.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                      Refrigeration equipment                                                        Tools     MA MAINT    INTE       ENA         NANC           NCEEK               KIT                 IT L                    LEEAK D                          DEETECTOR-X                                   -XPP2 606 548700  XP-2 Maintenance Kit ('Orange tips') for UNIRX-1A hand held leak detector. part no. Tips need to be changed after 20 hours of usage as they get saturated and stop detecting refrigerant leaks. Kit contains 3 tips.  combination & angle nose       • Hoses 0. Some of the included products       can be reordered. split joint. VALVE ADAPTOR SET       743476                                MAGNET & VOLT STICKS PACK       737668                                IR THERMOMETER W/BELT HOLSTER       528026                                INNER-OUTER REAMER       522557                                TUBE CUTTER UPT-274-FC       522573                                FLARE TOOL       743203                                RATCHET WRENCH BIG 1/2-1/4-5&9/16       743195                                RATCHET WRENCH SMALL 1/4-3/8-3&5/16     328 .         • Adjustable wrench       800 psi          Ordering information       Product number                        Product name       Spare parts available for purchase:       544932                                REFRIGERANT CYL. 800 psi       Specialised refrigeration tools:                                  • UT-04 1/4" SAE male T-Piece       • Tube cutter «Mini»                                              General Hand Tools:       • Schrader Valve Core Removal Tool                                • Screw drivers (-) & (+)       • Solenoid Valve Operating Magnet                                 • Small screw drivers (-) & (+)       • Evaporator Fin Straightener (Comb)                              • Pliers: Long nose. 1/4" SAE.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Refrigeration equipment                                                                         Tools           REFRIG           IGEERATIO                  IONN HA                       HAND                          NDY                            YTTO                               OOLS C                                    CAASE       606 752154        The kit contains both specialised refrigeration       tools and general tools that are necessary for       day to day ship-board operation and       maintenance of refrigeration systems and their       control circuits.        Features        • Quality tools selected for defined purposes        • Handy light weight suitcase        • Service and refrigerant slide rulers are included        • Vacuum and charging hoses suitable for every day          operations        • Refrigeration Fault Diagnostic Slide to assist in fault finding        • Unitor Refrigeration Handling Guide to give practical tips        • Unicool Refrigerant Slide giving technical data on most common marine refrigerants        Benefits        • Convenient        • Every tool needed is collected in one place together with a useful refrigerant handling guide and more          Supplied with                                                     • Hose with ball valve.9 & 1.8 m w/ball valve & sight glass. 1/4" SAE.  and mounting of split A/C units to get smooth bends.  Features  • Services tubes up to diameters of 3/8"  • Bending angle max 90 degrees     Product code: UTB-368                                                                                 329 .     Product code: UPT-274-FC     TUBE B      BEEND         NDEER.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                 Refrigeration equipment                                                   Tools     TUBE C      CUUTTER U              UPPT-274-                     4-FFC 606 522557  A basic tube cutter for cutting copper tubing. 5/16” and 3/8” up to an angle of 90°. A very useful tool during fitting of pressure switches or gauges. T                TRRIP                   IPLLE HE                         HEAAD 606 522565  The triple headed tube bender can be used for bending tubes with an outside diameter of 1/4”.  The off-centre cone       produces a rolling motion for uniform flare walls.D.D. from 1/8” to 3/4"          Product code: UPT-375-FS     330 .        Features        • Flares tubes with O.        Features        • Flare set supplied in sturdy plastic case        • Applicable for tubes with O. compact size for use in narrow spaces.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Refrigeration equipment                                                                    Tools           FLARE T             TO              OOL       606 522573        45° flaring tool for all tubes in metric and inch sizes. from 5 to 16 mm or 3/16" to 5/8"        • Supplied in sturdy plastic case        Benefits        • practical also in narrow spaces          Product code: UPT-525-F           FLARING S               SEET       606 597690        A 45° eccentric flaring tool in inch sizes made from forged high quality steel.  of 3/16" to 3/4"  • Flare & swage set supplied in sturdy plastic case     Product code: UPT-275-FS     INNE INNERR-O       -OUUTER R               REEAME                   MERR 606 528026  A simple reamer for removal of burs both internal and external.5") OD  • Maximum 32 mm (1.D.3                           3//4" 606 597708  A 45° flaring and swaging tool in inch sizes made from forged high quality steel  Features  • Tubes with maximum O.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                      Refrigeration equipment                                                        Tools     FLARE/S      /SW        WAGE S             SEET 3                  3//16" .25") ID                                                                                      331 .  Features  • Maximum 38 mm (1.         Features        •   Fits a variety of different valve spindles        •   Plastic covered grip for comfort        •   Hexagonal 1/2" and 9/16"        •   Square 1/4" and 3/16"        Benefits        • 4-in-1 wrench that is easy to carry around     332 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                 Refrigeration equipment                                                         Tools           RATCHE           HETTW               WRRENC                   NCHHS                       SMA                         MAL                           LL 1/                              1/4"                                4" .        Features        • Fits a variety of different valve spindles        • Plastic covered grip for comfort        • Square 3/16". 1/4". 5/16" and 3/8"        Benefits        • 4-in-1 wrench that is easy to carry around           RATCHE           HETTW               WRRENC                   NCHHB                       BIG                         IG 1/                            1/2"                              2" .1/                                   1/4"                                     4" .3 & 5                                                 5//16"       606 743195        A wrench nessesary when opening and closing       system or compressor valves during refrigerant       charging. system oil change etc. system oil change etc.5 & 9                                              9//16"       606 743203        A wrench nessesary when opening and closing       system or compressor valves during refrigerant       charging.3                                     3//8" .  red and blue hose  •   High quality material  •   Both ends have 1/4" SAE flare female connection  •   Teflon seals  Benefits  • Flexible even in low teperatures without collapsing  • Approved for high pressure blends    Product code: UCH-72                                                                                        333 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                        Refrigeration equipment                                                          Tools     MA MAG   GNE     NET       T&V         VO          OLT S              STTIC                 ICKKS P                       PA                        ACK 606 743476  Simple and quick tool to test solenoid valve activation and if there is power supplied to the system components.  Features  •   Pocket clip  •   Test function  •   CE approved  •   Batteries and user information included  Benefits  • Easy and practical to use     CHA  HARRGING HO           HOSSE S                 SEET U                      UCCH-                         H-7                           72 3 X 1.88M 606 597757  Hose set used together with the refrigerant service manifold  Features  •   Yellow.                                  1.  red .        Features        • 60 mm glycerine-filled gauges        • Gauge scale for refrigerants like R-410A (higher          pressure        • 3 hoses 1/4” (yellow. R                                              R--410A       606 711499        A service manifold with high and low pressure       gauges and optical sight glass to observe the       refrigerant as it flows through the manifold. connection 5/16" SAE flare (1/2"-20 UNF) on          one side and on the other side 1/4" SAE flare        • 1 vacuum hose 3/8” (yellow) hose with length 90 cm          with 3/8" SAE flare connections on both sides        • Core depressor (Schrader) connections where          applicable        • Hoses classified with working pressure of 60 bar        • Non-rotating piston valves for durability        Benefits        • Liquid filled gauges gives accurate reading        • Easy to use with colour-coded valves and hoses     334 .       assisting in assessing the operating       performance for a refrigeration systems and       assist during recovery or charging processes.       Also suitable for refrigerants with higher       operating pressures like R-410A. blue) with length of 150          cm.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                         Refrigeration equipment                                                                 Tools           DELUXE S              SEERVIC                   ICEE MA                        MANIF                           NIFO                              OLD S                                  SEET 2-                                       2-W                                         WAY.  R134a.  Features  • 80 mm glycerine-filled gauges  • Scale for refrigerants R22(R417). red . connection 1/4" SAE flare  • 1 vacuum hose 3/8” (yellow) hose with length 90 cm with 3/8" SAE flare connections on both sides  • Core depressor (Schrader) connections where applicable  • Hoses classified with working pressure of 40 bar  • Non-rotating piston valves for durability  Benefits  • Liquid filled gauges gives accurate reading  • Easy to use with colour-coded valves and hoses                                                                                                          335 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                          Refrigeration equipment                                                            Tools     DELUXE SSE          ERVIC              ICEE MA                   MANIF                      NIFO                         OLD S                             SEET 4-                                  4-W                                    WAY.    R404A(R507). blue) with length of 120 cm. V                                         VA                                          ARIO                                            IOUUS REFRIG     IGEERANT            NTSS 606 711473  Deluxe service manifold is equipped with high and low pressure gauges and an optical sight glass to observe the refrigerant as it flows through the manifold. R407C  • 3 hoses 1/4” (yellow. This benefits the operator by assisting in assessing the operating performance for a refrigeration system and assisting during recovery or charging processes.        The Unitor Marine Refrigerant Recovery       Package is supplied ready to operate with a       practical user manual.        Features        • Comprehensive package that supports a variety of          operations        • Maintenance friendly        • Lightweight and portable        • Recovers vapour and liquid refrigerants        • Suitable for all standard (CFC. 115 V       606 652511        The Refrigerant Recovery Package consists of       carefully selected quality equipment designed to       handle recovery from a vessel's refrigeration       systems in a controlled manner.Pull        380 kg/h       Connections                      1/4" SAE flare Male       Length                           483 mm       Width                            229 mm       Height                           343 mm       Weight                           14 kg     336 . HCFC and HFC) refrigerants        Benefits        •   Helps the ship operator to re-use the refrigerants during system maintenance and service        •   Reduces refrigerant consumption        •   Cost saving        •   Full range of accessories and spare parts          Technical data        Operating voltage                115V 50/60Hz       Power                            380 W       Vacuum                           100 mbar       Recovery rate Vapour             33 kg/h       recovery rate Liquid             80 kg/h       Recovery rate Push .       Electrical equipment is set for 115 V and 50/60       Hz.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Refrigeration equipment                                                                     Tools           REFRIG           IGEERANT R                    REECOVERY P                              PA                               ACKAGE.  VALVE ADAPTOR SET    Accessories Product Number                        Product name 734681                                UNITOR RECOVERY EQUIPMENT BOX 613935                                RECOVERY UNIT CONNECTION KIT 636738                                INLET FILTER DRIER 3PCS. 1/4" FLARE 632588                                RECOVERY CYL 56L + DOCS OUTRIGHT    Approvals  • Package complies with all US EPA and EC                        • CE .6LTR + DOCUMENTS 613927                              DIGITAL WEIGHING PLATFORM ADS-100 711473                              DELUXE MANIFOLD SET 4-WAY 587568                              VACUUM PUMP 110/220V UVP-15401 597666                              ELECTRONIC VACUUM GAUGE UVG-150 544932                              REFRIGERANT CYL.Ordering information The recovery package consists of:   Product Number                      Product name 613747                              REFRIGERANT RECOVERY UNIT URU-5000B 716142                              REFRIGERANT LEAK DETECTOR UNIRX-1A 548700                              MAINTENANCE KIT LEAK DETECTOR-XP2 636738                              INLET FILTER DRIER 3PCS.TUV and ARI .UL    regulations                                                                                                 337 . 1/4" FLARE 596544                              RECOVERY TANK 21.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Refrigeration equipment                                                                     Tools           REFRIG           IGEERANT R                    REECOVERY P                              PA                               ACKAGE.        Features        • Comprehensive package that supports a variety of          operations        • Maintenance friendly        • Lightweight and portable        • Recovers vapour and liquid refrigerants        • Suitable for all standard (CFC.       The Unitor Marine Refrigerant Recovery       Package is supplied ready to operate with a       practical user manual. HCFC and HFC) refrigerants        Benefits        •   Helps the ship operator to re-use the refrigerants during system maintenance and service        •   Reduces refrigerant consumption        •   Cost saving        •   Full range of accessories and spare parts          Technical data        Operating voltage              230 V 50/60 Hz       Power                          380 W       Vacuum                         100 mbar       Recovery rate Vapour           33 kg/h       Recovery rate Liquid           80 kg/h       Recovery rate Push .       Electrical equipment is set for 230 V and 50/60       Hz. 230 V       606 652522        The Refrigerant Recovery Package consists of       carefully selected quality equipment designed to       handle recovery from a vessel's refrigeration       systems in a controlled manner.Pull      380 kg/h       Connection Type                1/4'' SAE FLARE MALE       Length                         483 mm       Width                          229 mm       Height                         343 mm       Weight                         14 kg     338 . TUV and ARI .6LTR + DOCUMENTS 613927                          DIGITAL WEIGHING PLATFORM ADS-100 711473                          DELUXE MANIFOLD SET 4-WAY 587568                          VACUUM PUMP 110/220V UVP-15401 597666                          ELECTRONIC VACUUM GAUGE UVG-150 544932                          REFRIGERANT CYL.UL    regulations                                                                                             339 .Ordering information Supplied with:   Product number                  Product name 613748                          REFRIGERANT RECOVERY UNIT URU-5000A 716142                          REFRIGERANT LEAK DETECTOR UNIRX-1A 548700                          MAINTENANCE KIT LEAK DETECTOR-XP2 636738                          INLET FILTER DRIER 3PCS. 1/4" FLARE 596544                          RECOVERY TANK 21. 1/4" FLARE 632588                            RECOVERY CYL 56L + DOCS OUTRIGHT    Approvals  • Package complies with all US EPA and EC                    • CE . VALVE ADAPTOR SET    Accessories Product number                    Product name 734681                            UNITOR RECOVERY EQUIPMENT BOX 613935                            RECOVERY UNIT CONNECTION KIT 636738                            INLET FILTER DRIER 3PCS.        The Unitor marine refrigerant recovery unit is       supplied ready to operate with a practical user       manual.       50       50/60         /60 HZ       606 613747        Refrigerant recovery machine designed to       handle recovery tasks of a vessels refrigeration       systems. 115 V                                                       V.        Features        •   Includes inlet filter and a short utility connection hose        •   Instruction manual adapted to maritime usage        •   Maintenance friendly        •   Lightweight and portable        •   Recovers vapour and liquid refrigerants        •   Suitable for all standard (CFC. HCFC and HFC) refrigerants        Benefits        •   Helps the ship operator to re-use the refrigerants during system maintenance and service        •   Reduces refrigerant consumption        •   Cost saving        •   Full range of accessories and spare parts available          Technical data        Operating voltage                115 V 50/60 Hz       Power                            380 W       Vacuum                           100 mbar       Recovery rate Vapour             33 kg/h       Recovery rate Liquid             80 kg/h       Recovery rate Push ..      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Refrigeration equipment                                                                     Tools           REFRIG           IGEERANT R                    REECOVERY U                              UNIT                                NIT...Pull        380 kg/h       Connections                      1/4" SAE flare Male       Length                           483 mm       Width                            229 mm       Height                           343 mm       Weight                           14 kg     340 . U                                      URRU-5000B                                           5000B. UL                                                                      341 .Accessories Product number             Product name 613885                     COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT 613893                     PISTON SEAL REPAIR KIT 613901                     VALVE REPAIR KIT 613919                     SHAFT SEAL REPAIR KIT 613935                     RECOVERY UNIT CONNECTION KIT 636738                     INLET FILTER DRIER 3PCS.TUV and ARI . 1/4" FLARE    Approvals  • CE .  U                                      URRU-5000A                                           5000A.        Features        •   Includes inlet filter and a short utility connection hose        •   Instruction manual adapted to maritime usage        •   Maintenance friendly        •   Lightweight and portable        •   Recovers vapour and liquid refrigerants        •   Suitable for all standard (CFC.       50       50/60         /60 HZ       606 613748        Refrigerant recovery machine designed to       handle recovery tasks of a vessels refrigeration       systems. 230 V                                                       V... HCFC and HFC) refrigerants        Benefits        •   Helps the ship operator to re-use the refrigerants during system maintenance and service        •   Reduces refrigerant consumption        •   Cost saving        •   Full range of accessories and spare parts available          Technical data        Operating Voltage                230 V 50/60 Hz       Power                            380 W       Vacuum                           100 mbar       Recovery rate Vapour             33 kg/h       Recovery rate Liquid             80 kg/h       Recovery rate Push ..       The Unitor marine refrigerant recovery unit is       supplied ready to operate with a practical user       manual.Pull        380 kg/h       Connections                      1/4" SAE flare Male       Length                           483 mm       Width                            229 mm       Height                           343 mm       Weight                           14 kg     342 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Refrigeration equipment                                                                     Tools           REFRIG           IGEERANT R                    REECOVERY U                              UNIT                                NIT. Accessories Product number             Product name 613885                     COMPRESSOR REPAIR KIT 613893                     PISTON SEAL REPAIR KIT 613901                     VALVE REPAIR KIT 613919                     SHAFT SEAL REPAIR KIT 613935                     RECOVERY UNIT CONNECTION KIT 636738                     INLET FILTER DRIER 3PCS. 1/4" FLARE    Approvals  • CE .TUV and ARI .UL                                                                      343 .  C                                        CO                                         OMP                                           MPR                                             RESSOR       REPAIR K              KIT                IT       606 613885        Compressor repair kit for both URU-5000A and URU-5000B           RECOVERY U  UNIT                    NIT U                        URRU-5000A                             5000A/B                                   /B.... S                                        SHA                                          HAF                                            FT S                                               SEEAL       REPAIR K              KIT                IT       606 613919        Shaft seal repair kit for both URU-5000A and URU-5000B     344 . V                                      VA                                       ALVE R                                            REEPAIR K                                                    KIT                                                      IT       606 613901        Valve seal repair kit for both URU-5000A and URU-5000B           RECOVERY U  UNIT                    NIT U                        URRU-5000A                             5000A/B                                   /B.. P                                        PIS                                          IST                                            TON S                                                SEEAL       REPAIR K              KIT                IT       606 613893        Piston seal repair kit for both URU-5000A and URU-5000B           RECOVERY U                UNIT                  NIT U                      URRU-5000A                           5000A/B                                 /B.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                Refrigeration equipment                                                        Tools           RECOVERY U  UNIT                    NIT U                        URRU-5000A                             5000A/B                                   /B. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                  Refrigeration equipment                                                    Tools     RECOVERY U          UNIT            NIT U                URRU-5000A                     5000A/B                           /B. INL                                    INLEET F                                           FIL                                             ILT                                               TER DRIE   IERR 3P        3PCCS. C                                COONNE                                   NNECCTIO                                         IONNK                                             KIT                                               IT 606 613935  A connection kit suitable for both URU5000A and URU5000B to speed up recovery by Push - Pull method.  Features  • Complete kit  • Packed in sturdy case     Ordering information  Supplied with: Hoses with 1/4" SAE flare connections Ball valves (2 pcs) Ball valve with optical sight for flow indication T-piece     RECOVERY U  UNIT               NIT UURRU-5000A                         5000A/B                               /B. 1/               1/4"                 4" F                    FLLARE 606 636738  A set of 3 inlet filter driers with 1/4" SAE flare connections  Features  • Inline filter dryer element                                                                                  345 ...       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                      Refrigeration equipment                                                              Tools           DIG        IGIT           ITA             AL W                WEEIG                   IGHING                      HING P                           PLLATFORM A                                     ADDS-100       606 613927        The weighing platform is needed to log the       exact amount of refrigerant charged to a       system.0.        Features        • Capable of handling cylinders up to 100 kg weight        • Control unit connected to platform by means of a          spiral cord        • Digital display        • A "zero" function is included to measure added          refrigerant        • Supplied in a sturdy carrying case        • Includes batteries and instructions        Benefits        • Easy to use        • Accurate measurement          Technical data        Range          0-100 kg       Accuracy       +/. the amount of refrigerant recovered and       to protect the recovery cylinder from overfilling       (80%) during refrigerant recovery process.8 kg       Dimensions     387 x 267 x 635 mm     346 .5% of reading or +/.1 digit       Battery life   30 hours       Weight         2. 88 M.  Features  • Completely weather proof and extremely rugged  • Colour coded: grey box with yellow lid  Benefits  • Colour coded according to international recovery standards     CHA  HARRGING HO            HOS              SE .                   1. handy for safekeeping and easy to locate during port state inspections. 1/                           1/4"                             4" F                                FLLARE 9881268 CL-72-     2-Y       YYYE          ELLOW 606 320234  1/4" hose to connect between Unicool refrigerant cylinder adaptor and refrigeration system  Features  •   High quality hose material  •   Both ends have 1/4" SAE flare female connection  •   One end fitted with a valve core depressor  •   Teflon seals  Benefits  • Flexible even in low teperatures without colapsing  • Approved for high pressure blends  • Schrader valve depressor eases the charging operation    Product code: UCH-72-Y                                                                                                          347 .1.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Refrigeration equipment                                                             Tools     ONB  NBOOARD S          STTORAGE B                   BOOX F                        FOOR R                             REEFRIG                                  IGEERANT RECOVERY P          PAACKAGE 607 734681  A sturdy 200 L box used for storing recovery equipment onboard a vessel.         Features        • 2 driers per pack        • Ready to use           Ordering information       Product Number         Product name                                       Connection      Length   Diameter       636506                 FILTER DRIER-UFD-032F 2PCS                         1/4" SAE flare   110 mm   40 mm       666613                 FILTER DRIER-UFD-052F 2PCS                         1/4" SAE flare   115 mm   50 mm       636621                 FILTER DRIER-UFD-053F 2PCS                         3/8" SAE flare   130 mm   50 mm       636639                 FILTER DRIER-UFD-082F 2PCS                         1/4" SAE flare   140 mm   65 mm       636647                 FILTER DRIER-UFD-083F 2PCS                         3/8" SAE flare   110 mm   65 mm       636654                 FILTER DRIER-UFD-084F 2PCS                         1/2" SAE flare   160 mm   65 mm       636662                 FILTER DRIER-UFD-162F 2PCS                         1/4" SAE flare   110 mm   65 mm       636670                 FILTER DRIER-UFD-163F 2PCS                         3/8" SAE flare   170 mm   65 mm       636688                 FILTER DRIER UFD-164F 1/2" FL.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Refrigeration equipment                                                                   Tools           FIL        ILT          TER D              DRRIE                 IERRS U                       UFFD 2 P                              PCCS        Removing contaminants such as acids and       moisture in refrigeration systems can be done       by inline driers which should be replaced       annually. When a burnout in the semi-hermetic       or hermetic compressor has occured it should       be replaced immediately. 2PC                 1/2" SAE flare   180 mm   65 mm     348 .   Features  • 5 kg bucket     SIL  ILIC     ICA       AGGE          EL D             DEESIC                 ICCCANT 604 617696  Removing contaminants such as moisture in refrigeration system can be done by descicants. It contains silica gel beads.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                  Refrigeration equipment                                                    Tools     ACTIV    IVA      ATED A           ALLUMINA B                    BEEADS 604 617688  Removing contaminants such as moisture in refrigeration system can be done by descicants.  Features  • 5kg bucket                                                                                                    349 . It contains activated aluminia beads. %-&%*"#".)4407*.)&..4&.&4733'2/.-7&#/.+  !!&.%*.(60%'9*%  93/52$&0"(& . +  !!&. consumables and                                                                                                WELDING storage solutions for all relevant arc and gas welding and cutting processes.4&.%*. a global service network. REFRIGERANTS AND CYLINDERS                                                                                                                         REFRIGERATION EQUIPMENT This includes equipment.                                                               GASES. and also cold repair solutions where hot work applications cannot be used.%-&%*"#". specialist technicians. WSS approved Unitor brand welding training at a number of Maritime Training centres.)4407*.. WSS’s range of products for welding is supported by the most comprehensive Handbook for Maritime welders.(60%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     MARINE PRODUCTS  WELDING  Onboard maintenance engineers are faced with a huge variety of different base materials and repairs that often have to take place under                                                                                            PUMPS                                                                                                                                   PAINT SPRAYING challenging conditions. .&4733'2/. 24/7 service support and an ongoing programme of enhancements and new product development.-7&#/. WSS’s range of highly                                                                                          AIR TOOLS efficient welding solutions represents a                                                                                    WORKSHOP EQUIPMENT compact but complete solution to onboard                                                                                     CLEANING EQUIPMENT processes for welding and related applications.)&.        Unitor regulators ensure a correct and stable working pressure with sufficient capacity for all types of gas welding and       cutting work.       All regulators are delivered with spare washers.5 BAR          Accessories       Product number                         Product name       550160                                 WASHER ALU 10 PCS FOR OX REGULATOR       550178                                 CONTENTS GAUGE OX/AR 0-400 BAR       550194                                 WORKING GAUGE OX 0-16 BAR       550152                                 WASHER NYL 10 PCS FOR AC REGULATOR       550186                                 CONTENTS GAUGE AC 0-40 BAR       550202                                 WORKING GAUGE AC 0-2. gas hoses and instructions for use.5 bar (22 psi) max.          Oxygen        0-16 bar (145 psi) max. Both contents and working pressure gauges are clearly graded in psi and bar.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                  Gas Welding. 40 m3/h       Acetylene     0-2. Brazing & Cutting                                                                          Gas Cylinder Regulators and Flashback Arrestors           REGULATORS 510        Reduce cylinder pressure to suitable working       pressure and keep it constant. hose connection for 1/4" and 3/8". 5m3/h          Ordering information       Product number                         Product name       510000                                 REGULATOR 510 OX PRESSURE 0-16 BAR       510001                                 REGULATOR 510 AC PRESSURE 0-2.5 BAR       619379                                 MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD +     352 . The large adjustment knobs are red for acetylene and blue for oxygen for easy       identification of gas type.        Features        • Easy identification of gas types with colour-coded          adjustment knobs        • Immediate identification of gas pressures with easy          to read gauges marked both in psi and bar        • Full capacity for all types of gas welding and cutting          work        • Designed for use with Unitor gas cylinders        • Full conformance with EN ISO 2503         Unitor cylinder regulators for Acetylene and Oxygen are       designed for reliability and safety of use.  However. This means that the gas              rises to approximately 100° C) flame passes back through the hose(s). require the installation of flashback arrestors for      thereby preventing a gas mixture from reaching acetylene and oxygen.5 302976                 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR W-66S OXYGEN                         110                   10                                                                                                                                    353 . the lever is also used for                                                                      resetting the flashback arrestor     Ordering information Product number         Product name                                            Capacity (m3/h)       Inlet pressure (bar) 183970                 FLASHBACK ARRESTOR W-66S ACETYLENE                      19                    1. In some cases it             • Pressure activated cut-off to prevent further gas may also pass the regulator and ultimately reach the                 supply after a flashback (activated by the pressure cylinder. such as the Norwegian Maritime               • Non-return valve preventing reverse flow of gases.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                 Gas Welding. as incorrect maintenance or use of             pipelines or cylinders gas welding equipment may cause flashbacks of various               • Flame filter to quench the flame front of a flashback types. Directorate.         • Temperature activated cut-off to prevent further gas faulty handling. Brazing & Cutting                                                                   Gas Cylinder Regulators and Flashback Arrestors     FLASHB     HBAACK A            ARRRESTOR W                      W--66S  Protect regulators and gas cylinder against flashback and detonation  Features  •   Pressure activated cut-off valve  •   Temperature activated cut-off valve  •   Flame arrestor  •   Non-return valve  Benefits  •   Stops the pressure front  •   Prevents fire from being supported by gas  •   Stops the flame front  •   Stops gas back feeding into the system     Maritime authorities. maintenance or gas pressure settings may            supply in case of fire (activated if the temperature lead to a penetrating flashback. and        or a burnback are only noticed as a popping sound in the torch. Normally these will stop in a well designed torch.                                                            shock in front of the flashback) The flashback arrestors supplied by Unitor are designed for         • Pressure relief valve to vent off excessive pressure in use both with gas cylinders and gas outlet stations and              case of flashback or wrongly set working pressure incorporate several safety functions:                              • Indicator lever showing that the pressure activated                                                                      cut-off has been activated.  require the installation of flashback arrestors for      thereby preventing a gas mixture from reaching       acetylene and oxygen.                                                                            cut-off has been activated. the ring is also used for       The flashback arrestors supplied by Unitor are designed for           resetting the flashback arrestor       use both with gas cylinders and gas outlet stations and       incorporate several safety functions:          Ordering information       Product number            Product name                                  Capacity (m3/h)          Inlet pressure (bar)       708537                    FLASHBACK ARRESTOR S55 AC                     8.                                                               or a burnback       Normally these will stop in a well designed torch.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Gas Welding. In some cases it               supply after a flashback (activated by the pressure       may also pass the regulator and ultimately reach the                 shock in front of the flashback)                                                                          • Indicator ring showing that the pressure activated       cylinder. This means that the gas       flame passes back through the hose(s). Brazing & Cutting                                                                         Gas Cylinder Regulators and Flashback Arrestors           FLASHB           HBAACK A                  ARRRESTOR S                            S55                              55        Protects regulators and gas cylinder against       flashback and detonation        Features        •   Pressure activated cut-off valve        •   Temperature activated cut-off valve        •   Flame arrestor        •   Non-return valve        Benefits        •   Stops the pressure front        •   Prevents fire from being supported by gas        •   Stops the flame front        •   Stops gas from back feeding into the system           Maritime authorities. However. such as the Norwegian Maritime               • Non-return valve preventing reverse flow of gases.5       708545                    FLASHBACK ARRESTOR S55 OX                     50                       10     354 . maintenance or gas pressure setting may                                                                          • Pressure activated cut-off to prevent further gas       lead to a penetrating flashback. as incorrect maintenance or use of             pipelines or cylinders       gas welding equipment may cause flashbacks of various               • Flame filter to quench the flame front of a flashback       types.5                      1. and are         • Temperature activated cut-off to prevent further gas       only noticed as a popping sound in the torch.       Directorate.               supply in case of fire (activated if the temperature                                                                            rises to approximately 100° C)       faulty handling.  Brazing & Cutting                                                                    Gas Hoses and Couplings     GAS HO     HOSSES  Unitor's hoses for supplying welding gases are made according to the European Norm EN 559.                                                                    specifications for welding hoses.                           UNITOR’s hoses for acetylene and oxygen are specially                                                                    made for use with welding and cutting equipment.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                  Gas Welding.     Normal working pressure is up to 20 bar. blue for                                                                    hoses comply with the European Norm EN 559 oxygen and black for shielding gases. The The hoses are colour-coded red for acetylene.    Ordering information Product number               Product name 526434                       Twin gas hoses blue/red 6mm (1/4") AC +OX/m 526434 624312                       Twin gas hoses blue/red 9mm (3/8") AC+ OX/m 175554                       Gas hose red 6mm (1/4") Acetylene/m 175562                       Gas hose blue 6mm (1/4") Oxygen/m 175539                       Gas hose red 9mm (3/8") Acetylene/m 175547                       Gas hose blue 9mm (3/8") Oxygen/m 576157                       Gas hose black 6mm (1/4") Argon/m                                                                                                                                355 .         Features        • Orderly storing of gas hoses or welding cables-          crank for winding up hoses or cable after work        Benefits        • Better use of limited space and results in less wear          and tear        • Save time rigging down     356 . The drum stores up to approximately       100 m of 1/4" twin hose and is fitted with       brackets for bulkhead mounting. tidiness and reduced wear and tear       of hoses        Features        • Less handling of hoses rigging up and rigging down        • Only required length of hose pulled out to do the job        Benefits        • Saves time        • Less wear and tear on hoses        • Avoid tripping accidents and improve safety           Weight                30 kg                                   contributes to increased efficiency.      REEL. S             SEELF R                   REETRACTING W                               WIT                                 ITH                                   H 20M 6.33 MM T                                                 TWWIN       HO       HOSSE A             ACC/O                /OXX       176 725260        For safety. The Unitor                                                                     self-retracting hose reel is made of robust steel construction. makes the job easier and           REEL W            WIT              ITH                HCCR                   RANK F                        FOOR W                             WEELDING C                                      CAABLE A                                             AND                                               ND       GAS HO           HOSSES       195 175729        Drum for storing of gas hoses or welding       cables. This saves time. improves access for       Supplied with:        20 m 6. Self-retracting hose reels let   safe and maintenance free usage. A workshop floor free                                                                     from hoses reduces tripping accidents. Single-layer retraction of       you pull out the required length of hose and store the rest   the hose and open design for safety and easy service.3 mm twin hose                                                                     carts and trolleys and allows for easier cleaning.                                         6.       out of harms way. and has a well proven design that vouches for       awkward and a waste of time.       The handling of hoses cluttering the workshop floor is         easy to install.  Nuts and connection stub for acetylene are lefthand threaded and marked with a groove.3-14.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                        Gas Welding.  Ordering information Product Number                  Product name 175588                          HOSE JOINT F/6MM (1/4 INCH) AC HOSE 175596                          HOSE JOINT F/6MM (1/4 INCH) OX HOSE 175604                          HOSE JOINT F/9MM (3/8 INCH) AC HOSE 175612                          HOSE JOINT F/9MM( 3/8 INCH) OX HOSE     HO HOSSE C       CLLAMP   Ordering information Product number                Product name 729442                        HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS 729443                        HOSE CLAMP FOR 3/8" HOSE (10 PCS 768416                        CLAMP.6-17. Oxygen are right-hand threaded.                                                                                                                357 .1 EAR 15. Standard pincher tool where radial access to clamp is not restricted.3MM 1/4"""" HOS 768432                        CLAMP. Included is also a connection stub for using the set as a hose joint. The hose joints are made of high-grade brass.1 EAR 12. Each set consists of two hose sockets with nuts for connection to the gas regulator and torch.8MM 3/8"""" HOS 768507                        PINCER TOOL FOR EAR TYPE HOSECLAMPS     PINC  INCHE      HER        RTTO           OOL F               FOOR HO                    HOSSE E                          EAAR C                               CLLAMP                                   MPSS 401 768507  Tool for ear clamps. Brazing & Cutting                                                          Gas Hoses and Couplings     HO HOSSE J       JOOINT F              FOOR G                   GAAS HO                        HOSSES  The hose joints are screw-couplings supplied in sets. 1/4IN HOSE AC       320192                                        QUICK COUPL.       and oxygen. Brazing & Cutting                                                                       Gas Hoses and Couplings           QUIC         ICKKC             COOUPLING                   INGSS        The quick couplings are designed for use on the       cylinder regulators/flashback arrestors and on       the gas outlet station regulators/flashback       arrestors.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Gas Welding.          Accessories       Product number                                Product name       320218                                        QUICK COUPL.1/4IN HOSE OX       320200                                        QUICK COUPL.3/8IN HOSE AC       320184                                        QUICK COUPL.       Accidental connection of wrong gas is prevented by the          When disconnected the female socket (side towards the       different design of the male/female connections for acetylene   regulator) automatically shuts off the gas flow.                                       blue.           They ensure quick and gas-tight connection of the hoses         In addition the connecting sleeves are colour-coded red and       without the use of tools.3/8IN HOSE OX     358 .  10 PCS           Protection glass                               Clear            10     GLASSES F         FOOR G              GAAS W                   WEELDING G                            GOOGGLES  The Unitor gas welding glasses have a diameter of 50 mm and fit the goggles. 10 PCS              Gas welding and cutting thick material         7                10 633297               PROTECTION GLASS.     The ventilation slots are designed to prevent entry of sparks     A protection glass is placed in front of the filter shade glass and spatter.    Accessories Product number       Product name                       Application                                    Filter shade     pcs/set 633305               SHADE 3 GLASS. 10 PCS              Silver brazing                                 3                10 633313               SHADE 5 GLASS.         when grinding and using the chipping hammer. circulation to prevent dampness and fogging of the glasses.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                 Gas Welding. They are available in different grades of shade for various types of work. at the same time ensuring sufficient air              (shade 5) in order to protect against spatter.       A protection glass is fitted in the fixed frame for protection The filter shade glass is mounted in a flip-up front frame. 10 PCS              General gas welding and cutting                6                10 633354               SHADE 7 GLASS.                                                                                                                                        359 . L                           LIF                             IFT                               TFFR                                  RONT F                                       FOOR G                                            GAAS WELDING 176 175273  Lightweight goggles with soft and comfortable surfaces against the face. 10 PCS              General gas welding and cutting                5                10 633321               SHADE 6 GLASS. Brazing & Cutting                                                                   Gas Welders Accessories     SAFETY W        WEELDING G                 GOOGGLES. All glasses come in sets of 10 pcs.      360 . Lenses are clear. For use when doing       use when doing arc welding. Green lenses in shade 4.   handling chemicals. Fitted with shade 4 lens. Also use when       material. side shields       and adjustable arms. The temple arm length and angle are adjustable.           Same modern lightweight design and features as the Clear    brazing and light duty gas welding and cutting work.           SAFETY S              SPPECTACLES S                          SHA                            HAD                              DE 4 F                                   FOOR B                                        BRRAZING A                                                 AND                                                   ND       GAS W           WEELDING       176 632950        The safety spectacles have scratchproof       hardcoated polycarbonate lenses. Brazing & Cutting                                                                   Gas Welders Accessories           SAFETY S              SPPECTACLES C                          CLLEAR F                                 FOOR E                                      EYYE       PROTECTIO               IONN       176 632943        The safety spectacles have scratchproof       hardcoated polycarbonate lenses. The lens is made of scratch-resistant anti-glare    site for protection against flying objects. side shields       and adjustable arms.           Comfortable protective spectacles with integrated side      For use during daily maintenance work in workshops and on       guards. Not for       version.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Gas Welding.  dust and liquids. anti-mist acetate and the design    provides ample ventilation     Half mask goggle of clear soft synthetic none-mist material.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Gas Welding.                                                                                                     361 . Brazing & Cutting                                                                Gas Welders Accessories     SAFETY G        GRRIND           INDING               ING G                   GOOGGLES W                            WIT                              ITH                                HAANT                                   NTII MIS                                        MISTT ACETATE L         LEENS 176 653410  The grinding goggles protect against spatter. For grinding use only.  Features  • The headband is adjustable and elastic for    comfortable use  • The lenses are clear.  but will give less protection than the thicker welding       rod.       outlets to make it possible to close the valve in case of fire.   May be used on either right or left hand.     gloves when touching hot metal.           GAS/T          /TIG             IG S                SOOFTSKIN W                          WEELDING G                                   GLLOVES. Special softskin gloves are available for this purpose.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                Gas Welding. 6 P                                              PA                                               AIR                                                 IRS                                                   S       197 632794        Softskin gloves for protecting hands when doing       Gas and TIG welding        Features        • Softskin        • Made according to international norms        Benefits        • Provides fingertip feeling.       They will fully protect from sparks and the radiation from an     362 . Brazing & Cutting                                                                        Gas Welders Accessories           HE       HEAAT R             REESIS                 ISTTANT MIT                         MITTTEN F                                 FOOR G                                      GAAS C                                           CYYLIND                                               INDEERS       176 233148        Special mitten with woven kevlar outer layer and       ample insulation against heat in the inner layers. ensures easy control of          torch        • Provides safety and long lasting quality           Thick welding gloves will hamper the control of the torch or     arc.           The mitten should always be kept by acetylene cylinders and      Also suitable for handling hot workpieces.                                                                                                                                         363 .     Three flints are mounted in the head: one connected for operation.     Ordering information Supplied with:                                                  10 pcs of the 3 flint triangles giving a total of 30 spare flints. with large sparks that effectively ignite the gas flame.  Features  • Can easily be mounted in the Triplex gas ignitor. 10 P                                               PCCS 176 633206  The spare flint set for use together with triplex gas ignitor. Brazing & Cutting                                                                 Gas Welders Accessories     GAS IG     IGNIT        NITO           OR T              TRRIP                 IPLLEX 2 P                          PCCS F                               FOOR G                                    GAAS W                                         WEELDING 176 633198  The triplex gas ignitor is made with the simple popular and most reliable design. 2 pcs per package. Easy to use.     GAS IG     IGNIT        NITO           OR T              TRRIP                 IPLLEX S                        SPPARE F                               FLLINT S                                      SEET.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Gas Welding. 2 more as spares by rotating the flint holder head.  The       chalk is flat and can easily be kept in pockets       and tool boxes. When the stick mark       goes from solid to liquid the temperature has       been reached.     364 . 144 P                                             PCCS/P                                                 /PA                                                   ACK       196 632968        Welders chalk is used to mark out positions       when gas and plasma cutting on metals.           TEMP         MPEERATURE IND                    INDIC                        ICA                          ATOR K                               KIT                                 IT       196 633081        Temperature indicator kit 200/400/600/800°C. 6 P                              PCCS       196 633156        Galvanizing spray 400 ml in a box.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                   Gas Welding.           GALVANIZ            NIZING                ING S                    SPPRAY. Brazing & Cutting                                                           Gas Welders Accessories           WELDERS C               CHA                 HAL                   LK. 6 pcs.       Temperature sticks are a wax that melts at a       preset temperature. Simply select a stick with       the desired temperature and make a mark on       the surface to be heated. F                       FLLAT 5X                             5X13X                                13X12                                   1277. Galvanizing spray for touching up pipes that have been       welded on.      good protection.         In addition to spanner. Gouging. Flame straightening                   with all the most commonly needed spares.and 24 mm for    and 1250 nl/h                                                                  UCT-500  • Cutting attachments 90° with spare nozzle screw and                                                                • Cleaning needle set for UCT-500 welding    nozzles for 3-10 mm. the UCT-500 The UCT-500 Master kit has been assembled to cover all        Master kit contains an instruction booklet giving complete ordinary acetylene / oxygen welding. The larger attachments also function as monoflame heating attachments. Rivet burning.  Features  • Heavy duty PVC case  • Orderly interior  • Equipment fits together without the use of adapters    or use of outside tools  • All items inside built according to international norms  Benefits  • Easy overview and access to content  • No need to waist time looking for external tools  • Long lasting quality and safe working environment    Dimension           435 x 380 x 125 mm                        A cutting attachment with four nozzles. 19-. work that may occur on board. 25-50 mm and                                                                  attachments and cutting nozzles    50-100 mm steel thickness                                                                • Spare valve and complete O-ring set for UTC-500. Flame cleaning. 23. welding and cutting applications onboard.    Ordering information Supplied with:                                                 • Roller guide for 0°-45° cutting angles. Brazing & Cutting Torch     UCT-500 C         CO          OMBMBINA               INAT                  TIO                    ION                      NTTO                         ORCH MA                              MASSTER K                                      KIT                                        IT F                                           FOOR GAS W     WEELDING           ING/C              /CUUTTING 170 500000  Handy kit consisting of all equipment needed to perform the normally occurring heating. brazing and cutting      information on use and maintenance of the equipment. 17-. cleaning needles and a spare parts kit Cutting. also a roller guide for Weight              6.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Gas Welding. The                                                               circular motion bar with centre tap allows for cutting circular The Unitor combination torch is ideal for:                    holes up to 960 mm diameter.                                                                  including spare coupling nut for welding attachments                                                                                                                                     365 . 18-. hose sockets    and hose clamps                                            Torch maintenance equipment  • Welding attachments: 40. Brazing & Cutting                                                               Welding. brazing. 1000                                                                • Spanner 15-. covering cutting of                                                               steel up to 100 mm are included. 650. Welding. 80. 10-25 mm. It includes a range of eight    The kit is assembled in a strong polyethylene case where welding attachments. Heating. with spare Torch components                                                 clamp sleeve and circular motion bar complete with                                                                  centre and sleeve for 84-960 mm diameters  • UCT-500 shank with non-return valves. 400. 230. Soldering. covering all welding applications from   each component clicks into its reserved compartment for less than 0.5 mm sheet metal up to 14 mm plate thickness.0 kg                                                               cutting edges from 90 to 45 angle of plate surface. and 24 mm for        • UCT-500 shank with non-return valves. Cleaning needles. 17-. 230 I and         workshop.5 kg                                                                       portable gas welding equipment.          Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                                           Torch maintenance equipment       Torch components                                                                        • Spanner 15-.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Gas Welding. and it may also be                                                                       mounted on the trolley for A-5/0-5 cylinders thereby making       The UCT compact kit contains the UCT-500 shank. Brazing & Cutting Torch           UCT-500 C               CO                OMBMBINA                     INAT                        TIO                          ION                            NTTO                               ORCH C                                    COOMP                                       MPA                                         ACT K                                             KIT                                               IT F                                                  FOOR       GAS W           WEELDING                 ING/C                    /CUUTTING       170 500001        Handy kit consisting of most equipment needed       to perform the normally occurring heating. It is excellent for use with the       Weight              3. welding and cutting applications       onboard. hose sockets              UCT-500          and hose clamps                                                                        • Cleaning needle set for UCT-500 welding        • Welding attachments: 80.       brazing. 19-.       650 I) and the cutting attachment with nozzles for cutting up                                                                       The kit is assembled in a strong polyethylene case where       to 16 mm steel. 18-. 23. spanner and full                                                                       each component clicks into it’s reserved compartment for       instructions for use and maintenance are also included.                                                                       good protection. 230 and 650 nl/h                                                                          attachments and cutting nozzles        • Cutting attachments 90° with spare nozzle screw and          nozzles for 3-10 mm and 10-25 mm steel thickness     366 . Brazing & Cutting                                                                       Welding.        Features        • Heavy duty PVC case        • Orderly interior        • Equipment fits together without the use of adapters          or use of outside tools        • All items inside built according to international norms        Benefits        • Easy overview and access to content        • No need to waist time looking for external tools        • Long lasting quality and safe working environment           Dimension           375 x 300 x 105 mm                          The compact kit is recommended as an additional welding                                                                       and cutting outfit on board. the three       the trolley a complete portable gas welding and cutting       most commonly used welding attachments (80 I.  Brazing & Cutting Torch     SHA  HANK     NK W        WIT          ITH            H NO              NON-R                 N-RE                    ETURN V                          VA                           ALVES F                                 FOOR A                                      AC                                       C/O                                         /OX                                           X COMB   MBINA      INAT         TIO           ION             NTTO                ORCH 170 174656  Combination torch  Features  • Simple and safe to use  • Lightweight  Benefits  • Well balanced and easy to handle    All welding and cutting attachments will fit the shank.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Gas Welding. It is   the gas hoses. It balances well in the hand during welding equipped with non-return valves to prevent reverse flow in      and cutting operations. Brazing & Cutting                                                                Welding.  Ordering information Product number                      Product name 597344                              SHANK NONRETURN VALVE F/6MM OX HOSE 597336                              SHANK NONRETURN VALVE F/6MM AC HOSE 651257                              SHANK NONRETURN VALVE F/9MM OX HOSE 651265                              SHANK NONRETURN VALVE F/9MM AC HOSE 619270                              FLASHBACK ARRESTOR FR-20 FOR AC+OX                                                                                                                                 367 .     NO NONR    NRE      ETURN V            VA             ALVE  For mounting on UCT-500 shank in order to prevent back flow of gas into hose. 5       174573                 WELDING ATTACHMENT 80L. Brazing & Cutting Torch           WELDING A               AT                TTACHME                    HMENT                        NTS                          S        The size indicates consumption of oxygen in nl/       h.WELD.                         for heating       183780                 FLEX. Material thickness refers to mild steel.ATTACHMENT 500L                          4-6           MU       MULLTIF            IFLLAME HE                    HEAATING A                             AT                              TTACHME                                  HMENT                                      NT        The size indicates consumption of oxygen in nl/       h.5-1       174581                 WELDING ATTACHMENT 230 L                           2-3       174599                 WELDING ATTACHMENT 400 L                           3-5       174607                 WELDING ATTACHMENT 650 L                           5-7       174615                 WELDING ATTACHMENT 1000 L                          7-10       174623                 WELDING ATTACHMENT 1250 L                          9-14       183756                 HEATING ATTACHMENT 5000 L.ATTACHMENT 160L                          1-2       183798                 FLEX.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                      Gas Welding.WELD.WELD. Acetylene consumption is approximately 10%       lower.                            0.           Ordering information       Product number         Product name                                       Material thickness mm       174565                 WELDING ATTACHMENT 40 L                            <0.           Ordering information       Product number           Product name                                                             Size       603415                   MULTIFLAME HEATING ATTACHMENT 1000L                                      0-A 1000       603407                   MULTIFLAME HEATING ATTACHMENT 2500L                                      0-A 2500       603399                   MULTIFLAME HEATING ATTACHMENT 5000L                                      0-A 5000     368 . Brazing & Cutting                                                              Welding.ATTACHMENT 315L                          2-4       183806                 FLEX. Acetylene consumption is approximately 10%       lower. 50MM 174722                                         CUTTING NOZZLE 50-100MM 174730                                         GOUGING NOZZLE                                                                                                        369 . 90 an 0 degrees. The 0 degrees cutting attachment is used for gouging. Brazing & Cutting                                                                 Welding.25MM 174714                                         CUTTING NOZZLE 25.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Gas Welding.10MM 174706                                         CUTTING NOZZLE 10. Brazing & Cutting Torch     CUTTING A         AT          TTACHME              HMENT                  NT W                     WIT                       ITH                         H HE                           HEAAD A                                 ANG                                   NGL                                     LE F                                        FOOR UCT-500  Cutting attchment are available with cutting head in three different angles 75.  Features  • Adjustable towards shank  • Slim and simple design  • Made according to international norms  Benefits  • Able to reach difficult locations  • Less strain on opperator  • Provide safety and long lasting quality  Ordering information Product number                               Product name 174664                                       CUTTING ATTACHMENT 75 DGR 234807                                       CUTTING ATTACHMENT 90 DGR 234815                                       CUTTING ATTACHMENT 0 DGR    Accessories Product Number                                 Product name 174698                                         CUTTING NOZZLE 3.                6000                 450       183855           CUTTING NOZZLE 140MM LENGTH 40-75MM   .5             7800                 810       183863           CUTTING NOZZLE 153MM LENGTH 25-40MM   . Brazing & Cutting Torch           CUTTING NO               NOZ                 ZZLE           Ordering information       Product number   Product name                          Nozzle number    Consuption OX nl/h   Consumption AC nl/h       174698           CUTTING NOZZLE 3.2             1300                 460       174706           CUTTING NOZZLE 10.10MM                No. Brazing & Cutting                                                              Welding.25MM               No.3             2150                 520       174714           CUTTING NOZZLE 25.               7000                 800           GOUGING NO               NOZ                 ZZLE       170 174730        Furrow width 8-11 mm       Furrow depth 6-11 mm       Gas consumption OX:11500nl/h       AC:1750nl/h     370 .4             5650                 690       174722           CUTTING NOZZLE 50-100MM               No.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                      Gas Welding.50MM               No.  ATT. Brazing & Cutting Torch     GUID   IDEES       STTAND           NDA             ARD     Ordering information Product number                               Product name 174672                                       ROLLER GUIDE STANDARD 174680                                       CIRCULAR MOTION BAR     SPARE P       PA        ART K            KIT              IT C                 COOMP                    MPLLETE 170 500100  Convenient kit with all spare parts for shank and attachments./CUTT. Brazing & Cutting                                                             Welding.     Ordering information Product number                Product name 174789                        VALVE ASSEMBLY BLUE FOR OXYGEN 613762                        VALVE ASSEMBLY RED FOR ACETYLENE 535005                        O-RINGS SET OF 4 F/WELD.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Gas Welding. 174771                        COUPLING NUT FOR SHANK ATTACHMENTS 174813                        COUPLING SCREW FOR CUTTING NOZZLES                                                                                                    371 .  19-. 18-. Brazing & Cutting                                                                   Welding.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Gas Welding.and 24 mm for UCT-500.           CLEANING NE                NEEEDLES S                         SEET F                              FOOR T                                   TO                                    ORCH       176 175356        Cleaning needles for welding attachments and       cutting nozzles     372 . Brazing & Cutting Torch           SPANNE          NNERRF               FOOR T                    TO                     ORCH       170 174649        Spanner 15-.         Handy spanner for thightening up all connections on shank       and attachments. 17-. 23.  For transport by crane the trolley is fitted with a      accessories box. As the weight of            and certified for safe working load (S.  Features  • Sturdy lightweight construction fitted with large    rubber wheel  • Cylinders firmly locked in place and secured  • Tested and certified for lifting  Benefits  • Can fast and easy be brought to work locations  • Prevents accidents caused by cylinders falling over  • Can safely be lifted    This trolley is specially designed for on board use. the trolleys are tested and but lightweight construction of steel pipes is fully galvanized   certified according to the International Labour Office for the for corrosion protection.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                 Gas Welding.) 200 kg. lockable mobility. two full gas cylinders is approximately 150 kilos. The trolleys are test loaded to 400 kg. the trolley is fitted with a large.W. Brazing & Cutting                                                                   Transportable Gas Welding Equipment     TROLLEY A         A40           40/O             /O40                40 G                   GAAS W                        WEELD. means of two clamps with wing screws. lifting bow. 176 176016  Trolley for two cylinders securing cylinders during work and transportation. which are firmly secured in the trolley by         unloading of ships. the trolley    Being intended to function as a complete mobile gas has been fitted with extra large rubber wheels for easy            welding workshop. The trolley takes both 40 I and 50 I    test and examination of lifting gear used in the loading and size cylinders. The sturdy   cylinders is a paramount demand. As safety in transportation and lifting of gas    Accessories For a complete. portable welding workshop the following items should be ordered (in addition to 40 litre gas cylinders and the consumables required):   Product number                         Product name 526509                                 STANDARD GAS ACCESSORIES 500000                                 UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH MASTER                                                                                                                                       373 .L. Weight of the trolley itself is 28 kilos.        The cylinder is easily positioned in the trolley and locked in     Test load 200 kg.W. Safe Working Load (S.       place with three wing screws.) 100 kg.        Features        • Sturdy lightweight construction fitted with rubber          wheel        • Cylinder firmly locked in place and secured        • Tested and certified for lifting        Benefits        • Fast and easy transportation        • Prevents accidents caused by cylinders falling over        • Can safely be lifted          The use of special lifting / transport devices for gas cylinders   and carry the trolley with cylinder attached.       transport along deck.                                           lifting gear used in the loading and unloading of ships.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                  Gas Welding. Large rubber wheels ensure easy          transportation of cylinders.L. and should it be necessary to lift up     374 .                         holding space for 2 to 4 persons. there is ample       is required by several marine authorities.       Unitor's cylinder trolley SU-10 is specially designed for on       The trolley is tested and certified according to the       board use when lifting or transporting                             International Labour Office for the testing and examination of       40 l and 50 l cylinders. Brazing & Cutting                                                                          Transportable Gas Welding Equipment           TROLLEY 1 S                 SUU-10       176 176008        Trolley for one cylinder securing cylinder during       work and transportation.                                      Note: Unitor has also developed a trolley for two 40/50 l       The strong lightweight steel construction is fully corrosion       cylinders for use on board as a mobile equipment or for       protected by galvanizing.  at 30° out of vertical with all equipment mounted.) 50 kg.L.W. Brazing & Cutting                                                                  Transportable Gas Welding Equipment     TROLLEY A         A--5/O             /O--5 G                   GAASWELD F                            FOOR P                                 POORTABLE EQUIP    IPME       MENT         NT 176 534982  Trolley for two cylinders securing cylinders during work and transportation. wheels for easy transport.  Features  • Sturdy lightweight construction fitted with rubber    wheel  • Cylinders firmly locked in place and secured  • Tested and certified for lifting  Benefits  • Fast and easy transportation  • Prevents accidents caused by cylinders falling over  • Can safely be lifted    It is specially designed by Unitor for on board use.               The trolley is tested and certified according to the The strong lightweight steel construction is hot zinc coated     International Labour Office for the testing and examination of for high corrosion resistance. portable welding workshop the following items should be ordered (in addition to 5 litre gas cylinders and the consumables required):   Product number                        Product name 526509                                STANDARD GAS ACCESSORIES 500001                                UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH COMPACT                                                                                                                                      375 . Handles at top and bottom             Test load 100 kg. and has a   Unitor rod containers give the possibility to include a low center of gravity which will keep it standing upright even   selection of four different rod types when transporting. Two double brackets for    Accessories For a complete. Safe Working Load (S. ensure easy carrying and lifting.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Gas Welding. It is fitted with solid rubber     lifting gear used in the loading and unloading of ships.  portable unit the following items should be       ordered (in addition to 5 litre gas cylinders and the       consumables required):         Product number                      Product name       526509                              STANDARD GAS ACCESSORIES       500001                              UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH COMPACT     376 .+05-                                   +05-CCYL.       176 176040        Back-frame for transportation of 5 litre cylinders.        Features        • Sturdy lightweight construction        • Cylinders firmly locked in place and secured        Benefits        • Can be brought to work locations quickly and easily        • Prevents accidents caused by cylinders falling over           Accessories       For a complete.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Gas Welding. Brazing & Cutting                                                                      Transportable Gas Welding Equipment           BACK P            POORTABLE R                      RAACK F                            F//A5.  Brazing & Cutting                                                                Transportable Gas Welding Equipment     PORTABLE R          RAACK F                FOOR A                     A5+05                       5+05 C                            CYYLIND                                INDEER 176 176032  For transportation and safe storing of cylinders  Features  • Sturdy lightweight construction  • Cylinders firmly locked in place and secured  Benefits  • Can be brought to work locations quickly and easily  • Prevents accidents caused by cylinders falling over     Accessories For a complete. portable unit the following items should be ordered (in addition to 5 litre gas cylinders and the consumables required):   Product number                      Product name 526509                              STANDARD GAS ACCESSORIES 500001                              UCT-500 COMBINATION TORCH COMPACT                                                                                                          377 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Gas Welding.         Features        • Equipment fits together without the use of adaptors        • All items in accordance with international regulations        Benefits        • No need to order additional parts. Brazing & Cutting                                                                   Transportable Gas Welding Equipment           STAND          NDAARD G                 GAAS A                      AC                       CCESSORIE                              IESSF                                  FOOR MO                                       MOBBIL                                           ILEE       EQUIP          IPME             MENT               NT       176 526509        A complete kit comprising all necessary       equipment to use with acetylene and oxygen       cylinders.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Gas Welding.one order number        • Long lasting quality and a safe working environment          Supplied with:                                               •   Welding goggles                                                                    •   Gas welding gloves        •   Acetylene and oxygen cylinder regulators                •   Heat resistant mitten        •   Flashback arrestors                                     •   Unitor handbook for maritime welders        •   10 m twin hose 1/4" with clips        •   Gas ignitor     378 .  and in cases when it is needed                                                                   outside the workshop it is easily transported as the legs may This sturdy worktable is made of steel and fully galvanized       be detached and fastened under the table surface. Brazing & Cutting                                                                   Transportable Gas Welding Equipment     PORTABLE W          WEELDING T                   TA                    ABLE 176 176024  Table for welding and cutting work onboard. It includes a holding clamp for small                                                                                                                                       379 . The legs have pointed ends to ensure Width         600mm                                               high friction and a good hull contact when used for arc Depth         400mm                                               welding.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                 Gas Welding.  Features  •   Legs can be detached and fastened under table  •   Adjustable legs length  •   Sturdy design made of steel fully galvanised  •   Holding clamp  Benefits  •   Easily transported and stored  •   Stable work surface  •   Long lasting high quality  •   Able to weld on small work pieces     Technical data                                                    workpieces. for corrosion protection. Height        630mm (folded: 80mm)                                The table is excellent for use as a welding table in Weight        14kg                                                workshops on board. To ensure a stable work surface all four legs are                                                                   adjustable in length.  with       Depth                    300mm                          hardplast protection surface for nozzles and blowpipes.       brazing rods. Brazing & Cutting                                                               Gas Welding Cabinet           GASWELDING C                  CAABINE                      INETTE                           EMP                             MPT                               TY       094 589846        Empty storage cabinet for gas welding rods.       and ample room for additional spares and accessories.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                       Gas Welding. fluxes and gas welding       equipment. and allows for mounting the cabinet in                                                               corners or narrow openings.     380 . corrosion resistant construction from electro-                                                               galvanized steel plates. with final coating by powder       Length                   600 mm                         spraying and baking. Shelves are zinc/yellow-chromate       Height                   600 mm                         passivated for optimal corrosion and scratch resistance.       New compact design with improved access to contents.5 kg                                                               assembly when open.        Features        • Compact design        • Sturdy and corrosion resistant        • Large storing capacity        Benefits        • Easy overview and access to content        • Long lasting with no maintenance        • Opportunity to customise content to vessel          requirements           Technical data                                          Sturdy. The                                                               door construction provides a stable work surface for torch       Weight                   37. 6mm/    ignitor triplex. 5.0 mm                                                               1. including spare coupling nut for welding      coated brazing rod.0 mm 0.0 mm 4.5 mm 2 kg    and Albroflux for use with AG-60 on Yorcalbro                                                             • Instructions and information: Unitor handbook for                                                               maritime welders                                                                                                                                381 .              0.0 mm 1.5 kg. and ample room for additional spares and accessories.4 kg. New compact design with improved access to contents. RODS & F        FLLUXES 094 589861  Complete storage cabinet for all gas welding.             1.    gas welding rods.    Ordering information Supplied with:                                              • Bronze brazing: FC Bronze 2.         Alumag 3.5 kg and Icromo 2. with Depth                    300 mm                            hardplast protection surface for nozzles and blowpipes. 23. brazing and cutting operations onboard  Features  • Compact design  • Sturdy and corrosion resistant  • Broad range of gas welding and cutting equipment. One box each AG-60/45 flux for general use          MS 3.0 mm 1. brazing rods and fluxes  Benefits  • Easy overview and access to content  • Long lasting with no maintenance     Technical data                                             Sturdy.0mm/0.0 kg    attachments                                              • Aluminium joining:  • Welder´s accessories: Gas goggles with lift front. The                                                            door construction provides a stable work surface for torch Weight                   56 kg                                                            assembly when open.5kg and one box Aluflux    Softskin welding gloves for gas and TIG welding. Shelves are zinc/yellow-chromate Height                   600 mm                            passivated for optimal corrosion and scratch resistance.0 mm 1. corrosion resistant construction from electro-                                                            galvanized steel plates.0 kg. and allows for mounting the cabinet in                                                            corners or narrow openings. flux    for UTC-500.0 mm 3.0 kg FC-Wearbro 3. 19-. Double row steel wire brush. One box each of Bronzeflux    18-. 4. 17-.5kg  • Silver brazing: AG-60 2.0 kg.0 mm  • Torch maintenance equipment: Spanner 15-.GASWELDING C CA               ABINE                 INETTC                      COOMP                         MPLLETE W                                 WIT                                   ITH                                     HTTO                                        ORCH. Gas     • Tin soldering: Tin-240 soft solder on spool 1.0 kg.0 mm 3.0 kg. Bronze 3. 3.    0.5 kg. with final coating by powder Length                   600 mm                            spraying and baking.0 mm        • Mild steel/heat resistant steels: MS 2. AG-45 2.and 24 mm for UCT-500 Cleaning               and Wearbroflux    needle set for UCT-500 welding attachments and    cutting nozzles Spare valve and complete O-ring set      • Cast iron joining and rebuilding: FC-Cast Iron.  cast iron and steel. copper alloys.       519744 AG 45 253 2. nickel and nickel              500MM 0.0 X         Gas welding rod for welding of unalloyed structural steel with a carbon content of less than 0. The label on each container fully identifies       the contents. steel. cast iron.5KG       539569 MS-200 3.2%              500M 3.2%              500MM 3. cast              3.0 An easy-flowing. copper alloys. stainless steel. copper. and also gives rod data and basic       information on application areas and use. nickel              X 500MM 1. cast iron. aluminium bronze.0 X 500MM used for brazing galvanized steel without destroying the galvanized surface.0KG     382 . brass. cast iron. brass.       233577 FC-WEARBRO 262 A flux-coated wear-resistant bronze rod used for applying a hard-wearing surface to bronze. universal brazing bronze (brass) rod for the brazing of steel.0 X500MM    used for brazing galvanized steel without destroying the galvanized surface.0KG       174326 BRONZE-264 3. Also used for braze welding cast iron. Mn and Sn guarantees a strong and                             high-quality deposit.7KG and nickel alloys.0 X Bare cadmium free silver rod for joining of all types of steel. This brazing rod gives a very good joint and can be used for brazing nipples.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                          Gas Welding. The addition of Si.       233551 FC-BRONZE 261 A flux-coated brazing rod for joining and surfacing copper.0 An easy-flowing. copper and copper alloys.0 Gas welding rod for wrought and cast aluminium alloys containing up to 5 % Mg. Brazing & Cutting                                                                                  Gas Welding and Brazing Consumables           GAS W           WEELDING A                    AND                      ND B                         BRRAZING C                                  COONS                                     NSUUMA                                         MABBLES        Unitor rods for gas welding and brazing are       supplied in sealed plastic containers. brass. high strength silver rod for joining all types of steel. cast iron and hard match. sleeves                              and unions to copper pipes.              1. It gives a very smooth and attractive surface.0 X A flux coated cadmium free. Mn and Sn guarantees a strong and                             high-quality deposit.0 X         Gas welding rod for welding of unalloyed structural steel with a carbon content of less than 0. May be              2. Generally it can be used for all cast              X 500MM 0. The addition of Si. Yorcalbro pipes (aluminiumbrass). seawater resistant.0 X500MM     iron and malleable cast iron.              1.           Ordering information       Product Product       number name                 Description       539551 MS-200 2. aluminium bronze. copper.0KG       233569 FC-BRONZE      A flux-coated brazing rod for joining and surfacing copper. bronze.       233601 AG 60 252 2. cunifer pipes type 90/10 and 70/                              30. bronze. nickel              X 500MM 1. All rods       are supplied in 500mm length for convenient       use. stainless steel. nickel. It gives a very smooth and attractive surface.       514240 BRONZE-264 5. copper and copper alloys. May be              2613. universal brazing bronze (brass) rod for the brazing of steel.4KG alloys.              1.0KG and nickel alloys. cast iron and steel.5KG       514265 ALUMAG 235 3.5KG alloys containing magnesium as the main alloying element. nickel alloys.              500 MM          copper. Product Product number name                 Description 233585 FC-WEARBRO 262 A flux-coated wear-resistant bronze rod used for applying a hard-wearing surface to bronze.5       Flux cored lead free silver alloyed soft solder wire on spool for tinning and joining of electric conductors. 250G 603068 WEARBRO-FLUX Flux for brazing rod FC-Wearbro-262        262 PF. steel.1KG 682310 FC-CAST IRON   Flux coated rod for joining and surfacing cast iron and brazing cast iron to steel.250G 603076 BRONZE-FLUX          Flux for brazing rod Bronze-264 and FC-Bronze-261        261 PF. Also used for braze welding cast iron. electrical instruments. cast        5. refrigeration plants.7KG 603043 ALUFLUX 234 F. etc. radios. batteries.        0.        1.       Flux for gas welding rod Alumag-235 on aluminium        250 G 603050 AG-60/45 FLUX        Flux for silver brazing rods AG-60-252 and AG-45-253        252 PF.0X450MM brazed with FC-Castiron 268.5 KG            connections. Oil impregnated cast iron may also be        268S 4. 250G 604371 ALBRO-FLUX 263 Flux for silver brazing rod AG-60-252 on Yorcalbro        PF 250G 777937 TIN 241 AG 1. electrical        MM O. brass.0 X500MM     iron and malleable cast iron.        SOLDER                                                                                                                                                            383 . copper.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                     Arc Welding Equipment                                                             Arc welding/cutting machines           UWI-         I-150           150 A               AU                UTOLINE W                        WEELDING INV                                 INVEERTER       191 709659        A portable welding machine for stick electrode       and TIG welding.long product lifespan           Technical data                                         • Line Voltage compensation keeps output of the                                                                power source constant regardless of fluctuation in       Welding current range MMA                  20-150 A      input power from 10% below lowest to above highest       Welding current range TIG                  5-150 A       rated input voltage       Open circuit voltage (OCV)                 69 V        • A built-in circuit that reduces the open-circuit voltage                                                                to below 16 V when the welding power source is not       Max touchable OCV voltage                  16 V                                                                in use       Duty cycle at max current                  30%         • Automatic hot start for stick arc starts makes arc       Electric phase                             1 phase       striking easy and prevents electrode sticking       Power supply voltage                       115-230     • Lift-Arc start in TIG mode provides easy and soft TIG                                                                arc starting.        Benefits        •   Portable        •   Safe in use        •   Efficient        •   Minimal corrosion damage. greatly improving reliability       Features                                               • Thermal overload protection with indicator lights                                                                helps prevent machine damage if the duty cycle is        • Connects to any primary voltage between 115 and                                                                exceeded or airflow is blocked          230 V with AutoLine technology which requires no          action from the operator     384 . CE       • Stepless adjustment of welding current through       IP protection                              23 S          whole current range: 20-150 A for stick welding. debris. minimal internal            contamination .an optional TIG remote control will in       Power supply cycles                        50/60 Hz                                                                addition provide current adjustment and downslope       Recommended fuses (Slow)                   32/16 A       on the torch       Certifying authority/institution           S.                                                                5-150 for TIG welding       Weight                                     6.2                                                              • Casing of high grade aluminium and industrial plastic       Length                                     340 mm        to eliminate corrosion damage       Width                                      140 mm      • Fan on demand to reduce internal contamination       Height                                     230 mm      • Wind tunnel design for the internal cooling air flow                                                                protects electrical components and PC boards from                                                                dirt. dust.  ARGON 632794                                   TIG GLOVES. 5SET 633263                                   SHADE 11 GLASS. 6PCS 633008                                   CHIPPING HAMMER ST. 6 PAIRS 576157                                   GAS HOSE 1/4" 6. 5SET 632786                                   WELDERS GLOVES. 6 PAIRS 632976                                   WIRE BRUSH STEEL. mounted on the welding machine 3m welding cable with dix 25 quick connector and electrode holder 3m return cable with dix 25 quick connector and return clamp Instruction manual    Accessories Product number                           Product name Welder's accessories: 767000                                   AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR WELDSHIELD 767001                                   AUTOVISION PLUS WELDING SHIELD 709485                                   FLIPVISION WELDING FACE SHIELD 619098                                   FACE SHIELD W/HANDLE 633248                                   SHADE 9 GLASS. 6PCS 632984                                   WIRE BRUSH STAINL.DIX 25 CONNECTOR 607810                                   ACCESSORIES KIT TIG TORCH 510010                                   REGULATOR 510 AR/CO2 FLOW 0-35L/MIN 619379                                   MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD + 597328                                   FLOWCONTROL METER.3MM BLACK 175596                                   HOSE JOINT F/6MM (1/4 INCH) OX HOSE 729442                                   HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS                                                                                    385 . 2PCS 632992                                   CHIPPING HAMMER STAINLESS 516161                                   WELDING GAUGE TYPE J TIG welding accessories: 719575                                   REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-150 AUTOLINE 150000                                   TIG TORCH T-150 W. ARGON 597310                                   FLOWCONTROL VALVE. 5SET 633255                                   SHADE 10 GLASS.Ordering information Supplied with: UWI-150 AutoLine welding machine 1 pc carrying strap 2m primary cable.  1 phase 230 V       Wire speed range MIG/MAG                            2-13 m/min                16A for use anywhere on board       Voltage adjustment range MIG/MAG                    10-26 V                 • Safe in use.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                          Arc Welding Equipment                                                                                  Arc welding/cutting machines           UWW-16           1611 MP MU                   MULLTI P                          PRROCESS W                                   WEELDING INV                                            INVEERTER       193 161161        A welding machine for electrode. CE                     including self-shielding wires without shielding gas.6                                                                                   • Protection against both overload and high input       Length                                              460 mm                    voltage.8 mm wire       Electrode holder for MMA (stick) electrode welding with 2.       Gas hose socket with nut and hose clamp for connection to the gas inlet of the machine       Wire welding torch with 3m cable and Euro connector complete for 0.       Recommended fuses (slow)                            10 A                      and even for TIG welding with + polarity       IP protection                                       23 S                    • Automatic hot start and arc force control provides                                                                                     easy start and a stable arc in MMA modus       Weight                                              12.5 m primary cable with plug. TIG and MIG/       MAG welding of most metals on board.        Benefits        • Portable and efficient. with indicator light on the front panel.          Ordering information       Supplied with:       2. fitted on the welding machine.5m cable and Dix 25 connector       3 m return cable with Dix 25 connector and return clamp       Adjustable carrying strap       Instruction manual     386 .       Width                                               230 mm                    prevents machine damage from wrong primary       Height                                              325 mm                    voltage and overheating                                                                                   UWW 161MP is supplied complete for stick electrode                                                                                  welding and wire welding with gasless wire.voltage reduction function reduces                                                                                     touchable open circuit voltage to 10 V       Welding current range TIG                           5-140 A                 • Individual stepless adjustment of both wire speed and       Welding current range MMA                           5-140 A                   welding voltage through whole adjustment range       Open circuit voltage (OCV)                          16 V                      provides optimal settings for any wire                                                                                   • Select between softer or crisper arc on the front       Duty cycle at max current                           30%                                                                                     panel to optimize the wire welding arc       Electric phase                                      1 phase                 • 2-step or 4-step trigger function for wire welding       Power supply voltage                                230                       operator comfort       Power supply cycles                                 50/60 Hz                • 2-step TIG-torch control with lift-arc start and                                                                                     adjustable gas post-flow       Recommended fuses (slow)                            16 A                                                                                   • Polarity selection allows for wire welding with all wires       Certifying authority/institution                    S. only 12 kg net weight. safe in use           Technical data                                                             Features        Welding current range MIG/MAG                       5-160 A                 • Fully portable. 3MM BLACK 175596                      HOSE JOINT F/6MM (1/4 INCH) OX HOSE 729442                      HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS 597310                      FLOWCONTROL VALVE. 6PCS 591990                      MULTI-PURPOSE PLIER FOR WIRE TORCH 160001                      GAS NOZZLE FOR UWW-160 712018                      10 TIPS 1. 6 PAIRS                                                                       387 .FOR UWW 161 160003                      DRIVEROLL V-GROOVE FOR UWW 161 161164                      OUTOING WIRE GUIDE TUBE F.UWW-160 160004                      DRIVEROLL U-GROOVE FOR UWW 161 160005                      DRIVEROLL KNURLED V-GR. 5SET 632992                      CHIPPING HAMMER STAINLESS 633008                      CHIPPING HAMMER ST.6MM FOR UWW-160 TORCH TIG welding accessories: 160010                      TIG TORCH T-161 WITH EUROCONNECTOR 607810                      ACCESSORIES KIT TIG TORCH 632794                      TIG GLOVES. ARGON Wire welding accessories: 161163                      MIG/MAG TORCH M-161 W/3M CABLE 590075                      NONIRON LINER 1.Accessories Product number              Product name Welder's accessories: 767000                      AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR WELDSHIELD 709485                      FLIPVISION WELDING FACE SHIELD 619098                      FACE SHIELD W/HANDLE 633248                      SHADE 9 GLASS. ARGON 597328                      FLOWCONTROL METER.2MM F. 5SET 633263                      SHADE 11 GLASS.2MM FOR UWW-160 613746                      STEEL LINER F. 6PCS 632976                      WIRE BRUSH STEEL. 6PCS 632786                      WELDERS GLOVES. 2PCS 632984                      WIRE BRUSH STAINL. UWW-161 633149                      ANTI SPATTER SPRAY.UP TO 1.0-1.2MM FOR UWW-160 TORCH 711994                      10 TIPS 0. 6 PAIRS 516161                      WELDING GAUGE TYPE J Gas supply accessories: 510010                      REGULATOR 510 AR/CO2 FLOW 0-35L/MIN 619379                      MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD + 576157                      GAS HOSE 1/4" 6. 5SET 633255                      SHADE 10 GLASS.8MM FOR UWW-160 TORCH 711200                      UNITOR BACKVAC 711986                      10 TIPS 0. 2 kg            • Lift-start in TIG mode provides easy and soft TIG arc       Length                                 460 mm               starting                                                                 • Stepless adjustment of welding current through       Width                                  230 mm                                                                   whole current range: 5 –200A       Height                                 325 mm             • Casing of high grade aluminium and industrial plastic                                                                   to eliminate corrosion damage also contributes to low                                                                   weight which together with compact outer       Features                                                                   dimensions provides good portability        • Connects to any primary voltage between 380 and        • Wind tunnel design for the internal cooling air flow          440 V without need for any action from the operator      protects electrical components and PC boards from        • Line voltage compensation keeps output of the            dirt.        Benefits        • Portable        • Safe in use        • Efficient           Technical data                                            • Safe in use with open circuit voltage below the 70 V                                                                   limit set by the code of safe working practices for       Welding current range MMA              5-200 A DC           merchant seamen       Open circuit voltage (OCV)             65 V               • Automatic hot start for stick arc starts makes arc       Duty cycle at max current              30 %                 striking easy and prevents electrode sticking                                                                 • Adjustable arc force for stick electrode welding allows       Electric phase                         3 phase                                                                   the arc characteristics to be changed for specific       Power supply voltage                   380/440              applications and electrodes: low arc force setting for       Power supply cycles                    50/60 Hz             smooth running electrodes like LH and Special and       Recommended fuses (slow)               10 A                 increased setting provides optimal characteristics for                                                                   stiffer. and debris.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                        Arc Welding Equipment                                                                Arc welding/cutting machines           UWI-         I-20            203              3SST                 TIC                   ICK                     K/T                       TIG                         IG       191 203203        A portable welding machine for stick electrode       and TIG welding.       Certifying authority/institution       S. more penetrating electrodes like E6010 types. dust.CE                                                                   chamfering electrodes like CH2 and electrodes for       IP protection                          23 S                 ACA gouging       Weight                                 12. greatly improving reliability          power source constant regardless of fluctuation in      • Thermal overload protection with indicator lights          input power from 10% below lowest to above highest       helps prevent machine damage if the duty cycle is          rated input voltage                                      exceeded or airflow is blocked     388 .  ARGON 632794                                    TIG GLOVES. 6PCS 632984                                    WIRE BRUSH STAINL. ARGON 597310                                    FLOWCONTROL VALVE. 6PCS 633008                                    CHIPPING HAMMER ST. 6 PAIRS 576157                                    GAS HOSE 1/4" 6. 5SET 633255                                    SHADE 10 GLASS.DIX 70 CONNECTOR 607810                                    ACCESSORIES KIT TIG TORCH 510010                                    REGULATOR 510 AR/CO2 FLOW 0-35L/MIN 619379                                    MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD + 597328                                    FLOWCONTROL METER. 6 PAIRS 632976                                    WIRE BRUSH STEEL. 2PCS 632992                                    CHIPPING HAMMER STAINLESS 516161                                    WELDING GAUGE TYPE J TIG welding accessories: 200000                                    TIG TORCH T-200 W. mounted on the welding machine 3m welding cable with quick connector and electrode holder 3m return cable with quick connector and return clamp Instruction manual    Accessories Product number                            Product name Stick welding accessories: 767000                                    AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR WELDSHIELD 709485                                    FLIPVISION WELDING FACE SHIELD 619098                                    FACE SHIELD W/HANDLE 633248                                    SHADE 9 GLASS. 5SET 632786                                    WELDERS GLOVES. 5SET 633263                                    SHADE 11 GLASS.Ordering information Supplied with: 1 pc carrying strap 4m primary cable.3MM BLACK 729442                                    HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS                                                                                     389 .                                                                       and all electronics are completely enclosed and protected       Electric phase                                3                                                                      outside the cooling air flow.       Welding current range                         5-300 A          The three-phase transformer is thoroughly impregnated with       Open circuit voltage                          5V               a special varnish for full corrosion protection.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Equipment                                                                      Arc welding/cutting machines           UWR-30           3033W               WEELDING R                        REECTIF                             IFIE                                IER                                  R       191 670430        A welding machine for stick electrode and TIG       welding.       Certifying authority/institution              S.                                                                      Remote control option provides ability to adjust amperage       Conventional welding rectifier designed for maximum                                                                      during welding.       durability under the rough conditions that it may be exposed          Ordering information       Supplied with:       3 m primary cable       Lifting gear with cable winding frame       Under carriage with two large wheels and support     390 .       Power supply voltage                          230/380/440 V                                                                      The electronic control circuits are designed to compensate       Power supply cycles                           50/60 Hz         for main voltage fluctuations and voltage drop in long       Recommended fuses (slow)                      35/20/16 A       welding cables to ensure a constant and stable welding arc. in                                                                      tanks and in cargo holds.       Length                                        680 mm       Width                                         450 mm           Lift-Arc function without high-frequency for TIG welding                                                                      ensures easy arc start. open circuit voltage only 5 V        • Remote control option provides ability to adjust          amperage during welding        • Adjustable arc force control        • Automatic anti-stick function        • Overload protection with indicator light        • Strong lifting gear and solid rubber wheels           Technical data                                                 to when used on board for heavy steel repairs on deck. free from electromagnetic       Height                                        450 mm           interference.        Features        • Dual process: stick electrode and TIG welding          characteristics with lift-arc start        • Safe in use.       Weight                                        95 kg            basic or cellulose electrodes.CE             Continuous adjustment of welding current and arc force       IP protection                                 IP 23            provides optimal welding properties with all coated rutile. and also electrodes for non-                                                                      iron alloys and chamfering. The silicon       Duty cycle at max current                     35%              rectifier bridge is fitted with screw-in diodes and thyristors.  6PCS 633008                       CHIPPING HAMMER ST.3MM BLACK 729442                       HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS                                                                        391 . ARGON 632794                       TIG GLOVES.DIX 70 CONNECTOR 607810                       ACCESSORIES KIT TIG TORCH 510010                       REGULATOR 510 AR/CO2 FLOW 0-35L/MIN 619379                       MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD + 597328                       FLOWCONTROL METER. 2PCS 632992                       CHIPPING HAMMER STAINLESS 516161                       WELDING GAUGE TYPE J TIG welding accessories: 200000                       TIG TORCH T-200 W. 5SET 633255                       SHADE 10 GLASS. ARGON 597310                       FLOWCONTROL VALVE. 6PCS 632984                       WIRE BRUSH STAINL. 5SET 633263                       SHADE 11 GLASS. 5SET 632786                       WELDERS GLOVES. 6 PAIRS 632976                       WIRE BRUSH STEEL. 6 PAIRS 576157                       GAS HOSE 1/4" 6.Accessories Product number               Product name Stick welding accessories: 767000                       AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR WELDSHIELD 709485                       FLIPVISION WELDING FACE SHIELD 619098                       FACE SHIELD W/HANDLE 633248                       SHADE 9 GLASS. HOLDER 400A WITH DIX70 CONNECTOR       676916                     REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWR-303       676924                     REMOTE CONTROL CABLE 10M F/ UWR-303       709485                     FLIPVISION WELDING FACE SHIELD                                  Welding gloves                                  Chipping hammer steel                                  Wire brush steel two rows          Accessories       Product number                         Product name       645408                                 EXTENSION CABLE 25M 4 PIN     392 .      ACCESSORIE               IESSF                   FOOR U                        UWWR-30                             3033       191 676908        Accessories kit for making the UWR-303       welding machine fully operational           Ordering information       Product number             Product name       Supplied with:       594317                     RETURN CLAMP ASSY 400A W/DIX 70       594325                     EL.   Benefits  • Multi-functional  • Safe in use  • Efficient     Technical data                                        • Automatic shut down function against input voltage. arc force control and anti-stick functions Electric phase                        3                                                       • Parallel connection for extra power (2xUWI-400) Power supply voltage                  380-440 V       • Fan on “demand” tunnel cooling Power supply cycles                   50/60 Hz        • Remote on/off and remote amperage control Recommended fuses (slow)              20 A            • Conforms to code of safe working practices for                                                         merchant seamen Certification (approval)               CE IP protection                         23             Designed for marine applications Weight                                34.  • Can be connected to any 3 phase primary voltage   NB! Remote control product number 670414 must be used    between 380 V and 440 V. TIG and MIG/ MAG welding. Features                                             Low weight and compact dimensions provide easy transport                                                      to wherever welding is needed.5 kg        A process selector switch provides quick and easy selection                                                      of optimal welding characteristics for all processes required Length                                492 mm                                                      for on board maintenance. electrode. wire Width                                 320 mm         welding and air carbon arc gouging.     Ordering information Supplied with: 3 m primary cable Instruction manual                                                                                                                           393 . TIG (with Lift Arc).                                                         fluctuations outside ± 10% of rated voltage range Welding current range                 5-400           • Display information to operator on display stating Open circuit voltage                  63 V              reason for shut down Duty cycle at max current             30 %            • Stepless current control from 5-400 A                                                       • Hot start. Height                                400 mm         5-400A current range covers the use of any size of welding                                                      electrodes.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                    Arc Welding Equipment                                                      Arc welding/cutting machines     UWI-   I-400      400 W          WEELDING INV                   INVEERTER 191 670398  A welding machine for electrode. frequency 50-60 Hz       when using UWI 400 for TIG welding.  6 PAIRS       632976                                     WIRE BRUSH STEEL. 2PCS       632992                                     CHIPPING HAMMER STAINLESS       516161                                     WELDING GAUGE TYPE J       Remote control cable extension       670422                                     EXTENSION CABLE A 25 M       TIG welding accessories:       200000                                     TIG TORCH T-200 W. 6PCS       633008                                     CHIPPING HAMMER ST. 5SET       633263                                     SHADE 11 GLASS. 5SET       633255                                     SHADE 10 GLASS. 5SET       632786                                     WELDERS GLOVES. 6PCS       632984                                     WIRE BRUSH STAINL.DIX 70 CONNECTOR       607810                                     ACCESSORIES KIT TIG TORCH       510010                                     REGULATOR 510 AR/CO2 FLOW 0-35L/MIN       619379                                     MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD +       597328                                     FLOWCONTROL METER. 6 PAIRS       576157                                     GAS HOSE 1/4" 6.3MM BLACK       729442                                     HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS       Wire welding accessories (Gas supply accessories as for TIG is required):       657106                                     UWF-SC12RC WIRE FEEDER       607451                                     WIRE TORCH T-400 MP W/3M CABLE     394 . ARGON       597310                                     FLOWCONTROL VALVE. ARGON       632794                                     TIG GLOVES.      Accessories       Product number                             Product name       Accessories kit:       670406                                     ACCESSORIES FOR UWI-400       Stick welding accessories:       767000                                     AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR WELDSHIELD       709485                                     FLIPVISION WELDING FACE SHIELD       619098                                     FACE SHIELD W/HANDLE       633248                                     SHADE 9 GLASS.      Ordering information Product number                  Product name 670406                          ACCESSORIES FOR UWI-400 Supplied with: 594317                          RETURN CLAMP ASSY 400A W/DIX 70 594325                          EL.    Accessories Product number                                   Product name 670422                                           EXTENSION CABLE A 25 M                                                                               395 .ACCESSORIE         IESSF             FOOR U                  UWWI-                     I-400                        400 191 670406  For making UWI-400 welding machine fully opperational.HOLDER 400A WITH DIX70 CONNECTOR 670414                          REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-400 709485                          FLIPVISION WELDING FACE SHIELD                                 Welding gloves                                 Chipping hammer steel                                 Wire brush steel two rows  NB! Remote control product number 670414 must be used when using UWI 400 for TIG welding.        Welding current rating                  500A 100% duty cycle       Wire speed range                        1.5A              SC 12 RC is delivered equipped for use with 0.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Arc Welding Equipment                                                                         Arc welding/cutting machines           UWF-S          -SCC 12 R                  RCCW                     WIR                       IRE                         EFFE                            EEDER       193 657106        SC 12 RC wire feeder for UWI 400 welding       machine        Features        • Spool sizes 200 mm to 300 mm can be used        • With an optional spool adaptor wire coils which are          delivered without spools can be used        • Spools are completely protected inside the case        • Takes wire sizes from 0.3-17. Torch is not included with the unit.8 M/MIN       Wire size range                         0.8 mm (0.6 kg          Ordering information       Supplied with:       • 3 m connection cables and hoses for connection to the machine       • V-groove 0.6-2 MM       IP protection                           IP 23       Length                                  508 mm       Width                                   203 mm       Height                                  394 mm       Weight                                  11.8 mm solid                                                                         wire.8 mm wires are included with the          feeder        Benefits        • Compact and lightweight for easy access to narrow spaces on board          Power supply from UWI-400               24 V AC 3.030") drive roll kit       • Compression spring for spools       • Euro-connector for torch       NB! Torch is not included and must be ordered separately     396 .6 mm to 2 mm including flux-          cored wires and gasless wires        • Delivered with euro-connector for torch and 3 m          connection cables and gas hose for connection to          UWI-400MP        • Drive roll kit for 0. 07 IN   set 603134                                 DRIVEROLLKIT U-GROOVE 0.2 MM. 1.6MM 1/16IN    set Cable/hose extensions for use between UWI-400 and SC 12 RC: 670422                                 EXTENSION CABLE A 25 M                pcs 175844                                 WELDING CABLE 50 MM2                  mtr 632893                                 CABLE CONNECTOR DIX70 MALE-FEMALE     pcs 576157                                 GAS HOSE 1/4" 6.8MM .TEFLON.0MM                 set of 10 613766                                 NOZZLE INSULATOR F/T-400              set of 5 613763                                 GAS DIFFUSOR F/T-400                  set of 5 613764                                 NECK INSULATION F. 0.035IN   set 603126                                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-KNURLED 1. 4.035IN    set 603498                                 DRIVEROLLKIT U-GROOVE 1.2 MM 3.3.9MM .STEEL.4MM                 set of 10 607456                                 CONTACT TIP 1.8 MM                    set of 10 594630                                 CONTACT TIP 1.T-400               set of 5 594606                                 TORCH LINER.6-2.030IN    set 603340                                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-GROOVE 1.3MM BLACK             mtr 175596                                 HOSE JOINT F/6MM (1/4 INCH) OX HOSE   pcs 729442                                 HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS      pcs                                                                                              397 .0     pcs 607457                                 TORCH LINER.8MM .2     pcs Drive roll kits for SC 12 RC ( 0.4-2.6MM 1/16IN    set 603142                                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-KNURLED 0.2MM .5    pcs 594614                                 TORCH LINER.9MM .8-1.Accessories Product number                         Product name                          Unit 607451                                 WIRE TORCH T-400 MP W/3M CABLE        pcs Torch spares: 613765                                 GAS NOZZLE FOR TORCH                  pcs 594622                                 CONTACT TIP 0.2-1.0. STEEL.0MM.2 MM                set of 10 607455                                 CONTACT TIP 1.8-1.045IN    set 603373                                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-GROOVE 1.0-1.8mm V-groove is included with the unit): 603118                                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-GROOVE 0.        Features                                                   reducing noise. power consumption and the amount                                                                  of airborne contaminants pulled through the machine        • Built-in arc control lets you get in tight without    • 115 V receptacle: provides 15 amps of auxiliary          sticking the electrode.        Benefits        • Safe in use        • Efficient           Technical data                                           • Hot start: makes it easier to start difficult-to-start stick                                                                  electrodes such as E-6010 and E-7018       Welding current range             50-850 A               • Simple control panel features single range amperage       Open circuit voltage              70 V                     adjustment and provides easy. direct connection       Recommended fuses (slow)          90/80 A                  to remote controls and switches       IP protection                     23                     • Enclosed circuit boards provide additional protection                                                                  from contaminants resulting in longer service life       Certification (approval)           CE                                                                • PC board protection prevents the wire feeder power       Length                            966 mm                   or other stray voltages (less than 115 VAC) from       Width                             585 mm                   harming the power source PC board       Height                            762 mm                 • Thermal overload protection helps prevent machine                                                                  damage if the duty cycle is exceeded or airflow is       Weight                            229 kg                                                                  blocked.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                       Arc Welding Equipment                                                               Arc welding/cutting machines           UWR-85           8522W               WEELDING R                        REECTIF                             IFIE                                IER                                  R       191 735860        High capacity 850 A welding machine for air       carbon arc gouging.an electrode compensation       power with power cord strain relief provided for          circuit ensures consistent arc control performance      convenience at installation          regardless of the electrode size           Ordering information       Supplied with:       Instruction manual       NOTE:       Primary cable is not included. efficient operation       Duty cycle at max current         30 %                   • Line voltage compensation ensures consistent weld                                                                  performance by keeping output power constant even       Electric phase                    3 phase 380/440 V                                                                  if primary input power varies by ±10%       Electric cycles                   50/60 Hz               • 14-pin receptacle provides quick. electrode welding and TIG       welding.a warning light indicates power shutdown                                                                • Fan-On-Demand operates only when needed.     398 .  5SET 632786                                                  WELDERS GLOVES. ARGON 632794                                                  TIG GLOVES. 6PCS 632984                                                  WIRE BRUSH STAINL. 6 PAIRS 740969                                                  AIR CARBONARC TORCH HEAVYDUTY 1600A 175745                                                  RETURN CLAMP 800A Stick welding accessories: 511006                                                  ELECTRODE HOLDER UNIKING 600AMP 632976                                                  WIRE BRUSH STEEL. 5SET 633263                                                  SHADE 11 GLASS.Supplied with: Fixed installation is recomended on the primary side. 5SET 633255                                                  SHADE 10 GLASS. 2PCS 632992                                                  CHIPPING HAMMER STAINLESS 516161                                                  WELDING GAUGE TYPE J TIG welding accessories: 200000                                                  TIG TORCH T-200 W. Welding cable connection to the machine is done with cable shoes    Accessories Product number                                          Product name Remote control: 670414                                                  REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-400 670422                                                  EXTENSION CABLE A 25 M Cables and connectors: 655266                                                  WELDING CABLE 95 MM2 738633                                                  CABLE SHOE 95MM2 10PCS 736744                                                  CABLE CONNECTOR DIX120 MALE-FEMALE Air carbon arc accessories: 767000                                                  AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR WELDSHIELD 709485                                                  FLIPVISION WELDING FACE SHIELD 619098                                                  FACE SHIELD W/HANDLE 633248                                                  SHADE 9 GLASS. 6PCS 633008                                                  CHIPPING HAMMER ST.DIX 70 CONNECTOR 607810                                                  ACCESSORIES KIT TIG TORCH 510010                                                  REGULATOR 510 AR/CO2 FLOW 0-35L/MIN 619379                                                  MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD + 597328                                                  FLOWCONTROL METER. 6 PAIRS 576157                                                  GAS HOSE 1/4" 6. ARGON 597310                                                  FLOWCONTROL VALVE.3MM BLACK 729442                                                  HOSE CLAMP FOR 1/4" HOSE (10 PCS                                                                                                   399 .  Superior to gas cutting as it also cuts stainless       Cutting current range             20-100A                    steel.0 bar                    manual cutting.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Arc Welding Equipment                                                                    Arc welding/cutting machines           UPC-104           10411 P                 PLLASMA C                         CUUTTER       192 404100        Cutting and gouging of all current carrying       materials.weight 16 kg        • Ergonomic robust torch with safety trigger and slim          nozzle design for good overview of the cut        • 6 m torch cable connected directy inside the          machine to reduce size and weight and eliminate          screw connector wear        • Power switch with built in quick fuse and air regulator          with built in self draining water separator for          protection of machine        • Active fan control provides forced air cooling only          when needed.       Air consumption                   190 L/min ( 11. minimizing dust intake        Benefits        • Uses air as cutting gas thereby reducing the need for oxygen and acetylene gas        • Can easily and quickly be brought to work locations        • All current carrying materials can be cut or gouged          Technical data                                               Ideal for cutting and gouging all electrically conductive                                                                    materials. Cutting       Power supply voltage              440 (400)                  capacity of up to 40 mm thick steel ensures complete cut       Recommended fuses (slow)          20 A (25 A)                also through thick bulbs in beams.       Length                            560 mm       Width                             190 mm       Height                            320 mm       Weight                            16 kg       Working pressure                  5 bar     400 .                                                                    Highly efficient for gouging out old welds and opening up       Certification (approval)           CE                                                                    cracks with the optional gouging nozzle. cast iron.4 m3/h)     The slim nozzle design gives exceptionally good overview of       IP protection                     IP 23                      the actual cutting arc and provides minimal slag clogging.       Power supply cycles               50/60 Hz                   High duty cycle and tolerance to ambient temperature will       Supply pressure                   6-7 bar                    normally provide completely uninterrupted operation for       Setting on machine at free flow    5.        Features        • Best performance to weight ratio on the market:          40mm cutting capacity . copper alloys and aluminum. Impressive cutting speed                                                                    of more than half a meter per minute (13mm steel plate).       Duty cycle at max current         35%                                                                    The UPC-1041 is compact and lightweight to move around       Electric phase                    3                          on board with its size of 560 x 190 x 320 mm.  GUIDE F/ UPC-1040/1041 404013                     CONSUMABLES KIT F/UPC-1040/1041                                                                      401 .Ordering information Supplied with: 3 pcs electrodes 1 pc tool for electrodes 3 pcs nozzles 1.2 F/UPC-1040/1041 5PCS 404009                     NOZZLE GOUGING F/UPC-1040/1041 5PCS 404010                     SHIELD CUP F/UPC-1040/1041 2PCS 404111                     SPATTER SHIELD F/UPC-1040/1041 2PCS 404112                     DRAG SHIELD F/UPC-1040/1041 2PCS 404016                     CIRCLE CUTT.0 F/UPC-1040/1041 5PCS 404008                     NOZZLE 1.2 1 pc spatter shield 1 pc drag shield    Accessories Product number             Product name 404114                     TORCH WITH 6M CABLE FOR UPC-1041 404115                     TORCH WITH 15M CABLE FOR UPC-1041 404005                     ELECTRODE LONG F/UPC-1040/1041 5PCS n/a                        TOOL FOR ELECTRODE CHANGE 404006                     SWIRL RING FOR UPC-1040/1041 2PCS 404007                     NOZZLE 1. 2 mm diameter copper wires to ensure high          flexibiIity        • The Unitor welding cable complies with the          harmonised standard HO1N2D for flexible welding          cable        • The cable is available in cross-section areas 35 mm2. H01N2-D. It is recognized by its marking at regular intervals with       room. The welding cable supplied by Unitor has wear.          20 m and 50 m.5 kg       183665                 WELDING CABLE 70 MM2 50M              600 A                                 78.5 kg       320002                 WELDING CABLE 70 MM2 10M              600 A                                 78. on deck or in an engine        basis. size of cable.       wear. oil and mechanical       the text “Unitor oil resistant welding cable”.       and oil-resistant insulation on a polychloroprene rubber          Ordering information       Product number         Product name                          Max Amp 35% duty cycle                Weight per 100 m       175836                 WELDING CABLE 35 MM2                  375 A                                 41. Connection to the machine panel sockets is done with 2 pcs          Dix/Unitor conversions        • When cable extensions with safety connectors are used the electrode holder and ground clamp with safety          connectors should be used          Welding cables used on board.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Arc Welding Equipment                                                                    Cables and Connectors           WELDING C               CAABLE         Features        • Unitor welding cable is oil resistant. fitted with Unitor safety connectors          or DIX connectors on request        • The standard length cable extensions are fitted with          Unitor safety cable connectors for optimal protection. The conductor is built up from          0.5 kg       175844                 WELDING CABLE 50 MM2                  480 A                                 57 kg       175828                 WELDING CABLE 50 MM2 10M              480 A                                 57 kg       175810                 WELDING CABLE 50 MM2 20M              480 A                                 57 kg       175802                 WELDING CABLE 50 MM2 50M              480 A                                 57 kg       175851                 WELDING CABLE 70 MM2                  600 A                                 78. flame resistant          and wear resistant.5 kg       175794                 WELDING CABLE 35 MM2 10M              375 A                                 41. flame    and the standard for welding cable H01N2-D.5 kg       175786                 WELDING CABLE 35 MM2 20M              375 A                                 41. are exposed to rough weather.5 kg       320010                 WELDING CABLE 70 MM2 20M              600 A                                 78.          50 mm2 and 70 mm2. in standard lengths of 10 m.5 kg       655266                 WELDING CABLE 95 MM2                  730 A                                 106 kg     402 .  even if they should come into occasional contact with salt water.   Ordering information Product number                 Product name 632885                         CABLE CONNECTOR DIX25 MALE-FEMALE 632893                         CABLE CONNECTOR DIX70 MALE-FEMALE 736744                         CABLE CONNECTOR DIX120 MALE-FEMALE 513044                         CABLE CONNE.     Ordering information Product number                          Product name 632919                                  CABLE SHOE 35 MM2. 10PCS 738633                                  CABLE SHOE 95MM2 10PCS                                                                                       403 . This applies both to connected and unconnected parts.SAFETY COMPL  CABLE S       SHO         HOE           E  Cable shoe for cable . There should be no possibility of short-circuiting in connected plugs and sockets attached to cables. 10PCS 632935                                  CABLE SHOE 70MM2. 10PCS 632927                                  CABLE SHOE 50 MM2.10 pcs.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                         Arc Welding Equipment                                                           Cables and Connectors     CABLE C       COONNE          NNECCTOR  Cable connectors must be insulated in such a way that the danger of handling or short- circuiting through the deck is reduced to a minimum.  When cable       extensions with safety connectors are used. female 70 – Male 25.      ADAPTER P PL                  LUG D                      DIX                        IX F                           FEEMA                              MALLE 7                                    700A                                       AND                                         ND MA                                            MALLE 25. 2       pcs. 2       PCS P           PEER P                PA                 ACK       195 633073        Adapter plug Dix 70/25.     404 . the       electrode holder and ground clamp with safety       connectors should be used. safety/Dix 70 male. Welding machine panel socketing is done       with 2 pcs Dix/Unitor conversions. 2 P                             PCCS       195 634121        Conversion assembly.           PARALLEL C CO                   ONNE                     NNECCTING TTHR                                 HREEE WWAAY C                                             CO                                              ONNE                                                NNEC                                                   CTOR       DIX        IX770 MA              MALLE-F                   -FEEMA                       MALLE-F                            -FEEMA                                MALLE 2 P                                        PCCS       195 632901        Parallel connecting three way connector DIX70       male-female-female 2 pcs           CONV         NVEERSIO               IONNA                   ASSSEM. 2       pcs.  To be connected between remote control unit and UWR-303 welding machine. Remote control unit to be connected to remote control cable 10 m.     Accessories Product number                          Product name 676916                                  REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWR-303 645408                                  EXTENSION CABLE 25M 4 PIN                                                                                         405 .  Features  • Control box with regulating wheel for use when doing    electrode welding or TIG welding  • No need using time going back and forward to    welding machine for regulating amperage    Accessories Product number                   Product name 676924                           REMOTE CONTROL CABLE 10M F/ UWR-303  REMO   MOT     TE C        COONT           NTRROL C                  CAABLE 10M F                             FOOR U                                  UWWR-30                                       3033 191 676924  Cable for connecting UWR-303 remote control to welding machine.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                           Arc Welding Equipment                                                             Cables and Connectors     REMO   MOT     TE C        COONT           NTRROL F                  FOOR U                       UWWR-30                            3033W                                WIT                                  ITH                                    HBBE                                       ELT C                                           CLLIP 191 676916  For regulating UWR-303 amperage from a distance.       EXTENS           NSIO              ION                NCCA                   ABLE 25M 4 P                              PIN                                IN F                                   FOOR U                                        UWWR-30                                             3033       REMO         MOT           TE CCO                ONT                  NTR                    ROLS       191 645408        Cable for extending the distance between       UWR-303 remote control to welding machine. Remote control 8m to be connected       to UWI-400.          Accessories       Product number                      Product name       676924                              REMOTE CONTROL CABLE 10M F/ UWR-303        REMO         MOTTE C               COONT                   NTRROL F                          FOOR U                               UWWI-                                  I-400                                     400 F                                         FOOR E                                              ELL       HO       HOLLDER/T              /TIG                 IG T                    TO                     ORCH       191 670414        For regulating UWI-400 amperage from a       distance.        Features        • Fits easily to electrode holder for TIG torch or wire          torch        • Regulating wheel for adjustment of current        Benefits        • Saves time when regulating amperage        • Better control of weld quality when you are able to regulate amperage during welding        Accessories       Product number                                     Product name       670422                                             EXTENSION CABLE A 25 M     406 .       Extention cable to be used together with remote       control cable for UWR-303.  machines must be switched on. or the wire feeder SC12RC. Extention control cable 25m.   Important:                                                   switched on the current in the parallel cable can damage the If in parallel connection of two UWI 400 machines. If only one machine is    Accessories Product number                            Product name 670414                                    REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-400 670422                                    EXTENSION CABLE A 25 M                                                                                                                                 407 .  Accessories Product number                            Product name 670414                                    REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-400     PARALLEL C          COONNE             NNECCTIO                   IONNC                       CAABLE F                              FOOR U                                   UWWI-                                      I-400                                         400 REMO   MOT     TE C        COONT           NTRROLS 191 676973  Cable for parallel connection of the remote control outlets for two UWI-400 to be able to use one remote control to adjust both machines when the welding outlets are connected in parallel. for use to extend distance between UWI-400 and remote control.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Arc Welding Equipment                                                              Cables and Connectors     EXTENS     NSIO        ION          NCCA             ABLE A 25 M F                         FOOR U                              UWWI-                                 I-400                                    400 R                                        REEMO                                           MOT                                             TE CONT   NTRROLS 191 670422  Cable for extending the distance between UWI-400 remote control to welding machine. both      other machine. HOLDER 400A WITH DIX70 CONNECTOR       522680                         EL. The holders are of strong and       simple construction.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                          Arc Welding Equipment                                                                  Stick electrode arc accessories           ELECTRODE HO                 HOLLDER A                         ASSSEMB                              MBLLY        Unitor’s fully insulated electrode holders are of       the lever screw type and feature an especially       robust and safe clamping arrangement for the       electrodes.HOLDER 200A WITH DIX70 CONNECTOR       594325                         EL. 400A and       600 A.HOLDER 200A WITH DIX25 CONNECTOR       627885                         EL.         Ordering information       Product number                    Product name       552497                            ELECTRODE HOLDER TWISTY 200AMP       513051                            ELECTRODE HOLDER TWISTY 400AMP       511006                            ELECTRODE HOLDER UNIKING 600AMP     408 .HOLDER 400A WITH SAFETYCONNECTOR       528703                         AIR CARBON ARC TORCH 600A       740969                         AIR CARBONARC TORCH HEAVYDUTY 1600A          ELECTRODE HO                 HOLLDERS        Unitor’s fully insulated electrode holders are of       the lever screw type and feature an especially       robust and safe clamping arrangement for the       electrodes.           Ordering information       Product number                 Product name       627877                         EL.       There are three types of electrode holders       available: the 200A. 400A and 600 A. There are three types of       electrode holder available: the 200A. The holders are of strong and       simple construction.  The jaws are fitted with nozzles. The holder will accept round and flat electrodes.                                                             • Cable connectors                                                                   • Quick connector 30UPH for compressed air The holder is also equipped with a cut-off valve for compressed air.     AIR C     CAARBON A             ARRC T                  TO                   ORCH HE                        HEAAVYDUTY 1600A 196 740969  A special jaw-type electrode holder is used for air carbon arc gouging. which direct jets of compressed air parallel with the electrode to the molten          • Integrated compressed air hose/welding cable pool. which direct jets of            Supplied with: compressed air parallel with the electrode to the molten pool. The holder will accept       • Quick connector 30UPH for compressed air round and flat electrodes. Compressed air supply of 400–900 L/min at         • Cable connectors a pressure of approximately 5–7 bar.                                                                                                                        409 . Compressed air supply of 400–900 L/min at a pressure of approximately 5–7 bar.     A special jaw-type electrode holder is used for air carbon arc   Supplied with: gouging.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Arc Welding Equipment                                                                  Stick electrode arc accessories     AIR C     CAARBON AAR               RC TTO                    ORCH 600A W                              WIT                                ITH                                  HSSA                                     AFETY A                                           AND                                             ND AIR C     COONNE        NNECCTIO              IONN 196 528703  Torch for air carbon arc gouging with safety cable connector and air connector.     The jaws are fitted with nozzles. The holder is also equipped with a cut-off valve for        • Integrated compressed air hose/welding cable compressed air.          Ordering information       Product number                    Product name       633164                            RETURN CLAMP ASSY 200A W/DIX 25       633172                            RETURN CLAMP ASSY 200A W/DIX 70       594317                            RETURN CLAMP ASSY 400A W/DIX 70       633180                            RETURN CLAMP ASSY 400 A W/SAFETY          RETURN C              CLLAMP                  MPSS        The thickness of material between welding point       and return clamp must be sufficient to carry the       current load that is to be used.       There are four types of return clamps available:       the 200A.         Ordering information       Product name                                                    Product number       RETURN CLAMP 200A                                               653881       RETURN CLAMP 400A. 600A and 800A.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                         Arc Welding Equipment                                                                 Stick electrode arc accessories           RETURN C              CLLAMP A                     ASSSEMB                          MBLLY        The return connector must be properly       dimensioned to provide good contact for the       welding current load to be used.       The return clamp should always be placed as       close as possible to the welding area. Think carefully       before fixing the return clamp so that sensitive       machine parts such as ball bearings etc. or on the       work piece itself if this is not an integral part of       the hull. are not       used as a bridge for welding current. 400A.                                              653899       RETURN CLAMP 600 A                                              653907       RETURN CLAMP 800A                                               175745     410 . The positioning       of the return clamp determines how large a part       of the vessel or of the work piece is to be       utilized as part of the welding current circuit.  and stainless. but the process may be used with good results on practically all weldable materials.6MM FOR TIG-TORCH 551176                                  COLLET BODY 2. heat           for finishing (no slag).4MM. intense and well directed heat supply which                                                                  flow-meter. resistant or acid resistant steels. gas regulator with  • A stable.    The TIG equipment Among the unique advantages of using the argon gas               Unitor's TIG equipment is easy and uncomplicated to use.DIX 25 CONNECTOR 160010                               TIG TORCH T-161 WITH EUROCONNECTOR 200000                               TIG TORCH T-200 W. a complete TIG-equipment                                                                  set consists of a supply of argon gas. or with UWI-inverters with the advantage of lift  • An easy-to-learn method which may be used in all              arc start.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Arc Welding Equipment                                                                  TIG Welding Accessories     TIG W     WEELDING A              AC               CCESSORIE                      IESS  The TIG welding process is in many cases the only practical solution to several necessary repair jobs onboard. 2.                                                    Apart from the welding machine.     The most frequently used applications are welding of              • Clean.4MM FOR TIG-TORCH 551135                                  TIG NOZZLE 6 FOR TIG-TORCH 551127                                  TIG NOZZLE 7 FOR TIG-TORCH 674710                                  TUNGSTEN EL.     Ordering information Product number                       Product name 150000                               TIG TORCH T-150 W. 10PCS                                                                                                                                      411 . Cunifer. It protected TIG arc as heat source for welding are:                may be used with UWR-rectifiers and touch-start of the                                                                  welding arc.6MM.DIX 70 CONNECTOR 607810                               ACCESSORIES KIT TIG TORCH    Accessories Product number                          Product name 551192                                  SHORT BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH 551200                                  LONG BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH 551168                                  COLLET 1.4MM FOR TIG-TORCH 551184                                  COLLET BODY 1. 10PCS 674736                                  TUNGSTEN EL.    ensures deep penetration and small heat affected    zones. TIG torch and an accessories kit. smooth welds of high quality.    positions. 1.6MM FOR TIG-TORCH 551150                                  COLLET 2. with little need aluminium-brass (Yorcalbro).  These nozzles will stand for          higher temperatures than the ordinary ceramic cups.4MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551135                                TIG NOZZLE 6 FOR TIG-TORCH       551127                                TIG NOZZLE 7 FOR TIG-TORCH       674710                                TUNGSTEN EL. which are recognised by a light brown color.4MM.        Features        • The torch is rated at a full 150A welding current at          100% duty cycle. 2. 1.6MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551176                                COLLET BODY 2. Note that TIG gas          nozzles are brittle and may break if dropped or treated carelessly        • A remote amperage control can be fixed on the TIG torch by velcro straps in order to adjust amperage during          welding        • The torch is equipped with an on/off switch and screw type gas valve. 10PCS     412 . 10PCS       674736                                TUNGSTEN EL.        • A standard Unitor DIX 25 connector is mounted on          the welding cable.at lower duty cycles higher current          may be used        • The handle ensures a secure grip and reduces heat          transfer to the welder’s hand        • A screw type gas valve opens fully at only 3/4 turn.6MM. the torch has low weight and is          easy to operate for repair and maintenance work in          all positions        • Unitor supplies nozzles of aluminium oxide (AL203). recognisable by the pink colour.          switches the gas on and off        • Being gas cooled.6MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551150                                COLLET 2.separate welding cable          and gas hose ensure that extensions may be easily               The torch is equipped with an on/off switch and screw type          connected                                                       gas valve.        Ordering information       Supplied with:                                                         onto the Unitor argon regulator or to the standard                                                                              right hand threaded screw couplings for gas hoses        • 4 m cable/hose package.      TIG T           TO            ORCH-T               H-T--150 W D                          DIX                            IX 25 C                                  CO                                   ONNE                                     NNEC                                        CTOR       197 150000        The T-150 torch is a lightweight torch well       adapted to general applications onboard.4MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551184                                COLLET BODY 1. and the gas connection fits directly          Accessories       Product number                        Product name       Remote control equipment:       719575                                REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-150 AUTOLINE       Spare parts available for purchase:       551192                                SHORT BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH       551200                                LONG BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH       551168                                COLLET 1.   Features  • Fits easily to TIG torch  • Regulating wheel for adjustment of current  Benefits  • Fast to mount on TIG torch  • No need to stop in order to adjust amperage  • Improves weld quality                                                                                413 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                Arc Welding Equipment                                                  TIG Welding Accessories     REMO   MOT     TE C        COONT           NTRROL F                  FOOR U                       UWWI-                          I-150                            150 A                                AU                                 UTOLINE 191 719575  For adjustment of welding current during TIG welding.  1. the torch has low weight and is easy to operate for repair and maintenance work in all positions        • Unitor supplies nozzles of aluminium oxide (AL203). and also controls          current on/off        • Being gas cooled. which are recognized by a light brown color.4MM. At lower duty cycles higher          current may be used        • The handle ensures a secure grip and reduces heat          transfer to the welder’s hand. recognizable by the pink colour.        Features        • The torch is rated at a full 161 amp welding current          at 100% duty cycle. Note that TIG gas          nozzles are brittle and may break if dropped or treated carelessly          Ordering information       Supplied with 4 m cable package with euro connector.          Accessories       Product number                        Product name       Spare parts available for purchase:       551192                                SHORT BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH       551200                                LONG BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH       551168                                COLLET 1.6MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551150                                COLLET 2. A torch mounted          trigger opens and closes the argon selenoid valve in          order to control the gas flow.4MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551184                                COLLET BODY 1. These nozzles will stand for          higher temperatures than the ordinary ceramic cups.6MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551176                                COLLET BODY 2. E                                         EUURO       CONNE          NNECCTOR AAND                      ND T TOORCH MO                                  MOUUNT                                      NTEED T                                            TRRIG                                               IGGGER       193 160010        The T-161 for UWW-161 MP torch is a       lightweight torch well adapted to general       applications onboard.4MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551135                                TIG NOZZLE 6 FOR TIG-TORCH       551127                                TIG NOZZLE 7 FOR TIG-TORCH       674710                                TUNGSTEN EL. 2. 10PCS       674736                                TUNGSTEN EL. 10PCS     414 .6MM.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Arc Welding Equipment                                                                     TIG Welding Accessories           TIG T           TO            ORCH T                 T--16                    1611 W                         WIT                           ITH                             H4MC CA                                   ABLE.  Separate welding cable                 onto the Unitor argon regulator or to the standard    and gas hose ensure that extensions may be easily              right hand threaded screw couplings for gas hoses.6MM FOR TIG-TORCH                                                                                                                                415 . A screw type gas valve    opens fully at only 3/4 turn. the torch has low weight and is    easy to operate for repair and maintenance work in    all positions  • Unitor supplies nozzles of aluminium oxide (AL203). Note that TIG gas    nozzles are brittle and may break if dropped or treated carelessly  • A remote amperage control can be fixed on the TIG torch by velcro straps in order to adjust amperage during    welding  Ordering information Supplied with:                                                  • A standard Unitor DIX 70 connector is mounted on                                                                   the welding cable. These nozzles will stand for    higher temperatures than the ordinary ceramic cups. which are recognized by a light brown color. recognizable by the pink colour. At lower duty cycles higher current    may be used  • The handle ensures a secure grip and reduces heat    transfer to the welder’s hand.  Features  • The torch is rated at a full 200A welding current at    100% duty cycle. and the gas connection fits directly  • 4 m cable/hose package.    Accessories Product number           Product name                                   For use with: Remote control equipment: 670414                   REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWI-400                     UWI-400 670422                   EXTENSION CABLE A 25 M                         UWI-400 REMOTE AMP EXTENTION CABLE 676916                   REMOTE CONTROL FOR UWR-303                     UWR-303 676924                   REMOTE CONTROL CABLE 10M F/ UWR-303            UWR-303 645408                   EXTENSION CABLE 25M 4 PIN                      UWR-303 REMOTE AMP EXTENTION CABLE Spare parts available for purchase: 551192                   SHORT BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH 551200                   LONG BACK CAP FOR TIG-TORCH 551168                   COLLET 1.    connected                                                                The torch is equipped with a screw type gas valve. switches the gas on and    off  • Being gas cooled.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Equipment                                                                TIG Welding Accessories     TIG T     TO      ORCH T           T--200 W D                    DIX                      IX 7                         70                          0CCO                             ONNE                               NNEC                                  CTOR 197 200000  The T-200 torch is a lightweight torch well adapted to general applications onboard.  10PCS     416 . 2.4MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551135           TIG NOZZLE 6 FOR TIG-TORCH       551127           TIG NOZZLE 7 FOR TIG-TORCH       674710           TUNGSTEN EL.      Product number   Product name                      For use with:       551150           COLLET 2. 10PCS       674736           TUNGSTEN EL.6MM.4MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551184           COLLET BODY 1. 1.6MM FOR TIG-TORCH       551176           COLLET BODY 2.4MM. T-161 and T-200 TIG- torches.6 and 2.4mm 1 pcs                                                            •   Alumina nozzle 6 2 pcs  •   Short back cap 1 pcs                                  •   Alumina nozzle 7 2 pcs  •   Heat-shield 1 pcs                                     •   Tungsten electrodes 1.6mm 3 pcs                                        welding 3 pcs  •   CoIlet 2.6 mm 1 pcs                                                                                                                    417 . collet bodies.4mm 3 pcs  •   Collet body 1.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                         Arc Welding Equipment                                                           TIG Welding Accessories     ACCESSORIE         IESSK             KIT               IT T                  TIG                    IG T                       TO                        ORCH 197 607810  Accessories kit for T-150. nozzles and electrodes. but the accessories kit is recommended as it contains necessary spares for 1.     Unitor torches are supplied complete for use.4mm tungsten electrodes.    Ordering information Supplied with:                                             •   Collet body 2. collets. including short back cap.6 mm alloyed for DC TIG  •   ColIet 1. spare heatshield.  AWS A5. Thorium is a so-called “a-emitter. EN 26848.4mm 10pcs alloyed f.       electrodes worldwide.   electrodes are alloyed with Lanthanum (colour code gold)       This problem can occur during welding (vapours) as well as    and are sold in sturdy boxes of 10 pcs. In the near       (colour code red) are currently the most widely used          future. more stringent legal regulations regarding production. It is       element and as such represents a potential danger to health   expected that TlG-welding electrodes containing thorium will       and environment.4MM                               4MM A                                   ALLLOYED F                                            FOOR D                                                 DCC       TIG W           WEELDING       197 674736        Tungsten electrode 2. The danger to the welder    better solution is already available.       when enclosed in a tungsten matrix. longer service life        • Standardised in national and international norms (ISO 6848.6MM                               6MM A                                   ALLLOYED F                                            FOOR D                                                 DCC       TIG W           WEELDING       197 674710        Tungsten electrode 1.12.12. Unitor tungsten       arises when thorium oxide gets into the respiratory canals. stored and disposed of without          legal restrictions        • Suitable for welding all materials        • Better ignition performance than thorium alloyed type          electrodes        • Low burn off rate.no radioactive components        • Can be transported. JlS Z3233)          Thoriated TIG welding electrodes with 2 % thorium oxide       when grinding the electrode tip (grinding dust). JlS Z3233)     418 .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Arc Welding Equipment                                                                     TIG Welding Accessories           TUNG          NGS            STEN EEL                   LECTRODE 1.no radioactive components        • Can be transported.                            1.        Features        • Environmentally friendly.        Features        • Environmentally friendly. longer service life        • Standardised in national and international norms (ISO 6848. stored and disposed of without          legal restrictions        • Suitable for welding all materials        • Better ignition performance than thorium alloyed type          electrodes        • Low burn off rate.” but      disappear from the market in the foreseeable future. EN 26848. Thorium is however a radioactive        use and disposal of thoriated electrodes are expected.         TUNG          NGS            STEN EEL                   LECTRODE 2.                            2.dc       TIG welding. the “a” radiation         especially as an environmentally friendly and technically       emitted externally is negligible. AWS A5.6mm 10 pcs alloyed for       DC TIG welding.  STEEL.4-2.8-1.T-400                                                      set     5 594606                           TORCH LINER. delivered with a 3m cable.TEFLON.2 MM.STEEL.2mm wire.0.0MM.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Equipment                                                                Wire Welding Accessories     WIR   IRE     ETTOORCH T              T--400 W                     WIT                       ITH                         H 3M C                              CAABLE F                                     FOOR S                                          S--12R                                             12RCC/ S-22 P      P12/U        12/UW            WF-MP 193 607451  MIG/MAG wire torch to be connected to SC 12 RC wire feeder. 613765                           GAS NOZZLE FOR TORCH                                                         pcs     1 594622                           CONTACT TIP 0.8-1. The teflon liner allows for all wire with tools for neck adjustment and contact tip change. 0.8 MM                                                           set     10 594630                           CONTACT TIP 1.2 MM 3. 1.0-1. 4.5                                           pcs     1 594614                           TORCH LINER. It is   types including aluminium.  Features  • High capacity air cooled torch  • Adjustable neck  • Ergometric handgrip  Benefits  • No need for water cooling pump system  • Able to reach difficult locations  • Less strain on operator    The torch has an adjustable neck and is delivered complete     tips for 0.8-1.3.2-1.4MM                                                        set     10 607456                           CONTACT TIP 1. complete with liner and contact    Accessories Product number                   Product name                                                                 Unit    Qty.2 MM                                                       set     10 607455                           CONTACT TIP 1.0MM                                                        set     10 613766                           NOZZLE INSULATOR F/T-400                                                     set     5 613763                           GAS DIFFUSOR F/T-400                                                         set     5 613764                           NECK INSULATION F.0                                            pcs     1 607457                           TORCH LINER.2                                            pcs     1                                                                                                                                   419 .6-2. 6MM 1/16IN        *W-groove 0.7MM                                                                                      ABRATECH-W-230 1.8MM                                                                                      ICUNI-W-239 0.6MM       603134                 DRIVEROLLKIT U-GROOVE 0.9MM       603126                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-KNURLED 1.9MM                                                                                      S-309M-GF-222 0.6MM 1/16IN       603142                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-KNURLED 0.8mm included in wire feeder when first       recieved     420 .8MM       603340                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-GROOVE 1.030IN                      GSP-W-200 0.0MM                                                                                      S-316M-GF-221 0.07 IN                     HST-SF-232 1.035IN                     MS-W201 1.9MM .0MM       603498                 DRIVEROLLKIT U-GROOVE 1.035IN                      ALUMAG-W-235 1.8MM .8MM                                                                                      IALBRO-W-237 0.2MM .      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Arc Welding Equipment                                                                    Wire Welding Accessories           DRIV         IVEEROLL AAND                    ND W WIR                          IREEG                              GUUID                                 IDEEK                                     KIT                                       ITS                                         SFFO                                            OR W                                               WIR                                                 IRE                                                   E       FEEDER SSC                C 12 R                     RCC        Driveroll and wire guide kits for wire feeder SC       12 RC           Ordering information       Product Number         Product name                                            FOR UNITOR WELDING WIRE       603118                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-GROOVE 0.8MM .9MM .045IN       603373                 DRIVEROLLKIT V-GROOVE 1. x75mm) it is advisable to use the spool adapter.     SPOOL A       ADDAPTER 193 602839     When bigger coils are to be used in wire feeder SC12RC (245mm dia.                                                                                              421 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Arc Welding Equipment                                                               Wire Welding Accessories     SPOOL C       COOMP          MPRRESSIO                 IONNS                     SPPRING 193 602821  Compression spring for wire feeder SC 12 RC   Note: Included in wire feeder S-22 PI2 when first received.            Accessories       Product number              Product name       160001                      GAS NOZZLE FOR UWW-160       711986                      10 TIPS 0.2MM FOR UWW-160 TORCH       590075                      NONIRON LINER 1.0-1.UP TO 1. UWW-161     422 .FOR UWW 161       161164                       OUTOING WIRE GUIDE TUBE F.2MM F.6MM FOR UWW-160 TORCH       711994                      10 TIPS 0.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                      Arc Welding Equipment                                                              Wire Welding Accessories           WIR         IRE           ETTO              ORCH M-                   M-16                     1611 W                          WIT                            ITH                              H 3M C                                   CAABLE AAND                                             ND       EUROCONNENNEC                   CTOR F FO                           OR UUW                                WW-161611 MP       193 161163        MIG/MAG wire torch to be connected to       UWW-161 MP.UWW-160           DRIV         IVEER             ROOLL        Drive rolls and outgoing wire tube for UWW-161       MP           Ordering information       Product number               Product name       160003                       DRIVEROLL V-GROOVE FOR UWW 161       160004                       DRIVEROLL U-GROOVE FOR UWW 161       160005                       DRIVEROLL KNURLED V-GR.8MM FOR UWW-160 TORCH       711200                      UNITOR BACKVAC       712018                      10 TIPS 1.2MM FOR UWW-160       613746                      STEEL LINER F.  The large          • Full conformance with EN ISO 2503 adjustment knobs are black for easy identification of gas    Accessories Product number                      Product name 550160                              WASHER ALU 10 PCS FOR OX REGULATOR 550178                              CONTENTS GAUGE OX/AR 0-400 BAR 550210                              WORKING GAUGE AR/CO2 0-32L/MIN 619379                              MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD +                                                                                                                                423 . capacity m3/h                    2                                                                • Immediate identification of gas pressures with easy to Cylinder connection                   24. Both contents gauge and flow meter are clearly graded                                                               in psi/bar and l/min.8                  • Easy identification of gas types with colour coded                                                                  adjustment knobs Max.inlet pressure bar                200                     connection for 1/4" gas hose and instructions for use.0-7. Outlet flow l/min:                     0-32 l/min Safety outlet opens at bar            6.                                                               All regulators are delivered with spare washers.  Features  •   Provides constant flow of gas at correct pressure  •   Safety valve  •   Comes with hose connections for 1/4"  •   Built according to international norms  Benefits  •   No need for adjustment during work  •   Provides safe working conditions  •   Connects to all standard hose dimensions  •   Long lasting quality    Technical data                                                type.32 x 1/14"              read gauges marked both in psi and bar                                                                • Full capacity for all types Unitor Argon cylinder regulators for Argon/Argon Co2 are       • Designed for use with Unitor gas cylinders designed for reliability and safety of use.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Arc Welding Equipment                                                               Shielding gas accessories     ARGON R       REEGULATOR 197 510010  Reduces cylinder pressure to suitable working pressure and supplies a steady stream of shielding gas to the torch. hose Max.        Outlet flow l/min:            0-32 l/min       Safety outlet opens at bar   20                                     • Easy identification of gas types with colour coded                                                                           adjustment knobs       Max.          Accessories       Product number                            Product name       550160                                    WASHER ALU 10 PCS FOR OX REGULATOR       550178                                    CONTENTS GAUGE OX/AR 0-400 BAR       550210                                    WORKING GAUGE AR/CO2 0-32L/MIN       619379                                    MANOMETER/GAUGE GUARD +     424 .capacity m3/h            40                                                                           • Immediate identification of gas pressures with easy to read       Cylinder connection          CGA320/0.825"-14 NGO-RH-EXT                                                                           gauges marked both in psi and bar                                                                           • Full capacity for all types       Unitor C02 regulators for Co2 gas are designed for reliability       and safety of use. Both contents gauge and             • Full conformance with EN ISO 2503       flow meter are clearly graded in psi/bar and l/min.        Features        •   Provide constant flow of gas at rigth pressure        •   Safety valve        •   Comes with hose connections for 1/4" and        •   Built according to international norms        Benefits        •   No need for adjustment during work        •   Provide safe working conditions        •   Connects to all standard hose dimensions        •   Long lasting quality          Max. The large adjustment knobs are black for         • Designed for use with Unitor gas cylinders       easy identification of gas type. hose                                                                           connection for 1/4" gas hose and instructions for use.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                   Arc Welding Equipment                                                                           Shielding gas accessories           CO2 R           REEGULATOR       193 510012        Reduce cylinder pressure to suitable working       pressure and supply a steady stream of       shielding gas to the torch.inlet pressure bar       200                                    All regulators are delivered with spare washers.  The flowcontrol meter measures actual flow at the torch nozzle and is a useful tool for the operator.                                                                                       425 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                     Arc Welding Equipment                                                       Shielding gas accessories     FLOWCONT        NTRROL NE               NEEEDLE V                       VA                        ALVE F                             FOOR G                                  GAAS F                                       FLLOW ADJUSTME       MENT          NT 197 597310  Flowcontrol needle valve for gas flow adjustment. argon for use at torch nozzle.     FLOWCONT        NTR          ROL ME              METTER. Actual gas flow at the TIG or wire torch may deviate from what is set on the gas outlet station or on the cylinder regulator. The flowcontrol needle valve used at the gas inlet of the machine or the wire feeder gives full flow adjustment and is available at the work place regardless of distance to the gas cylinder/ gas outlet. A                      ARRGON F                             FOOR U                                  USSE A                                       AT                                        T TORCH NO       NOZ         ZZLE 197 597328  Flowcontrol meter. especially if long gas hoses are used. 5 F/UPC-1040/1041 5 PCS       404006                     SWIRL RING FOR UPC-1040 2 PCS       404010                     SHIELD CUP FOR UPC-1040 2 PCS       404011                     SPATTER SHIELD FOR UPC-1040 2 PCS       404111                     DRAG SHIELD LONG FOR UPC-1040 2 PCS       404112                     DRAG SHIELD LONG FOR UPC-1041 2 PCS     426 .2 50-100A F/UPC-1040 5 PCS       404009                     NOZZLE GOUGING 2.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                           Arc Welding Equipment                                                                   Plasma cutting accessories           CONS         NSUUMA             MABBLES K                     KIT                       IT C                          COOMP                             MPLLETE F                                     FOOR U                                          UPPC-1040       192 404013        Consumables kit complete        Ordering information       Product number                  Product name       404013                          CONSUMABLES KIT F/UPC-1040/1041                                       The kit includes:                                       3 pcs electrodes                                       1 pcs tool for electrodes                                       3 pcs nozzles 1.0 20-50A F/UPC-1040 5 PCS       404008                     NOZZLE 1.2                                       1 pcs spatter shield                                       1 pcs drag shield          ACCESSORIE               IESSF                   FOOR U                        UPPC-1040                             1040/104                                 /10411         Ordering information       Product number             Product name       404014                     TORCH WITH 6 M CABLE FOR UPC-1040       404114                     TORCH WITH 6 M CABLE FOR UPC-1041       404015                     TORCH WITH 15 M CABLE FOR UPC-1040       404115                     TORCH WITH 15 M CABLE FOR UPC-1041       404016                     CIRCLE CUTTING GUIDE FOR UPC-1040       404005                     ELECTRODE LONG FOR UPC-1040 5 PCS       404007                     NOZZLE 1.  when   hinged door is closed with a key.    welding cable is eliminated                                  There is a 10 position connection rail for connection of  • Manhandling of long welding cables. with    decks.                                                                 The housing is mounted to the bulkhead by use of brackets  • Accidental falling/tripping due to loose cables along        that are included with the inlets / outlets. The welding machine will be connected to the          The inlet/outlets are made in stainless steel quality.0 mm2 cable for remote    consuming and strenuous than the actual welding              control is recommended. The outlets. often more time          remote control cable. The 800A boxes use special heavy    disconnected when not in use                                 duty Dix 120 contacts for welding current. Minimum 1. which are mounted on strategic places for              remote control connection is done with a special connection immediate use by the welders on board. are avoided                           size and positions of cable glands will vary for different                                                                 installations. male on inlet station and  • Fire and gas proof doors can be kept shut                    female on the outlet. Connection of    prevented                                                                 welding cables in the inlet/outlet is done with cable shoes.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Arc Welding Equipment                                                                 Current distribution system     CURRENT D         DIS           IST             TRIB               IBUUTIO                    IONNS                        SY                         YSTEM    Unitor welding current distribution system may be tailor         • Correct welding parameters are easily obtainable as made to suit the specific needs of ship or offshore                 all the remote control possibilities of the welding installations. The socket is equipped with a screw cover. and standard Dix 70 cable connectors  • Outlets in possible gas danger areas may be                  are used for connection. Installation. is avoided                                              for 400A and 800A.    job. For these contacts the  • Permanently installed and correctly dimensioned                                                                 special Dix 120 cable connectors must be used. female for both inlet and outlet welding and remote control cables lead to the welding           stations. therefore glands are not included.  • The need for replacement of damaged lengths of               Cable size must be chosen according to welding machine. The 400A boxes uses standard Dix 70                                                                 contacts for welding current. male on inlet                                                                 station and female on the outlet. The remote control socket welding outside the work shop. and holes for  • Accidental short circuiting somewhere along the often                                                                 cable glands have not been drilled / locked out in the    excessive lengths of live welding cables lying about is                                                                 housing. in ladders etc. This must be done by the installer. A red diode 130 V AC is placed following advantages:                                           between the welding terminals to warn when outlet is live. The inlet station in the distribution system by flying leads. The basic rule in this system is that the main      machine is available at the outlet welding power source(s) are located permanently in the workshop. providing the            cable and/or adaptor. The system comes in two sizes. Permanently installed            is a 10 pole amphenol type. These    cables ensure more efficient use of power from                                                                 connectors allow for up to 120mm2 welding cable    welding machine     Ordering information Product Number                      Product name 624320                              INLET STATION WELDING CURRENT 400A 624338                              OUTLET STATION WELDING CURRENT 400A 736728                              INLET STATION WELDING CURRENT 800A 736736                              OUTLET STATION WELDING CURRENT 800A 608760                              REMOTE CONNECTION CABLE FOR UWI-400 603993                              REMOTE CONNECTION CABLE FOR UWR-303 604157                              REMOTE CONTROL ADAPTER FOR UWI-400 604306                              REMOTE CONTROL ADAPTER FOR UWR-303 632893                              CABLE CONNECTOR DIX70 MALE-FEMALE 736744                              CABLE CONNECTOR DIX120 MALE-FEMALE                                                                                                                                       427 .  The housing is mounted to                                                                          the bulkhead by use of brackets that are included with the                                                                          inlet station.       The inlet stations are made of stainless steel quality.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                  Arc Welding Equipment                                                                          Current distribution system           INL       INLEET S              STTATIO                   IONNW                       WEELDING C                                CUURRENT 400A       195 624320        Inlet station in a current distribution system 400A. Connection point for flying leeds from the welding       machine. The socket is equipped with a screw cover. A       Width                        230mm                                 red diode 130V AC is placed between the welding terminals       Depth                        150mm                                 to warn when inlet station is live.        Benefits       Being part of the current distribution system:        •   Welding and return cables are placed in cable trays        •   No damage to cables        •   Accidental falling/tripping due to loose cables along decks are avoided        •   Accidental short circuiting of live welding cables is prevented        •   Less time consuming manhandling of welding cables        •   Fire and gas proof doors can be kept shut        •   No need for replacement of damaged cables          Technical data                                                     400A and uses standard Dix 70 male contacts. The remote                                                                          control socket is a 10 poole amphenol type female for the       Height                       230mm                                 inlet station. The inlet station is rated for     428 . The       hinged door is closed with a key.  The outlet station is rated                                                                                                                                  429 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Arc Welding Equipment                                                                 Current distribution system     OUTLET S        STTATIO             IONNW                 WEELDING C                          CUURRENT 400A 195 624338  Outlet station in a current distribution system 400A. The housing is mounted to the bulkhead by                                                                 use of brackets that are included with the inlet station. The remote control socket Height                      300mm                               is a 10 poole amphenol type female for outlet station. The Width                       300mm                               socket is equiped with a screw cover.  Benefits Being part of the current distribution system:  • Welding and return cables are placed in cable trays  • No damage to cables  • Accidental falling/tripping due to loose cables along    decks are avoided  • Accidental short circuiting of live welding cables is    prevented  • Fire and gas proof doors can be kept shut  • No need for replacement of damaged cables    Technical data                                                  for 400A and uses                                                                 standard Dix 70 female contacts. A red diode 130V AC Depth                       200mm                               is placed beteen the welding terminals to warn when inlet                                                                 station is live. The hinged door is closed with a key. Connection point for the welding and return cables. The outlet station are made of stainless steel quality.        The outlet stations are made of stainless steel quality. The remote                                                                          control socket is a 10 poole amphenol type female for outlet       Height                       300mm                                 station. A red       Width                        300mm                                 diode 130V AC is placed between the welding terminals to       Depth                        200mm                                 warn when inlet station is live.       The inlet stations are made of stainless steel quality.      INL       INLEET S              STTATIO                   IONNW                       WEELDING C                                CUURRENT 800A       195 736728        Inlet station in a current distribution system 800A. The housing is mounted to the                                                                          bulkhead by use of brackets that are included with the inlet                                                                          station. A red diode       Width                        300mm                                 130V AC is placed between the welding terminals to warn       Depth                        200mm                                 when inlet station is live. The outlet station is rated     430 . The       hinged door is closed with a key.       Height                       300mm                                 The socket is equipped with a screw cover.        Features       Being part of the current distribution system:        •   Welding and return cables are placed in cable trays        •   No damage to cables        •   Accidental falling/tripping due to loose cables along decks are avoided        •   Accidental short circuiting of live welding cables is prevented. Connection point for flying leeds from the welding       machine. The       hinged door is closed with a key. Less time consuming manhandling of welding cables        •   Fire and gas proof doors can be kept shut        •   No need for replacement of damaged cables          Technical data                                                     for 800A and uses Dix 120 female contacts. Connection point for the welding and return cables. The inlet station is rated for         OUTLET S              STTATIO                   IONNW                       WEELDING C                                CUURRENT 800A       195 736736        Outlet station in a current distribution system 800A. The remote control                                                                          socket is a 10 poole amphenol type female for inlet station. The housing is mounted to                                                                          the bulkhead by use of brackets that are included with the                                                                          inlet station.        Features       Being part of the current distribution system:        •   Welding and return cables are placed in cable trays        •   No damage to cables        •   Accidental falling/tripping due to loose cables along decks are avoided        •   Accidental short circuiting of live welding cables is prevented. Less time consuming manhandling of welding cables        •   Fire and gas proof doors can be kept shut        •   No need for replacement of damaged cables          Technical data                                                     800A and uses Dix 120 male contacts. The socket is equiped with a screw cover.   Features  • Correct welding parameters are easily obtainable as all the remote control possibilities of the welding machine is    available at the outlet station.  Features  • Correct welding parameters are easily obtainable as all the remote control possibilities of the welding machine are    available at the outlet station.     REMO    MOT      TE CCO           ONNE             NNEC CTIO                    IONNCCA                          ABLE F                               FOOR U                                    UWWR-30                                         3033 6M. 4 PIN MA     MALLE/10 P              PIN                IN MA                   MALLE 191 603993  6m cable with amphenol contact for connecting welding machine to the inlet station. 14 PIN F     FEEMA        MALLE/10 P                 PIN                   IN MA                      MALLE 191 608760  6m cable with amphenol contact for connecting welding machine to the inlet station.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Equipment                                                                Current distribution system     REMO    MOT TE C           COONNE              NNECCTIO                     ION                       NCCAABLE F                                FOOR U                                     UWWI-                                        I-400                                           400 6M.                                                                                                                              431 .      432 .        Features        • Correct welding parameters are easily obtainable as all the remote control possibilities of the welding machine is          available at the outlet station.       Ordering information       The remote control adapter is fitted between outlet station and remote control cable.           REMO         MOTTE C               COONT                  NTR ROL AAD                            DAPTER F                                   FOOR U                                        UWWR-30                                             30334P                                                  PIN                                                    IN       FEMA         MALLE/10 P                  PIN                    IN MA                       MALLE       191 604306        Adapter for outlet station remote control and UWR-303 remote control cable        Features        • Correct welding parameters are easily obtainable as all the remote control possibilities of the welding machine is          available at the outlet station.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Equipment                                                                      Current distribution system           REMO         MOTTE C               COONT                  NTR ROL AAD                            DAPTER F                                   FOOR U                                        UWWI-                                           I-400                                              400 14 P                                                     PIN                                                       IN       FEMA         MALLE/10 P                  PIN                    IN MA                       MALLE       191 604157        Adapter for outlet station remote control and UWI-400 / UWR-852 remote control cable.  More accurate start location when welding is to commence  •   Same face shield can be used for all arc welding processes and amperage settings  •   No need for battery change or charging  •   Provides safety and long lasting quality    This shield is the AutoVision Plus with respiratory unit. The airflow will keep       litres per minute for at least 8 hours. heat and sparks during welding. filtered air inside the helmet. and         battery recharges in 2-4 hours and will provide up to 220 prevents inhalation of welding fumes. The kit is    Accessories Product number                       Product name 766997                               AUTOVISION PLUS OUTSIDE COVER LENS 766998                               AUTOVISION PLUS HEADBAND COMPLETE 766999                               AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR HEADGEAR 767002                               AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR FACE SEAL 767003                               AUTOVISION PLUS FRESHAIR FILTER    Approvals CE                                                                                                                                  433 . The fan gives the user clean.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Arc Welding Equipment                                                                  Welder's Protection     AUTOVIS       ISIO         IONNP             PLLUS F                   FRRESH A                          AIR                            IR W                               WEELDSHIE                                     HIELLD W                                            WIT                                              ITH                                                H RESPIR     IRAATORY UUNIT                NIT 196 767000  Head mounted face shield for protection of the welder's eyes and face against rays. the user fresh and let him concentrate on the work.  Features  • Air pump respiratory unit  • Automatic darkening filter glass  • Adjustable shade of darkness  • Darkening filter powered by solar panel (the light from    the arc)  • Conforms to relevant standards  Benefits  •   Gives user clean filtered air and prevents fume inhalation and accidents  •   Protects welder from developing " arc eye". It     CE approved and conforms to EN 12941-TH2P. Also prevents inhalation of welding fumes.  The low shade state allows for good vision                                                                      while chipping slag. and a head band that allows       and the sweatband for the headband is available as a spare. grinding and repositioning for next arc        • Height on head                                              striking.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Equipment                                                                      Welder's Protection           AUTOVIS            ISIO               ION                 NPPL                    LUS W                        WEELDING S                                 SHIE                                   HIEL                                      LD       196 767001        Head mounted face shield for protection of the       welder's eyes and face against rays. headband       good air flow for the welder.4 milliseconds        • Angle in relation to face                                   (0.0004 sec). heat and       sparks during welding        Features        • Automatic darkening filter glass        • Adjustable shade of darkness        • Darkening filter powered by solar panel (the light from          the arc)        • Conforms to relevant standards        Benefits        • Protects welder from developing " arc eye". Dark mode is adjusted with a knob at the side of the        • Head diameter                                               shield.       unique possibilities for adjustment:                           The shield is equipped with a light powered quick automatic                                                                      darkening glass that switches from low shade (4) to selected        • Distance to face                                            shade within to selected dark state within 0. from shade 9 to 13 which is from the lowest TIG                                                                      welding settings (5-10A) to extreme processes at + 400A arc        • Stay-up friction                                                                      current.          Accessories       Product number                       Product name       766997                               AUTOVISION PLUS OUTSIDE COVER LENS       766998                               AUTOVISION PLUS HEADBAND COMPLETE     434 . More          accurate start location when welding is to          commence        • Same face shield can be used for all arc welding          processes and amperage settings        • No need for battery change or charging        • Provide safety and long lasting quality           The basis is a lightweight well designed shield which allows   Replaceable inside and outside protective lenses.  10PCS                                                               10 pcs 709493                HEADBAND FOR AUTOVISION+FLIPVISION 709501                SWEAT BAND F/AUTOVISION+FLIPVISION                                                                                                                                     435 . flip-up frame protecting the eyes when chipping slag. 5 SET                              300–500 A      13              5 sets 633214                PROTECTION GLASS.FLIP   IPVVIS       ISIO          ION            NWWE               ELDING F                      FAACE SSHIE                               HIEL                                  LD W                                     WIT                                       ITH                                         H HE HEAADBAND A  AND               ND S                  SHA                    HAD                      DE 11 G                            GLLASS 196 709485  Head mounted face shield for protection of the welder's eyes and face against rays. cold or shade glass is protected against spatter by a clear             moisture. 10PCS                                                           10 pcs 633222                SAFETY GLASS. 5SET                               80–175 A       11              5 sets 633271                SHADE 12 GLASS. heat and sparks during welding  Features  •   Flip up frame  •   Lightweight design  •   Adjustable headband  •   Conform to relevant standards  Benefits  • Protects welder when chipping slag and when    grinding  • Comfortable to use  • Fits all head sizes  • Provide safety and long lasting quality    The Flipvision face shield with head band fitted with a flip-up   supplied as standard with the shield. 5SET                                20–40 A        9-10            5 sets 633255                SHADE 10 GLASS. The flip-up front frame is fitted with a filter shade glass with       Unitor face shields for welding are made from a lightweight. 5 SET                              175–300 A      12              5 sets 633289                SHADE 13 GLASS.                                                    mind that proper protection is absolutely necessary to guard                                                                 himself against the danger of ultra-violet rays and bits of A clear safety glass is placed in the fixed frame under the                                                                 welding slag in the eye. Shade 11 glass is        EN standards. 5SET                                < 20 A         8-9             5 sets 633248                SHADE 9 GLASS. and both glasses and shields conform to relevant protection glass fitted in front of it. A welder should bear in front frame. The filter     robust plastic material which is unaffected by heat. shade selected according to welding current used.    Accessories Product number        Product name                                       Amperage       Filter Shade    Quantity in Unit 633230                SHADE 8 GLASS. 5SET                               40–80 A        10              5 sets 633263                SHADE 11 GLASS.  5SET                   < 20 A          8-9                5 sets       633248                    SHADE 9 GLASS. 5SET                   20–40 A         9-10               5 sets       633255                    SHADE 10 GLASS. 5 SET                 300–500 A       13                 5 sets       633214                    PROTECTION GLASS.          Accessories       Product number            Product name                          Amperage        Filter Shade       Quantity in Unit       633230                    SHADE 8 GLASS. 5 SET                 175–300 A       12                 5 sets       633289                    SHADE 13 GLASS.       flip-up front frame is fitted with a filter shade glass with     robust plastic material which is unaffected by heat.       protection glass fitted in front of it. 5SET                  80–175 A        11                 5 sets       633271                    SHADE 12 GLASS. cold or       shade selected according to welding current used. The filter   moisture. heat and sparks during welding        Features        •   Safety helmet        •   Flip up frame        •   Lightweight design        •   Adjustable headband        •   Conforms to relevant standards        Benefits        •   Protects welder from head injury        •   Protects welder when chipping slag and when grinding        •   Comfortable to use        •   Fits all head sizes        •   Provide safety and long lasting quality          This is the flip vision face shield fitted with safety helmet   A welder should bear in mind that proper protection is       instead of head band. and both glasses and shields conform to relevant       shade glass is protected against spatter by a clear           EN standards. 10PCS                                                  10 pcs       633222                    SAFETY GLASS. The      Unitor face shields for welding are made from a lightweight.       A clear safety glass is placed in the fixed frame under the       flip-up frame protecting the eyes when chipping slag. 5SET                  40–80 A         10                 5 sets       633263                    SHADE 11 GLASS. 10PCS                                                      10 pcs     436 . Shade 11 glass is       supplied as standard with the shield.                                         absolutely necessary to guard himself against the danger of                                                                     ultra-violet rays and bits of welding slag in the eye.      SAFETY HE              HELLME                  METTW                      WIT                        ITH                          HFFA                             ACE S                                 SHIE                                   HIEL                                      LD A                                         AND                                           ND S                                              SHA                                                HAD                                                  DE 11       GLASS       196 619114        Safety helmet mounted face shield for       protection of the welder's eyes and face against       rays.  It is designed Unitor face shields for welding are made from a lightweight. 10PCS                                                     10 pcs 633222                   SAFETY GLASS. heat and sparks during welding  Features  • Sturdy lightweight design  • Conforms to relevant stadards  Benefits  • Comfortable to use  • Provides safety and long lasting quality    A welder should bear in mind that proper protection is          moisture. robust plastic material which is unaffected by heat. burns.    to also protect the hand holding it from radiation. 5SET                     80–175 A        11                 5 sets 633271                   SHADE 12 GLASS. and both glasses and shields conform to relevant absolutely necessary to guard himself against the danger of     EN standards.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Arc Welding Equipment                                                                 Welder's Protection     FACE S      SHIE        HIEL           LD W              WIT                ITH                  H HA                    HAND                       NDL                         LE A                            AND                              ND F                                 FIL                                   ILT                                     TER S                                         SHA                                           HAD                                             DE 11 GLASS 196 619098  Hand held face shield for protection of welders eyes and face towards rays. ultra-violet rays and bits of welding   The face shield with handle is supplied with shade 11 dark slag in the eye. 5SET                      20–40 A         9-10               5 sets 633255                   SHADE 10 GLASS. 5 SET                    175–300 A       12                 5 sets 633289                   SHADE 13 GLASS. cold or    Accessories Product number           Product name                             Amperage        Filter Shade       Quantity in Unit 633230                   SHADE 8 GLASS. 10PCS                                                         10 pcs                                                                                                                                    437 . electric shocks.                                                glass and clear protection glass as standard. 5 SET                    300–500 A       13                 5 sets 633214                   PROTECTION GLASS. 5SET                     40–80 A         10                 5 sets 633263                   SHADE 11 GLASS. 5SET                      < 20 A          8-9                5 sets 633248                   SHADE 9 GLASS.  filter shade glass of   glasses and 5 filter shade glasses. 10PCS                                                        10 pcs          Approvals       CE           AUTOVIS            ISIO               ION                 NOOU                    UTSID                       IDEEC                           COOVER L                                  LEENS 10P                                        10PCCS       196 709469        Outside cover lens 10pcs 112 x 93mm for autovision old model. 5SET                   40–80 A         10                  5 sets       633263                  SHADE 11 GLASS.      ARC W           WEELDING G                    GLLASSES        Filter glasses for arc welding         The glasses have dimensions 60 x110 mm and are               shade 11 glasses which is included. 10PCS                                                    10 pcs       633222                  SAFETY GLASS.       correct shade should be ordered in addition to the filter          Ordering information       Product number          Product name                           Amperage        Filter Shade        Quantity in Unit       633230                  SHADE 8 GLASS. 5 SET                  300–500 A       13                  5 sets       633214                  PROTECTION GLASS. The filter glasses are       manufactured in accordance with DIN standard and are CE      supplied in sets consisting of 5 safety glasses. 5 protection       approved. 5SET                    < 20 A          8-9                 5 sets       633248                  SHADE 9 GLASS. 5SET                   80–175 A        11                  5 sets       633271                  SHADE 12 GLASS. 5SET                    20–40 A         9-10                5 sets       633255                  SHADE 10 GLASS.           AUTOVIS            ISIO               ION                 N INS                   INSID                       IDE                         ECCO                            OVER L                                 LEENS 10P                                       10PCCS       196 709477        Inside cover lens 10pcs 97 x 47mm for autovision old model     438 . When ordering face shields. 5 SET                  175–300 A       12                  5 sets       633289                  SHADE 13 GLASS.  these      jacket is worn when welding in the overhead position. ultra-violet rays or bits of welding     movement is limited. They        protect the body and arms against falling sparks and slag. burns. PAIR 633040                                ELECTRODE QUIVER LEATHER MAX 2KG                                                                                                                                       439 . 12 PAIRS 510438                                LEATHER JACKET LARGE 510446                                LEATHER JACKET EX LARGE 633016                                LEATHER TROUSERS W/BELT 175935                                LEATHER CUFFS PAIR 184184                                ARM PROTECTOR PAIR 510453                                LEATHER SPATS. It is especially important that a welding slag in the eye. Made from specially treated leather. 6 PAIRS 632794                                TIG GLOVES.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Arc Welding Equipment                                                                  Welder's Protection     PROTECTIV        IVEEC            CLLOTHING    A welder should bear in mind that proper protection is           provide good protection during welding.    Ordering information Product number                        Product name 632786                                WELDERS GLOVES. 6 PAIRS 633057                                WORKING GLOVES. or where electric shocks. to protective garments are heat and moisture resistant. especially when the absolutely necessary to guard himself against the danger of      welder has to work close to the workpiece.  The curtain with hooks is supplied in a plastic bag.   more curtains together by the use of snap on buttons along       The top of the curtain has 7 holes and the curtain comes        the side. Maximum pipe diameter which the hooks will fit       The curtain reduces light emission . With the hooks the           WELDING S               SPPATTER B                        BLLANK                            NKEET 1 X 10MM O                                           ONNR                                              ROOLL       196 646067        Welding spatter blanket 1 x 10mm on roll         Non-asbestos woven glass fabric with a fire retardent            cutting. Max operating temperature 550 °C. In order for the curtain to be drawn freely the       see trough the curtain. Thickness       weavelock. but still enables one to   on is 41 mm.     440 . or hooked up on an existing       personnel being harmed by the welding work taking place. It is made of self-extinguishing        pipe should be less than 30 mm.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Arc Welding Equipment                                                                       Welder's Protection           WELDING C               CUURTAIN W                        WIT                          ITH                            H HO                              HOOOKS       196 633065        Welding curtain with hooks           The purpose of the welding curtain is to avoid other            curtain can be put in a frame. It is possible to join two or       material. Nom.        pipe or wire.82mm.       complete with 7 heavy-duty hooks.       machinery from spatter and spark during welding and             The welding blanket is supplied in a carton box. Available in a roll 1m x 10m. The size of the curtain is 2 m high and 1.3 m wide. for protecting combustible materials and delicate    0.  aluminium pre-filter and into the main filter which has a total    thus providing a lower noise level and reduced maintenance.                                                                  Two powerful motors The two motors guarantee an Four-stage filtration system                                      adequate extraction capacity under all conditions.                                                                                                                                         441 .                                                                  For Accessories and spare parts. At low When the welding fumes enter the unit they first pass a           welding fume concentrations. then the fumes flow through a                halved. It is also possible to welding fumes that might have harmful effects. FUME EXTRACTOR  Supplied with:                                                   2. area of 12m2. work. It is compact     add hoses on the exhaust side to completely remove the and lightweight and can be used anywhere a welder can            filtered air from the area if required. The large area of the main filter provides a        Automatic start long life and a constant high efficiency since filter cleaning     When the welding cable is placed in a slit on top of the unit does not have to take place very frequently.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                Arc Welding Equipment                                                                  Welder's Protection     FUME C      CLLEAN 230 C                 COOMP                    MPLLETE 196 735878  Welding fume extractor  Features  •   Compact and lightweight  •   Connects to 1 phase 230V  •   High filteration capacity  •   Automatic start stop function  Benefits  • Fast and easy transportation  • Power points for 230V available  • Protects welder against inhalation of harmful welding    fumes  • No need for manual operation of start/stop    With this unit a welder is easily protected against inhaling     on top of the main filter to remove smell. circumstances. please contact Customer Active carbon filter                                              Services. The last stage is   the automatic start/stop function can be used and the unit a High Efficiency Particle Arrestor HEPA 12 which                 will automatically switch on when welding starts and off guarantees a filtration efficiency of 99.5m hose and nozzle with magnet foot. the extraction capacity can be metal pre-separator. in which situation both motors operate at half speed. If required an optional activated carbon filter can be placed    Ordering information Product Number                       Product name 735878                               FUMECLEAN-230 WELD.9% under all              when welding stops.  removal of slag. The hammer is of robust       construction and well balanced. 2PCS                        pck       632992                              CHIPPING HAMMER STAINLESS                       pcs     442 . 6PCS                    6 pcs           CHIP        HIPPPING HA                 HAMME                    MMER                       R        The chipping hammer is used for the removal of       slag after arc welding.           Ordering information       Product Number                      Product name                                    Unit       633008                              CHIPPING HAMMER ST. 6PCS                     6 pcs       632984                                WIRE BRUSH STAINL.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                        Arc Welding Equipment                                                                Welder's Tools           WIR        IREEB            BRRUSH        A wire brush is used for cleaning the welding       surface. rust etc.           Ordering information       Product number                        Product name                               Unit       632976                                WIRE BRUSH STEEL. Available in       steel or stainless steel. The brush is       available with steel or stainless steel bristles. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                     Arc Welding Equipment                                                       Welder's Tools     WELDING GGAAUGE T                 TYYPE J F                         FOOR T                              THR                                HRO                                  OAT T                                      THIC                                        HICK                                           KNE                                             NES                                               SS AND R     REEINF        INFOORCEME                MENT                   NT 196 516161  Welding gauge type J is for measuring 60. tip and outside.     MU MULLTI P        PUURPOSE P                 PLLIE                    IERRF                        FOOR W                             WIR                               IRE                                 ETTO                                    ORCH 193 591990  Plier for use cutting wire on all MIG/MAG wire torches.                                                                                   443 . 80 and 90 degree groove angel effective throat thickness up to 20mm and reinforcements up to 10mm. The multipurpose pliers provides means for spatter removal from the nozzle inside. It has jaws for contact tip and nozzle removal and installation. 70. and for cutting and pulling wire.  flat 5x13x127. Simply select a stick with       the desired temperature and make a mark on       the surface to be heated. F                       FLLAT 5X                             5X13X                                13X12                                   1277.     444 . When the stick mark       goes from solid to liquid the temperature have       been reached.       For touching up pipes where galvanizing has been burnt of during welding.       Welders chalk is used to mark out positions       when gas and plasma cutting on metals. The       chalk is flat and can easily be kept in pocekts       and tool boxes.           TEMP         MPEERATURE IND                    INDIC                        ICA                          ATOR K                               KIT                                 IT       196 633081        Temperature indicator kit 200/400/600/800°C       Temperature sticks are a wax that melt at a       preset temperature. 6 pcs. 6 P                              PCCS       196 633156        Galvanizing spray 400 ml in a box. 144 P                                             PCCS/P                                                 /PA                                                   ACK       196 632968        Welders chalk.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                  Arc Welding Equipment                                                          Welder's Tools           WELDERS C               CHA                 HAL                   LK. 144 pcs/pack.           GALVANIZ            NIZING                ING S                    SPPRAY.  molten globules from burning on to the surface.                                                                                                                                   445 . 6 P                                            PCCS 196 633149  Anti spatter spray. 400 ML IN A B                                    BOOX. The spatter can easily be wiped off with a brush after welding. a barrier is formed preventing the   arc from sticking to the metal surface being welded.     By spraying on a thin layer on each side of where the          The anti spatter spray prevents the spatter from the welding welding is to take place.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Equipment                                                                Welder's Tools     ANT  NTII S       SPPATTER S                SPPRAY. 400 ml in a box.                Time consuming chipping and grinding is prevented. 6 pcs.  and        wipe dry.                                                           Step 4) Spray developer evenly over the inspection area and                                                                         wait a few minutes until the area dries white.       spray cleaner to degrease the inspection area. Any surface       Step 1)                                                           defects will appear in red contrast.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Arc Welding Equipment                                                                         Welder's Tools           MA       MAG         GNA           NAF             FLUX C                  CRRACK D                         DEETECTIO                                IONNK                                    KIT                                      IT       096 653535        Magnaflux crack detection kit comes in convenient shoulder carry case and consists of 3 pcs cleaner.          Ordering information       Product number                        Product name       653543                                CLEANER SKC-S 10 PCS 400ML EACH       653550                                PENETRANT SKL-SP1 10 PCS 400ML EACH       653568                                DEVELOPER SKD-S2 10 PCS 400ML EACH     446 . a dye            Step 3) Remove all excess penetrant using a dry cloth and       penetrant that penetrates down in cracks and porosity. scale. paint by mechanical means.       2 pcs penetrant. It is a low cost and easy to use inspection       method. 3 pcs developer and 1pc cloth. Leave to dry. The dye penetrant kits consist of a   about ten minutes.       a developer.       Remove surface rust.       cleaner to clean the surface for grease and oil.         By using dye penetrant we can detect surface cracks not           Step 2) Spray penetrant over the area and allow to soak for       readily visible to the eye.  scale..                  2.    Accessories for SKC-S.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Equipment                                                                Welder's Tools     CLEANE     NERRS         SKKC-S             -S. spray cleaner to degrease the inspection area.   Remove surface rust.     DEVELOPER S           SKKD-S               -S2. 10 P                     PCCS 096 653543  Magnaflux cleaner 10 cans of 400ml in a carton.   Spray developer evenly over the inspection area and wait a few minutes until the area dries white. Any surface defects will appear in red contrast. Leave to dry. 10 P                          PCCS 096 653550  Magnaflux penetrant 10 cans of 400ml in a carton.                                                                                            447 . SKL-SP1. SKD-S2 Product Number                     Product name 653535                             MAGNAFLUX CRACK DETECTION KIT 3+2+3     PENE   NETTRANT S            SKKL-S                -SPP1.   Spray penetrant over the area and allow to soak for about 10 minutes. Remove all excess penetrant using a dry cloth and wipe dry. 10 P                        PCCS 096 653568  Magnaflux developer 10 cans of 400ml in a carton. paint by mechanical means.        applications.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                         Information about coated stick electrodes           INF       INFOORMA             MAT               TIO                 ION                   NAAB                      BOUT C                           COOATED S                                   STTIC                                      ICKK       ELECTRODES        General description       The Unitor standard electrode range contains       electrodes for:          •   Mild and low alloy steels         •   Cast steels         •   Heat resistant steel         •   Low temperature steel         •   Weathering steel         •   Stainless and acid-resistant steels         •   Tool.        With the best welding properties:                                 Packed for maritime conditions:        Special care has been taken to select electrodes with the         The electrode box is made of high density polyethylene       best all-round welding properties. When welding the moisture turns into       gives basic information on application areas. with instructions for use and       in the weld deposit. Complete       hydrogen in the arc that again ends up as hydrogen porosity       information on each electrode.                                                   electrodes". Label. Welding onboard often              physical damage.and machine-part steels         •   Cast iron         •   Aluminium and aluminium alloys         •   Copper and copper alloys         •   Air-carbon-arc gouging         •   Gouging with standard equipment          A product range selected for maritime use:                        this can turn into hydrogen cracking also known as cold       High quality coupled with versatility is a basic factor for the   cracking in the weld.           Moisture Absorption properties when manufactured. whenever possible the            to be used. the       range. The Unitor standard range has         box gives all relevant information to how the electrodes are       been composed with this in mind.                                  recycling. and also       from the atmosphere ). cap and box are made out of the same       electrodes' welding properties are equally good also in the       recycled material and does not need to be separated when       vertical and under-up positions. Easily welded electrodes       making it the right place for storing and protecting       are necessary to achieve good results without too stringet        electrodes from moisture pickup. In order to extend the electrodes       selection of arc welding electrodes in the Unitor standard        usable lifetime and safeguard against cold cracking. Combined with other undesirable effects     448 . It is composed to cover all normally occurring             Unitor electrodes for structural work have been given Low       applications onboard. This reduces the number of electrode types          Electrodes with LMA properties are marked "LMA       needed onboard. This       Each electrode therefore covers a wide range of                   greatly reduces the electrodes moisture absorption rate. contamination and       demands on the welder's skill.        LMA properties                                                    With full instructions for use:        All electrode coatings are hygroscopic (they absorb moisture      The label on each box fully identifies the contents. yet to be as compact as possible. The information label that is placed on the       requires awkward positions. 3YH10   3H10. Low Alloyed and Stainless Steel: Product Name      AWS             EN                        DNV     GL       LR        BV        ABS GPO-302 N         E 6013          E 38 0 RC 11              2       2        2         2         2 GPR-300 H         E 7024          E 24 0 RR 73              2       2        2Y        2         2 SPECIAL-303 N     E 7016          E 38 2B 32 H10            3YH10   3YH10    3H15      3.       .Unalloyed.        UP        SR LHL-319 N         E 8018-C1       E 46 6 2Ni B 32 H5        5YH10   6Y46H5   5Y42H5    3YH5      3Y400H5 LHR-320 N         E 8018-G        E 46 5 Z B 32             3YH10   3YH15    3YH15     3YH10     3YH5 18/8-321 N        E 316L-17       E 19 12 3 L R 1 2         316L    4571     316L      316L      E316L-17 23/14-322 N       E 309MoL-17     E 23 12 2 L R 3 2         309Mo   4459     SS/Mn     309Mo     STEEL TO STAINLESS DUPLEX-325 N      E 2209-17       E 22 9 3 N L R 3 2        YES     4462     .        2209      DUPLEX .3Y LH-314 N          E 7018          E 42 4 B 42 H5            3YH5    3YH5     3YH5      3YH5      3YH5 LHH-314 H         E 7028          E 42 4 B 73 H5            3YH5    3YH10    3 YH5     3YH5      3YH5 LHV-316 N         E 8018-G        E 46 5 B 41 H5            3YH10   4YH10    4Y40H10   3YH10     3Y LHT-318 N         E 8018-B2       E CrMo 1B 42 H5           -H10    .                                                                                                                           449 .application examples are given in the Unitor handbook for maritime welders    Directions for use Classifications and approvals . 2X350MM     3.2X350MM     3. General applications.0       Unalloyed steel. Large welds in flat position. General applications. Large welds in flat position.0       Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. steel Boiler plates and pipes up to 550 dgr.                1.0      Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel.2      Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel.                PCS 5.1KG       699215   SPECIAL-303N           3.5       High temp.0X450MM 51 4. Specially suitable for vertical down welding                PCS 5.0X450MM 75 PCS 5. all positions including vertical down. Thin plate material.0X350MM     4.5      Unalloyed steel.                190 PCS 5.0X350MM 115PCS                easy to weld.                137 PCS 4.1KG       699223   SPECIAL-303N           4.3KG       699199   SPECIAL-303N           2. General applications.7KG       699207   SPECIAL-303N           2.8 KG       699249   GPR-300H 4.                4.                4.0 KG       699330   LHT-318N 2.2      Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. General applications.0       Unalloyed steel.0       Unalloyed steel.                PCS 5. General applications.8 KG       699322   LHV-316N 4.5 KG       699306   LHH-314H 5.5       Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. all positions including vertical down.0X350MM 99 4.                PCS 5. General applications.                PCS 5.4 KG       699181   GPO-302N 4. Easy to weld.0X450MM 23 6. General applications.                PCS 1. Easy to weld. Large welds in flat position.0       Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel.5X350MM 2.2X350MM 120PCS                easy to weld.                120 PCS 5.6 KG       699298   LHH-314H 4.2 KG       699231   GPR-300H 3.5      Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel.5X350MM 75 2.2KG       699173   GPO-302N 3.2X450MM 85 3. Thin plate material.5 KG       699256   GPR-300H 5.                PCS 5KG       699280   LH-314N 4.5% Mo.C. Double coated electrode.0        Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel.2      Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. Large welds in flat position.0X450MM 35 5.2X450MM96    3. Easy to weld.0       Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel. Thin plate material.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                  Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                          Coated Stick Electrodes           UNIT        NITO           OR R              RAANG                 NGEEO                     OFF MA                         MAINT                            INTE                               ENA                                 NANC                                   NCEEE                                       ELLECTRODES        Unitor range of maintenance electrodes        Ordering information       Product       Number Product name             Diameter Application onboard       699165   GPO-302N 2.0X450MM 54 4.5X350MM 220PCS                easy to weld.                295 PCS 5. Large welds in flat position                PCS 5.                3. Double coated electrode.       699272   LH-314N 3.0      Unalloyed steel. Double coated electrode. Double coated electrode.                2. Specially suitable for vertical down welding.2      Unalloyed steel. all positions including vertical down.5X350MM     2. General applications.                PCS 5.0      Unalloyed & Low alloyed Steel.6 KG       699260   GPR-300H 6.0X450MM 36 5.                2. General applications.7 KG     450 .                4. Large welds in flat position                PCS 5. General applications.0X450MM 78 4. 0.2       Unalloyed steel.       699264   LH-314N BOX 2. Up tp 1% Cr.2KG          easy to weld.5 KG       699314   LHV-316N 3. Thin plate material. 7%Ni          PCS 1. Joining cast iron to steel.7 KG 699462   DUPLEX-325N 3. High strength.          213 PCS 1.6      Stainless steel AISI 304/316 L.steel Ice Class hull plates. Winchwheel pockets. high carbon steel          3. 0.2X350MM 68 3.7 KG 699413   18/8-321N 3.0 X      4. Many layers. Stainless steel overlays. Compound steel.2        Bronze an brass.5      Hard surfacing. Compound steel. Up tp 1% Cr. Application          3.2 KG 699520   NIFE-334N 4.6 KG 699488   TENSILE-328N           3.0X350MM    4.          91 PCS 1.5       Weather resistant steel Corrosion resistant to sea-water and flue gases. high carbon steel.          50 PCS 2.7 KG 683631   LHL-319N 2.5        Stainless steel AISI 309.2       Duplex steel.2      Oily cast iron.5KG          include welding work onboard dredgers and cement carriers. Tolerant to high Carbon content.          PCS 2.5 X      2. pumps and valves. deawn and castings.2      Stainless steel AISI 304/316 L.7 KG 699405   18/8-321N 2. piping.2       High temp.2 KG 606458   TINBRO-341 3.          54 PCS 1.5% Mo.          PCS 1. Tolerant to high Carbon content. Joining stainless to steel. Joining stainless to steel. pressure and impact. 699496   NICKEL-333N 2.8 KG 699397   18/8-321N 1. Many layers.1 KG 606454   WEARMAX-327 2. Up to 2.6X300MM    1. Compound steel.C.0X350MM 4. Tanks.          84 PCS 1. Wear resistant overlays.7%Ni          PCS 1.4KG 606457   ALBRONZE-344 3.7 KG 699439   23/14-322N 3.5X300MM 2.          42PCS 1.0 KG 699504   NICKEL-333N 3. vanadium steel.2X350MM 48 3.7 KG 699421   23/14-322N 2.5X300MM 2.2       Low temp. vanadium steel.5      Difficult to weld steel Spring steel.2        Stainless steel AISI 309. Tanks. Stainless steel overlays.          82 PCS 1. High strength. Wear resistant overlays.5KG 606456   WEARMAX-327 4. pumps and valves.5X300MM    2.          MM 699538   ALUMIN-351N 3. Joining cast iron to steel.2X350MM 3. pumps and valves.2X300MM    3.2 X      3.          2.Product Number Product name             Diameter Application onboard 699348   LHT-318N 3.2X350MM 48 3.          89 PCS 1.5X300MM 79PCS 1.5X300MM 2. Joining copper alloys to steel.2X350MM 50PCS 2.8 KG 683656   LHR-320 N 2.          PCS 2.          55 PCS 2.0      Cast Iron. Tanks.0 KG 699470   TENSILE-328N           2.5      Stainless steel AISI 304/316 L.2 X 350 MM3.          350MM 49PCS 1. Wear resistant overlays.6KG 606455   WEARMAX-327 3.5       Oily cast iron.4KG 725275   ABRATECH-330           3. Stainless steel overlays.0 KG 699447   23/14-322N 4.7 KG 699389   LHR-320N 3.          121PCS 2. Joining of duplex to stainless and steel.2X350MM 48 3. Joining of duplex to stainless and steel.2      Cast Iron.2       Aluminium Rolled. Joining copper alloys to steel.          350MM 42PCS 3.2X350 3.2X350MM 68 PCS 3. steel Boiler plates and pipes up to 550 dgr. 699454   DUPLEX-325N 2.0        Stainless steel AISI 309.2      Copper alloys Bronze and brass.5X350MM 78 2.          350MM 68PCS 3.          PCS 1.5X350MM 882.steel Ice Class hull plates. Joining stainless to steel.5       Duplex steel.5       Low temp.0      Hard surfacing. piping.2X350 68 3. wear resistant overlay against gauging abrasion. tool steel. cable drums. tool steel.          PCS 1.2      Hard surfacing.                                                                                                                                                  451 .2X350MM 3. Winchwheel pockets.2       Weather resistant steel Corrosion resistant to sea-water and flue gases.2X350MM 3. cable drums. Up to 2. Winchwheel pockets.2      Difficult to weld steel Spring steel. piping.0 KG 699512   NIFE-334N 3.2      Hard surfacing. cable drums.8 KG 683649   LHL-319N 3.  Wear resistant overlays.0        Chamfering/Gauging.                350MM 39PCS 1.      Product       Number Product name             Diameter Application onboard       606460   IMPACT-329S 3.                PCS 0.3 KG       758458   ACA-384 15X5X305MM 50 15x5      Chamfering/Gauging.                350MM       606459   CH2-382 3.2 X 350MM 36 3.3        Chamfering/Gauging. Exhaust valves.4KG       606461   IMPACT-329S 4. Wear resistant overlays.2      Hard surfacing.0 X      4. Exhaust valves.0X305MM 50 8.                PCS 1. High temp.2 X      3.1 KG     452 .0      Hard surfacing. Gouging and weld removal using compressed air. Gouging and weld removal using compressed air.4 KG       758474   ACA-384 6. Air carbon arc gouging.                PCS 1. High temp.                PCS 2. Gouging and weld removal using compressed air.2      Chamfering/Gauging Using standard equipment.3X305MM 50 6.8 KG       758466   ACA-384 8. Air carbon arc gouging. Air carbon arc gouging. 4 KG                80-150 A                       AC.    5.    5.  Features  •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing  •   Strikes and restricts easily  •   All positions including vertical down  •   Superb arc stability  •   Bridge large gaps  •   Approved by classification societies for mild steels  Benefits  •   Can be stored for long time  •   Superb for tack welding  •   No need to use additional special electrode  •   Easy to use  •   Can do the job even if edge preparation is not up to standard  •   In compliance with maritime rules and regulations    General purpose organic-rutile coated electrodes for           vertical down.5X350MM 295 PCS 5.2KG                 60-100 A                       AC. Suitable for bridging large gaps.    5.2X350MM 190 PCS 5. unalloyed steels.    Ordering information Product Number         Product name                                     Welding current range          Polarity      Weight 699165                 GPO-302N 2. DC+/.2 kg                                                                                                                                   453 . DC+/.0X350MM 120 PCS 5. DC+/.4 kg 699181                 GPO-302N 4.2 KG                100-200 A                      AC. Easily weldable in all positions including   Excellent for all-purpose repair welding of mild steel.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                Coated Stick Electrodes     GPO-30     302N        2N  Electrode for welding of mild steel.2 kg 699173                 GPO-302N 3.  DC+/.5 . and a throat thickness up to 3.5 KG                 180-230 A                       AC.    5.3KG                  300-430 A                       AC..0X450MM 51 PCS 5.        Features        •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing        •   High deposition rate        •   Can be rested in the joint during welding        •   Approved by classification societies for mild steels        Benefits        •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        •   Greatly improves on the time to do the job        •   Makes the welding easy to perform        •   In compliance with maritime rules and regulations           High recovery rutile type electrodes for unalloyed steels.8 kg       699249                GPR-300H 4. DC+/.8 KG                 130-170 A                       AC.0X450MM 23 PCS 5.6 kg       699260                GPR-300H 6.2X450MM 85 PCS 5. Self-releasing slag.       50 cm/min. Also suited for steels protected       Easy to use in the horizontal position with a speed of up to   with zinc.    5.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                      Coated Stick Electrodes           GPR-300H        High recovery electrode for welding of mild       steel.5 kg       699256                GPR-300H 5. DC+/.    5.     layer.0X450MM 35 PCS 5.3 kg     454 .    5.6 mm in one          Ordering information       Product Number        Product name                                     Welding current range           Polarity      Weight       699231                GPR-300H 3.6 KG                 250-340 A                       AC. DC+/.or iron-oxide based primers.  LMA unalloyed and low alloyed ship quality steel.1 kg 699223                SPECIAL-303N 4.1 kg 699215                SPECIAL-303N 3.1KG                90-150 A                       AC.2KG                120-190 A                      AC.  Features  •   LMA electrode  •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing  •   Double coated electrode  •   Approved by classification societies for higher tensile      steels  Benefits  •   Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open  •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up  •   Easy to use  •   In compliance with maritime rules and regulations    Low hydrogen double coated electrode for welding of           electrode is specially suited for thin plate welding.1KG                50-90 A                        AC. DC +   4.2 kg                                                                                                                                 455 .0X450MM 75 PCS 5.0X350MM 115PCS 1.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                               Coated Stick Electrodes     SPECIA     IALL-30          303N             3N  Electrode for welding of mild steel and ship quality steel. DC +   1.5X350MM 220PCS 4.7 kg 699207                SPECIAL-303N 2. DC +   4. DC +   5. The 2 mm        electrode    Ordering information Product Number        Product name                                       Welding current range          Polarity   Weight 699199                SPECIAL-303N 2.7KG                40-80 A                        AC.2X350MM 120PCS 4. 0 kg       699272                  LH-314N 3. deposit with   slag.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                         Coated Stick Electrodes           LH-        H-314N           314N        Electrode for welding of mild steel and ship       quality steel. LMA electrode       high          Ordering information       Product Number          Product name                                      Welding current range          Polarity   Weight       699264                  LH-314N BOX 2.        Features        • LMA electrode        • Unitor high density polyethylene packing        • Approved by classification societies for higher tensile          steels        Benefits        • Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open        • Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        • In compliance with maritime rules and regulations          A reliable basic all-around electrode for unalloyed and low       resistance against impact and cracking. good building properties. Easily removable       alloyed ship quality steels.6 kg     456 .0 kg       699280                  LH-314N 4.2X450MM96 PCS 5KG                       95-155 A                       DC +       5.0X450MM 78 PCS 5.5X350MM                             45-105 A                       DC +       4. high deposition rate.6 KG                   125-210 A                      DC +       5. 5 kg                                                                                                                                 457 . Easy to use in the flat position by doing contact welding.5 kg 699306                  LHH-314H 5.0X450MM 36 PCS 5.  Features  •   LMA electrode  •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing  •   High deposition rate  •   Can be rested in the joint during welding  •   Approved by classification societies for higher tensile      steels  Benefits  •   Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open  •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up  •   Greatly improve on the time to do the job  •   Makes the welding easy to perform  •   In compliance with maritime rules and regulations    High recovery basic type electrode for unalloyed and low alloyed ship quality steels.0X450MM 54 PCS 5.5 KG                  225-355 A                     DC +       5.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                 Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                   Coated Stick Electrodes     LHH-  HH-314H      314H  High recovery electrode for welding of mild and ship quality steel. LMA electrode    Ordering information Product Number          Product name                                      Welding current range         Polarity   Weight 699298                  LHH-314H 4.5 KG                  170-240 A                     DC +       5.  LMA electrode       vertical          Ordering information       Product Number         Product name                                     Welding current range           Polarity   Weight       699314                 LHV-316N 3. Practically self-       and low alloyed ship quality steels. especially suited for    releasing slag.0 KG                 180-220 A                       DC+        4.8 KG                110-150 A                       DC+        4. high deposition rate.0 kg     458 .0X350MM 99 PCS 5.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                     Coated Stick Electrodes           LHV        HV--316N        Vertical down welding electrode for welding of       mild steel and ship quality steel.2X350MM 137 PCS 4.        Features        •   LMA electrode        •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing        •   Vertical down welding        •   Can be rested in the joint during welding        •   Approved by classification societies for higher tensile            steels        Benefits        •   Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open        •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        •   Greatly improve on the time to do the job        •   Makes the welding easy to perform        •   In compliance with maritime rules and regulations          Low hydrogen heavily coated basic electrode for unalloyed     down welding in addition to other positions.8 kg       699322                 LHV-316N 4.  up    to 550°C  Benefits  • Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open  • Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up  • In compliance with maritime rules and regulations    Low hydrogen basic coated electrode for heat resistant low   Used on boiler plates and pipes for working temperatures up alloy steels with up to 1% Chromium an 0.    1.    1.5% Molybdenum.7 kg 699348                LHT-318N 3.  Features  • LMA electrode  • Unitor high density polyethylene packing  • Approved by classification societies for boiler tubes    and boiler plates with 1%Cr.7 kg                                                                                                                                459 . LMA electrode    Ordering information Product Number        Product name                                   Welding current range          Polarity   Weight 699330                LHT-318N 2.7 KG               70-105 A                       DC +/.7 KG               95-150 A                       DC +/.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                            Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                              Coated Stick Electrodes     LHT  HT--318N  Electrode for welding of high temperature steel.      to 550°C.2X350MM 48 PCS 1. 1/2% Mo and temp.5X350MM 75 PCS 1.  LMA electrode       temperature          Ordering information       Product Number       Product name                                 Welding current range          Polarity    Weight       683631               LHL-319N 2. DC +    1.5X350MM 78 PCS 1.2X350MM 48 PCS 1.7% Ni. Plates and pipes used for low         -80°C. Ice class hull plates.8 kg       683649               LHL-319N 3.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                         Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                 Coated Stick Electrodes           LHL        HL--319N        Electrode for welding of low temperature steel.        Features        • LMA electrode        • Unitor high density polyethylene packing        • Approved by classification societies for low          temperature ice class hull plates with up to 2. Exellent impact toughness at       steel with 2.8 kg     460 .8 KG             105-150 A                      AC.8 KG             70-110 A                       AC. DC +    1.6% Ni        Benefits        • Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open        • Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        • Can be used safely           Low hydrogen basic coated electrode for low temperature   AC cargo.  Good corrosion resistance to sea water   breakers).MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                          Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                            Coated Stick Electrodes     LHR  HR--320N  Electrode for welding of weathering steel.2 X 350MM             100-150 A                             AC.  Features  • LMA electrode  • Unitor high density polyethylene packing  • Approved by classification societies for weathering    steels like Cor-Ten A and Patinax steel  Benefits  • Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open  • Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up  • Can be used safely     Low hydrogen basic coated electrode for welding of         protective paint coating wears off (hull plating on ice weathering steel.7 kg 699389                    LHR-320N 3. LMA electrode and flue gases.DC +       1.8 kg                                                                                                                             461 .DC +       1. Especially suitable for steels where    Ordering information Product Number            Product Name                     Welding current range                 Polarity      Weight 683656                    LHR-320N 2.5 X 350MM             80-115 A                              AC. DC +    1.DC +    1. e.g.DC +    1. LMA electrode          Ordering information       Product Number       Product name                                  Welding current range        Polarity   Weight       699397               18/8-321N 1.7 KG             45-90 A                      AC.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                         Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                 Coated Stick Electrodes           18/8-       18/8-321N             321N        Electrode for welding of stainless steel. AISI:316/316L.7 kg       699413               18/8-321N 3. CF-3M/8M/8C.7 KG             60-135 A                     AC.7 kg       699405               18/8-321N 2.7 KG            35-45 A                      AC.2X300MM 54 PCS 1. 10-14%      H. CPF 8M/10 MC.        Features        • LMA electrode        • Unitor high density polyethylene packing        • Approved by classification societies for welding of          stainless steel        Benefits        • Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open        • Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        • In compliance with maritime rules and regulations           Rutile-basic electrodes for welding corrosion-resistant   Nickel and 2-3% Molybdenum.7 kg     462 . TP-316/       austenitic steels containing 16-18% Chromium.6X300MM 213 PCS 1.5X300MM 89 PCS 1. 5X300MM 84 PCS 1.7 kg 699439                23/14-322N 3.7 KG                 50-90 A                      AC.0 kg 699447                23/14-322N 4.DC+     2.0X350MM                               85-180 A                     AC.0 kg                                                                                                                               463 .  Features  • LMA electrode  • Unitor high density polyethylene packing  • Approved by classification societies for welding of    stainless steel to steel and compound steel  Benefits  • Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open  • Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up  • In compliance with maritime rules and regulations    Rutile-basic electrode for welding corrosion-resistant steels   heat resistant steel with 19-21% Chromium and 11-13% among themselves and to mild steels. compound steel and stainless steel overlays.0 KG                 90-120 A                     AC. Also for    Ordering information Product Number        Product name                                       Welding current range        Polarity   Weight 699421                23/14-322N 2. LMA electrode and for corrosion resistant layers on mild steels. for clad CrNiMo steels     nickel.2X350MM 50 PCS 2.DC+     1.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                 Coated Stick Electrodes     23 23/14-    /14-322N        322N  Electrode for welding of stainless steel to mild steel.DC+     2. 2X350MM 55 PCS 2.DC +    2. High resistance to general       stainless steel used in tanks.DC +    1. duplex steel to stainless steel and          Ordering information       Product Number         Product name                                          Welding current range         Polarity   Weight       699454                 DUPLEX-325N 2.0 KG                   80-120 A                      AC. heating       corrosion and pitting corrosion. duplex to       mild steel and duplex to stainless steel        Features        • LMA electrode        • Unitor high density polyethylene packing        • Approved by classification societies for welding of          duplex steel        Benefits        • Electrodes can be exposed longer in the open        • Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        • In compliance with maritime rules and regulations          Rutile basic type electrode for welding of duplex                 stainless steel to mild steel. LMA electrode       duplex steel to mild steel.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                 Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                         Coated Stick Electrodes           DUPLEX-325N        Electrode for welding of duplex steel. Also for joining          temperature of 250°C.7 KG                   50-90 A                       AC. Applicable up to a service       coils and as ladder materials on board.0 kg     464 . cargo loading pipes.7 kg       699462                 DUPLEX-325N 3.5X300MM 91 PCS 1.                                                                                                                              465 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                          Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                            Coated Stick Electrodes     PIC  ICKKLING G           GEEL 2 L                  LIT                    ITR                      RE F                         FOOR S                              STTAINL                                  INLEESS S                                          STTEEL 095 661778  Pickling gel for removal discoloration and passivation of surface after welding. Remove with water.  Features  • HD polyethylene container together with brush  • In gel state  Benefits  • Safe handling and ready to use  • Product will stick in vertical and overhead positions     Technical information                                      Unitor pickling gel is used to remove oxides and                                                            discoloration on stainless steel welds and surrounding Weight                         2. Apply with a brush. leave the gel to work for 50                                                            minutes.5 kg                      surfaces.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                            Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                    Coated Stick Electrodes           TENS         NSIL            ILE              E-328N        Electrode for welding of difficult to weld steel. heat and corrosion. High resistance against      polishes to high gloss with low friction. tool steels etc.0 KG             80-125 A                      AC.2X350MM 50PCS 2.6 kg       699488                 TENSILE-328N 3.0 kg     466 .    cracking.6 KG             50-85 A                       AC.DC+     2.       carbon steels.          Ordering information       Product Number         Product name                                    Welding current range         Polarity   Weight       699470                 TENSILE-328N 2.        Features        •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing        •   Superb arc stability        •   Easy slag removal and smooth weld surface        •   High strength        Benefits        •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        •   Easy to use        •   Little surface treatment needed        •   Less possibility for joint failure during operation          Electrodes for most high-alloy steels like spring-steels. Extremely hard wearing.DC+     1.5X300MM 79PCS 1.     Ordering information Product Number            Product Name                           Welding current range               Polarity   Weight 606460                    IMPACT-329S 3. spindles in combustion engines.4 kg                                                                                                                                467 .2 X 350MM                70-120 A                            AC.DC+     1.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                Coated Stick Electrodes     IMP IMPA    ACT-329S  Electrode for welding of heat resistant overlays  Features  •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing  •   Superb arc stability  •   Easy slag removal and smooth weld surface  •   High resistance to high temperature wear  Benefits  •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up  •   Easy to use  •   Little surface treatment needed  •   Deposit will last longer resulting in less need for      rewelding    Special cobalt alloy electrodes for building up exhaustvalve   non-porous.4 kg 606461                    IMPACT-329S 4. machineable welds highly resistant to impact.          heat and corrosion.0 X 350MM                90-150 A                            AC.DC+     1. producing homogenous. 6       606455               WEARMAX-327 3.0 X 350MM 42PCS 3.       winch wheels and anchor windlass wheels on anchoring          Ordering information       Product Number       Product name                                        Welding current range        Polarity   Weight       606454               WEARMAX-327 2. chains or organic substances.4 kg     468 . e.5KG                 90-170 A                     AC.2 X 350MM 68PCS 3.DC+     3.        Features        •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing        •   Superb arc stability        •   Easy slag removal and smooth weld surface        •   High resistance to wear        Benefits        •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        •   Easy to use        •   Little surface treatment needed        •   Deposit will last longer resulting in less need for            rewelding          Special electrode for joining and overlaying whenever there   systems.g. worn   Cargo handling and dredger equipment.       is wear from wires.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                             Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                     Coated Stick Electrodes           WEARMA           MAXX-32                3277        Electrode for welding of wear resistant overlays.DC+     1.5 kg       606456               WEARMAX-327 4.DC+     3.5 X 350MM 49PCS 1.6KG                 75-140 A                     AC.4KG                 120-240 A                    AC.  wear resistant overlay against gauging abrasion.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                             Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                               Coated Stick Electrodes     ABRATECH-        H-330           330  Electrode for welding of abrasive wear and impact resistant overlays. pressure and impact. Applications include welding work onboard dredgers and cement carriers.  Features  •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing  •   Superb arc stability  •   Easy slag removal and smooth weld surface  •   High resistance to abrasive wear  Benefits  •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up  •   Easy to use  •   Little surface treatment needed  •   Deposit will last longer resulting in less need for      rewelding    Hard surfacing.    Ordering information Product Number       Product name                                        Welding current range      Polarity   Weight 725275               ABRATECH-330 3.DC+     3.5 kg                                                                                                                             469 .5KG                 100-150 A                  AC.2X350MM 68 PCS 3.     2.DC +/.0 KG                 55-110 A                       AC.2 KG                   80-140 A                       AC. copper alloys and stainless steel.    2.       to itself or to steel.0 kg       699504                NICKEL-333N 3.DC +/.          Ordering information       Product Number        Product name                                        Welding current range          Polarity      Weight       699496                NICKEL-333N 2.5X300MM 121PCS 2.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                               Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                       Coated Stick Electrodes           NIC       NICKKEL-333N        Electrode for welding of cast iron        Features        •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing        •   Superb arc stability        •   Easy slag removal and smooth weld surface        •   Very good on oily cast iron        Benefits        •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        •   Easy to use        •   Little surface treatment needed        •   Less porosity in deposit resulting in less required            grinding          Nickel electrodes (98% Ni) for welding of gray cast iron        corroded cast iron.2 kg     470 . and also for joining cast iron to steel. Especially good for old oil-soaked and   copper.2X350 68 PCS 2. DC+/.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                  Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                    Coated Stick Electrodes     NIF NIFEE-334N  Electrode for welding of cast iron  Features  •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing  •   Superb arc stability  •   Easy slag removal and smooth weld surface  •   High strength  Benefits  •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up  •   Easy to use  •   Little surface treatment needed  •   Less possibility for joint failure during operation    Nickel-Iron electrodes for welding of cast iron.4 kg                                                                                                                                  471 . High tensile strength.DC+/.  2.2 KG                   75-100 A                      AC.    Ordering information Product Number         Product name                                        Welding current range         Polarity   Weight 699512                 NIFE-334N 3.  2.0X350MM                                 85-160 A                      AC.2X350MM 68 PCS 2. and for building up parts. Especially suited for welding on larger dimensions in all positions. cast iron to steel.2 kg 699520                 NIFE-334N 4. 2 mm                                                                   parts.DC+     472 . cast iron and nickel alloys. Also for building up       Diameter                       3.2X                       2X3                         350MM 42 E                                  ELLECTRODES 1.       Ampere                         70-90 A       Polarity                       DC+         ALBRONZ            NZEE-344 3.                                               1.                     3.3K                                                  3KG                                                    G       096 606457        Electrode for welding of copper alloys. or filling cavities.2 mm       Amperage                       80-160 A       Polarity                       AC.4 kg                       Electrodes for welding bronze.        Features        •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing        •   Superb arc stability        •   Easy slag removal and smooth weld surface        •   Suitable for most copper alloys        Benefits        •   Can be stored for long time without moisture pick up        •   Easy to use        •   Little surface treatment needed        •   Right first time          Weight                         1.        Features        •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing        •   Superb arc stability        •   Easy slag removal and smooth weld surface        •   High strength and resistance against cavitations and            sea water corrosion        Benefits        •   Long storage lifespan without moisture pick up        •   Easy to use        •   Little surface treatment needed        •   Right first time          Weight                         1.3 kg       Diameter                       3.2X                        2X3                          350MM 46 E                                   ELLECTRODES 1. copper or brass to itself and                                                                   to steel.      TINB        INBRRO-34               3411 3.                    3.                                              1.4K                                                 4KG                                                   G       096 606458        Electrode for welding of copper alloys. 0 kg Diameter                        3.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                        Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                          Coated Stick Electrodes     ALUMIN-    MIN-3351N 3.                                        1.  Features  • Unitor high density polyethylene packing in    combination with vacuum packing  • Good arc stability  • High strength  Benefits  • Long storage lifespan without moisture pick up  • Easy to use  • Less possibility for joint failure during operation    Technical data  Weight                          1.2 mm Amperage                        70-110 A Polarity                        DC+                                                                                                    473 .1K                                          1KG                                            G 096 699538  Electrode for welding of aluminium.2X                 2X3                   350MM 82 E                            ELLECTRODES 1.              3.         •   Stable arc        •   Can be used with standard equipment without use of            compressed air        Benefits        •   Long storage lifespan without moisture pick up        •   No need to worry about chemistry of base material        •   Easy to use        •   No need to invest in special equipment          Technical data        Weight                      1.                3.DC +/-     474 .4K                                             4KG                                               G       096 606459        Electrode for chamfering        Features        •   Unitor high density polyethylene packing        •   Suitable for all metallic materials.2X                   2X3                     350MM 36 E                              ELLECTRODES 1.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                         Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                 Coated Stick Electrodes           CH2-        H2-382            382 3.                                          1.4 kg       Diameter                    3.2 mm       Amperage                    160-280 A       Polarity                    AC. 0 x 305mm         200-450 A                             DC+        1.1 kg                                                                                                                      475 . Special torch required.    Ordering information Product Number             Product Name                Welding current range                 Polarity   Weight 758474                     ACA-384 6.3 kg 758458                     ACA-384 15X5 x 305mm        400-600 A                             DC+        2.8 kg 758466                     ACA-384 8.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                      Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                        Coated Stick Electrodes     ACA-384  Electrode for air carbon arc gouging  Features  • Suitable for all metallic materials  • High capacity removal of metal  • Stable arc  Benefits  • No need to worry about chemistry of base material  • Cuts down time it takes to do the job  • Easy to use    Carbon-graphite electrode for gouging by use of compressed air.3 x 305mm         200-350 A                             DC+        0.        or to pre-dry electrodes before welding when this is required. When the dryer is in a tilted position. the               dryer. When the dryer is tilted.                                                                        Caution:       The Minidryer-350 is designed to restore moist electrodes. It has a thermostat for continuous selection                                                                        of the temperature from 100 to 350°C (212°F to 662°F).       accessible. 50/60 Hz. but always closes to prevent the       Heating element       230 V. a       Thermostat control    100°C to 350°C                             rim around the opening prevents rainwater from entering.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                        Electrode Storing Cabinets           MINID       MINIDRRYER.knot     476 . The Minidryer-350 is equipped with 2 m primary          Accessories       Product Number                                          Product Name       637835                                                  Heating element       637843                                                  Thermostat w. It can also stand permanently in a tilted       Net weight            7kg                                        position. This product should be used for drying electrodes       electrodes will protrude approximately 40mm and are easily       only.reg. the cover                                                                        cannot stand open. 400W                                                                        intrusion of unwanted moist air. With the cover in an open position. 1 phase.   Use gloves when handling warm electrodes from inside the       The dryer may be used with electrodes of both 350 and 450        Minidryer. The       Electrode capacity    8 kg                                       dryer is very robust in design and is insulated all-over with 40       Dimensions            170D x 170W x 570H mm                      mm mineral wool.350. No chemical products are to be used in the       mm length.3                   350                     50 C                        CAAPACIT                              ITYY 8K                                   8KG                                     GEEL                                        LECTRODES       094 637827        Restores moist electrodes        Features        • Connects to 230V 1 phase        • Compact and lightweight        • Adjustable temperature up to 350°C        Benefits        • Sockets for 230V easily available        • Transports quickly and easily        • Avoid cracking of welds due to high hydrogen level in          electrode coating        • Restores the electrodes to their original state thereby          saving the investment           Technical data                                                   cable and plug.  This unit can be                                                                     easily removed as one unit. A thermostat allows for                 inside the heating cabinet. The shelves are slanted to prevent Electrode capacity     350kg                                        the content from sliding out when the door is opened in Dimensions             1095H x 564W x 640D mm                       rough seas. 50/60 Hz. 1 phase.    Accessories Product Number                    Product Name 777853                            Cassette w/heating element thermostat w/reg knot 637876                            Heating element 637884                            Thermostat w/reg knot                                                                                                                                        477 . The oven has a simple yet rugged                                                                     construction. The heating cabinet .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                   Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                     Electrode Storing Cabinets     HE HEAATING C          CAABINE              INETT . and can be transported with a fork lift truck. The cabinet contains five shelves and                                                                     every shelf is removable. This cabinet is specially designed as a ship's store for repair     Caution: Use gloves when handling warm electrodes from and maintenance electrodes.85 C                         CAAPACIT                               ITYY3                                   350K                                     50KG                                        G ELECTRODES 094 637850  Storing of electrodes  Features  •   Connects to 230V 1 phase  •   Adjustable temperature from 30-85 °C  •   Slanted shelves  •   Electric active parts enclosed in bottom  Benefits  • Power points for 230V easily available  • Keeping electrodes at proper temperature during    storing thereby saving the investment  • Prevents content from sliding out during rough seas  • Safe in operation    Technical data                                                      (86 °F up to 185 °F). The active parts in this oven are enclosed in a Net weight             70kg                                         cassett located in the bottom of the oven.85 have Heating element        230 V. No chemical products are to be stepless setting of the temperature from 30 °C up to 85 °C          used within the heating cabinet. 500 W                                                                     100mm mineral wool in the bottoom and 50mm in the top Thermostat control     30–85 °C                                     and side walls.       MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                        Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                Electrode Storing Cabinets           ELECTRODE C                 CAABINE                     INETTE                          EMP                            MPT                              TY F                                 FOOR 2                                      277P                                         PCCS       ELECTRODE P                 PA                  ACKAGES       094 669994        Empty storing cabinet for electrodes        Features        • Compact design        • Sturdy and corrosion resistant        • Large storing capacity        Benefits        • Easy overview and access to content        • Long lasting with no maintenance        • Opportunity to customise content to the ship's need           Technical data                                           Electrode cabinet empty with room for 27 electrode boxes                                                                and the unitor handbook for maritime welders.       Dimensions       600H x 600W x 300D mm                                                                NB! Necessary free distance above cabinet 310mm.       Weight           37.5 kg     478 .  ship quality steel. ‘problem steels’. corrosion resistant construction from           Necessary free distance above cabinet 310 mm    electrogalvanized steel plates.  Features  • Compact design  • Sturdy and corrosion resistant  • Broad range of electrodes and sizes  Benefits  • Easy overview and access to content  • Long lasting with no maintenance  • Able to provide electrodes for all normal repair    applications onboard      • Compact design with easy access to contents and         Technical data    separate room for the welding handbook                  Dimensions: 600 h x 600 w x 300 d mm  • Sturdy. with final coating by    Weight with electrodes: 111 kg    powder spraying and baking.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                          Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                            Electrode Storing Cabinets     ELECTRODE CCA             ABINE                INET                   TCCO                      OMP                        MPL                          LETE W                               WIT                                 ITH                                   H227                                      7PPC                                         CKS OF E    ELLECTRODES 094 670000  A complete ‘mini-store’ for covered electrodes.                                                                                                               479 . copper alloys and aluminium. cast iron. providing    increased protection from moisture to the electrodes. and zinc/yellow-    chromate passivated shelves for optimal corrosion    and scratch resistance  • The construction leaves room for an optional heating    element which will keep higher than ambient    temperature and a dry atmosphere inside. including 27 packages of electrodes selected to cover all normally occuring welding applications on mild steels. stainless steels.  horizontal.8       Weathering resistant steel       LHR-320 N                                                   3.7       LHT-318 N                                                   3.2         1     1.6       Cast iron       NICKEL-333 N                                                2. horizontal.2       Aluminium       ALUMIN-351 N                                                3.7       General mild steel repairs.0         1     5.0       Problem steels       TENSILE-328 N                                               2.0         1     5. high recovery       LHH-314 H                                                   5.2       GPO-302 N                                                   3.2         1     2.0         1     1.2         2     10.4     480 .2         1     1.2         1     1.2         1     2.0       NICKEL-333 N                                                3.2       Ship quality steel.5         1     1.6       Ship quality steel and cast steel:       SPECIAL-303 N                                               2.8       Heat resistant steel       LHT-318 N                                                   2.5         1     1. compound steel:       18/8-321 N                                                  2.5         1     5.7       Low temperature steel       LHL-319 N                                                   3.2         1     1.2         1     1.2         1     1.5         1     1.5         1     1. high recovery       GPR-300 H                                                   4. stainless to mild steel.8       GPO-302 N                                                   4.2       SPECIAL-303 N                                               4.2         1     4.6       Cutting & gouging       CH-2-382                                                    3.7       18/8-321 N                                                  3.2         1     1.5         1     4. all positions       GPO-302 N                                                   2.3       Hardfacing       WEARMAX-327                                                 2.1       SPECIAL-303 N                                               3.2         2     8.8       Stainless steel.0         1     5.5       GPR-300 H                                                   5.5       Ship quality steel.7       23/14-322 N                                                 3.1       Bronze & brass       ALBRONZE-344                                                3.2       General mild steel repairs.0         1     5.0         1     5.5         1     2. vertical down welding       LHV-316 N                                                   3.      Ordering information       Cabinet supplied with:         Name                                                        Size (mm)   Qty   Kg       Sheet metal and thin walled pipes       SPECIAL-303N                                                2. 5KG                         of clad steel. In some cases the flux              information fully identifying the wire with technical data and cored wire is self shielded and does not require any                    classifications. WIRESolid wire for welding bronze/brass alloys including aluminium bronzes like yorkalbro. AlMgMn.8MM 4. All position welding.6MM 15KG         Self-Shielded flux cored wire for hard surfacing             SPOOL                                                                                                                                                            481 . active gas or a mixture           diameter 50 mm.0.5KG                       including vertical down 597518      S316M-GF.         Flux cored wire for welding of stainless steel and welding mild steel to stainless steel. The              sealed plastic bags and cardboard cartons and labelled with wire used can be solid or flux cored.                                               AlMgSi and AiMg (Cu).8MM 2. 230230      ABRATECH-W-230 1.0 KG          Solid wire for welding copper.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                       Arc Welding Consumables and Storing                                                                         Arc Welding Wires     WIR  IREEF      FOOR W           WIR             IRE               EWWE                  ELDING    In wire welding an arc is struck between a continuosly fed              supplied on 200mm diameter spools. 590109      ICUNI-W 239 0.             5.             0.          Flux cored wire for stainless steel: AISI 304 and 316 L             WIRE 2.0KG 590083      ALUMAG-W 235 1.8MM WELD.0KG          Solid wire for welding of all common wrought and cast aluminium alloys e. shaft wire and the workpiece. Unitor standard range of welding wires for gas metal arc welding (GMAW) and flux cored arc welding (FCAW) is    Ordering information Product Number      Product name                      Description 590117      GPS-W 200 0.221.0KG 160100      MS-W-201 SELFSHIELDWIRE           General purpose Self-Shielded wire for welding of mild steel and ships steel. The labels also provide basic information on additional shielding gas.0MM WELD. WIRE        Solid wire for gas metal arc welding of structual steels             5. AlMg.8MM WELD.                                               use. 777972      IALBRO-W 237 0. The spools are packed in individually of the two protects the pool from the surrounding air. 51 mm width.9MM WELD.5KG 606041      S-309M GF-222 1. An inert gas.g.0MM 2.nickel alloys (cunifer) in wrought or cast form. containing up to 30%                                               Nickel. Also welding             WIRE2.      482 .       725309 IDUPLEX-222 Iduplex-222 is a TIG rod for welding Duplex stainless steel. This will improve bonding and penetration. but with the              MM 0.              MM 1. Small diameter Cunifer pipes can be joined by means of overlap joints (capillary              2.                 on application areas and use. This is also an advantage for the root bead when welding thicker sheets with prepared V-grooves. it is strongly recommended to use additional IFLUX on both sides of the joint. for example Cunifer pipes. The filler metal is              the contents. an arc is struck                       Unitor rods for TIG welding are supplied in sealed plastic       between a tungsten electrode and the workpiece. Duplex to Mild steel and Duplex to Stainless steel. pipe joints.5KG welding in thin sheets and pipe walls. Yorcalbro pipes with a diameter less than 4” which can be joined by means of an overlap joint (capillary              1. It is an advantage to use TIG              MM 0. All rods are supplied in 500 mm lengths for       gas flow (argon) protects the electrode and pool from the                     convenient use.                          pipes.5KG       305532 ICROMO-216 lcromo is a chromium-molybdenum alloyed welding rod for heat resistant steels types 10 Cr Mo-910 and 13 Mo-44 found              2. The label on each container fully identifies       surrounding air.       335547 ICUNI-30          A welding rod for TIG welding of copper nickel alloys.7 mm.      RODS A            AND              ND F                 FLLUXES F                         FOOR T                              TIG                                IG W                                   WEELDING          In tungsten insert gas welding (TIG).4 X          seawater resistant piping.0 Unitor IMS is a welding rod for unalloyed and low alloyed steels. Typical              239 2. No flux is used in this process.4KG             action) may be silver brazed using AG-60 combined with Albro Flux.0KG             action) using AG-60 silver solder combined with AG-60 Flux. Can also be used for welding the root run in thick wall piping where the rest of the                          groove is filled up using the duplex electrode Duplex-325 N. 2 .5 X         applications are welding flanges on pipes. This type of alloy is widely used in              MF 2. Gas or tensile strength 560 Mpa. An inert                     containers. especially on the inside of e. When welding very thin sheets and pipes (less than 2mm) it is always an advantage to use the                         TIG process. 250G complementary to the flux found in the serrations of the lalbro TIG rod. The silisium content of the wire ensures smooth transfer              2.0 X 500  and good profile of the bead.0 mm Rods with diameter are most used for TIG              X 500 MM    welding.       Flux       603092 I-FLUX      Unitor flux is supplied in paste form for use with the TIG rod Ialbro-237 MF for welding of Yorcalbro.5 X 500  in boiler tubes and other heat resistant components. and also gives rod data and basic information       inserted into the molten pool in the form of a seperate rod.       519736 IALBRO-237        IALBRO is a flux-coated filler rod for TIG welding of aluminium.0KG       602979 18/8MO-221 18/8 Mo is a wire for welding stainless and acid resistant steel.       The process has a similar welding technique as gas welding       but uses electricity as the energy source. The deposit              2.brass pipes (Yorcalbro). The flux is              238PF.              1. patching leaking pipes etc. Flux residues must be washed off with water after welding. IFLUX is                          supplied in 250 gram tins. Joint surfaces and adjacent areas must              500 MM            be thoroughly cleaned before welding.5KG advantages TIG can offer.0 X 500   offers elevated mechanical strength and toughness resistance to stress corrosion cracking. While the flux on the rod is sufficient for the actual                          welding zone. In TIG welding of joints it is strongly recommended that I-Flux 238 be applied to both sides of the              500MM             joint on the inside. The electrodes do not melt.          Ordering information       Product Product       Number name              Description       Welding rods       604850 IMS-210 2. Application areas are similar to the coated electrode 18/8-321 N in 1.g. 143 l Engineering Repair Fluid. They have excellent chemical    Ordering information Product Product Number name               Description 659300 POLYMER KIT. Base & Activator giving: 0. steel and stainless steel 10 pouches giving: 0. 663427 METAL GRADE A ceramic and stainless-filled one part water based paste. 725291 CERAMIGRADE A two component ceramic cold curing compound with excellent resistance against heavy abrasion. The basic many years of development. impellers.25 l Rapid                   Repair Compound.72 kg Repair Compound 659235 METALGRADE A two component extremely fast cold-curing metal repair compound supplied in Base and Activator containers. gaskets. 606006 LEAK-STOP      A special bandage impregnated with a resin system which is activated by immersion in water. Base & Activator giving: 0. 659268 CERAMIGRADE A two component ceramic cold-curing compound with excellent resistance to cavitation and erosion found in fluid flow        REBUILD     environments. simply immerse in water then wrap around the leak. Provides a strong long term repair on rubber items or on        6 REBUILD   metallic surfaces. Used for rebuilding heavy wear on pumps. electric cables etc. and have in many cases proven themselves                    complete repair system than previously.        ALFA 630384 LEAK-STOP          A special bandage impregnated with a resin system which is activated by immersion in water. Use        READY-STICK for sealing of leaks in pipes.50 l Engineering Repair Compound.5 l Engineering Repair Fluid. simply immerse in water then wrap around the leak. providing an even more most plastics.5 l Engineering Repair Compound.TEMP   seal joints. Set of 3 x 0. Ideal for repairs to leaking        PIPE REPAIR II pipes.COLD R      REEPAIR P              POOLYME                   MERRC                       COOMP                          MPOOUND                               NDSS    Unitor metalgrade and ceramigrade products are a range of                  resistance and are suitable for permanent immersion in cold curing metal repair and rebuilding materials based on                 many environments including seawater. hydrocarbons. Set of 3 pairs of sticks giving: 0. as permanent repairs.4KG 659284 RUBBERGRADE A two component cold-curing vulcanising repair compound. oils the latest polymer resin technology which is the result of                 and a very wide range of chemical solutions. It is used to        HI . The application areas rubber as well as metal components. 659276 CERAMIGRADE A two component ceramic cold curing fluid that is used as a liner in order to prevent cavitation and erosion found in fluid        LINER       flow environments. valves etc. 630392 LEAK-STOP       A special bandage impregnated with a resin system which is activated by immersion in water. Set        6 REMOULD   3 x 0. Can be used together with Leak Stop to plug the hole before wrapping the                    tape. Base & Activator giving: 0. Used        EXPRESS    wherever there is an emergency and urgent need to get equipment back into action. The Metalgrade Ready Stick be used to plug the actual hole                       before putting on the tape. Specifically ment for        ABRASHIELD Dredgers and Cement carriers. 659243 METALGRADE A two component normal cold-curing engineering repair compound. Ideal for repairs to leaking        PIPE REPAIR III pipes.The product can be applied mixed and will cure under water. cracks and voids in cast iron. defects. ducts etc. tanks. 659250 AQUAGRADE          A two component engineering repair compound. A good machineable product with high mechanical        REBUILD    properties and good heat resistance. Ideal for repairs to leaking        PIPE REPAIR I      pipes. The Metalgrade Ready Stick can be used to plug the actual hole                        before putting on the tape.        5. 659227 METALGRADE Base and activator in two separate sticks. Base & Activator giving: 0. Preferably        REBUILD            mix above water.                                                                                                                                                          483 . It is temperature resistant up to 1093 °C (2000 °F). Cut off the needed length and knead the two parts together until streak free. simply immerse in water then wrap around the leak. Unitor rubbergrade products                     range of products is selected in order to provide a versatile are cold-vulcanising elastomeric repair materials for use on               program for onboard applications.13 l Repair Compound.Complete basic cold curing polymer kit for emergency repairs. The products are                       complement and extend the various welding and related compatible with all ferrous and non-ferrous metals as well as              thermal processes already in use. For repairs of hoses.5 l Engineering                    Repair Compound.143 l Engineering Repair Compound 659292 RUBBERGRADE A two component cold-curing vulcanising repair fluid that can be moulded or painted on to rubber or metallic surfaces. Base & Activator giving: 0. The Metalgrade Ready Stick be used to plug the actual hole                           before putting on the tape.                 areas complement and extend the various welding and                                                                        related thermal processes already in use. and the individual products   metal components.                                          many environments including sea water. hydrocarbons.          Ordering information       All necessary application equipment technical data sheets       and health & safety data sheets included. They have excellent chemical       equipment and machine components onboard.        Supplied with:                                                    •   1 set Ceramigrade liner                                                                         •   1 set Metalgrade rebuild        •   1 set Leak-stop II                                           •   1 set Rubbergrade 6 rebuild        •   1 set Aquagrade rebuild                                      •   1 set Metalgrade hi-temp        •   1 set Metalgrade ready-stick                                 •   1 set Rubbergrade 6 remould        •   1 set Ceramigrade rebuild        •   1 set Metalgrade express     484 . aquagrade and ceramigrade products       are a range of cold-curing metal repair and rebuilding           The basic range of products is selected in order to provide a       materials based on the latest polymer resin technology           versatile program for onboard applications. and have proven themselves       well as permanent repairs on pipes. all types of mechanical      as permanent repairs. oils                                                                        and a very wide range of chemical solutions. Each product set     elastomeric repair materials for use on rubber as well as       has its specified place in the kit.       Unitor's metalgrade.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                                Cold Repair System                                                                        Cold Repair Polymer Compounds           POLYME           MERRK               KIT                 IT       106 659300        Complete basic cold curing polymer kit for       emergency repairs.        Features        • Each product has its specified place        • Compact design        • Broad range of different products        Benefits        • Easy overview and access to content        • Requires little space        • Able to provide cold curing polymer products for all          normal repair applications onboard           The complete polymer repair system KIT ALFA is available in      Unitor's rubbergrade products are cold-vulcanising       a handy kit for easy storage and transport. The application       which is the result of many years of development. providing an even                                                                        more complete repair system.       may be refilled as needed. including              resistance and are suitable for permanent immersion in       non-weldable materials.                                        The products are compatible with all ferrous and non-ferrous       The unitor cold repair system covers emergency repairs as        metals as well as most plastics.  even most plastic types  •   Activated by submerging in water  •   Do not produce any heat during curing  •   Comes with MSDS. 2"x12' (50 mm x 3. Product no            1 pc. tech sheet. Product no                                                                   606006 / 232g black repair tape in a pouch Leak stop I 1 pc. gloves and application tools  Benefits  •   No need to consider what base material in pipe consists of  •   No need to mix with activator to start curing  •   No sparks and spatter that can create a fire or explosion  •   No distortion of the base material  •   All accessories to do the job available    Special bandages impregnated with a resin system which is         Leak stop II activated by immersion in water.2 m)                                       Leak stop III For use on pipe diameter 0–1" (0 mm–25 mm).         For use on pipe diameter 1"–2" (25 mm–50 mm). Ideal for repairs to leaking     1 pc.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                                 Cold Repair System                                                                   Cold Repair Polymer Compounds     LEAK S      STTOP P            PIP              IPE                ERRE                   EPAIR T                         TA                          APE  Water activated cold curing product for emergency repairs of leaking pipes  Features  •   Can be used for all types of pipes.6 m) 630384 / 158g black repair tape in a pouch                        For use on pipe diameter 2"–4" (50 mm–100 mm) Product                                                                   no 630392 / 325g black repair tape in a pouch    Ordering information Supplied with:                                                     • 1 pair of gloves   • All necessary application equipment technical data    sheets and health & safety data sheets    Ordering information Product Number                                     Product name 630384                                             LEAK-STOP PIPE REPAIR I 606006                                             LEAK-STOP PIPE REPAIR II 630392                                             LEAK-STOP PIPE REPAIR III                                                                                                                                  485 . 2"x4' (50 mm x 1.simply immerse in water then wrap around the leak.6 m) pipes. 4"x12' (100 mm x 3.  gloves and application tools        Benefits        •   No need to consider what base material consists of        •   Repairs can be done fast        •   Deposit can be machined.72K          2KG            G       101 659227        Two component putty for emergency repairs of leaking pipes. technical sheet and gloves        Benefits        •   No possibility that product will unintentionally start curing        •   No sparks        •   No distortion of the base material        •   All accessories available          Set weight: 0. SDS. Base & activator providing 0.86 kg         ME       METTALGRADE E                   EXXPRESS B                            BAASE A                                  AND                                    ND A                                       AC                                        CTIV                                          IVA                                            ATOR       0.        Features        •   Can be used for most types of base materials        •   Extremely fast curing        •   Workable deposit        •   Does not produce any heat during curing        •   Comes with all necessary application equipment. SDS.      ME       METTALGRADE R                   REEADY S                          STTIC                             ICKK3P                                  PA                                   AIR                                     IRS                                       SOOF                                          FSST                                             TIC                                               ICK                                                 KS       0. Used wherever there is an       emergency urgent need to get equipment back       into action. technical sheet.25L       101 659235        A two component extremely fast cold-curing       metal repair compound supplied in base and       activator containers. drilled or grinded        •   No sparks        •   No distortion of the base material        •   All accessories available     486 .        Features        • Base and activator as two separate sticks        • Does not produce any heat during curing        • Comes with all necessary application equipment.25 l       rapid repair compound.  drilled or grinded  •   No sparks  •   No distortion of the base material  •   All accessories available  Ordering information Set weight: 1.  Features  •   Can be used for most types of base materials  •   Workable deposit  •   Does not produce any heat during curing  •   Comes with all necessary application equipment.1 kg                                                                                               487 .MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                         Cold Repair System                                                           Cold Repair Polymer Compounds     ME METTAL G        GRRADE R               REEBUIL                    ILDDB                        BAASE A                              AND                                ND A                                   AC                                    CTIV                                      IVA                                        ATOR 0. technical sheet.5L 101 659243  Two component normal cold curing metal repair compound for most metals. gloves and application tools  Benefits  •   No need to consider what base material consists of  •   Deposit can be machined.      SDS. T                          TEEMP HE                                HEAAT R                                      REESIS                                          ISTTANT       COMP          MPO            OUND       101 663427        A one part water based ceramic and stainless compound for high temperature applications        Features        •   Can be used for most types of base materials except aluminium        •   Inorganic deposit        •   Workable deposit        •   Does not produce any heat during curing        •   Comes with all necessary application equipment. It is used to     488 . drilled or grinded        •   No sparks        •   No distortion of the base material        •   All accessories available          Set weight 0.       A ceramic and stainless-filled one part water based paste. steel and                                                                      stainless steel.13 l repair compound. defects. SDS. technical sheet.42 kg                                             seal joints. gloves and application tools        Benefits        •   No need to consider what base material consists of        •   Temperature resistant up to 100º C dry heat        •   Deposit can be machined. cracks and voids in cast iron.      MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                              Cold Repair System                                                                      Cold Repair Polymer Compounds           ME       METTAL G              GRRADE HI . 1 tin giving 0. It       is temperature resistant up to 100ºC (200ºF). 95 kg                                                                                               489 .      SDS.5L 101 659250  Two component cold curing metal repair compound for underwater repair. gloves and application tools  Benefits  •   No need to consider what base material consists of  •   Can be used for underwater applications  •   Deposit can be machined.. technical sheet.MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                         Cold Repair System                                                           Cold Repair Polymer Compounds     AQUAGRADE R           REEBUIL                ILDDB                    BAASE A                          AND                            ND A                               AC                                CTIV                                  IVA                                    ATOR 0                                         0. drilled or grinded  •   No sparks  •   No distortion of the base material  •   All accessories available    Set weight                        0.  Features  •   Can be used for most types of base materials  •   Deposit will cure underwater  •   Workable deposit  •   Does not produce any heat during curing  •   Supplied with all necessary application equipment.             SDS.            SDS. gloves and application tools        Benefits        •   No need to consider what base material consist of        •   Superb for fluid flow environment        •   No sparks and spatter that can create a fire or explosion        •   No distortion of the base material          Set weight: 1.      CERAMIG            MIGR               RADE R                    REEBUIL                         ILDDB                             BAASE A                                   AND                                     ND A                                        AC                                         CTIV                                           IVA                                             ATOR       0.5L       102 659276        Two component cold curing ceramic repair fluid       for repair of cavitations and erosion found in       fluid flow environments        Features        •   Can be used for most types of base materials        •   Ceramic bead filler        •   Does not produce any heat during curing        •   Comes with all necessary application equipment.92 kg     490 . technical sheet. technical sheet.5L       102 659268        Two component cold curing ceramic repair       compound for repair of cavitations and erosion       found in fluid flow environments        Features        •   Can be used for most types of base materials        •   Ceramic bead filler        •   Does not produce any heat during curing        •   Comes with all necessary application equipment. gloves and application tools        Benefits        •   No need to consider what base material consist of        •   Superb for fluid flow environment        •   Can be applied using a brush        •   No sparks and spatter that can create a fire or explosion        •   No distortion of the base material          Set weight: 0.0 kg         CERAMIG           MIGRRADE L                    LINE                      INER                         RBBA                            ASE A                                AND                                  ND A                                     AC                                      CTIV                                        IVA                                          ATOR 0                                               0.. MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                              Cold Repair System                                                                Cold Repair Polymer Compounds     CERAMIG      MIGRRADE A               ABBRASHIE                     HIELLD 5.                            5.4K                               4KG                                 GEENG                                    NGINE                                       INEE                                          ERING REPAIR C        COOMP           MPOOUND 102 725291  Two component cold curing ceramic repair compound with excellent resistance against heavy abrasion. Specifically meant for dredgers and cement carriers.  Features  •   Can be used for most types of base materials  •   Large ceramic bead in epoxy matrix  •   Do not produce any heat during curing  •   Comes with all necessary application equipment, SDS, technical sheet, gloves and application tools  Benefits  •   No need to consider what base material consist of  •   Long lasting coating overlay protection of parts subject to extreme wear  •   No sparks and spatter that can create a fire or explosion  •   No distortion of the base material  •   All accessories to do the job available    Set weight                           5.4 kg    Ordering information Supplied with:                                                   • 1 applicator                                                                  • All necessary application equipment technical data  • 5400 g base + activator (3600 g base in a 2 liter tin           sheets and health & safety data sheets    plus1800 g activator in a 1 liter tin)  • 1 spatula     491 MA       MARRINE P               PRRODUCTS                                          Cold Repair System                                                                  Cold Repair Polymer Compounds     RUBBERGRADE 6 R                     REEBUIL                          ILDD3X0                                0..143L B                                        BAASE/       ACTIV          IVA            ATOR       103 659284  Two component cold curing vulcanising repair       compound for repair of rubber items or on metal       surfaces.  Features        •   Can be used for most types of rubber and metals        •   Synthetic rubber compound        •   Does not produce any heat during curing        •   Comes with all necessary application equipment,            SDS, technical sheet, gloves and application tools  Benefits        •   No need to consider base material type        •   Multi-purpose        •   No sparks        •   No distortion of the base material    Set weight: 0.59 kg                                        metallic surfaces. For repairs of hoses, gaskets, electric                                                                  cables etc. Set of 3 x 0,143 l Engineering Repair       A two component cold-curing vulcanising repair compound.                                                                  Compound.       Provides a strong long term repair on rubber items or on     492 MA MARRINE P         PRRODUCTS                                               Cold Repair System                                                                 Cold Repair Polymer Compounds     RUBBERGRADE 6 R               REEMO                  MOUULD 3 X 0                             0..143L B                                     BAASE/ ACTIV    IVA      ATOR 103 659292  Two component cold curing vulcanising repair fluid for repair of rubber items or on metal surfaces.  Features  •   Can be used for most types of rubber and metals  •   Synthetic rubber compound  •   Product in fluid state  •   Does not produce any heat during curing  •   Comes with all necessary application equipment,      SDS, technical sheet, gloves and application tools  Benefits  •   No need to consider base material  •   Multi-purpose  •   Can be applied using a brush  •   No sparks and spatter that can create a fire or explosion  •   No distortion of the base material  •   Accessories included    Set weight: 0.59 kg                                             A two component cold-curing vulcanising repair fluid that                                                                 can be moulded or painted on to rubber or metallic surfaces.                                                                 Set of 3 x 0,143 l Engineering Repair Fluid.     493 )4407*,)&,-7&#/..&4733'2/.4&.%-&%*"#".+ !,&".*.()&-*$",360%'9*% 93/52$&0"(&     WSS’s extensive marine chemicals portfolio                                                                                                                             includes two of the industry’s most trusted                                                                                                                             and respected brands (Nalfleet and Unitor)                                                                                                                             and is aligned to meet customer needs and                                                                                                                             global standards.                                                                                                                             The operational, technical and regulatory                                                                                                                             challenges that today’s fleet managers                                                                                                                             face are unique and demand tailor-made                                                                                                                             solutions. With 150 years of experience,                                                                                                                             a trusted and innovative product range                                                                                                                             and a dynamic global network, we work in                                                                                                                             partnership with our customers to ensure                                                                                                                             that these challenges are met.                                                                                                                             Handling marine chemicals has never been                                                                                                                             easier with our new Active Solutions Portal,                                                                                                                             a web system for testing, training and                                                                                                                             chemical monitoring. )4407*,)&,-7&#/..&4733'2/.4&.%-&%*"#".+ !,&".*.()&-*$",360%'9*% 93/52$&0"(&     MARINE CHEMICALS  CLEANING CHEMICALS  As a vital part of every vessel’s routine, cleaning and the use of cleaning chemicals at sea is a task that is becoming highly regulated, with                                                                                       CLEANING CHEMICALS                                                                                                                             WATER TREATMENT CHEMICALS increasingly strict environmental protection                                                                                        FUEL OIL CHEMICALS requirements. From tank and cargo hold                                                                                         TEST KITS AND EQUIPMENT cleaning to essential maintenance tasks in the engine room, or general cleaning of crew and galley areas, every cleaning task contributes directly the operating efficiency of the vessel. WSS’s range of tank cleaning products have been specially formulated and tested to meet current IMO/MARPOL standards to ensure compliance and give ship owners and operators one less thing to worry about. MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                     Cargo Hold Cleaning     AQUATUFF HIG                HIGHHF                     FOOAM  Aquatuff High Foam is a heavy duty alkaline cleaner with good foaming qualities specially formulated for       cleaning cargo holds on bulk carriers and OBOs.  Features        •   Heavy Duty alkaline water based cleaner        •   Specially formulated for the cleaning of cargo holds        •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds        •   Biodegradable        •   Free from hydrocarbon solvents  Benefits        •   Ideal for cleaning after coal, pet coke and other difficult cargoes        •   Effective and economical in use        •   Completely safe on epoxy coatings        •   Complies with all environmental regulations and the EU Detergent Regulation    The dense foam created prevents the cleaning solution from    standard”. Aquatuff High Foam is specially developed for       running off vertical surfaces and thereby enhances the        cargo hold cleaning, but may also be used for other cleaning       cleaning efficiency. It is water based and is safe to the      applications where Aquatuff normally is used but where high       environment, containing only biodegradable ingredients. It    foam is beneficial.       effectively removes most dry cargoes to “water white    Ordering information       Product number                             Product name       736991                                     AQUATUFF HIGH FOAM 25 LTR       737007                                     AQUATUFF HIGH FOAM 210 LTR     496 MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                Cargo Hold Cleaning     ME METTAL B        BRRIT           ITEE HD  Liquid detergent compound containing phosphoric acid and non-ionic surfactants, used for rust removal and as a surface brightener.  Features  •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Removes tarnish from non-ferrous metals  •   Surface brightening including aluminium  •   Removes rust stains from painted, ceramic and wooden surfaces  •   Economical in use  Benefits  • Non-flammable  • Removes light rust and rust stains  • Cleans and passivates ferrous metal surfaces, inhibits further corrosion, and gives a base which paint will adhere  Ordering information Product number                                    Product name 571679                                            METAL BRITE HD 25 LTR 655506                                            METAL BRITE HD 210 LTR     497 MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                             Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                       Cargo Hold Cleaning     SLIP         IP-C            -CO              OAT  Slip-Coat is a water based liquid product specially formulated to leave a thin, temporary film on cargo       hold surfaces.  Features        •   Water soluble cargo hold barrier – easily removable with water        •   Ideal when cleaning after coal, pet coke and other difficult cargoes        •   Easy to apply – easy to remove        •   Provides temporary protection against corrosion        •   Water based – free from hydrocarbon solvents  Benefits        •   Complies with all environmental regulations        •   Saves cleaning time and cleaning chemicals        •   Completely safe on all coatings        •   Prevents even the most difficult cargo to adhere to the coating    The film provides a barrier between the cargo and the cargo      Slip-Coat is safe to the environment and to the personnel       hold surfaces making the cleaning operation after unloading     handling it, and will not contaminant the cargo. It is non-       quicker and easier, and optimal cleaning result is achieved.    corrosive and safe on all coatings.    Ordering information       Product number                                             Product name       737015                                                     SLIP-COAT 25 LTR       737023                                                     SLIP-COAT 210 LTR    Approvals        • All substances used in Slip Coat comply with FDA          regulation 21 CFR 175.300     498 MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                                Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                    Cargo Hold Cleaning     SLIP   IP-C      -CO        OAT W            WRR  Slip-Coat WR is a liquid, water based product specially formulated to leave a temporary water resistant film on cargo hold surfaces.  Features  •   Water resistant cargo hold barrier - easily removable with an alkaline cleaner  •   Ideal when cleaning after humid and corrosive cargoes as sulphur  •   Easy to apply - easy to remove  •   Provides temporary protection against corrosion  •   Water based - free from hydrocarbon solvents  Benefits  •   Complies with all environmental regulations  •   Saves cleaning time and cleaning chemicals  •   Completely safe on all coatings  •   Prevents even the most difficult cargo to adhere to the coating    The film provides a barrier between the cargo and the cargo         protected from corrosion making lime wash unnecessary. hold surfaces making the cleaning operation after unloading        Slip-Coat WR is safe to the environment and to the quicker and easier, and optimal cleaning result is achieved.       personnel handling it, and will not contaminant the cargo. It The film is water insoluble thus making it suitable for typically   is non-corrosive and safe on all coatings. humid cargoes as sulphur. The cargo hold surfaces are also    Ordering information Product number                                        Product name 757395                                                SLIP-COAT WR (25 LTR) 757396                                                SLIP-COAT WR (210 LTR)     499 MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                               Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                         Cleaning and Maintenance     ENV        NVIR           IRO             OCLEAN  Enviroclean is micro emulsion water based cleaner/degreaser that has numerous cleaning applications       including the removal of greases, oil, sludge, polymer compounds, carbon deposits, dirt and grime  Features        •   Water based degreaser        •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds        •   Low-toxic        •   As an engine room cleaner it is exceptional as not only can it be used for degreasing, cleaning paint work and carbon            removal, but also for use in soak tanks, ultrasonic tanks and high pressure cleaning equipment  Benefits        • Promotes a pleasant and healthy working environment        • Splits after cleaning, releasing the oil phase for reclamation    This product is low toxic, biodegradable and safe to use. It is   cleaning and degreasing in the engine room and for deck for       based on natural citrus oil solvent linked with an advanced       removal of grease, oil, sludge, polymer compounds, carbon       surfactant formulation. The main applications are for             deposits, dirt and grime.    Ordering information       Product number                                         Product name       571380                                                 ENVIROCLEAN 25 LTR       571398                                                 ENVIROCLEAN 210 LTR     500 MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                               Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                   Cleaning and Maintenance     COLDWASH HD  Coldwash HD is a heavy duty degreaser based on petroleum solvents, emulsifying agents and surfactants. This product is excellent for use on soiled surfaces, bilges and machinery parts.  Features  •   The emulsifying agents in this product are biologically degradable  •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Effective on mineral oils and petroleum based residues  •   Safe to use on most metal surfaces and painted surfaces  •   Removes oil contamination from machinery, engine parts and bilges  •   Soak cleaning of machinery parts  Benefits  • Easy to recover as it splits after cleaning, releasing the oil phase  • Powerful degreaser with quick penetration and good emulsifying properties  • Rapid rinsing, leaves clean and oil-free surfaces    Splits after cleaning, releasing the oil phase for reclamation.   mineral oils and petroleum based residues. Safe to use on A powerful degreaser with quick penetration and good              most metal surfaces and painted surfaces. Removes oil emulsifying properties. The emulsifying agents in this product    contamination from machinery, engine parts and bilges. are biological degradable. Does not contain nonyl phenol          Soak cleaning of machinery parts. Rapid rinsing, leaves ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds. Effective on           clean and oil-free surfaces.    Ordering information Product number                              Product name                                               Quantity 571430                                      COLDWASH HD 25 LTR                                         25 L 571455                                      COLDWASH HD 210 LTR                                        210 L     501 MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                          Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                    Cleaning and Maintenance     CLEANB           NBRREAK  Cleanbreak is a degreaser containing self-splitting emulsifiers. It allows the slop water to break into       separate oil and water phases.  Features        •   Highly effective, economical solvent cleaner        •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds        •   Reduces disposal costs and associated problems        •   Low toxicity, non corrosive  Benefits        • Rapid penetration        • Slop emulsions break into two distinct phases        • Allows oil residues to be reclaimed    Cleanbreak is solvent based. Used for general cleaning of    required to pass through oily water separators to meet       machinery spaces, bulkheads, decks, tank tops and any oil/   current IMO regulations       grease soiled areas. Should be used where slops are    Ordering information       Product number                                      Product name       571497                                              CLEANBREAK 25 LTR       571505                                              CLEANBREAK 210 LTR     502 MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                              Cleaning and Maintenance     SEACLEAN 652 571406  Seaclean is a highly concentrated cleaner based on petroleum solvents, emulsifying agents and surfactants. It is formulated for cleaning double bottom, deep and wing tanks etc., used for fuel oils.  Features  • The emulsifying agents in this product are biological degradable  • Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  • Can be used for general removal of oil and grease from soiled surfaces  Benefits  • Highly concentrated cleaner with quick penetration and emulsifying properties  • Economical - very low dosage rates  Ordering information Product number                                             Product name 571406                                                     SEACLEAN 25 LTR     503 MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                     Cleaning and Maintenance     SEACARE O               O..S.D  Seacare Oil Spill Dispersant is a biodegradable hydrocarbon based product with high dispersing       efficiency and low toxicity. It is approved as a Type I dispersant according to LR448 specifications by       the Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA) (formerly the U.K. Ministry of Agriculture,       Fisheries and Food (MAFF)).  Features        • Approved Type I dispersant according to the latest LR448 specifications of AEA Technology Plc. covering both          efficiency and toxicity for use in dispersing oil on sea,beaches and rocks        • Ready to use product        • For use on oil spills that may occur during loading or discharging of cargo or bunkers where allowed        • For cleaning of spills on deck, ships side, piers, wharfs, etc. where allowed  Benefits        • Raised standards for operator safety in handling and use, being biodegradable and having low toxicity and a high          flash point        • Rapid efficient dispersal of a wide range of oil residues. Converts hydrocarbons into very fine emulsions        • Disperses mineral oils, crude oils, residual fuel oils, diesel fuel oil, kerosene, white spirit and lubricant oils    The definition for a Type I dispersant is that it is a         spray sets using breaker boards or other suitable means of       conventional hydrocarbon-base - for use primarily undiluted   application and agitation.       on beaches, but may also be used undiluted from WSL    Ordering information       Product number                                       Product name       571562                                               SEACARE OSD 25 LTR       571570                                               SEACARE OSD 210 LTR    Approvals        • Approved as a Type I dispersant according to LR448           • DEFRA / MAFF-approval Reference No. MAFF/FEPA          specifications by the Department for Environment,               90/98. SOAEFD-approval Reference No. FEP/DISP/          Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA) former the U.K. Ministry          2001/6.          of Agriculture, Fisheries and Food (MAFF).     504 MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                 Cleaning and Maintenance     SEACARE E         ECCOSPERSE 5                    522  Seacare Ecosperse 52 is a concentrated oil spill dispersant which is highly efficient for use on a wide range of oils.  Features Used as a dispersant:  • High dispersion efficiency product  • Accelerates natural biodegradation of dispersed hydrocarbons  • Helps prevent crude oil from ending up on shore  • Simple, quick and efficient  • Efficient dispersion of wide range of oils in a broad range of temperatures, salinity, and concentrations. Used as cleaning agent:  • High efficiency for cleaning hydrocarbons (oils and other related products)  • For cleaning of hydrocarbons spills on deck, ships side, piers, wharfs, etc., where allowed  • Cleaning up after spills that may occur during loading of bunkers where allowed  Benefits  • Multi-purpose product: economical, safe, efficient  • Low stocks required compared to Type I products  • High standards in operator safety in handling and uses  Ordering information Product number                            Product name 769653                                    SEACARE ECOSPERSE 52 25 LTR 769661                                    SEACARE ECOSPERSE 52 210 LTR    Approvals  • Approved by DEFRA (UK) as a Type II/III dispersant            • SOAEFD. Scottish Office Agriculture, Environment    according to the LR448 Specifications of AEA                     and Fisheries Department. Reference No. FEP/DISP/    Technology Plc. for dispersion efficiency and the                2001/7    "Fisheries research Technical Report N° 102"                                                                  • Registered by the US EPA National Contingency Plan    covering the toxicity for use in dispersion of oil on           (Federal Register, Subpart J - Use of Dispersants and    sea, beaches and rocks. Reference No. MAFF/FEPA                                                                    Other Chemicals)    129/2001. Type II and Type III dispersant     505 MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                               Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                         Cleaning and Maintenance     ACC P           PLLUS       651 698704  ACC Plus is a powerful cleaning agent for cleaning of diesel engine air coolers, scavenging air systems       and the compressor side of turbochargers. It is formulated to remove oil, grease and carbon deposits.  Features        •   Meets the latest environmental standards and has low toxicity, low evaporation and a pleasant smell        •   Leaves no residue and has no harmful effect on engine        •   Can be used for handspray cleaning while diesel engine is stationary        •   Ideal for use in soak bath or cleaning tanks, such as the Chemical Cleaning Unit and the Ultrasonic Bath  Benefits        • Efficient and economical        • Maintains, stabilises and maximises air cooler efficiency    ACC Plus is a microemulsion type cleaner, where a                 environmental standards, and is non toxic both to the       synergistic blend of biodegradable surfactants and low            environment and to persons handling it. ACC Plus contains       toxicity solvents replace the use of the harmful solvents         no chlorinated or aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, no       traditionally used in air cooler cleaners without reducing the    nylphenol ethoxylates or other substances harmful to the       cleaning performance. It is formulated to meet the latest         environment.    Ordering information       Product number                                                   Product name       698704                                                           ACC PLUS 25 LTR     506 MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                         Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                             Cleaning and Maintenance     AIR C     COOOLER C             CLLEANE                  NERR 651 571588  Air Cooler Cleaner is a powerful solvent emulsion cleaner for the cleaning of diesel engine air coolers, scavenging air systems and compressor sides of turbochargers. It is formulated to remove oil, grease and carbon deposits.  Features  • May be used for in-service cleaning  • Leaves no residue and has no harmful effect on engine  • Can be used for light carbon removal from machinery parts  Benefits  •   Efficient and economical, saves time and avoids risks of damage when dismantling  •   Renders surfaces oil-repellent  •   Maintains and stabilises air cooler efficiency at maximum  •   Product in water solution is non-flammable, non-explosive and has no flash point  Ordering information Product number                              Product name 571588                                      AIR COOLER CLEANER 25 LTR     507  valve cages        Benefits        • Simple and economical to use        • Non flammable        • Eliminates need for hard scraping        Ordering information       Product number                                    Product name       571604                                            CARBON REMOVER 25 LTR     508 . powerful solvent for removal of carbonaceous deposits. piston rings. resin or varnishes        Features        • Cleans oil side of fuel heaters. fuel injectors and all components fouled       by carbon. Can       be used for removal of carbon type deposits from burner tips. quick. but not limited to pistons. safe on all light metals. no phenolic or chlorinated compounds        •   Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds        •   Low evaporation rate        Benefits        • Simple and economical to use by soaking or circulation method        • Eliminates need for hard scraping        Ordering information       Product number                                     Product name       575696                                             CARBONCLEAN LT 25 LTR           CARBON R              REEMO                 MOV                   VER       651 571604        A powerful non-corrosive solvent for breaking down carbon deposits from burner tips. resin or varnishes. valves and valve cages        •   Non-corrosive. etc.        • Can be used for cleaning of: pistons. oil coolers. fuel injectors and       all components fouled by carbon. etc. including aluminium        •   Low toxicity. Cleans oil side of fuel and lube-oil heaters.        Features        •   Reformulated with improved cleaning properties        •   Can be used for cleaning engine parts including. piston rings. oil coolers.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                        Cleaning and Maintenance           CARBONC            NCLLEAN L                    LT                     T       651 575696        Carbonclean LT is a non-corrosive.     Ordering information Product number                                               Product name 571646                                                       DESCALEX 25 KG    Accessories Product number                      Product name 737189                              CHEM. CLEAN.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                               Cleaning and Maintenance     DESCALEX 651 571646  Descalex is a dry acid cleaner formulated to remove rust and scale deposits. UNIT W/HEATING. calorifiers. evaporators. COATED                                                                                                                                 509 . heat exchangers etc. heat exchangers and other designed among other for use with chemical acid solutions     types of equipment where rust and scale form.  Features  •   Dry acid cleaner contains inhibitors to protect metals  •   Fast and effective scale remover  •   Removes scale from boilers  •   Removes scale from diesel engine cooling water systems  •   Removes scale and rust from condensers. economical.  Benefits  • Efficient. safe  • Contains colour indicator to show the strength of the solution and anti-foam agent  • Safe and easy handling and storage    Unitor has developed a 210 litres capacity cleaning unit      for cleaning boilers.  etc. Descaling Liquid removes scale and rust from condensers.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                        Cleaning and Maintenance           DESCALING L                 LIQ                   IQU                     UID       651 571653        Descaling Liquid is a liquid acid containing descaling accelerators.          Ordering information       Product number                                    Product name       571653                                            DESCALING LIQUID 25 LTR          Accessories       Product number                        Product name       737189                                CHEM. heat exchangers. calorifiers. evaporators.        Features        • Acid based product contains inhibitors against attack on ferrous metals        • Easy to rinse off        • Removes water scale from boilers        Benefits        • Fast and effective scale remover        • Unlimited shelf life          Unitor has developed a 210 litres capacity cleaning unit         for cleaning boilers. UNIT W/HEATING. CLEAN. corrosion-inhibitors and wetting       agents. heat exchangers and other       designed among other for use with chemical acid solutions        types of equipment where rust and scale form. COATED     510 .   Features  •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Non-flammable  •   Cleans down to metal surfaces.    The Unitor Chemical Cleaning Unit (Product no. surfactants and emulsifying agents. brass and copper.                       737189) can be used for soak cleaning of disc stacks. 664 galvanised surfaces or anodised aluminium. leaves no film or residue  •   Cleans all types of separator discs  Benefits  • Reduces down time  • Allows cleaning of disc without dismantling of disc stacks    It is recommended that this product is not used on zinc.    Ordering information Product number                                                  Product name 571687                                                          DISCLEAN 25 LTR                                                                                                                              511 . tin.ME METTAL B        BRRIT           ITEE 651 571661  Liquid detergent compound containing rust dissolving acids. emulsifiers and passivators and it is used for rust removal and as a surface brightener. Disclean removes the heavy tenacious deposits which collects in fuel and lube oil centrifugal separators.  Features  • Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  • When cleaning aluminium. and it is extremely effective in removing these deposits without the necessity of separating the discs from the stack. flush with water upon completion of cleaning  Benefits  • Prevents flash rusting  • Surfaces rendered suitable for painting  • Non-flammable  Ordering information Product number                                            Product name 571661                                                    METAL BRITE 25 LTR     DIS  ISCCLEAN 651 571687  Disclean is a water based blend of inhibited acids.         Features        • Dry acid deck cleaner        • Surface brightening of wood. emulsifiers and       passivators used for removal of rust and waterborne stains on super structure and on decks and       windows. removes stains and discolouration        Benefits        • Quick. metals and glass        • Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds. For removal of oil and fat       and for daily cleaning use Aquabreak PX or HP-Wash. phosphoric acid free and is readily          biodegradable        Benefits        • Highly concentrated        • Easy to rinse off        Ordering information       Product number                                    Product name       765990                                            DECK CLEAN NP 25 LTR           TEAK R            REENE               NEWWER       651 758623        Teak Renewer is a dry acid product formulated for brightening wooden decks. efficient cleaning power        • Water soluble for ease of use        Ordering information       Product number                                      Product name       758623                                              TEAK RENEWER 20 KG     512 .        Features        • Removes light rust and rust stains from painted and wooden surfaces.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                         Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                   Cleaning and Maintenance           DECK C            CLLEAN NP       651 765990        Deck Clean NP is a non-flammable liquid cleaning formulation containing acids. AGENT 3X5 LTR                                                                                                                                   513 . vegetable and animal oils.  Features  •   Heavy duty water based cleaner  •   Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Biodegradable  •   Free from hydrocarbon solvents  •   Aquatuff is most suitable for removal of wax deposits  •   Removal of soot deposits from inert gas systems  •   Ideal for cleaning after coal and pet coke  Benefits  • Effective and economical in use  • Completely safe on epoxy coatings    It has numerous cleaning applications including removal of       carbon deposits.         cargo hold cleaning after coal and pet coke. dirt and grime. Aquatuff is also used for greases. waxes.   Product number                                               Product name 607826                                                       AQUATUFF 25 LTR 607827                                                       AQUATUFF 210 LTR    Accessories Product number                                      Product name 614537                                              FOAM .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                  Cleaning and Maintenance     AQUATUFF  Aquatuff is a heavy-duty water based alkaline cleaner. sludge. general dirt and grime.    Ordering information Aquatuff can be applied on vertical surfaces by adding Unitor Foam-Agent for increased resident time. Aquatuff has numerous cleaning applications including removal of grease. soot. vegetable and animal oil. soot.           Ordering information       Product number                                       Product name       575613                                               AQUABREAK PX 25 LTR       575605                                               AQUABREAK PX 210 LTR          Accessories       Product number                                        Product name       614537                                                FOAM .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                        Cleaning and Maintenance           AQUABREAK P                 PX                  X        Aquabreak PX is a multipurpose waterbased cleaning and degreasing agent. Effectively cleans       and grime. covers. mats. oil. The surfactant formulation       with complex binders has a good cleaning efficiency. carbon deposits    as rugs. it s good for use in galleys   MEPC.AGENT 3X5 LTR     514 .2/Circular          Ordering information       Aquabreak PX can be applied on vertical surfaces by adding       Unitor Foam-Agent for increased resident time.        Features        •   Low toxic and non caustic (does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds)        •   Biodegradable        •   Non-flammable        •   Free from hydrocarbon solvents        Benefits        • Very effective and economical in use        • Safe on all materials          Aquabreak PX has numerous general cleaning applications          and on decks and suitable for cleaning of soiled textiles such       including the removal of grease. Dirt and oily matter is effectively removed without       the use of solvents and caustic based cleaners. Can be used as engine room cleaner but also           fiberglass boats. overalls etc. sludge. IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the       suitable for cargo tank cleaning.     Ordering information Product number                                          Product name 777708                                                  MULTI CLEAN 25 LTR                                                                                                                              515 .FOAM-A    M-AG       GENT 651 614537  Foam-Agent is a water based non-flammable product. It will also be a more economical use of the cleaning chemicals. natural citrus solvent and a synergistic blend of synthetic surfactants.can be used for general cleaning  • Non-flammable. Also.  Features  • Versatile. and increases the resident time  Ordering information Product number                                      Product name 614537                                              FOAM .Ingredients are all biodegradable  Benefits  • Highly effective concentrated cleaner  • Environmentally adapted    Multiclean is formulated to meet the latest MARPOL            European PARCOM regulations the product does not regulations and does not contain any chlorinated solvents     contain any Alkyl Phenol Ethoxylates. The ingredients of and less than 10 % aromatics. When using this foam additive. with respect to           Multiclean are fully biodegradable. Multi Clean can be used for general cleaning of accommodation areas.  Features  • Biodegradable  • Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  Benefits  • Suitable for use with our water based alkaline cleaning chemicals  • Prevents the chemicals from running off vertical surfaces. floor plates and engine room cleaning and has a pleasant citrus odour. non-toxic . the cleaning efficiency of the cleaning chemicals will be enhanced.AGENT 3X5 LTR     MU MULLTI C        CLLEAN 651 777708  Multi Clean is an alkaline mixture of water.  galleys and       organisms. mould. It       is biodegradable and is effective against both gram negative and gram positive bacterias.        Features        • Water based alkaline cleaner and disinfectant        • Safe to use on all types of surfaces including aluminium and plastic        Benefits        • High tolerance in hard water        • Does not build up any resistance        • Cleans and disinfects in one operation and removes bad odours          Reefer Cleaner is used for cleaning and disinfection of reefer   leaving a clean surface. Effective against viruses. algae. It removes fat. bacteria. grease and general dirt. deep freezers. free from bacteria and other micro-       cargo holds and storage spaces.       algae and mildew.       and other micro-organisms. fungi       other food areas.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                        Cleaning and Maintenance           REEFER C              CLLEANE                   NERR        Reefer Cleaner is a combination of a highly effective alkaline cleaners and disinfectant in one product.          Ordering information       Product number                                  Product name       661827                                          REEFER CLEANER 25 LTR       623983                                          REEFER CLEANER 20 LTR BIB     516 . fungi. e. showers.  Features  • Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other    estrogenic compounds. non-flammable cleaner containing surfactants and alkaline materials. phosphate free  • Acceptable for use in the food storage areas  • Suitable for cleaning of sanitary fixtures i. non-caustic .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                  Cleaning and Maintenance     FORE & A        AFFT 651 571554  Fore & Aft is a biodegradable. Suitable for cleaning accommodation and galley areas. toilets etc  • Can be used on windows and port holes  Benefits  • Economical in use  Ordering information Product number                                          Product name 571554                                                  FORE AND AFT 25 LTR                                                                                                          517 .  outside paint work and on the deck        •   Can be used on Ro/Ro vessel car decks. Wash is suitable for hot or cold high pressure spray equipment        •   Can be used for general cleaning in the engine room.P. cleaning machines        • Rapid dispersal of a large range of oils and greases        • Leaves a good shine on hard surfaces after cleaning        Ordering information       Product Number                                                Product name       571729                                                        HP WASH 25 LTR     518 .P.P.5–5%        •   Leaves a good shine on hard surfaces after cleaning        •   H. Wash is an alkaline cleaner with detergents and surfactants which quickly dissolve grease and dirt       deposits.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                     Cleaning and Maintenance           H.P. Wash is designed for use with high pressure cleaning machines such as Unitor High       Pressure Cleaners. W             WA              ASH       651 571729        H. for removal of traffic film        •   Can be used for cleaning of fish holds and process machinery onboard factory vessels        •   Phosphate free        Benefits        • Formulated for use with H.       H.PP. H. It's suitable for most painted surfaces and dries leaving a good shine.        Features        •   Reformulated with improved cleaning properties        •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds        •   Biodegradable cleaner        •   Non-flammable        •   Low dose rates 0.  windows and port holes    It contains wetting agents that allow rapid penetration to remove fat. leather.    Ordering information Product number                                                 Product name 571745                                                         UNIWASH 25 LTR                                                                                                          519 . desks. grease or grime. oil.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                Cleaning and Maintenance     UNI-W  NI-WA      ASH 651 571745  Uni-Wash is a liquid detergent with good foaming qualities. Uni-Wash is suitable for accommodation cleaning of woodwork.  Features  •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Non-flammable  •   Pleasant smell  •   Leaves surfaces residue free  Benefits  • Acceptable for use in food areas  • Can be used for cleaning of dishes. cleaning of toilets and showers etc. Uni-Wash is pH-neutral and suitable for cleaning accommodation areas.         Features        •   Water-based        •   Low-toxic        •   Biodegradable        •   Non-flammable        •   Free of hydrocarbon solvents        •   Self splitting        Benefits        •   Specially developed for use with ultrasonic cleaning baths        •   Removes grease. and safe to handle. oil.       biodegradable. carbon deposits.          Ordering information       Product number                                       Product name       607819                                               UNITOR USC 12 X 1 LTR     520 . soil and grime        •   Keeps loosened deposits in suspension preventing re-deposition        •   Effective and economical in use          Ultra Sonic Cleaner USC is specially developed for ultrasonic       cleaning applications.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                             Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                       Cleaning and Maintenance           ULTRA S             SOONIC C                    CLLEANE                         NERRU                             USSC       651 607819        Unitor USC is a water-based alkaline low-toxic product with an exceptional solvency power on soil and       oily matter. It is free from hydrocarbon solvents.  Due to its mildness it can be used safely day after day.  Features  •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Pleasant citrus smell  •   Effective and suitable for the most severe soiling  •   Easier to rinse off than many other gel cleaners  Benefits  • Mild antiseptic properties. The poly beads are harmless    to bilge pumps. It removes the most severe industrial grime.    Ordering information Product number                            Product name 571752                                    NATURAL HANDCLEANER 4X5 LTR                                                                                                                                521 .    The product is effective.  • Contains poly beads which act like a light scrubbing brush to assist the cleaning action. mild to the skin and contains no petroleum solvent derivatives. oil and grease in complete safety.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                               Cleaning and Maintenance     NA NAT   TURAL HA         HAND            ND C               CLLEANE                    NERR 651 571752  Natural Hand Cleaner is an orange gel skin cleaner containing natural ingredients such as citrus oils.         Features        •   Low foaming detergents        •   Biodegradable        •   Safe to use no special handling requirements        •   Free of colourants        Benefits        • Compatible with all known carpet cleaning machines        • Leaves no sticky residue that contributes to resoiling        • Leaves a fresh odor        Ordering information       Product number                                 Product name       659409                                         CARPET CLEANER 12X1 LTR     522 . Low foaming with a       unique surfactant system that leaves no residue that contributes to resoiling.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                     Cleaning and Maintenance           CARPET C              CLLEANE                   NERR       651 659409        Carpet Cleaner is a soil extraction cleaner for use on a wide range of carpets. MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                 Cleaning and Maintenance     ULTRACIP 651 770727  Ultra CIP is a multi-purpose product that can handle several different applications as well as solve and clean complex contaminations.  •   Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Removes heavy tenacious deposits  •   The product is self splitting  Benefits  • Cleans down to metal surfaces and leaves no film or residue  • Reduces down time as it allows cleaning of discs without dismantling the separator    It removes deposits like coked oil.    Ordering information Product number                                      Product name 770727                                              UNITOR ULTRACIP 25 LTR                                                                                                                                 523 . oil mixed with hard         deposits from glycol and similar products. UltraCIP can be used in Cleaning In Place applications. The product is deposits like rust and lime.  Features  •   Non-flammable. Ultra CIP can also remove          readily biodegradable.        scale. rust. It will remove       using an external circulation pump. tin and their alloys        •   Quick separation of oil after cleaning        Benefits        • Provides a temporary protection against corrosion by passivation        • No need of neutralization chemicals afterwards          It is the new generation in one step cleaner products. oil etc. The product is recirculated through the system. oil and grease at the same time from the       Commissioning Cleaner is for cleaning of new boilers and     systems.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                          Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                    Cleaning and Maintenance           COMMIS         MMISSSIO               IONING                  NING C                       CLLEANE                            NERR       651 624932        Commissioning Cleaner is a multifunctional water based cleaner. rust.       cooling systems on board new buildings.        Features        •   Biodegradable        •   Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds        •   Safe on aluminium.          Ordering information       Product number                           Product name       624932                                   COMMISSIONING CLEANER 25 LTR     524 . Commissioning Cleaner can be used       for cleaning of new systems for mill scale. zinc. it also cleans water systems with light scale and       a thin oil film.   Features  •   Iron-free. It is iron-free.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                  Cleaning and Maintenance     BIL  ILG    GE W       WA        ATER F             FLLOCCULANT 651 690669  Bilge Water Flocculant is a very effective liquid treatment based on Poly Aluminium Chloride (PAC) to separate oil residues from bilge water. It then destabilizes the remaining small oil combination with multistage bilge water cleaning systems         droplets and agglomerates them into larger particles (flocs) that include mechanical separation of free oil. Eliminates the use of pH-stabilising chemicals  Benefits  • Low dosage. After dosing. emulsifying cleaning cleaning is necessary. To meet these       Flocculant breaks the oil-in-water emulsion created by regulations. economical use  • Cost-effective bilge water treatment based on specially selected Poly Aluminium Chloride  • Helps to meet environmental regulations on oil content. completely safe to the environment  •   Acts by both breaking the oil-in-water emulsion and by building flocs  •   Remaining oil sludge can be burned onboard or pumped ashore-contains very little water  •   Effective over an extended pH-range. flocculation and filtration. a combination of mechanical and chemical            contaminants in lubricating and fuel oils. Discharged water contains normally less than 3 ppm oil    International environmental regulations set strict rules as to   breaking. Bilge Water Flocculant is used in         agents etc. emulsion         that are easily collected by filtering. Bilge Water the oil content in effluent water from ships.    Ordering information Product number                              Product name 690669                                      BILGEWATER FLOCCULANT 25 LTR                                                                                                                                        525 . and is completely safe to the environment.         Features        • Non-silicone defoamer        • Stable in alkaline conditions        • Can be used in sewage and waste water systems        Benefits        • Outstanding for all atmospheric. pressurised and continuous waste equipment        • Excellent to control foaming and remove foam when necessary        Ordering information       Product number                        Product name       661843                                DEFOAMER CONCENTR.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                        Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                  Cleaning and Maintenance           DEFOAME            MERRC                COONC                   NCEENT                       NTRRATE        Defoamer Concentrate is a non-silicone based water dispersible. 25 LTR       624314                                DEFOAMER CONCENTR. Defoamer Concentrate can be       used to remove foam in water based systems and collecting tanks in vacuum toilet systems. It controls foaming in       sewage and waste water systems. liquid defoamer. and it is stable in alkaline conditions. 20 LTR BIB     526 .   Features  •   Liquid oil based product  •   Low-toxic. Penetron Plus loosens corroded parts as nuts. etc. bolts.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                Cleaning and Maintenance     PENE   NETTRON P           PLLUS 651 575506  Penetron Plus is a fast acting liquid compound containing special oils and solvents that penetrate iron oxides and loosens carbon deposits. emits no toxic fumes or vapours  •   Fast acting penetration of rusty seized up parts  •   Keeps tools clean and rust free  •   Cleaning of rusty and soiled metal parts  •   Protection of machinery parts and tools  Benefits  • Helps to avoid cutting or burning off bolts from engines or machinery  • Dismantling of assemblies seized up from rust and soiling  Ordering information Product number                                Product name 575506                                        PENETRON PLUS 12 X 0.5 LTR                                                                                                               527 .  Mud & Silt Remover removes sediments. etc.        Features        • Powerful solvent with controlled evaporation        • Rapid penetration and action        • Efficient cleaning with no grease film or moisture residue        Benefits        • Harmless to electrical insulation.can be used on all normal components with no risk of corrosive damage        • Cleans and degreases electrical parts and equipment without the need for rinsing        Ordering information       Product number                                       Product name       604389                                               ELECTROSOLV .tested for breakthrough voltage after DIN-57370 to 209 KV/cm        • Non-corrosive . It keeps mud in suspension and cleans fouled systems       completely. silt and mud from ballast tanks. pipelines.        Features        •   No acids. cooling water       systems.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                        Cleaning and Maintenance           ELECTROSOLV-E       651 604389        A non-chlorinated solvent with a controlled evaporation rate for cleaning and degreasing electrical       equipment.E 25 LTR          MU       MUDD&S            SIL              ILT                TRRE                   EMO                     MOV                       VER       652 635326        Mud & Silt Remover is a liquid compound. alkali or solvent        •   Biodegradable        •   Non-toxic and non-flammable        •   Inject in small quantities into the ballast or cooling water system to be cleaned        Benefits        • Effective and economical in use        • Keeps mud in suspension and cleans fouled systems        Ordering information       Product number                                  Product name       635326                                          MUD & SILT REMOVER 25 LTR     528 .  leaving clean and oil-free surfaces  •   Economical. can be used for a wide range of applications  •   Easy to use by any conventional means  Ordering information Product number                                    Product name 654715                                            SEACLEAN PLUS 25 LTR 654723                                            SEACLEAN PLUS 210 LTR    Approvals  • IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the MEPC.2/    Circular                                                                                                             529 . deep. This product is excellent as a tank cleaner and degreaser. and fuel oil tanks at sea  •   Can also be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of crude and refined mineral oil cargo tanks  •   Can be used for degreasing and cleaning of bilge spaces and engine rooms  •   Safe to use on most metal surfaces. biodegradable solvent based product.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                Tank Cleaning     SEACLEAN P          PLLUS  Seaclean Plus is a modern low-toxic.  Features  •   The emulsifying agents in this product are biodegradable  •   Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Can be used for cleaning and gas-freeing of double bottom. It meets IMO’s requirements regarding safety and pollution hazards of chemicals. very low dosage rates  •   Versatile. painted surfaces and tank coatings  Benefits  •   Highly concentrated tank cleaner with quick penetration and powerful emulsifying properties  •   Easy rinse off.  Alkleen Liquid can be used for tank     wash will be necessary by using this product. a final       natural oils and fats.     530 .          Ordering information       Product number                                     Product name       756255                                             ALKLEEN LIQUID 210 LTR       756254                                             ALKLEEN LIQUID 25 LTR          Approvals        • IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the MEPC.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                            Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                      Tank Cleaning           ALKLEEN L               LIQ                 IQU                   UID        Alkleen Liquid is a heavy duty water based alkaline tank cleaner. animal and fish oils        • Used as heavy duty cargo tank cleaner following discharge of drying. containing natural based detergents.        Features        •   Reformulated with improved cleaning properties        •   Powerful alkaline tank cleaner containing detergents        •   Non-flammable        •   Non-corrosive to ferrous metals and epoxy coatings        •   Rapid rinsing        •   Removes hardened oxidised oil and grease deposits        •   Can also be used as final treatment for cleaning tank from black to white or grain        •   Can be used for hydrocarbon freeing of cargo tanks        Benefits        • The emulsifying agents are biodegradable        • Rapid penetration and emulsification of vegetable. semi-drying and non-drying    achieve the high standard of cleanliness required. semi-drying and non-drying natural oils and          fats          Alkleen Liquid is a powerful cleaner for cleaning of cargo     sanitising and deodorising prior to changing to foodstuffs.       For zinc silicate coatings use Alkleen Safety Liquid.2/          Circular. To       tanks after discharge of drying.  Alkleen Safety Liquid minimises the hazards in handling caustic based materials.2/    Circular                                                                                                             531 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                              Tank Cleaning     ALKLEEN S         SAAFETY L                 LIQ                   IQU                     UID  Non-caustic water based alkaline cleaner. copper. brass and tin. meets current regulation  •   Suitable for all tank-coatings  •   Can be used for gas and hydrocarbon-freeing of tanks  •   Can be used for deodorizing  Ordering information Product number                              Product name 571521                                      ALKLEEN SAFETY LIQ 210 LTR 571513                                      ALKLEEN SAFETY LIQ 25 LTR    Approvals  • IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the MEPC. containing corrosion inhibitors to prevent the corrosion of metals such as zinc. aluminium.  Features  •   Non-caustic  •   Non-flammable  •   Does not contain nonyl phenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Non-corrosive to ferrous metals  Benefits  •   Safe.  contains natural solvents linked with easily biodegradable surfactants. economical in use        • Odourless        Ordering information       Product number                                  Product name       766097                                          TANKLEEN BRIGHT 190 LTR          Approvals        • IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the MEPC.2/          Circular          TANK         NKLLEEN B                 BRRIG                    IGHT                       HT       652 766097        Tankleen Bright is formulated for effective removal of white residues from epoxy-coatings remaining       after carriage of fatty acids as well as stains removal and to upgrade coated cargo tanks.        Features        • Water-based degreaser        • Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds        Benefits        • Splits after cleaning. releasing the oil phase for reclamation        • Low toxic and safe to use. non-flammable        • Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds        Benefits        • Concentrated product.        Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       571489                                        TANKLEEN ADVANCE 210 LTR          Approvals        • IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the MEPC. Main application is for hydrocarbon       freeing but can also be used for other tank cleaning purposes where strong degreasing effect is       required.        Features        • Solvent-free.2/          Circular     532 .      TANK         NKLLEEN A                 ADDVANC                      NCEE       652 571489        Tankleen Advance is a microemulsion water based tank cleaner.  Unipol is especially suitable for    Ordering information Product number                                                 Product name 736983                                                         UNIPOL 210 LTR 736975                                                         UNIPOL 25 LTR    Approvals  • IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the MEPC.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                               Tank Cleaning     UNIP  NIPOOL  Unipol is a pH-neutral. Unipol can be used for gas and hydrocarbon-freeing of tanks and can also be used for deodorizing of tanks.2/    Circular                                                                                                                                    533 . pH neutral  •   Solvent free  •   Non-flammable  •   Does not contain nonylphenol ethoxylates or other estrogenic compounds  •   Non-corrosive to metals  Benefits  • Suitable for all tank-coating  • Complies with all environmental regulations and the EU Detergent Regulation    It contains effective but mild and environmentally safe       hydrocarbon freeing of tanks. liquid concentrated detergent with good cleaning qualities.  Features  •   Non-caustic. to remove fats and oils. and is safe on all tank coatings wetting agents and surfactants that allow rapid penetration   including zinc silicate.  Zinc Coat Conditioner cleans and       upgrades coated cargo tanks after leaded gasoline. methylene chloride and virgin       naphtha.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                        Tank Cleaning           ZINC C            COOAT C                  COOND                     NDIT                        ITIO                          IONE                             NER                               R        Zinc Coat Conditioner is a clear organic liquid based on acetates.        Features        • Organic based liquid cleaner        • Biodegradable        • Free from hydrocarbon solvents        Benefits        • Removal of white deposits (metallic salts) from tank coatings        • Cost effective in use          Zinc Coat Conditioner cleans and upgrades coated cargo           cost effective way to remove lead.2/          Circular     534 . carbon                iron sulphite from the pores of zinc silicate and epoxy       tetrachloride. carbon tetrachloride. It is a     coatings. salts and       tanks that have contained leaded gasoline. chloride. zinc. methylene chloride or virgin naphtha.          Ordering information       Product number                               Product name       661801                                       ZINC COAT CONDITIONER 25 LTR       625558                                       ZINC COAT CONDITION 210 LTR          Approvals        • IMO approved and listed in Annex 10 of the MEPC.                                           obnoxious smells in toilet areas and scuppers. Gamazyme 700FN is formulated to degrade excess residual waste products in shipboard sanitation pipe work systems. washout or use of    aggressive cleaning products  • Eliminates the need for hazardous chemicals  • Cost-effective. money and manpower  Benefits  •   Eliminates the odours associated with sanitary systems which are overloaded or blocked  •   Cleans sewage holding tanks without the need for manual entry  •   Clears pipes and systems blocked by organic waste matter  •   Clears organic materials in slow draining pipes and scuppers  •   Restarts septic sewage treatment plant  •   Keeps complete sanitary systems in optimum operational condition    The degradation of paper. saves time. fats. holding tanks and marine sewage treatment plants. are The bacteria in Gamazyme 700FN will colonise the waste                                                                reduced. The specialised strains in Gamazyme 700FN will digest grease. protein and waste product            activity in the marine sewage treatment plant is greatly residuals is greatly increased. normally                                                                associated with overloaded or blocked systems. sewage.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                Gamazyme Cleaners     GAMA   MAZZYME 7           700F            00FNN 656 571711  Gamazyme 700FN is a concentrated biologically active powder formulation containing a blend of patented bacterial strains.  Features  • Powder formulation for easy use  • Biodegradable  • Reactivates biological activity in systems which have been rendered inactive by overloading. starch and other organic compounds. organic material which lines the pipework/tank system and degrade the waste until the system is clean. so the plant can thus handle more waste. The produce. are reduced. The biological    Ordering information Product number                                      Product name 571711                                              GAMAZYME 700FN 12KG                                                                                                                               535 . and the odours that these      increased. specifically developed to deal with sewage wastes.  drapes. no special handling requirements        Benefits        • Replaces harsh cleaners which often require haz-chem labelling and may be hazardous to the user and the          environment        • Spot cleaning of carpets. dog faeces. tomato       sauce.        Features        •   Unique liquid biological formulation for easy use        •   Biodegradable        •   A unique technology to remove odours on surfaces and especially on carpets        •   Safe. such as urine.                        • Immediate odour control by fragrance masking. decks. etc.                                                                      • Deep cleaning from biological action for removal of       Three way action:                                                                        residual organic. tiles and bathrooms        • Removes obnoxious odours from drains and scuppers          On soft surfaces such as carpet. food. milk. laundry        • Cleans sinks.           Ordering information       Product number                                 Product name       587618                                         GAMAZYME MSC 12X1 LTR     536 . Gamazyme MSC is               • Chemical cleaning action by removing solids from       formulated to spot clean and deodorise the surface by            surfaces. showers. Gamazyme MSC is effective in cleaning or removing organic       residues from hard and soft surfaces.       digesting organic substances over time. chocolate syrup.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                     Gamazyme Cleaners           GAMA         MAZZYME MS                 MSCC       656 587618        Gamazyme MSC is a unique biologically active liquid formulation containing specialised bacterial strains       and biodegradable chemical cleaners.  dosing millions of selected safe bacteria into the sanitary system. starch and other organic compounds are vacuum inductor which destroys the vacuum in the sanitary       digested by Gamazyme BTC. Gamazyme Biological Toilet Cleaner is specifically formulated to replace aggressive. flushing system. The use of lining the pipe system and remove the organic deposit. the bacteria will       acids. showers. reducing solids and odours. starch and other solid waste materials  •   Removes obnoxious odours from the sanitary system  •   Easy to use    Conventional toilet cleaners may also cause foaming in the      Grease. waste product residuals and other odorous                                                                 materials is also enhanced. biodegradable low foaming chemical cleaners and anti-foam agents. etc. These       Gamazyme BTC cleans more thoroughly and deeply powerful specialised bacteria colonise the organic waste        compared to conventional cleaning products. grease. disinfectants. sinks.  Features  •   Biodegradable  •   Suitable for use in all marine sanitary and sewage treatment systems  •   Safe.    Ordering information Product number                                   Product name 589945                                           GAMAZYME BTC 12 X 1 LTR                                                                                                                                537 . bleaches. etc.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                 Gamazyme Cleaners     GAMA   MAZZYME B           BTTC 656 589945  Gamazyme BTC is a unique biological active liquid formulation containing specialised bacterial strains. On       cleaning products containing hazardous chemicals such as draining to the sewage treatment plant.  •   Digests faeces. Gamazyme BTC effectively cleans the toilets. The degradation of paper.    reduced. fats.                                                 protein. toxic toilet cleaners that can disable the sewage treatment plant by killing the naturally occurring bacteria which are essential to its operation. fat. caustics.. can be enhance the biological activity. no special handling requirements  •   Replaces conventional cleaners potentially harmful to the biological sewage system  Benefits  •   Cleans toilets.  toilet systems. grease. uric acid and scale. grease and oil found in toilets. No need for dismantling of drains and       materials.       composition. drain and pipes        •   Leaves a fresh smell          Gamazyme Toilet Descaler is based on weak acids.        Features        • Biological powder descaler        • Formulation based on weak acids. and oil in toilets. Acts immediately due to its chemical            service basis. drains and pipes. It is packed in 50 gram water    pipes when used either on a preventative or on a regular       soluble sachets. bacterial       capable of digesting fat.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                        Gamazyme Cleaners           GAMA         MAZZYME T                 TDDS       656 743146        Gamazyme Toilet Descaler is used for descaling toilet bowls. toilet systems. bacterial strains and enzymes        Benefits        •   Removes uric acid and deposits        •   Descales both inorganic and organic material        •   Immediate action due to its chemical composition        •   Digests fat. drains and pipes        •   Descales toilet bowls. Secondary action due to its micro-organisms          Ordering information       Product number                        Product name       743146                                GAMAZYME TDS 5 KG BLUE SACH W/MINT     538 .       strains and enzymes formulated to dissolve organic               drains and pipes.  environmentally friendly bioenzymatic formulation designed to restore flow in drain systems containing    greasy deposits  • Results in increased bacterial activity in a variety of organic wastes  • Environmentally adapted  Benefits  • Free of harsh chemical compounds normally associated with acid and caustic drain openers  • Provides penetration. grease traps and floor drains. breakdown and degradation of organic drain line deposits and blockages  • Ideal for applications subject to aerobic and anaerobic environments    Utilising active enzymes to eat through biological and       non-corrosive product used to restore flow in drains where organic waste products. The mix of micro-organisms in this product increases organic degradation performance. Gamazyme Digestor’s biochemical formulation is designed to provide exceptional performance in clogged drain lines. It restores slow running drains and reduces odours due to organic build-up  Features  • Water based biological drain cleaner for slow running drains  • Patented. Gamazyme Digestor is a safe and      grease accumulation is a problem.    Ordering information Product number                           Product name 624015                                   GAMAZYME DIGESTOR 20 LTR BIB                                                                                                                              539 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                              Gamazyme Cleaners     GAMA   MAZZYME D           DIG             IGE               ESTOR 656 624015  Gamazyme Digestor is a patented formulation containing a synergetic blend of highly specialised bacteria.         Features        • Powder biological formulation for easy use        • Biodegradable        • Overcomes potential safety problems associated with the use of toxic cleaning chemicals        Benefits        •   Clears pipes and systems blocked by organic waste residuals        •   Eliminates obnoxious odours from soiled pipe lines        •   Cleans fouled pipes and systems.       or slow draining in sinks. starch and other organic        treatment plant.                                                                     systems. It is packed as water soluble sachets       (Solupac).                                                    biological activity breaking down solids and removing                                                                     obnoxious odours which can vent back through the       The bacteria in Gamazyme DPC will colonise the waste soil.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                     Gamazyme Cleaners           GAMA         MAZZYME D                 DPPC       656 587055        Gamazyme DPC is a concentrated biologically active powder formulation containing a blend of       patented bacterial strains. drains. and degrade the waste all       the way down to carbon dioxide and water. fats. specifically developed to deal with sewage wastes. Gamazyme DPC will greatly enhance the       compounds.0 KG     540 . saves the time.       which lines the pipe work system. scuppers. until the system          Ordering information       Product number                                     Product name       587055                                             GAMAZYME DPC 4. money and manpower of plumbing operations to clear blocked pipe work          The specialised bacterial strains and enzymes in Gamazyme     is clean. On draining to the holding tank or sewage       DPC will digest grease. particularly long horizontal runs        •   Keeps holding tank organic waste liquid pumpable and odour free        •   Cost effective.       Gamazyme DPC is formulated to degrade excess residual organic waste products causing blockage. showers. etc.  It provides deep and effective cleaning through microbial activity.                     4. Fragrance for rapid action                                                               areas. After odour elimination. galleys. resulting in higher rates of degradation  • Removes odours from garbage and waste collection areas. galleys. Gamazyme BOE provides a powerful combination of a fast-acting neutraliser for immediate odour relief. etc.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                               Gamazyme Cleaners     GAMA   MAZZYME B           BOOE  Gamazyme BOE is a new approach in odour control technology.  Features  • Water based neutral odour control  • Fast-acting environmentally friendly odour controller with the effectiveness of deep cleaning microbes  • Available in 20 L bag in a box. as well as easy to use 1 L bottles  Benefits  • Rapidly neutralises and eliminates odours without relying on the use of odour masking or hazardous chemical    oxidisers  • Enhances the activity of the natural bacteria. Cleaning action by organic breakdown degrading the organic source of the odour. and adapted bacteria for degradation of organic compounds. Accelerated microbial degradation 4 way action:                                                 Gamazyme BOE is a specialised bacterial formulation                                                               designed to eliminate odour in garbage and waste collection 1.  • Rapid and long term effect    Gamazyme BOE eradicates odours by attacking and                3. rest rooms. Binding for capturing odour     Ordering information Product Number                                 Product name 624619                                         GAMAZYME BOE 12X1 LTR 624077                                         GAMAZYME BOE 20 LTR BIB                                                                                                                                 541 . rest rooms. 2. etc. the odour causing compounds are biodegraded by the bacteria strains.      542 .       from floor surfaces resulting in reduced slippage and          Ordering information       Product number                                      Product name       659391                                              GAMAZYME FC 4X5LTR. corners. Excellent cleaning properties eliminate grease   feed on will be eliminated. Ingredients in Gamazyme FC enable it to       and eliminates accumulated grease and other organic           penetrate and clean embedded residual organics left in       materials. crevices and microscopic pores in       produce enzymes specific for the breakdown of the harder       floor surfaces. Gamazyme FC is based on patented fatty acid degrading bacteria strains and       biodegradable surfactants.        Features        •   Excellent in-depth cleaning properties        •   Contains specialized patented bacterial strains forming enzymes that break down fatty acid components of grease        •   Safe to use on all surfaces        •   Environmentally friendly        Benefits        •   Reduced slippage and improved safety conditions in galley area        •   Penetrates porous floor surfaces to degrade accumulated grease and other organic materials        •   Eliminates odours that attract insects. cracks. Regularly use of Gamazyme FC will eliminate       to degrade fatty acid components of oils and fats used in     odors that attract insects.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                                     Gamazyme Cleaners           GAMA         MAZZYME F                 FCC       656 659391        A technologically advanced floor care product that provides deep and effective cleaning through       microbial activity. Regular use of Gamazyme FC provides improved safety and hygiene in       galley areas. the residual organics that they       galley area. the residual organics that feed them are eliminated        •   Friendly bacterial strains replace pathogenic bacteria for improved hygiene        •   Results in a fresher smelling galley area          Gamazyme FC is a unique floor care product that degrades       improved safety. Patented fatty acid degrading bacteria strains     pores. 8KG 743153                                             GAMAZYME BUB 3 KG                                                                                                              543 . formulated to reduce odour problems and blockages in urinals and pipe work.environmentally safe  •   Non-corrosive to all metals and synthetic materials  Benefits  • Cleans and freshens  • Removes obnoxious odours and prevents blocked urinal traps and pipe work  • Enhance the biological degradation taking place in sewage treatment systems and collecting tanks  Ordering information Product number                                     Product name 743179                                             GAMAZYME BUB 1KG 743161                                             GAMAZYME BUB 1.  Features  •   Water soluble blocks  •   Biodegradable  •   Easy to use  •   Contains odour controlling perfume  •   Can be handled without danger .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                         Unitor Cleaning Chemicals                                                             Gamazyme Cleaners     GAMA   MAZZYME B           BUUB  Gamazyme BUB (Biological Urinal Blocks) is a blend of selected bacteria strains and chemical cleaners. 4&.)4407*.&4733'2/..%-&%*"#".-7&#/.+ .)&. 460%'9*% .!!"4&22&"4-&. 93/52$&0"(& . %-&%*"#"..&4733'2/.-7&#/.4&.)&.+ .)4407*. !!"4&22&"4-&.460%'9*% .                                                                                         FUEL OIL CHEMICALS                                                                                                                             TEST KITS AND EQUIPMENT Solutions include boiler water. A full range of onboard test kits are available to help your crews to optimise product application for best asset protection and cost control. evaporators. and potable water as well as dosing and control equipment for safe handling and application of your water treatment programmes. sea water. cooling water.93/52$&0"(&     MARINE CHEMICALS  WATER TREATMENT CHEMICALS  Wilhelmsen Ships Service’s water treatment chemicals are formulated to treat and protect your onboard systems cost effectively. . while                                                                                    CLEANING CHEMICALS                                                                                                                          WATER TREATMENT CHEMICALS meeting regulatory and OEM specifications.  Its volatile       properties ensure distribution throughout the boiler and condensate system. low toxicity        •   Neutralises acids occurring in condensate system        •   Volatile product.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                             Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                       Boiler Water Treatment           OXYGEN S              SCCAVENG                    NGEER P                          PLLUS       655 698712        Oxygen Scavenger Plus is a catalysed liquid solution of diethylhydroxylamine (DEHA). suitable for high. provides distribution and protection throughout the boiler system        •   Organic product. no dissolved solids added        •   Simple test to determine treatment level        Benefits        • Economical in use        • Reduces corrosion of iron and copper. The product also provides the required conditions       for the establishment of a passivating layer of magnetite on all inner surfaces. medium and low pressure boiler systems. increasing system life and reliability        Ordering information       Product number                             Product name       698712                                     OXYGEN SCAVENGER PLUS 25 LTR     546 . and hence protects       against oxygen corrosion in all parts of the system. liquid oxygen scavenger        •   Safe and easy to use.        Features        •   Fast acting. Oxygen Scavenger Plus       is a low toxicity product.  As an additional benefit it will assist to neutralise dissolved carbon dioxide.  Features  • Oxygen Control is a liquid product.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                              Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                  Boiler Water Treatment     OXYGEN C        CO         ONT           NTR             ROL 655 571315  Oxygen Control is a catalysed liquid hydrazine oxygen scavenger for boiler and steam line corrosion protection. It provides the required conditions for the establishment of a passivating layer (magnetite) in the boiler and condensate system. condensate lines and feed water lines from corrosion  •   Assists mechanical deaeration  •   Simple test to determine level of treatment    Oxygen control can be used to condition the water used for laying up the boiler in a wet condition. easy to feed  • Fast action due to catalyst  Benefits  •   Does not contribute to conductivity  •   Protects boiler.    Ordering information Product number                                    Product name 571315                                            OXYGEN CONTROL 25 LTR                                                                                                                  547 . steam lines.  resulting in reduced blowdown          and fuel costs        • Maintains a protective surface layer of magnetite on the waterside of boiler metals        • Protects steam and condensate lines from aggressive oxygen attack.        Features        • Volatile oxygen scavenger in liquid form which does not add dissolved solids to the treated water        Benefits        • Safe form of hydrazine specifically formulated to reduce handling problems associated with hydrazine solutions        • Does not require special feeding equipment for safe application        • Maintains a protective surface layer of magnetite        Ordering information       Product number                          Product name       777712                                  OXYGEN SCAVENGER 9-002 25 LTR     548 .used in conjunction with Condensate          Treatment        Ordering information       Product number                          Product name       777705                                  OXYGEN SCAVENGER 9-035 25 LTR           OXYGEN S              SCCAVENG                    NGEER 9-                          9-00                             002                               2       655 777712        Oxygen scavenger 9-002 is a liquid oxgen scavenger based on Carbohydrazide. developed to prevent corrosion in       boilers and heating systems by reacting with dissolved oxygen to form harmless nitrogen and water.        Features        • Catalysed hydrazine product for rapid reaction with dissolved oxygen and prevention of corrosion in marine boilers        Benefits        • Removes dissolved oxygen from boiler feedwater without increasing dissolved solids.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                     Boiler Water Treatment           OXYGEN S              SCCAVENG                    NGEER 9-                          9-0035       655 777705        Oxygen Scavenger 9-035 is an aqueous solution of hydrazine.  protecting boiler and steam lines  • Low toxicity  • Protects feed tank and feed lines  Ordering information Product number                                Product name 777713                                        OXYTREAT 25 LTR (79600)                                                                                                      549 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                              Boiler Water Treatment     OXYTREAT 777713  A blend of selected tannins for corrosion protection in low to medium pressure steam boilers  Features  • Iron/tannate film protects metal surface  Benefits  • Removes oxygen.           Ordering information       Product number                                       Product name       575662                                               CAT. even in small amounts. shown as deep       other boiler water treatments. SULPHITE L 25 LTR     550 . This will quickly cause failure of the boiler       the boiler system. CSL reacts with oxygen to form inert sodium       temperature operation of the hotwell is a good practice to      sulphate. Even so.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                             Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                       Boiler Water Treatment           CAT S           SUULPHIT                HITEE L ((C                          CSL)       655 575662        CSL is a sodium sulphite based product in ready to use liquid form. thus preventing oxygen attack. the feed water contains       other Unitor treatments. The catalyst ensures rapid       elimination of oxygen in the boiler system.        Features        • Concentrated liquid product        • Catalysed product for very rapid action        • Reacts at low temperature        Benefits        • Protects the boiler from oxygen corrosion        • Assists with mechanical deaeration        • Simple control test          Cat Sulphite L (CSL) should be used in conjunction with         remove gases like oxygen. Oxygen is highly corrosive in    and local pitting. It should be dosed seperately from     oxygen which can create severe corrosion. Elevated              metal.   Features  •   Easy to use liquid treatment  •   Neutralises the acids occurring in the condensate system  •   Volatilizes and carries over with the steam and so it is recycled  •   Simple test to determine level of treatment  •   Used for protection of condensate and feed water systems in boiler systems of all pressures  Benefits  • Dosage is economical and efficient  • Less maintenance required  • Lower operating costs and increased reliability  Ordering information Product number                                             Product name 774828                                                     Condensate Control                                                                                                          551 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                Boiler Water Treatment     COND   NDEENS       NSAATE C              COONT                 NTRROL  Concentrated liquid neutralising agent for corrosion control in condensate and feed water systems.       MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                          Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                    Boiler Water Treatment           COND         NDEENS             NSAATE T                    TRREATME                          MENT                             NT 9-                                9-150                                  150       655 777702        Condensate Treatment 9-150 is a liquid blend of neutralising amines applied for the protection of steam       and condensate pipework.        Features        • Provides effective protection of steam and condensate systems against corrosive attack by carbon dioxide and other          acidic gases        • Reduces pickup of iron and copper in condensate as a result of corrosion suppression reliability        Benefits        • Extends the life of steam and condensate systems giving reducing maintenance costs and less down time        • Using Condensate Treatment 9-150 with an oxygen scavenger gives a balanced control programme for increased          plant reliability        Ordering information       Product number                     Product name       777702                             CONDENSATE TREATMENT 9-150 25 LTR          HA       HARRDNE            NESSS T                  TRREATME                        MENT                           NT 7                              7208                                208       655 777706        Hardness Treatment 7208 is an alkaline liquid phosphate formulation for the prevention of scale in both       high and low pressure boilers.6:1 that can be used in both coordinated and residual phosphate boiler water treatment       programmes. Hardness Treatment 7208 is an alkaline liquid phosphate with a Na:PO4       ratio of 2.        Features        • Application can easily be automated using Naltrak automation equipment        • Simple test kit is available        Benefits        • Provides phosphate scale control in both high and low pressure boilers        • May be used as part of a coordinated phosphate programme        • Easy to apply liquid formulation        Ordering information       Product number                        Product name       777706                                HARDNESS TREATMENT 7208 25 LTR     552 .  dry powder product used for the reduction of hardness in boilers. It will precipitate calcium hardness as a non-adherent sludge.  Features  • Highly active phosphate based compound  • Easily dissolved in water for dosing  Benefits  •   Scale problems due to calcium are eliminated  •   Maintains sludge in a non-adherent state for removal by blow down  •   Simple test to determine level of treatment  •   Can be used for boilers of all pressures  •   Unitor Hardness Control does not influence the alkalinity in the system  Ordering information Product Number                                  Product name 571299                                          HARDNESS CONTROL 25 KG    Approvals Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of the Public Health for the use in system where steam is used for drinking water production                                                                                                               553 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                Boiler Water Treatment     HA HARRDNE      NESSS C            COONT               NTRROL 655 571299  Hardness Control is a highly soluble.  and reduces maintenance        •   Will assist in keeping silica in suspension        •   Simple testing to determine level of treatment        •   Can be used in boilers of all pressures        •   Can be used as a neutraliser after acid cleaning operations        Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       571307                                        ALKALINITY CONTROL 25 LTR          Approvals       Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of the Public       Health for the use as neutraliser after acid cleaning       operations in fresh water generators     554 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                     Boiler Water Treatment           ALKALINIT            INITYYC                  COONT                     NTRROL       655 571307        Concentrated liquid alkaline product for corrosion and scale control in boilers.        Features        •   Convenient liquid treatment which provides the basic alkalinity on which successful water treatment depends        •   Maintains alkalinity within optimum limits        •   Provides optimum conditions for hardness control to function        •   Assists in precipitation and blowdown of magnesium and calcium salts        •   Neutralises acid conditions        •   Can be used with most treatment chemicals. in conjunction with a coordinated treatment programme        Benefits        •   Allows efficiency to be maintained.   Features  • Minimises scale formulation. BWT Liquid Plus can be used as a phosphate treatment for low hardness feed waters in boilers operating at pressures up to 40 bar. corrosion and sludge accumulation  • Effective iron dispersant  Benefits  • Simple to control  • Complies with FDA regulations  Ordering information Product number                                  Product name 777701                                          BWT LIQUID PLUS 25 LTR                                                                                                               555 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                         Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                             Boiler Water Treatment     BWT L     LIQ       IQU         UID P             PLLUS 655 777701  BWT Liquid Plus is a blend of phosphate. alkalinity and polymer dispersants designed for the control of scaling and corrosion in the boiler.  easy to feed        •   Prevents the formation of adherent deposits and sludges in boilers        •   Used in conjunction with Wilhelmsen Ships Service Chemical Service's standard range of boiler water treatments        •   Used to coagulate small amounts of oil which have contaminated the boiler water        Benefits        • Keeps boilers clean and extends boiler operational time between cleaning        • Keeps sludge dispersed for efficient removal by blowdown        Ordering information       Product number                                 Product name       571331                                         BOILER COAGULANT 25 LTR     556 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                     Boiler Water Treatment           BOIL         ILEER C               COOAGULANT       655 571331        Liquid sludge conditioner designed to prevent deposits.        Features        •   Liquid product.  This ensures that precipitates are kept soft and nonadherent for easy removal by blowdown. and sludge conditioner. up to 30 bar pressure  • Contains volatile amines to neutralise acids occurring in condensate system  Benefits  •   Prevents scaling and corrosion. increasing system life and reliability  •   Dispersant action suspends sludge and sediment particles for efficient removal by blowdown  •   Keeps boiler tube surfaces clean. promoting the best heat transfer conditions  •   Simple testing to determine treatment level  Ordering information Product Number                                         Product name 698720                                                 AUTOTREAT .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                              Boiler Water Treatment     AUTOTREAT 25 655 698720  Autotreat is an advanced liquid boiler water treatment chemical formulated with alkaline compounds.  Features  • Liquid boiler water treatment chemical for simplified dosing and handling  • Suitable for all boilers. scale and corrosion inhibitors. volatile amines for protection of condensate system.25 LTR                                                                                                           557 . The product combines well known phospate treatment with new polymer technology.       MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                          Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                    Boiler Water Treatment           MU       MULLTIP            IPLLUS       777709        Multiplus is a multi-functional boiler water treatment formulated to be used in conjunction with Oxytreat       to provide a complete treatment programme for low to medium pressure steam boilers with low       hardness feed-water.        Features        • Utilises advanced polymer technology        • Contains a neutralising amine for condensate corrosion control        • Easy to apply and control        Benefits        • Minimises scale-formation. corrosion and sludge accumulation        • Effective iron dispersant        Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       777709                                        MULTIPLUS 25 LTR (79601)     558 .  oxygen scavenger and sludge conditioner. scale and corrosion inhibitors. up to 18 bar pressure  Ordering information Product number                                               Product name 571273                                                       LIQUITREAT 25 LTR    Approvals Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of the Public Health for the use in systems where steam is used for drinking water production                                                                                                                559 .  Features  • Liquid multi-functional treatment for simplified dosing and handling  • Suitable for use with auxiliary boilers and waste heat units  • Contains sulphite oxygen scavenger  Benefits  • Combined with good control of feed water temperature will ensure effective oxygen removal  • Heating surfaces are maintained at optimum thermal efficiency  • Smoke and water tube boilers maintained at peak level efficiency.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                 Boiler Water Treatment     LIQ  IQUUIT      ITRREAT 655 571273  Liquitreat is a liquid blend of alkaline compounds.       MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                     Boiler Water Treatment           COMB         MBIT            ITR              REAT       655 571265        Combitreat is a dry powder containing alkalinity builders. package boilers. up to 16 bar pressure        • Dispersant action suspends sludge and sediment particles        Benefits        • Boiler kept at peak level efficiency        • Heating surfaces maintained at optimum thermal conditions        Ordering information       Product number                                            Product name       571265                                                    COMBITREAT 25 KG          Approvals       Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of the Public       Health for the use in system where steam is used for       drinking water production     560 . smoke and water tube          boilers. economisers. waste heat units. phosphates and sludge conditioners.        Features        • Combined conditioning treatment for simplified dosing and handling        • Suitable for use with all auxiliary boilers.  micro-organisms and fungal growth in marine seawater cooling systems. micro-organisms and biological growths in sea water cooling systems  Benefits  • No danger to marine life when used as recommended  Ordering information Product number                                Product name 777700                                        ANTIFOULANT 9-321 25 LTR    Approvals  • Approved by the UK Department of Trade for use in           • Approved by the Norwegian Institute for Public    systems where water is drawn from that system for             Hygiene and health for the same application    the production of potable water by evaporators                                                                                                                         561 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                               Cooling Water Treatment     ANT  NTIF     IFO       OULANT 9-              9-321                 321 653 777700  Antifoulant 9-321 has been developed for the control of fouling by shellfish.  Features  • Very effective for the control of mussels.         Features        • Liquid product. nitrite/borate based compound with organic corrosion inhibitors for use in       closed cooling water systems. easy to use        • By forming an oxide film on the metal surfaces electrolytic corrosion is prevented        Benefits        •   Effective against cavitation and erosion        •   Compatible with hoses. gaskets and seals        •   Compatible with glycol used for frost protection        •   Simple control tests          The product can be used for corrosion inhibition in many          • Centralised cooling systems       types of closed recirculation systems such as:                    • Hot water heating systems                                                                         • Auxiliary machinery cooling systems        • Diesel engine cooling water systems        • Compressor cooling water systems           Ordering information       Product number                                     Product name       571356                                             ROCOR NB LIQUID 25 LTR          Approvals        • Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers                  • Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of                                                                           Public Health for the use in systems where cooling                                                                           water is used for heating purpose in evaporators     562 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                            Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                      Cooling Water Treatment           ROCOR NB L                LIQ                  IQU                    UID       653 571356        Rocor NB Liquid is a liquid.  of Transport for use in              purposes in evaporators onboard    diesel cooling systems where heat from the cooling                                                                                                                            563 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                              Cooling Water Treatment     ENG  NGINE     INE W         WA          ATER T               TRREATME                     MENT                        NT 9-                           9-108                             108 653 777703  A balanced mixture of corrosion inhibitors. specially formulated to give a high nitrite furnish which is becoming a more frequent requirement for the new generation of high efficiency diesel engines.  Features  • Contains dispersant for cleaner and more efficient cooling systems  Benefits  • Does not affect gaskets or hoses  • Compatible with anti-freeze solutions  Ordering information Product number                     Product name 777703                             ENGINE WATER TREATMENT 9-108 25 LTR    Approvals  • Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers                 water is used for distilling sea water for domestic  • Approved by the UK Dept.  Nalfleet 2000 does not contain chromates. Nalfleet 2000 is soluble in water.        Features        • Protects all common metals in cooling systems from corrosive attack        • Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers        Benefits        •   Minimises sludge and scale deposits        •   Protects against cavitation erosion        •   Compatible with anti-freeze solutions        •   Simple to control and safe to handle          Note: Previous name NALCOOL 2000          Ordering information       Product Number                                         Product name       777711                                                 Nalfleet 2000 210ltr       777710                                                 Nalfleet 2000 25 ltr          Approvals        • Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers     564 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                         Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                   Cooling Water Treatment           NA       NALLFLEET 2000        Nalfleet 2000 combines film forming corrosion inhibitors with a scale suppressant in liquid form. for       ease of application.  nitrite/borate based compound with organic corrosion inhibitors for use in cooling water systems.  Features  • By creating an oxide film on the metal surfaces.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                 Cooling Water Treatment     DIE  IESSELGUARD NB 653 571349  A dry powder. electrolytic corrosion is prevented  • Compatible with non-metals such as hoses. gaskets and seals  • The product can be used for corrosion inhibition in many types of closed recirculation systems such as:       •    Diesel engine cooling water systems      •    Compressor cooling water systems      •    Centralised cooling systems      •    Hot water heating systems      •    Auxiliary machinery cooling systems   Benefits  • Effective against cavitation and erosion  • Compatible with glycol used for frost protection  • Simple control tests  Ordering information Product number                                        Product name 571349                                                DIESELGUARD NB 25 KG    Approvals  • Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers                  • Approved by the Norwegian National Institute of                                                                     Public Health for the use in systems where cooling                                                                     water is used for heating purpose in evaporators                                                                                                                              565 .        together with an antiscalant.        Features        • Protects all metals (including aluminium) in engine cooling systems from corrosion attack        • Does not affect gaskets or hoses        Benefits        • Keeps systems free from sludge and scale deposits        • Compatible with antifreeze solutions        Ordering information       Product number                     Product name       777704                             ENGINE WATER TREATMENT AL 9-111 25L          Approvals        • Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers               • UK Department of Trade approved     566 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                     Cooling Water Treatment           ENG        NGINE           INE W               WA                ATER T                     TRREATME                           MENT                              NT 9-                                 9-111A                                   111ALL       653 777704        Engine Water Treatment 9-111AL contains a balanced mixture of corrosion inhibitors in liquid form. EWT 9-111AL is formulated to protect systems containing aluminium       components. MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                              Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                  Cooling Water Treatment     COOLTREAT A           ALL 653 680843  Cooltreat AL is an organic liquid corrosion inhibitor with extended life for use in closed cooling water systems. low toxicity  •   Compatible with hoses. Cooltreat AL is fully organic and biodegradable. easy to use  • The product can be used for corrosion inhibition in many types of closed re-circulation system such as:        •   Diesel engine cooling water systems       •   Compressor cooling water systems       •   Centralised cooling systems       •   Hot water heating systems       •   Auxiliary machinery cooling systems   Benefits  •   Environmentally friendly. Nitrite and Silicate.e. including aluminium. gaskets and seals  •   Effective against cavitation and erosion. Unlike other coolants. Based on aliphatic acid technology Cooltreat AL is stable and hence the test frequency can be reduced. This product offers protection for all commonly used materials in engine cooling water systems. Cooltreat AL does not contain components subject to rapid depletion i. fully organic product.  Features  • Liquid product. Superior heat transfer properties  •   Compatible with glycols for frost protection  •   Stable product-non depleting  Ordering information Product number                                                      Product name 680843                                                              COOLTREAT AL    Approvals  • Approved by major diesel engine manufacturers                                                                                                                  567 .  Lower dosages of MAR-71 can also be used to prevent infection.        Features        • Kills micro-organisms in closed cooling water systems and lubrication oil systems        • HOCNF registered for use in the North Sea Offshore sector.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                          Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                    Cooling Water Treatment           MA       MARR-71       653 735977        MAR-71 is a very effective biocide. they produce a variety of acids and in some cases slimy layers on metal       surfaces which results in reduced heat transfer and corrosion in bearings. does not accumulate in the environment        Ordering information       Product number                      Product name       735977                              MAR-71 BIOCIDE 3X5L NOT IN USA&CAN     568 . Phosphates and       emulsifying oils are good nutrient media for bacteria. Nitrites. as while they grow. MAR-71 has proven to be a very effective       disinfectant. Bacteria are the cause of many corrosion       problems. yellow/gold classification        Benefits        •   One product. two different applications        •   No cases have been reported where bacteria have become immune to MAR-71        •   Prevents corrosion caused by microarganisms        •   Biodegradable. used to prevent and combat microbiological growth in closed       cooling water systems as well as in lubricating oil systems.  Because of it's filming properties.  Features  •   Liquid treatment which is easy to use  •   Extremely effective in the control of sea water fouling organisms  •   Maintains heat transfer in systems and extends the periods between cleaning  •   Biodegradable  •   Suitable for all types of systems using sea water. both static and flowing  Benefits  •   Multi-system use  •   Many applications covered by one product  •   Reduces maintenance and down time  •   Economic in use  Ordering information Product number                                                   Product name 777851                                                           Bioguard 25 ltr    Approvals  • Approved by the U. the product also acts as a corrosion inhibitor. shellfish and micro-organisms to prevent fouling of sea water (cooling) systems. amine based dispersant of marine growth such as algae.K.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                              Cooling Water Treatment     BIO  IOGGUARD  Bioguard is a very effective. Department of the Environment    as a marine antifoulant in the inlet of evaporators    producing potable water                                                                                                             569 .  It is miscible with water in all proportions. easy and economical dosing        Benefits        • Reduces downtime and maintenance        Ordering information       Product number                                                Product name       571364                                                        VAPTREAT 25LTR          MA       MAXXI-V           I-VA              AP P                 PLLUS       654 777707        Maxi-Vap Plus is a concentrated solution of an organic poly-electrolytes specifically developed for the       control of scale deposition in sea water evaporators.        Features        •   Ensures that the evaporator works at maximum efficiency by keeping heat transfer surfaces free of scale        •   The antifoaming properties ensure that distillate quality is high as carry over is eliminated        •   Will gradually remove existing scale when dosed at twice the normal rate        •   Concentrated.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                     Water Production Treatment           VAPTREAT 25 L       654 571364        A concentrated liquid blend of polymer and antifoam agents for controlling scale and foam in       evaporators.        Features        • Maintains design output and efficiency of evaporators for extended periods        • Improves distillate quality by controlling foaming and carry over        Benefits        • Reduces downtime and maintenance costs making it economical in use        Ordering information       Product number                                      Product name       777707                                              MAXI-VAP PLUS 25 LTR          Approvals        • Approved by the UK Department of Trade Marine          Safety Agency     570 . safe liquid. MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                 Water Production Treatment     MU MULLTIV      IVA        AP 654 759340  MultiVap is a concentrated liquid blend of antiscalant and antifoam agents for controlling scale and foam in seawater evaporators.  Features  • Highly concentrated. MultiVap has been formulated for optimum efficiency when used in large evaporators with high distillate production. economical and space saving for large evaporator units  • Ensures optimum efficiency by keeping heat transfer surfaces clean and free of scale  Benefits  • Reduces downtime and maintenance  • Contains antifoam to give high distillate quality and prevent carry over  Ordering information Product number                                                  Product name 759340                                                          MULTIVAP 25LTR                                                                                                            571 .  Evaporator defoamer is used in conjunction with Vaptreat       antiscalant when foaming problems occur in the evaporator.        Features        • NSF listed according to Drinking Water Standard 60        Benefits        • Compatible with all types of evaporator antiscalant        • Easy to dose        Ordering information       Product Number                                    Product name       638676                                            EVAPORATOR DEFOAMER     572 . Foaming problems can occur with certain       design of evaporators and under certain conditions like elevated sea water temperature.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                          Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                    Water Production Treatment           EVAPORATOR D                  DEEFOAME                        MERR       654 638676        Antifoam for Seawater Evaporator. Evaporator       defoamer is used to combat such problems and prevent foaming and carry-over. MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                               Water Production Treatment     POTABLE W         WA          ATER S               STTABIL                    ILIS                       ISE                         ER L                            LIQ                              IQU                                UID 659 777714  Potable Water Stabiliser Liquid is a combination of polyphosphates.  Features  • Prevents “Red Water” in the ship's potable water systems  • Controls corrosion and scaling in pipelines and other equipment handling softened or evaporated water  Benefits  • Increases system life and reduces maintenance costs  • Supplied in convenient to use liquid form  Ordering information Product number                      Product name 777714                              POTABLE WATER STABILISER LIQUID 25L                                                                                                                573 . The product effectively and economically provides scale and corrosion control in potable water and other shipboard once-through water systems. having stabilising properties.  coolers and water tanks        • Effective at temperatures up to 60°C (140°F)        Benefits        • Increases system life and reduces maintenance costs        • Controls corrosion in pipelines and other equipment handling softened or evaporated water        • No restrictions on use of the treated water as feed water to boilers or engine cooling systems        Ordering information       Product Number                                Product name       624916                                        POTABLE WATER STAB 25 KG          Approvals        • Approved by Norwegian National Institute of Public           • Approved by NSF according to Standard 60          Health as an additive to drinking water. highly soluble polyphosphate in powder form.     574 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                     Water Production Treatment           POTABLE W               WA                ATER S                     STTABIL                          ILIS                             ISE                               ER       659 624916        Potable Water Stabiliser is a concentrated.        Features        • Prevents “Red Water” in potable water systems        • Provides scale and corrosion control in hot water heaters.  increased water consumption and increased energy costs.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                              Water Production Treatment     RO S    SCCALE C           COONT              NTRROL 659 777716  RO Scale Control is a broad spectrum scale inhibitor for Reverse Osmosis systems. low permeate production.  Features  • Effective on a broad range of scale forming compounds  • Liquid formulation  Benefits  • Cost effective dose rate  • Compatible with a wide range of RO membranes  Ordering information Product number                                Product name 777716                                        RO SCALE CONTROL 25 LTR     RO B    BIS      ISU        ULPHIT           HITEE 659 777852  RO Bisulphite is a solution of sodium hydrogen sulphite used in the preservation of RO membranes and as a dechlorinating agent. Scaling and iron fouling of the RO membranes will reduce system performance and lead to premature membrane replacement. which leads to poor permeate quality. Precipitation of scale and deposits build up on the RO membrane. unscheduled downtime.  Features  • Suitable for preservation and dechlorination  Benefits  • Food grade product  Ordering information Product number                                                  Product name 777852                                                          RO Bisulphite                                                                                                            575 .  A regular maintenance and cleaning program       Cleaner is highly effective when used in combination with        can provide return on investment (ROI) results ranging from       high pH detergent cleaners such as RO Surfactant Cleaner         100 to 250% by maintaining low pump output pressures       to help remove organic substances and microbial slimes. unscheduled downtime and membrane       Mild Acid Cleaner is preferred for these foulants.                                                                        Elements should be cleaned whenever the normalized       During normal operation.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                        Water Production Treatment           RO A          ALLKALINE C                    CLLEANE                         NERR       659 777718        RO Alkaline Cleaner is a membrane cleaner developed to support the cleaning of acid in soluble       sulfates of calcium. though RO           production. RO membranes can become                                                                        permeate flow rate or salt rejection decreases by 10-15% or       fouled.          and extending the membrane's life. loss in       and hydroxides as well as calcium carbonate. barium and strontium as well as calcium fluoride. The          Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       777718                                        RO ALKALINE CLEANER 25 LTR     576 . RO Alkaline   replacement.                                                                        the differential pressure increases by 10-15% from the       Deposits build up on the membrane until they cause a                                                                        original baseline data. which greatly reduces the efficiency of the system.        Features        • Mild alkaline formulation        • Liquid formulation        Benefits        • Compatible with wide range of RO membranes          RO Alkaline Cleaner is also effective in removing iron oxides    effects of fouling can lead to poor water quality.       reduction in permeate flow and loss in salt rejection.   Features  • Mild acid formulation  • Liquid formulation  Benefits  • Compatible with wide range of RO membranes  Ordering information Product number                          Product name 777715                                  RO MILD ACID CLEANER 25 LTR     RO S    SUURFACTANT C                CLLEANE                     NERR 659 777201  RO Surfactant Cleaner has been developed for the cleaning of reverse osmosis (RO). nano-filtration (NF) and ultra-filtration (UF) membranes. The efficacy of RO Mild Acid Cleaner can be enhanced by the addition of RO Alkaline Cleaner to the cleaning solution although some minor pH correction may be necessary. It also is effective against light calcium carbonate scaling.  Features  • Effective surfactant formulation  • Liquid formulation  Benefits  • Compatible with wide range of RO membranes  Ordering information Product number                        Product name 777201                                RO SURFACTANT CLEANER 25 LTR                                                                                                           577 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                        Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                            Water Production Treatment     RO MIL    MILDDA         AC          CID C              CLLEANE                   NERR 659 777715  RO Mild Acid Cleaner is a membrane cleaner specifically designed to remove iron fouling. RO Surfactant Cleaner is a formulation based on an anionic surfactant and is highly effective in removing colloidal and other organic matter.  cofferdams. Slow dissolving and ideal       for continuous dosage programmes. barges and voids        • Forms tightly bonded protective film on all metal surfaces below water level        Benefits        • Protective film is stable over a wide pH and temperature range        • Formulated to give reduced pollution problems if accidentally discharged to sea        • Ideally suited for ballast and other tank protection during ship lay-up periods        Ordering information       Product number                        Product name       777013                                BALLAST TANK INHIBITOR 9-933 25 L           AQUABROME T                 TA                  ABLETS       657 720243        A highly compacted 20 gram bromine tablet suitable for use in a brominator.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                     Water Production Treatment           BALLAST T               TA                ANK INHIB                    INHIBIT                          ITO                            OR 9-                               9-9933       652 777013        Ballast Tank Inhibitor 9-933 is a liquid film-forming corrosion inhibitor. It is a blend of organic and       inorganic inhibitors and it contains no chromates and is completely soluble in sea water.        Features        • Effective for use in ballast tanks.        Features        • Slow dissolving tablet        • Bromine based disinfectant        Benefits        • Totally soluble        • Effective at wide range of temperatures        • Easy to apply        Ordering information       Product number                               Product name       720243                                       AQUABROME TABLETS 2X5KG     578 .   Features  •   Concentrated formula  •   Contains specially formulated polymers  •   Easy to use .no premixing  •   Does not affect pH  Benefits  • Clears cloudy water quickly  • Helps reduce chlorine usage  • Makes water sparkle    Pool Clarifier restores sparkling clear water by binding small    requires no premixing. contains no alum and does not affect particles into larger masses that can be easily removed by       the pH. the filter. This product works while the filter is in operation.    Ordering information Product number                                           Product name 766539                                                   POOL CLARIFIER 1LTR                                                                                                                                    579 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                              Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                  Water Production Treatment     POOL C      CLLARIF           IFIE              IER                R 657 766539  Highly concentrated product based on specially formulated polymers that quickly clears cloudy water.  aluminium and painted surfaces. spas and hot tubs        •   Prevents staining and controls scale build-up        •   Removes oils. light scale and       fresh stains.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                            Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                      Water Production Treatment           POOL S            SUURFACE C                     CLLEANE                          NERR       657 766436        For removal of scum (bath tub ring) along the water line. stainless   compatible with swimming pool water. Clings to vertical surfaces for easy cleaning. Pool Surface Cleaner is completely       May be used on plastic.    Unlike many cleaners. greases. vinyl. grease and           steel. grease and other deposits from pool surfaces        •   Cleans and maintains pool surfaces          This product removes most stubborn scale.        Features        •   For pools. Quickly eliminates oils. ceramic.          Ordering information       Product number                               Product name       766436                                       POOL SURFACE CLEANER 1LTR     580 .       common dirt. fibreglass.  Low calcium hardness may cause pool water to be          bathers. spas and hot tubs  •   Raises calcium hardness level  •   Helps prevent etching and staining  •   100% active  Benefits  • Multi-use product    This product is used to raise the calcium hardness in pool      hardness will become more abrasive and uncomfortable for water.  Features  •   For Pool. of all types of pool surfaces.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                 Water Production Treatment     POOL A      AND        ND S           SPPA HA                HARRDNE                     NESSS 657 766538  Raises calcium hardness of pool and spa water to assist in the prevention of corrosion. Surface etching by low calcium    Ordering information Product number                              Product name 766538                                      POOL AND SPA HARDNESS 18KG                                                                                                                                 581 . etching or distorting   and makes cleaning more difficult. etched plaster and other problems resulting from low calcium levels. Rough surfaces also increase problems with algae corrosive which may result in staining.       MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                         Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                                   Water Production Treatment           SPA D           DEEFOAME                 MERR       657 766540        Eliminates unsightly foam from spa water.        Features        • Control and prevent foaming        • Quickly eliminates foam from spas. suntan lotion       and detergents. hot tubs and other water features by soaps. hot tubs and other water features        • Easy to use        Ordering information       Product number                                                Product name       766540                                                        SPA DEFOAMER     582 .  If pH is too low then Proper pH control is essential to eliminate problems caused   corrosion and staining may occur.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                           Nalfleet Water Treatment Chemicals                                                               Water Production Treatment     PH INC    INCRREASER 657 766537  A convenient and safe granular product for raising the pH of pool water with minimal effect on overall alkalinity.    Ordering information Product number                                          Product name 766537                                                  pH INCREASER 25KG                                                                                                                            583 .                        by pH being too low or too high.  Features  •   Convenient granular product  •   100% active  •   Safe for all types of pools  •   Protects pool surfaces and equipment from corrosion due to low pH  •   Quickly and easily raises pH  •   Makes water more comfortable for bathers  Benefits  • Reduces maintenance costs    Used for raising the pH of pool water. )&.+ .-7&#/..4&.&4733'2/.)4407*.%-&%*"#". 60%'9*% .!5&.*. 93/52$&0"(& . )4407*.&4733'2/.)&..-7&#/.4&.%-&%*"#".+ . !5&.60%'9*% .*.  All WSS chemical products meet local and international regulation standards and are designed to ensure that environmental impact is minimal wherever possible.                                                                                   FUEL OIL CHEMICALS reducing build up of deposits and manage                                                                             TEST KITS AND EQUIPMENT your distillate fuel by improving lubricity and stability. .93/52$&0"(&     MARINE CHEMICALS  FUEL OIL CHEMICALS  Our fuel solutions assist in overcoming the problems caused by inconsistent fuel quality and provide solutions for reducing fuel sludge                                                                           CLEANING CHEMICALS                                                                                                                   WATER TREATMENT CHEMICALS formation. minimising carbon emissions.       MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                          Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                                    Distillate Fuel Treatment           BIO        IOCCONT             NTRROL MA                    MARR7                        711       650 571257        It's essential to have adequate storage for marine fuel. leading to clogged filters and nozzles. But microorganisms can corrode fuel storage       tanks and systems.        Features        •   Kills microorganisms in fuel oil        •   Keeps filters and nozzles free from clogging        •   Prevents corrosion in fuel systems and doesn't form any corrosive combustion products        •   Safe for use on all materials. There have been no reported cases of bacteria          becoming immune to this liquid        • With filters and nozzles clean and free from bacteria remnants. and degraded fuel. you can run a trouble free operation        Ordering information       Product number                    Product name       571257                            BIOCONTROL MAR71 25L NOT IN USA&CAN     586 . Biocontrol MAR 71 is a       specially designed liquid that protects fuel against micoorganisms. including metal and synthetic rubber        Benefits        • You can be sure that Biocontrol MAR 71 will kill all microorganisms.   • Effective at 50-150 ppm range in meeting the HFRR requirement for lubricity specifications  • Does not interact with the fuel  Benefits  • Protects your engine from wear so you can avoid unscheduled and expensive maintenance  • Quality is ensured so you can rest easy with good engine protection  • You can safely use the product in all types of fuels  Ordering information Product number                      Product name 777195                              DIESEL FUEL LUBRICITY IMPROVER 25 L                                                                                                                        587 . It has been found to be particularly effective in ultra low sulphurdiesel fuels and gas oils that are blended to meet governmental regulations on fuel sulphur content.  Features  • Improves the lubricity of low sulphur diesel fuels  • Can be used as a stand-alone product or component in diesel packages  • It provides excellent performance as a lubricity improver component in diesel detergent packages and does not    affect the water emulsification tendency of a fuel as measured by ASTMD-1094.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                           Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                               Distillate Fuel Treatment     DIE  IESSEL F         FUUEL L               LUUBRIC                    ICIT                       ITY                         Y IMP                           IMPRROVER 650 777195  Diesel Fuel Lubricity Improver is formulated to enhance the lubricity of diesel fuels.  and reduces filter clogging. It is used to improve lubricity. and corrosion of bunkers and fuel lines. injector       sticking. as well       as help maintain colour and stability to control the formation of organic sludge and to inhibit corrosion.        Features        • Improves fuel lubricity        • Reduces wear of fuel pumps and fuel injection equipment        • Proven by independent tests – HFRR and Bosch        Benefits        • Maintains long term storage and thermal stability of marine distillate fuels        • Protects against corrosion        • Protects against fuel injection fouling and fuel filter plugging        Ordering information       Product number                              Product name       777190                                      DIESEL FUEL STABILISER 25 LTR          Accessories       Product number                      Product name       571257                              BIOCONTROL MAR71 25L NOT IN USA&CAN     588 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                             Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                                       Distillate Fuel Treatment           DIE        IESSEL F               FUUEL S                     STTABIL                          ILIS                             ISE                               ER       650 777190        Diesel Fuel Stabiliser is a multifunctional distillate fuel oil additive.       Diesel Fuel Stabiliser also disperses accumulated deposits.  reduced or prevented. burner tips. etc  Benefits  •   Reduces corrosion in tanks and fuel lines  •   Prevents filter blockage and improves injector spray pattern  •   Limits sludge and tank bottom deposits. Fuelcare prevents and disperses sludge. Centrifugal water and contaminant    Ordering information Product number                                             Product name 766154                                                     FUELCARE 25 LTR 766162                                                     FUELCARE 210 LTR                                                                                                                      589 . fuel filters. breaks water-in-oil emulsions and gives a better separation of water and sediments from oil.            separation is made more efficient and all system Vessels bunker lines remain cleaner and filter blockages are    components stay cleaner.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                                Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment     FUELCARE  Fuelcare is a pre-combustion conditioning treatment for residual fuel oils. maintains a cleaner fuel system  •   Fuel system components have longer working life and less down-time    It provides a more homogeneous fuel for combustion. reducing compatibility problems  •   Fuel acids are neutralised  •   Demulsifies water from fuel and improves centrifugal separation  •   Can be used as a cleaner for pre-heaters. stops stratification of fuel in tanks. keeping fuel systems cleaner  •   Stabilises fuel blends.  Features  •   Disperses and prevents sludge formation.       MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                            Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                                      Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment           GAMA         MABBREAK       650 767113        Gamabreak rapidly breaks water-in-oil emulsions in all grades of fuel. tanks and lines remain cleaner. Powerful dispersants combat existing sludge           fuel systems maintenance is minimised.       fines is improved. therefore fuel filters block less       water and remains effective even after the water has been      frequently.       removed. Centrifugal separation of catalyst   combustion. It is insoluble in     particles in suspension. The          Ordering information       Product number                                           Product name       767113                                                   GAMABREAK 25 LTR     590 . Consequently. It assists water removal in the       settling tank and fuel centrifuges. reducing abrasion damage. a       formations while homogenising the fuel to prevent new          greater proportion of supplied fuel is available for       sludge from being formed.        Features        • Rapidly breaks water-in-oil emulsions        • Improves separator efficiency        • Prevents sludge formation in tanks and lines        Benefits        • Helps you to keep your fuel as water free as possible        • Reduction in sludge reduces your maintenance requirements          Gamabreak breaks water-in-oil emulsions by lowering the        homogenising action of Gamabreak keeps heavy fuel       surface tension between the two phases. and in general.  Engine and exhaust systems are kept              engine system. system and better fuel flow. resulting in           Sulphuric acid corrosion caused by condensing exhaust increased combustion efficiency with less carbon left to form     gases may be seen in any of the cooler parts of the boiler or smoke and soot. uptakes. valve stems. The catalysts in Dual Purpose Plus react with heavy fuel particles during combustion. etc    The fuel ignition temperature is reduced. while dispersants stabilise the fuel.    Ordering information Product number                                Product name 571166                                        DUAL PURPOSE PLUS 25 LTR 571182                                        DUAL PURPOSE PLUS 210 LTR                                                                                                                                      591 . It also has fuel conditioning properties.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                              Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                                  Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment     DUAL P      PUURPOSE P               PLLUS  Dual Purpose Plus is a concentrated combustion improver for heavy fuel oils. giving improved fuel atomisation and greater combustion efficiency. This results in a cleaner fuel                                                                  reducing acid corrosion. valve stems and funnel uptakes. Anti- polymerisation agents inhibit sludge formation. cylinder liners.  Features  • Improves combustion  • Reduces carbon/ash deposits  • Limits soot formation and smoke emissions  Benefits  • Overall improvement in fuel combustion and economy  • Minimises cold-end corrosion of exhaust trunking. This reduces the amount of acid present. while                                                                  gases. thereby dispersants stabilise the fuel.           (clover-leaf corrosion). Typical problem areas are cylinder liners cleaner with longer service life and less maintenance. Dual                                                                  Purpose Plus catalytically inhibits the formation of acid Anti-polymerisation agents inhibit sludge formation.  thus lowering ignition temperatures.   through the action of solvents and dispersants. Sludge formation is inhibited through the action       combustion by reacting with fuel particles. thus lowering    of anti-polymerization agents.        Features        •   Improves combustion        •   Reduces carbon deposits        •   Limits soot formation        •   Limits smoke emissions        Benefits        • Contains no metals        • Improves boiler efficiency          The organic compounds in Burnaid promote improved            kept cleaner. The results       soot and smoke. The result is less carbon deposits.          Ordering information       Product number                                               Product name       767566                                                       BURNAID 25 LTR     592 . Engine and boiler combustion surfaces are    are improved combustion efficiency and fuel atomization.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                          Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                                    Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment           BURNA          NAID             ID       650 767566        Burnaid is a concentrated organic combustion improver. It contains no metals and can be used in       diesel engines and boilers. The organic compounds in Burnaid promote improved combustion by       reacting with fuel particles. Fuel stability is improved       ignition temperatures.  High temperature       Dieselite is a wide spectrum additive intended for continuous corrosion is minimised. Sulphur trioxide reacts Ash modifiers combine with fuel combustion ash to raise the   with condensed steam in the exhaust trunking. funnel sinter and melting points of the ash above the engine or     uptakes and other cooler zones to form sulphuric acid. boiler normal operating temperatures. leading to a reduction of tar deposits and        The conversion of fuel sulphur to potentially corrosive carbonaceous firescale.  Features  • Reduces smoke. The majority of ash formed is ejected with the catalysts that lower the ignition temperature of heavy       exhaust gases in a fine. soot and carbon deposits  • Raises the melting point of sodium vanadium fuel ash to reduce high temperature corrosion and ash deposits  • Cold-end corrosion reduced by inhibiting acid flue gas  Benefits  • Extends service life of your engine components  • Keeps your engine in good performance by reducing soot and unburned carbon    Carbon residue formation during combustion is inhibited by   service life.    Ordering information Product number                                               Product name 767112                                                       DIESELITE 25 LTR                                                                                                                                    593 . and any ash remaining in asphaltenic particles. increased.                                       sulphur trioxide gas is also inhibited. reducing maintenance and extending   use. It is intended for use in diesel engines and boilers burning residual fuels. solid state. The combustion time is consequently   the exhaust system is easily removed by light brushing.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                              Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment     DIE  IESSELIT        ITEE 650 767112  Dieselite is a multi-functional fuel treatment containing combustion catalysts and ash modifiers.        adhesive. Valvecare keeps the complex vanadium and       controlled as the ash particles in the gas stream are less      sodium ash compounds in a solid.       non-adhesive and are ejected with the exhaust gas stream. The sulphur trioxide then reacts with steam in       lives are extended. increasing the       Valve seatings remain intact as ash deposits on valve seats     conversion from sulphur dioxide to sulphur trioxide during       are reduced. small and        Another advantage found with Valvecare is acid reduction. allowing for greater time between           the exhaust system.       Vanadium in the fuel has a catalytic action.       temperatures.        Features        • Raises the melting point of sodium vanadium ash and reduces high temperature corrosion and guttering        • Keeps exhaust valves and turbochargers clean        • Reduces the amount of ash deposits throughout the exhaust system        Benefits        • Extends service life of exhaust valves and extends the service interval for water or granulate washing of turbocharger          blades        • Valvecare has been specially formulated to combat exhaust valve burning and erosion problems associated with          sodium and vanadium contamination of poor quality heavy residual fuels          Valvecare physically modifies fuel ash.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                             Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                                       Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment           VALVECARE       650 769091        Valvecare is specifically intended for treatment and reduction of corrosive deposits formed on exhaust       valve seats and turbocharger components. non-molten state. raising the sinter and   is formed is friable and easily removed by conventional       melting points of the ash above the normal engine operating     methods such as brushing.          Ordering information       Product number                                              Product name       769091                                                      VALVECARE 25 LTR     594 . Exhaust systems remain cleaner and any ash that       inhibiting fused salt corrosion. Guttering is minimised and valve cone and seat     combustion. Modified ash particles are solid. Turbocharger and exhaust system fouling is           sulphuric acid. increasing the dew point to form       overhauls.  heat hottest parts of the boiler or diesel exhaust systems. superheaters. the loss      temperature of the soot/deposit is reduced to less than of efficiency can be directly related to extra fuel                280°C. exhaust paths/ the catalytic action of Soot Remover.  Features  • Reduces soot and slag deposits  • Reduces cold-end corrosion  • Assists soot blowing  Benefits  • Saves you money by improving heat transfer  • Saves you money by increasing boiler efficiency    If deposits are allowed to form on heat exchangers. A 1 mm deposit is approximately equivalent to        easily removed ash.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                               Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                                   Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment     SOOT R      REEMO         MOV           VER 650 571240  Soot Remover is a dry powder compound formulated for safe removal of soot and deposits from boilers and diesel engine exhaust systems. i. This means that it is burned only in the            severe corrosion could result in expensive damage. Due to     exchangers. The carbon deposits are thus ignited. the ignition                stacks. The normal ignition temperature of soot is          efficiency.    Ordering information Product number                                        Product name 571240                                                SOOT REMOVER 25 KG    Accessories Product number                                   Product name 572073                                           FIXED INJECTOR 572065                                           PORTABLE SOOT INJECTOR                                                                                                                                      595 . a 10% efficiency loss. leaving an consumption. economisers.e. but also prevents acid formation in areas where around 600°C. a 3 mm deposit can reduce efficiency         The use of Soot Remover not only provides greater fuel by up to 50%.  but also prevents acid formation in areas       The normal ignition temperature of soot is around 600°C. economisers. a 3 mm deposit can reduce efficiency by up        The use of Soot Remover Liquid not only provides greater       to 50%.e.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Unitor Fuel Oil Chemicals                                                                        Heavy Fuel Oil Treatment           SOOT R            REEMO               MOV                 VER L                     LIQ                       IQU                         UID       650 624627        Soot Remover Liquid is formulated for effective prevention of soot and firescale deposits from boilers       and diesel engine exhaust systems.       This means that it is burned only in the hottest parts of the    i. the ignition temperature of the soot/       efficiency can be directly related to extra fuel consumption.         where severe corrosion could result in expensive damage. Due to the catalytic action    paths/stacks.          Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       624627                                        SOOT REMOVER LIQUID 25 LTR          Accessories       Product number                       Product name       767926                               AUT . The carbon deposits       1 mm deposit is approximately equivalent to a 10%                are thus ignited.DOSING UNIT FOR SOOT REMOVER L       625194                               MANUAL DOSING UNIT F/SRL     596 .        Features        • For the prevention of soot and firescale deposits in diesel engine and boiler exhaust systems        • For reduction of cold-end corrosion where surface temperatures are lower than the dew point of the exhaust gases        • Aids soot blowing        Benefits        • Saves you cleaning time by reducing soot and slag deposit        • Reduced cold-end corrosion reduces your meed for maintenance        • Saves you money by improving heat transfer and boiler efficiency          If firescale is allowed to form on heat exchangers.       efficiency loss. exhaust       boiler or diesel exhaust systems. the loss of   of Soot Remover Liquid. heat exchangers. A   firescale is reduced to less than 250°C.                                                          fuel efficiency. superheaters. leaving an easily removable ash. 4&.+ !&34*4315*060%'9*% 93/52$&0"(& .%-&%*"#".)&.-7&#/..)4407*.&4733'2/. -7&#/.&4733'2/.)&.%-&%*"#"..)4407*.4&.+ !&34*4315*060%'9*% 93/52$&0"(& .  WSS offers a full range of dosing equipment as well as personnel protection equipment for the safe handling of marine chemicals. The Nalfleet test kits for water analysis makes sure you have your boiler and               Cleaning Chemicals                                                     Water Treatment Chemicals cooling systems in good shape and that your                 Fuel Oil Chemicals valuable assets are protected. high pressure cleaners and ultra sonic baths to more basic spray applicators – the Unitor cleaning equipment will speed up your cleaning operations. From cargo hold cleaning. WSS offers a large range of cleaning equipment. In addition. To ensure efficient onboard cleaning operations.                         Test kits and equipment With the Unitor fuel oil test kits you can easily identify problems with the fuel (water contamination or fuel incompatibility) and easily measure density and viscosity to protect your investment in the best possible way. .marine chemicals  Test Kits & Equipment  WSS offers a full range of kits for water and fuel testing.        The unit will continuously monitor the       conductivity of the engine cooling water.       Automatic application of the corrosion inhibitor product is initiated to maintain the correct control level       within the system.        Features        •   Continuous monitoring with automatic activation of chemical feed for assured system protection        •   Onboard alarm feature to indicate potential contamination with sea water        •   Low level alarm to indicate when chemical drum requires replacement        •   Minimises the requirement for routine wet testing by ships staff        •   Rugged. In       normal operation the conductivity of the cooling       water is directly proportional to the content of       nitrite based corrosion inhibitor.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Test kits and equipment                                                                     Nalfleet Water Dosing Equipment           NA       NALLTRAK 1000 C                     CWWT D                          DOOSING S                                  SY                                   YSTEM       664 777735        The Nalrak 1000 system is a packaged unit       specifically designed for the application and       control of nitrite based engine cooling water       treatment programmes. stainless steel construction for reliable operation in ship board environment        Benefits        • "Closed" dosing system improves health and safety by eliminating manual handling of chemicals        Ordering information       Product number                         Product name       777735                                 NALTRAK 1000 CWT DOSING SYSTEM     600 .  Automatic application of the chemical treatment programme is initiated by a series of control timers. 2 dosing pumps 777737                                       Naltrak 1750.  Features  • Timer controlled dosing  • Low level alarm to indicate when chemical drum    requires replacement  • Rugged. stainless steel construction for reliable    operation in shipboard environment     Ordering information Product number                               Product name 777736                                       Naltrak 1750. 3 dosing pumps                                                                                                      601 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Test kits and equipment                                                                 Nalfleet Water Dosing Equipment     NA NALLTRAK 17          1750            50 B               BWWT D                    DOOSING S                            SY                             YSTEM 664 777736  The Naltrak 1750 chemical dosing system is a packaged unit specifically designed for the application and control boiler water treatment programmes.  The unit measures feed       water flow and temperature and delivers the       required amount of treatment chemicals       proportionally.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Test kits and equipment                                                                        Nalfleet Water Dosing Equipment           NA       NALLTRAK 2000 B                     BWWT D                          DOOSING S                                  SY                                   YSTEM       664 777741        Naltrak 2000 is a packaged dosing unit       designed for the automatic application of boiler       treatment programmes.        Features        • Continuous monitoring of boiler feed water flow and          temperature        • Chemical dosing in proportion to feed water flow and          temperature        • Robust construction        Benefits        • Improved healh and safety by eliminating chemical handling        Ordering information       Product number              Description       777738                      2 dosing pumps. flow signal and temp control     602 . flow signal and temp control       777741                      3 dosing pumps. Magphant flow meter and temp control       777740                      2 dosing pumps.       Naltrak 2000 can be configured to suit the       number of chemicals in use and flow signal       required. Magphant flow meter and temp control       777739                      3 dosing pumps.  fittings and valves                                                                                                   603 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Test kits and equipment                                                              Nalfleet Water Dosing Equipment     DOSING U        UNIT          NIT F              FOOR E                   EVVAPORATOR T                               TRREATME                                     MENT                                        NT 664 656207  Easily installed dosing equipment for evaporator treatment.  Features  • Compact unit with 60 litre storage tank  • Adjustable flow meter for dosage control  Benefits  • Improves dosing control through continuous dosing  • Reduced requirement for crew handling of the    products   Ordering information Product number                                Product name 656207                                        EVAPORATOR DOSING UNIT   • Pipeworks includes 5m PVC coil.         Features        • Compact unit with 60 litre storage tank        • Electrical Metering Pump with available voltage 100 -          240 V        Benefits        • Improves dosing control through continuous dosing        • Reduced requirement for crew handling of the products          The standard dosing unit consists of:                               Spare parts included:         •   Electronic metering pump                                        •   Diaphragm        •   Dosing container                                                •   Complete O-ring set        •   Adjustable suction assembly. with float switch                   •   Pump inlet and outlet valves        •   Dosing tube                                                     •   Pieces for tube connections        •   Injection valve assembly for hot systems.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                                 Test kits and equipment                                                                           Nalfleet Water Dosing Equipment           DOSING U              UNIT                NIT F                    FOOR B                         BWWT        Dosing unit for boiler water treatment 16 and 25       bar. complete            with 1 m stainless steel pipe           Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       767922                                        DOSING UNIT FOR BWT 16 BAR       767923                                        DOSING UNIT FOR BWT 25 BAR          Accessories       Product number                          Product name       683771                                  ALARM KIT FOR BETA PUMP       773184                                  SPARE DOSING PUMP FOR BWD 16 BAR       773192                                  SPARE DOSING PUMP FOR BWD 25 BAR       683706                                  SPARE KIT BETABOILER PUMP     604 .  complete  • Electronic metering pump                                     with 1 metre stainless steel pipe  • Dosing container  • Adjustable suction assembly.  Features  • Compact unit with 60 litre storage tank  • Electrical metering pump with available voltage 100 -    240 V  Benefits  • Improves dosing control through continuous dosing  • Reduced requirement for crew handling of the products    The standard dosing unit consists of:                         • Dosing tube                                                               • Injection valve assembly for hot systems. with float switch     Ordering information Product number                               Product name 767925                                       SEA WATER DOSING STATION    Accessories Product number                             Product name 773226                                     SPARE DOSING PUMP FOR SWD 683714                                     SPARES KIT BETA SEAW.PUMP                                                                                                                          605 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Test kits and equipment                                                              Nalfleet Water Dosing Equipment     SEA W     WA      ATER D           DOOSING U                   UNIT                     NIT 664 767925  Dosing unit for sea water systems.  Insufficient dosage can set up a               exceeds 50 ppm. The effectiveness of a                                                                          down below 50 ppm. until corrective                                                                          action has succeeded in bringing the chloride level back       pH .       Nitrite .Recommended Limits 700-2400 ppm as NO2. Parameters: nitrite. If the chloride level       maintain the system. 50 ppm.3-10.          Ordering information       Product number                                                    Product name       739466                                                            SPECTRAPAK 309          Accessories       Product number                                     Product name       Consumables:       739458                                             CHLORIDE TEST TABLETS       555623                                             NITRITE NO.                                                 nitrite level is sufficiently maintained to prevent corrosion.                                          passivation film created by nitrites.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                                Test kits and equipment                                                                          Nalfleet Water Test KIts           SPECTRAPAK 309       661 739466        Cooling water test kit. the possibility of corrosion in the system       condition where accelerated corrosion can occur in areas           increases because chlorides have a negative effect on the       which become unprotected.       chloride & pH           Test recommended to maintain cooling water within the              Treatment ensures that this pH range is observed when the       prescribed limits.2 TABLETS       555698                                             PH PAPER F/ 309 TEST KIT       Spares       555714                                             SHAKER TUBE 309 TEST KIT     606 . the nitrite level should be kept close to       corrosion inhibitor is restricted to within a certain pH range.Recommended Limits 8.                                                                          the upper limit (2400 ppm). The              Chlorides . will be an       scaling action within a closed cooling system. Too high a          indication of sea water contamination.Recommended limit max.1 TABLETS       555631                                             NITRITE NO. Therefore.       recommended limits to effectively inhibit any corrosive or         any increase in value whether sudden or gradual. The chloride       nitrite concentration should be maintained within the above        value of the cooling water should be kept as low as possible. Check with engine       concentration should be avoided to minimize the cost to            manufacturer for other specified limits.  Hotwell temperature > 80°C A. desired level of quality when treating with Liquitreat/         C. p-Alkalinity .0 Combitreat are as follows:                                      D.200 ppm maximum as Cl-.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Test kits and equipment                                                                 Nalfleet Water Test KIts     SPECTRAPAK 310 661 739474  Low pressure boiler water test kit.     Test recommended to maintain boiler water within the            B. Condensate pH 8. Parameters: P-alkalinity.3-9.Recommended Limits: 100-300 ppm as CaCO3    Ordering information Product number                                                 Product name 739474                                                         SPECTRAPAK 310    Accessories Product Number                                      Product name Consumables: 739458                                              CHLORIDE TEST TABLETS 555664                                              P-ALKALINITY TABLETS 555706                                              PH PAPER + PH REAGENT Spare parts available for purchase: 555557                                              SAMPLE BOTTLES 250ML                                                                                                              607 . chloride & pH. Chlorides .  chloride and pH.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                            Test kits and equipment                                                                      Nalfleet Water Test KIts           SPECTRAPAK 311       661 739482        Boiler Water Test Kit.       Spectrapak 313 for DEHA and sulphite test kit       for sulphite). Please       note that oxygen scavenger testing is provided       separately (Spectrapak 312 for Hydrazine. Tests included are:       phosphate. P.alkalinity.           Accessories       Product number                        Product name       Consumables:       739458                                CHLORIDE TEST TABLETS       555730                                FILTER PAPER       555680                                HYDRAZINE TEST POWDER       555599                                MOULDED CELLS 10ML + CAPS (5 PACK)       555664                                P-ALKALINITY TABLETS       555706                                PH PAPER + PH REAGENT       555649                                PHOSPHATE TABLETS       Spare parts available for purchase:       555581                                HYDRAZINE DISC 3/126       555565                                LOVIBOND 2000 COMPARATOR       555573                                PHOSPHATE DISC 3/70       555557                                SAMPLE BOTTLES 250ML       Accessories:       555490                                SPECTRAPAK 312       698746                                SPECTRAPAK 313       574913                                SULPHITE TEST KIT     608 .  Some of the hydrazine will carry    the sampling point or the sample should be cooled over with the steam. This test must reaction results in nitrogen and water with no solids being     be performed below 21°C.  Features  • Compact. aiding in maintaining the condensate       immediately under cold running water. Cloudy samples pH in an alkaline range. The        as a protective layer against further corrosion. portable test kit  • Test method included in the kit     Hydrazine reacts with oxygen. Hydrazine will also form magnetite which will act    Ordering information Product number                                                 Product name 555490                                                         SPECTRAPAK 312    Accessories Product number                                          Product name 555680                                                  Hydrazine Reagent 555581                                                  Hydrazine Disc 3/126                                                                                                                                       609 . acting as a scavenger. A cooling coil should be fitted at added to the boiler system. which thereby helps combat acid        should be filtered before testing. Recommended to ensure boiler water is free from dissolved oxygen. formation.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                             Test kits and equipment                                                                 Nalfleet Water Test KIts     SPECTRAPAK 312 661 555490  Test reagent and comparator disc to test for hydrazine based oxygen scavengers.           Ordering information       Product number                                                 Product name       698746                                                         SPECTRAPAK 313          Accessories       Product number                                          Product name       Consumables:       698761                                                  DEHA TEST SOLUTION       698753                                                  DEHA TEST TABLETS       Spare parts available for purchase:       698928                                                  DEHA DISC 3/170     610 . portable test kit        • Test method included in the kit.           Controlling dissolved oxygen in boiler feed water and boiler    toxicity oxygen scavenger that is distributed throughout the       water is important to avoid pitting corrosion in boiler         boiler system. a low             based on the DEHA value of the condensate water. Dosage level of Oxygen Scavenger Plus is       systems.        Features        • Compact.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                             Test kits and equipment                                                                       Nalfleet Water Test KIts           SPECTRAPAK 313       661 698746        Reagents and comparator disc for testing for       DEHA based oxygen scavengers. Oxygen Scavenger Plus contains DEHA.      Compact portable boiler water test kit.    Ordering information Product number                                                Product name 739490                                                        SPECTRAPAK 315    Accessories Product number                        Product name Consumables 739458                                CHLORIDE TEST TABLETS 555730                                FILTER PAPER 555664                                P-ALKALINITY TABLETS 555706                                PH PAPER + PH REAGENT Spare parts available for purchase: 568717                                BEAKER 100ML AZLON 573048                                FUNNEL 555565                                LOVIBOND 2000 COMPARATOR 555599                                MOULDED CELLS 10ML + CAPS (5 PACK) 555557                                SAMPLE BOTTLES 250ML 573055                                STIRRING RODS PLASTIC Accessories: 555490                                SPECTRAPAK 312 698746                                SPECTRAPAK 313 574913                                SULPHITE TEST KIT                                                                                                                              611 . Please note that       312 for Hydrazine.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Test kits and equipment                                                                Nalfleet Water Test KIts     SPECTRAPAK 315 661 739490  Low pressure boiler water test kit. Spectrapak 313 for DEHA and Sulphite oxygen scavenger testing is provided separately (Spectrapak    test kit for Sulphite). chloride and pH. Parameters: P-alkalinity.  Test       parameters are P Alkalinity.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                                 Test kits and equipment                                                                           Nalfleet Water Test KIts           MO       MOT         TOR S             SHIP               HIP T                   TEEST K                         KIT                           IT       661 777066        Combined drop test kit for engine cooling       waters and low pressure boilers. Chloride and Nitrite.        Benefits        • Compact and portable        • Suitable for LP boilers and engine cooling waters           Ordering information       Product number                                                 Product name       777066                                                         Motor Ship Test Kit          Accessories       Product number                         Product description       777124                                 P Alkalinity Indicator MPA1 (2x65ML)       777125                                 P Alkalinity Titrant MPA3 (2x65ml)       777050                                 Chloride Indicator MBC (2x65ml)       777051                                 Chloride Titrant MBC2 (2x65ml)       777121                                 Nitrite Indicator MN1 (2x65ml)       777122                                 Nitrite Titrant MN2 (2x65ml)       777049                                 Plastic syringe 2ml       777093                                 Plastic filter syringe 20ml       777094                                 Filter paper holder       777095                                 GFC Filter papers       778113                                 Titration Jar 40ml     612 .  Chloride and Nitrite. Test parameters are P Alkalinity.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                                    Test kits and equipment                                                                        Nalfleet Water Test KIts     BOIL   ILEER P         PLLUS T               TEEST K                     KIT                       IT MO                          MO380                             380 661 777100  Combined drop test kit for engine cooling waters and low pressure boilers.  Features  • Compact and portable  • Suitable for LP boilers using tannin for corrosion    protection and engine cooling waters utilising a nitrite    based corrosion inhibitor     Accessories Product number                          Product Description 777124                                  P Alkalinity Indicator MPA1 (2x65ML) 777125                                  P Alkalinity Titrant MPA3 (2x65ml) 777050                                  Chloride Indicator MBC (2x65ml) 777051                                  Chloride Titrant MBC2 (2x65ml) 777121                                  Nitrite Indicator MN1 (2x65ml) 777122                                  Nitrite Titrant MN2 (2x65ml) 777049                                  Plastic syringe 2ml 777093                                  Plastic filter syringe 20ml 777094                                  Filter paper holder 777095                                  GFC Filter papers 778113                                  Titration Jar 40ml 777987                                  Universal pH Indicator Solution 777988                                  Universal pH Chart 777101                                  Tannin Indicator Powder MTN1 2x50g 777102                                  Tannin Titrant MTN2 2x 56ml                                                                                                      613 . Tannin and pH.            Accessories       Product number                       Product name       777126                               Sulphite Indicator Tablets 2 packs       777127                               Sulphite Titrant 2x65ml       778113                               Titration jar 40ml     614 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                            Test kits and equipment                                                                      Nalfleet Water Test KIts           SULPHIT           HITEED                DRROP T                      TEEST       661 777126        Drop test kit for the control of sulphite based       oxygen scavengers in boiler water treatment.      Ordering information Product number                              Product name 777067                                      NITRITE FULL KIT MO248A.    Accessories Product number                          Product name 777121                                  Nitrite Indicator (MN1 x 2 65ml) 777122                                  Nitrite Titrant (MN2 x 2 65ml) 778113                                  Graduated Titrator Jar (40ml) 777093                                  Plastic syringe (20ml)                                                                                                615 . Suitable for testing nitrite levels in engine cooling water systems.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                              Test kits and equipment                                                                  Nalfleet Water Test KIts     NIT NITRRIT      ITEEF          FUULL K                KIT                  IT MO                     MO2248A 661 777067  Packaged drop test kit for nitrite.          Ordering information       Product number                                  Product name       777068                                          PH TEST STRIPS 2 PACK MO319.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                                    Test kits and equipment                                                                              Nalfleet Water Test KIts           PH T          TEEST S                STTRIP                    IPSS2P                         PA                          ACK MO                              MO319                                 319       661 777068        pH test strips .range 0 to 14.        Features        • Rapid dip and compare method        • Popular choice for applications where speed and          simplicity are important.           TOTAL HA             HARRDNE                  NESSS T                        TIT                          ITR                            RATIO                               IONNP                                   PA                                    ACK M204       661 777052         Ordering information       Product number                                 Product name       777052                                         Total Hardness Titration Pack M204          Accessories       Supplied with:       N/50 EDTA Solution 2x250mls       Ammonia Buffer Solution 1x250mls       Total Hardness Indicator Tablets 2x200       Dropper bottle for Ammonia Bubber Solution 1x65ml     616 . MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                         Test kits and equipment                                                             Nalfleet Water Test KIts     ALKALINIT      INITYYT            TIT              ITR                RATIO                   IONNP                       PA                        ACK M250 661 777055   Ordering information Product number                          Product name 77705                                   Alkalinity Titration Pack M250    Accessories Supplied with: N/50 Sulphuric Acid Solution 4x250mls Phelolphthalein Indicator 2x65ml     CHL  HLO    ORID      IDEET          TIT            ITR              RATIO                 IONNP                     PA                      ACK M251 661 777056   Ordering information Product number                          Product name 777056                                  Chloride Titration Pack M251    Accessories Supplied with: Silver Nitrate Chempac 4x250mls Potasium Chromate Indcator 2x65ml                                                                                           617 .  2 MO218          Accessories       Supplied with:       Plastic Measuring Cylinders 2x25ml       Plastic Measuring Cylinders 1x50ml       Plastic Measuring Cylinder 1x100ml       Graduated Pipette 1x10ml       Stirring Rods 2x150mm       Porcelain Casserole 2x175ml       Filter Funnel 1x90ml     618 .APPARATUS PACK NO 1 MO217          Accessories       Supplied with:       Automatic Burettes 3x10ml       Amber Galll Auto Burette 1x10ml       Burette Valves 1 pack       Stirring Rods 2x150mm       Polythene resevoir 1x250ml           TIT        ITRRATIO              IONNA                  APPPARATUS P                             PA                              ACK NO 2 MO                                       MO218                                          218       661 777064         Ordering information       Product number                       Product name       777064                               TITRATION APARATUS PACK No.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                            Test kits and equipment                                                                      Nalfleet Water Test KIts           TIT        ITRRATIO              IONNA                  APPPARATUS P                             PA                              ACK NO 1 MO                                       MO217                                          217       661 777063         Ordering information       Product number                       Product name       777063                               TITRATION.  1 15cm diam.  ECOSCAN P         PH6           H6 ME              METTER & E                       ELLECTRODE MO                                  MO348                                     348 661 777080  Multi-Point Calibration (up to 3 points) with Auto-Buffer Recognition and pure water buffer standards with ±0. 1 Box Whatman Filter Papers No.01 pH accuracy  Features  • Automatic Temperature Compensation (ATC) for the    highest accuracy under fluctuating temperatures  • Hold Function momentarily freezes reading for easy    viewing and recording  • Auto-Power Off saves battery power after non-use  • Large Custom LCD provides optimum viewing even at a distance  • Protective rubber boot shields from accidental knocks has a sturdy built-in stand for easy bench-top operation  Ordering information Product number                                                         Product name 777080                                                                 Ecoscan pH Meter    Accessories Product number                                   Product name 777098                                           Spare pH eletrode and lead 777152                                           Spare Temperature probe and lead 777087                                           pH7 Buffer Solution 125ml 777088                                           pH10 Buffer Solution 125ml                                                                                                                         619 . 6 15cm diam.FIL  ILT    TER P        PA         ACK. 1 C                CAARDBOARD B                           BOOX MO                                MO213                                   213 661 777062   Ordering information Product number                                                    Product name 777062                                                            Filter Pack 1 MO213    Accessories Supplied with: 5 Boxes Whatman Filter Papers No.         Features        • Multi-point push-button calibration (up to 5 points)          with ±1% full scale accuracy        • Automatic or manual calibration . Conductivity Solution     620 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                             Test kits and equipment                                                                       Nalfleet Water Test KIts           ECOSCAN C               CO                OND                  NDU                    UCTIV                       IVIT                          ITY                            Y ME                              METTER MO                                     MO34                                        347                                          7       661 777079        Ecoscan conductivity 6 TDS meter and probe. easy          calibration. use automatic mode with preset          calibration points at most popular values or manually          set values in the manual mode for more flexibility        • Automatic temperature compensation (ATC) for the optimum accuracy under fluctuating temperatures        • Hold function momentarily freezes reading for easy viewing        • Auto-power off saves battery power after non-use        • Protective rubber boot shields meter from drops and features a sturdy built-in stand for easy bench-top operation        Ordering information       Product number                                  Product name       777079                                          Ecoscan Conductivity Meter          Accessories       Product number                                   Product name       777091                                          Spare Conductivity probe       777089                                          Acetic Acid Solution 65ml       777124                                          P Alkalinity Indicator MPA1       777090                                          Std.       Compact. condensate water and engine cooling       water.for quick. portable meter for testing boiler       water.  with liquids. powders. or powder sachets.  Features  •   Uses tablets.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                                   Test kits and equipment                                                                       Nalfleet Water Test KIts     MA MAXXID     IDIR        IRE          ECT P              PHO                HOT                  TOME                    METTER 661 777180  A hand held spectrophotometer that can be used to produce a wide range of accurate water tests.6ppm (50 tests) 777182                              Iron test pack 0 to 2ppm(100 tests) 777183                              Copper test pack 0 to 1ppm (100 tests) 777184                              Silica test pack 0 to 1. This instrument offers a unique ability in that it can be used. liquids or vials  •   Wide range of test parameters  •   Reproducible results  •   Results displayed as ppm (mg/l)  Ordering information Product number                                               Product name 777180                                                       MaxiDirect Photometer    Accessories Product number                      Product name 777179                              Chloride test pack 0 to 32ppm (100 tests) 777181                              Phosphate test pack 0 to 80 ppm (100 tests) 6006393                             Hydrazine test pack 0 to 0. dependent upon parameter.6ppm (50 tests) 777185                              Ammonia test pack 0 to 1ppm (50 tests) 729541                              Hardness test pack 698753                              DEHA tablets 698761                              DEHA test solution 729574                              Dissolved oxygen vials                                                                                                     621 . powder packs. keeping power consumption low. It operates a six filter system for greater accuracy and uses a LED light source. tablets. 2-                                   2-88P                                       PPPM       661 777073        Simple comparator type test kit for testing for       free chlorine..         Accessories       Product name                                                                   Product number       Free chlorine DPD No. 1 Tablets                                                630293           OXYGEN F              FUULL K                    KIT                      IT 0-                         0-40                            40 P                               PPPM O                                    O22 M34                                        M3411       661 777060        The ampoule to be placed into the sample. Suitable for testing potable water.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                            Test kits and equipment                                                                      Nalfleet Water Test KIts           CHL        HLO          ORINE C                CHE                  HEC                    CKIT B                         BLLOCK 0                                0.       waste water and pool and spa water on the       ship. The       correct amount of sample goes into the       ampoule and this ensures the test to be       performed quickly and accurately.        Features        • Premade reagent vials        • Vacuum sealed ampoules        Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       777060                                        OXYGEN FULL KIT 0 to 40ppb          Accessories       Product number                    Product name       777059                            Replacement Oxygen Ampoules (0 to 40ppb)     622 . Kit comes in       a cardboard box and contains everything       needed to perform 30 tests.  The Nalfleet Industrial Legionella Test Kit uses an immunochromatographic assay to detect the presence of cell surface antigens from Legionella bacteria in a sample.    Accessories Product name                                                      Product number Legionella Test Kit                                               777722                                                                                                  623 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                                Test kits and equipment                                                                    Nalfleet Water Test KIts     LEGIO    IONE       NEL         LLA T             TEEST K                   KIT                     IT 661 777722  The Nalfleet Industrial Legionella Test Kit is a quick and effective kit to deliver microbiological results in minutes instead of days. recovery buffer. The test kit is a compact kit delivered in a case with easy and clear instructions.     The kit contains all the items required to performe 5 tests – including filters. collection vessel and sample point. The presence of antigen causes the “Test Line” to turn red.  Responsibilities are to monitor the          Ordering information       Product number                           Product name       777720                                   POTABLE WATER TEST KIT FULL VERS.     624 .. ILO178 defines international                                                                            standards for working and living conditions on board ship. Water on board                                                                            WHO Guide to Ship Sanitation.Z(FREE)(250 TESTS. for potable water testing       should be kept clean and free from pathogenic organisms                                                                            requirements and frequencies. no training required        •   Test for E coli. particularly for microbial and chemical                                                                            indicators.                                    Nation’s body responsible for drawing up and overseeing       WHO “Guide to Ship Sanitation” (Third Edition)                       international labour standards.       Improperly managed water is an established route for                                                                            where required.       777935                                  CHLORINE DPD NO..COLI/COLIFORM TEST SET(100 TEST).      POTABLE W               WA                ATER T                     TEEST K                           KIT                             IT       661 777720        The Nalfleet Potable Water Test Kit is designed       to enable routine testing of potable water stored       and used on board the ship. and to take corrective action”.       infectious disease transmission on ships. This was illustrated       in a review of more than 100 outbreaks associated with               ILO178       ships undertaken by Rooney et al. to report adverse results under the IHR 2005.. free chlorine and pH        •   ILO178/WHO/IMO/HPA/APHA compliant        •   Simple to operate        •   Compact & portable          Diseases on board ships                                              water system. One fifth was               The International Labour Organization (ILO) is the United       attributed to a waterborne route.          Accessories       Product number                          Product name       777932                                  E. coliforms.       777933                                  HPC TEST SET (40 TESTS)       777934                                  CHLORINE DPD NO.        Features        •   Self contained testing kit. fit for all intended purposes. (2004). including the       and crew.       “A ship operator’s role is to provide safe water to passengers                                                                            ILO178 references a number of guidelines.3(TOTAL)(250 TESTS)       777936                                  PHENOL RED(PH) (250 TESTS)       777937                                  ACIDIFYING GP TABLETS(CHLORINE)       777938                                  POTASSIUM IODIDE TABLETS (CHLORINE.       and harmful chemicals. The crew can       effectively monitor and control the quality of the       potable water network and reduce the risk of       possible contamination by bacteria proliferation. total bacteria. MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Test kits and equipment                                                                Nalfleet Water Test KIts     LOVIB    IBOOND 2000 C                CO                 OMP                   MPA                     ARATOR 661 555565  A compact.     Spare part for water test kits. Suitable for a wide range of chemical tests.5ppm 777069                            Comparator light source and spare cells 777093                            20 ml Filter syringe 777094                            GFC Filter paper holder 777095                            GFC Filter papers 777085                            Combined phosphate reagent 777086                            Ascorbic acid tablets                                                                                              625 .    Ordering information Product number                                 Product name 5555565                                        Lovibond 2000 Comparator    Accessories Product number                    Product name 777096                            Lovibond Comparator 777090                            Lovibond Glass Cell 2x10ml 777177                            Lovibond Light Source 777084                            Phosphate Disc 0 to 20ppm 777071                            Phosphate Disc 0 to 100ppm 777082                            Hydrazine Disc 0 to 0. versatile colorimiter.  In each case of       auxiliary engines. should       systems for each diesel engine. Parameters: Cooltreat AL       concentration.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                               Test kits and equipment                                                                         Nalfleet Water Test KIts           TEST K            KIT              IT C                 COOOLTREAT A                            ALLW                               WIT                                 ITH                                   HCCL                                      LTTE                                         EST       661 758904        Cooling water test kit. the container should be filled with the       representative sample must be taken from each cooling             water to be tested. although this time limit can be extended when       to draw a sample/having access to draw the sample quickly         the sample container is completely filled and sealed. It is advisable to       water system to be tested. etc. a sample cock located in a position        the sample..          Accessories       Product number                         Product name       735738                                 COOLTREAT SHAKER TUBE 50ML       735761                                 COOLTREAT CONSUMABLES REP PACK       555698                                 PH PAPER F/ 309 TEST KIT       735746                                 COOLTREAT REAGENT REP PACK     626 . fuel oil valve. but not           be thoroughly flushed with cooling water to ensure a       limited to. low temperature systems. will make the task of drawing samples simple. A                drawing a sample. main jacket water. chloride & pH           Accessible sampling cocks should exist on all cooling             Before taking the sample the sampling line if present. To minimize the effort in obtaining    conduct the appropriate tests within 30 minutes of drawing       cooling water samples. This including.          Ordering information       Product number                               Product name       758904                                       TEST KIT FOR COOLTREAT AL..       and easily. sealed and labelled.    representative sample is used for testing. piston cooling.  with float switch     Ordering information Product number                                      Product name 767924                                              FUEL DOSING STATION    Accessories Product number                             Product name 683722                                     SPARES KIT BETA FUEL PUMP 670133                                     SPAREKIT GAMMA FUEL PUMP 683771                                     ALARM KIT FOR BETA PUMP                                                                                                                          627 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                         Test kits and equipment                                                             Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment     FUEL O      OIL        IL T           TRREATME                 MENT                    NT D                       DOOSING U                               UNIT                                 NIT 664 767924  Fuel Oil Treatment Dosing Unit     The standard dosing unit consists of:                         • Dosing tube                                                               • Injection valve assembly for hot systems. complete  • Electronic metering pump                                     with 1 metre stainless steel pipe  • Dosing Container  • Adjustable suction assembly.  Effective control of those deposits will       ensure reliable boiler operation.       the unburned hydrocarbon which is burned into a dry ash. The unit injects Soot Remover   Soot Remover Liquid is quickly evaporated and reacts with       Liquid as a fine mist into the exhaust through a nozzle.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Test kits and equipment                                                                     Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment           AUTOMA           MAT             TIC D                 DOOSING F                         FOOR S                              SOOOT R                                    REEMO                                       MOV                                         VER L                                             LIQ                                               IQU                                                 UID       664 767926        Soot and exhaust deposits greatly reduce       efficiency and can ultimately lead to boiler       failure. no need for you to worry if the dosage is being done        • No risk that the product will be dosed when the engine is not in operation or at optimum temperature        • Compact unit that doesn't waste valuable space for you          The automatic soot remover unit can be programmed to          Atomisation of the chemical is air assisted. The atomised       meet all dosing requirements.DOSING UNIT FOR SOOT REMOVER L          Accessories       Product number                              Product name       624627                                      SOOT REMOVER LIQUID 25 LTR     628 .          Ordering information       Product number                      Product name       767926                              AUT . The Automatic       Dosing Unit gives you full control at the touch of       a button.        Features        • Provides automatic dosage of soot remover          treatment        • Automatic shut-off when temperature becomes low        • All in one unit with programmable pump        Benefits        • Trouble free operation.  For dosages of Soot Remover Liquid soot and fire scale in the exhaust system and exhaust boiler.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Test kits and equipment                                                                Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment     MA MANU    NUAAL D          DOOSING U                  UNIT                    NIT F                        FOOR S                             SOOOT R                                   REEMO                                      MOV                                        VER LIQ  IQUUID 664 625194  Equipment for the injection of Soot Remover Liquid into the exhaust ducting. 815838 The installation and operation is fully described in the    Ordering information Product number                                Product name 625194                                        MANUAL DOSING UNIT F/SRL    Accessories Product number                              Product name 624627                                      SOOT REMOVER LIQUID 25 LTR                                                                                                                                    629 .     The product is finely dispersed and prevents the build-up of    installation instructions.   please refer to the Product Data Sheet no.  low cost       injector ensures rapid and effective dosing of       powder so that soot and firescale may be       removed most efficiently. This simple.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                      Test kits and equipment                                                                Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment           PORTABLE S                SOOOT R                      REEMO                         MOV                           VER INJ                               INJEECTOR       664 572065        Equipment for blowing soot remover powder       into boiler fire-side or into the gas side of       exhaust gas boilers.           Ordering information       Product number                           Product name       572065                                   PORTABLE SOOT INJECTOR          Accessories       Product number                                   Product name       571240                                           SOOT REMOVER 25 KG     630 .      Ordering information Product number                                            Product name 572073                                                    FIXED INJECTOR    Accessories Product number                                   Product name 571240                                           SOOT REMOVER 25 KG                                                                                                     631 . This simple.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                      Test kits and equipment                                                          Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment     FIX  IXEED S        SOOOT R              REEMO                 MOV                   VER INJ                       INJEECTOR 664 572073  Equipment for blowing soot remover powder into boiler fire-side or into the gas side of exhaust gas boilers. low cost injector ensures rapid and effective dosing of powder so that soot and firescale may be removed most efficiently. D.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                           Test kits and equipment                                                                     Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment           CHE        HEMIC           MICA              AL C                 CLLEANING U                           UNIT                             NIT       664 737189        The Chemical Cleaning Unit is a portable       integral unit comprising mixing tank with lid. It is also       •   Alkleen Liquid       ideally suited for degreasing or decarbonising contaminated    •   Aquabreak PX       systems. calorifiers. CLEAN.       airdriven double diaphragm 1050 pump. hoses.           Designed for use with acid and caustic based products for      •   Coldwash       descaling boilers. heat exchangers and other       •   Enviroclean       types of equipment where rust and scale form.                                                       •   Carbonclean                                                                      •   ACC Plus       The Chemical Cleaning Unit can be used in conjunction with                                                                      •   Air Cooler Cleaner       the following Unitor chemicals:                                                                      •   Carbon Remover        •   Descalex                                                  •   Electrosolv-E        •   Descaling Liquid                                          •   Aquatuff        •   Disclean                                                  •   Seaclean Plus        •   Metal Brite H. UNIT W/HEATING.                                          •   Commissioning Cleaner        •   Seaclean                                                  •   Ultra CIP           Ordering information       Product number                      Product name       737189                              CHEM. COATED     632 .       heating element and connections.  Pressure Gauge and Relief Valve (set to operate at 6 bar). Degreasers.                                                                                                         633 . Cone Spray Nozzle.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Test kits and equipment                                                              Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment     JET S     SPPRAY U            UNIT              NIT 10 L S                       STTE 664 572099  The Jet Spray Unit is ideal for applying Unitor electrosolvents. and cleaning chemicals. Charge Pump.  Features  • 10 L tank with carrying strap  • Spray gun and flexible hose  Benefits  •   Ergonomic application of chemicals  •   Safe to operate  •   Fast to pressurize  •   Easy to apply pre-mixed dilution  Ordering information Product number                            Product name 572099                                    JET SPRAY UNIT 10 LTR STEEL    JET S     SPPRAY U            UNIT              NIT 10 L S                       STTAINL                           INLEESS S                                   STTEEL 664 572123  The Jet Spray Unit is ideal for applying Unitor Electrosolvents. Charge Pump. Supplied complete with Instantaneous Control Lance. Cone Spray Nozzle.    Ordering information Product number                            Product name 572123                                    JET SPRAY UNIT 10 LTR ST. and cleaning chemicals.ST. degreasers. Pressure Gauge and Relief Valve (set to operate at 6 bar). The Jet Spray Unit is supplied complete with Instantaneous Control Lance.         •   Fore and Aft                                                Product no. Product no. lubricating oil. extension piece       Pin stream                                                       Product no. fine density. using       compressed air instead of CFC propellants. For use with lighter liquids        •   Aquabreak PX                                                and applications that require extra uniformity such as mold                                                                        release agents and dry cleaning fluids. 664                                                                        572214       Extension piece and different nozzles available:                                                                        Rigid 6-inch. For applications where ”splash”          Ordering information       Product number                                    Product name       572172                                            RECHARGEABLE SPRAYER       572156                                            RECHARGEABLE SPRAYER     634 . etc. 664 572230       Solid pin stream pattern. Effective range up to 20 feet.        Features        •   Environmentally safe        •   Rechargeable        •   Easy to maintain        •   Versatile        •   Economical           Suitable for Unitor products such as                             coverage is preferred or deeper penetration is required (such                                                                        as penetrating oil.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Test kits and equipment                                                                        Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment           RECHA          HARRGEABLE S                     SPPRAYER        The sensible alternative to aerosols. Ideal for        •   Enviroclean                                                 distant or inaccessible areas. insecticide.664 572206        •   Coldwash HD        •   Uniwash                                                     Fine mist        •   Electrosolv-E                                               Solid cone pattern.  An easy way to transfer products from a container to another. The adjustable nozzle allows for easy adjustment of the fluid discharge from a fine spray to a solid jet.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                   Test kits and equipment                                                       Unitor Cleaning and Dosing Equipment     SPRAY G       GUUN 1 L 664 592568  The Unitor Spray Gun has been designed for efficient spraying of Unitor's range of electrosolvents and solvents degreasers.  Features  • Easy to use  • Practical when transfering products     Ordering information Product Number                                     Product name 572024                                             SYPHON SQUEEZER                                                                                                  635 .     Ordering information Product Number                                       Product name 592568                                               SPRAY GUN 1 LTR     SYPHO    HONNS        SQQUEEZER 664 572024  The Syphon Squeezer has been developed to avoid cleaner spillages.  portable oil analysis kit        •   Make informed on-site maintenance decisions        •   Act before the onset of critical failure        •   Robust and reliable for use in harsh or remote environments        Ordering information       Product number                           Product name       773154                                   UNITOR EASYSHIP COMBINED TEST KIT          Accessories       Product number                         Product name       Consumables:       773156                                 UNITOR EASYSHIP REAGENT PACK WATER       602805                                 WATER IN OIL REAGENT       632406                                 TBN REAGENT PACK       Spare parts available for purchase:       773158                                 UNITOR EASYSHIP UPGRADE PACK COMB     636 . Salt. accurate and reliable oil test results        •   Multiple oil parameters in an easy to use. Total       Base Number (TBN).       The DIGI Combined Oil Test Kit from Unitor       comes complete with tests for Water in Oil.in durable ABS cases -       Unitors multi-parameter DIGI Combined Oil Test       Kit contains all of the necessary equipment and       consumables for oil condition monitoring needs.        Features        •   Water in oil test        •   TBN test        •   Insolubles test        •   Salt water determination test        •   Viscosity comparison test        •   All necessary reagents and consumables        •   Practical and clear instructions provide guidance and            interpretations of test results for the complete range            of tests        Benefits        •   Fast.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                                Test kits and equipment                                                                          Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits           EASY S            SHIP              HIP C                  COOMB                     MBINE                        INED                           DOOIL                              IL T                                 TEEST K                                       KIT                                         IT       663 773154        Supplied ready for use . Insolubles and a       Viscosity comparison test.  Unitor DIGI Water in Oil Test / Analysis Kits have become a favoured test method worldwide for onsite and onboard testing. cavitation or failure of machinery by detecting water in oil. a five year (10. digital analysis and gives fast. before any damage occurs  • Minimises instability of additive packages and damaging microbe growth by monitoring oil  • Fully portable for use onboard or in the field.000 tests) battery life and built in memory for recording previous test results. With an easy to read digital display providing instructions and water in oil test / analysis results. whilst eliminating damage caused by water in oil. accurate results for easy monitoring of trends. durable and easy to use  Ordering information Product number                            Product name 773155                                    UNITOR EASYSHIP WATER TEST KIT    Accessories Product number                        Product name Consumables: 773156                                UNITOR EASYSHIP REAGENT PACK WATER 602805                                WATER IN OIL REAGENT Spare parts available for purchase: 773157                                UNITOR EASYSHIP UPGRADE PACK WATER                                                                                                                        637 . test cells are extremely robust.  Features  • Reliable test for water content: 0-1%. Using this cell the DIGI Water in Oil Test Kit provides state of the art.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Test kits and equipment                                                                Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits     EASY S      SHIP        HIP W            WA             ATER IN O                     OIL                       IL T                          TEEST K                                KIT                                  IT 663 773155  Maintain and protect equipment. 0-10% or    0-10000ppm  • Short testing time: 3 min  • Good accuracy  • Reagent packs available worldwide  Benefits  • Eliminates damage caused by water in lube oil which will rapidly cause severe damage to an engine. bearing or    hydraulic system  • Prevents corrosion.  The results may be          Ordering information       Product number                                           Product name       773150                                                   UNITOR TBN TEST KIT          Accessories       Product number                                  Product name       Consumables:       632406                                          TBN REAGENT PACK       Spares parts available for purchase:       632430                                          ELECTRONIC REACTION CELL     638 .        Features        •   TBN digital cell        •   100 mL plastic beaker        •   10 mL disposable syringe        •   Disposable plastic gloves        •   TBN reagent pack        •   Manual TBN test kit        Benefits        •   Easy to use        •   Reliable result in a few minutes        •   One reagent only (patented by Unitor)        •   Non-toxic and non-flammable        •   Simple cleaning with water after use           The kit gives results for crankcase and other lubricants in a   used as an in-service check of depleting TBN to the       very short time.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                             Test kits and equipment                                                                       Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits           TBN T           TEEST K                 KIT                   IT       663 773150        The Unitor TBN (Total Base Number) Test Kit is       a major advance in portable tests for oil       alkalinity.       testing lubricants with TBN up to 60. normally about 5 minutes. Designed for         equilibrium value.  disposable sample    containers and no cleaning  • Confirm that the fuel delivery will remain stable in the    bunker tanks  • Identify possible stability problems before mixing two    fuels  • Help prevent sludge deposits.  Features  •   Small and compact  •   Completely portable  •   Specifically designed for onboard use  •   Complete with guide on methods to prevent sludging  Benefits  • Completely portable  • Results can be used to determine if pre-combustion    additives are required and to assess dose rate  • Easy to use  • Fast . no glassware. This kit provides a quick and extremely useful tool for engineers faced with the necessity to mix or blend residual fuel oil.less than five minutes operator time  • No reagents. failure of fuel handling systems and costly combustion related engine damage  Ordering information Product number                           Product name 773153                                   UNITOR COMPATIBILITY TEST KIT    Accessories Product number                              Product name Consumables: 555771                                      COMPATIBILITY SAMPLE TUBE 555789                                      COMPATIBILITY TEST PAPER                                                                                                                     639 .MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Test kits and equipment                                                              Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits     COMP   MPA     ATIB       IBIL          ILIT            ITYYT                TEEST K                      KIT                        IT 663 773153  The Unitor Oil Compatibility Tester is possibly the most useful and underrated tool available for testing fuel oils.  to kg/m3 @ 15°C in          vacuo        Benefits        • Monitors changes in lubricating oil viscosity.      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                                 Test kits and equipment                                                                           Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits           HE       HEAATED V               VIS                 ISC                   COSIT                      ITYY ME                           METTER       663 773151        Small.          preventing costly engine and machinery failures        • Verifies correct fuel grade or blend has been          delivered        • Checks that fuel viscosity is acceptable for storage. hydraulics and fuel oils. Viscosity of lube oil is the most important property       applications including diesel engines.          pumping and purifiers        • Estimates the combustion performance (CCAI) of fuel          oil          The Heated Oil Viscometer is suitable for measuring both            performance. Measurements without       heating (but corrected to 40°C) or heated to       40°C for lube oil viscosity and to 50°C for fuel       oil viscosity. gas and aviation             with the correct viscosity providing optimum film strength in       turbines.       Testing fuel oil viscosity is important for verifying the correct       grade of fuel is delivered. fast and reliable. gear boxes. plus adjusting of fuel handling and injection       fuel oil viscosity & lube oil viscosity from a wide variety of      systems.                     system clearances. with minimum friction losses and                                                                           leakage.        Features        • 110-240 V AC        • Reports directly in cSt. repeat reading in one minute        • Calculation of Calculated Carbon Aromaticity Index          (CCAI)        • Clear and comprehensive user instructions        • Correct density from 50°C. for calculating combustion          Ordering information       Product number                                Product name       773151                                        UNITOR HEATED VISCOSITY METER     640 .  Most oils can be measured at 50 ºC        at 15 °C.                                                             CCAI. If the diesel and fuel viscosity is known in combustion performance (CCAI).MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                              Test kits and equipment                                                                  Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits     DENS   NSIT      ITY        Y ME          METTER 663 773152  A fast and reliable device to accurately determine the density of fuels from 800-1010 kg/m3 @ 15 °C (ISO Fuel Grades DMA to RML 55). which allows and confirms the quantity of fuel delivered. verifies that the     the reading to be adjusted to show density at 15 °C in a correct grade of fuel has been delivered and estimates the       vacuum.010 632521                                          HYDROMETER HYD900-1.010 632513                                          HYD 850-950                                                                                                                                    641 . The Density Meter uses Hydrometers to measure the The Density Meter measures fuel density using a hydrometer       fuel density and marine diesel's density corrected to kg/m3 dropped in warmed oil. There is a calculator feature. Allows rapid determination of exact bunker delivery quantities. correct viscosity in cP to        centiStokes or centiPoise the calculator will display the cSt. the Density Meter can determine:  •   Mass of fuel delivered  •   Calorific value  •   Calculation of density at 15 °C in vacuo  •   centiPoise to centiStoke  •   CCAI (Calculated Carbon Aromaticity Index)  •   Clear instructions  •   110-240 V AC  •   Easy to use with quick results  •   Easy to clean    The Density Meter measures diesel and residual fuel density      warm to 70 ºC.  Features With information and the viscosity of the fuel. but for very viscous fuels and diesels the units can be set to    Ordering information Product number                                        Product name 773152                                                UNITOR DENSITY METER    Accessories Product number                                  Product name Spare parts available for purchase: 632554                                          HYD 800-1.         Benefits        • All equipment is contained in a robust. Calculated Carbon       Aromaticity Index (CCAI). fast and accurate electronic instrument       to determine the viscosity of lube oil at ambient       temperature but corrected to 40°C. microprocessor controlled. easy       to use. repeat reading in one minute. Also       performs viscosity measurement of Intermediate       Fuels heated to 50°C. or heated to       the standard temperature of 40°C.        Ordering information       Product number                                  Product name       607820                                          THE FUEL OIL TEST CABINET          Accessories       Product number                        Product name       Consumables:       773156                                UNITOR EASYSHIP REAGENT PACK WATER       632406                                TBN REAGENT PACK       602805                                WATER IN OIL REAGENT       Spare parts available for purchase:       773158                                UNITOR EASYSHIP UPGRADE PACK COMB       632414                                ELECTRONIC REACTION CELL       632521                                HYDROMETER HYD900-1.010       625756                                SALT WATER DETERM.        • Certified by Germanischer Lloyd.010       632513                                HYD 850-950       632554                                HYD 800-1. metal case that is fully lockable for safe and secure sample storage.       Reports directly in cSt. Estimation of the       combustion performance.        • Replacement consumables and a full range of bunker samples are easily available through our network. providing everything you need to ensure that your fuel samples are compliant with          IMO MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI regulations. TEST       625749                                INSOLUBLES TEST KIT     642 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                              Test kits and equipment                                                                        Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits           FUEL O            OIL              IL T                 TEEST C                       CAABINE                           INETT       663 607820        A new design.  TEST                                                                                                643 .  Features  •   1 pc salt test pads  •   4 pcs pipette disposable 1 mL  •   1 pc test tube  •   1 pc disposable syringe 5 mL  •   1 pc white closure  •   1 pc reagent  •   1 pc large module box  •   1 pc test kit manual  Ordering information Product Number                               Product name 625756                                       SALT WATER DETERM.  Features  •   1 pc bottle 100 mL  •   1 pc bottle cap  •   1 pc plastic stirring rod  •   1 pc drop bottle label  •   100 pcs chromatography papers  •   1 pc large module box  •   1 pc test kit manual  Ordering information Product number                                         Product name 625749                                                 INSOLUBLES TEST KIT     SALT W      WA       ATER D            DEETERMINA                  MINAT                      TIO                        ION                          NTTE                             EST 663 625756  A simple qualitative test to verify if there is salt water contamination.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                            Test kits and equipment                                                                Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits     INS INSOOLUBLES T             TEEST 663 625749  Insolubles contamination usually comes from combustion and mainly in the form of unburned hydrocarbon. High insolubles loading will cause laquering and other undesirable effects like stiction and increased wear.        samples obtained by drip samplers were       identical to those from more expensive       automatic fuel samplers.obtaining a representative sample is quick and easy        Benefits        • Complies with current regulation        Ordering information       Product number                               Product name       606252                                       BUNKER SAMPLER 3 INCH       606253                                       BUNKER SAMPLER 4 INCH       606254                                       BUNKER SAMPLER 5 INCH       606255                                       BUNKER SAMPLER 6 INCH       606256                                       BUNKER SAMPLER 7 INCH       606257                                       BUNKER SAMPLER 8 INCH       606259                                       BUNKER SAMPLER 10 INCH       606260                                       BUNKER SAMPLER 11 INCH       606261                                       BUNKER SAMPLER 12 INCH          Accessories       Product number                            Product name       606265                                    5 LITRE CUBITAINER. In back to back tests       performed by a major fuel testing laboratory.helps you stay within the legal requirements for bunker sampling        • Lightweight and very easy to install .        Features        • Lloyds Register approved and manufactured under          strict ISO 9001:2000 quality assurance standards        • IMO MARPOL 73/78 Annex VI compliant . 24 PACK       757252                                    CASE OF 70 SAMPLE BOTTLES       757245                                    SAMPLE BOTTLE MAILER KIT       606262                                    SAMPLER VALVE COVER PSA     644 .      MA       MARRINE C               CHE                 HEMIC                   MICAALS                                          Test kits and equipment                                                                    Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits           BUNK         NKEER S               SAAMP                  MPLLER        The most common and economic means of       obtaining a representative sample is by using a       drip type Bunker Sampler.  A padlock can be added and used to lock the       cabinet.MA MARRINE C         CHE           HEMIC             MICAALS                                          Test kits and equipment                                                              Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits     PLASTIC S         STTORAGE C                  CAABINE                      INETT 663 773159  An affordable and versitile storage cabinet.     The cabinet comes empty with a middle shelf but there are    cabinet is used for storing Unitor Fuel Oil Test Kits and extra accessories that can be added to make the cabinet more       tray pack can be added for storing loose items easier in the practical. If the    Ordering information Product number                                Product name 773159                                        TEST KIT STORAGE CABINET                                                                                                                                    645 . cabinet when samples are stored in the cabinet. The cabinet has reinforced doors and back plate and can easily be mounted on the wall via the four mounting holes on the back plate. -7&#/.4&.)&.)4407*..&4733'2/.+.%-&%*"#". 42/6	0%'9*%.!"'&48*. 93/52$&0"(& . +.&4733'2/.4&..)&.%-&%*"#".)4407*.-7&#/. !"'&48*.42/6	0%'9*%.  reporting. Our highly                                                                           LIFE SAVING experienced. All WSS Service Stations are approved to ISO9001: 2008 and operate in accordance with IACS UR Z17 approvals. Lloyds. Our skilled technicians are trained to ISO and approved international standards to carry out servicing on a complete range of multi-brand fixed firefighting systems and firefighting and safety equipment. we have global approvals from six major Classification Societies. fully trained service personnel                                                                                 MEDICAL work from Class-Approved WSS Service                                                                                 ENVIRONMENTAL Stations situated in 47 countries and are on hand 24/7.93/52$&0"(&     SAFETY  SAFETY SERVICES  WSS has over 40 years’ experience in the provision of inspection. DNV. Korean Register of Shipping. 365 days a year to manage your onboard fire and safety service requirements. RINA and GL as well as a number of local class approvals. . In addition. maintenance & repair for fire and safety systems and                                                                             FIRE PROTECTION                                                                                                                    PERSONAL SAFETY equipment for the maritime industry. RMRS. %-&%*"#"..4&.)4407*.)&.-7&#/.&4733'2/.+. 42/6	0%'9*%.!"'&48*.  WSS’s global governance standards and local port coverage enable us to provide flexible solutions tailored to suit a range of requirements – from single vessel services to full fleet management. all of whom have been trained through                                                         portal which allows direct access to upcoming due dates.000 services                                                                                                                    annually on all makes and models of fire and safety systems Our Offer                                                                                                                    and equipment. This ensures that a consistent service standard                                                        pricing schedule and a dedicated technical service is achieved during a variety of services. . Our Service Tools Whilst it is imperative to have the best tools for the job onboard. SOLAS and the FSS Code. UR.                                                                                                            exchanged at any agreed port in any one of our Liferaft                                                                                                                    Exchange centres around the world. the Our Commitment                                                                                                                    LRE concept has proved to be a market shaper.                                                         minimising vessels’ time during port stay and ensure that brand safety systems and equipment. saving our customers’ time and money. Z17 approvals and                                                           Management Contract. and maintenance of marine firefighting systems and the requirements of IMO. We work across ports internationally. our customers have enjoyed the benefits ISO9001: 2008 approved global service stations. we understand the importance of the best IT tools onshore too.                                                                                                         on a new task and we complete more than 21. regulations and certificates.                                                                                                         Programme (LRE) exchanges out of date liferafts for                                                                                                                    re-serviced operational ones. technical standards of safety service and expertise to our global customer base and we work to ensure that our                                                                Our Service Capabilities customers’ vessels and crew remain compliant and safe at                                                           Every 20 minutes. and allowing them peace of mind. Every service that we complete is recorded in our unique safety management system which is used for safety service planning and the recording of a vessel’s technical details. This                                                                  Liferaft Raft Exchange Programme (LRE) unrivalled training programme ensures the highest global                                                           WSS’s market-leading global Liferaft Exchange standards. Customers are informed four decades as a market leader in the fire and safety service                                                      when liferafts are due for annual service and they are then sector. allowing customers to take Our History                                                                                                        better control of costs. Our People Vessels are serviced by experienced WSS multi-brand                                                                Customers are also given access to Navigate. service intervals. built up over almost                                                           their vessels remain fully compliant. a WSS service technician begins work all times. service history.93/52$&0"(&     SAFETY                                                                                                             SAFETY SERVICES     SAFETY SERVICES Our Stations                                                                                                       Our Service Agreements Our customers have access to almost one hundred                                                                    For over a decade. and is fast We are committed to providing the highest ethical and                                                              replacing traditional liferaft ownership. equipped with state of the art test equipment and                                                                  Whether a Fixed Price Agreement or full Safety operating in accordance with IACS. real- the Wilhelmsen Service Academy and various OEM                                                                     time service information and technical equipment details as centres. the benefits include a predictable governance. where focus is concentrated on the servicing                                                              well as the ability to print past and present service certificates. each                                                               and flexibility of WSS’s unique Safety Service Agreements.                                                                          coordinator who monitors vessel due dates and schedules                                                                                                                    servicing to take place in the most convenient ports. due dates. Since its launch. a unique online service technicians. increasing operational efficiency by WSS has experience of working with a vast range of multi. .+.-7&#/.)&.4&.%-&%*"#".)4407*.&4733'2/. 42/6	0%'9*%.!"'&48*. 93/52$&0"(&     SAFETY                                                                                                             SAFETY SERVICES . 4&.&4733'2/.-7&#/.+ .%-&%*"#".)&.)4407*.. . !*2&2/4&$4*/.60%'9*% . . 93/52$&0"(& . 4&..)4407*.-7&#/.%-&%*"#".&4733'2/.+ .)&. . !*2&2/4&$4*/.60%'9*% . .  they are supported by WSS’s global service network.                                                                                      MEDICAL smoke detectors and appropriate storage. WSS offers a wide range of fire protection equipment.93/52$&0"(&     SAFETY  FIRE PROTECTION  Keeping crew and passengers safe is the number one priority whilst at sea. fire system products. ease of use and above all. . including fire                                                                                        LIFE SAVING extinguishers.                                                                                ENVIRONMENTAL  All of our safety products are compliant with varying local regulations and international standards and offer cost-efficiency. peace of mind. Furthermore.                                                                              FIRE PROTECTION                                                                                                                       PERSONAL SAFETY accessories and spares. hoses.        They are manufactured from PE.      SAFETY                                                        Fire Extinguishers                                                                     Cabinets for Extinguishers and Fire Blankets           CABINE          INETTF               FOOR F                    FIR                      IRE                        EEEX                           XTING                             INGUUIS                                  ISHE                                     HER                                       R6T                                         TO                                          O9K                                            KG                                             G       295 766827        This top of the range cabinet allows you to store       any type of fire extinguishers ranging from 6 to 9       kg. and you can       fully recyclable them.        Features        •   Polycarbonate windows        •   Can be wall of floor mounted        •   Plastic hinges and door catch        •   Rubber door seal for additional protection        Benefits        •   Windows allow equipment to be checked quickly without removing it        •   You can wall or floor mount these cabinets to suit your storage availability        •   The plastic hinges and door catch give a longer life than traditional steel        •   The rubber door seal gives you additional protection against moisture and dusts          Technical data        Length                     700 mm       Width                      300 mm       Height                     255 mm     652 . an       environmentally friendly product. SAFETY                                                          Fire Extinguishers                                                                 Cabinets for Extinguishers and Fire Blankets     CABINE    INETTF         FOOR F              FIR                IRE                  EEEX                     XTING                       INGUUIS                            ISHE                               HER                                 R5T                                   TO                                    O9K                                      KG                                       G 294 723064  This fire extinguisher cabinet gives you storage for a wide range of extinguisher sizes in a tough red polystyrene box with quick and easy opening.    and 5 kg CO2 extinguishers  • Simple push button opening  • 316L marine grade hinges and rivets  • Impact resistant and anti UV treated  Benefits  • You can standardise your storage for most extinguishers on board your vessels  • It is impact resistant. It is impact resistant making it ideal for external storage in busy places. has anti uv protection and is impervious to rain and spray cleaning so you can store externally in    busy places  • Hinges and locks are 316L standard for effective resistance to saline and chemical corrosion giving you long product    life  • It is protected by dated.  Features  • For all 6 to 9 kg powder and water extinguishers. identified lead seal which you can quickly and easily break in an emergency    Technical data  Length                     700 mm Width                      300 mm Height                     255 mm                                                                                                                                     653 .  the Unitor       fire blanket offers high versatility of use.        Features        • Highly visible        • Tough outer cover        • Easy to deploy        Benefits        • Multiple use applications from smothering flames to offering you protection        • Wall hanging cover makes it available when you need it        • Other sizes available on request     654 .      SAFETY                                                       Fire Extinguishers                                                                    Cabinets for Extinguishers and Fire Blankets           FIR        IREEB            BLLANK                NKEET 120 X 180 C                                CMMW                                   WA                                    ALL-MO                                       -MOUUNT                                            NTEED       394 756130        Our new fire blanket is specifically designed and       manufactured to new European standards for       fire blankets.       Whether wrapping around a burinng person to       smother flames or moving a hot item.       When you remove it from the container you can       either use as a shield for protection or for       placing over the flames to smother them.                                                                                                                                     655 .SAFETY                                                             Fire Extinguishers                                                                    Portable Extinguishers Cartridge Operated     POWDER E        EXXTING              INGU                 UIS                   ISHE                     HERR 12 K                             KG                              GAAB                                 BC W                                    WIT                                      ITHO                                        HOUUT BRACKET . and polyester coated with a non- Fire Rating                         55A-233B-C                         rusting safety pin Operating temp range                -30 C to +60 C    Ordering information Product number                     Description 766993                             Extinguisher powder 12Kg with marine bracket 711416                             Marine bracket 668251                             CO2 cartridge 668319                             ABC powder 12Kg    Approvals This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98 EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.8 Kg                             pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Weight Full                         19.P           P12P             12P M18 291 766994  Unitor’s range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings. higher fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety.2 Bar                         • Our higher than normal industry standard burst Weight Empty                        7.8 Kg                            when fire fighting                                                                      • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as Height                              730 mm                                                                        our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Diameter                            180 mm                             steel. shot blasted.  Features  • Higher fire ratings  • High levels of monoammonium phosphate for fire    fighting even on electrical fires up to 35 kV  • High quality material and finish     Technical data                                                     Benefits  Capacity                            12 Kg                            • Higher fire fighting capabilities meaning quicker and Min discharge range                 4 Mtr                              safer fire fighting Test Pressure                       26 Bar                           • Integrated flow control valve at the hose end equips                                                                        you with a direct and better control to fight fire Working Pressure                    14.      656 .P                 P9P                   9P M18       291 766990        Unitor’s range of fire extinguishers offers you       higher fire ratings.        Features        • Higher fire ratings        • High levels of monoammonium phosphate for fire          fighting even on electrical fires up to 35 kV        • High quality material and finish           Technical data                                                      Benefits        Fire rating                        43A/233B/C                        • Improved fire fighting capability meaning quicker and       Capacity                           9 Kg                                safer fire fighting       Min discharge Range                4 Mtr                             • Integrated flow control valve at the hose end equips                                                                              you with a direct and better control to fight fire       Burst disc pressure                26 Bar                            • Our higher than normal industry standard burst       Working Pressure                   15 Bar                              pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you       Weight Empty                       6 Kg                                when fire fighting                                                                            • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as       Weight Full                        15 Kg                                                                              our extinguishers are manufactured from 2mm thick       Height                             640 mm                              steel. shot blasted. improved fire fighting       capability and increased levels of user safety. and polyester coated with a non-       Diameter                           180 mm                              rusting safety pin       Operating temp range               -30 C to + 60 C          Ordering information       Product number                      Description       766989                              Extinguisher powder 9Kg with marine bracket       711416                              Marine bracket       669655                              Strap for marine bracket       668244                              CO2 cartridge       668293                              ABC powder 9Kg          Approvals       This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98       EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime       Register of Shipping and China Classification society.      SAFETY                                                              Fire Extinguishers                                                                           Portable Extinguishers Cartridge Operated           POWDER E              EXXTING                    INGU                       UIS                         ISHE                           HERR9K                                KG                                 GAAB                                    BC W                                       WIT                                         ITHO                                           HOUUT       BRACKET .  and polyester coated with a non- Diameter                           180 mm                              rusting safety pin Operating temp range               -30 C to + 60 C    Ordering information Product number                      Description 766987                              Powder extinguisher 6Kg with marine bracket 668236                              Spare 120g CO2 cartridge 711416                              Marine bracket 669655                              Strap for marine bracket 668972                              6Kg ABC powder pack    Approvals This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98 EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.P                                    P6P                                      6P M18 291 766988  Unitor’s range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings. improved fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety. shot blasted.  Features  • Higher fire ratings  • High levels of monoammonium phosphate for fire    fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV  • High quality material and finish     Technical data                                                      Benefits  Fire rating                        34A/233B/C                        • Improved fire fighting capability meaning quicker and Capacity                           6 Kg                                safer fire fighting Discharge Range                    4 Mtr                             • Integrated flow control valve at the hose end equips                                                                        you with a direct and better control to fight fire Burst disc pressure                26 Bar                            • Our higher than normal industry standard burst Working Pressure                   13 Bar                              pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Weight Empty                       5 Kg                                when fire fighting                                                                      • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as Weight Full                        11 Kg                                                                        our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Height                             500 mm                              steel.                                                                                                                                    657 . 6 K                KG                 GAAB                    BC W                       W//O B                            BRRKT .SAFETY                                                              Fire Extinguishers                                                                     Portable Extinguishers Cartridge Operated     POWDER E        EXXT.  shot blasted.2 Bar                          • Our higher than normal industry standard burst       Weight Empty                        6Kg                                 pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you       Weight Full                         15Kg                                when fire fighting                                                                             • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as       Height                              500 mm                                                                               our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick       Diameter                            180 mm                              steel.      SAFETY                                                              Fire Extinguishers                                                                           Portable Extinguishers Cartridge Operated           WATER EEX               XTING                  INGU                     UIS                       ISHE                         HERR9LW                               WIT                                 ITHO                                   HOUUT B                                         BRRACKET E                                                  E99       MO       MODDEL E              E99       290 766982        Our 9 L cartridge operated water extinguisher       gets to the heart of fires with the specially       designed lance giving you quicker fire fighting       capabilities.     658 .        Features        • Higher fire ratings giving you quicker fire fighting          capability even on electrical fires up to 1000 V        • High quality material and finish           Technical data                                                      Benefits        Capacity                            9 Ltr                             • Improved fire fighting capability meaning quicker and       Min discharge Range                 4 Mtr                               safer fire fighting       Test Pressure                       26 Bar                            • Integrated flow control valve at the hose end equips                                                                               you with a direct and better control to fight fire       Working Pressure                    11. and polyester coated with a non-       Fire Rating                         21 A                                rusting safety pin       Operating temp range                +5 C to + 60 C          Ordering information       Product number                        Description       766981                                Water extinguisher 9L with marine bracket       711416                                Marine bracket       669655                                Strap for marine bracket       668178                                CO2 cartridge          Approvals       This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98       EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime       Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.  shot blasted. PED and NF EN 3 -7 approvals. easier fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety. CCS. and polyester coated with a non- Fire Rating                            27A-233B                           rusting safety pin Operating temp range                   +5 C to +60 C    Ordering information Product number                           Description 766983                                   Extinguisher foam 9L with marine bracket 711416                                   Marine bracket 736579                                   AFFF foam charge 668178                                   CO2 cartridge    Approvals The extinguisher holds MED.                                                                                                                                       659 . RMRS. Unitor’s range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings.  Features  •   Higher fire ratings  •   Easier fire fighting capability  •   Safer fire fighting  •   High quality material and finish     Technical data                                                        Benefits  Capacity                               9 Ltr                            • Specially blended high performance AFFF additive Min discharge range                    4 Mtr                              enables you to fight fires quickly and efficiently Test Pressure                          26 Bar                           • Integrated flow control valve at the hose end equips                                                                           you with a direct and better control to fight fire Working Pressure                       11.SAFETY                                                                Fire Extinguishers                                                                       Portable Extinguishers Cartridge Operated     FOAM E      EXXTING          INGUUIS               ISHE                  HER                    R9LW                       WIT                         ITHO                           HOUUT B                                 BRRACKET 290 766984  Our 9 L foam extinguisher gives you a specially blended high performance AFFF additive enabling you to fight fires quicker and efficiently.2 Bar                         • Our higher than normal industry standard burst Weight Empty                           6 Kg                               pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Weight Full                            15 Kg                              when fire fighting                                                                         • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as Height                                 640 mm                                                                           our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Diameter                               180 mm                             steel. The extinguishers are completely compliant with the MED and SOLAS standards.       SAFETY                                                        Fire Extinguishers                                                                     Portable Extinguishers Cartridge Operated           ME       METTAL F              FIR                IRE                  EEEX                     XTING                        INGU                           UIS                             ISHE                               HERR9K                                    KG                                     GWWIT                                        ITHO                                           HOU                                             UT       BRACKET .2 Bar                    than 600°C) to form an adhesive coat with no vents.       Fire rating                       Class D       Operating temp range              -30 C to + 60 C       Argon cartridge                   0.       Introducing argon with the Microfire D powder       ensures the powder bonds to magnesium.                                                                     Comprises a low percentage of potassium salts mixed with       Test Pressure                     26 Bar                                                                     microparticles of glass which melt at a low temperature (less       Working Pressure                  11.536 L     660 .M                         M M18       290 657957        The Unitor 9 kg.P P9F                    9FM.       extinguishes them and prevents reignition. cartridge operated.                       M. powder       metal fire extinguisher overcomes the limitations       when fighting metal fires with conventional fire       extinguishers. zinc.            shot blasted.        Features        • Special powder and argon propelling agent for metal          fire fighting        • Easier fire fighting capability        • Safer fire fighting        • High quality material and finish        Benefits        •   Specially blended Microfire D powder enables you to fight metal fires quickly and efficiently        •   Integrated flow control valve at the hose end equips you with a direct and better control to fight fire        •   Our higher than normal industry standard burst pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you when fire fighting        •   A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick steel.       aluminium.       This extinguisher does not include the special       bracket. calcium and sodium fires. and polyester coated with a non-rusting safety pin          Technical data                                                Properties        Capacity                          9Kg                         Fluid white powder may be used on electrical sources.       Weight Empty                      9 Kg                        Incompatibility       Weight Full                       18 Kg                                                                     Microfire D powder is strictly incompatible with all other       Height                            640 mm                      powders. Never refill an extinguisher except with the original       Diameter                          180 mm                      powder.                                                                                        661 .9Kg 759894                                  Spare charge argon cylinder 711416                                  UNIVERSAL BRACKET F/P6/P6P/P9P/    Approvals The metal fire extinguisher has been examined against the provisions of Annex III. of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.Ordering information Product number                   Description 711416                           Marine bracket 766996                           Metal fire extinguisher 9Kg with marine bracket    Accessories Product number                          Product name 759902                                  Microfire D powder . Module B. SAFETY                                                       Fire Extinguishers                                                                    Portable Extinguishers Cartridge Operated     FOAM E            EXXTING                 INGU UIS                       ISHE                          HER                            R9LW  WIT                                    ITHO                                      HOUUT B                                            BRRACKET E                                                     EVV       LOW T           TMP             MP..HI T                    TYYPE EE9A                            9A1E                               1EV                                 VLLT                                    T HP       290 764043  The Unitor 9 L, cartridge operated, low temp       application foam fire extinguisher overcomes       limitations when fighting fires in extreme low       temperature conditions with normal foam       extinguishers.       Introducing antifreeze with high performance       AFFF foam ensures an impregnable foam film       which extinguishes the fire and prevents       reignition.       This extinguisher does not include the special       bracket.  Features        • Special high performance AFFF additive and          antifreeze        • Easier fire fighting capability        • Safer fire fighting        • High quality material and finish  Benefits        • Specially blended AFFF additive with antifreeze          enables you to fight fires at sub zero temperatures          quickly and efficiently        • Integrated flow control valve at the hose end equips          you with a direct and better control to fight fire        • Our higher than normal industry standard burst          pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you          when fire fighting        • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as          our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-rusting          safety pin    Technical data  Operating temp range              -10 C to +60 C     662 FAT F     FIR       IRE         EEEX            XTING               INGUUIS                     ISHE                       HERR6LW                             WIT                               ITHO                                 HOUUT B                                       BRRACKET MO MODDEL EE6A           6A15             15 E                EVVF 290 763870  Our Unitor 6 L, cartridge operated, fat fire extinguisher has been specially designed for cooking oil fires. It can be installed alongside the automatic system in open kitchens where automatic equipment is required, or as a means suited to the risks presented in kitchens, reheating rooms and cooking islands.  Features  • A B F rated - specially designed for kitchen oil fires    (Class F)  • Easier and safer fire fighting capability  • High quality material and finish    Technical data                                                       Benefits  Capacity                          6 Ltr                               • Our fat fire extinguishers contain water plus a high Discharge Range                   3 Mtr                                 performance AFFF additive which forms a film in Burst disc pressure               26 Bar                                addition and will extinguish electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                       • The integrated flow control valve at the curved hose Working Pressure                  11.2 Bar                              end equips you with a direct and better control to Weight Empty                      6Kg                                   fight the fire Weight Full                       12 Kg                               • Our higher than normal industry standard burst                                                                         pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Height                            500 mm                                                                         when fire fighting Diameter                          180 mm                              • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as Fire Rating                       13A-144B-75F                          our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick                                                                         steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-                                                                         rusting safety pin     Ordering information Product number                       Description 766980                               Fat fire 6L extinguisher with marine bracket 668178                               60g CO2 cartridge 736579                               AFFF charge 711416                               Marine bracket    Approvals This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98 EC on Marine Equipment and also complies with European standard NF EN 3-7A1.     663 SAFETY                                                           Fire Extinguishers                                                                        Stored Pressure Extinguishers     POWDER E              EXXTING                  INGUUIS                        ISHE                          HERR2K                               KG                                GAAB                                   BC W                                      W//SPC W                                             WIT                                               ITH                                                 H       BRACKET MO               MODDEL PPPP2P       291 766995  Unitor’s range of fire extinguishers offers you       higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability       and increased levels of user safety.  Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure       or wheeled we use high grade quality materials       and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life       and reduced maintenance costs.  Features        • Higher fire ratings        • Safer fire fighting        • High quality material and finish    Technical data                                                   Benefits  Capacity                             2 Kg                         • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of       Min discharge range                  4 Mtr                          monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire       Test Pressure                        21 Bar                         fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                         • Our higher than normal industry standard burst       Working Pressure                     12 Bar                         pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you       Weight Empty                         1.6 Kg                         when fire fighting       Weight Full                          3.6 Kg                       • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as                                                                           our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick       Height                               380 mm                                                                           steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-       Diameter                             105mm                          rusting safety pin       Fire Rating                          13A - 89B- C       operating temp range                 -30C to +60C    Ordering information       Product number                                                       Description       766969                                                               Marine bracket    Approvals       This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98   standard EN 3 and is one of the highest performance       EC on Marine Equipment. It complies with European                devices in its category.     664 SAFETY                                                                 Fire Extinguishers                                                                        Stored Pressure Extinguishers     DP E    EXXTING        INGUUIS             ISHE                HER                  R3K                    KG                     GAAB                        BC P                           PPP3P S                                 SPPW                                    WIT                                      ITHO                                        HOUUT BRACKET 291 755322  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety. Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled we use high grade quality materials and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and reduced maintenance costs.  Features  • Higher fire ratings  • Safer fire fighting  • High quality material and finish    Technical data                                                         Benefits  Capacity                             3 Kg                                • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of Min discharge range                  3 Mtr                                 monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire Test Pressure                        24 Bar                                fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                          • Our higher than normal industry standard burst Working Pressure                     13.5 Bar                              pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Weight Empty                         2 Kg                                  when fire fighting Weight Full                          5 Kg                                • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as                                                                            our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Height                               455mm                                                                            steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non- Diameter                             112 mm                                rusting safety pin Fire Rating                          13A - 89B- C Operating temp range                 -20 C to +60 C    Ordering information Product number                               Description 755322                                       Extinguisher powder 3Kg stored press 667857                                       Marine bracket    Approvals This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98         It complies with European AENOR - EN 3 standard, and is of EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime                     the hightest performance in its category. Register of Shipping and China Classification Society     665 SAFETY                                                             Fire Extinguishers                                                                          Stored Pressure Extinguishers     CO2 E           EXXTING               INGUUIS                    ISHE                       HER                         R5K                           KG                            GWWIT                               ITHO                                  HOU                                    UT B                                       BRRACKET       MO       MODDEL U              U5C                5C       292 667535  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you       higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability       and increased levels of user safety. Whether you       require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled       we use high grade quality materials and       coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and       reduced maintenance costs.  Features        • Higher fire ratings        • Safer fire fighting        • High quality material and finish     Technical data                                                     Benefits  Capacity                             5 Kg                            • Our CO2 fire extinguishers are suitable to fight fires on       Burst Disc Pressure                  200 Bar                           live electrical installations on board shipping vessels       Test Pressure                        250 Bar                           and can be used on electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                            • Our higher than normal industry standard burst       Working Pressure                     169.3 Bar                         pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you       Weight Full                          14 Kg                             when fire fighting       Height                               930 mm                          • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as       Diameter                             139.7 mm                          our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick                                                                              steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-       Fire Rating                          89B                               rusting safety pin       Operating temp range                 -30C to +65C    Ordering information       Product number                        Description       667527                                Extinguisher CO2 5Kg with marine bracket       668111                                Marine bracket    Approvals       This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98     It complies with European standard NF - EN 3, and has       EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime                 demonstrated the highest performance in its category.       Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.     666 SAFETY                                                           Fire Extinguishers                                                                  Stored Pressure Extinguishers     DP E    EXXTING        INGUUIS             ISHE                HER                  R6K                    KG                     GAAB                        BC P                           PPP6P S                                 SPPW                                    WIT                                      ITHO                                        HOUUT BRACKET 291 671594  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety. Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled we use high grade quality materials and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and reduced maintenance costs.  Features  • Higher fire ratings  • Safer fire fighting  • High quality material and finish     Technical data                                                   Benefits  Capacity                           6 Kg                           • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of Min discharge range                4.5 Mtr                          monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire Burst disc pressure                24 Bar                           fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                   • Our higher than normal industry standard burst Working Pressure                   13.5 Bar                         pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Weight Empty                       3.3 Kg                           when fire fighting Weight Full                        9.4 Kg                         • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as                                                                     our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Height                             530 mm                                                                     steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non- Diameter                           190 mm                           rusting safety pin Fire Rating                        34A - 233B- C Operating temp range               -20 C to + 60 C    Ordering information Product number                                                   Description 671909                                                           Marine bracket 668285                                                           ABC powder 6Kg    Approvals This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98   It complies with European AENOR - EN 3 standard, and is of EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime               the hightest performance in its category. Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.     667 SAFETY                                                           Fire Extinguishers                                                                        Stored Pressure Extinguishers     DP E          EXXTING              INGUUIS                   ISHE                      HER                        R9K                          KG                           GAAB                              BC P                                 PPP9P S                                       SPPW                                          WIT                                            ITHO                                              HOUUT       BRACKET       291 739508  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you       higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability       and increased levels of user safety. Whether you       require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled       we use high grade quality materials and       coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and       reduced maintenance costs.  Features        • Higher fire ratings        • Safer fire fighting        • High quality material and finish     Technical data                                                   Benefits  Capacity                              9 Kg                        • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of       Minimum Discharge Time                26 Sec                        monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire       Discharge Range                       4.5 Mtr                       fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                         • Our higher than normal industry standard burst       Test Pressure                         24Bar                         pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you       Working Pressure                      13.5 Bar                      when fire fighting       Weight Empty                          4.4 Kg                      • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as                                                                           our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick       Weight Full                           13.5Kg                                                                           steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-       Height                                587mm                         rusting safety pin       Diameter                              218mm       Fire Rating                           43A-233B-C       Operating temp range                  -20 C to +60 C    Ordering information       Product number                                                   Description       739516                                                           Marine bracket       668293                                                           ABC powder 9Kg    Approvals       This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98   It complies with European standard NF - EN 3 and is of the       EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime               highest performance devices in its category.       Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.     668 SAFETY                                                            Fire Extinguishers                                                                   Stored Pressure Extinguishers     DP E    EXXTING        INGUUIS             ISHE                HER                  R 12 K                       KG                        GAAB                           BC P                              PPP12P S                                     SPPW                                        WIT                                          ITHO                                            HOUUT BRACKET 291 743104  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offer you higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety. Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled we use high grade quality materials and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and reduced maintenance costs.  Features  • Higher fire ratings  • Safer fire fighting  • High quality material and finish     Technical data                                                    Benefits  Capacity                             12 Kg                          • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of Min discharge range                  4.5Mtr                           monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire Test Pressure                        24 Bar                           fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                     • Our higher than normal industry standard burst Working Pressure                     13.5 Bar                         pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Weight Empty                         4.8 Kg                           when fire fighting Weight Full                          16.9 Kg                        • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as                                                                       our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Height                               630 mm                                                                       steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non- Diameter                             198 mm                           rusting safety pin Fire Rating                          55A-233B-C Operating temp range                 -20 C to +60 C    Ordering information Product number                                                   Description 743112                                                           Marine bracket 668319                                                           ABC powder 12Kg    Approvals This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98 EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.     669 SAFETY                                                           Fire Extinguishers                                                                        Wheeled Extinguishers     POWDER EEX                XTING                  INGUUIS                       ISHE                          HER                            R 50 K                                 KG                                  GAAB                                     BC P                                        P50P                                          50P       WHE         HEE           ELED       291 609735  Where you have high risk locations with limited access our range of wheeled extinguishers gives you a       lightweight high volume fire fighting capability.       They provide you with the ability to quickly move high capacity extinguishers to the fire easily.  Features        •   Higher fire ratings        •   Easier fire fighting capability        •   Safer fire fighting        •   High quality material and finish    Technical data                                                   Benefits  Capacity                               50 Kg                          • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of       Min discharge range                    10 Mtr                           monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire       Test Pressure                          23 Bar                           fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                             • Long and non-kinking hose with opening tap equips       Working Pressure                       13.6 Bar                         you with a direct and better control to fight fire       Weight Empty                           46 Kg                          • Our higher than normal industry standard burst       Weight Full                            96 Kg                            pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you                                                                               when fire fighting       Hose Length                            5 mtr                                                                             • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as       Wheel Diameter                         300 mm                           our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick       Fire Rating                            A-IVB-C                          steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-       Operating temp range                   -30C to +60 C                    rusting safety pin     Ordering information       Product number                                         Description       668335                                                 CO2 cylinder       674317                                                 ABC powder 25kg (X 2)    Approvals       This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98   Approved to EN1866 standards       EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime       Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.     670 SAFETY                                                    Fire Extinguishers                                                           Wheeled Extinguishers     EXTING    INGUUIS         ISHE            HER              RCCO                 O2 20 K                       KG                        GWWHE                           HEEELED 292 767930  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety. Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled we use high grade quality materials and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and reduced maintenance costs.  Features  •   Higher fire ratings  •   Easier fire fighting capability  •   Safer fire fighting  •   High quality material and finish     Technical data                                            Benefits  Capacity                               20Kg                • Long and non kinking hose with insulated spray Min discharge range                    3Mtr                  nozzle equips you with a direct and better control to Test Pressure                          300 Bar               fight fire                                                            • Our higher than normal industry standard burst Working Pressure                       176 Bar               pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Weight Empty                           24Kg                  when fire fighting Weight Full                            49Kg                • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as                                                              our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Hose Length                            5 mtr                                                              steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non- Wheel Diameter                         300 mm                rusting safety pin Fire Rating                            144 B Operating temp range                   -30C to +60C    Approvals In compliance with the standard EN 1866-1. The extinguisher is in compliance with MED, and approved by BV, RMRS and CCS class societies.     671 SAFETY                                                           Fire Extinguishers                                                                        Wheeled Extinguishers     FOAM E EX               XTING                 INGUUIS                      ISHE                         HER                           R 45 L W                                  WHE                                    HEE                                      ELED MO                                           MODDEL       E45A        45A22       290 667378  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability and       increased levels of user safety. Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled we use high       grade quality materials and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and reduced maintenance       costs.  Features        •   Higher fire ratings        •   Easier fire fighting capability        •   Safer fire fighting        •   High quality material and finish    Technical data                                                   Benefits  Capacity                               45 Ltr                      • Specially blended high performance AFFF additive       Min discharge range                    14 Mtr                        enables you to fight fires quickly and efficiently       Test Pressure                          24 Bar                      • Long and non-kinking hose with opening tap equips                                                                            you with a direct and better control to fight fire       Working Pressure                       16.4Bar                     • Our higher than normal industry standard burst       Weight Empty                           46 Kg                         pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you       Weight Full                            91 Kg                         when fire fighting                                                                          • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as       Hose Length                            5 mtr                                                                            our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick       Wheel Diameter                         300 mm                        steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-       Fire Rating                            A-IVB                         rusting safety pin       Operating temp range                   +5C to +60C    Ordering information       Product number                                              Description       668210                                                      AFFF foam charge       668194                                                      CO2 cylinder charge    Approvals       This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98       EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime       Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.     672 SAFETY                                                           Fire Extinguishers                                                                  Wheeled Extinguishers     FOAM E EX         XTING           INGUUIS                ISHE                   HER                     R 13                       1355LW                            WHE                              HEE                                ELED MO                                     MODDEL E13  135A     5A2       2 290 667386  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety. Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled we use high grade quality materials and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and reduced maintenance costs.  Features  •   Higher fire ratings  •   Easier fire fighting capability  •   Safer fire fighting  •   High quality material and finish    Technical data                                                   Benefits  Capacity                               135 Ltr                     • Specially blended high performance AFFF additive Min discharge range                    14 Mtr                        enables you to fight fires quickly and efficiently Test Pressure                          26.3 Bar                    • Long and non-kinking hose with opening tap equips                                                                      you with a direct and better control to fight fire Working Pressure                       18 Bar                      • Our higher than normal industry standard burst Weight Empty                           96 Kg                         pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Weight Full                            231 Kg                        when fire fighting                                                                    • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as Hose Length                            5 mtr                                                                      our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Wheel Diameter                         300 mm                        steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non- Fire Rating                            A-B                           rusting safety pin Operating temp range                   +5C to +60C    Ordering information Product number                                              Description 668228                                                      AFFF foam charge 668202                                                      CO2 cylinder charge    Approvals This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98 EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.     673 SAFETY                                                     Fire Extinguishers                                                                  Wheeled Extinguishers     CO2 E           EXXTING               INGUUIS                    ISHE                       HER                         R 45 K                              KG                               GWWHE                                  HEEELED       292 667568  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability and       increased levels of user safety. Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled we use high       grade quality materials and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and reduced maintenance       costs.  Features        •   Higher fire ratings        •   Easier fire fighting capability        •   Safer fire fighting        •   High quality material and finish    Technical data                                             Benefits  Capacity                               45 Kg                • Long and non-kinking hose with insulated spray       Min discharge range                    3.5 Mtr                nozzle equips you with a direct and better control to       Test Pressure                          300 Bar                fight fire                                                                   • Our higher than normal industry standard burst       Working Pressure                       176 Bar                pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you       Weight Empty                           114Kg                  when fire fighting       Weight Full                            159Kg                • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as                                                                     our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick       Hose Length                            5 mtr                                                                     steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-       Wheel Diameter                         450 mm                 rusting safety pin       Fire Rating                            183 B       Operating temp range                   -30C to +60C    Approvals       This extinguisher is in compliance with the standard EN       1866-1. The extinguisher is also in compliance with MED,       and approved by BV, RMRS and CCS class societies.     674 POWDER EEX          XTING            INGUUIS                 ISHE                    HER                      R 25 K                           KG                            GAAB                               BC W                                  WHE                                    HEE                                      ELED P25P ME 291 767928  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety. Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled we use high grade quality materials and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and reduced maintenance costs.  Features  • Higher fire ratings  • Easier and safer fire fighting capability  • High quality material and finish     Technical data                                                    Benefits  Capacity                             25Kg                          • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of Min discharge range                  8Mtr                            monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire Test Pressure                        22Bar                           fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                    • Long and non-kinking hose with specially designed Working Pressure                     15 Bar                          spray gun equips you with a direct and better control Weight Empty                         24Kg                            to fight fire Weight Full                          49Kg                          • Our higher than normal industry standard burst                                                                      pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Hose Length                          3.5 mtr                                                                      when fire fighting Wheel Diameter                       300 mm                        • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as Fire Rating                          A-IIB-C                         our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Operating temp range                 -30C to +60C                    steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-                                                                      rusting safety pin     Ordering information Product number                                           Description 674317                                                   ABC powder 25Kg 609743                                                   CO2 cartridge cylinder    Approvals This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98 EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.     675 SAFETY                                                           Fire Extinguishers                                                                        Wheeled Extinguishers     CO2 E           EXXTING               INGUUIS                    ISHE                       HER                         R9K                           KG                            GWWHE                               HEEELED       292 767929  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you       higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability       and increased levels of user safety. Whether you       require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled       we use high grade quality materials and       coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and       reduced maintenance costs.  Features        •   Higher fire ratings        •   Easier fire fighting capability        •   Safer fire fighting        •   High quality material and finish     Technical data                                                   Benefits  Capacity                               9Kg                        • Long and non-kinking hose with insulated spray       Min discharge range                    4 Mtr                        nozzle equips you with a direct and better control to       Test Pressure                          300 Bar                      fight fire                                                                         • Our higher than normal industry standard burst       Working Pressure                       169.3Bar                     pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you       Weight Empty                           40 Kg                        when fire fighting       Weight Full                            49Kg                       • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as                                                                           our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick       Hose Length                            5 mtr                                                                           steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non-       Wheel Diameter                         300 mm                       rusting safety pin       Fire Rating                            113B       Operating temp range                   -30C to +60C    Approvals       This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98       EC on Marine Equipment as well as Russian Maritime       Register of Shipping and China Classification Society.     676 SAFETY                                                            Fire Extinguishers                                                                   Wheeled Extinguishers     EXTING    INGUUIS         ISHE            HER              RPPO                 OWDER 25 K                          KG                           GWWHE                              HEEELED 291 755348  Our Unitor range of fire extinguishers offers you higher fire ratings, easier fire fighting capability and increased levels of user safety. Whether you require cartridge, stored pressure or wheeled we use high grade quality materials and coatings giving your extinguisher longer life and reduced maintenance costs.  Features  • Higher fire ratings  • Safer fire fighting  • High quality material and finish    Technical data                                                    Benefits  Capacity                             25Kg                           • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of Min discharge range                  6 Mtr                            monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire Test Pressure                        27 Bar                           fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV                                                                     • Our higher than normal industry standard burst Working Pressure                     15 Bar                           pressure for the cylinder and hose safeguards you Weight Empty                         17 Kg                            when fire fighting Weight Full                          42.3 Kg                        • A long life and low maintenance costs are assured as                                                                       our extinguishers are manufactured from 2 mm thick Hose Length                          1.45 mtr                                                                       steel, shot blasted, and polyester coated with a non- Wheel Diameter                       380 mm                           rusting safety pin Fire Rating                          55A-233B-C Operating temp range                 -30 C to +60 C    Ordering information Product number                                                   Description 674317                                                           ABC powder 25Kg    Approvals This fire extinguisher is certified according to Directive 96/98 EC on Marine Equipment.     677 SAFETY                                             Fire Extinguishers                                                          Spare parts for fire extinguishers     CO2 CCA             ARTRIDIDG                     GE 60 G F                             FOOR 9 L W                                      WA                                       ATER/ F                                             FOOAM E                                                   E99/       E9A        9A1/E           1/E9A              9A1E                 1EV                   VEEX                      XTING                        INGUUIS                             ISHE                                HER                                  R       294 668178  Unitor offers a complete range of cartridges and       charges to ensure that fire extinguishers remain       compliant, requiring minimal technical       knowledge to replace.       They are easy to replace and store on board       your vessel. These are suitable for Unitor's       cartridge operated water and foam type       extinguishers.  Features        • Easy to replace        • High quality material and finish    Technical data                                     Benfits  Size                          60g                   • You can easily replace them by unscrewing them                                                             from the head cap                                                           • Coated with zinc primer our cartridges have long                                                             shelf life and require minimal space for storage on                                                             your vessel     678  These are specially designed for Unitor's 45 L wheeled foam extinguisher  Features  • Easy to replace  • High quality material and finish  Benefits  • You can easily replace them by disconnecting the connections on the cylinder  • Coated with zinc primer our cartridges have long shelf life and require minimal space for storage on your vessel    Technical data  Size                      450g                                                                                                                           679 . They are easy to replace and store on board your vessel.SAFETY                                                        Fire Extinguishers                                                               Spare parts for fire extinguishers     CO2 C     CAARTRIDIDG               GE 450 G F                        FOOR F                             FOOAM 45 L EXTING    INGUUIS         ISHE            HERR 294 668194  Unitor offers a complete range of cartridges and charges to ensure that fire extinguishers remain compliant. requiring minimal technical knowledge to replace.  requiring minimal technical       knowledge to replace.      CO2 C           CAARTRIDIDG                     GE 2 K                          KG                           GFFO                              OR 13                                 1355LF                                      FOOAM       EXTING          INGUUIS               ISHE                  HERR       294 668202        Unitor offers a complete range of cartridges and       charges to ensure that fire extinguishers remain       compliant.        Features        • Easy to replace        • High quality material and finish        Benefits        • You can easily replace them by disconnecting the          connections on the cylinder        • Coated with zinc primer our cartridges have long          shelf life and require minimal space for storage on          your vessel           Technical data        Size                          2Kg     680 .       They are easy to replace and store on board       your vessel. These are specially designed for       Unitor's 135 L wheeled foam extinguisher.  requiring minimal technical knowledge to replace. They are easy to replace and store on board your vessel. These are suitable for Unitor cartridge operated 6 kg powder type extinguishers.  Features  • Easy to replace  • High quality material and finish  Benefits  • You can easily replace them by unscrewing them from the head cap  • Coated with zinc primer our cartridges have long shelf life and require minimal space for storage on your vessel    Technical data  Size                      120g                                                                                                                           681 .CO2 C     CAARTRIDIDG               GE 120 G F                        FOOR 6 K                               KG                                GPPO                                   OWDER EXTING    INGUUIS         ISHE            HERR 294 668236  Unitor offers a complete range of cartridges and charges to ensure that fire extinguishers remain compliant.  These are suitable for Unitor       cartridge operated 9 kg powder type       extinguishers.       They are easy to replace and store on board       your vessel.        Features        • Easy to replace        • High quality material and finish        Benefits        • You can easily replace them by unscrewing them from the head cap        • Coated with zinc primer our cartridges have long shelf life and require minimal space for storage on your vessel          Technical data        Size                      160g     682 . requiring minimal technical       knowledge to replace.      SAFETY                                                        Fire Extinguishers                                                                     Spare parts for fire extinguishers           SPARE C             CAARTRID                    IDG                      GE 160 G F                               FOOR 6 K                                      KG                                       GPPO                                          OWDER ((B                                                  BC       RATED) E              EXXTING                  INGUUIS                       ISHE                          HER                            R       294 668244        Unitor offers a complete range of cartridges and       charges to ensure that fire extinguishers remain       compliant.  These are suitable for Unitor cartridge operated 12 kg powder type extinguishers.SAFETY                                                        Fire Extinguishers                                                               Spare parts for fire extinguishers     CO2 C     CAARTRIDIDG               GE 180 G F                        FOOR 12 K                                KG                                 GPPO                                    OWDER EXTING    INGUUIS         ISHE            HERR 294 668251  Unitor offers a complete range of cartridges and charges to ensure that fire extinguishers remain compliant. requiring minimal technical knowledge to replace.  Features  • Easy to replace  • High quality material and finish  Benefits  • You can easily replace them by unscrewing them from the head cap  • Coated with zinc primer our cartridges have long shelf life and require minimal space for storage on your vessel    Technical data  Size                      180g                                                                                                                           683 . They are easy to replace and store on board your vessel.  requiring minimal technical knowledge to replace. These are suitable for Unitor cartridge       operated 25 kg powder type extinguishers.      SAFETY                                                        Fire Extinguishers                                                                     Spare parts for fire extinguishers           CO2 C           CAARTRID                  IDG                    GE 450 G FFO                               OR 25 K                                     KG                                      GPPO                                         OWDER ((A                                                 ABC       OR B          BCCRRA               ATED) E                     EXXTING                         INGUUIS                              ISHE                                 HER                                   R       294 668327        Unitor offers a complete range of cartridges and charges to ensure that fire extinguishers remain       compliant.       They are easy to replace and store on board your vessel.        Features        • Easy to replace        • High quality material and finish        Benefits        • You can easily replace them by unscrewing them from the head cap        • Coated with zinc primer our cartridges have long shelf life and require minimal space for storage on your vessel          Technical data        Size                      450g     684 .   Features  • Easy to replace  • High quality material and finish  Benefits  • You can easily replace them by disconnecting the connections on the cylinder  • Coated with zinc primer our cartridges have long shelf life and require minimal space for storage on your vessel    Technical data  Size                      900g                                                                                                                           685 . requiring minimal technical knowledge to replace.SAFETY                                                        Fire Extinguishers                                                               Spare parts for fire extinguishers     CO2 C     CAARTRID            IDG              GE 900 G FFO                         OR 50 K                               KG                                GPPO                                   OWDER ((A                                           ABC OR B    BCCRRA         ATED) E               EXXTING                   INGUUIS                        ISHE                           HER                             R 294 668335  Unitor offers a complete range of cartridges and charges to ensure that fire extinguishers remain compliant. They are easy to replace and store on board your vessel. These are suitable for Unitor cartridge operated 50 kg powder type extinguishers.  requiring minimal technical       knowledge to replace. These are suitable for Unitor's       cartridge operated 9 L foam type extinguishers.      SAFETY                                                       Fire Extinguishers                                                                    Spare parts for fire extinguishers           AFFF F            FOOAM CCHA                    HARRGE 90 ML F                                 FOOR 9 L F                                          FOOAM       EXTING          INGUUIS               ISHE                  HER                    R       293 736579        Unitor offers a complete range of cartridges and       charges to ensure that fire extinguishers remain       compliant.        Features        • Easy to replace        • High performance fluoro additive        Benefits        • You can easily replace them by unscrewing them from the head cap        • High performance fluoro additive offers higher fire ratings. strong wetting power.       They are easy to replace and store on board       your vessel. and impregnable film that          extinguishes fire quickly          Technical data        Size                      90ml     686 . 9L                                                                                                 687 .SAFETY                                                  Fire Extinguishers                                                         Spare parts for fire extinguishers     AFFF F      FOOAM C            CHA              HAR                RGE F                    F//E45A                        45A22 23000                              2300011-                                    11-0                                       0.9 L 294 668210  Unitor offers a complete range of AFFF foam charges for your fire extinguishers. and impregnable film    that extinguishes fire quickly  • The additive comes in small plastic bottles and is    easy to store and replace on board your vessel    Technical data  Size                       0. The AFFF foam charges are made from high performance fluoro additive giving your extinguisher faster and effective fire fighting control.  Features  • High performance fluoro additive  • Easy to dose and store  Benefits  • High performance fluoro additive offers higher fire    ratings. strong wetting power.  strong wetting power.7L (0.9 L F                                      FOOR 13                                           1355LF                                                FOOAM       EXTING          INGUUIS               ISHE                  HER                    R       294 668228        Unitor offers a complete range of AFFF foam       charges for your fire extinguishers. The AFFF       foam charges are made from high performance       fluoro additive giving your extinguisher faster       and effective fire fighting control..      SAFETY                                                  Fire Extinguishers                                                               Spare parts for fire extinguishers           AFFF F            FOOAM CCHA                    HARRGE 3 X 0                               0.9L X 3)     688 . and impregnable film          that extinguishes fire quickly        • The additive comes in small plastic bottles and is          easy to store and replace on board your vessel          Technical data        Size        2.        Features        • High performance fluoro additive        • Easy to dose and store        Benefits        • High performance fluoro additive offers higher fire          ratings. 25%                                                                                                                            689 .SAFETY                                                      Fire Extinguishers                                                             Spare parts for fire extinguishers     POWDER R        REEFIL            ILLLF                FOOR 6 K                       KG                        GAAB                           BC E                              EXXTING                                  INGUUIS                                       ISHE                                          HER                                            R 294 668285  Unitor offers ABC powder charges for the complete range of powder extinguishers. B or C fires and can be used in the presence of an electrical source. Unitor's multi-purpose ABC powder is highly effective on class A. These come in vacuum sealed packages in various sizes complementing your extinguisher.  Features  • High fire rating  • Easy to store  Benefits  • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire fighting capability even    on electrical fires up to 35 kV  • Our powder charges come in vacuum sealed packages offering long shelf life and can be easily stored on board your    vessel    Technical data  Size                        6Kg Colour                      Light blue Apparent density            850 .950 Kg/m3 Water content               < 0.  These come in       vacuum sealed packages in various sizes complementing your extinguisher       Unitor's multi-purpose ABC powder is highly effective on class A.950 Kg/m3       Water content               < 0.        Features        • High fire rating        • Easy to store        Benefits        • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire fighting capability even          on electrical fires up to 35 kV        • Our powder charges come in vacuum sealed packages offering long shelf life and can be easily stored on board your          vessel           Technical data        Size                        9Kg       Colour                      Light blue       Apparent density            850 .      SAFETY                                                      Fire Extinguishers                                                                   Spare parts for fire extinguishers           POWDER R              REEFIL                  ILLLF                      FOOR 9 K                             KG                              GAAB                                 BC E                                    EXXTING                                        INGUUIS                                             ISHE                                                HER                                                  R       294 668293        Unitor offers ABC powder charges for the complete range of powder extinguishers. B or C fires and can be used in the       presence of an electrical source.25%     690 . 950 Kg/m3 Water content               < 0. B or C fires and can be used in the presence of an electrical source.  Features  • High fire rating  • Easy to store  Benefits  • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire fighting capability even    on electrical fires up to 35 kV  • Our powder charges come in vacuum sealed packages offering long shelf life and can be easily stored on board your    vessel     Technical data  Size                        12Kg Colour                      Light blue Apparent density            850 .SAFETY                                                      Fire Extinguishers                                                             Spare parts for fire extinguishers     POWDER R        REEFIL            ILLLF                FOOR 12 K                        KG                         GAAB                            BC E                               EXXTING                                   INGUUIS                                        ISHE                                           HER                                             R 294 668319  Unitor offers ABC powder charges for the complete range of powder extinguishers. These come in vacuum sealed packages in various sizes complementing your extinguisher.25%                                                                                                                            691 . Unitor's multi-purpose ABC powder is highly effective on class A.         Features        • High fire rating        • Easy to store        Benefits        • Our fire extinguishers boast high levels of          monoammonium phosphate giving you quicker fire          fighting capability even on electrical fires up to 35 kV        • Our powder charges come in vacuum sealed packages offering long shelf life and can be easily stored on board your          vessel           Technical data        Size                        25Kg       Colour                      Light blue       Apparent density            850 . B or C fires and can be       used in the presence of an electrical source.       Unitor's multi-purpose ABC powder is highly       effective on class A.950 Kg/m3       Water content               < 0.25%     692 .      SAFETY                                                      Fire Extinguishers                                                                   Spare parts for fire extinguishers           POWDER R              REEFIL                  ILLLF                      FOOR 25 K                              KG                               GAAB                                  BC E                                     EXXTING                                         INGUUIS                                              ISHE                                                 HER                                                   R       293 674317        Unitor offers ABC powder charges for the       complete range of powder extinguishers. These       come in vacuum sealed packages in various       sizes complementing your extinguisher.  Smartly designed. our marine brackets require minimal space for installation and give fast and easy access to the extinguisher These are easy to install and keep the extinguishers properly secured in place on board your vessel. Smartly designed. These are easy to install and keep the extinguishers properly secured in place on board your vessel.  Features  • Robust design  • Adjustable strap  Benefits  • Our marine brackets are manufactured with quality    steel and coated with primer offering you a long service life  • Adjustable straps give you the flexibility to adjust and secure the extinguisher properly                                                                                                                          693 .MA MARRINE B         BRRACKET W                  WIT                    ITH                      HSST                         TRAP F                              FOOR 5 K                                     KG                                      GCCO                                         O2 EXTING     INGU        UIS          ISHE            HERR 293 668111  Unitor offers a complete range of marine brackets for your fire extinguishers. our marine brackets require minimal space for installation and give fast and easy access to the extinguisher.  Features  • Robust design  • Adjustable strap  Benefits  • Our marine brackets are manufactured with quality steel and coated with primer offering you a long service life  • Adjustable straps give you the flexibility to adjust and secure the extinguisher properly     UNIV  NIVEERSAL B            BRRACKET F                     FOOR P                          P66/P                             /P6P                                6P/P                                  /P9P                                     9P// P                                          P12/P                                            12/P12P                                                12P// E9/E   /E9A      9A11 293 711416  Unitor offers a complete range of marine brackets for your fire extinguishers.        These are easy to install and keep the       extinguishers properly secured in place on       board your vessel. Smartly       designed. our marine brackets require minimal       space for installation and give fast and easy       access to the extinguisher. our marine brackets require minimal       space for installation and give fast and easy       access to the extinguisher.        Features        • Robust design        • Adjustable strap        Benefits        • Our marine brackets are manufactured with quality          steel and coated with primer offering you a long service life        • Adjustable straps give you the flexibility to adjust and secure the extinguisher properly          MA       MARRINE B               BRRACKET W                        WIT                          ITH                            HSST                               TRAP F                                    FOOR P                                         PPP9P       291 739516        Unitor offers a complete range of marine       brackets for your fire extinguishers. Smartly       designed.      SAFETY                                                         Fire Extinguishers                                                                      Spare parts for fire extinguishers           MA       MARRINE B               BRRACKET W                        WIT                          ITH                            HSST                               TRAP F                                    FOOR P                                         PPP6P       293 671909        Unitor offers a complete range of marine       brackets for your fire extinguishers.        Features        • Robust design        • Adjustable strap        Benefits        • Our marine brackets are manufactured with quality          steel and coated with primer offering you a long service life        • Adjustable straps give you the flexibility to adjust and secure the extinguisher properly     694 .       These are easy to install and keep the       extinguishers properly secured in place on       board your vessel.  These are easy to install and keep the extinguishers properly secured in place on board your vessel.SAFETY                                                         Fire Extinguishers                                                                Spare parts for fire extinguishers     EXTING    INGUUIS         ISHE            HER              RBBR                 RACKET W                        WIT                          ITH                            HSST                               TRAP F                                    FOOR 12 K                                            KG                                             G STORED PPR          RESSURE 291 743112  Unitor offers a complete range of marine brackets for your fire extinguishers. Smartly designed.  Features  • Robust design  • Adjustable strap  Benefits  • Our marine brackets are manufactured with quality    steel and coated with primer offering you a long service life  • Adjustable straps give you the flexibility to adjust and secure the extinguisher properly                                                                                                        695 . our marine brackets require minimal space for installation and give fast and easy access to the extinguisher.  2.        Features        • Standard connections        • Easy to connect        • Aluminium alloys fitting           Technical data                                                      • Our couplings and hose sockets come with standard                                                                             thread sizes and socket diameters. 2 ½ inch                             connection an easy process                                                                           • Being manufactured from aluminium alloy makes       Benefits                                                               them corrosion-proof and maintenance-free. giving a                                                                             more durable and longer life product        • Standard connections make our couplings easily          compatible with your on board fire fighting equipment           Ordering information       Product number                              Product name       233874                                      NOR-1 CPL W/1¢" HOSE SOCKET       233817                                      NOR-1 CPL W/2 ¢" HOSE SOCKET       233908                                      NOR-1 CPL W/2" FEMALE THREAD       790593                                      NOR-1 CPL W2¢" FEMALE THREAD       233940                                      NOR-1 CPL W/2" MALE THREAD       233882                                      NOR-2 CPL W/1¢" HOSE SOCKET       233841                                      NOR-2 CPL W/2'' HOSE SOCKET       233916                                      NOR-2 CPL W/2" FEMALE THREAD       233957                                      NOR-2 CPL W/2" MALE THREAD          Accessories       Product number                                       Product name       527697                                               NOR COUPLING SPANNER     696 . Couplings and Nozzles                                                                        Fire Couplings           NO       NORRWEGIA              IANNC                  COOUPLING        Our Unitor Norwegian range of couplings       provides you with a comprehensive range of       hose sockets. making       Nominal size           1 1/2.       they are light weight and robust. Easy to connect.      SAFETY                                                           Fire Hoses. male and female couplings suited       for fire fighting equipment.  Easy to connect they are light weight and robust. Storz type             C.  Features  • Standard connections  • Easy to connect  • Aluminium alloys fitting     Technical data                                                       • Our couplings and hose sockets come with standard                                                                        thread sizes and socket diameters. 65. respectively. B                                        making them easier to connect Nominal size           1 1/2. 2 1/2 inch                          • Aluminium alloy makes this socket corrosion-proof                                                                        and maintenance-free Benefits   • Standard connections make our couplings easily    compatible with your on board fire fighting equipment     Ordering information Product number                         Product name 790336                                 STORZ C CPL W/1¾ HOSE SOCKET 233890                                 STORZ C CPL W/1¢" HOSE SOCKET 233858                                 STORZ C CPL W/2'' HOSE SOCKET 605121                                 STORZ C CPL W/1¢" MALE TREAD 233965                                 STORZ C CPL W/2'' MALE THREAD 233924                                 STORZ C CPL W/2" FEMALE THREAD 607965                                 STORZ C CPL W/2 1/2" FEMALE THREAD 523357                                 STORZ GASKET F/C CPL LUG 66 523431                                 STORZ 65 CPL W/2'' HOSE SOCKET 523449                                 STORZ 65 CPL W/2 1/2'' HOSE SOCKET 523456                                 STORZ 65 CPL W/2'' FEMALE THREAD 605311                                 STORZ 65 CPL W/2¢" FEMALE THREAD 595777                                 STORZ 65 CPL W/2" MALE THREAD 595769                                 STORZ 65 CPL W/2¢" MALE THREAD 784012                                 STORZ B CPL W/2¢" HOSE SOCKET                                                                                                                                697 .SAFETY                                                           Fire Hoses. Couplings and Nozzles                                                                  Fire Couplings     STORZ C       COOUPLING  Our Unitor Storz range of couplings provides you with a comprehensive range of hose sockets. 2. and male and female couplings suited for fire fighting equipment.         Features        • Standard connections        • Easy to connect        • Aluminium alloys fitting        Benefits        • Standard connections make our couplings easily          compatible with your on board fire fighting equipment        • Our couplings and hose sockets come with standard thread sizes and socket diameters. respectively. CPL FEMALE W/2¢"FEMALE THR       572941                                     INSTANT.       Instantaneous connection provides quick and       easy connections. CPL FEMALE W/2"FEMALE THRE       572917                                     INSTANT. making them          easier to connect        • Aluminium alloy makes this socket corrosion-proof and maintenance-free while having a long product life          Technical data        Std nominal size (inch) across all range                  2 ½"          Ordering information       Product number                             Product name       572826                                     INSTANT. CPL W/2¢" HOSE SOCKETS       572925                                     INSTANT. saving precious time. and male and female       couplings suited for fire fighting equipment. CPL MALE W/2¢" MALE THREAD       572966                                     INSTANT. CPL FEMALE W/2¢"MALE THREA     698 . CPL W/1¥" HOSE SOCKETS       572834                                     INSTANT. CPL MALE W/2"MALE THREAD       572974                                     INSTANT. CPL MALE W/2"FEMALE THREAD       572958                                     INSTANT. CPL W/1¢" HOSE SOCKETS       572842                                     INSTANT.      SAFETY                                                               Fire Hoses. CPL MALE W/2¢"FEMALE THREA       572891                                     INSTANT. Couplings and Nozzles                                                                            Fire Couplings           INS       INSTTANT             NTA               ANE                 NEO                   OUS C                       COOUPLING        Our Unitor British standard instantaneous range       of couplings provides you with a comprehensive       range of hose sockets. CPL W/2" HOSE SOCKETS       572933                                     INSTANT. HOSE 2 1/2"" X 15 M 564609                                     MARTEX FIRE HOSE 1 1/2 " PER METER 564617                                     MARTEX FIRE HOSE 2"" PER METER 605212                                     BINDING MACHINE PORTABLE 605220                                     BIND. EN 14540:2004 + A1:2007                         • Our hoses are manufactured from circular woven Length            Standard 15mtr or per meter                            polyester with inner EPDM rubber lining. providing Inner diameter    1 1/2. Couplings and Nozzles                                                                       Fire Hoses     MA MARRTEX F         FIR           IRE             E HO               HOSSE  Our Unitor brand of fire hoses offers you a rugged and reliable product complementing your onboard requirements. Instantaneous or without Coupling                   couplings    Ordering information Product number                             Product name 589739                                     MARTEX 2" W/STORZ C 2"" CPL 15MTR 589747                                     MARTEX 2" W/INSTANT.SAFETY                                                                Fire Hoses.6MM STAINLESS STEEL                                                                                                                                        699 . This Martex range of hoses is specifically designed for marine use providing you with a long life product suitable for extreme climatic and fire fighting conditions.BRACKET F/COUPLING 758888                                     BINDING WIRE 1. fully synthetic fire hoses and are suitable for applications within temperature range from -40°C to +90°C. Storz. They are uncovered. CPL 15MTR 589762                                     MARTEX F. giving Temp range        -40 C to + 90 C                                        you the flexibility to choose and fit the ones suited for                                                                          your fire fighting equipment                   Std Norwegian.  Features  • High heat resistance  • Light weight  • Available with or without coupling    Technical data                                                        Benefits  Approvals         MED. 2 or 2 1/2 inch                                 you hoses compatible with hot fluids                                                                        • Light in weight enabling you to carry them with ease Max working       15bar                                                  on board your vessel pressure                                                               • We provide you with ready to use hoses fitted with Min burst pressure 50bar                                                 standard couplings or hoses without couplings.  Couplings and Nozzles                                                                             Fire Hoses           GUARDMA            MANNF                FIR                  IRE                    E HO                      HOSSE        A rugged and reliable product complementing       your onboard requirements. giving                                                                                 you the flexibility to choose and fit the ones suited for       Coupling             Std Norwegian.BRACKET F/COUPLING       758888                                 Binding wire 1. w/o COUPLINGS       233775                                 GUARDMAN 2 1/2" AT 15 MTR       574939                                 GUARDMAN FIRE HOSE 1 1/2" PER MTR       574947                                 GUARDMAN FIREHOSE 2" PER MTR       574954                                 GUARDMAN FIREHOSE 2 ¢" PER MTR       605212                                 BINDING MACHINE PORTABLE       605220                                 BIND.        Features        • Easy to use & with high durability        • Available with our without coupling          Technical data                                                        Benefits        Approvals            MED. EN 14540:2004 + A1:2007                       • Our hoses are made of a rubber blend with circular       Length               Standard 15 mtr or per meter                         woven polyester jacket giving you safer operations by       Inner diameter       1 1/2.      SAFETY                                                                Fire Hoses. oil and commonly       used chemicals. 15MTR       510719                                 GUARDMAN 2" W/NOR-2 CPL.6mm . 2 or 2 1/2 inch                               absorbing sudden pressure increases during use                                                                               • Light weight design enables you to carry them with       Max working pressure 15bar                                                ease onboard your vessel when fighting fires       Min burst pressure   45bar                                              • We provide you with ready to use hoses fitted with       Temp range           -30 C to + 75 C                                      standard couplings or hoses without couplings. 15MTR       589598                                 GUARDMAN 1¢" W/STORZ C CPL 15MTR       510727                                 GUARDMAN 2" W/STORZ C CPL 15MTR       589614                                 GUARDMAN 2¢" W/STORZ 65 CPL 15MTR       233759                                 GUARDMAN 1 1/2" AT 15 MTR       233767                                 GUARDMAN 2" x 15 m. Specifically       designed for marine use. We use materials       that safeguard the hoses against external       damage from UV radiation.Stainless steel     700 . providing you with a       long life product suitable for extreme climatic       and fire fighting conditions. Storz or without couplings                                                                                 your fire fighting equipment           Ordering information       Product number                         Product name       589606                                 GUARDMAN 1¢" W/NOR-1 CPL 15MTR       510701                                 GUARDMAN 2" W/NOR-1 CPL.  even at Max working       15bar                                                  temperatures as low as -50° C pressure                                                               • Light weight design enables you to carry them with Min burst pressure 50bar                                                 ease onboard your vessel when fighting fires Temp range        -50 C to + 75 C                                      • We provide you with ready to use hoses fitted with                                                                          standard couplings or hoses without couplings.20 mtr or per meter                     inner thermoplastic polyurethane lining safeguarding it Inner diameter    1 1/2. Specifically designed for marine use providing you with a long life product suitable for extreme climatic and fire fighting conditions.5" PER MTR 605212                                     BINDING MACHINE PORTABLE 605220                                     BIND. CPL 18MTR 589689                                     MERTEX 2¢" W/INSTANT. CPL 18MTR 589580                                     MERTEX FIRE HOSE 1¢" PER MTR 589572                                     MERTEX FIRE HOSE 2" PER MTR 589564                                     MERTEX FIRE HOSE 2. Storz. EN 14540:2004 + A1:2007                         • Our hoses are manufactured as circular woven with Length            Standard 15.18. giving                   Std Norwegian. Instantaneous or without Coupling                                                                 you the flexibility to choose and fit the ones suited for                   couplings                                                                          your fire fighting equipment     Ordering information Product number                             Product name 589630                                     MERTEX 1¢" W/NOR-1 CPL 15MTR 589622                                     MERTEX 1½" W/STORZ C CPL 15MTR 758870                                     MERTEX 2"" W/STORZ C CPL 18 MTR 758862                                     MERTEX 2" W/STORZ C CPL 20 MTR 589671                                     MERTEX 2¢" W/STORZ 65 CPL 15MTR 589655                                     MERTEX 2" W/INSTANT.                                                                          oil and commonly used chemicals).SAFETY                                                                Fire Hoses.  Features  • Extreme low temp use  • Light weight  • Available with or without coupling     Technical data                                                        Benefits  Approvals         MED. 2 or 2 1/2 inch                                 against both internal and external wear (UV radiation. Couplings and Nozzles                                                                       Fire Hoses     ME MERRTEX F         FIR           IRE             E HO               HOSSE  A rugged and reliable product complementing your onboard requirements.6MM STAINLESS STEEL                                                                                                                                        701 .BRACKET F/COUPLING 758888                                     BINDING WIRE 1.       SAFETY                                               Fire Hoses.           BIND        INDING            ING MA                MAC                  CHINE P                        POORTABLE       295 605212        This hand held binding device.     702 . provides a       complete tool for binding couplings to our       Unitor brand of fire hoses with diameters       ranging from 25 mm to 110 mm. Couplings and Nozzles                                                            Fire Hoses           CLAMP          MPING             ING D                 DEEVIC                     ICEEF                         FOOR B                              BIND                                INDING                                   ING MA                                       MAC                                         CHINE       295 605220        This clamping device is used in combination       with the portable binding tool to connect       couplings to the fire hose with varying sizes       from 25 mm to 110 mm in diameter. The clamping device can be easily affixed       to your vessel's workshop standard vice with       jaw of at least 75 mm.       This device is made of a cast frame with a strip       brake. combined with       our mechanical clampling device. A hand crank is supplied for winding the binding wire.       The hand crank allows you to adapt the       clamping arrangement optimally to the coupling       size. SAFETY                                                       Fire Hoses. They come with straight or angled flange connections.  Features  • High corrosion-resistant  • Does not include couplings  • Robust material  Benefits  • Our hydrants are manufactured from aluminium alloy offering you a high corrosion-resistant product with a    maintenance-free long life  • Gives you the choice to connect to any coupling compatible with the fire main system on board your vessel  • One-piece cast body offers you a robust hydrant  Ordering information Product number                    Product name 775577                            HYDRANT VALVE 2""W/FLANGE STRAIGHT 775544                            HYDRANT VLV 2 1/2"W/FLANGE STRAIGH 534198                            HYDRANT VALVE W/2'' MALE THREAD 590232                            HYDRANT VALVE 2¢"W/FLANGE DN65 PN16 534172                            HYDRANT VALVE 2" W/FLANGE DN50 PN16 791693                            HYDRANT DIVIDER STORZ 65*3XSTORZ 65                                                                                                                    703 . Couplings and Nozzles                                                              Fire Hydrants     HY HYDDRANT V          VA           ALVE  Our Unitor fire hydrant valves enable you to connect the fire hoses with the fire mains onboard your vessel. The fire hydrant valves are made of aluminium alloy suited for marine environments giving you a maintenance-free and corrosion-resistant product.  SHORE CONN W/2" MALE THREAD     704 .      SAFETY                                                        Fire Hoses.        Features        • Connection to harbour fire lines        • Standardised connection        • Fitted with Storz C or without coupling        Benefits        • This connection allows you to connect the onboard fire main line with the harbour fire systems in emergency and in          dry dock        • Standard flange size connection makes it easy and quick to connect in any port        • Gives you the choice to connect any coupling compatible with your onboard fire main connection or with the Storz C          connection          Technical data        Inside dia. 1960" (SOLAS). (mm)                                19          Ordering information       Product number                     Product name       607966                             INT. D (mm)                            178       LK/z                                          132/4       Hole dia. Couplings and Nozzles                                                                     Fire Hydrants           INT       INTEERNA             NAT               TIO                 IONA                   NALLS                       SHIP                         HIP T                             TO                              OSSHO                                 HORRE C                                       COONNE                                          NNECCTIO                                                IONN        Our Unitor International Shore Connections are in accordance with the regulation of "International       Convent for the Safety of Life at Sea. They are used for connecting your onboard fire       fighting installation mains to the harbour.SHORE CONN W/2 1/2" MALE THREAD       607967                             INT SHORE CONN W/STORZ C       727753                             INT. The dimensions of the flange are standardized globally. d (mm)                            45       Face-to-face length L (mm)                    90       Flange-dia.       This International Shore Connection comes with Storz C couplings or without couplings.   Features  • Variable flow rate and spray angle  • Light weight  • Corrosion proof    Technical data                                                   Benefits  Approvals   EN 15182-1&3:2007 +A1:2009                            • Variable flow rates and spray angles give you the std                                                                 flexibility to adjust water use as per your requirement             Nitrile butadiene rubber (NBR) & Polyoxymethylene     • Light weight enables you to carry them with ease Material                                                            onboard your vessel when fighting fires             (POM)                                                                   • The use of NBR rubber for the operating head and a                                                                     POM plastic tube body makes our nozzles corrosion-                                                                     proof. We understand this need and our Unitor range of fire nozzles are designed to enhance your fire fighting capability when tackling fires. giving you a long lasting product     Ordering information Product number                          Product name 708271                                  SPRAY/JET NOZZLE 12MM HS-12 708289                                  SPRAY/JET NOZZLE 16MM HS-16 708297                                  SPRAY/JET NOZZLE 20MM HS-20 737759                                  TURBO NOZZLE 2000 W/2" MALE THREAD                                                                                                                                  705 . Couplings and Nozzles                                                                  Fire Nozzles     FIR  IREE NO       NOZ         ZZLES  Fire nozzles provide you with the first line of defence when fighting fires. robust and incorporate minimalistic parts giving you an easy to use and maintenance-free product.SAFETY                                                           Fire Hoses. Our fire nozzles are dual purpose spray and jet mode offering variable flow rates and spray angles. The nozzles are light weight.  You can choose from regular or fluoro protein. all approved to MED. and synthetic foam       concentrates with alcohol-resistant variants.        Features        t     Available in 20 and 200 litre containers        t     Used in a wide range of pumps and applicators        t     High.      SAFETY                                                             Fire System products                                                                          Foam Concentrates           FOAM CON              NCCEN                  NTTRATES        Our range of foam concentrates gives you a wide range of coverage from engine spaces to open       decks. We can also test your foams to ensure you comply with       national flag and appropriate class standards.       Our technical support teams and stocks are available to support your needs at key ports globally. medium and low expansion rates        t     Testing to required standards        Benefits        t     You can choose from 2 sizes of containers for ease of handling and convenience        t     We give you an extensive choice of concentrates to meet your requirements        t     We offer testing of the foam concentrate and small scale fire tests to ensure you comply to IMO MSC1312        t     Our customer support ranges from technical advice to design and service of your foam systems        Ordering information       Product number                      Description       Unitor deck foam concentrates:       UNIVEX Super Universal-alcohol resistant       764987                              UNIVEX 3x3 Super FP-AR 3% 20 Lt can       764985                              UNIVEX 3x3 Super FP-AR 3% 200 Lt drum       764988                              UNIVEX 3x3 Super FP-AR 6% 20 Lt can       764986                              UNIVEX 3x3 Super FP-AR 6% 200 Lt drum       AFFF alcohol-resistant       777688                              AFFF-AR 3% 20 Lt can       777927                              AFFF-AR 3% 200 Lt drum       AFFF       777686                              AFFF 3% F-15 20 Lt can       777685                              AFFF 3% F-15 200 Lt drum       777696                              AFFF 1% F-20 20 Lt can       777695                              AFFF 1% F-20 200 Lt drum       777692                              AFFF 3% F-25 20 Lt can       777691                              AFFF 3% F-25 200 Lt drum       777694                              AFFF 6% F-35 20 Lt can       777693                              AFFF 6% F-35 200 Lt drum       UNIMIN       576454                              UNIMIN Protein 3% 20 Lt can     706 . AFFF. Product number                     Description 574723                             UNIMIN Protein 6% 20 Lt can UNIROL 592204                             UNIROL Flouroprotein 3% 20 Lt can 556084                             UNIROL Flouroprotein 3% 200 Lt drum 592212                             UNIROL Flouroprotein 6% 20 Lt can UNIREX 592196                             UNIREX Synthetic 3-6% 20 Lt can 556092                             UNIREX Synthetic 3-6% 200 Lt drum Hydral 772392                             HYDRAL AFFF 3% (S3) 25 Lt can 772384                             HYDRAL AFFF 3% (S3) 200 Lt drum Unitor Hi expansion foam concentrate 711808                             HIGH Expansion Synthetic Foam                                    2% 20 Lt can 711390                             HIGH Expansion Synthetic Foam 2% 200 Lt drum    Accessories Product number                    Product name 605030                            Unitor foam applicator MLR .40 SA 400 L/ 3% 605063                            Unitor foam applicator MLR .40 SA 215 L/ 6% 605055                            Unitor foam applicator MLR .40 SA 400 L/ 6% 606080                            Foam station box 605121                            Storz C coupling with 1 1/2 inch male thread 605113                            Storz 65 coupling with 1 1/2 inch male thread 791455                            Storz B coupling with 1 1/2 inch male thread 678953                            Nakajima coupling 40A with 1 1/2 inch male thread                                                                                           707 .40 SA 215 L/ 3% 605048                            Unitor foam applicator MLR .         •   UL listed        •   Universal suits most detectors                                      Calibration (or sensitivity) testing        •   Lifetime warranty                                                   Sensitivity testing confirms whether the detector’s        •   Approved by leading detector manufacturers                          performance is within the acceptable parameters. smoke and CO2 testers        •   Synthetic smoke aerosols        •   Extension poles for high ceilings        •   Powered and non powered units          Technical data                                                           Functional (or operational) testing        Universal design suits widest range of detectors (up to 100mm /          Functional checking is accomplished by introducing a       4" in diameter)                                                          smoke. Although                                                                                some countries’ codes accept field sensitivity tests of smoke       Smoke detector testing                                                   detectors by electronic means it can only be properly done       Test requirements for smoke detectors vary by country but                by introducing a quantified source of smoke or surrogate       fall broadly into two categories:                                        smoke to the detector from the protected atmosphere. or simulated smoke.      SMO        MOKKE A              AND                ND HE                   HEAAT D                         DEETECTOR T                                   TEESTING        To ensure your heat.       For those areas of your vessel with no power       supply you can still test using our cordless heat       detector tester.        Features        •   Heat. It is                                                                                required by all national standards around the world and       Benefits                                                                  testing by electronic means which do not involve this test are                                                                                not sufficiently compliant. smoke and CO2 are fully       functional we offer a range of test equipment       and ancillaries for you to comply to local and       international regulations.       Whether fitted in high or low ceilings the       optional fittings can extend your reach to nearly       10 metre heights.           Ordering information       Product number                                    Description       740811                                            Aerosol smoke and CO2 tester       740829                                            Telescopic pole       751305                                            Extension for telescopic pole       740837                                            12 pack Smoke tester aerosols       743070                                            Heat detector tester       740845                                            Cordless heat detector tester     708 . stimulus from the protected                                                                                area through the vents of a detector to the sensor(s). . %-&%*"#".)&..)4407*.+ .-7&#/.&4733'2/.4&. 	!&23/."'&4860%'9*% .". 	93/52$&0"(& . .)4407*.-7&#/.%-&%*"#".)&.4&.+ .&4733'2/. 	!&23/."."'&4860%'9*% .  they are supported by WSS’s global service station network. . Furthermore. misuse.                                                                          ENVIRONMENTAL  Where required. WSS’s range of                                                                                  LIFE SAVING personal safety equipment has been specially                                                                                    MEDICAL designed to offer comfort as well as security.	93/52$&0"(&     SAFETY  PERSONAL SAFETY  It is a fact of life that accidents happen. but how we protect ourselves from short and long term injury is a crucial element in today’s                                                                       FIRE PROTECTION                                                                                                                       PERSONAL SAFETY onboard working environment. All products are compliant with varying local regulations. monitor and maintain your personal safety equipment. allowing us to work with you to manage. loss or wear and tear. our equipment includes spare parts to ensure that levels of safety are not compromised when faced with damage. giving your crew protection and you peace of mind.        We now supply all units complete with a       certificate for pure air. They are safe and reliable three stage   supplied with a three phase 230/460 VAC electric motor.       Whether you have occasional light use or heavy       use our Junior II or Oceanus fit your       requirements.        Features        • Wide range of types and pressures        • All units can be pressure reduced or increased to suit          breathing apparatus or lifeboat air cylinders        • Bauer Triplex filter technology        • Lightweight.     712 . anti-corrosion strong frames        Benefits        •   You can opt for light or heavy use and still use change over devices to alternate pressures from 200 to 300 bar        •   Light-weight space age frames allow you to manoeuvre them around your vessel        •   Bauer's famous Triplex filter technology will give you pure air on a consistent basis        •   Corrosion-resistant making them ideal for you to use on board          Junior II and Oceanus come complete with air purification        compressors which are easily maintained on board.      SAFETY                                                          Respiratory Equipment                                                                       Breathing Air Compressors           BREATHING A                 AIR                   IR C                      COOMP                         MPRRESSORS        WSS offers a complete range of compressors       perfectly suited for use on board your vessels       when your breathing apparatus or lifeboat       cylinders need refilling. They are       system and a fill hose.  robust. valid for 12 months.  Features  • 200 bar filling  • Long-life Triplex P21 filter cartridges ensure cleaner    air (EN12021)  • Highly engineered.JUNIO   NIORR II-E A              AIR                IR C                   COOMP                      MPRRESSOR  The Bauer Junior II-E 200 bar compressor is perfectly suited for you to use on board vessels that need to fill breathing air cylinders regularly but not continuously.300 bar 619403                               Junior II Compressor 400/440v . Quality of breathing air delivered complies to DIN EN12021.                for the long-term    scheduled maintenance and running hours log to    ensure the quality of your air remains high     Ordering information Product number                       Description 619387                               Junior II Compressor 400/440v .200 bar 619395                               Junior II Compressor 400/440v .                                                                                                                                        713 . Comes complete with air purification certificate when new. The robust coated frames give you durability and a longer life in the marine environment.200/300 bar    Accessories Product number          Description 709139                  Change over device from 200 to 300 bar 652644                  Junior II Service kit 500 hours 652651                  Junior II Service kit 1000 hours(also need 652644) 736208                  Junior II Service kit 2000 hours(also need 652651) 655134                  Mineral oil 1 litre for compressors from 1999 to July 2006 655167                  Synthetic oil 1 litre for compressors from September 1992 to March 1999 758169                  Synthetic oil 1 litre for compressors from July 2006 onwards 736660                  Breathing air quality test kit    Approvals The compressor is approved to the highest standards of the Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC. light-weight and portable    Benefits                                                                 • The corrosion-resistant steel frames make it ideal for                                                                           use on board vessels  • Triplex filters ensure a consistent safe source of clean              • We have a 20 year spare parts supply in addition to    breathing air                                                          global technical service to support your investment  • The built-in B Timer provides a filter condition status.  robust and light-weight        Benefits        • Triplex filters ensure a safe source of clean breathing          air consistently        • The built in B Timer provides a filter condition status. They are light-       weight. Quality of breathing       air delivered confirms to DIN EN12021.        Features        • 200-300 or 200/300 bar filling        • Long-life Triplex P21 filter cartridges ensure cleaner          air (EN12021)        • Highly engineered.     714 .          scheduled maintenance and running hours log to ensure the quality of your air remains high        • The corrosion-resistant steel frames make it ideal for use on board vessels        • We have a 20 year spare parts supply in addition to global technical service to support your investment for the long-          term        Ordering information       Product number                        Description       735829                                Oceanus compressor 400/440v 200 bar       735837                                Oceanus compressor 400/44v 300 bar       735845                                Oceanus compressor 400/440v 200/300 bar          Accessories       Product number            Description       709139                    Change over device from from 200 to 300 bar       764100                    Service kit Oceanus 500 hours       764118                    Service kit Oceanus 1000 hours(also require 764100)       764126                    Service kit Oceanus 2000 hours (also require 764118)       655134                    Mineral oil for compressors from 1999 to July 2006       655167                    Synthetic oil for compressors from September 1992 to March 1999       758169                    Synthetic oil for compressors from July 2006 onwards       736660                    Breathing air quality test kit          Approvals       The compressor is approved to the highest standards of the       Pressure Equipment Directive 97/23/EC.      SAFETY                                                               Respiratory Equipment                                                                            Breathing Air Compressors           OCEANU           NUSSEA                AIR                  IR C                     COOMP                        MPRRESSOR        Bauer Oceanus compressors are perfectly       suited for use on board vessels that need to fill       breathing air cylinders regularly. easily portable and have a compact       design with heavy duty motors allowing you to       use them more regularly. SAFETY                                                        Respiratory Equipment                                                               Breathing Air Compressors     BREATHING A           AIR             IR C                COOMP                   MPRRESSORS B T                                TIME                                  IMER                                     R 395 755967  The B Timer is a self-activating minicomputer that counts your operating hours of the compressor and calculates the saturation of the filter cartridge.3g in operation Humidity                       95 %                                                                                                                          715 . It displays operating hours.  Features  • Records running hours  • Continuous filter cartridge monitoring  • 3 year battery life  Benefits  • Provides easy to read maintenance log for continual monitoring of your compressors  • Your filter cartridge is constantly monitored ensuring you receive clean air  • The 3 year battery gives you a long life and with no wiring necessary you can fit the B Timer quickly and simply    Technical data  Operating temp range           0 C to + 50 C Storage temp                   -20 C to + 70 C Protection class               IP 65 Vibration                      +/. cartridge lifetime and all maintenance due for the compressor which ensures you receive clean air constantly. temperature. cartridge type and delivery rate of the compressor. This is all achieved through taking into account time. 1 ppm (v/v)       NO                         < 0.1 mg/m3       CO                         < 5 ml/m3       CO2                        < 500 ppm (V/V)       Water vapour               < 10 mg/m3       Odour / taste              Nil       SO2                        < 0.        Features        • Contains activated carbon.       By keeping as a spare on board you can quickly       replace in case of an emergency.1 ppm (v/v)       NO2                        < 0.      SAFETY                                                       Respiratory Equipment                                                                    Breathing Air Compressors           COMP         MPRRESSOR F FIL                      ILT                        TER CCHA                              HARRGE F                                     FOOR J                                          JUUNIO                                             NIORR/       OCEANU           NUSSTTR                 RIP                   IPL                     LEX FFIL                           ILT                             TER       395 528935        Bauer filter cartridges exceed the European       standards EN 12021 for breathing air       purification. hopcalite and molecular          sieve        • Easy to handle and replace        Benefits        • This filter maintains the high quality of your breathing          air        • It is a quick replacement when your B Timer filter          status alerts          Technical data        Standard                   EN 12021       Oil / Aerosols             <0.1 ppm (v/v)     716 . 000 cycle test and the corresponding approval.  Features  • Ease of use  • Robust material    Technical data                                             Benefits  Operating pressure   425 Bar                                • Long length and standard fittings enable you to Connection           M16 X 1.5                                connect the compressor with lifeboat cylinder without DN                   5 mm                                     moving them from their location                                                             • Fluoropolymer pricked hose withstands extreme Outer dia            13.                                          N6.SAFETY                                                     Respiratory Equipment                                                            Breathing Air Compressors     BAUER C       COOMP          MPRRESSOR F                    FIL                      ILL                        LING HO                             HOSSE 50 M D                                        DN6.3 mm                                  weather conditions providing you with safe operation Outer layer          Pricked Resistant agianst    Salty air. have a 20. sun and fuel Material             Fluoropolymer Temperature          -40 C to + 100 C Colour               Black                                                                                                                           717 . PN450 395 758847  Bauer compressor 50 metre hose for filling lifeboat cylinders. Bauer compressor filling hoses feature a very high certified temperature range. salt water. They are flexible and fitted with hose protection and a handle on the end of the pressure gauge as well as fittings of stainless steel. All hoses and fittings are 100% pressure tested.         Benefits        •   The red hand wheel on the filling gives you a safety precaution to differentiate the pressure the compressor is set at        •   The simple bolt on kit requires you to have no specialist knowledge to install        •   You can install on any Bauer compressors        •   WSS global service support gives you assurance should you need any assistance or advice          Supplied with:                                                    • Filling hose EDP 606168                                                                         • Filling valve 330 bar (red hand wheel) EDP 605253        • Switch-over device EDP 528901        • Safety valve 330 bar EDP 646059     718 . The 300-200 bar change over device comes complete in kit form for immediate       use and is simple to install requiring no specialist knowledge. The 200 to 300 bar change over device comes complete in kit form for immediate use.        Benefits        •   The black hand wheel on the filling gives you a safety precaution to differentiate the pressure the compressor is set at        •   The simple bolt on kit requires you to have no specialist knowledge to install        •   You can install on any Bauer compressors        •   WSS global service support gives you assurance should you need any assistance or advice          Supplied with:                                                    • Filling hose EDP 606168                                                                         • Filling valve 225 bar (black hand wheel) EDP 605261        • Switch-over device EDP 528901        • Safety valve 225 bar EDP 643544           CHA        HANG           NGE             EOOV                VER DDE                      EVIC                        ICEEF                            FRROM 200-                                  200-300                                       300 B                                           BAAR       COMP         MPLLF             FOOR B                  BAAUER C                         COOMP                            MPRRESSOR       395 709139        Bauer change over devices allow Junior / Oceanus compressors to be used for a number of pressure       applications.      SAFETY                                                          Respiratory Equipment                                                                       Breathing Air Compressors           COMP         MPRRESSOR 300-                   300-200                        200 B                            BAAR C                                 CHA                                   HANG                                     NGEEO                                         OV                                          VER       DEVIC          ICEE       395 709121        Bauer change over devices increase the flexibility of use of your compressors to allow for varying       pressure requirements.  carbon dioxide. IMO guidelines MSC/Circ.                                                                 CO2.    panel (for DIN charging connection 300 or 200 bar)  • Timer                                                    Test tubes for nitrous oxide measurement are  • Flow meter                                               available on request.3 Ltr/min           oxide levels in breathing air                                                               • Preset settings of the flow rate for the gases to be Flow preset for H2O tubes                 1 ltr/min             measured enables you to use the kit instantly Flow preset for oil tubes                 2.SAFETY                                                      Respiratory Equipment                                                             Breathing Air Compressors     COMP   MPRRESSOR B             BRREATHING A                        AIR                          IR Q                             QUUALIT                                  ITYYT                                      TEEST K                                            KIT                                              IT 391 736660  The Unitor breathing air quality test kit measures the purity of breathing air from high or low- pressure cylinders and compressors quickly.           contents one pack of each of the four types of    pressure gauge and detector tube holder                      detector tubes. and accurately. escape sets and breathing air compressors.  Features  • Can measure 4 gases simultaneously  • Ready to use  • Uses readily available testing tubes    Technical data                                              Benefits  Operational medium                        Air                 • Our kit enables you to accurately measure carbon Max pressure                              300 bar               monoxide. The standard case  • The test device.5 Ltr/min         • Tubes are clearly arrow marked for use with the kit Flow preset for nitrous gases tubes       0. 850 recommend annual testing of your air quality from BA sets. In addition the case has space for  • Adapter for connection to a compressor charging              storing four additional spare packages.3 ltr/min           giving you quick and easy to understand results     Ordering information Supplied with:                                                • Detector tubes (package of 10) for measuring CO.  • Tube breaker for breaking detector tube tips   Product number                                          Description 661553                                                  Detector tubes CO 661728                                                  Detector tubes H2O 734723                                                  Detector tubes CO2 734715                                                  Detector tubes oil 735373                                                  Detector tubes NO2                                                                                                                           719 . water vapor and oil. consisting of a pressure reducer. easily. oil and nitrous Flow preset for CO & CO2 tubes            0. water. The air quality should confirm to EN 12021.       SAFETY                                                            Respiratory Equipment                                                                         Filter Masks / Breathing Filters           BREATHING F                 FIL                   ILT                     TER MA                         MASSKS        WSS provides a comprehensive range of       respiratory protection equipment covering a       multitude of hazards. whether gaseous or       particulate.       You can chose from a range of cost effective       masks and filters that meet your requirements       and comply with health and safety regulations.        Features        •   You can choose from a range of half or full masks with quick interchangeable filters        •   Our Advantage 3000 range is available in three sizes        •   Airtight and comfortable face seals and harness        •   We supply globally and provide global technical support        Benefits        • The interchangeable filters reduces the numbers of masks you need to provide on board        • Your choice of three sizes will deliver excellent comfort for all users during hazardous situations        • Our global support helps you comply with both national and international health and safety regulations        Ordering information       Product number                        Description       667154                                Advantage 200 Half Mask       650358                                Advantage 3200 Small Bayonet filter       650366                                Advantage 3200 Medium Bayonet filter       650357                                Advantage 3200 Large Bayonet filter       650382                                Advantage 3100 Small Threaded filter       650390                                Advantage 3100 Medium Threaded filter       650408                                Advantage 3100 Large Threaded filter     720 .  It is manufactured from hypoallergenic soft-feel silicones providing you with a pressure-free fit and extreme comfort. 391 650390  The Advantage 3121 series is a dual filter system which gives you high degrees of flexibility with a range of single and combi hazard filters. chemical Applications                      Sanding & Grinding                             and combination cartridges. undistorted view.SAFETY                                                              Respiratory Equipment                                                                     Filter Masks / Breathing Filters     ADVANT     NTA       AGE 3121 S                SING                  INGL                     LE F                        FIL                          ILT                            TER T                                THR                                  HRE                                    EADED ME                                          MEDD. optically corrected lens providing a clear.  Features  • Threaded filter connections  • Large. undistorted view  Benefits  • Innovative harness design and choice of 3 sizes means excellent comfort for all users during hazardous situations  • Interchangeable filters reduce the number of masks needed on board  • WSS global service network support                                                                        The Advantage 3121 full face mask is ideal for applications Technical data                                                      where onboard personnel are exposed to various hazardous                                                                     fumes. optically corrected lens which ensures a                      Asbestos Abatement. Besides its functionality we have Approvals            EN 14387 and EN 143                            provided a large. approved according to EN                      Painting                                       14387 and 143. To meet your individual needs you can Size                 Medium                                         choose different combinations as per your need by referring                                                                     to the 'Accessories' tab.                      Welding. mists and gases.                                       The Advantage 3121 has a full line of particulate.    Accessories Product number                             Product Description 650424                                     AX Filter 650465                                     E2 Gas Filter 650473                                     K2 Gas Filter 650481                                     P3 Dust Filter 650499                                     A2/B2/E2/K1 Gas Filter 650507                                     A2/B2/E2/K2 Gas Filter 650515                                     A2-P2 Combi filter 650523                                     B2-P2 Combi filter 650606                                     A2/B2/E2/K1/HG/P3 Combi filter 650614                                     A2/B2/E2/K2/HG/P3 Combi filter 650630                                     A1/B2/E2/K1/CO/NO/P3 Combi filter                                                                                                                                       721 .                            clear.       SAFETY                                                        Respiratory Equipment                                                                     Filter Masks / Breathing Filters           BREATHING MA                 MASSKS F                        FIL                          ILT                            TER R                                RAANG                                   NGEE        WSS provides a comprehensive range of respiratory protection equipment covering a multitude of       hazards.       Choice and flexibility provide you with many options and our combi filter range allows you to cover dual       hazards with one solution. dependant on the mask type. whether gaseous or particulate.       You can choose from a range of filters to meet your particular hazard in either threaded or bayonet       fitting.        Features        • You can choose either single or duo combination filters        • Our simple click or screw filters provide efficient and quick service and maintenance times        • This filter ranges cover both gaseous and particulate hazards        Benefits        • Interchangeable filters reduce the number of masks you need to provide on board        • You will benefit from comfort through easy breathing technology        • Our global support augments your ability to comply with both national and international health and safety regulations     722 .   Features  • Wide range of adjustment on the ergonomically designed back plate  • Wide range of uses  • Latest technology fixed demand valves  Benefits  •   Flexible adjustment gives you the option to cover a wider size range so require fewer units  •   You can use the Unipack in conjunction with our chemical suit range or choose the second air for rescue situations  •   Our state of the art fixed demand valve allows you to don the unit quickly and requiring minimal maintenance costs  •   We can individually tailor your Unipack requirements with our range of optional accessories to meet your specific      needs  Accessories Product number           Description 757879                   Unipack II BA set without cylinder 757881                   Unipack II with supplementary air connection without cylinder 667279                   Rescue Mask with 1. You can also choose a supplementary second air option to add a rescue mask or if you want to use in conjunction with your gastight chemical suit.5 metre hose for Unipack II supplementary air set 690412                   6 litre 200 bar steel cylinder filled 690453                   6 litre 300 bar steel cylinder filled 690438                   7 litre 200 bar steel cylinder filled 739961                   6. shipping or land based markets giving you flexible options for the level of protection you require.8 litre 300 bar composite cylinder filled  Additional accessories:                                                 • For hose connections for chemical suits see the                                                                           relevant suit type  • WSS can also supply cylinders with no air charge  • Communications equipment also available on request    Approvals MED approved                                                                                                                                 723 .SAFETY                                                                Respiratory Equipment                                                                       Compressed Air Breathing Apparatus     SELF C      CO       ONT         NTA           AINE             INED                DBBR                   REATHING A                            APPPARATUS  The Unipack self contained breathing apparatus covers fire fighting. chemical or gaseous hazard protection for the offshore.  It provides protection to any             cylinder is emptied       wearer.steel                Note! The air supply shall meet the requirements for                                                                      breathable air of EN 12021 or USCGA grade D (or better).         quick start function. By pulling the firing strap the cylinder          trained people can use quickly                              valve is opened in one movement. to            and needs no adjustments after donning       national regulations.       This version comes supplied with air and is       ready for placement on board. The     724 . the airflow starts and the       Weight                  Approx 4Kg                             bag is opened so that the hood can be taken and be pulled                                                                      over the head. When pulling the firing       Size (Lt x Dia)         600 x 250 mm                           strap the anti-tamper tag breaks. including those with a beard and/or spectacles. an        • We can supply either with or without air to assist your     inner mask.        Features        •   Fast automatic activation        •   One size hood        •   Clear vision        •   Low maintenance                                                                         pressure indicator is readable through a window.          the neck seal to fit most of your crews' head sizes        • Our large visor gives you an unobstructed clear view        Hood          to aid your escape                                          The hood assembly consists of a bright yellow hood. The regulator has a        • The clear instructions on the case ensure any non. It can be carried or kept in       readiness close to the workplace for immediate       access in case of emergency.                                                                       • The inner harness provides automatic and easy       Cylinder and bag                                                  adjustment for the inner mask       The compressed air cylinder is manufactured in accordance       • The neck seal accommodates a wide range of fits       with EC 84/525. The       Technical data                                                 duration time for the apparatus and pictorial user                                                                      instructions are noted on the bag. When the firing pin is        • The encapsulated hood has sufficient adjustment in           drawn the airflow starts.        Characteristics                                                 • The visor is designed for maximum field of vision       A fast method of operation permits air to pass from the           during escape       compressed cylinder into a flexible hood which can be            • The visual indicator shows duration status information       slipped over the head in a fast manoeuvre without                 and indicates when to remove the hood as the       complicated adjustment.        Benefits                                                        Regulator / cylinder valve                                                                      The regulator is mounted on the cylinder.      SAFETY                                                         Respiratory Equipment                                                                      Emergency Escape Breathing Device           UNIS        NISCCAPE E                 EEEBD        The Uniscape 15-H is a 15 minute compressed       air emergency escape breathing device (EEBD)       providing users with respiratory protection       during escape from toxic or oxygen deficient       atmospheres. 97/23 and 1999/36 or if applicable. a visual alarm indicator in the field of vision and          freight requirements                                        the air supply hose. It is carried and fixed in the bag.       Service time            15 min       Air cylinder            3 ltr / 200 bar . Ordering information Product number         Description 668913                 Uniscape 15 minute emergency escape breathing device with air 669473                 Uniscape 15 minute emergency escape breathing device without air    Accessories Product number                          Description 638395                                  Uniscape Cabinet 628164                                  Uniscape Wall Bracket set 632760                                  Covers for Uniscape wall bracket set    Approvals MED approved.                                                                                                                                        725 . It has been designed and tested in                    compliant with the safety requirements of EC Directive 96/98 accordance with EN 1146 and has demonstrated to be                  Marine Equipment.  serious accidents can and       do occur.          Approvals       MED approved     726 . and also provides the suit with ventilation. Viton or PVC options        • Positive pressure air supplied or splash only        • Bayonet glove ring system on pressurised suits        Benefits        • Our 3 materials offer differing levels of protection to suit your particular hazard        • You have a choice dependant on your risk of either splash only or positive pressure suits        • The Trellchem bayonet system for gloves gives you a positive seal ensuring it is gastight          Technical data                                                         All Trellchem positive pressure suits increase your safety and                                                                              can either be fed by BA sets giving you total freedom of                     Airflows can be set at either 2 or 30 litres per minute   movement or by connecting to a hose from your vessels air       Pressurisationwith BA sets or optionally 30 or 100 litres when         supply.      SAFETY                                                                 Personal Protection                                                                              Chemical Protection           CHE        HEMIC           MICA              AL S                 SUUIT                    ITSS        Making mistakes is part of the human condition       and people working with hazardous chemicals       are particularly at risk. This pressurised system with varying airflow levels                     operating with an external airline                       gives you protection against leaks. for example by accidental                                                                              perforations. Even though risk       assessment is done.        Features        • Rubber. A Trellchem protective suit will give       you the best protection when accidents occur       or daily work is a high risk situation. White safety helmet to EN397. We supply a complete one size kit.               Suit . except for the boots.Blue PVC apron 76 x 93 cm with eyelet and tapes Gloves . acetate visor BS2092 Grade 2 chemical                       double storm flap over and press stud closure. EN374    Ordering information Product number                   Description 576843                           Unitor chemical resistant personal protection kit 571018                           Chemical safety boot size 42 571026                           Chemical safety boot size 43 571034                           Chemical safety boot size 44 571042                           Chemical safety boot size 45                                                                                                                                       727 . giving you good levels of protection against hazardous chemicals. elasticated single legs. single elasticated density polyethylene shell.Blue PVC with elasticated hood.  Features  • Helmet with visor cap and bib  • Goggles.EN166 1C                                                                      Apron .                                                                      size large. moving chemicals around or mixing them. chest 112 cm Goggles . low-density polyethylene head            sleeves. suit. apron and gloves  • MED approved  Benefits  • The fully approved helmet includes a visor for splash    protection in your face  • Additionally we supply goggles that can be worn under the visor to ensure your eyes are fully protected  • The suit is a one piece protecting your body from any harmful splashes plus we add an apron as added protection    for the suit  • As most work is done with the hands it is imperative to protect them so we include gauntlets to give full hand and    lower protection    Helmet assembly . polyester/nylon zip with harness.Rubber gauntlet 43 cm long. high.SAFETY                                                               Personal Protection                                                                      Chemical Protection     CHE  HEMIC     MICA        AL R           REESIS               ISTTANT P                       PEERSONA                             NALLP                                 PRROTECTIO                                         IONN KIT 394 576843  The Unitor chemical resistant personal protection kit protects you against splashes when filling or opening drums.        Tensile strength                     ISO 13934-1                              alkalis. Storage bag. The mini hood fitted as standard protects       you against inward leakage between mask and       face seal. in case of jet spray from behind. Record card for use and                                                                                 chemical exposure          Ordering information       Product number         Description                                                                Size     Height        Chest       758250                 Trellchem Super T-ET with mini hood. instructions for storage. method 2                       • You can use the Super T-ET with most standard BA       Flex cracking                        ISO 7854. suit       Antistatic                           EN 1149-3. method B                       sets with supplementary air connections                                                                                   • Available in 3 sizes for correct fit and high comfort       Flex cracking at -30 Deg.C           ISO 7854.      SAFETY                                                                    Personal Protection                                                                                 Chemical Protection           TRELLCHE             HEMMS                 SUUPER T                        T-E                         -ETT        The Super T-ET chemical & gastight suit       provides excellent protection against hazardous       chemicals in liquid.without hose                           Large    182-194cm     96-104cm       Accessories       L39499                 Repair kit for Trellchem Super       749861                 Molykote grease for Chemical suits       669358                 Unipack BA set hose with outlet for 2nd air unit       669366                 Unipack BA set hose       605204                 Trellchem hood for BA set protection       749838                 Viton butyl gloves for VPS/Super and Light Trellchem suits       723056                 Spare or additional mini hood     728 . method 3       Seam strength                        ISO 5082                             Supplied with: Chemical resistance table. EN 1149-5                 hanger.        Features        •   Includes mini hood        •   BA worn outside of suit        •   Positive pressure suit        •   MED approved          Technical data                                                            Benefits        Abrasion resistance. A       mid level protection suit ideal for working       confined space. vapor.without hose                           Small    170-182cm     88-96cm       740530                 Trellchem Super T-ET with mini hood.                 EN 530. gaseous and solid       form. method B                     • The polyamide fabric coated with Viton and Butyl       Trapezoidal tear resistance          ISO 9073-4                               rubber gives excellent protection against acids. solvents.without hose                           Medium   176-188cm     92-100cm       740555                 Trellchem Super T-ET with mini hood. petrochemicals and warfare agents                                                                                   • We can advise on the correct hoses and fittings if we       Puncture resistance                  EN 863                                                                                     know type of BA sets on board       Resistance to flame                   EN 13274-4.  vapor. short periods of working and less aggressive environments. method 2                          BA sets with supplementary air connections Flex cracking                         ISO 7854. acids. It is ideal for you to use in confined spaces.?C           ISO 7854. method 3 Seam strength                         ISO 5082 Antistatic                            EN 1149-3. EN 1149-5    Ordering information Product number         Description                                                                   Size     Height        Chest 538918                 Trellchem Light T Chemical suits without hose                                 Medium   136-188cm     92-100cm 538926                 Trellchem Light T Chemical suits without hose                                 Large    182-194cm     96-104cm Accessories L277                   Repair kit for Light and Splash type Trellchem chemical suits 749861                 Molykote grease for Chemical suits 669358                 Unipack BA set hose with outlet for 2nd air unit 669366                 Unipack BA set hose 749838                 Viton butyl gloves for VPS/Super and Light Trellchem suits 605204                 Trellchem hood for BA set protection 723056                 Spare or additional mini hood 749846                 Gloves for Trellchem Light and Splash chemical suits 571018                 Size 42 Chemical safety boot 571026                 Size 43 Chemical safety boot 571034                 Size 44 Chemical safety boot 571042                 Size 45 Chemical safety boot                                                                                                                                              729 . method B                        gives you excellent protection against alkalis.  Features  •     Light-weight and high comfort  •     BA worn outside of suit  •     Positive pressure suit  •     MED approved    Technical data                                                             Benefits  Properties                            METHOD                                  • You can use the Trellchem Light with most standard Abrasion resistance. alchohols and aliphatics Tensile strength                      ISO 13934-1                             • You will need to notify us which type of BA set you                                                                                 have on board so we can advise on the correct hoses Puncture resistance                   EN 863                                                                                 and fittings Resistance to flame                    EN 13274-4. Trapezoidal tear resistance           ISO 9073-4                                oils. method B                      • It is available in 2 sizes to give you a correct fit                                                                               • The polyamide fabric is coated on both sides and Flex cracking at -30 Deg. gaseous and solid form. We provide you with global network support for your chemical suits both for service and repair.TRELLCHE       HEMML           LIG             IGHT               HT T  The Light T chemical and gastight suit is soft and durable giving you excellent protection against hazardous chemicals in liquid.                  EN 530.                    EN 530. method 2                         sets with supplementary air connections       Flex cracking                          ISO 7854. Higher levels of protection offer a       greater resistance across a broader range of       hazards.C             ISO 7854. method B                     • It is available in 3 sizes to give you a correct fit                                                                                     • Well proven combination of rubber and a multilayer       Flex cracking at -30 Deg.without hose                             Medium   136-188cm     92-100cm       723049                   Trellchem VPS T-ET with mini hood. The mini hood fitted as standard       protects you against inward leakage between       mask and face seal.      TRELLCHE             HEMMV                 VPPS T                      T-E                       -ETT        The VPS T-ET chemical & gastight suit is perfect       when carrying mixed or constantly changing       cargoes. method 3                   •   NFPA 1991       Flammability resistance                AST F 1358                             •   EN 943-1 and EN 943-2/ET                                                                                     •   EN 1073-2                                                                                     •   EN 14126           Ordering information       Product number           Description                                                                Size     Height        Chest       723023                   Trellchem VPS T-ET with mini hood.without hose                             Large    182-194cm     96-104cm       Accessories       739029                   Repair kit for Trellchem VPS chemical suit       749861                   Molykote grease for Chemical suits       669358                   Unipack BA set hose with outlet for 2nd air unit       669366                   Unipack BA set hose       749838                   Viton butyl gloves for VPS/Super and Light Trellchem suits       605204                   Trellchem hood for BA set protection       723056                   Spare or additional mini hood     730 .        Features        •   Includes mini hood        •   High comfort        •   BA worn outside of suit        •   Positive pressure suit        •   MED approved          Technical data                                                              Benefits        Properties                             METHOD                                 • You can use the VPS T-ET with most standard BA       Abrasion resistance.without hose                             Small    170-182cm     88-96cm       723031                   Trellchem VPS T-ET with mini hood. as well as great                                                                                       abrasion and flame resistance       Tensile strength                       ISO 13934-1                                                                                     • Notify us which type of BA set you have on board so       Burst Strength                         ASTM D 751                               we can advise on the correct hoses and fittings       Puncture resistance                    EN 863       Seam strength                          ISO 5082                             Meets the following standards:       Resistance to ignition                 EN 13274-4. method B                       chemical barrier provides excellent chemical protec-       Tear resistance warp/weft              ISO 9073-4                               tion for over 8 hours against a wide range of       Tear resistance warp/weft              ASTM D 2582                              chemicals including war agents.  method 2                           you have on board Flex cracking                        ISO 7854. EN 1149-5    Ordering information Product number         Description                                                                   Size     Height       Chest 723296                 Trellchem Splash 600 Chemical without boots Size Small                        Small    170-182cm    88-96cm 723304                 Trellchem Splash 600 Chemical without boots Size Medium                       Medium   136-188cm    92-100cm 723312                 Trellchem Splash 600 Chemical without boots Size Large                        Large    182-194cm    96-104cm Accessories L27763                 Repair kit for Trellchem Light and Splash chemical suits 749861                 Molykote grease for chemical suits 749846                 Gloves for Trellchem Light and Splash chemical suits 571018                 Size 42 Chemical safety boot 571026                 Size 43 Chemical safety boot 571034                 Size 44 Chemical safety boot 571042                 Size 45 Chemical safety boot                                                                                                                                           731 . method B                       • It is available in 3 sizes to give you a correct fit                                                                               • The Trellchem® Splash material is made of a strong Flex cracking at -30 Deg. drawstring hood    Technical data                                                             Benefits  Material Properties                  METHOD                                   • You can use the Light T with any standard BA sets Abrasion resistance                  EN 530.  Features  • Non-encapsulating design  • Can be used with BA set or filter masks  • Elasticated legs.C           ISO 7854. method B                         PVC coated fabric providing you with a soft and Trapezoidal tear resistance          ISO 9073-4                                 durable material Tensile strength                     ISO 13934-1                              • It gives you good resistance to a wide range of                                                                                 industrial chemicals.SAFETY                                                                     Personal Protection                                                                            Chemical Protection     TRELLCHE       HEMMS           SPPLASH 600 S                       SUUIT W                             WIT                               ITHO                                 HOUUT B                                       BOOOTS  The Splash 600 suit gives you basic protection against chemical splash and spray in low-risk environments. We provide you with global network support for your chemical suits both in service and repair. It offers you especially good protection against acids and alkalis and is available in 3 sizes to maximise your comfort fit. especially acids and alkalis Puncture resistance                  EN 863 Resistance to flame                   EN 13274-4. method 3 Seam strength                        ISO 5082 Antistatic                           EN 1149-3.        You can use either as a feed for your suit or       quickly click and go to add a rescue set to giving you the freedom of movement during rescues whilst       wearing your gas tight chemical suit.      SAFETY                                                       Personal Protection                                                                    Chemical Protection           UNIP         NIPA            ACK HOHOSSE F                        FOOR C                             CHE                               HEMIC                                 MICAAL S                                        SUUIT                                           ITSSS                                               SUUPER/V                                                     /VPPS/       LIG        IGHT           HT S              SUUIT O                    ONL                      NLY                        YCCO                           ONNE                             NNECCTIO                                    ION                                      N       391 669366        The Unitor Unipack BA set connection hose for       Trellchem Super/VPS/Light chemical gastight       suits fits into the supplementary air supply.       Simply click and go into any of your suits with a       similar fitting gives you flexibility for your BA       sets.        Features        • Bayonet fitting        • For Trellchem Super/VPS/Light Chemical suits        Benefits        • Simple click and go        • You can standardise your Unipack BA set even if you have different suits on board with the same fitting           UNIP         NIPA            ACK HOHOSSE F                        FOOR C                             CHE                               HEMIC                                 MICAAL S                                        SUUIT                                           ITSSS                                               SUUPER/V                                                     /VPPS/       LIG        IGHT           HT S              SUUIT A                    AND                      ND R                         REESCUE MA                                 MAS SK C                                        COONNE                                            NNECCTIO                                                   IONS                                                     NS       391 669358        This Unitor Unipack connection hose for       chemical & gastight suits gives you a secondary       connection point to allow fitting of a rescue       mask set.        Features        • Bayonet fitting        • For Trellchem Super/VPS and Light type chemical gas tight suits        Benefits        • Simple click and go        • You can standardise your Unipack BA set even if you have different suits on board with the same fitting     732 .  They are impervious to a wide range of chemicals and biological hazards ensuring your protection in multi-hazard environments. disinfectants and various chemicals    Meets the following standards:                                     • EN 15090 type F3A   • EN 20345 type S5 HRO SRC     Ordering information Product number                            Description 571018                                    Size 42 Chemical Suit safety boot 571026                                    Size 43 Chemical Suit safety boot 571034                                    Size 44 Chemical Suit safety boot 571042                                    Size 45 Chemical Suit safety boot                                                                                                         733 .SAFETY                                                           Personal Protection                                                                  Chemical Protection     CHE  HEMIC     MICA        AL S           SUUIT S                 SAAFETY B                         BOOOTS  Our nitrile rubber safety boots are a firefighter certified boot giving you high flame and chemical resistance. These are the standard boot for all Trellchem rubber based gastight suits.  Features  •   Steel toe cap and midsole  •   Anti-static  •   Cold insulating  •   Available in sizes 42 to 45  Benefits  • Yellow to identify with chemical clothing  • Resistant to minerals. animal and vegetable oils and fats.         Features        • Gives protection to BA sets        • Re-usable        • Does not impede when working        Benefits        • It is fitted with a long zip in one side to can put on          easily and quickly        • There are two slit openings on the chest to allow you to read the gauge        • You exhale your air through an outlet valve in the back of the hood          TRELLCHE             HEMMC                 CHE                   HEMIC                     MICAAL S                            SUUIT MINI HO                                       HOOOD       394 723056        The additional or spare mini hood for use with       VPS T-ET and Super E-ET chemical and gas       tight suits gives you greater protection. the       mini hood protects you against inward leakage       between mask and face seal. providing unrestricted head movement        • The wide face aperture will not restrict your vision     734 . in case of jet       spray from behind.      SAFETY                                                        Personal Protection                                                                     Chemical Protection           TRELLCHE             HEMMCCHE                   HEMIC                      MICAAL S                             SUUIT HO                                   HOOOD F                                         FOOR       FACEMA           MASSK & B                   BAAS                      SEET       394 605204        Many BA sets may not be chemical-resistant so       it important when wearing non-encapsulating       suits to protect them also. Our Trellchem hood       will protect all your BA sets and allow you to       maintain visual sight of the BA sets gauges. The       visor increases your facial protection and will not       hamper your vision. When fitted.        Features        • Increases head protection        • For use on VPS/Super/Light Trellchem chemical suits        • Soft. It is a       simple hood with elastic to fit around your mask       and tightens under your chin. flexible polyamide fabric coated with PVC        Benefits        • Increases your head protection from rear sprays or leakages        • It is light-weight and flexible. 80 mm (nominal)                                     • The VPS/Super and Light bayonet system allows you                                                                   to replace gloves quickly and easily LENGTH     35 cm                                                • They are soft and flexible allowing you to carry out COLOUR     Black                                                  most tasks                                                                 • These outer barrier gloves protect your hands from                                                                   abrasions and ensure your suit remains gastight                                                                                                                              735 . including warfare agents and biological hazards.    • Carrying a spare set maintains operational readiness MATERIAL   Butyl rubber with an outer layer of Viton® rubber      of your chemical suits THICKNESS 0.  Features  • Simple to replace onboard  • Provide abrasion resistance  • Include the bayonet ring    Technical data                                                 Benefits  DESIGN     5-finger protective rubber glove with rolled cuff.SAFETY                                                         Personal Protection                                                                Chemical Protection     GLOVES. Hands do the majority of work so it is important you protect them thoroughly. V         VIT           ITO             ON/B               N/BU                  UTYL F                       FOOR T                            TRRELLCHE                                   HEMMV                                       VPPS & SUPER 394 749838  These outer barrier gloves are for use with VPS/ Super and Light type suits are a unique rubber glove giving you excellent chemical resistance to a wide range of chemicals. To ensure constant use of your chemical suits it is always advisable to carry a spare set of gloves onboard.  To ensure constant use of       your chemical suits it is always advisable to       carry a spare pair onboard.      SAFETY                                                       Personal Protection                                                                    Chemical Protection           GLOVES P              PVVC F                   FOOR T                        TRRELLCHE                               HEMML                                   LIG                                     IGHT                                       HT A                                          AND                                            ND S                                               SPPLASH       394 749846        These Light and Splash type chemical suit       spare gloves can be used in conjunction with       the suits or as a stand alone protection.        Features        • Good grip        • Good abrasion & weather resistant        • Very good chemical resistance        Benefits        • The roughened palm areas will improve your grip        • A combination of nitrile rubber and Chloroprene rubber ensure you get excellent working properties even in cold          weather        • The material also gives you good resistance against most chemicals          Meets the following standards:                                 • EN 420                                                                      • EN 388        • EN 374     736 . They       are nitrile chloroprene for excellent resistance to       chemicals and have a roughened area in the       palm to help you grip. chloroprene rubber L39499                 Repair kit for Trellchem chemical suit type Super . for example by accidental perforations.  Features  • Comprehensive kits  • 3 types  Benefits  • Comprehensive kits allow you to make repairs to    perforations  • All pressurised suits have their own type of kit    This pressurised system with varying airflow levels gives you protection against leaks.SAFETY                                                                  Personal Protection                                                                         Chemical Protection     CHE  HEMIC     MICA        AL S           SUUIT R                 REEPAIR K                         KIT                           ITS                             S  To keep you operational we provide a range of repair kits to give you the opportunity to make minor repairs to perforations.    Ordering information Product number         Description 739029                 Repiar kit for Trellchem chemical suits type VPS .Viton material L27763                 Repair kit for Trellchem chemical suits type Light/Splash 600 . and also provides the suit with ventilation.PVC materials                                                                                                            737 . We also have a global network of service stations to service your suits providing you with a longer product life.       SAFETY                                                   Personal Protection                                                                Chemical Protection           MO       MOLLYKOTE G                 GRREASE F                         F//O-R                             -RING                                ING B                                    BAAYONE                                         NETTS                                             SY                                              YSTEM       394 749861        Molykote grease protects against salt water damage ensuring continual use.02 grams per cc       Dropping Point                  250 Deg C       Kinetic / Kinematic Viscosity   200 Centistokes       NLGI Number                     2 to 3       Service Temperature (High)      180 Deg C       Service Temperature (Low)       -50 Deg C       Shelf Life                      1800 Days       Worked Penetration              245 mm/10 to 275 mm/10     738 .        Features        • For use on glove bayonet systems on chemical suits        Benefits        • Ensures your connections are smooth when required          Technical data        Color                           White       Density                         1.   Features  • 2 types of helmets. giving your head freedom of movement and the brimless design of the    Linesman makes it ideal for you to use in chemical suits also  • Whether you want separate or snap on hearing or eye protection all accessories are suitable for use with our range    of helmets  • Additionally our range helmets meet the requirements for electrical insulation and low temperature use offering you    higher levels of protection  • The built in Staz-On suspension increases your level of head protection by absorbing knocks and bangs through the    harness  Ordering information Product number                  Description 736520                          V Guard helmet white with Staz on suspension 736538                          V Guard helmet yellow with Staz on suspension 736546                          Linseman helmet white with Sraz on suspension 736553                          Linesman helemt yellow with Staz on suspension    Accessories Product number                     Description 738989                             Chinstrap webbing 739912                             Stow-away Safety Visor . wearing a chemical suit or require increased upward vision you can choose your helmet. in confined spaces. Whether you are working at height. in cold temperatures.Clear 739003                             Winter liner c/w Zip.SAFETY                                                                 Personal Protection                                                                        Head Protection     HE HEAAD P       PRROTECTIO               IONN  Our range of head protection products give you numerous options to suit your working conditions. then from our range of modular accessories you can enhance the level of protection you require. both with Staz-On suspension as    standard  • Separate or snap on hearing. visual accessories to    suit either helmet  • Head warmers for colder climate working  • Chin straps for helmet retention  Benefits  • Both helmets are lightweight but strong.knitted cape 736595                             Ear Muff Type EXC passive helmet mounted 736587                             Earmuff type EXC passive with headband                                                                                                                              739 .       SAFETY                                                              Personal Protection                                                                           Head Protection           HE       HEAAD P             PRROTECTIO                     IONNA                         AC                          CCESSORIE                                 IESS        Our range of head protection accessories       enhance the safety and usage of your head       protection.        Features        • Increase safety        • Improve comfort        Benefits        • Chin straps and visors increase the levels of safety          whilst not hampering the overall performance of the helmet        • Improved comfort from the winter liners to keep you warm during cold climate working        • All accessories are designed to be light-weight and non-restrictive to give you free head movement        Accessories       Product number         Description       738989                 Chinstrap webbing for V guard and Linesman helmets       739912                 Safety visor for V Guard and Linesman helmets       739003                 Winter liner with zip and knitted cape for V Guard and Linesman helmets       736595                 Ear Muff Type EXC passive helmet mounted       736587                 Earmuff type EXC passive with headband     740 .       Whether you require keeping warm or eye or ear       protection all accessories are modular fit on any       of our helmets.  The wide soft padding and adjusters ensure you enjoy a comfortable fit to aid maximum protection.SAFETY                                                            Personal Protection                                                                   Hearing Protection     HE HEAARING P          PRROTECTIO                  IONN  The marine environment can be a noisy one causing hearing damage if you do not take sufficient safeguards. To compliment our range of head protection we offer a range of hearing protection items. visors and hearing protectors compliment each other. standardising your vessels equipment  Ordering information Product number                   Description 736587                           Ear Muffs with headband 736595                           Ear muff for V Guard & Linesman helmet mounts 736603                           Disposable Ear plugs non corded 200 per box                                                                                                                            741 .  Features  • Adjusters to fit sizes and helmets  • Unique moulded inserts  • Can be equipped with visors  Benefits  •   We offer a wide range to suit personal preferences and comfort levels  •   Light-weight and slim design gives good freedom of movement  •   Designed over many years of experience of customer usage to ensure your protection  •   Our range of helmets.  jacket.       gloves and non-conductive gloves. The outer layer of       aluminised fabric helps prolong your fire fighting operations as it reflects more than 90% of the heat. trousers.       Additionally you can complete your firefighter requirements from our range of breathing apparatus and       rescue equipment.        Features       The Flameguard Plus kit is a Ships Wheel and SOLAS approved fireman’s outfit comprising of helmet.      SAFETY                                                       Personal Protection                                                                    Personal Fire Protection           UNIT        NITO           OR F              FLLAME                  MEGGUARD P                           PLLUS F                                 FIR                                   IRE                                     EFIG                                       IGHT                                          HTE                                            ER S                                               SUUIT K                                                     KIT                                                       IT        The Unitor Flameguard Plus aluminised proximity suits are designed for rescue operations and fire       fighting where you are operating in temperatures ranging from 800-1000° Celsius.        • Fire axe and pouch           Ordering information       Product number         Description                        Height            Chest         Waist            Inside leg       775106                 Unitor Flameguard MED              164-182cm         84-104cm      84-104cm         74cm       775114                 Unitor Flameguard Large            170-188cm         96-116cm      96-116cm         79cm       775122                 Unitor Flameguard XL               179-194cm         112-132cm     112-132cm        84cm       775130                 Unitor Flameguard Size XXL         180-198cm         122-142cm     122-142cm        85cm       766803                 Boots Size 41       766804                 Boots Size 42       766805                 Boots Size 43       766806                 Boots Size 44       766807                 Boots Size 45       766808                 Boots Size 46/47          Approvals       MED approved     742 .          Firemans Outfit                                                • Leather belt                                                                     • Torch        • Complete suit                                              • Noncombustible line        • Breathing apparatus        • Minimum of three 6 L 200 bar air cylinders (can vary      Our website contains all of the items to make up your          per regulation)                                           complete fire fighters outfit.  Generously sized. helmet and gloves  Benefits  • This suit has recently been approved so will give you compliance for years to come  • New materials which improve the bonding of aluminium and the cotton backing provides a longer product life and    improved levels of usage performance  • The large is generously sized and with the braces and adaptable closures will cover a large proportion of your crew    particularly if you change them regularly    Firemans Outfit                                                 •   Leather belt                                                                •   Axe pouch  • Complete suit                                               •   Torch  • Breathing apparatus                                         •   Noncombustible line  • Minimum of three 6 L 200 bar air cylinders (can vary    per regulation)                                            Our website contains all of the items to make up your  • Fire axe                                                   complete fire fighters outfit. you can usually cover your crew sizing from the large size alone.SAFETY                                                        Personal Protection                                                               Personal Fire Protection     UNIT  NITO     OR F        FLLAME            MEGGUARD S                     SOOLAS F                            FIR                              IRE                                EFIG                                  IGHT                                     HTE                                       ER S                                          SUUIT  Recently approved to the latest EN1612 the Flameguard SOLAS is at the forefront of technology with this approval class.    boots. but for more particular requirements you can choose from a full size range.     Ordering information Product number        Description                              Height          Chest         Waist           Inside leg 775148                Unitor Flameguard Solas Med              164-182cm       164-182cm     164-182cm       74cm 775155                Unitor Flameguard Solas Large            170-188cm       96-116cm      96-116cm        79cm 775163                Unitor Flameguard Solas XL               176-194cm       112-132cm     112-132cm       84cm 775171                Unitor Flameguard Solas XXL              180-198cm       122-142cm     122-142cm       85cm 777464                Solas Fire fighters Boots Size 41 777465                Solas Fire fighters Boots Size 42 777466                Solas Fire fighters Boots Size 43 777467                Solas Fire fighters Boots Size 44 777468                Solas Fire fighters Boots Size 45 777469                Solas Fire fighters Boots Size 46 777470                Solas Fire fighters Boots Size 47                                                                                                                               743 .  Features  • Latest approvals  • New technology materials  • Complete kit for non-MED vessels including suit.  gloves       and non-conductive gloves. The Firebuddy Plus kit is a Ships       Wheel and SOLAS approved fireman’s outfit       comprising of helmet.        Features        • The Firebuddy Plus suit is a two-piece garment with a four-layer construction        • The jacket has a stand up collar. jacket. Additionally you       can complete your firefighter requirements from our range of breathing apparatus and rescue       equipment.boots(ordered separately) and helmet EN approved in accordance with MED Ships Wheel        Benefits        • The 4 layer construction ensures thermal protection whilst providing you with high comfort factors using breathable          materials        • Our softer materials even with 4 layers give you flexible movement which is a crucial element when you need to enter          confined spaces or be physically active        • The touch and close fastening and elasticated trouser braces allow you to don the suit quickly        • Our suit sizing is generous allowing you the choice to wear additional clothing          Firemans Outfit                                                    • Axe pouch                                                                         • Torch        • Complete suit                                                  • Noncombustible line        • Breathing apparatus        • Minimum of three 6 L 200 bar air cylinders (can vary          Our website contains all of the items to make up your          per regulation)                                               complete fire fighters outfit. Gloves. and is closed by a zip covered by an overlapping front with touch          and close fastening to the front and collar        • The trousers have wide elasticated braces with adjusters and quick-release buckles        • MED approved.           Ordering information       Product number      Description                                         Height         Chest         Waist         Inside leg       775620              Unitor Firebuddy Plus Kit Med                       164-182cm      84-104cm      84-104cm      74       775621              Unitor Firebuddy Plus kit Large                     170-188cm      96-116cm      96-116cm      79       775622              Unitor Firebuddy Plus kit XL                        176-194cm      112-132cm     112-132cm     84       775623              Unitor Firebuddy Plus kit XXL                       180-198cm      122-142cm     122-142cm     85       766803              MED Approved Fire fighters Boots Size 41       766804              MED Approved Fire fighters Boots Size 42       766805              MED Approved Fire fightersBoots Size 43       766806              MED Approved Fire fighters Boots Size 44       766807              MED Approved fire fighters Boots Size 45       766808              MED approved Fire fighters Boots Size 46/47     744 . trousers. All the main elements of the kit        • Fire axe                                                      are available as spares which extends the useful life of these        • Leather belt                                                  fire fighting kits.      UNIT        NITO           OR F              FIR                IRE                  EBUDDY P                         PLLUS F                               FIR                                 IRE                                   EFIG                                     IGHT                                        HTE                                          ER S                                             SUUIT K                                                   KIT                                                     IT        The Unitor Firebuddy Plus firefighter's kit is our       top of the range suit using softer flexible       materials to give you more freedom of       movement. elasticated cuffs. 350 g (including visor face               • Aluminized carbon-fiabre neck protection    shield and neck protector)                                       • Interior shock absorber made of polyurethane foam  • Extreme temperature resistance (up to 1.tested to prevent skin irritations  • Full head protection. reaching up to 1000 °C. It is designed to protect the head in the most extreme conditions.SAFETY                                                             Personal Protection                                                                    Personal Fire Protection     FIR  IREEMA      MANS         NS HE            HELLME                METT-P                     PA                      AB HT                         HT04                            04 394 774943  The firefighter helmet of tomorrow.350 g) and fitted lugs that support a wide selection of compatible accessories. Extremely lightweight (1.000° C) in a             • Integrated adjustment system (ranging from 52 – 63    10 seconds flash over flames                                         cm)  • Long-term resistance to 250° C / 30 min. including neck and face     Ordering information Product number                      Product name 774943                              Firemans Helmet .  Features  •   Includes visor and neck curtain  •   Light-weight and high comfort  •   Visor approved for use in fires  •   MED approved  Benefits  •   You can use with any marine fire fighting kits onboard your vessel  •   Visor folds inside helmet when not used for added protection and is not in your line of vision  •   The helmet and visor both give you high impact resistance for clearing debris or during fire fighting operations  •   The generous sizing of 52 to 63 cm will cover the majority of your crew sizes    Technical data                                                      • PES anti-scratch and anti-fog coated visor resistible                                                                       to up to 300° C (EN 14458)  • Light weight of only 1. Development of new composite technology in combination with established designs enable full protection even at shorter flash over flames. radiant heat            • Interior ventilating channels enable safe and    test 14 KW / m2                                                    comfortable work  • More resistant to mechanical impacts than any                    • Luminescent and reflective tapes visible from all sides    standard helmet                                                    and in all conditions  • Latest European standards conformity (EN 443/2008)               • Nomex chinstrap .PAB HT04 777538                              LED Lamp for PAB Fire fighters helmet 777539                              LED Lamp holder for PAB fire fighters helmet                                                                                                                                    745 .  C.97 metres                                  reduce your head movement                                                                          • It is approved for use in hazardous zones so you can                                                                            use it during rescues as well as fire fighting duties           Ordering information       Product number                     Product name       774943                             Firemans Helmet . B. CL                                                                            III. D. The lamp holder needs to be ordered       separately. Holding a flashlight       when attempting an important task is just not       an option.        Features        • Simple click fit        • Light-weight        • ATEX approved          Technical data                                                    Benefits        Battery type           4 AA Alkaline / LR6                         • You simply click it into the holder on your helmet       Output time            4-5 hours                                   • It is extremely lightweight so does not restrict or       Beam distance          99. G. Canada) approved                                        • UK4AA-AS2ZM     746 . DIV 2 T4'        • UL (US. DIV 2. Our       simple click-in LED lamp gives you usage       options and is quick to change batteries if       needed. DIV 2 GP F. especially when fire fighting. CL II.      SAFETY                                                            Personal Protection                                                                         Personal Fire Protection           LED L           LAAMP F                 FOOR F                      FIR                        IRE                          EMA                            MAN                              N HE                                HELLME                                    METTP                                        PA                                         AB       394 777538        Your job is faster and more efficient when you       are able to use both hands.PAB HT04       777538                             LED Lamp for PAB Fire fighters helmet       777539                             LED Lamp holder for PAB fire fighters helmet          Approvals       Meets the following American standards:                            • CL I. GP A. CABINE    INETTF         FOOR F              FIR                IRE                  EFFIG                     IGHT                        HTE                          ERS O                              OUUTFIT 394 592576  Our range of GRP cabinets is built to last the rigours of the marine environment.  Features  •   GRP  •   Stainless steel hinges and fittings  •   Waterproof  •   Clear labelling    Technical data                                   Benefits  Length               595 mm                       • Offers a large capacity so you can stow multiple Width                630 mm                         products if required Height               1120 mm                      • Our manufacturing process and stainless steel fitting                                                     means a longer product life Capacity             1 Fire Fighters kit          • Options include floor or wall mounted versions                                                     enabling you to maximise your space                                                   • For total protection of your equipment you can                                                     choose internal fittings to be included                                                                                                                747 . our cabinets offer flexible options offering you a choice dependent on your stowage need. Well proven through many years of supply in numerous markets from offshore and cruise to general marine.       SAFETY                                                          Personal Protection                                                                       Personal Fire Protection           FIR        IREEA            AXXE W                 WIT                   ITH                     H INS                       INSUULATED HA                                  HAND                                     NDL                                       LE 2 K                                            KV                                             V       394 534958        When time matters this insulated fire axe offers       you sufficient rating to cover most ships       electrical voltages.        Features        • Suits products 525535/176842/755314        • Toughened leather        Benefits        • Can be used in storage or attached to your waist belt        • Prevents accidents when working whilst also giving          instant access        • Riveted seams provide longer life and increased durability     748 . Tested to 2 kV with a       separated handle you can be assured of       performance when tackling fires onboard.        Features        • Insulated handle        • Corrosion resistant        • Ergonomic grip        Benefits        • Non-ageing insulated handle for longer life giving you          excellent protection        • It is impact proof so will not shatter when you are          tackling solid metals        • The axe head is SAE1055 steel a proven workhorse of the rescue industry        Accessories       Product number                                        Description       525519                                                Leather Fire Axe cover       534966                                                Wall brackets          COVER F             FOOR F                  FIR                    IRE                      EAAX                         XE       394 525519        You can either use the fire axe cover separately       or attach to a waist belt to free your hands       when working. Quick snap closure allows you       instant access even with wearing fire gloves.       Will fit all of our fire axe range.  The gloves have a waterproof. Your protection against penetration and cuts is provided by the kevlar lining. breathable lining which also gives you chemical resistance.SAFETY                                                           Personal Protection                                                                  Personal Fire Protection     GLOVES F        FOOR F             FIR               IRE                 EBUDDY P                        PLLUS F                              FIR                                IRE                                  EFIG                                    IGHT                                       HTE                                         ER S                                            SUUIT 392 775361  PalmBuddy gloves have been designed to give you a comfortable and flexible feel while maintaining a high degree of protection.                                                                                                                             749 . 2002/75/EC and 2002/84/ EC also Directive (MED) 96/98/EC as modified by Commission                covered by PPE Council Directive 89/686/EC.  Features  • Water resistant leather made from outer cow split    suede  • Knitted wrist with kevlar cuffing  • Aramid kevlar lined with Hipora moisture barrier  • Light-weight of 250 g  Benefits  •   You can wash these gloves with your clothing after use  •   Multi-sized will fit most. ensures most of your crew can wear them  •   A knitted wrist fits well into your outfit and will keep your hands dry  •   The leather is a soft feel making these gloves comfortable to wear  Approvals Tested and approved to EN659 and Marine Equipment                Directives 98/85/EC.       SAFETY                                                         Personal Protection                                                                      Personal Fire Protection           FIR        IREEFIG             IGHT                HTE                  ERS S                      SUUIT INS                            INSUULATED G                                       GLLOVES       392 775379        Your latex gloves provide you with a high       dielectric performance giving you added       protection when wearing leather gloves as part       of a firefighter's outfit.        Features        • Full compliance with the EN 60903 and IEC 60903 as they place in the high Class 00        • Good heat insualtion        Benefits        • Used in conjunction with your firefighter outfit they will protect against electric shocks        • They are particularly useful when using an insulated axe for cutting through cables        • As an added benefit when fire fighting they also offer extremely good heat insulation     750 . You must use them with       outer leather gloves for mechanical protection.       Being soft latex and ergonomically shaped they       can be put on quickly and are comfortable to       wear.  sanitised linings and slip resistant sole pattern are ideal for when you need to climb ladders.SAFETY                                                          Personal Protection                                                                 Personal Fire Protection     SOLAS F       FIR         IRE           EFIG             IGHT                HTE                  ER B                     BOOOTS  Unitor SOLAS firefighter boots are for use with non-MED approved fire fighters suits. You can use these boots for general working also. These fire resistant wellingtons with flexible rubber uppers.  Features  •   For use only on SOLAS approved firefighter suits  •   Generously sized  •   Protective toe cap to EN20345  •   Sanitised linings  Benefits  •   Approved to EN20345 ensures the quality of these boots to be used on your non-MED firefighter outfits  •   Flexible uppers give you good levels of comfort and freedom of movement  •   The sole pattern gives you good grip when climbing ladders or working on wet surfaces  •   The sanitised linings help reduce foot odours  Ordering information Product number                            Description 777464                                    Solas Fire fighters boots Size 41 777465                                    Solas Fire fighters boots Size 42 777466                                    Solas Fire fighters boots Size 43 777467                                    Solas Fire fighters boots Size 44 777468                                    Solas Fire fighters boots Size 45 777469                                    Solas Fire fighters boots Size 46 777470                                    Solas Fire fighters boots Size 47                                                                                                               751 .  weak and diluted acids        • They are a tough long lasting boot which boasts excellent resistance to cuts and abrasions        • We also provide a good size range to choose from        Ordering information       Product number                                Description       766803                                        Fire fighters boots Size 41       766804                                        Fire fighters boots Size 42       766805                                        Fire fighters boots Size 43       766806                                        Fire fighters boots Size 44       766807                                        Fire fighters boots Size 45       766808                                        Fire fighters boots Size 46/47          Approvals       Complies with the following standards:                             • EN 13832-3 J K R . Sodium Hypochloride (R)          situations or fire involving release of hazardous          chemicals that can cause loss of life                           • EN 13287 .          antistatic.Sole slip resistance (SRC) on ceramic                                                                            and steel flooring        • EN20345 . Sodium        • EN 15090 type 3 .boots suitable for emergency                    Hydroxide(K). contact heat resistance (HRO)     752 . n-Heptane (J). fire fighting or incidents involving the release of hazardous          chemicals        • They give protection against numerous other hazards including fuels. solvents.      SAFETY                                                           Personal Protection                                                                        Personal Fire Protection           FIR        IREEFIG             IGHT                HTE                  ER B                     BOOOTS .ME                              MEDDA                                  APPPROVED        Our fire-resistant wellingtons with flexible rubber       uppers.       You have a good range of sizes to choose from       and can be assured the testing and certification       of these boots makes them a high quality       option. sanitised linings and slip resistant sole       pattern are ideal for either emergency situations       or as a general working wellington.boots highly resistant to                                                                            chemicals including.        Features        •   Fire-proof nitrile rubber        •   Polymer toe cap        •   Composite antiperforation mid-sole        •   Chemical resistance        Benefits        • These boots are suitable for your emergency situations. heel energy absorption. greases.S5 HRO SRC.  These lifelines provide users with the means to escape back following an entry route or for rescuers to follow a path.6kn                                                                                                                     753 . 45.6kn 780029                       90 metre Non combustible lifeline                              6. Available in 30.SAFETY                                                           Personal Protection                                                                  Personal Fire Protection     FIR  IREEFIG       IGHT          HTE            ER L               LIF                 IFE                   ELINE  For use with firefighter suits or as a general aid these 30 metre lifelines are attached by means of a snap-hook to either the harness of the breathing apparatus or belt. 60 or 90 metre lengths. PP fibre core 5    mm with a Trevira CS braiding  • 6.6kn 781575                       60 metre Non combustible lifeline                              6.  Features  • Galvanized steel cable IRWC 6 x 19.6kn 176834                       45 metre Non combustible lifeline                              6.6kn breaking strength  • Snap hook and karabiner fittings  Benefits  • In the event of a snag you can unclip quickly  • These hard wearing lines will not wear away when rubbing against corners when you are moving around  • They are suitable for use in your helideck rescue equipment  Ordering information Product number               Description                                                    Breaking strength 176826                       30 metre Non combustible lifeline                              6.  Toxi & Gas-Mate range       of gas detectors is the best companion for you       with easy single button operation.1m       656876                          Shoulder Strap for Oxy. Our Unitor Oxy. T            TO             OXI & G                   GAAS-MA                       -MAT                          TE        Whilst working on the vessel your mind is not       always focused on threat of reduced Oxygen or       a build up of toxic or disasterous flammable       gases.        Features        • Rugged & robust IP65 dust ingress protection        • High audible alarm with vibrate and visual dual colour          flashing LEDs        • 4800 event / alarm record with 900 hour capacity        • Moulded rubber casing to withstand the toughest          marine environment        • MED approved        Benefits        • With a market leading 4800 event data record you can be sure that safety and alarm records can be retrieved at the          touch of a button        • Our unique one button operation is easy to use and allows you to keep your other hand free for other tasks        • The rugged & robust design means that the unit is suitable for use in a marine environment        • The lithium-ion battery gives you 12 hours of continuous use between charges        • The audible. Toxi & Gas-mate detectors     754 .      SAFETY                                                             Personal Protection                                                                          Portable Gas Detection           OXY. vibrate and confidence blip allow you to concentrate on the job in hand        Ordering information       Product number            Description       724880                    Unitor Oxy-mate gas detector package O2 non-rechargable       724922                    Unitor Oxy-mate gas detector package O2 rechargable       724948                    Unitor Toxi-mate gas detector package for CO rechargable       724963                    Unitor Toxi-mate gas detector package for H2S rechargable       724898                    Unitor Toxi-mate gas detector package for H2S non-rechargable       724906                    Unitor Toxi-mate gas detector package for CO non-rechargable       724989                    Unitor Gasi-mate gas detector package for Ch4 rechargable       777540                    Unitor Gasi-mate gas detector package for H2 rechargable          Accessories       Product number                  Product Description       725143                          Carry Case       725127                          Aspirator assembly (manual ball pump 2m hose)       656819                          Aspirator hose 10m       656835                          Aspirator probe 1m       656843                          Aspirator probe telescopic . visual alarm.  Features a durable moulded rubber case. or oxygen gases to preset calibration levels. flammable.SAFETY                                                           Personal Protection                                                                  Portable Gas Detection     COMB   MBI-MA      I-MAT          TE  The Combi-Mate is a lightweight intrinsically safe MED approved portable multi-gas detector designed to be carried or worn by individuals working in the toughest of marine environments. Combi-Mate is capable of simultaneously monitoring up to four toxic.  Features  •   Top mounted LCD display  •   Rugged & robust IP65 dust and water spray protection  •   Lithium-ion 12 hour rechargeable battery  •   High audible alarm with vibrate and visual dual colour flashing LEDs  •   1500 event / alarm record with 50 hour capacity  •   Moulded rubber casing to withstand the toughest marine environment  •   MED approved  Benefits  • Our unique one button operation make the Combi-Mate easy to use and allows you to keep your other hand free for    other tasks  • The top mound display LCD display enables you to clip the unit to your person and have a good view of the screen    whilst having both hands free to work  • The rugged & robust design enables the unit to float if accidentally dropped in liquid  • The audible. vibrate & visual alarm and confidence blip allow you to concentrate on the job in hand  • With a 1500 event data record you can be sure that safety and alarm records can be retrieved at the touch of a    button  • The rugged construction ensures durability of your unit to continuously safeguard you in a marine environment  • The built-in sampling pump allows you to detect harmful gases without having to enter the hazardous area  Ordering information Product number        Description 739413                Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+CH4+H2S+CO with pump 708883                Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C4H10+H2S+CO with pump 708875                Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C4H10+H2S+CO with pump 724807                Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+H2S+CO with pump 724765                Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+CH4 with pump 724823                Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+CH4+H2S with pump 709261                Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C5H124+H2S 719914                Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+CH4+H2S+SO2 pumped 719641                Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C5H12+CO+NH3                                                                                                                           755 . visible and vibrating alarm warnings. simple one button operation and the safety of audible. 1m       657684               Drop line 6m       709428               Combi-mate gas test kit (non-pumped units) without gas cylinder       709436               Combi-mate gas test kit (pumped units) without gas cylinder       710087               Gas cylinder for Combi-mate gas test kit (CH4+O2+H2S+CO)       710954               Belt for Combi-mate carry case       708891               Calibration adaptor plate for Combi-mate non-pumped model     756 .      Product number   Description       709287           Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C5H12+CO       709253           Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C5H12       709609           Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+CH4+CO+NH3       709279           Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C5H12+H2S       709295           Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C5H12+CO       709311           Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C5H12+H2S+CO       708834           Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+H2S       708842           Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+H2S       756817           Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+C5H12+CO+NH3       New              Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+H2 with pump       New              Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+H2+CO with pump       new              Unitor Combi-mate gas detector package O2+H2+PH3+AsH3+SiH4 with pump          Accessories       Product number       Description       656918               Carry Case for Combi-mate       656884               Shoulder strap       656892               Chest harness kit for Combi-mate       656801               Aspirator assembly (manual ball pump 2m hose)       656819               Aspirator hose 10m       656835               Aspirator probe 1m       656843               Aspirator probe telescopic . COMB   MBI-MA      I-MAT          TE 3  Our Unitor Combi-Mate 3 gas detector is a light-weight.1m 657684                            Drop line 6m 725135                            Gas test kit for Combi-mate 3 without gas cylinder 656850                            Water trap for aspirator hose                                                                                                                            757 . single button operated multi-gas detector designed to be worn on your person or carried and is capable of simultaneously monitoring up to four gases and providing you with warnings of hazardous gas levels to keep you safe at work.  Features  •    Rugged & robust IP65 & IP67 dust and water ingress protection  •    Lithium-ion 16 hour rechargeable battery  •    High audible alarm with vibrate and visual dual colour flashing LEDs  •    3000 record and 1500 event / alarm record with 50 hour capacity  •    MED approved  Benefits  • Our unique one button operation make the Combi-Mate 3 easy to use and allows you to keep your other hand free    for other tasks  • The top mounted LCD display enables you to clip the unit to your person and have a good view of the screen whilst    having both hands free to work  • The rugged and robust design means that the unit is protected from dust and water common in a marine    environment  • The audible. visual alarm. vibrate and confidence blip allow you to concentrate on the job in hand  • With a 1500 event data record you can be sure that safety and alarm records can be retrieved at the touch of a    button  Ordering information Product number             Description 725010                     Unitor Combi-mate 3 Gas detector package for O2+CH4 725036                     Unitor Combi-mate 3 Gas detector package for O2+CH4+H2S 725051                     Unitor Combi-mate 3 Gas detector package for O2+CH4+CO 725077                     Unitor Combi-mate 3 Gas detector package for O2+CH4+H2S+CO    Accessories Product number                    Description 739101                            Carry Case for Combi-mate 3 656900                            Carry case and belt for Combi-mate 3 ???                               Chest harness kit for Combi-mate 3 739077                            Aspirator assembly (manual ball pump 2m hose) 656819                            Aspirator hose 10m 656835                            Aspirator probe 1m 656843                            Aspirator probe telescopic .         Features        •    Lithium-ion 12 hour rechargeable battery        •    High audible alarm with visual flashing bright LEDs        •    6000 event / alarm record with 100 hour capacity        •    Shatterproof casing to withstand the toughest marine environments        •    MED approved        Benefits        • The audible & visual alarm and confidence blip allows you to concentrate on the job at hand        • With a 6000 event data record you can be sure that safety and alarm records can be retrieved at the touch of a          button        • The rugged construction ensures durability of your unit to continuously safeguard you in a marine environment        Ordering information       Product number              Description       708867 / 708859             Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+C4H10+Ir+H2S       709402                      Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+C5H12+CO       709386                      Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+C5H12+H2S       709360                      Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+C5H12       657882 / 657833             Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+C4H10+Ir       709337 / 709329             Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+CH4+Ir+H2S       656769                      Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+CH4+Ir       657841                      Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+C4H10+Ir+CO       709345                      Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+CH4+Ir+CO       New                         Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+H2       New                         Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+H2+PH3+AsH3       New                         Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+CO2+Ir       New                         Unitor Tank-mate Gas detector package for O2+C2H2+Ir+NH3          Accessories       Product number                     Description       656900                             Carry case and belt for Tank-mate gas detector       656819                             Aspirator hose 10m       656827                             Aspirator hose 20m       657866                             Aspirator hose 30m       656835                             Aspirator probe 1m       656843                             Aspirator probe telescopic 1m       656850                             Water trap for sampling hose     758 . Specially designed for       use in inert atmosphere. the IR sensors give you accurate gas measurements while the built-in pump       allows you to safely measure gas levels without having to enter inside the cargo tank.      TANK         NK-MA           -MAT              TE        Our Unitor Tank-Mate is a MED approved       intrinsically safe portable multi-gas detector       capable of monitoring up to four gases       simultaneously and providing you with warnings       of hazardous gas levels. SAFETY                                                     Personal Protection                                                            Portable Gas Detection     ASPIR    IRAATOR HO            HOSSE 10 M F                       FOOR U                            USSE W                                 WIT                                   ITH                                     HUUNIT                                        NITO                                           OR G                                              GAAS DETECTORS 381 656819  This is a 10 metre aspirator hose that you can use with the Unitor aspirator assembly for Unitor gas detectors.  Features  • Flexible rubber hose  Benefits  • Can be used with any Unitor Oxy. Toxi or Gas-Mate detectors     ASPIR    IRAATOR HO            HOSSE 20 M F                       FOOR U                            USSE W                                 WIT                                   ITH                                     HUUNIT                                        NITO                                           OR GAS D     DEETECTORS 381 656827  This is a 20 metre aspirator hose that you can use with the Unitor aspirator assembly for Unitor gas detectors.  Features  • Flexible rubber hose  Benefits  • Can be used with any Unitor Combi-Mate gas detectors                                                                                                            759 .       SAFETY                                             Personal Protection                                                          Portable Gas Detection           ASPIR          IRAATOR P                  PRROBE 1 M F                             FIX                               IXE                                 ED F                                    FOOR G                                         GAAS D                                              DEETECTIO                                                     IONN       381 656835        This fixed 1 metre aspirator probe can be used       with our Unitor gas detectors when you are       needing to sample inside an area with limited or       restricted access. T                          TEELESCOPIC .        Features        • Stainless steel construction        • Telescopic adjustment        Benefits        • Can be used with any Unitor aspirator        • Allows for safe remote sampling     760 .        Features        • Stainless steel construction        Benefits        • Can be used with any Unitor aspirator        • Allows for safe remote sampling           ASPIR          IRAATOR P                  PRROBE.1 M       381 656843        This telescopic aspirator probe can be used       with our Unitor gas detectors when you are       needing to sample inside an area with limited or       restricted access. SAFETY                                                     Personal Protection                                                            Portable Gas Detection     ASPIR    IRAATOR A            ASSSEMB                 MBLLY S                       SING                         INGL                            LE G                               GAAS MO                                    MONIT                                       NITO                                          OR 381 725127  Hand pumped aspirator assembly for use with personal single gas monitors Oxy-Mate Toxi-Mate and Gas-Mate detectors when needing to carry out remote sampling without entering the testing area.  Features  • Manual ball pump  • Rubber 2 metre hose  Benefits  • Designed for use with Unitor Combi-Mate gas detectors  • Allows for safe remote sampling                                                                                                       761 .  Features  • Manual ball pump  • Rubber construction  Benefits  • Designed for use with Unitor single gas detectors  • Allows for remote safe sampling     ASPIR    IRAATOR AAS              SSEMB                  MBLLY NO                        NON-P                           N-PU                              UMP                                MPE                                  ED U                                     UNIT                                       NITO                                          OR COMB   MBI-MA       I-MAT           TE G              GAAS D                   DEETECTOR 381 656801  The hand pumped aspirator assembly can be used with the Unitor Combi-Mate personal gas detector when needing to carry out remote sampling without entering the testing area.       SAFETY                                                          Personal Protection                                                                       Portable Gas Detection           ASPIR          IRAATOR A                  ASSSEMB                       MBLLY F                             FOOR U                                  UNIT                                    NITO                                       OR C                                          COOMB                                             MBI-MA                                                I-MAT                                                    TE 3       GAS D           DEETECTOR       381 739077        The hand pumped aspirator assembly can be       used with the Unitor Combi-Mate 3 personal       gas detector when needing to carry out remote       sampling without entering the testing area.        Features        • Rigid clear plastic construction        • Replaceable filter        • Water line sight glass        Benefits        •   Made from strong plastic that will not easily break        •   Clear plastic enables you to see any liquid in the line        •   Water line sight glass prevents too much liquid build up        •   Replacement filters increase the lifespan of the product     762 .        Features        • Manual ball pump        • Rubber 2 metre hose        Benefits        • Designed for use with Unitor Combi-Mate gas          detectors        • Allows for safe remote sampling           WATERTRAP F FOOR U                        USSE W                             WIT                               ITH                                 HGGA                                    AS D                                       DEETECTIO                                              IONN       ASPIR          IRAATOR T                  TUUBE       381 656850        A water trap to be installed between aspirator       and your gas detector to ensure that you do not       accidentally draw liquid in to the unit when       sampling with the aspirator assembly. GAS-T     -TE       EST K           KIT             IT.  Features  • Connection place for connection leak tight    connection to Combi-Mate  • Flexible rubber hose  • Trigger operation  • Pressure gauge  Benefits  •   Moulded connection plate ensures a leak tight seal  •   Flexible rubber hose ensures no leakage of calibration gas  •   Single trigger operation ensures that there is no wastage of calibration gas  •   Pressure gauge ensures that the correct pressure of calibration gas is used every time  •   Test kit is interchangeable with all Unitor span gas cylinder available globally    GAS T     TEEST K           KIT             IT F                FOOR C                     CO                      OMB                        MBI-MA                          I-MAT                              TE 3 381 725134  A gas test kit to be used with any Unitor SpanGas cylinder to carry out pre test or daily bump testing to verify your Unitor Combi-Mate 3 Gas detector is working correctly.  Features  • Connection place for connection leak tight    connection to Combi-Mate  • Flexible rubber hose  • Trigger operation  • Pressure gauge  Benefits  •   Moulded connection plate ensures a leak tight seal  •   Flexible rubber hose ensures no leakage of calibration gas  •   Single trigger operation ensures that there is no wastage of calibration gas  •   Pressure gauge ensures that the correct pressure of calibration gas is used every time  •   Test kit is interchangeable with all Unitor span gas cylinder available globally                                                                                                   763 . The simple trigger operation ensures that the correct amount of calibration gas is used every time.. The simple trigger operation ensures that the correct amount of calibration gas is used every time. F                  FOOR U                       UNIT                         NITO                            OR C                               COOMB                                   MBI-MA                                     I-MAT                                         TE P                                            PUUMP                                               MPEED UNIT W      WIT        ITHO          HOU UT G GAAS C                        CYYLIND                            INDEER 381 709436  This gas test kit can be used with any Unitor SpanGas cylinder to carry out daily bump test for Unitor Combi-Mate Gas Detectors.  T                             TO                              OXI & G                                    GAAS-MA                                        -MAT                                           TE S                                              SING                                                INGL                                                   LE       GAS P           POORTABLE GGA                       AS D                          DEETECTOR       381 725143        This is a specially designed carry case which       allows you to connect it to our specially       designed chest harness.      SAFETY                                                        Personal Protection                                                                     Portable Gas Detection           CARRY CCA               ASE F                   FOOR O                        OX                         XY.        Features        • Made from durable leather        • Specially designed to fit Unitor single gas detectors        • Plastic viewing window        Benefits        • Protects the unit from wear and tear        • Fits perfectly around Unitor single gas detectors        • Prolongs the life of you gas detector           CARRY CCA               ASE F                   FOOR U                        UNIT                          NITO                             OR C                                COOMB                                   MBI-MA                                      I-MAT                                          TE P                                             POORTABLE       GAS D           DEETECTOR       381 656918        This is a specially designed carry case which       allows you to connect it to our specially       designed chest harness. shoulder strap. belt or       hard hat harness or simply be used as a       protector for your gas detector. belt or       simply be used as a protector for your Combi-Mate Gas detector. shoulder strap.        Features        • Made from durable leather        • Specially designed to fit Unitor Combi-Mate gas detectors        • Plastic viewing window        Benefits        •   Protects the unit from wear and tear        •   Fits perfectly around Unitor Combi-Mate gas detectors        •   Connects with Unitor carry strap or chest harness        •   Prolongs the life of you gas detector     764 .  shoulder strap.  Features  • Made from durable nylon  • Toughened plastic clips  • Adjustable straps  Benefits  • Durable nylon ensures that the harness will not break    under strain  • Tough plastic clips ensure that the unit is secured in position  • Adjustable straps ensure a comfortable fit for the user     CARRY C       CAASE F             FOOR U                  UNIT                    NITO                       OR C                          COOMB                             MBI-MA                                I-MAT                                    TE 3 PORTABLE GGA            AS DDE                 ETECTOR 381 739101  A specially designed carry case which allows you to connect it to our specially designed chest harness. belt or simply be used as a protector for your Combi-Mate 3 gas detector.SAFETY                                                          Personal Protection                                                                 Portable Gas Detection     CHE  HESST HA        HARRNE            NESSS K                  KIT                    IT F                       FOOR U                            UNIT                              NITO                                 OR C                                    COOMB                                       MBI-MA                                          I-MAT                                              TE GAS DDE       ETECTOR 381 656892  This chest harness kit enables you to attach your Unitor Combi-Mate and were the unit on your chest allowing you to have both hands free to concentrate on the task in hand.  Features  • Made from durable leather  • Specially designed to fit Unitor Combi-Mate gas detectors  • Plastic viewing window  Benefits  •   Protects the unit from wear and tear  •   Fits perfectly around Unitor Combi-Mate gas detectors  •   Connects with Unitor carry strap or chest harness  •   Prolongs the life of you gas detector                                                                                                               765 .       CARRY CCA               ASE A                   AND                     ND B                        BEELT F                              FOOR U                                   UNIT                                     NITO                                        OR T                                           TA                                            ANK                                              NK-MA                                                -MAT                                                   TE       GAS D           DEETECTOR       381 656900        A specially designed carry case and belt which       allows you to wear your Unitor Tank-Mate       around your waist and protect your instrument.        Features        • Made from durable leather        • Specially designed to fit Unitor Combi-Mate gas          detectors        • Plastic viewing window        Benefits        • Protects the unit from wear and tear        • Fits perfectly around Unitor Combi-Mate gas          detectors        • Connects with Unitor carry strap or chest harness        • Prolongs the life of you gas detector     766 . 8 metre elasticated energy absorbing lanyard 2 standard hooks 777604          Work positioning belt 777606          Fall Arrest Aluminium Tripod 777605          Fall Arrest Winch with 15 metre cable for Tripod 777607          Fall Arrest Bracket for winch 777608          Fall Arrest Bag for Tripod and winch                                                                                                           767 . We can also meet your requirements for tailored solutions or for more specialised hazardous duties.FALL A      ARRREST D              DEEVIC                  ICEES  Our range of fall arrest products cover both height and confined space entry in hazardous conditions and are presented to cover most requirements onboard today's vessels.  Features  • Range of harnesses in either basic or specialist ATEX    versions  • Confined space entry and rescue systems  • Work positioning solutions  • Fall arrest devices  Benefits  •   Our range will cover the majority of standard requirements for onboard your vessels  •   Quality products to give you compliance and meet health & safety requirements  •   Solutions for more hazardous or specialist applications can be quoted  •   Advice and support from our global network of sales offices     Ordering information Product No      Description 777611          Harness kit complete with lanyard 777603          Full body harness with rear attachment 777615          Full body harness front and rear attachment ATEX approved 777612          Fall Arrest 2 metre elasticated lanyard energy absorbing lanyard with scaffold hook 777613          Fall Arrest 1. All our products are approved to EN standard ensuring quality and a confidence you can rely on. + .%-&%*"#".&4733'2/.-7&#/..)4407*.4&.)&. (60%'9*% .!*'&"6*. 93/52$&0"(& . .)4407*.4&.+ .)&.&4733'2/.-7&#/.%-&%*"#". !*'&"6*.(60%'9*% .  .93/52$&0"(&     SAFETY  LIFE SAVING  The only rule in maritime regulations is constant change which is why we manage tomorrow’s challenges today to keep you                                                                            FIRE PROTECTION                                                                                                                   PERSONAL SAFETY safely ahead.                                                                                                            LIFE SAVING                                                                                                                             MEDICAL Safety is a constant vigil to ensure seafarers’                                                                     ENVIRONMENTAL lives are protected. monitor and maintain your safety equipment. Cost of ownership is all-important so all the products we offer are supported by our global network of service stations to support your choice of WSS as a partner to manage. safe and in the event of an incident rescued. Our range of lifesaving appliances is built on quality of product. unrivalled global service support and product performance. This gives our customers the confidence of having a consistent quality supplier of safety equipment at all times no matter where they are in the world.  cruise & general       marine). ABS or PE materials are used. hard wearing and colour fast        •   Clear labelling defines usage        Benefits        • Materials and design features best suited to your storage area        • Options include floor or wall mounted enabling you to maximise your storage space        • For total protection of your equipment some cabinets offer you internal fittings as standard        Ordering information       Product number                       Description       Fire fighting Storage Cabinets       234773                               Ship to Shore fittings cabinet       234799                               18 metre fire hose and fittings cabinet       605279                               20 metre fire hose and fittings cabinet       758557                               25 metre fire hose and fittings cabinet       723064                               Fire extinguisher 6kg to 9kg cabinet       766827                               Fire extinguisher 6kg . approvals can be quoted on request     770 . GRP.      SAFETY                                                                     Cabinets                                                                                  Cabinets           CABINE          INETTS        We offer a wide range of standard cabinets to       store various types of lifesaving and fire fighting       equipment.9kg and 5kg Co2 cabinet       546689                               Helideck emergency equipment cabinet       592576                               Fire man's outfit cabinet       737320                               Foam emergency station cabinet       Lifesaving Appliance Cabinets       576603                               lifejacket or Immersion suit box small       576611                               Lifejacket or immersion suit box medium       576629                               Lifejacket or immersion suit box large       576637                               Lifejacket or immersion suit box XL       546564                               Safety plan container       638395                               Emergency Equipment Breathing Device cabinet       Special sizes. our cabinets offer flexible options giving       you a choice dependent on your stowage need. plastic or polythene hinges and fittings dependant on type of cabinet and area of storage        •   All are waterproof. ABS or PE materials        •   Stainless steel.        Features        •   GRP. colours.       Well proven through many years of supply in       numerous markets (offshore.  48/(66). it enables your liferafts to surface and inflate in an emergency situation. IMO Res. local support     Approvals MED approved                                                          771 .5 . 81(70). IMO Res.HY HYDDROSTATIC R RE                 ELEASE U                        UNIT                          NIT HA                              HAMMA                                 MMAR                                    R H20 F                                          FOOR LIF  IFEERAFTS 2 Y              YEEAR 805 750751  The Hammar H20 is a hydrostatic release unit for all types of liferaft. MSC. Made of glass fibre and reinforced nylon. approved to EU Directive 96/98 EC on Marine Equipment. Hammar H20 hydrostatic release units are approved globally and fulfil the requirements of the SOLAS 74/96 Convention. III/4 LSA Code. Reg.MSC.4 metres  •   Fits any installation  •   Vacuum and electric release systems available  Benefits  • You do not have to service these units  • When the 2 years is expired you dispose of them  • Comes complete with easy to understand    instructions so your crew can install them  • Global service.  Features  •   2 year lifespan  •   Operates from 1.       HY       HYDDROSTATIC R RE                       ELEASE U                              UNIT                                NIT D                                    DKK2004 F                                            FOOR       LIF        IFEERAFTS 4 Y                    YEEAR       805 777869        The DK2010 4 year disposable hydrostatic release unit offers you excellent value through an extended       lifespan.       Manufactured from high grade materials to withstand the rigours of the marine environment the       DK2010 offers you exceptional value.        Features        •   4 year lifespan        •   Operates from 1.       It is easy to install and approved by the worlds leading maritime authorities and of particular use when       you use 30 month service liferafts.5 .4 metres        •   Fits any installation        •   Electric release systems available        Benefits        •   You do not have to service these units        •   When the 4 years is expired you dispose of them        •   Comes complete with easy to understand instructions so your crew can install them        •   Global service Local support        Approvals       MED approved     772 .  You can choose from 5 mm or 7 mm insulation or additionally a foam filled pillow for increased buoyancy.210 cm  •   Glued.SAFETY                                                                Life Saving Appliances                                                                       Immersion Suits     IMME IMMERRSIO        IONNS            SUUIT               ITSS  Unitor’s immersion suits are approved by many of the world’s leading maritime authorities and offer you exceptional properties for surviving cold water immersion even in Arctic conditions. stitched and heat taped seams  •   Colour coded stowage bags  •   MED approved  Benefits  • You can choose from a standard non-pillow version and use your existing life jackets or a pillow version for quicker    for donning times  • High manufacturing standards provide you with secure in water thermal properties and a long life product  • To support your maintenance programmes we provide an onboard test kit with all the parts required to test and    repair your suits  Ordering information Product number              Description 740464                      V20 Height 130-150cm 5mm insulation with light 728592                      V20 Height 160-185cm 5mm insulation with pillow 671602                      V20 Height 165-190cm 5mm insulation with pillow 671610                      V20 Height 185-210cm 5mm insulation with pillow 728584                      V40 Height 160-185cm 7mm insulation with pillow 671628                      V40 Height 165-190cm 7mm insulation with pillow 671636                      V40 Height 185-210cm 7mm insulation with pillow 728600                      V20 OP Height 160-185cm 5mm insulation non pillow type 719435                      V20 OP Height 165-190cm 5mm insulation non pillow type 719443                      V20 OP Height 185-210cm 5mm insulation non pillow type Ancillaries 758201                      Immersion suit Test Kit 777423                      W3 light for V20 & V40 suits 576603                      Cabinet for 6 lifejacket or 4 Imm suits 576611                      Cabinet for 18 lifejackets or 8-10 Immersion suits 576629                      Cabinet for 24 lifejackets or 12 Immersion suits 576637                      Cabinet for 32 lifejackets or 16 Immersion suits                                                                                                                               773 .  Features  •   Sizes to cover heights from 135 . They are fast to don with the large zip handle for easy closure and include pre- attached hood and gloves so you are prepared when you enter the water.  You can quickly don the suit using the watertight main zipper       single-handedly.      SAFETY                                                            Life Saving Appliances                                                                         Immersion Suits           RESCUE S              SUUIT       820 763359        The GT100 is a 1-hour Thermal Protective Aid (SOLAS 34 TPA) which you can use for rescue       operations or as a constant wear suit.                                 166-174cm       42       763367                       GT100 Rescue suit size medium                                 170-178cm       43       763375                       GT 00 Rescue suit size large                                  174-174cm       44       763383                       GT100 Rescue suit size Extra large                            182-188cm       45     774 .        Features        •   3 layer tear proof breathable nylon fabric        •   Integral suspenders        •   Generous sizing        •   Approved to MED B-1140 as a 1 hour Thermal Protective aid        Benefits        • The new orange 3 layer material is breathable preventing the build-up of moisture in the suit making it extremely          comfortable for you to wear during long periods        • We include adjustable suspenders on the inside of the suit so you enjoy a better fit reducing chaffing during high          physical activity        • The generous sizing and adjustable suspenders give you freedom of movement        • The MED approval as a one hour suit is testament to the suit's ability for use during rescue operations or working in          cold environments        Ordering information       Product number               Description                                                   Height          Boot size       763359                       GT100 Rescue suit size small.       The attached hood gives you additional thermal retention and the high length safety boots include steel       toe caps for your added protection.  We can also tailor solutions to meet offshore criteria or your specific needs through any of our sales offices.SAFETY                                                               Life Saving Appliances                                                                      Life Jackets and Lights     LIF  IFEEJACKET A             ANC               NCIL                 ILLLARIE                       IESS  Our comprehensive range of life jackets and ancillaries gives you numerous options to comply with regulations or meet your own specifications.  Features  • ISO and SOLAS compliant life jackets and ancillaries  • Full spares and ancillary options  • Tailored solutions  Benefits  • Our list of spares and accessories covers from life jacket repacking to meeting hazardous environments with our new    range of personal safety lights  • We work closely with our suppliers to tailor solutions to meet your individual requirements  • Our life jacket range is supported throughout our service network globally so you can always be assured of efficient    service and spare parts supply  Ordering information Product number            Description 777804                    L6A-EX ATEX life jacket light 777423                    W3 auto life jacket light 552190                    IMO sign Inflatable lifejacket 632737                    Recharge kit for Offshore 150n Solas Twin chamber lifejacket 632752                    Recharge kit for Interlock 275n Solas Twin chamber life jacket 632745                    Recharge kit for Worksafe ISO 150n Single chamber lifejacket 754838                    Halkey roberts Super bobbin for auto lifejackets                                                                                                                              775 .        We can also tailor solutions to meet offshore       criteria or your specific needs through any of       our sales offices.        Features        •   ISO and SOLAS compliant life jackets        •   Full spares and ancillary options        •   Tailored solutions        •   Global service.      SAFETY                                                                 Life Saving Appliances                                                                              Life Jackets and Lights           INF       INFLLATABLE L                   LIF                     IFE                       EJACKETS        Our comprehensive range of life jackets and       ancillaries gives you numerous options to       comply with regulations or meet your own       specifications. local support        •   MED approved        Benefits        • We give you a wide choice of working single          chamber life jackets or twin chamber SOLAS life jackets        • Our list of spares and accessories covers from life jacket repacking to meeting hazardous environments with our new          range of personal safety lights        • We work closely with our suppliers to tailor solutions to meet your individual requirements        • Our life jacket range is supported throughout our service network globally so you can always be assured of efficient          service        Ordering information       Product number             Description       769687                     Challenger Interlock Solas Inflatable 275N       769679                     Challenger Flexi wing Solas inflatable 150N       623703                     Challenger Worksafe Inflatable ISO 150n       777804                     L6A-EX ATEX life jacket light       777423                     W3 auto life jacket light       552190                     IMO sign Inflatable lifejacket       632737                     Recharge kit for Offshore 150n Solas Twin chamber lifejacket       632752                     Recharge kit for Interlock 275n Solas Twin chamber life jacket       632745                     Recharge kit for Worksafe ISO 150n Single chamber lifejacket     776 .   Features  •   Approved to MSC81(70) July 2010  •   150n adult buoyancy rating  •   Infant to adult chest sized up to 75 cm as standard  •   Compact size  •   MED approved  Benefits  • Our approval gives you the ability to meet the    additional life jackets required under later regulations  • The 150n minimum buoyancy and unitary block design gives you far superior in-water performance  • Our 75 cm chest size as standard means you not having to carry additional extension belts or specially sized life    jackets on board  • Even with 150n buoyancy it remains a compact size when folded and will fit into many of your existing lockers     Ordering information Product number                         Description 764548                                 Seaguard 2010 Adult without light 764555                                 Seaguard 2010 Child without light 764837                                 Seaguard 2010 Infant without light 764977                                 Seaguard 2010 Adult with light 764978                                 Seaguard 2010 Child with light 764979                                 Seaguard 2010 Infant with light 777423                                 W3 Auto MED/USCG Lifejacket light 777804                                 L16AX ATEX MED/USCG Lifejacket light 552190                                 IMO Sign Adult lifejacket 552208                                 IMO Sign Childs lifejacket Storage Cabinets 576603                                 6 life jackets storage cabinet 576611                                 18 life jackets storage cabinet 576629                                 24 life jackets storage cabinet 576637                                 32 life jackets storage cabinet                                                                                                                            777 .SAFETY                                                                  Life Saving Appliances                                                                         Life Jackets and Lights     UNIT  NITO     OR S        SEEAGUARD L                  LIF                    IFE                      EJACKETS  The Unitor Seaguard 2010 foam lifejacket uses a single block design for increased in-water performance by reducing waves being directed towards the mouth.       SAFETY                                                           Life Saving Appliances                                                                        Lifebuoys. Our lifebuoys are       now plugged for your added protection against       the elements.        Features        • Storage cradles and brackets        • Buoyant lines from 30 to 50 metre length        • MED approved        Benefits        • We offer two sizes of approved lifebuoy so you can standardise on one make on board        • We offer a range of storage options to suit your vessels requirements        • Whether you require ATEX approved for tanker use or standard lifebuoy lights we offer a full range        Ordering information       Product number               Description                       Use       637991                       30" 2. our high       quality lifebuoys feature a bright orange       polyethylene outer shell with a high density       foam fill. and offer practical solutions for       your safety requirements. lines and light           LIF        IFEEBUOY'S A                   AND                     ND A                        ANC                          NCIL                            ILLLARIE                                  IESS        Designed for commercial applications. unaffected by extreme weather or       prolonged outdoor exposure. bracket.5kg lifebuoy                General       638007                       30" 4kg lifebuoy                  For fitting to an MOB smoke and light          Accessories       Product number                       Product name       777805                               LIFEBUOY LIGHT L160 MED       777803                               LIFEBUOY LIGHT L162 USCG       768408                               LIFEBUOY LIGHT L161 ATEX/IECEx       777802                               LIFEBUOY LIGHT L163 ATEX/IECEX/USCG       777801                               LIFEBUOY LIGHT L16 X ADPTER PLATE       576702                               LIFEBUOY LIGHT L90 WITH BATTERY       735985                               Y BRACKET FOR LIFEBUOY       606210                               FLOATING LIFELINE 50MTR       606209                               FLOATING LIFELINE 45MTR       606208                               FLOATING LIFELINE 30MTR       606206                               RETROREFLECTIVE SOLAS TAPE (MED)       552240                               IMO SIGN F/LIFEBUOY       552273                               IMO SIGN F/LIFEBUOY W/       552257                               IMO SIGN F/LIFEBUOY W/       552265                               IMO SIGN F/LIFEBUOY W/     778 . SAFETY                                                      Life Saving Appliances                                                             Lifebuoys.5kg lifebuoy           General 638007                       30" 4kg lifebuoy             For fitting to an MOB smoke and light                                                                                                       779 .     Features  •   Easy to install  •   MED approved and USCG versions  •   ATEx version  •   5 year life on most versions  Benefits  • All our lifebuoy lights have back plates as standard    so are simple to install  • Whether you need to meet USCG or MED we offer    both types in standard and ATEx versions  • Most of our range have a 5 year life so it is fit and    forget. bracket. lines and light     LIF  IFEEBUOY L           LIG             IGHT               HTSS  Our range of lifebuoys and ancillaries give you practical solutions to comply or extend your safety requirements.no need to annually change batteries and    they provide a cost effective solution     Remember to order your mounting plate to ensure easy fixing when replacing your L41B or L120 Product number 777801     Ordering information Product number               Description                  Use 637991                       30" 2. We now have you a full range of lifebuoy lights covering standard as well as USCG and ATEx versions for use on tankers. in offshore industry and hazardous areas.       Accessories       Product number   Product name       777805           LIFEBUOY LIGHT L160 MED       777803           LIFEBUOY LIGHT L162 USCG       768408           LIFEBUOY LIGHT L161 ATEX/IECEx       777802           LIFEBUOY LIGHT L163 ATEX/IECEX/USCG       777801           LIFEBUOY LIGHT L16 X ADPTER PLATE       576702           LIFEBUOY LIGHT L90 WITH BATTERY       735985           Y BRACKET FOR LIFEBUOY       606210           FLOATING LIFELINE 50MTR       606209           FLOATING LIFELINE 45MTR       606208           FLOATING LIFELINE 30MTR       606206           RETROREFLECTIVE SOLAS TAPE (MED)       552240           IMO SIGN F/LIFEBUOY       552273           IMO SIGN F/LIFEBUOY W/       552257           IMO SIGN F/LIFEBUOY W/       552265           IMO SIGN F/LIFEBUOY W/       Pyrotechnics       781595           LIGHT-SMOKE SIGNAL (MAN OVER BOARD)     780 . SAFETY                                                                      Life Saving Appliances                                                                             Lifeboat Air Cylinders     LIF  IFEEBOAT C           CYYLIND               INDEERS  As part of our cylinder range we supply a standard lifeboat air cylinder complete with the air regulator.female connection on both ends Ask your local WSS Sales office for more information                                                                                                                                               781 . adapter.200 bar with hand wheel operated valve.filled 619221                         Regulator air 0-10 bar adjustale. capacity 40M3/H 233494                         Connection stub OX/N2/Air 305565                         Nut air 5/8' male Accessories: Filling hose 10 metre . connection stub and air nut.female connection on both ends Filling hose 25 metre .  Features  • 50 litre / 200 bar  • Standard fitting for many type of lifeboats  • Bauer compressors  Benefits  • Our cylinders will fit most of your standard type    installations  • As well as your BA set cylinders you can also refill    your lifeboat cylinders with our range of Bauer    compressors    Working pressure according to BS5045 / DOT3AA                               Note: To have a complete filling hose from a Bauer                                                                             compressor to the cylinder with 5/8'' female thread you                                                                             need the filling hose.female connection on both ends Filling hose 40 metre . You also have the option to fill the cylinder using our Bauer range of compressors with the range of hoses we offer.    Ordering information Product number                 Description 653386                         Air cylinder 50 litre .         Features        •   Global life raft supply.                               •   Military        Markets:     782 .       Manage-Monitor or Maintain are key functions       at the heart of our offers regardless of your       preference for the problem-free LRE solution or       the traditional ownership method. All    •   Offshore       new vessels delivered after 1st January 2012 must have           •   Cruise                                                                        •   Ferry       MSC81(70) liferafts fitted                                                                        •   Fishing       Class Requirements                                               •   New buildings       All existing vessels who have a liferaft condemned must          •   Retro fits       replace with a MSC81(70) liferaft. rental or service solutions        •   Full range of sizes and types available        •   New 2012 MSC81(70) life rafts for supply or rental        •   Global service and local support        Benefits        • We are able to tailor solutions to meet your needs        • Our range of life rafts is extensive with stocks in over          40 locations globally        • Our vast turnover allows you to benefit from the          latest approved life rafts being supplied        • Regardless of the solution chosen you will always          benefit from an appointed local contact person and          global service support           MSC81(70)                                                        •   Merchant marine       All liferafts meet the requirement of 82.      SAFETY                                                          Life Saving Appliances                                                                       Liferafts           LIF        IFEERAFT R                 REENT                    NTA                      AL        Customer demands dictated our introduction of       the innovative Life raft Rental Exchange (LRE)       Concept and since 2007 we have re-shaped       the Life raft industry and caused traditional       processes to be out dated.5 kg per person. Ordering information Product number         Description Throwoverboard 759092                 6 Person Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack 759118                 10Person Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack 759126                 12 Person Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack 759134                 16 Person Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack 759142                 20 Person Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack 759159                 25 Person Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack Davit Launchable 759167                 12 Person Davit launch Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack 759175                 16 Person Davit launch Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack 759183                 20 Person Davit launch Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack 759191                 25 Person Davit launch Rental liferaft with A Type emergency pack    Accessories Product number            Single and double ramp cradles available on request 750751                    Hydrostatic release unit 2 year life 777869                    Hydrostatic release unit 4 year life 552315                    IMO Liferaft Sign 552844                    IMO Sign Lower liferaft 552356                    IMO Sign Davit launch liferaft    Approvals MED approved                                                                                                783 . 5kg per person.       Our global service network is Z17 approved by       the worlds leading Class Societies as well as       local flag administrations giving you unrivalled       after sales service quality.      SAFETY                                                          Life Saving Appliances                                                                       Liferafts           THR        HROOWOVERBOARD L                       LIF                         IFE                           ERAFTS        The new 2012 Unitor liferaft range now uses the       latest technology and materials to increase       durability in the marine environment.        Features        • Full range of sizes and types available        • New 2012 MSC81(70) life rafts        • Global service and local support         Benefits        •   We are able to tailor solutions to meet your needs        •   Our range of life rafts is extensive with stocks in over 40 locations globally        •   Our vast turnover allows you to benefit from the latest approved life rafts being supplied        •   You will benefit from an appointed local contact person and global service support           Technical data                                                  Markets:        Up to 40 metre stowage heights as standard                        •   Merchant marine                                                                         •   Offshore       MSC81(70)                                                         •   Cruise                                                                         •   Ferry       All liferafts meet the requirement of 82. reducing       your ownership costs and are approved to       MSC81(70). All      •   Fishing       new vessels delivered after 1st January 2012 must have            •   New buildings       MSC81(70) liferafts fitted                                         •   Retro fits       Class Requirements                                                •   Military       All existing vessels who have a liferaft condemned must       replace with a MSC81(70) liferaft.       For other specifications please contact your local WSS sales office.     784 . Ordering information Product number                      Description 758024                              6 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack 758026                              10 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack 758027                              12 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack 758028                              16 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack 758029                              20 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack 758030                              25 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack    Ordering information Range Throwoverboard from 6 to 50 persons Davit Launch from 12 to 37 persons Standard or Self Righting versions available Up to 40 metre freeboard heights MED Ships Wheel approved For other approvals please contact your local WSS sales office    Accessories Product number                     Single and double ramp cradles available on request 750751                             Hydrostatic Release Unit 2 year life 777869                             Hydrostatic Release Unit 4 year life 552315                             IMO Liferaft sign 15 x 15cm    Approvals MED approved                                                                                                785 .       SAFETY                                                             Life Saving Appliances                                                                          Liferafts           DAVIT L             LAAUNC                 NCHHL                     LIF                       IFE                         ERAFTS        Our complete range of Unitor Davit Launch       liferafts boasts one of the highest freeboard       stowage heights available as standard at 40       metres.                                   •   Military        Markets:          Ordering information       Product number                 Description       758024                         6 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack       758026                         10 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack       758027                         12 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack       758028                         16 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack       758029                         20 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack       758030                         25 Person Throwoverboard Solas A Type emergency pack     786 .        Features        •   Up to 40 metre stowage height as standard        •   Full range of sizes and types available        •   New 2012 MSC81(70) life rafts        •   Global service and local support        Benefits        •   We are able to tailor solutions to meet your needs        •   Our range of life rafts is extensive with stocks in over 40 locations globally        •   Our vast turnover allows you to benefit from the latest approved life rafts being supplied        •   You will benefit from an appointed local contact person and global service support          MSC81(70)                                                            •   Merchant marine                                                                            •   Offshore       All liferafts meet the requirement of 82.5 kg per person.                                                                            •   Fishing       Class Requirements                                                   •   New buildings       All existing vessels who have a liferaft condemned must              •   Retro fits       replace with a MSC81(70) liferaft.       You can choose from 12 to 37 person both       standard or self-righting for use on any type of       vessel. All                                                                            •   Cruise       new vessels delivered after 1st January 2012 must have                                                                            •   Ferry       MSC81(70) liferafts fitted. Ordering information Range Throwoverboard from 6 to 50 persons Davit Launch from 12 to 37 persons Standard or Self Righting versions available Up to 40 metre freeboard heights MED Ships Wheel approved For other approvals please contact your local WSS sales office    Accessories Product number                     Single and double ramp cradles available on request 750751                             Hydrostatic Release Unit 2 year life 777869                             Hydrostatic Release Unit 4 year life 552356                             IMO sign Davit Launch Liferaft 552844                             IMO sign Lower liferaft    Approvals MED approved                                                                                              787 . 3kg Lifebuoy for use with Man overboard light and smoke        Note: These are general guidelines and may vary according       to differing class or national flag requirements.        Features        • Approved products        • Local sales office support        • Compliance to local transport regulations        Benefits        • WSS global network supply will ensure you only          recieve quality approved pyrotechnics        • We can dispose of your old pyrotechnics (can vary in          some ports according to local regulations)        • We can supply approved alternatives to ensure you comply due to availability or local transport regulations        Ordering information       Product number   Description                                                     Use in liferafts In lifeboats     In bridge set       750754           Red Handflare                                                    6 per liferaft   6 per lifeboat       750758           Red Parachute Rocket                                            4 per liferaft   4 per lifeboat 12 per vessel       750760           Orange buoyant smoke signal                                     2 per liferaft   2 per lifeboat       781595           Man overboard Light and smoke signal                                                              2 per vessel                                                                                                                          1 on each bridge wing       790390           Linethrower                                                                                       1 set of 4 units       638007           4.      SAFETY                                                                Life Saving Appliances                                                                             Pyrotechnics           PYROTECHNIC              HNICSS        Our global distribution network supplies a range       of quality approved brands to suit your       requirements       Specific brands and delivery time must be       checked with your preferred port as we may       have to comply with local transport rules and       regulations.     788 .   Features  • Quality materials and production  Benefits  • We only source the best quality rescue tools to give you the best for the job  • Where required all tools and equipment are approved by the appropriate authorities  Ordering information Product number                Description 716951                        Helideck equipment basic set Tools and Safety 777603                        Full body harness 777612                        Fall Arrest Elasticated lanyard for Fall arrest harness 777611                        Basic Kit Full Body Harness & Lanyard 176826                        Fire fighters 30 mt lifeline with hook 546648                        Hacksaw 546655                        Spare hacksaw blades 546663                        Telescopic pole 2mt with hook 546671                        Knife for quick release with sheath 546747                        Pliers side cutting 606206                        Retro reflective tape 527515                        Crowbar Fire Axes 525535                        Fire Axe 17" shaft 176842                        Fire Axe 24" shaft 755314                        Fire Axe 32" shaft 534958                        Fire Axe with insulated handle 2kv 525519                        Cover for fire axe 534966                        Bracket for insulated fire axe Torches and Lamps 782406                        Safety Torch ATEX right angled 658310                        Safety torch ATEX 736611                        Marshalling baton 658328                        Wolflite Safety Lamp H-251a Battery 638726                        Wolflite Safety Lamp H-251a 588301                        Wolflite Safety Lamp H-251a Charger 638973                        Wolflite Safety Lamp H-251a Bulb                                                                                             789 . We can also tailor your requirements to meet varying regulations and offer you a range of cabinets to store them in.RESCUE E        EQQUIP            IPME               MENT                 NT  Whether you require a complete helideck equipment set or individual rescue tools and equipment. we offer a range that ensures the rigours of rescue are carried out efficiently and effectively.       SAFETY                                                           Life Saving Appliances                                                                        Stretchers           NE       NEIL          IL R             ROOBERTSON S                        STTRETCHE                               HERR       825 184390        The Neil Robertson stretcher is designed to       allow you to remove injured persons from       spaces with limited access.       Our Neil Robertson stretcher is ideal for use in       engine-rooms.        Features        •   Flexible semi-rigid canvas design        •   Light-weight        •   Vertical recovery        •   High quality materials for longer product lifespan        Benefits        •   You can neatly fold it to store away        •   No specialist training is required to use        •   The strapping holds the casualty firmly even when you need to recover vertically        •   A regular equipment check is all you need to perform to ensure it is ready for use at all time          Technical data        Length                                   150cm       Width                                    100 cm       Weight                                   10 kg       Lifting capacity                         120 kg     790 . cargo holds and boiler rooms       where access or hatch sizes are limited.       Light-weight and compact compared to other       stretchers giving you more freedom of       movement and flexibility of use.  The PRP is manufactured from strong PVC coated fabrics with a fibreglass reinforced bottom giving you a tough no nonsense stretcher.  Features  • Includes straps to secure arms and legs  • Sectioned headguard with adjustable bands  Benefits  • Side rods allow you to horizontally lift  • You can X-ray patients without removing them from    the stretcher  • It is ideal for lifting patients clear of hazardous area  • Light-weight and compact ensures it is not a struggle    when moving to an incident    Technical data                                                CE-marked according to the European directive for Medical                                                               Device 93/42/EEC and registered by the Swedish Medical Material         Double coated PVC                            Products Agency Bottom plate     Polyester reinforced with fibre glass Rods             Aluminium Straps           Polyester Max load         140 kg                                                                                                                               791 .SAFETY                                                        Life Saving Appliances                                                               Stretchers     PARAME     MEDDIC S            STTRETCHE                   HERRA                       AND                         ND R                            REESCUE U                                    UNIT                                      NIT 825 537357  The Paramedic Rescue Pac secures your patient even in the most difficult rescue situations.        Our IMO life saving appliance signs are       recognised by most leading maritime authorities       and are approved to SOLAS.        Features        • Approved by SOLAS        • High quality photoluminescance        • Long lasting for all marine environments        Benefits        • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements of the majority of maritime authorities        • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency          lighting conditions        • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other          photoluminescant materials        • Our range of signs offer incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety and a          longer lasting product           Ordering information       Product number       Description                                          Fitting          Material              Size       552331               Lifeboat sign                                        Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       751031               Lifeboat station guidance sign Down                  Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm       751025               Lifeboat station guidance sign Down right            Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm       751028               Lifeboat station guidance sign Down left             Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm       751034               Lifeboat station guidance sign Up                    Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm       552406               Lifeboat fasten seat belt sign                       Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm       552414               Lifeboat secure hatches sign                         Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm       552448               Lower Lifeboat instruction sign                      Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm       552422               Lifeboat release falls sign                          Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm       552471               Lifeboat start air supply sign                       Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm       552463               Lifeboat release gripes sign                         Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 30cm     792 .       You can choose from self-adhesive vinyl or rigid       PVC in a range of sizes.       orientations.      SAFETY                                                           IMO Signs                                                                        IMO Embarkation station/Lifeboat signs           IMO L           LIF             IFE               EBOAT S                     SIG                       IGNS                         NS        Our range of lifeboat signs give you instructions       both inside and outside the lifeboat and lifeboat       station guidance signs which be extended using       letters and numbers. and in some cases.  You can choose from self adhesive vinyl or rigid PVC in a range of sizes and in some cases orientations. Panoramic and wall mounted double sided signs project from walls and corridors to ensure conspicuity from either direction.SAFETY                                                             IMO Signs                                                                    IMO Escape Way guidance signs     ESCAPE W        WA         AY A            AND              ND G                 GUUID                    IDA                      ANC                        NCE                          ESSIG                             IGNS                                NS  Escape way and guidance signs show you where to go in an emergency.  Features  • Approved by SOLAS  • High quality photoluminescance  • Long lasting for all marine environments  Benefits  • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements of the majority of maritime authorities  • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency    lighting conditions  • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other    photoluminescant materials  • Our range of signs offer incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety and a    longer lasting product  Ordering information Product number Description                                          Fitting                     Material                     Size 751049          Escape way guidance sign Right                      Wall mounted                Self adhesive vinyl          15 x 30cm 751043          Escape way guidance sign Left                       Wall mounted                Self adhesive vinyl          15 x 30cm 751073          Escape way guidance sign down Right                 Wall mounted                Self adhesive vinyl          15 x 30cm 751076          Escape way guidance sign Down Left                  Wall mounted                Self adhesive vinyl          15 x 30cm 751055          Escape way guidance sign Up                         Wall mounted                Self adhesive vinyl          15 x 30cm 751058          Escape way guidance sign Down                       Wall mounted                Self adhesive vinyl          15 x 30cm 751061          Escape way guidance sign Up Right                   Wall mounted                Self adhesive vinyl          15 x 30cm 751070          Escape way guidance sign Up Left                    Wall mounted                Self adhesive vinyl          15 x 30cm 751067          Escape way guidance sign double sided Down Right    Ceiling mounted             Clear pvc ceiling mounting   15 x 30cm 751064          Escape way guidance sign double sided Up left       Ceiling mounted             Clear pvc ceiling mounting   15 x 30cm 751037          Escape way guidance sign double sided Left          Ceiling mounted             Clear pvc ceiling mounting   15 x 30cm 751052          Escape way guidance sign panoramic                  Wall or corner mounted      Clear pvc                    20 x 20cm 751046          Escape way guidance sign double sided Right         Wall mounted double sided   Clear pvc                    15 x 30cm 751040          Escape way guidance sign double sided Left          Wall mounted double sided   Clear pvc                    15 x 30cm                                                                                                                                              793 .  directions and warnings.       Panoramic and wall-mounted double sided       signs project from walls and corridors to ensure       conspicuity from either direction. stowage       points.      SAFETY                                                               IMO Signs                                                                            IMO Fire fighting Equipment & System signs           FIR        IREEE            EQQUIP                IPME                   MENT                     NT S                        SIG                          IGNS                            NS        Our range of fire equipment and system signs       give you identification of hazards.       You can choose from self adhesive vinyl or rigid       PVC in a range of sizes.        Features        •   Variety of installation options        •   Approved by SOLAS        •   High quality photoluminescance        •   Long lasting for all marine environments        Benefits        • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements of the majority of maritime authorities        • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency          lighting conditions plus you get incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety          and a longer lasting product        • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other          photoluminescant materials        • You can choose from a selection of fitting options for maximising the visual effect        Ordering information       Product number Description                                                     Fitting               Material              Size       751100          Water mist exinguishing system hazardous area sign             Wall mounted          Self adhesive vinyl   20 x 20cm       782144          Novec 1230 extinguishing system hazardous area warning sign    Wall mounted          Self adhesive vinyl   20 x 20cm       751082          Novec 1230 manual control point sign sign                      Wall mounted          Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       751097          Fire Telephone Point sign                                      Wall or corner mounted Rigid PVC panoramic 20 x 20cm       751094          Fire telephone Point sign                                      Wall mounted          Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       751091          Fire alarm point sign                                          Wall or corner mounted Rigid pvc panoramic 20 x 20cm       751088          Fire Hose point sign                                           Wall or corner mounted Rigid pvc panoramic 20 x 20cm       751085          Water extinguisher point and instructions sign                 Wall mounted          Self adhesive vinyl   8 x 20cm       751079          Deluge release manual control point sign                       Wall mounted          Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm     794 . orientations and fitting       options.  First aid and safety equipment signs depict either where you medical assistance is situated. instruction notices and warning signs. Signs are required to be easily seen under    Ordering information Product number       Description                                          Fitting          Material              Size 751118               Breathing apparataus for medical use sign            Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 751109               Hand washing sign                                    Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 751115               Medical emergency call point sign                    Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 751103               General Alarm call point sign                        Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 751124               Doctor/Paramedic sign                                Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 751106               Emergency eye wash station sign                      Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 751112               Medical Emergency telephone sign                     Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 751121               Auto external defibrillator sign                      Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm                                                                                                                                  795 . You can choose from self-adhesive vinyl or rigid PVC in a range of sizes and in some cases orientations.2.2.SAFETY                                                           IMO Signs                                                                  IMO First Aid & Safety Equipment signs     FIR  IRSST A        AID          ID A             AND               ND ME                  MEDDIC                      ICAAL E                            EQQUIP                                IPME                                   MENT                                     NT S                                        SIG                                          IGNS                                            NS  We offer a full range of IMO safety signs. Convention.2 and Regulation 9.             emergency lighting conditions and used in accordance with Regulation 9. what type is available or necessary safety equipment that maybe required in an emergency situation.3 of the SOLAS               the recommendations of the IMO.  Features  •   Wall mounted or panoramic showing medical emergency assistance  •   Approved by SOLAS  •   High quality photoluminescance  •   Long lasting for all marine environments  •   High quality photoluminescance  Benefits  • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements of the majority of maritime authorities  • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency    lighting conditions  • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other    photoluminescant materials  • Our range of signs offer incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety and a    longer lasting product    IMO SOLAS Signs are designed to satisfy Chapter III.        You can choose from self-adhesive vinyl or rigid       PVC in a range of sizes and in some cases       orientations.        Features        • Approved by SOLAS        • High quality photoluminescance        • Long lasting for all marine environments        Benefits        • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements of the majority of maritime authorities        • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency          lighting conditions        • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other          photoluminescant materials        • Our range of signs offer incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety and a          longer lasting product        Ordering information       Product number         Description                               Fitting           Material                 Size       751148                 Flammable risk sign                       Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751187                 Oxidisation risk sign                     Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751157                 Compressed gas risk sign                  Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751166                 Slippery surface risk sign                Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751172                 Risk of falling sign                      Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751169                 Steep steps risk warning sign             Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751163                 Trip hazard risk sign                     Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751151                 Mind your head risk sign                  Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751178                 Overhead loads risk sign                  Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751160                 Over head working risk sign               Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751181                 Low temp risk sign                        Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       652412                 Radioactive risk sign                     Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751133                 Laser risk sign                           Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       652404                 Corrosive risk sign                       Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751142                 Toxic risk sign                           Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751136                 Non-ionising radiation risk sign          Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm       751145                 Biological risk sign                      Wall mounted      Self adhesive viniyl     15 x 15cm     796 .      SAFETY                                                        IMO Signs                                                                     IMO Hazard signs           IMO HA           HAZZARD S                   SIG                     IGNS                       NS        The hazard warning signs are bright yellow so       you can easily see them and be alerted to a       hazard. Product number   Description                     Fitting        Material               Size 751154           Noise risk sign                 Wall mounted   Self adhesive viniyl   15 x 15cm 751139           Fork lifts in use risk sign     Wall mounted   Self adhesive viniyl   15 x 15cm 751127           Electrical risk sign            Wall mounted   Self adhesive viniyl   15 x 15cm 751175           Heavy goods lorries risk sign   Wall mounted   Self adhesive viniyl   15 x 15cm 751130           Machinery risk sign             Wall mounted   Self adhesive viniyl   15 x 15cm 751184           Magnetic field risk sign         Wall mounted   Self adhesive viniyl   15 x 15cm 652354           Engine room machinery space     Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 652420           Flammable substance             Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 652438           Explosion risk                  Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 782139           Explosion risk                  Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 782410           Low oxygen level                Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 526566           Gas Danger                      Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 30cm                                                                                                        797 .        instruction notices and warning signs.       We offer a full range of IMO safety signs.       You can choose from self-adhesive vinyl or rigid       PVC in a range of sizes and in some cases       orientations. They denote       positions of safety equipment and are ideal for       you to place on cabinets. lockers and storage       areas.        Features        • Approved by SOLAS        • High quality photoluminescance        • Long lasting for all marine environments        Benefits        • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements          of the majority of maritime authorities        • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency          lighting conditions        • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other          photoluminescant materials        • Our range of signs offer incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety and a          longer lasting product           Ordering information       Product number       Description                                       Fitting          Material              Size       552331               Lifeboat sign                                     Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       552315               Liferaft sign                                     Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       552356               Davit launch liferaft sign                        Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       552190               Life jacket sign                                  Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       552208               Child's life jacket sign                          Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       552240               Lifebuoy sign                                     Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       552273               Lifebuoy with light and smoke sign                Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm       552257               Lifebuoy with line sign                           Wall mounted     Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm     798 .      SAFETY                                                        IMO Signs                                                                     IMO LSA Signs           IMO L           LIF             IFE               ESAVING A                       APPPLIA                            IANC                               NCE                                 ESSIG                                    IGNS                                       NS        Our IMO life saving appliance signs are       recognised by most leading maritime authorities       and are approved by SOLAS. Product number   Description                                   Fitting        Material              Size 552265           Lifebuoy with light sign                      Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552323           Rescue boat sign                              Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552372           Embarkation ladder sign                       Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552349           Evacuation slide sign                         Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 751190           Evacuation chute sign                         Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 751193           Scramble net sign                             Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552216           Survival craft portable radio sign            Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552224           EPIRB sign                                    Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552232           Radar transponder (SART) sign                 Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552299           Survival craft distress signal storage sign   Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552380           Line throwing appliance sign                  Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552281           Immersion suit sign                           Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552844           Lower liferaft instruction sign               Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552455           Lower rescue boat instruction sign            Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm 552307           Red Parachute rocket                          Wall mounted   Self adhesive vinyl   15 x 15cm                                                                                                                     799 .  You can define your muster and       assembly stations by adding letters or numbers       to the main signs.       Convention.2.      SAFETY                                                          IMO Signs                                                                       IMO Muster/Assembly station signs           MU       MUSSTER A               AND                 ND A                    ASSSEMB                         MBLLY S                               STTATIO                                    IONNS                                        SIG                                          IGNS                                            NS        Muster and assembly stations need both       guidance and position marking which our range       offers you. Panoramic and wall-mounted       double sided signs project from walls and       corridors to ensure conspicuity from either       direction.5cm       552570        No 2 sign                         Wall mounted usually with assembly or muster station   Self Adhesive vinyl   15 x                                                       signs                                                                        7.3 of the SOLAS              the recommendations of the IMO.2 and Regulation 9. Signs are required to be easily seen under          Ordering information       Product       number        Description                       Fitting                                                Material              Size       552562        No 1 sign                         Wall mounted usually with assembly or muster station   Self Adhesive vinyl   15 x                                                       signs                                                                        7.        Features        •   Wall-mounted or panoramic showing Muster Point sometimes used with a letter or number depicting point reference        •   Approved by SOLAS        •   High quality photoluminescance        •   Long lasting for all marine environments        Benefits        • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements of the majority of maritime authorities        • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency          lighting conditions        • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other          photoluminescant materials        • Our range of signs offer incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety and a          longer lasting product          IMO SOLAS Signs are designed to satisfy Chapter III.5cm       552588        No 3 sign                         Wall mounted usually with assembly or muster station   Self Adhesive vinyl   15 x                                                       signs                                                                        7.5cm       552364        Assembly station sign             Wall mounted                                           Rigid pvc double      15 x 30cm                                                                                                              sided     800 .2.            emergency lighting conditions and used in accordance with       Regulation 9.5cm       552596        No 4 sign                         Wall mounted usually with assembly or muster station   Self Adhesive vinyl   15 x                                                       signs                                                                        7. You can choose from self-adhesive       vinyl or rigid PVC in a range of sizes and in       some cases orientations. Product number    Description                              Fitting                  Material               Size 751232    Assembly station guidance sign Down      Wall mounted             Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 30cm           Right 751235    Assembly station guidance sign Down left Wall mounted             Self adhesive vinyl    15 X 30cm 751229    Assembly station guidance sign Right     Wall mounted             Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 30cm 751247    Assembly station guidance sign Left      Wall mounted             Rigid pvc double       15 x 30cm                                                                             sided 751244    Assembly station guidance sign UP        Wall mounted             Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 30cm 751223    Assembly station guidance sign Down      Wall mounted             Self adhesive viny     15 x 30cm 751238    Assembly station guidance sign Up right Wall mounted              Self adhesive viny     15 x 30cm 751220    Assembly station guidance sign           Wall or corner mounted   Self adhesive viny     15 x 30cm           Panoramic 751241    Assembly station guidance sign Up left   Wall mounted             Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 30cm 751226    Assembly station Right                   Wall mounted             Self adhesive vinyl`   15 x 15cm                                                                                                                    801 .        You can choose from self-adhesive vinyl or rigid       PVC in a range of sizes and in some cases       orientations.       Our IMO life saving appliance signs are       recognised by most leading maritime authorities       and are approved by SOLAS.      SAFETY                                                        IMO Signs                                                                     IMO Personal Protective Equipment signs           PERSONA            NALLP                PRROTECTIV                        IVEEE                            EQQUIP                                IPME                                   MENT                                     NT S                                        SIG                                          IGNS                                            NS        Our comprehensive range of clear instruction       signs define areas personal protection       equipment must be worn.        Features        • Approved by SOLAS        • High quality photoluminescance        • Long lasting for all marine environments        Benefits        • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements of the majority of maritime authorities        • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency          lighting conditions        • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other          photoluminescant materials        • Our range of signs offer incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety and a          longer lasting product        Ordering information       Product number         Description                               Fitting            Material                 Size       751208                 Wear Respirator sign                      Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       782146                 Wear eye protection sign                  Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       751202                 Wear hand protection sign                 Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       751196                 Wear a face shield sign                   Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       652396                 Use a welding mask sign                   Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       751214                 Wear high visibility clothing sign        Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       751199                 Wear anti static footwear sign            Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       751211                 Wear protective clothing sign             Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       751217                 Wear a life jacket sign                   Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       652370                 Wear foot protection sign                 Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       751205                 Wear a safety harness sign                Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm       652388                 Wear goggles                              Wall mounting      Self adhesive vinyl      15 x 15cm     802 . SAFETY                                                        IMO Signs                                                               IMO Prohibition signs     IMO P     PRROHIB         HIBIT             ITIO               IONNS                   SIG                     IGNS                       NS  Our range of prohibition signs is designed to instruct and alert to prohibitive actions.  Features  •   ISPS code  •   Approved by SOLAS  •   High quality photoluminescance  •   Long lasting for all marine environments  Benefits  • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements of the majority of maritime authorities  • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency    lighting conditions  • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other    photoluminescant materials  • Our range of signs offer incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety and a    longer lasting product  Ordering information Product number         Description                                  Fitting           Material               Size 751250                 No Radio transmitters sign                   Wall mounted      Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 751262                 No drinking or eating sign                   Wall mounted      Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 751259                 Not drinking water sign                      Wall mounted      Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 751256                 No escape route sign                         Wall mounted      Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 751253                 No thoroughfare sign                         Wall mounted      Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 652230                 No smoking beyond this point sign            Wall mounted      Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 652347                 Dont throw garbage overboard sign            Wall mounted      Self adhesive vinyl    15 x 15cm 526558                 No Admittance                                Wall mounted      Self adhesive vinyl    20 x 30cm                                                                                                                              803 . Our IMO life saving appliance signs are recognised by most leading maritime authorities and are approved by SOLAS. incendairys or explosives sign                                            Wall mounted Self adhesive vinyl 10 x 30cm     804 .      SAFETY                                                                   IMO Signs                                                                                IMO Security Instruction signs           IMO S           SEECURIT                 ITYY INS                      INSTTRUCTIO                               IONNS                                   SIG                                     IGNS                                       NS        Our range of security instruction signs are clear       and concise and are written within the ISPS       code to make security instructions clearly       understood. baggage search sign   Wall mounted Self adhesive vinyl 30 x 30cm       751265          Crew only no unauthorised access sign                                                Wall mounted Self adhesive vinyl 15 x 30cm       751286          Multi inctruction.       Our IMO life saving appliance signs are       recognised by most leading maritime authorities       and are approved by SOLAS.       You can choose from self-adhesive vinyl or rigid       PVC in a range of sizes and in some cases       orientations.valid identification.        Features        •   ISPS code        •   Approved by SOLAS        •   High quality photoluminescance        •   Long lasting for all marine environments        Benefits        • Our approvals are global and satisfy the requirements of the majority of maritime authorities        • The high quality photoluminescant materials offer superior performance and can easily be seen under emergency          lighting conditions        • This range exceeds the luminance criteria laid down and stays brighter up to 4 times longer than other          photoluminescant materials        • Our range of signs offer incredible ageing and weathering performance resulting in increased levels of safety and a          longer lasting product        Ordering information       Product number Description                                                                           Fitting      Material          Size       751268          Multi instruction no unauthorised persons. weapons.photography or persons sign                               Wall mounted Self adhesive vinyl 30 x 30cm       751271          Mobile phones must be switched off                                                   Wall mounted Self adhesive vinyl 10 x 30cm       751283          Restricted area no unauthorised entry                                                Wall mounted Self adhesive vinyl 10 x 30cm       751280          Restricted area authorised personnel only                                            Wall mounted Self adhesive vinyl 10 x 30cm       751289          Restricted are sign                                                                  Wall mounted Self adhesive vinyl 10 x 30cm       751274          No Photography sign                                                                  Wall mounted Self adhesive vinyl 10 x 30cm       751277          No weapons.   • Even when wet you will get the full reflective benefit    Technical data  Size          55 MM X 45 MTR                                                                                                                             805 . rafts and lifeboats to name a few. Full reflective properties even when wet!  Features  •     MED/USCG approved  •     Durable  •     Anti de-lamination  •     High reflectivity wet or dry  Benefits  • The self-adhesive properties allow it to be adhered to most LSA products without the need for specialist surface    preparation  • The 50 metre rolls provide ample coverage for any repairs or renewals required  • It is extremely flexible making a positive contact even on curved surfaces so ideal for rescue boats.SAFETY                                                         IMO Signs                                                                IMO SOLAS tape     RETROREFLECTIV             IVEET                 TA                  APE 820 606206  Retroreflective tape enhances the visible aspects of SOLAS life support equipment such as life vests. lifeboats and    lifebuoys. Our tape is made up of an encapsulated lens-type sheeting with a flexible and highly transparent plastic film. life jackets. providing high reflectivity over a wide range of entrance angles so ensuring you are seen when needed. &4733'2/.)&..-7&#/.%-&%*"#".4&.+ .)4407*. 60%'9*% . !&%*$".  93/52$&0"(& . )4407*.+ .%-&%*"#".-7&#/..&4733'2/.)&.4&. 60%'9*% . !&%*$".                                                                     FIRE PROTECTION                                                                                                               PERSONAL SAFETY Amongst our range of medical products. it is important that ships’ crews are adequately trained and prepared for every eventuality.                                                                    ENVIRONMENTAL rugged and reliable. . 93/52$&0"(&     SAFETY  MEDICAL  When medical emergencies arise. we                                                                            LIFE SAVING offer specialist medical equipment that has                                                                             MEDICAL been specifically designed to be easy to use.  and reliable for those who get there first. step by step guidance through the screen          Technical data        Waveform Truncated Exponential Biphasic       Single      Adult: nominal 150 Joules into a 50-ohm load Infant/       energy      Child: nominal 50 Joules into a 50-ohm load       output       Battery     Type 9 Volt DC. 4. rugged.      SAFETY                                                             Defibrillators                                                                          Defibrillators           DEFIB          IBRRIL              ILLLATOR HE                       HEAARTSTART F                                   FRRX INC                                        INCLLUDING       PADS A            AND              ND S SO                    OFTCASE       825 755942        The Philips HeartStart FRx Defibrillator is       designed to be easy to use.        Features        •   Philips SMART Biphasic technology delivers a highly effective defibrillation shock while also gentle to the heart        •   Philips SMART Analysis Device only shocks when required.5 kg     808 . even if the shock button is pressed        •   SMART Pads II enable the FRx to keep pace with the responder by adjusting to their actions        •   Self testing        Benefits        • Protects crew and passengers        • Easy to set-up and use        • Clear instructions.2 Ah       Dimensions 6 x 18 x 22 cm ( H x D x W)       Weight      1. . Quick Coulpings 831 763581             11           1           Sign "Oxygen" 831 638387             Opt.         1           Cabinet IMO Medox F/1 Cyl. Yoke / W21.25 l 831 610188             8            1           Ox Therapy Mask (Disposal 10 Pack) 831 625038             9            1           High Pressure Hose Ox.  Features  • PiSS Valve (Pin Index Safety System) connection as    standard  • Complete system supplied in one box  • Complete installation instructions  Benefits  • Compatible with Unitor Mox-40 cylinders exchange    system  • Easy installation  • Two separate flow meters allowing for independently    different flow rates to each patient  Ordering information Supplied with:   Product number         Item no. Steel    Approvals IMO/MFAG approved                                                                                                        809 . O                      OUUTSID                           IDEEE                               EXXCL MO                                     MOX                                       X-40 CYLIND    INDEER 826 610253  Complete outside medical oxygen system that meets latest IMO IMDG/MFAG regulations for shipboard use to supply oxygen to two persons at the same time.8 x 1/14" 1mtr 831 606124             10           1           T-Piece with Ox.SAFETY                                                        Medical Oxygen                                                               Medical Oxygen Systems     ME MEDDO     OX      XS SY          YSTEM IMO                IMO.     Quantity    Description 611 320358             1            1           Rack for 1 Cylinder 719 905617             2            1           Breathing Oxygen MOX-40 Filling 831 596221             3            1           Adaptor with Bracket 831 510021             4            1           Regulator Oxygen 831 682435             4a           1           Adaptor 8mm >3/8"BSP 831 596445             5            1           Gas Outlet MC70 O2 for Bulkhead Mounting 831 596403             6a           2           Rail 831 617886             6            2           Flowmeter for Rail mounting 831 596361             7            2           Humidifier 0.      Quantity    Description       611 320358             1            1           Rack for 1 Cylinder       719 905617             2            1           Breathing Oxygen MOX-40 Filling       831 608414             3            1           Regulator with Quick Coupling       831 608406             4            1           Double Outlet O2 for rail with hose and male coupling       831 596379             5            2           Flowmeter for Gas Outlet       831 596361             6            2           Humidifier 0. IMO B                           BEEDSID                                IDEEE                                    EXXCL MO                                          MOX                                            X-40       CYLIND          INDEER       826 610261        Complete bedside medical oxygen system that       meets the latest IMO IMDG/MFAG regulations       for shipboard use to supply oxygen to two       persons at the same time.25 l       831 610188             7            1           Ox Therapy Mask (Disposal 10 Pack)       831 596403             8            1           Rail 1-Slit       831 763581             9            1           Sign "Oxygen"          Approvals       IMO/MFAG approved     810 .        Features        • PiSS Valve (Pin Index safety system) connection as          standard        • Complete system supplied in 1 box        • Complete installation instructions        Benefits        • Easy installation        • Two separate flow meters allowing for independently different flow rates to each patient        • Compatible with Unitor Mox 40 cylinders cylinder exchange system        Ordering information       Supplied with:         Product number         Item no.      SAFETY                                                          Medical Oxygen                                                                       Medical Oxygen Systems           ME       MEDDO           OX            XS SY                YSTEM.   Features  • PiSS Valve (Pin Index safety system) connection as    standard  • Complete system supplied in 1 box  • Complete installation instructions  Benefits  • Compatible with Unitor Mox 40 cylinders cylinder exchange system  • Easy installation  • Two separate flow meters allowing for independently different flows rates to each patient  Ordering information Supplied with:   Product number               Item no.SAFETY                                                       Medical Oxygen                                                              Medical Oxygen Systems     ME MEDDOOX       XSSY          YSTEM IMO                  IMO.25 l 831 610188                   11             1              Ox Therapy Mask (Disposal 10 Pack) 831 763581                   12             1              Sign "Oxygen"    Approvals  • IMO/MFAG Approved                                                                                                     811 .       Quantity       Description 611 320358                   1              1              Rack for 1 Cylinder 719 905617                   2              1              Breathing Oxygen MOX-40 Filling 831 596221                   3              1              Adaptor with Bracket 831 596221                   4              1              Adaptor with Bracket 831 510021                   5              1              Regulator Oxygen 831 608406                   6              1              Double Outlet O2 for Rail Mounting 831 653287                   7              1              Quick Coupling Oxygen to 3/8" 831 596403                   8              2              Rail 1 Slit 831 596379                   9              2              Flowmeter for Gas Outlet 831 596361                   10             2              Humidifier 0.. NO                        NORRWEGIA                               IANNT                                   TYYPE E                                         EXXCL MO MOXX-40 C         CYYLIND             INDEER 826 653295  Complete bedside medical oxygen system that meets the latest IMO IMDG/MFAG regulations for shipboard use to supply oxygen to two persons at the same time. In the event of a cylinder leakage the IMO Norwegian system ensures the safety of vent to free air pipe.  This resuscitator is designed to       enable you to concentrate on looking after the       patient.3.                                                           • Even if you select the wrong setting the ‘fail safe’ will                                                                                  vent excess gas whilst giving the operator an audible                                                                                  warning that the equipment is not being used                                                                                  correctly           Ordering information       Supplied with:         Product No                    Description       652180                        Bag for Resuscitator       763967                        Adj. not on operating the equipment. Tubing       652164                        Head Harness       608455                        Guedel Airways Set 2 x Sizes 2. Reservoir.        Features        •   Less MOX 2lt/200 bar cylinder        •   Numerous sizes of guedel airways        •   Manual ventilator with different sizes of oxygen masks        •   Complete with bag          Technical data                                                          Benefits        Length                     530 mm                                        • You can simply enter the Unitor cylinder exchange       Height                     220 mm                                          program and not worry about refills       Weight                     5. There       is no danger of you inflating the patients lungs.       The MOX cylinder is part of the Unitor global       cylinder exchange system and you can       exchange it in most ports.4       652172                        Extension Tube with Adaptor       691808                        Spare Seal for Piss Valve       647735                        Knob Manipulator     812 .      SAFETY                                                                  Medical Oxygen                                                                               Medical Oxygen Resuscitators           OXYGEN R              REESUSCIT                     ITA                       ATOR W                            WIT                              ITHO                                HOUUT C                                      CYYLIND                                          INDEER       825 652131        The Unitor oxygen resuscitator fulfills your       needs onboard your vessels to manually provide       medical oxygen as required by the medical first       aid guide. only       It is designed to meet BS6850:1987 for ventilatory                         the basic size or type of patient being cared for       resuscitators.1 kg                                        • It is simple to use and requires no specialist training                                                                                • You do not have to make judgements on the lung                                                                                  capacity of the patient to select a tidal volume. Reducing Valve and Yoke       652198                        Ventilator with Mask. SAFETY                                                         Medical Oxygen                                                                Medical Oxygen Resuscitators     ME MEDDIC     ICAAL S           SUUCTIO                IONNU                    UNIT                      NIT 825 589937  The V-VAC Manual Suction Unit is ideal for first responder emergency kits and as back-up suction.  Features  •   One-handed operation. one-piece disposable cartridge and unique no-clog suction tip  •   Adjustment for high and low pressure suction  •   Features a unique no-clog suction tip (intake valve)  •   Efficient: maximum suction exceeds 380 mm Hg  •   Peak air flow over 70 litres per minute  Benefits  •   The versatile catheta connection gives you the scope to use on it for many different persons  •   The disposable one-piece cartridge provides a new.644 ibs)                      • Single use disposable cartridge (canister)                                                                 • All parts except the handle is designed for single use                                                                   only     Approvals CE marked . clean pump. valve and suction tube each time you use it  •   You simply immerse the reusable handle for cleaning  •   All parts are latex-free to prevent any reactions    Technical data                                                 To clean  Vacuum range          170 .380 mmHg (23 .51 kPa)              • Reusable handle Flow rate             70 LMP                                    • Throughly clean handle after each use by scrubbing Cartridge capacity    425 ml canister                             in warm soapy water                                                                 • Rinse and dry Weight                0.this product is in compliance with the essential requirements of Council Directive 93/42/EEC as amended by Council Directive 2007/47/EC.                                                                                                                                813 .292 kg (0. 4&.)4407*.+ ..&4733'2/.-7&#/.)&.%-&%*"#".  !.4".-&.60%'9*% .6*2/.  93/52$&0"(& . .%-&%*"#".&4733'2/.4&.-7&#/.)&.+ .)4407*.  !.6*2/.4".-&.60%'9*% .  a fast. Our oil spill kits are designed to be deployed                                                                               FIRE PROTECTION                                                                                                                     PERSONAL SAFETY easily and effectively when used in                                                                                        LIFE SAVING conjunction with the vessel’s response                                                                                        MEDICAL plan (as specified by IMO and OPA90). efficient response is essential. 93/52$&0"(&     SAFETY  ENVIRONMENTAL  In the event of a marine oil spill.                                                                                  ENVIRONMENTAL .  Whether you use       them as spill control or maintenance protection       our absorbents will take in up to 25 times their       own weight.      SAFETY                                                                         Oil spill kits                                                                                      Oil spill products           OIL S           SPPIL              ILLLK                  KIT                    ITS                      S        Unitor oil spill kits are designed as a marine oil       spill response measure to be deployed easily       and effectively.        Features        •    Complete kit        •    Personal protection        •    Waterproof box        •    Full range of spares available          Technical data                                                                 Benefits        Contents Vary depending on size of kit                                           • All kits are designed to meet the IMO and OPA90       Yellow storage box                                                                 recommendations       Roll of plastic bags                                                             • As well as providing the tools for tackling the spill the                                                                                          kit also includes personal protection equipment       Sorbent pads U94200                                                              • The box is waterproof so you can store it on deck       Spill kit gloves                                                                   ready for an emergency       Once only use one piece suits                                                                                      Unitor oil spill kits come in 3 sizes:       Aqaubreak PX a waterbased cleaning chemical       Jet spray tool                                                                   • 12 barrel to handle 1900 litres of deck spill for tankers       1 oil spill kit bag **ContainingSorbent booms                                      400 ft or greater carrying bulk oil                                                                                        • 7 barrel to handle 1000 litres of deck spill for tankers       1 oil spill kit bag **ContainingSorbent pads U9450 -Sorbent rolls                                                                                          under 400 ft       U94150S                                                                                        • 1 barrel for inland oil barges       1 Barrel kit does not include an oil spill kit bag          Ordering information       Product number                                       Description       592717                                               12 barrel (1900 litres) complete kit       597237                                               7 barrel (1100 litres) complete kit       597245                                               1 barrel complete kit       604314                                               7 barrel sorbent kit     816 . They must be used in       conjunction with your vessels response plan as       required by IMO and OPA90. SAFETY                                                               Oil spill kits                                                                      Oil spill products     OIL S     SPPIL        ILLLC            CAARE A                  AND                    ND MA                       MAINT                          INTE                             ENA                               NANC                                 NCEET                                     TO                                      OOLS  Oil spills are messy business and having the correct non sparking tools to do the job properly goes along way to making your life easier.4" blade 100 x 250mm 607439                            Safety shovel large blade                                                                                               817 . We offer a range of plastic tools for scrapping. collecting and gathering oil spills.  Features  • Non sparking  • tough plastics  Benefits  • The non sparking features gives you a higher level of    safety  • These tools are basic but will give you a tough and    durable life  • You can reuse after cleaning  Ordering information Product number                    Description 607440                            Plastic bucket 10 litre capacity 607441                            Squeegee with wooden handle 610mm width 607442                            Plastic scoop 138 x 187 x 310mm 607443                            Plastic spatula .  store it and dispose when in port.      SAFETY                                                Oil spill kits                                                             Oil spill products           OIL S           SPPIL              ILLLK                  KIT                    IT S                       SPPARE S                              STTORAGE B                                       BOOX       940 592725        Waterproof for on deck stowage and use for       storing Unitor oil spill kits.        Features        • Bright yellow colour for easy identification        Benefits        • Waterproof        • Multi-use           OIL S           SPPIL              ILLLK                  KIT                    IT S                       SPPARE 1000 L W                                     WA                                      ASTE B                                           BAAG       940 592774        For use with Unitor oil spill kits or can be utilised as a stand alone product. Can be used as a       stand alone for other storage requirements.        Features        • 1000 litre capacity        • Fold away     818 . The waste bag allows you       to collect oil waste. The sealed top keeps your contents safe until       you are ready to dispose of them. SAFETY                                                                   Oil spill kits                                                                          Sorbents & Booms     SPIL   ILLLK       KIT         IT S            SOORBENT P                     PA                      ADS  Our range of sorbent pads will save you time. 603167              100 pack of oil only pads U94100                                        48 x 43cm   155 litres 592758              200 pack oil only absorption pads U94200                                48 x 43cm   155 litres 603175              100 pack oil only absorption pads U94230                                30 x 30cm   65 litres                                                                                                                               819 . Extremely high absorption rates ensure you contain and clean as quick as possible saving you time and costs. chemical or flammable liquids after a spill. Even when fully saturated they will keep their shape for easier handling.                                         97 x 86cm   310 litres                     Large pad will tackle your oil spills that have spread quickly.  Features  • Oil only absorption pads  • High absorbency rate  • Keeps shape even when fully saturated  Benefits  • They offer a fast and efficient way of ensuring a quick    containment of your spill  • By keeping their shape it is easier for you to handle    them  Ordering information Product number      Description                                                             Size        Absorption rate 592733              50 pack of oil only pads U9450. costs and workload when cleaning up oily.  useful for       various applications. flammable or          chemical we can offer you a solution for your          cleaning requirements        • They offer a fast and efficient way of ensuring a quick          containment of your spill        • By keeping their shape it is easier for you to handle          them and not have an oily mess in your hands        Ordering information       Part number        Description                                      Size each          Absorption rate       592741             2 rolls oil only U94150S                         44 metres x 48cm   310 litres       603183             1 roll oil only U94150                           44 metres x 97cm   310 litres       603191             1 roll oil only UP4300                           88 metres x 97cm   310l itres       Static resistant       603209             2 rolls oil only U94300S                         88 metres x 48cm   310 litres       603324             1=2 rolls static resistant U943601S              44 metres x 48cm   310 litres     820 .      SAFETY                                                      Oil spill kits                                                                   Sorbents & Booms           SORBENT R               ROOLLS        Our range of sorbent rolls give you the option to       tailor make your own oil spill cleaning solutions.       By providing sorbents on a roll you can cut it to       the size you want.        Features        • For multiple applications        • High absorbency rate        • Keeps shape even when fully saturated        Benefits        • Simply tear or cut the required length you require        • Regardless of your spill whether oily.       It is easy to tear of the length needed. its 100% chopped                                                         polypropylene materials absorbs oil based liquids so Absorb.SAFETY                                               Oil spill kits                                                      Sorbents & Booms     SORBENT P         PA          ARTIC             ICUULATE U                      U94                        94 941 603274  Our sorbent particulates makes it easier to clean spills by absorbing any residues and providing you with a solid to clean up rather than liquid.3 kg                        weight and does not absorb water Quantity                 1 bag .  Features  •   High absorption rates  •   Flexible use  •   Easy to dispose  •   Easy to handle    Technical data                                       Benefits  Description              Oil spill particulate U94    • It gives you absorption rates up to 25 times its own Weight                   11. You can spread it over walkways and floors or throw it over open water to absorb spills. Capacity         202 litres                     you can simply shovel up the spill or use a net in the                                                         water                                                       • You can incinerate it making it easier to dispose of                                                                                                                      821 .                     • Easy to handle and recover.  The multi-layer system contains       oils and hydrocarbons giving you a strong tool       that also repels water.4 kg                 • It can be incinerated making it easier to dispose of       Quantity                        1-       Absorb.        Features        • Easily controllable        • Easy disposal          Technical data                                        Benefits        Length                          30000 mm               • The sweep has built in tension straps so you can       Width                           460 mm                   control the recovery of the sweep       Weight                          6. Capacity                114     822 .      SORBENT S               SW                WEEP U                     U94                       941800                         1800       941 603241        Our sorbent sweep is easily controllable       allowing you to skim the water surface and       collect oil spills.  You can also them for cleaning oil spills  • You can incinerate them so are easy to dispose  • Their small length makes allows you to lay them along an area and makes them easier to handle than oil booms  Ordering information Part number        Description                                        Size each               Absorption rate 603258             Oil spill pillow U9410P 10 piece pack              46cm x 20cm dia         155 litres 603266             Oil spill pillow U9440P 40 piece pack              46cm x 10cm dia         310 litres 604322             Oil spill pillow U9440P 12 piece pack              46cm x 10cm dia         93 litres                                                                                                                       823 . clean and protect vulnerable area's from oil spills.  Features  •   High absorption rates  •   Flexible use  •   Easy to dispose  •   Easy to handle  Benefits  • They absorb up to 25 times their own weight  • The absorption materials are held in a sock making them ideal to stopping spills going under doorways or    cupboards. They absorb all types of oils and hydrocarbons giving you high absorption high rates and repel water.SAFETY                                                      Oil spill kits                                                             Sorbents & Booms     SORBENT P         PIL           ILL             LOWS  These absorbent pillows give you many options to contain.       SAFETY                                                       Oil spill kits                                                                    Sorbents & Booms           SORBENT B               BOOOMS        Our range of absorbent booms give you highly       flexible options to contain oil spills.       All give you the ability to link them together into       any length.        Features        •   Highly absorbent        •   Absorption material contained        •   Can be linked        •   Easy disposal        Benefits        • Filled with 100% polypropylene contained in a net sock ensures you do not lose any spill when recovering        • The metal hooks at either end allow you to link them together for your required length        • You can incinerate them for easier disposal        Ordering information       Part number        Description                                          Size each               Absorption rate       592766             4 pieces oil boom U94410S                            3 metres x 13cm         114 litres       603217             4 pieces(double) oil booms U94410                    3 metres x 10cm         228 litres       603233             4 pieces oil boom with net U94810SN                  3 metres x 20cm         392 litres     824 .       Booms prevent spreading and stop       contaminants getting into the sea so are a vital       part of your oil spill kit. . 826 .                                                            High Pressure Co2 Fire Extinguishing System We have the solutions.        Unitor Dry Chemical Powder Fire Extinguishing System local presence and global reach to help our      Unitor High Expansion Foam Fire Extinguishing System customers stay safe and compliant under                Low Expansion Foam Fire Extinguishing System operation. people. and portable safety equipment.                                                                 Portable Foam Applicators                                                                       Fire Fighting Foam Concentrates Our range of safety solutions include fire                       Local Application Fire Fighting System prevention. knowledge. dry chemical powder and water) we offer systems to protect the whole range of applications.                                                                                                              827 . clean agent. detection and suppression solutions. detection and suppression                     Sample Extraction Smoke Detection System systems.WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS  SAFETY SYSTEMS  Wilhelmsen Technical Solutions has over many years supplied safety solutions for newbuilds and retrofits in the maritime and offshore markets. high and low expansion foam. By offering the best available safety technologies for fire prevention. and portable safety                                                           1230 Clean Agent Fire Extinguishing System equipment we help you stay safe.                 Generon Nitrogen Membrane Inert Gas System Based on a range of extinguishing agents (CO2. )4407*.    Applicable to t Engine rooms t Pump rooms t Compressor rooms t Swithcboard rooms t Engine control rooms  This system is part of a family of systems for this application.-7&#/.4&. Because of the system’s low stored pressure of 34. please see HiFoam and CO2 to compare. it can even be retrofitted directly on existing piping arrangement previously used for Halon. cargo compressor rooms.%-&%*"#".)&.5 bar and small pipe dimensions. cargo pump rooms on tankers.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                       SYSTEMS     UNITOR 1230 CLEAN AGENT FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM     Unitor 1230 Clean agent fire extinguishing system is a total flooding system for machinery spaces of category A.  Unlike Halon-based systems.&4733'2/. the Unitor 1230 has no environmental impact and is safe to use in areas where the crew works. .. electronic and storage spaces.  pneumatically or manually. Time delay and pre-discharge alarm are                                                                                                                                                                                   provided as per Rules requirement. pressurised with nitrogen to 34. smaller footprint than for CO2      t Large nozzle coverage with a unique discharge pattern                                                                                                                         systems        especially developed for maritime and offshore industries                                                                                                                  t Replacement fluid is available worldwide      t No measureable impact on climate change:        .central bank of cylinders outside of                                                                                                                      Material      steel                                                                                                                                                                                      the protected spaces. The valves can be activated                                                                                                                        offshore structures..     Common configurations Modular                                                                                                                                                                           Central     Technical data                                                                                                                      Cylinders                                                    Flexible installation                                                                                                                      Volume        14 to 345 litres                               t Modular system – cylinders are stored inside the                                                                                                                      Storage       pressure 34.      t The US EPA Significant New Alternatives Program (SNAP)        classifies Novec 1230 fluid as acceptable for use as a total        flooding agent in occupied spaces. distribution pipes with discharge nozzles via flexible hoses. .5 bar at 21 °C                                                                                                                                                                                      protected compartments                                                                                                                                                                                   t Central system .-7&#/.                                                                                                                      Size:         1/2” to 2 1/2”                                                                                                                                                                                   Compliance System description                                                                                                                                                                t IMO MSC/Circ.5% to 6% in combination        with a safety margin of up to 100%.)&.) It is stored as liquid and                                                                                                                        t Small pipe dimensions saves installation space.Atmospheric life time of only five days      t Low design concentration of 5. The cylinder valve outlets are connected to                                                                                                                             SOLAS 1974 as amended. weight        discharged as gas.&4733'2/.     Features )4407*.Global Warming potential (GWP) is 1        . extinguishing fluid distributed                                                                                                                      Standards     EN or US DOT                                      through piping network                                                                                                                      Certificates   all major classification societies              t Combination of the above                                                                                                                       Nozzles                                                      All components are designed for optimum system                                                                                                                      Material      brass.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&                                                                                                                                                                                       Benefits      t Unitor 1230 system uses Novec 1230 fluid* (*developed                                                                                                                       t Harmless to people and the environment        and manufactured by 3M.Ozone Depletion Potential (ODP) is zero        . The cylinder valve assembly can be equipped with burst                                                                                                                            The system is in accordance with SOLAS and the IMO discs and a supervisory pressure switch for monitoring the                                                                                                                        MODU code and can be used on merchant marine and pressure drop in the cylinder.%-&%*"#".5                                                                                                                      t Equivalent to Fire extinguishing systems required by bar at 21°C. 1267 stored in steel cylinders. electronically. which is                                                                                                                             t IMO MSC/Circ. suppressing fire by a combination of                                                                                                                        and lowers total installation cost        heat absorption and chemical interference with the flame                                                                                                                    t Flexible installation options. 848 The Unitor 1230 system uses Novec 1230 fluid. suitable for application up to 925 °C   performance.4&. Chapter II-2.    Applicable to t Machinery spaces of category A t Cargo spaces for dangerous goods t Sealed ro-ro cargo spaces t Cargo pump rooms on tankers (oil and chemical) t Cargo compressors rooms on gas tankers (LNG & LPG) t Spaces containing flammable liquids (paint stores) t Galley range exhaust duct t Main engines scavenge boxes  This system is part of a family of systems for this application..&4733'2/.%-&%*"#".+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&	     WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                       SYSTEMS     UNITOR HIGH PRESSURE CO2 FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM     The Unitor high pressure CO2 fire extinguishing system is a total flooding system for closed spaces.)&. It is commonly used in machinery spaces of category A. please see HiFoam and Unitor 1230 to compare.4&. . CO2 is the quickest and most cost effective way of extinguishing fire in closed spaces with minimal risk to equipment and the environment. CO2 suppresses the oxygen content in the room. engine rooms.-7&#/.)4407*. pump rooms and cargo holds onboard vessels and offshore installations. thereby asphyxiating the fire almost immediately.  the distribution manifold.. microswitches activate CO2 alarms to allow is connected via flexible high pressure hoses to a common                                                                                                                        for evacuation.68 ltr with 1. keeping operating costs                                t A manual release system is available for individual or                                                                                          low                                  sequential release of the CO2 cylinders                                                                                                       t Aftersales services and refilling of the CO2 cylinders is                                t The system is equipped with alarms and a safe release                                                                                           available worldwide                                  delay function to ensure the safety of your crew                                    Common configuration                                    Technical data                                                                                                                      Cylinders                                                    Material of construction                                                                                                                      Volume (ltr)                   67.4&. a release cabinet. After a defined time delay.%-&%*"#". easy to install and operate                                  of the fire reducing potential cost of damages                                                                                                 t Requires minimal maintenance. The cylinder bank can have either manual or                                                                                                                           valves open and gas is spread rapidly into the protected pressure operated cylinder top valves. vessel’s application.                               Features                                                                                                                                        Benefits )4407*.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&                                     t Pressure operated cylinder top valves ensure quick                                                                                            t CO2 leaves no residue to clean up                                  discharge of CO2. Each high pressure cylinder                                                                                                                      cabinet is opened. and almost instantaneous extinguishing                                                                                      t High quality system. When the nozzles in the protected area. .)&.72 kg CO2                                                                                                                      Degree of protection          IP55                                                                                                                        Distribution valves                                                                                                                      Sizes                         DN20 to DN150                                                                                                                      Nominal pressure              PN100 and PN160   System description The Unitor CO2 system consists of a high pressure cylinder                                                                                                                      For safety reasons the release cabinet is located outside the bank.&4733'2/. depending on the                                                                                                                         areas. a piping system leading to a grid of                                                                                                                   protected space. and must be operated manually. quickly extinguishing the fire.5                          Certificates        all major class certificates or according to specification                                                                                                                      Test pressure (bar)            250                                                                                                                      Certificates                    All major classes             Manifold                                                                                                                      Standard                       ISO.-7&#/.5 / 80                     Body               steel                                                                                                                      Weight of CO2 gas (kg)         45 / 54                       Stem and ball      stainless steel                                                                                                                      Storage pressure@20°C (bar)    58. EN or US DOT             Size               DN40 – DN100                                                                                                                                                                                   Nominal pressure   PN100 and PN160                                                                                                                      Release cabinet                                              Certificates        all major                                                                                                                                                                                                            j class certificates or accordingg to specification                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                  p                                                                                                                      Cylinders                     2.  applied surfaces or oil. providing total fire protection                                                       offshore structures. electrical equipment. non-corrosive gas that causes no damage or chemical reaction to metals.%-&%*"#".&4733'2/. Local systems for paint lockers and galley                                                         classification societies.Installation )4407*.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&                                                                                                                          ducting are available.  The gas is highly suffocative and hazardous to humans. installed in a well-ventilated and insulated room.                                                                                                                      Compliance Options                                                                                                              The system is in accordance with SOLAS and the IMO The system can be combined with the Unitor Local                                                                     MODU code and can be used on merchant marine and application fire fighting system. Smoke sampling systems for cargo The system can be supplied on rack modules saving                                                                    holds can also be incorporated into the CO2 system installation time and cost. .-7&#/.)&. Its shelflife is indefinite. giving a smaller environmental impact.4&. The gas is usually compressed to liquid state in high pressure cylinders for storage.    About CO2 CO2 is a colourless. The Unitor CO2 system is designed with a pre-alarm system and time delay function to allow evacuation prior to system release. The system is approved by all major for engine rooms..  Wilhelmsen Technical Solutions uses CO2 gas recovered from an industrial process. The cylinder bank must be                                                                package. )4407*.%-&%*"#".+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&.&4733'2/.4&.-7&#/.)&..      WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                       SYSTEMS     UNITOR DRY CHEMICAL POWDER FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM     The Unitor Dry chemical powder system is a highly effective fire extinguishing system especially developed for cargo decks. cargo manifold areas and tank areas           t LNG fuelled vessels’ filling pipes and manifolds           t Other merchant marine and offshore structures . All three versions comply with the IMO Code for the construction and equipment of ships carrying liquified gases in bulk. cargo manifold areas and tank areas on gas carriers.               Applicable to           t Gas carriers’ cargo decks. It can be installed as a central. modular or hybrid system to ensure complete reach even in small or partially covered areas. %-&%*"#". each project is calculated .-7&#/. including                                                                                                       t Skid unit solution available. The system can be remotely operated                                                                                                       Most common layout. no                                                                                                      regulations   need for powder pipework t Modular unit sizes range from 160kg to 1000kg capacity t Modular units can also be used for extra protection of car   decks. Using nitrogen as propellant.5                                                                                                                      Capacity (ltrs)   50                                                                                                                      Pressure (bar)    200                     Cabinets                                                                                                                      Certification      as required by class    Material                          GRP (glass fibre)                                                                                                                                                                Type of operation                 pneumatic                                                                                                                      Powder                                                                                                                      Type              BC Jet    System description                                                                                                                                            especially. regulatory                                                                                                       chain of combustion   compliant                                                                                                                                                   t Standardised system components minimise maintenance t Powder monitors and non-kinking hoses with pistols                                                                                                            and operational costs   ensure complete reach of all areas on deck. powder from monitors and hose stations.Features                                                                                                                                                      Benefits )4407*. There are three installation options: central. hand held hoses or a                                                                                                         Installation options combination of both ensuring complete reach even into                                                                                                         Central system the smallest areas..)&. requirement of your vessel. or manually at                                                                                                    discharge volume as the whole powder capacity can be the dry powder central. the system ejects dry                                                                                                           modular or hybrid. reducing installation time and   small and/or partially covered areas                                                                                                                          cost t The modular system options are self-contained. giving the highest flexibility in from the release boxes via pilot cylinders. The system can be deployed using fixed monitors.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&      t Flexible and high quality fire extinguishing system                                                                                                          t Non-toxic powder. To meet the flow rate and capacity                                                                                                     discharged from one monitor or hose station. Each                                                                                                         t Custom made solutions in accordance with rules and   hose/ monitor unit has its own powder storage vessel. harmless to both crew and environment t Easy to install and operate                                                                                                                                 t Almost immediate fire extinction as the powder breaks the t Extensively and independently tested system.&4733'2/.4&. heli decks and cargo decks on chemical tankers t Flexible piping options    Common configuration     Technical data                                                                                                                      Tanks                                     Monitor                                                                                                                      Material          steel                   Material                          stainless steel                                                                                                                      Capacity (kg)     160– 2500               Capacity (kg/s)                   above 10                                                                                                                      Pressure class    PN16                    Flange connection                 DN50 and DN65                                                                                                                      Certification      as required by class                                                                                                                                                                Pistol                                                                                                                      Cylinders                                 Material                          stainless steel                                                                                                                      Material          steel                   Capacity (kg/s)                   3. )&.)4407*.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     Central system                                                                                                        for powder pipework. The           powder extinguishes fire by breaking the chain of combustion.1000kg capacity. The sudden extinguishing           effect is caused by suffocation and anti-catalytic effect.-7&#/. nitrogen gas pressurizes the tank and           nozzles in the bottom atomises the content. a           chemical intervention of the combustion process.            The dry powder is stable at both low and high temperatures. Modular system                                                                                                        compliant with IGC and IBC codes and in compliance with Self-contained hose and monitor units eliminate the need                                                              Class requirements. isolating the           fuel from oxygen and flame radiation. mainly           potassium sulphate with additives preventing lumping and           moisture from decreasing shelf life.                                                                            Compliance                                                                                                                       For use on merchant marine and offshore structures.                                                           An economic solution for larger Gas Carriers.4&. Physiologically harmless           and non-toxic to humans.            On deployment. .. heli decks cargo area. the powder central’s capacity is determined by                                                            and cargo decks on chemical tankers. The hose stations have integrated release cabinets. lowering installation cost. the containers should be kept tighly closed and           stored in a dry location to prevent absorption of moisture. Environmentally harmless.                                                                                                                       Hybrid system Monitors and hose stations are installed on the cargo deck.           However. The modular nitrogen cylinders and selector valves.            The dry powder is a mixture of different salts of acids. the hybrid positioned to protect the manifold by at least to hoses at                                                            system gives the discharge volume flexibility of a central any point. the number of connected hose stations and monitors. Located outside the                                                           units are ideal for extra protection of car decks. Monitors are operated from an adjacent release                                                             system but with reduced pipe work installation costs. Units are Consisting of a powder central including powder tanks. cabinet or remotely from aft of the cargo area.               Powder bank                                                                                                 Hose station and pistol               Dry chemical powder           Effective for use on class B and C. The powder           causes the flame to go out almost immediately.&4733'2/.                                                                offered in sizes from 160 .%-&%*"#". 4&. please see Unitor 1230 and CO2 to compare.-7&#/.)4407*. as well as pump rooms. It is highly effective and safe both for your crew and the environment.     Applicable to t Engine rooms t Pump rooms t Compressor rooms t Electronic and storage spaces  This system is part of a family of systems for this application. It can be installed as a total flooding system for the entire engine room or for individual compartments. . purifier rooms and incinerator rooms.&4733'2/. making it a viable alternative to CO2.%-&%*"#"..)&.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                        SYSTEMS     UNITOR HIGH EXPANSION FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM     Unitor High expansion foam fire extinguishing system is a total flooding system ideal for protecting machinery spaces (category A) such as engine rooms.  giving flexibility in                        design and installation onboard                      t The foam is generated in situ.%-&%*"#".&4733'2/.              -2°C to +45°C                                                                                                                       Material               stainless steel                     Approval                   MED certified                                                                                                                       Nom.                     Features )4407*.4&. IP55                                                                                                                                              proportioner or inductor                                                                                                                       Capacity (l/min)       75 to 20.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&                                                                                                                                                                                     Benefits                      t Foam expansion rate of 1:700 using the air in the                                                                                                        t Safe and harmless for crew                        installation space.-7&#/..000                                                                                                                       Material               stainless steel and bronze                                                                                                                        Tank                                                                                                                       Type                   cylindrical                                                                                                                       Material               GRP (glass fibre)                                                                                                                                              stainless steel on request                                                                                                                       Opening                full size manhole for inspection . no need for air ducting and fans for                                                                                                 t Can run on fresh or sea water                        external air supply                                                                                                                                      t Space saving.optimised protection and                                                                                                     t Minimal and easy maintenance                        reduced water capacity needed                                                                                                                            t Low service and maintenance cost                      t Quick release reduces fire and heat damage to                        equipment and structure                      t Foam generators come in three sizes. lightweight and cost efficient alternative                      t Improved filling rate of 1.)&. no need for external foam                        generating room                        Common configuration     Technical data                                                                                                                        Generators                                                 Foam concentrate                                                                                                                       Foam capacity                                              Type                       synthetic                                                                                                                         UFG-90 (m3/min)      60                                  Viscosity (cSt) @ -2°C     < 60                                                                                                                         UFG-60 (m3/min)      40                                  Lowest working temp.working pressure   6 bar (@generator)                                                                                                                       Expansion ratio        1:700                               Pump                                                                                                                       Connection flange       DN20                                Type                       centrifugal multi-stage                                                                                                                                                                                  Material                   stainless steel                                                                                                                       Mixing equipment                                           Voltage/frequency (v/H2)   3 x 440/60 or on request                                                                                                                       Type                   balanced pressure                   Insulation and enclosure   class F.proven to                                                                                                  to CO2                        be most effective for machinery space fires                                                                                                               t Foam leaves no hazardous decomposition products                      t Sequential release design .8 metres per second .       -2°C                                                                                                                         UFG-30 (m3/min)      20                                  Storage temp.                                                                                                  European Council Directive 96/98 on Marine Equipment                                                                                                                         Directive (MED) . as well as pump                                                                 installation rooms.%-&%*"#". or via the local control cabinets.&4733'2/. meaning no ducting or fans are                                                            Compliance required. purifier rooms. 670 is also possible by opening the valves and starting the water                                                         t Foam concentrate complies with requirements of and foam pump manually.                                                                 classification societies                                                                                                                       t Extensive indepentent testing in accordance with IMO The system can be remotely operated by the main control                                                                 MSC/Circ. These generators                                                              several distribution lines.                                                                                                                t 4QBDFTBWJOHBOEFBTZJOTUBMMBUJPO  The system consists of a storage tank for foam liquid.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     System description                                                                                                    Installation The system can be installed both as a total flooding and a                                                             t %SZQJQFTZTUFNVTJOH1/TUBOEBSET local system protecting machinery spaces such as engine                                                               t $PNQPOFOUTDBOCFEFMJWFSFEJONPEVMBSVOJUT GPSGBTUFS rooms. Manual operation                                                          t Foam testing according to IMO MSC/Circ. 1384 cabinet.                                                           t Complies with SOLAS and approved by major covering the entire protected space.                                                               The Unitor High expansion foam system can be designed The foam is mixed with water in the proportioner and                                                                  for sequential release by splitting the system and spaces in discharged through the foam generators.4&.-7&#/.                                                            optimises protection of high risk areas and reduces the at strategic locations above high risk areas. incinerator rooms.. the Unitor High expansion foam system uses the air in the protected space.)4407*. The water/                                                              required water capacity. The foam falls directly down from the generators. foam                                                           Options pump and proportioner located in the foam central room. quenching the fire. The system can also be combined foam mixture blends with air in the generators. Unlike other                                                          with Unitor Local application fire fighting system providing systems.)&. This unique operation feature are installed at the highest level in the protected space. +  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                        SYSTEMS     UNITOR LOW EXPANSION FOAM FIRE EXTINGUISHING SYSTEM     Unitor Low expansion foam fire extinguishing system effectively protects open space areas like the cargo deck from fires. giving better control of the foam coverage area.&4733'2/.4&. sealing against oxygen.%-&%*"#".    Applicable to t Cargo tank areas t Tanker stern t Bow loading areas t Helidecks t Open spaces on offshore supply vessels and oil..)&.)4407*.  Designed for simple. and forms a stable blanket on top of these. reliable operation the new generation foam monitor changes from jet to fog operation in one smooth movement.    product and chemical tankers t Bilge areas t Purifier rooms t Floating storage facilities and offshore structures . Foam is lighter than combustion materials such as oil or petrol. effectively extinguishing the fire and reducing radiated heat.-7&#/.  foam concentrate replacement is                                                                                                                                                                                        delivered worldwide    Common configuration     Technical data                                                                                                                       Monitor                                                         Mixing equipment                                                                                                                       Capacity (l/min)       1000– 12500                              Type               balanced pressure proportioner or inductor                                                                                                                       Material               stainless steel                          Capacity (l/min)   75 to 20.4&.)&.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&	     Features                                                                                                                                                                             t Fast and effective fire extinction despite wind and constant t Simple and rapid operation                                                                                                                                                          supply of oxygen t Efficient extinguishing of fires on hydrocarbons                                                                                                                                    t Corrosion protected components for a robust.Minimises fire damage                                                                                                                                                            Benefits t Wide range of foam concentrates available                                                                                                                                         t Harmless to people and the environment    .Cover needs of extinguishing for most of liquid cargoes                                                                                                                         t Monitors placed at safe distance. low t Stable foam blanket on extinguishing surface                                                                                                                                        maintenance system    .. improved throwing                                                                                                                                                                                        length helps keep the crew and vessel safe Foam monitor                                                                                                                                                                         t Easy operation due to compact design and low weight t Monitors available with manual or remote.Minimises re-ignition hazard                                                                                                                                                    t Balanced pressure proportioner guarantees reliable foam    .%-&%*"#".-7&#/.&4733'2/.)4407*.Heat radiation reduction                                                                                                                                                          mixing t Good cool down ability    .000                                                                                                                       Max working pressure   16 bar                                   Material           stainless steel and bronze                                                                                                                        Applicator                                                      Pump                                                                                                                       Capacity (l/min)       400                                      Type               centrifugal multi stage                                                                                                                       Material               stainless steel                                             (& positive displacement)                                                                                                                       Pressure (bar)         3 or 6                                   Material           stainless steel                                                                                                                         Foam concentrate                                                Voltage/           3 x 400/50                                                                                                                       Types                  full range of protein and synthetic      frequency (V/Hz)   3 x 440/60 or on request                                                                                                                                                                                       Insulation and     Class F. IP55                                                                                                                       Tank                                                            enclosure                                                                                                                       Type                   cylindrical                                                                                                                       Material               glass fibre reinforced polyester (GRP)                                                                                                                                              stainless steel on request                                                                                                                       Opening                full size manhole for inspection . hydraulic                                                                                                                                t System operation can be integrated with bridge systems   operation                                                                                                                                                                          t Modular skid units make footprint small and installation t Unique moulded housing with specially developed fog/jet                                                                                                                              easy   nozzle                                                                                                                                                                             t Custom made solutions in accordance with rules and t Made of stainless steel. increased durability and reduced                                                                                                                            regulations   need for maintenance                                                                                                                                                               t For service purposes.  There are three advantages to this:    corrosion resistant. When                                                                                                                       discharged.)&. Results will be sent to you via email within five days after we receive the sample can.-7&#/. With one                                                         control panel or the bridge    simple movement.                                                                                                t In accordance with SOLAS and IMO MODU code as well                                                                                                                         as class requirements    Foam central                                                                                                       t The system is approved by all major classification societies    The foam central is located outside the protected area. lightweight material    out the fire. so you can choose where best to send it. The main components are: a foam tank    with foam concentrate. Product no.)4407*. the size is    The system consists of a reinforced foam tank. Portable applicators cover shadow areas not    reachable by the monitors.                                                                                               t Non-corrosive.                                                                                                                        The foam concentrate works well with either fresh or sea                                                                                                                       water.. foam pump and proportioner.                                                          determined by application area and calculated period of    proportioner. portable applicators and foam spray nozzles                                                          t Chemically stable.%-&%*"#". Low                                                                                                                       expansion foam effectively extinguishes large fires of                                                                                                                       hydrocarbon. foam tank capacity and system pressure/capacity    applicators are also required. To request a free of charge foam sample can.        Foam monitor                                                                                                       Low expansion foam                                                                                                                       The low expansion foam is made from protein or synthetic                                                                                                                       foam concetrates mixed with water and air.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&         Technical description                                                                                              The foam tank is available in a range of sizes. The tank is normally made from Glass fibre    or foam spray nozzles. All components are sturdy and                                                               reinforced plastic (GRP). the operator can adjust the spray pattern    from fog to jet operation. Monitors are placed at a    machinery spaces as an addition to a total flooding system. foam monitors and portable foam applicators                                                          operation. with    Foam will then be discharged from fixed outlets like foam                                                           two monitors on the poop deck.    The Unitor low expansion foam system can also be used in                                                           reducing installation time and cost. Number and spacing of the    spray nozzles. foam pump.                                                            t The monitor is type approved by a number of classification    ajacent to accommodation spaces and readily accessible in                                                            societies    the event of a fire. hydraulic operation of monitors from the central    operate giving increased operational flexibility.     Foam testing Foam concentrate supplies used to top up fixed systems should be of the same generic type and come from the same manufacturer as the original one to ensure compatibility. For this set up inductor type portable foam                                                         monitors. For more information.                                                         safe distance from the protected area along the deck. protecting the foam from contamination    are used either individually or in conjuntion to effectively put                                                   t Strong.&4733'2/.     Foam monitors                                                                                                      Options    The Unitor foam monitors represent a new generation in its                                                         Remotely operated valves    field.                                                                                     is dependant on vessel type and protection area.                                                                                         Installation                                                                                                                       The foam central components can be delivered on skids. polar solvents or mixtures of both. separating the fire from the air supply and                                                                                                                       cooling down the area preventing further outbreak.  Foam test stations are available in five ports. please contact your WSS Customer Services. The manually adjustable fog/jet nozzle is easy to                                                           Remote. . The sample cans are marked with the five addresses where the testing service is offered. The result is better control of the                                                     Compliance    foam coverage area.4&. 530 576496. please contact Wilhelmsen Ships Service Customer Services. some foam concentrates corrodes steel for                                                                                                                          instance    The monitors. heat resistant and secure                                                                                                                       foam blanket. it forms a stable.                                                                                                                           less loss of pressure  Compliance MSC.4&.                                                       t-JHIUXFJHIU FBTZUPDBSSZBOEPQFSBUF                                                                                                                       t3BQJEDPOOFDUJPOUPmSFNBJOT Wilhelmsen Technical Solutions offers a complete annual                                                                                                                       t$BOCFVTFEFWFOXJUIBMPXQSFTTVSFXBUFSTVQQMZ service program for the system. 3.%-&%*"#". which meets all relevant                                                                                                                          because the mixer is fitted on the end of the line. 605022. which eliminates the need for an additional proportioner.  Note It is vital that the foam concentrate used is suited to the cargo onboard. since the burning liquid will float on it and spread further.     Features                                                                                                              Benefits The applicator is made of stainless steel and has a self-suction                                                      t4FMGTVDUJPOIPTF OPOFFEGPSBEEJUJPOBMQSPQPSUJPOFS hose. used to cover sheltered areas not reachable by the monitors.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                        SYSTEMS     UNITOR PORTABLE FOAM APPLICATORS   The Unitor portable foam applicators are a supplement to foam monitors. giving greater flexibility in fire fighting on deck and in the engine room.-7&#/. 740639 Foam applicator with valve/inductor: 605055. 605063. Sec.    Ordering information and product number (UFA type Approved by DNV) Foam applicator with valve: 605014. Ch. 4.)&.)4407*. 740662. assuring requirements. 740621. The lightweight applicators are easy to carry and operate.&4733'2/.217 (82). 740670 . Water alone is ineffective.. )&.)4407*.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&..4&.-7&#/.%-&%*"#".&4733'2/.               Description                          Type           Packaging                                                                                                                       530 778008       SYNTHETIC ALCOHOL RESISTANT             Uniral AR 3-3 M   200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 778009       SYNTHETIC ALCOHOL RESISTANT             Uniral AR 3-3 M    20 liter per can                                                                                                                       530 777927       SYNTHETIC ALCOHOL RESISTANT            APS3%. Most foam concentrates are available from key ports.Moussol      20 liter per can                                                                                                                       530 764986    FLUORO-PROTEIN ALCOHOL RESISTANT         Univex Super 3-6%   200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 764988    FLUORO-PROTEIN ALCOHOL RESISTANT         Univex Super 3-6%    20 liter per can                                                                                                                       530 764985    FLUORO-PROTEIN ALCOHOL RESISTANT         Univex Super 3-3%   200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 764987    FLUORO-PROTEIN ALCOHOL RESISTANT         Univex Super 3-3%    20 liter per can .     WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                                                                         SYSTEMS     UNITOR FIRE FIGHTING FOAM CONCENTRATES   Wilhelmsen Technical Solutions supplies a range of different types of foam concentrates for all kind of purposes with several approvals. 530 576496     Foam products for hydrocarbon fires                                                                                                                       Product no.             Description                            Type          Packaging                                                                                                                       530 556092               SYNTHETIC                         UNIREX 3-6%     200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 592196               SYNTHETIC                         UNIREX 3-6%      20 liter per can                                                                                                                       530 556084            FLUORO-PROTEIN                        UNIROL 3%      200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 592204            FLUORO-PROTEIN                        UNIROL 3%       20 liter per can                                                                                                                       530 777691               SYNTHETIC                         AFFF3% F-25     200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 777692               SYNTHETIC                         AFFF3% F-25      20 liter per can                                                                                                                       530 777695               SYNTHETIC                         AFFF1% F-20     200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 777696               SYNTHETIC                         AFFF1% F-20      20 liter per can                                                                                                                       530 777685               SYNTHETIC                         AFFF3% F-15     200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 777686               SYNTHETIC                         AFFF3% F-15      20 liter per can                                                                                                                       530 772384               SYNTHETIC                         Hydral 3%(S3)   200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 772392               SYNTHETIC                         Hydral 3%(S3)    20 liter per can                                                                                                                       530 777693               SYNTHETIC                         AFFF6% F-35     200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 777694               SYNTHETIC                         AFFF6% F-35      20 liter per can  Foam products for Polar solvent and Hydrocarbon fires                                                                                                                       Product no. These specialists can be contacted through our Customer service centres.  Benefits t 'PBNBWBJMBCMFJOLFZQPSUT t 5FDIOJDBMFYQFSUJTFXPSMEXJEFBWBJMBCMF t 'PBNDPODFOUSBUFUFTUTUBUJPOTJOLFZQPSUT t 'SFFTBNQMFCPUUMFTDBOCFPSEFSFE    Product no.  In key ports Wilhelmsen Technical Solutions have foam concentrate specialists available.Moussol     200 liter per drum                                                                                                                       530 777688       SYNTHETIC ALCOHOL RESISTANT            APS3%. -7&#/. Placed above the area/object. the system starts immediately in the event of fire.  Fitted with detectors. Unitor 1230 and CO2 to compare.     Applicable to t Engine rooms t Pump rooms t Compressor rooms  This system is part of a family of systems for this application. The system can be applied to merchant marine and offshore structures. please see High expansion foam.%-&%*"#". immediate release of the local application system is enough to extinguish the fire. inert gas generators and incinerator burners. making activation of the total flooding system unnecessary.)&. boilers.4&. . the system effectively protects locations such as main and auxiliary engine tops.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&      WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                        SYSTEMS     UNITOR LOCAL APPLICATION FIRE FIGHTING SYSTEM     The Unitor Local application fire fighting system is a low pressure water based system ideal for use in high risk machinery spaces.. In many cases.)4407*.&4733'2/. fuel oil purifiers.  Often. smaller dimensions on pumps and   piping. The                                                                                                                       Voltage/ frequency (V/Hz)   3x400/50 and 3x440/60                                                                                                                                                                              valves can be operated remotely from the main control                                                                                                                                                                              panel or from the manual release boxes close to the                                                                                                                       Insulation and enclosure    Class F. Since the system uses                                                                                                                         Circ.                                                                                                                                                protected object/area.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     t Effectively suppresses fire by isolation the oxygen and                                                                                                                   t Safe for both crew and the environment   reducing temperature by evaporation                                                                                                                                      t Safe to activate immediately even in manned areas t Improved efficiency nozzles use less water. For extra quick release.                                                                                                                       Water capacity              @4bar (l/min) 8. 668 water as the extinguishing agent. and require                                                                                                                   t Both fresh and sea water can be used   smaller dimensions on all system components                                                                                                                              t Skid mounted solutions available for easy installation t Automatic and manual release options                                                                                                                                     t Minimal maintenance required. 913 and Circ. and smaller maintenance cost than high pressure   systems     Common configuration     Technical data                                                                                                                                                             time to evacuate while activation of the total flooding system                                                                                                                       Nozzles                                              is considered. low maintenance cost t Low pressure PN16 dry piping between protected areas                                                                                                                     t Easy and cost efficient operation t Low pressure system.)&. This                                                                                                                    Modular skid based units makes installation easy and the ensures that the piping only contains water when the system                                                                                                                footprint small is in use. low                                                                                                                       panel and also from manual release boxes close to the pressure PN16 piping is used. and from manual release boxes near the protected                                                                                                                      societies (AICS) area.-7&#/. the piping leads to the nozzle spread out in a grid The system uses low pressure water nozzles installed in                                                                                                                      pattern above each protected object/area. automatic detection and                                                                                                                     t Extensively independently tested according to IMO MSC/ release function can be added. it can be released                                                                                                                       t Nozzle approved by Marine Equipment Directive (MED) immediately with no risk to personell.Features                                                                                                                                                                   Benefits )4407*. distribution piping with nozzles and                                                                                                                                                                            control panels                                                                                                                       Pump                                                                                                                       Type                        centrifugal multistage   t The sector valve register contains distribution valves                                                                                                                       Material                    stainless steel            corresponding to the different protected installations.4&.&4733'2/.%-&%*"#". from each distribution System description                                                                                                                                                           valve.. For optimal performance.                                                                                                                                                                            t The distribution piping with nozzles. lowering maintenance needs.                                                                                                                                     Compliance The valves can be remotely operated from a central control                                                                                                                 t SOLAS requirements and approved by major classification panel. IP 55                                                                                                                                                                              protected object/area. row or grid pattern depending on the best way                                                                                                                      t The system can be operated centrally from a main control to protect the equipment. This gives the crew . immediate activation of the local                                                                                                                       Type                        full-jet                 application system is enough to stop the fire completely.5/36                                                                                                                                                                            the sector valve register.                                                                                                                                                                             Installation Separate protected objects or areas have individual dry piping leading from section valves to the nozzles. single.                                                                                                                       Material                    brass                                                                                                                                                                            The system is build up by three main groups of components. )&.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                        SYSTEMS     UNITOR SAMPLE EXTRACTION SMOKE DETECTION SYSTEM     The Unitor sample extraction smoke detection system provides early detection of fires in cargo holds..%-&%*"#". To minimise installation costs.&4733'2/. by continuous smoke monitoring in up to 48 cargo holds simultaneously.     Applicable to t Dry cargo holds .-7&#/.4&. the smoke detection system normally uses the same pipe work as the CO2 fire extinguishing system.)4407*. Air samples are drawn from the cargo holds via already existing piping and automatically monitored for smoke contamination. . 440W@60Hz                                                                                                                       SDS-48/P repeater panel for console mounting                    SDS-M044 Fan Unit for 110V 60Hz. 440W                                                                                                                       Enclosure type IP65                                             Enclosure type IP54                                 Compliance                               t SOLAS chapter II -2                               t FSS code chapter 10 MSC292                               t Explosion protected to IEC 79 and EN 50 020 .&4733'2/.4&.%-&%*"#".Features                                                                                                                                                                             Benefits )4407*.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     t Automatic air sampling and monitoring of up to 48 cargo                                                                                                                            t Repeater panels allow for monitoring from key locations   holds simultaneously                                                                                                                                                                 onboard t Utilises existing CO2 pipework                                                                                                                                                     t One button control for simple testing and resetting t Completely automated and self-adjusting                                                                                                                                            t Cost efficient compact and modular design t Explosion protected to IEC79 and EN 50 020 t Fans switch automatically every 24 hours to give even   load on motors    Common configuration     Technical data                                                                                                                       Smoke detection panel                                           Extension panel                                                                                                                       SDS-0 smoke detection panel without built-in detection lines    SDS-E4 extension panel for a maximum of 4 additional detection lines                                                                                                                       SDS-4 smoke detection panel with 1–4 detection lines            SDS-E8 extension panel for 5–8 additional detection lines                                                                                                                       SDS-8 smoke detection panel with 5–8 detection lines            SDS-E12 extension panel for 9–12 additional detection lines                                                                                                                       SDS.smoke detection panel with 9–12 detection lines            SDS-E16 extension panel for 13–16 additional detection lines                                                                                                                       Enclosure type IP66                                             Enclosure type IP66                                                                                                                         Repeater panel                                                  Fan unit                                                                                                                       SDS-R48/G repeater panel for wall mounting                      S SDS-M0440 Fan Unit for 220/230V 50/60Hz.)&.-7&#/. 370W@50Hz. 4&. reliable.)4407*.-7&#/..  Ideal for vessels that require a clean.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&     WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS                                                                                        SYSTEMS     UNITOR .)&. for preservation of cargo quality and on LNGC to prevent icing damage on the insulation. safe and cost saving solution to protect your vessel and its cargo.%-&%*"#".9% The hollow fibre membrane modules are incorporated with other components to provide a nitrogen generator system which ensures an effective. dry inert gas for maintaining a non-explosive athmosphere in cargo tanks.    Applicable to t Chemical and product tankers t LPG and LNG tankers t Supply vessels t Offshore installations and mobile units t Reefer ships .&4733'2/.GENERON NITROGEN MEMBRANE INERT GAS SYSTEM     The Unitor-Generon Nitrogen membrane inert gas system utilises hollow fibre technology to achieve nitrogen purity levels from 95% to 99.  unattended operation t The system requires 10-40% less compressed air.)&.-7&#/.%-&%*"#".+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&                                                                                                                                                                                               Benefits t Advanced high quality fibre technology ensures the                                                                                                                                       t Smaller compressor gives lower energy consumption   highest nitrogen purities ranging between 95-99.9%                                                                                                                                      t Silent. this gives significant                                                                                                                                         t Fewer moving parts gives low maintenance cost   operational savings                                                                                                                                                                     t Small footprint t Range from small topping-up generators to large total   inert gas systems t Full range of standardised components give flexible   customisation to each vessel’s needs t Digital information on all key values. such as temperature.01 micron                                                                                                                         Compressors                                                                                                                       Type                      oil flooded screw compressors                                                                                                                       Control method            modulating control                                                                                                                       Pressure                  13-14 bar                                                                                                                       Cooling                   air. and low                                                                                                                                    t Well-known and tested technology   maintenance requirements..&4733'2/.4&.45°C                                 Temperature              approx 50°C                                                                                                                       Pressure                  6-14 bar                                   Oil content in product   less than 10ppb                                                                                                                       Air temperature           45°C                                       Particles in product     max 0. fresh or sea water cooled                                                                                                                       Power consumption         starting from 27kW per 100 Nm3/h@95% N2                                                                                                                       Starting method           star/ delta .Features )4407*.9%                                                                                                                       Custom made solutions     available                                  Dew point                -70°C                                                                                                                       Process controlled        PLC                                        Pressure                 approx 12 bar                                                                                                                       Ambient temperature       3°C .   purity and pressure control    Common configuration     Technical data                                                                                                                       N2 Generators                                                        Product specification                                                                                                                       Standard cabinets         up to 500 Nm3 /h@95%                       Capacity                 10 -4500 Nm3                                                                                                                       Standard open skid design up to 2800    Nm3 /h@95%                   Purity                   95-99. in                                                                                                                                      t Cost efficient operation   combination with long life membrane modules.  whilst automatically monitoring product purity. the system is fitted with a high pressure booster compressor. oxygen                                                          Simple automated operation PLC control of nitrogen levels are lowered below 8%.9%. CO2 and other                                                                making installation easy and cost efficient trace gases.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&	     By filling the voids in the cargo holds with nitrogen.flammable                                                                  generator parameters provides easy operation and athmosphere.-7&#/. outdoor or containerised installation location Nitrogen has a purity between 95%-99. please email us at To ensure high purity nitrogen production over time. the                                                              wts. it is possible to recharge nitrogen cylinders as well. system inspections and after sales services are directly to the protected space or stored in a receiver tank. Nitrogen is very efficient and the only common                                                            inspection. the resulting                                                         Indoor. inerting gas that does not contaminate the cargo. oil and particle content. . spare parts or technical service                                                                                                                       requirements.                                                                For all your nitrogen service. The                                                                Compact. the nitrogen can be delivered                                                           Spare parts. If                                                      delivered worldwide. The nitrogen generator system works by separating air into its component gases by passing compressed air through                                                                 Installation a bundle of hollow fibre.4&. creating a non.                                                                     Auto-ventilation prevents off-spec gas from being delivered                                                                                                                       to the rocess.System description )4407*.)&.&4733'2/. Once the trace gases are diverted.. semi-permeable membranes.nitrogen@wilhelmsen. This keeps the membranes in good condition and maintenance costs down. modular system comes fully assembled on skids membranes separate nitrogen from oxygen.Generon Membrane inert gas system treats the feed air to the highest quality with minimal water.%-&%*"#".                                                                                                                       Service Depending on the application.com Unitor .  
[email protected]@wilhelmsen.-7&#/. Imazu.com Phone: (+86) 21 61183000 Fax:   (+86) 21 61183001                                                                                              Phone: (+48) 91 46 48 900                                                                                                                       Fax:   (+45) 91 46 48 901  Korea RM307.com                                                                                               Poland                                                                                                                       wts. Our flying squads are available 24/7. please email us at wts.com #05-10 Creative Resource Singapore 609921                                                                                                      Phone: +55 (21) 2582 8000 wts. China                                                                                                Stobno 
[email protected]@wilhelmsen.. MIDDLE EAST AND China                                                                                                                 AFRICA Bldg 11. Hyogo Prefecture                                                                                    Phone: +1 (954) 585-5800 663-8225. Lauderdale                                                                                                                       FL 33312                                                                                                                       USA Japan                                                                                                                 
[email protected]  Phone: (+81 798) 355180                                                                                               South America Fax:   (+81 798) 356173                                                                                               Bua Bispo Lacerda Nos 61/67                                                                                                                       Del Castilho. spare parts or technical service requirements.                                                                                     Customer Service Shanghai 201319.com 2-63 Nishihama-cho. engineering. Jeonggwan-Myeon. Korea (619-963)                                                                                                       AMERICAS wts.com                                                                                                                       North America Phone: (+82 51) 7207912                                                                                               4130 SW 28th Way Fax:   (+82 51) 7287100                                                                                               Ft.com                                                                                               Fax:   +55 (21) 2252 8011  Phone: (+65) 6450 9191 Fax:   (+65) 6863 8863 .com                   ASIA                                                                                                    EUROPE. 718-4.)4407*. layout. NO. Rio de Janeiro                                                                                                                       BR-21051-120 Singapore                                                                                                             Brazil 31 International Business Park                                                                                        wts.4&. Busan. March Building. installation and commissioning for newbuilds and retrofits worldwide.  Listed below are our main locations for safety systems. Maehak-Ri.&4733'2/.emea@wilhelmsen. Nishinomiya-city. please contact the one most convenient to you.   Nitrogen service For all your nitrogen service.)&.%-&%*"#". 128 Dieqiao Road.+  !"'&48834&-360%'9*%  93/52$&0"(&      CONTACT WILHELMSEN TECHNICAL SOLUTIONS We provide consultative services. 72-002 Doluje wts. Pudong Kang Qiao Industrial Zone.nitrogen@wilhelmsen. Japan                                                                                                       Fax:   +1 (954) 585-5896 wts.asia@wilhelmsen. -7&#/.&4733'2/.4&.%-&%*"#".)4407*.)&..+   !60%'9*%   93/52$&0"(& . &4733'2/. cost-effective solutions.)4407*. Customers can select project- related or long-term activities..%-&%*"#".-7&#/. We offer a wide range of logistics services. cargo handling and    management of operations) t 8BSFIPVTJOHBOEEJTUSJCVUJPO t /70$$BOEGSFJHIUGPSXBSEJOH    (sea-/land-/air-freight) t -JOFSBHFODZ . all of which combine our experience and a dedicated focus on quality in order to assist vessel operators in increasing operational efficiencies.+   !60%'9*%   93/52$&0"(&     MARITIME LOGISTICS  GLOBAL LOGISTICS SOLUTIONS  Wilhelmsen Ships Service offers global logistics solutions to the maritime industry through a unique network of service agents and suppliers.4&.)&. planning. t 1SPKFDUMPHJTUJDTPGPVUPGHBVHFDBSHP    (consulting. all designed to offer flexible. + .&4733'2/.)4407*.-7&#/.4&..)&.%-&%*"#". !60%'9*% . 93/52$&0"(& . .)4407*.%-&%*"#".4&.-7&#/.+ .)&.&4733'2/. !60%'9*% .  compliancy issues and increased operational costs. Wilhelmsen Ships Service has set out to change the way that the traditional ships agency operates. We also believe that this way of working can reduce operational and administrative costs and we have shaped our business to cater for this. At WSS we believe that by managing multiple port calls in a predictable and structured manner. resulting in a new approach to ships agency in the form of Ships Agency Service Agreements. dealing with different agents across global routes can lead to time- consuming administration and uncertainty over levels of service and performance. we can simplify your workload and give you peace of mind. protective agency and husbandry. .93/52$&0"(&     SHIPS AGENCY  SHIPS AGENCY SERVICES  The shipping industry never stays still. With constantly changing regulation. all designed to enable vessels to go in and out of port as efficiently as possible. for some companies. offering a complete portfolio of services that encompass full agency.  With proven and quality assured operational       procedures.       possible. located in your time zone and       With any number of stakeholders involved in a port call. and after the port    calls are handled.       staff ensure that services rendered to the vessel and its crew       are delivered in a timely manner in order to make stopovers        One Bank Account . coupled with local knowledge       and service. it is     speaking your language. and we           surprises. conflicts of interest may arise. wherever in the world their vessels are.safe and efficient cash transactions       cost effective and reduce turnaround time wherever                 with one bank account for all your port calls worldwide.       which provides local support at more than 2200 sites       around the world. A        global network of offices of any ships agency company. before. we made product deliveries to 24 000 vessels and handled 54 000 port calls.Operational needs and       transparency. As your          simplify multiple port-call operations whilst ensuring that the       local port representative we ensure that all efforts are made      needs of the customer are always met. efficient. and       global management system is supported by a web-based               150 years of experience and competence.                                                                          requirements are incorporated within our global processes       Husbandry Service                                                  and subsequently monitored and audited to ensure that       A good husbandry service ensures that while a vessel is in         services rendered are delivered to your satisfaction. and our dedicated and experience                                                                          ment accounts available at an online portal. In 2011.       natural that occasionally. we ensure that your interests are well          Predictable Pricing .our ships agency services have a       taken care of. our customers       operational system to ensure proper follow up of vessels           benefit from our unique approach to the way multiple port       activities around the globe.improved communication flow with a                                                                          single dedicated expert.400 ports in 125       countries. passing.       ensure that these agency services are provided with total                                                                          Standardised quality services . Through our Ships Agency       Re-Defined (SARD) offer. with no       services as per your requirements and your value.   856 . cost-effective service. Our long                                                                          information with operational details and electronic disburse-       established presence. with 4.       Service Capabilities       WSS offers the following Ships Agency services:        Full Agency Service                                                Service Agreements       Pre-planning is the key to a successful port call. or at anchorage. protecting your interests at all times.      SHIPS AGENCY           SHIPS AGENCY SERVICES       Coverage       WSS’s trusted global network is unrivalled in its coverage. We warrant that local agent provide the             predictable and transparent pricing structure. during. various elements are                                                                          Electronic Disbursement Accounts . With this in    WSS’s Service Agreements are designed to streamline and       mind.easy access to job       coordinated in line with vessel requirements.        Key features of the service include a single bank account for       pre-funding and balance settlements for all port calls       worldwide and a dedicated portal for WSS operational       software solutions that provides owners with online real-time       access to their port calls worldwide.       History       WSS’s has over 150 years’ experience in ships agency and works closely with customers. coordinating any number of port       Protective Agency Service                                          calls around the world. WSS has clearly defined its global services. agents and port state authorities       all over the world to guarantee a seamless.       of call. our customers are guaranteed one singular main point of contact. we guarantee standardised operational delivery         WSS Service Agreements include:       of agency services around the world. With the largest       in order to make every port call as efficient as possible.500 marine professionals servicing 2. As       protective agents.        Ships Agency Redefined       WSS’s global Ships Agency Re-Defined (SARD) service is       revolutionary in that it allows owners to integrate all of their       ships agency requirements through a single point of contact       and through unlimited access to the WSS global network.       port.                               One Global Agent . com/shipsservice                                                                                                                                   857 .SHIPS AGENCY     Please visit the Network Directory on our website for a complete list of ships agency contact details per country and port: wilhelmsen.                                                   pany’s price list. transportation costs to Customer will be          cylinder not registered to be in the Customer’s possession. the Company is not obliged to hand over            cylinders are delayed. the Company is entitled                                                                                                                                             within 30 days after the delivery of the relevant goods or gas  to claim and recover full compensation for collection costs and    The Customer may. the Company shall. The                                                                     by the Company in quotations and order confirmations. without  3. Lack of conformity  of any kind imposed by the state or state authority where          product guide.  expenses in and out of court and all legal costs and expenses      to. The  be made to the vessel to which the goods and gas cylinders         in the Company’s order confirmation.      Free Delivery Port in the Company’s price list. For destinations. whichever occurs                                                                                by another customer for such gas cylinder.                                                            agents and sub-contractors) to the Customer in respect of (i)  agreement. or the acceptance by the Customer of the goods and/       charged to the Customer subject to quotation.         three days from the agreed delivery date. which are listed           fee according to the Company’s price list in effect at the time  Services”. the gases and the gas cylinders wherever they are  (disclosed or undisclosed). without any court order  described herein.        If the Customer is obliged to pay the purchase price or deposit         9. Order confirmation                                               Overtime and waiting time of more than 60 minutes will be               for all costs and expenses in and out of court and all legal  If a Customer does not without undue delay after receipt of an     charged to the Customer for deliveries at ports not listed as a         costs and other expenses incurred by the Company in retaking  order confirmation notify the Company in writing of any inac.                                                  of any of its subsidiaries or affiliates in order to retake posses-  these Conditions.        immediately inform the Company in writing about the actions             which these Conditions apply. Price and payment for goods – deposit and fees for gas          the Customer has failed to pay any other amount due and pay.           (ICC Incoterms 2000). in the event of lack  the goods and gas cylinders are delivered. its owners and such other party or      pany is subsequently instructed for whatever reason to deliver          has received payment in full of the purchase price. Limitation of liability  ply to the Customer a filled Unitor gas cylinder against receipt    by the Company or (v) does not return the Unitor gas cylinder  of an empty Unitor gas cylinder of the same kind.com/SERVICES/                  gas cylinder will not be refunded and may be retained by the  and the supply of gas cylinders from Wilhelmsen Ships Service      MARITIME/COMPANIES/BUSS/Pages/buss.                                                                     any obligation or liability on the Company with regard to the           or of any product incorporating any of the goods and (iii) any  5.                                                     formity if it does not submit a claim in writing to the Company  the Company.               see Condition 7) passes to the Customer when the Company  of the vessel.  for obvious errors and deficiencies in an order confirmation. the Company  by the Customer. provided always that the Customer complies          have no further rights or claims in respect of lack of conformity                                                                     with the provisions of paragraph 4 of this Condition 7.                                                                                                                                             Subject to the provisions in Condition 11. (ii)                                                                     in such events as stated in paragraph 3 of this Condition 7. If no deposit fee is previously paid.                                            does not make a claim in writing to the Company as soon as  date. (iii) loses. Title to gas cylinders                                               order confirmation at the time of delivery which is not due  the Company’s overall net income) and which should be paid                                                                     The Company shall retain ownership and title to the Unitor              to the Customer or circumstances on its part. the Customer                                                                                    The Customer loses any right to cancel the order if a claim for  shall pay a deposit and associated fees in accordance with the     6. The Customer hereby grants the Company permission  jointly and severally with such principal for the payment of all                                                                     tSVTITIJQNFOUPGQSPEVDUTOPUDPNNPOMZSFRVFTUFEBU            to enter onto any of its vessels.   in the Company’s Port Index (but not being a Free Delivery              the Customer informs the Company.  For gas cylinders supplied by the Company. The Company may in  import/export charges.aspx). deliveries are made FCA to the Company ’s warehouse              In case the Customer returns to the Company a Unitor gas  A customer placing an order with the Company (the “Cus. The              shall at its sole discretion rectify the lack of conformity.  Conditions and the express exclusion of the Customer’s condi.   858 . If the parties initially have       ownership and title to the purchased goods (not gas cylinders. In such          to the Company’s possession.                                                 2000) and deliveries to places other than alongside the ship            The goods (including gases) and the supplied gas cylinders  All sales of goods and supplies of gas cylinders are deemed to     are made FCA (ICC Incoterms 2000).        mation given in the Company’s product guide as effective from  pany’s depots. (iv)  If the Customer orders supply of gas. The Customer shall fully reimburse the                                                                     gas cylinder while it is in the Customer’s possession. Any deposit fee paid by the Customer for that relevant  These Conditions apply to all sales of goods (including gases)     pany’s port index (http://www.  4.                                        If the Company has not received payment for the goods. or if the Customer  in the invoice at the latest within 30 days from the invoice       all of the Customer’s ships. its subsidiaries and author.  added on the Company’s invoice. the Customer shall                                                                     to any third party. gases and gas cylinders. have the right to retake possession of  If an order is placed by a Customer as agent for a principal       the following additional services will be charged at cost:              the goods. the delivery        interest and costs where applicable. as per            event the Customer loses its claim based on the lack of con-  payment from the due date until payment in full is received by                                                                     Conditions 3 and 4.                                         gas cylinder in its possession and transfer title to such cylinder      Except as provided by this Condition 10. the Customer shall  then be refunded in accordance with the terms of the cylinder      companies/buss/products/Pages/default. The Company shall be entitled to claim interest of 2%                                                                     The Company will charge its Customers a deposit fee to                  the lack of conformity should have been discovered. or approval from the Company.                                      will charge the Customer with a further fee equal to the deposit  Companies that owns the trademarks “Wilhelmsen Maritime            For destinations. Equal exchange of gas cylinders                                 the Customer (i) destroys or damages. The Company                have no further rights or claims whatsoever in respect of any  agreement in effect. the deposit and         password to the Company’s cylinder web page where the                   where such lack of conformity would have been discovered on  any other amount due in full. Delivery                                                                     gas cylinder shall terminate immediately.wilhelmsen. The Customer will receive a user ID and                The Customer loses any claim based on lack of conformity  The Customer shall pay the purchase price. unless otherwise stated              are at the risk of the Customer from the time of delivery. assume title to any Unitor  on a full indemnity basis.  the goods and/or the gas cylinders. and this is not due to the Customer or                                                                     the goods or the gas cylinders or otherwise transfer control            circumstances on its part.wilhelmsen. or            Subject to the provisions in Condition 11 (including.  curacies. WILHELMSEN SHIP SERVICE TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR  SALE OF GOODS AND SUPPLY OF GAS CYLINDERS                                                                                                                                             Revised December 2010  1.                                                                                                                         deliver the goods or gas cylinders within reasonable time. control and test/maintenance               11. duty. as specified    Customer will have access to monitor such cylinders on board            reasonable inspection at the time of delivery.  ised distributors (the “Company”). Force Majeure).   The Company shall not be responsible for any tax.                                                                     tracking system.                                 Port).                                                                                                                                             sion of such goods.          if and when the delay constitutes a fundamental breach and  ance with the Company’s price list in force at the time and        ment of all overdue amounts. and for and on behalf        agreed on delivery FAS (ICC Incoterms 2000) and the Com.1 Entire financial liability  cases the deposit paid by the Customer shall not be refunded       system within a period of 18 months from receipt of delivery            Subject to Condition 9 and Condition 10. The Company is not responsible         Company’s network directory.           limitation. Subject to Conditions 4 and 7.            any use made or resale by the Customer of any of the goods. (ii) defaces.    over the goods or the gas cylinders without simultaneous pay. In case         on the part of the Company. the  the owners of the vessel and such other party or parties as                                                                                gases or the deposit for the gas cylinders within 30 days from                                                                     For all ports.  first. the Company’s costs and expenses related to          or other process of law. the Company  AS (a company within the Wilh. and the Customer              representation.     deliveries directly to the vessels are made FAS (ICC Incoterms          8.                                               reserves the right to amend its product guide and the product           delay in delivery on the part of the Company. such amount to be                                                                     will be registered and updated by the Company’s electronic              of the goods proportionally to the lack of conformity. The Company’s           possession.  price and payment terms stated in the applicable cylinder          immediately. the following provi-  and a supplementary deposit may be charged or credited to          from the Company (or the Company’s authorised third party). the deposit shall    time to time (http://www.                           Customer will not be entitled to refund of any deposit fee paid  or gas cylinders delivered by the Company.      the invoice date.                                                         When the Company’s ownership to a gas cylinder ceases                   any breach of any contract to which these Conditions apply. Properties of goods and gas cylinders                                                                                                                                             cancellation is not submitted to the Company in writing within  Company’s price list in force at the time and place of delivery. additional payment           cylinders.            taken. Wilhelmsen ASA Group of             are made EXW (ICC Incoterms 2000). If payment is overdue. then such Customer shall be liable     tCBSHF CPBUPSDSBOFIJSF                                      located. the Company shall sup. “Barwil” and “Unitor”).             sions set out the entire financial liability of the Company (in-  reflect the Company’s price list in effect at the time and the      the Company’s ownership to the gas cylinder shall cease                 cluding any liability for the acts or omissions of its employees.      specifications at any time without notice. In any  per month (before as well as after judgement) on any overdue                                                                     ensure correct return of the Company’s gas cylinders. deliver  Company in respect of any claims or expenses incurred in                                                                     Company’s gas cylinders delivered to and from the Customer              substitute goods or gas cylinders or reduce the purchase price  connection with such taxes and charges. without prior notice to.aspx). including  parties who has or have placed the order and/or accepted           the goods at a place other than alongside the ship.      delivers the Unitor gas cylinder to a third party not authorised        11. by reason of the                                                                                                                                             of conformity of the supplied goods or gas cylinders with the  delivery of the products to the Customer (other than tax on        7. the  tomer“). except as provided below. the order confirmation is considered to be expressly      normal opening hours at all places of delivery are listed at the  agreed between the parties.  The gas cylinders shall be returned to any one of the Com. property or premises or those  amounts due and the performance of all obligations under                                                                     the place of delivery. environmental fees or other charges         its sole discretion provide goods not listed in the Company’s           10.                                            the Company thereafter has been given the opportunity to  place of delivery. Range of application                                            places or ports requested. Risk/Retention of title  tions of purchase. statement or tortious act or omission including  The goods and gas cylinders shall be delivered at the time         shall remove the Unitor trade name from the cylinder and                negligence arising under or in connection with any contract to  and date agreed upon between the parties. deliveries                    Company. places or ports requested. the Customer may cancel the order  The purchase price for the goods sold is stipulated in accord. Delay                                                                     before or at the delivery. if the delivery of the goods or gas  cylinders                                                          able to the Company.                    Company is entitled to claim and recover full compensation  2. The Customer                                                                     Any applicable delivery costs and expenses shall be advised             is obliged to assist the Company in retaking possession. its master. and payment has not been made. shall constitute the Customer’s acceptance of these          For Free Delivery Ports listed in the Company’s price list.   The goods and gas cylinders shall be in conformity with infor.com/services/maritime/              Except as provided by this Condition 9.  are delivered or are to be delivered. even if listed as a Free Delivery Port in the Com. levy. and all contracts shall        conditions are altered to FCA (ICC Incoterms 2000) at the new  be deemed to be concluded with the master of the vessel.           place. which are not listed in the Com. free of bank charges.  instructions and         14. The Company shall in no event be liable for any       reached to that effect unless (i) details of any such arrange. The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance 11. the term “Public Official” means (i) any official       otherwise howsoever) according to local law and legislation for The Company’s obligation shall also cease or be suspended in          or employee of any government agency or government-owned                 claims under all contracts to which these Conditions apply in the event of delay due to security arrangements. sales. styles and designs used in relation to the supplied of statutory duty). The Customer assumes all risk and liability for the proper       sanctioned entities include the countries of Burma. and certain named persons 11. (i) the Company’s       include but not be limited to trade marks. Nothing herein shall prevent the to. copyright. be suspended for the duration of such obstructions. (iv) any candidate for political office or (v) any be reasonably foreseeable by the Company. or any claims for          14. conditions and terms            Customer.           to the execution of the agreement and (ii) approval of such              not appoint its own arbitrator and give notice that it has done                                                                       arrangement by an authorised representative of the other party           so within the 14 days specified. The Company is in no event liable for loss or damage resulting from delay due to any of the circumstances men. floods.                                 Third Parties) Act 1999 to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any hazardous to human health. tioned in this Condition 11. to the fullest extent permitted by law. shortage of labour. conditions and other terms implied by statute         to advise others.1. In cases where neither                                                                       tions and orders of any applicable jurisdiction. patents. and shall include all goodwill associated there. The Customer            shall be conducted in accordance with the LMAA Small Claims If the Company is unable to make delivery or to make delivery                                                                                  Procedure current at the time when the arbitration proceedings                                                                       shall notify the Company immediately in writing with full par- within the agreed delivery time.                                                                       agreement between the parties. the Company’s obligation to deliver shall cease or.            cylinders of the suspected or proven hazards of the goods and            transaction related to OFAC sanctioned entities. handling and use of all      dispute relating to:                                                                                                                                                19. regulations      14. (ii) any person performing a public            any jurisdiction the Company sees fit. Cuba. parties. loss of business. pay or promise to pay either directly or indirectly.                     ments. enforce- or orders from any governmental agency. or events that could not be reasonably foreseen by the Company                                                                                    interim orders (by means of any appropriate remedy or relief. seizures. injunctions. Counterparts                                                                       subsequently accrues. (iii) any official or employee of a public international be considered within the Company’s reasonable control or to           organisation. mobs. or a “national” of any country with (iii) for fraud or fraudulent misrepresentation. the party referring a dispute                                                                       has been obtained. or                                                                                                                                                A person who is not a party to a contract to which these The Customer acknowledges that the goods sold and the gas             (b) the amount or value of any gift. total liability in contract.6 Transfer of title to gas cylinders                               (c) offer. of profit.                                                                       use and handling of the goods and gas cylinders after delivery           North Korea.2 Exclusion of implied warranties. fires. that shall not affect the validity. risk and liability for the use of the goods and gas cylinders.                       in connection with such contracts shall be governed by. Department of Treasury.           gas cylinders and the proper handling of the goods and gas cyl.1 shall be without                                                                       prejudice to any right or remedy that has already accrued. The Customer shall                                                                       The Company shall retain ownership to any and all intellectual           provide timely and truthful responses to any such reasonable 11. which could act         with the London Maritime Arbitrators Association (LMAA)                                                                       as an inducement or a reward for any act or omission to act in           Terms current at the time when the arbitration proceedings For products ordered and specified by the Customer. Severability means any industrial disputes. independent contractors and others who handle the goods and gas cylinders for the             Pursuant to the U.                                                                                 are commenced.3 Liabilities not excluded or limited                              and shall indemnify the Company and hold the Company harm.                                                                                 If any provision of these Conditions or of any contract to which embargo. lack of means of                                                                                     these Conditions apply is or subsequently becomes void. The award of a The Company shall under no circumstance be liable for any                                                                                      sole arbitrator shall be binding on both parties as if he had loss or damage whatsoever and howsoever arising in relation           agreement.4 Indirect loss . Ethical standards                                                    Any dispute arising out of or in connection with a contract to consequential compensation whatsoever (howsoever caused)                                                                                       which these Conditions apply shall be referred to arbitration which arise out of or in connection with any contract to which        14. port or ship security                                                                                  ability or legality of the other provisions of these Conditions or control or any other circumstances beyond the control of the          If the Customer or any of its agents. including whether pany’s negligence or (ii) for any matter which it would be illegal                                                                             a person is a “specially designated national” listed by OFAC for the Company to exclude or attempt to exclude its liability or                                                                              or any executive order. As of the effective date of these Conditions.                                               The parties agree that neither party shall:                              any statutory modification or re-enactment thereof save to                                                                                                                                                the extent necessary to give effect to the provisions of this                                                                       (a) offer or agree to give any person working for or engaged by          Condition.          party appoints its own arbitrator and give notice that it has damage to products manufactured.                                              (a) the interpretation of conditions 14.7 Force Majeure                                                                       Officials in International Business Transactions.                      17. (cf Condition 6). If the other party does the Customer of which the goods sold hereunder form a part. Such intellectual property rights shall          verification statements.1 and 14. copyright.2 Breach of ethical standards                                         enforceable or illegal.      These Conditions and all contracts to which these Conditions performance of any contract to which these Conditions apply           with. incidents or         or controlled enterprise. detention. Indemnification                                                                                                                             in any number of counterparts and this has the same effect as                                                                                                                                                if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of The Customer shall comply with all warnings.            the cylinder agreement by written notice with immediate effect.1.          improper handling. or     any money has been. The parties further agree that in the performance                                                                       of their respective obligations under the cylinder agreement.2. who are foreseeably users of the goods or gas          ments. any. the exercise of a lien or propriate. attach- sued. any at all times in relation to the storage. Force Majeure               political party or an official of a political party.         to the other party requiring the other party to appoint its own tional ability for a specific application/use.                                                                       inders.000                                                                       OECD Convention on Combating Bribery of Foreign Public                   (or such other sum as the parties may agree) the arbitration 11.3 Determination by Company                                            such contract.                                        Any termination pursuant to this condition 14. the Company cannot facilitate USD payments in any or common law are. regula. The           15. Intellectual property rights                                         which transactions are regulated by OFAC. assembled or installed by            ment have been disclosed in writing to the other party prior             done so within the 14 days specified. tort (including negligence or breach     names. to the Company.                      13. English law.S. the Company may terminate               of any contract to which these Conditions apply. Sudan and Syria. and disclaims any express or implied warranty relating to sale and/or use of        (b) enter into a cylinder agreement or any other agreement with          its arbitrator and send notice of such appointment in writing such product. or any other intellectual      or engaged by the other party or that an agreement has been              it will appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator unless the other property right. including liability or warranties relating to func. or            18.     party of any applicable anti-corruption legislation.    notice to the other party. consideration.            been appointed by agreement. indirect or consequential. Office of Foreign                                                                                                                                                                                                                    859 .cap                                              property rights in relation to the goods and cylinders supplied          enquiries the Company may make to support any required                                                                       under these Conditions. wars.                        the parties and their respective agents. inducement           Conditions apply has no right under the Contracts (Rights of cylinders supplied under these Conditions are. restitution or otherwise. safety rules provided to it by the Company from time to time and shall acquaint itself with and apply best industry practice       Notwithstanding condition 16 (Governing Law . in connection with it. Subject to condition 11. and shall take such action as is reasonably necessary          Assets Control (“OFAC”) regulations respecting USD pay- All warranties.3.         for the appointment of a sole arbitrator.5 Customer’s specifications and installations                      the other party any gift or other consideration. OFAC compliance Customer shall advise its employees.2 and condition 11. sub-contractors and                                                                       employees shall comply with all applicable laws. paid to any person working for           arbitrator within 14 calendar days of that notice and stating that infringement of any patent. not                connection with the applicable cylinder agreement or any other forming part of the Company’s product guide. un- transportation or general lack of other necessities.      goods and gas cylinders (whether or not registered or capable            16. when the order was placed or the order confirmation was is. sub-contractors or em-                                                                       ployees breaches condition 14. if ap. The reference shall be to three arbitrators. The    shall be final and conclusive. Iran.   request information from the Customer which supports a Nothing in these Conditions excludes or limits the liability of the   costs and expenses whatsoever arising from improper use or               verification statement which New York intermediary banks may Company (i) for death or personal injury caused by the Com. other similar event in the port whether or not the delay could        function. or may be. Third party rights goods and gas cylinders. owing to Force Majeure. appoint its arbitrator as sole arbitrator                                                                       thing of value to a Public Official in connection with a cylinder         and shall advise the other party accordingly. merchantability. misrepresentation. or depletion of goodwill in each case whether direct.         or indirectly. The Customer shall not be granted any rights from the              apply and any non-contractual obligations arising out of or shall be limited to the contract price received by the Company        use of the Company’s intellectual property rights. rules.              linked to those countries. including the           the claim nor any counterclaim exceeds the sum of US$50. Governing Law – disputes arising in connection with the performance or contemplated            of registration).             or reward referred to in condition 14.                                           A party wishing to refer a dispute to arbitration shall appoint the Company assumes no liability whatsoever. either directly excluded from any contract to which these Conditions apply.7. Nothing stated previously in these Conditions                                                                       ticulars in the event that the Customer receives a request from events beyond the reasonable control of the Company or                                                                                         shall preclude the right of the Company to seek security or                                                                       any Public Official requesting illicit payments. and the Customer assumes all               shall be determined by the Company and such determination                term of such contract. without the requirement of any further prior 11.        In this clause 14.                    require according to the OFAC regulations. or will be. including claims by third parties.1 Compliance                                                          in London in accordance with the Arbitration Act 1996 or these Conditions apply. Customer shall familiarise itself and keep itself informed with respect to possible hazards to persons or property involved in the handling and use of the goods and gas cylinders.           (d) take any other action which results in a breach by either            including but not limited to in rem arrests. and and (ii) the Company shall not be liable to the Customer for loss                                                                              construed in accordance with. power.    the other party if it has knowledge that.disputes).11. or in any way connected with any cylinder if transfer of title                                                                             parties agreeing in writing to vary these provisions to provide as referred to in Condition 7 has taken place.                                                       to arbitration may. or                                                                                    are commenced. riots.                                    A contract to which these Conditions apply may be executed 12. fuel. The Company may be required to                                                                       less from all consequences including but not limited to all liability.  Unitor and Nalfleet marine chemicals.     Wilhelmsen Ships Service Postal address       Visiting address PO Box 33            Strandveien 20 N-1324 Lysaker       N-1366 Lysaker Norway               Norway T (+47) 67584550 F (+47) 67584570 E wss.com www. 12K. a Wilh. with 4. maritime logistics and ships agency to the maritime industry.                                                                                                    ID No: 812212.400 ports in 125 countries. It has the world’s largest maritime services network.500 marine professionals servicing 2. Unitor products.wilhelmsen.Optimising performance  Wilhelmsen Ships Service is part of Wilhelmsen Maritime Services. Printer: Erik Tanche Nilssen . In 2011 the company made product deliveries to 24.                                     maritime logistics a Wilh. 11. Wilhelmsen group company.com/shipsservice                                                                             marine products                                                                           Marine Chemicals                                                                           safety Part of Wilhelmsen Maritime Services.12.000 port calls. Wilhelmsen Ships Service supplies safety products and services.000 vessels and handled 54.info@wilhelmsen. Country of origin Norway.Norway. Wilhelmsen group company                                          ships agency .